Merten-Catalogue 2010 en Web 01

SoLUtionS foR inteLLigent BUiLDingS
2010
cAtALogUe
ConVenient fRont-SiDe teSting
FASt AnD SAfe ALignMent
SUPeR-fASt fAStening InteLLigente ZUSAtzfUnKtionen nAcHRStBAR oHne DeMontAge CONNECTING MADe eASY
FASt AnD SAfe ALignMent
InteLLigent ADDitionAL fUnctionS cAn Be RetRofitteD WitHoUt tHe neeD foR DiSASSeMBLY WoRK
www.merten.de
MeRten geneRAL | 2010
System M
Flush-mounted range for indoor use Central plates and inserts
10
12
NEW: Flush-mounted inserts

Switching, dimming, blinds, room temperature control, TV, audio, communications, accessories conversion made easy
298
304
1-M/ATELIER-M
Frame for system M, complete units quick overview
Offer your customers the entire M System assortment, with over 280functions.
90
92
Radio system
CONNECT radio system Radio central unit, conguration tool, push-button, switch/dim, roller shutter, ARGUS movement detector, heating
328
M-SMART
Frame for system M, complete units quick overview
102
104
Dimmer system
Dimmer inserts, design covers, dimmers for DIN rail mounting, transformers
334
M-ARC/M-STAR
Frame for system M quick overview
114
116
Blind control system

Inserts, design covers and sensors, multiple control relays
366
M-PLAN/M-PLAN II
120
122
Building communications
Components for Ritto TwinBus: Video intercom, Intercom, staircase, door intercom
382
384
M-PLAN real glass/M-PLAN metal

Frame for System M quick overview
128
130
Movement detectors surface-mounted

ARGUS surface-mounted movement detectors Standard, remote controllable, CONNECT radio system, KNX
386
System Design
Flush-mounted range for indoor use Central plates and inserts
134
136
Movement detectors ush-mounted

ARGUS ush-mounted movement detectors
396
ARTEC
Frame for System Design, complete units quick overview
188
190
Presence detectors
ARGUS presence systems ARGUS Presence KNX ARGUS Presence
402
ANTIK
194
196
Light-sensitive switches
ARGUS light sensitive time switch ARGUS light-sensitive switches
410
TRANCENT
Flush-mounted range in glass design for indoor use Central plates and inserts, frames for System Design
198
Smoke detectors
ARGUS smoke detector and accessories
414
OCTOCOLOR
Flush-mounted range for indoor use Central plates, inserts and frames
208
Network technology
Line 21, network components, communication inserts
420
IP 44
AQUADESIGN
Special ush-mounted range, waterproof
232
KNX system devices

Power supplies, bus couplers, IP routers, interfaces/gateways, accessories
430
ANTI-VANDALISM
Special ush-mounted range for indoor use
244
KNX sensors
Push-buttons, room temperature control units, binary inputs, movement and presence detectors, time switches, devices for display and operation
442
IP 44
AQUASTAR
Special surface-mounted range, waterproof
250
KNX actuators
Switch actuators, blind actuators, dimming actuators, devices for display and operation
482
IMPACT-RESISTANT/AGRAR
IMPACT-RESISTANT special surface-mounted range, waterproof AGRAR special surface-mounted range, waterproof
IP 20
258
260 264
Connection technology
Cooker and appliance connection boxes Rubber SCHUKO plugs and connectors/ SCHUKO plugs and connectors/plugs and connectors
506
508 510
SURFACE-MOUNTED
Special surface-mounted range for indoor use
266
Article numbers
Article number overview Overview, follow-up products
516
518 540
System Basis
Flush-mounted range for indoor use Central plates, inserts and frames for System Basis
274
Terms and conditions of sale and supply
546
ScoPe foR inDiViDUAL cReAtiVitY
SYSteM M
1-M/ATELIER-M
starting on page 90
M-SMART starting on page 102

Duroplastic, extra scratch-proof

Thermoplastic brilliant

Thermoplastic classymatt
M-ARC
starting on page 114
1-M/active white
(similar to RAL 9016)
Polar white
Active white
Polar white
Polar white
1-M/polar white
White
Polar white
White
White
1-M/white*
White
Polar white/aluminium
Aluminium colour
ATELIER-M/active white
Polar white/anthracite
Anthracite
www.merten.de
The colours illustrated may vary slightly from the product colours due to the printing process.
ATELIER-M/polar white
Midnight blue/aluminium
* ATELIER-M also available in white
MeRten geneRAL | Colour variants | 2010
SWitcH RAnge coLoUR VARiAtionS
SYSteM M
M-STAR
M-PLAN/M-PLAN II
M-PLAN real glass frame

M-PLAN metal frame

Polished brass/polar white
Polar white, glossy

Brilliant white/polar white glossy
Ruby red/polar white
Rhodium grey/polar white glossy
Chrome/polar white
Polar white
Onyx black/polar white glossy
Ruby red/aluminium
Chrome/polar white glossy
Chrome/anthracite
White
Onyx black/aluminium
Sapphire blue/polar white
Platinum silver/anthracite
Satin silver/white
Aluminium colour
Diamond silver/polar white glossy
Sapphire blue/white, glossy
Satin silver/anthracite
Anthracite
Diamond silver/aluminium
Mahogany brown/polar white
2010
| Colour variants | MeRten geneRAL
www.merten.de
SYSteM DeSign AQUADESIGN

ARTEC
ANTIK
TRANCENT
AQUADESIGN
Polar white
Aluminium colour
Polar white
Transparent
Polar white
White
Stainless steel
White
Satinated
White
Light grey
Dark brazil
Aluminium colour
Satinated
Dark brazil
Antique brass
Anthracite
Aluminium colour
www.merten.de
Black grey
Polished brass/polar white
Dark brazil
| Colour variants | 2010
OCTOCOLOR ARGUS
OCTOCOLOR Colour rings Movement detectors
Presence detectors
Smoke detectors
Polar white
Polar white
Polar white/chrome
Polar white
Aluminium
Aluminium
Polar white/gold
White/gold
Dark brazil
Titanium/chrome
Aluminium
Bronze metallic/gold
2010
www.merten.de
InteLLigent PUSH-BUttonS AnD contRoL inteRfAceS
StAte-of-tHe-ARt fUnctionS At tHe PUSH of A BUtton
SYSteM DeSign
Push-buttons plus
Push-buttons plus
Multi-function push-buttons
Push-button modules
1-gang, polar white

1-gang, aluminium
2-gang with room temperature control unit, polar white

1-gang, polar white

2-gang, polar white

2-gang, aluminium
1-gang with 1/0 imprint, polar white

4-gang with room temperature control unit, polar white

3-gang, polar white

3-gang, aluminium
2-gang, polar white

2-gang with room temperature control unit, aluminium
4-gang with IR receiver, polar white

4-gang with IR receiver, aluminium
2-gang with 1/0 imprint and up/ down arrow, polar white
www.merten.de
2-gang with up/down arrow imprint, polar white

MeRten geneRAL | Colour variants | 2010
StAte-of-tHe-ARt fUnctionS At tHe PUSH of A BUtton
InteLLigent PUSH-BUttonS AnD contRoL inteRfAceS
SYSteM M
Push-buttons plus | push-buttons Multi-function push-buttons
starting on page 57 starting on page 58
CONNECT RADio SYSteM
Push-button modules
starting on page 59
Building communication
Radio central unit

1-gang, aluminium
4-gang, aluminium
1-gang, polar white

TwinBus staircase-door station, aluminium Polar white
2-gang, aluminium
4-gang with IR receiver, aluminium
1-gang with 1/0 imprint, polar white

4-gang, aluminium
2-gang, polar white

TwinBus ush-mounted intercom, aluminium
Aluminium colour
2-gang with 1/0 imprint and up/ down arrow, polar white
2-gang with up/down arrow imprint, polar white

TwinBus ush-mounted video intercom, aluminium
2010
www.merten.de
SYSTEM M
VARIETY WITHOUT LIMITS

From classical and elegant to extra vagant: in System M, surfaces and materials can be combined in nearly endless variations. The frames and rockers can simply be exchanged without switching the inserts. This makes System M one of the most exible switch ranges, which is adaptable to all designs. The new QuickFlex switches and socketoutlet bases provide even greater exibility and comfort. These new ushmounted inserts greatly simplify mounting, and ensure maximum safety during the installation process. QuickFlex also provides customers with the highest level of comfort: with the QuickFlex Module, the switches and socket-outlet bases can include extra features on the front side for example, the socket-outlet base includes an optional surge pro tection module, an LED control lamp module, and an LED lighting module. The combination of QuickFlex with frames and rockers from System M pro vides the maximum level of exibility. System M is based on four different surfaces and materials: Thermoplastic brilliant, Thermoplastic classymatt, Thermoplastic active white, and Duroplastic extra scratch-proof. With nine different design variations and over 280 functions, the system can meet any customer demands.
Surfaces/ materials
1-M frames starting on page 92
ATELIER-M frames starting on page 98
M-SMART frames starting on page 104
M-ARC frames starting on page 116 Thermoplastic classymatt
inserts starting on page 304 Thermoplastic active white
M-STAR frames starting on page 118
M-PLAN frames starting on page 122
Duroplastic, extra scratch-proof
M-PLAN II frames starting on page 126
M-PLAN metal frames starting on page 132
10
www.merten.de
M-PLAN real glass frames starting on page 130
SYsTEM M | Inserts | 2010
System M
NEW
QuiCK ovErviEw oF SYsTEM M

An overview of the most important covers can is located starting on page 4. In combination with the overview of the most important inserts at the beginning of the catalogue, selecting, conguring and ordering products is both quick and easy.
Easy-to-operate, easy-access release levers Just three short turns of the quickfastening screws and the base will sit securely in the box Indestructible 1 mm stainless-steel retaining ring Intelligent additional functions can be retrotted without the need for disassembly work Plug-in terminals with funnel-shaped cable entry
100% safety due to fully-insulated retaining ring
Shallow mounting depth
NEW
Socket-outlet with LED light outlet M-PLAN, System M

www.merten.de
2010
| Inserts | SYsTEM M
11
System M
SYSTEM M / INSERTS
System MSystem M / InsertsFlush-mounted rangesSystem M System M/InsertsSystem M / Insertsa
All articles that match the frames 1-M, ATELIER-M, MSMART, M-ARC, M-STAR, M-PLAN glass, M-PLAN metal and M-PLAN / M-PLAN II can be found under "System M/ Inserts". Notes on materials: The articles in System M are available in various materials. All versions are fully compatible with each other. Thermoplastic brilliant: Shatter-proof material with high gloss finish. The version "active white glossy" also contains an antibacterial substance. Thermoplastic classy matt: Shatter-proof material with highquality matt finish. Duroplastic, highly scratch-resistant: Highly scratch-resistant material with glossy finish. Not all inserts are available in duroplastic, in these cases you should use thermoplastic brilliant.
SCHUKO socket-outlet insert

16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49440 With plug-in terminals.
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
233444 233419 233425 10/100 1.8 10/100 1.8 10/100 1 disc. disc. disc.
white, glossy polar white, glossy active white, glossy
Thermoplastic classy matt

237144 237119 237114 237160 10/100 10/100 10/50 10/50 1.8 1.8 1.1 1.1 disc. disc. disc. disc.
white polar white anthracite aluminium
1-M frames 92, ATELIER-M frames 98, M-SMART frames 104, M-ARC frames 116, M-STAR frames 118, M-PLAN real glass frames 130, M-PLAN metal frames 132, M-PLAN frames 122, M-PLAN II frames 126 Technical Information: System M dimensions
Duroplastic, highly scratch-resistant

235144 235119 10/100 1.8 10/100 1.8 disc. disc.
white polar white
SCHUKO socket-outlet
16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49440 Integrated protection against accidental contact as per VDE 0620 Part 1 (child protection). Features: Frontal retrofitting of QuickFlex additional modules with no disassembling of the socket-outlet. Quick-fastening screws for securing of claws. Flush-mounted claws with return springs. High-gloss galvanised retaining ring insulated to the claw. With claw and screw fixing. With plug-in terminals.
SCHUKO socket-outlets with plug-in terminals Socket-outlets with connecting terminals as per VDE 0620 part 1. Explanation of symbols: Integrated enhanced protection against accidental contact as per VDE 0620 Part 1 (child protection).
16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49440 Features: Frontal retrofitting of QuickFlex additional modules with no disassembling of the socket-outlet. Quick-fastening screws for securing of claws. Flush-mounted claws with return springs. High-gloss galvanised retaining ring insulated to the claw. With claw and screw fixing. With plug-in terminals.
Accessories: Central plate with labelling field and surge protection module for SCHUKO socket-outlet, MEG2335-03../04.., System M Central plate with light outlet and LED lighting module for SCHUKO socket-outlet, MEG2334-03../-04.., System M Central plate with labelling field and control lamp module for SCHUKO socket-outlet, MEG2333-03../-04.., System M
Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
MEG2300-0344 MEG2300-0319 MEG2300-0325 10/60 1 10/60 1 10/60 1 new new new
Art. no. PU PG Info

MEG2300-0444 MEG2300-0419 MEG2300-0414 MEG2300-0460 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 1 1 1.1 1.1 new new new new
Version
Duroplastic, highly scratch-resistant: With this article, use thermoplastic brilliant
MEG2301-0344 MEG2301-0319 MEG2301-0325 10/60 1.8 10/60 1.8 10/60 1 new new new

MEG2301-0444 MEG2301-0419 MEG2301-0414 MEG2301-0460 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 1.8 1.8 1.1 1.1 new new new new
white polar white anthracite aluminium www.merten.com

MEG2301-0644 MEG2301-0619 10/60 1.8 10/60 1.8 new new
white polar white
12
SYSTEM M / INSERTS | SCHUKO socket-outlets with plug-in terminals | 2010
SYSTEM M / INSERTS
SCHUKO socket-outlet insert with improved protection against accidental contact
16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49440 Integrated protection against accidental contact as per VDE 0620 Part 1 (child protection). With plug-in terminals.
Version
System M
SCHUKO socket-outlet insert 45 with improved protection against accidental contact

Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
235044 235019 235025 10/50 1 10/50 1 10/50 1 disc. disc. disc.
249544 249519 249525 10/50 1 10/50 1 10/50 1 disc. disc. disc.

237344 237319 237314 237360 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 1 1 1.1 1.1 disc. disc. disc. disc.

SCHUKO socket-outlet 45
Version
SCHUKO socket-outlet with light outlet and LED lighting module

16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49440 Integrated protection against accidental contact as per VDE 0620 Part 1 (child protection). Warm white LEDs illuminate an area under the socket-outlet. The illuminated area can be optimally adjusted by altering the light emission. When it is dark, the LED lights are switched on automatically and are switched off again when there is sufficient ambient light. The brightness limit can be conveniently set from the front without any dismantling work on the central plate. Automatic mode can also be switched off on the central plate so that the lights remain switched off e.g. when going on holiday. Features: With integrated QuickFlex module. Quick-fastening screws for securing of claws. Flush-mounted claws with return springs. High-gloss galvanised retainer ring insulated to the claw. With claw and screw fixing. With plug-in terminals.
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info

Art. no.
PU PG
Info

MEG2304-0444 MEG2304-0419 MEG2304-0414 MEG2304-0460 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 8 8 8 8 new new new new

www.merten.com
2010
| SCHUKO socket-outlets with plug-in terminals | SYSTEM M / INSERTS
13
System M
SYSTEM M / INSERTS
SCHUKO socket-outlet with labelling field
16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49440 Integrated protection against accidental contact as per VDE 0620 Part 1 (child protection). With claw and screw fixing. With plug-in terminals.
SCHUKO socket-outlet with control lamp and labelling field

16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49440 Integrated protection against accidental contact as per VDE 0620 Part 1 (child protection). The green LED lights up when a network voltage is present at the socket-outlet. Features: With integrated QuickFlex module. Quick-fastening screws for securing of claws. Flush-mounted claws with return springs. High-gloss galvanised retaining ring insulated to the claw. With claw and screw fixing. With plug-in terminals.
Accessories: Labelling strip art. no. 230900 Central plate with labelling field and surge protection module for SCHUKO socket-outlet, MEG2335-03../-04.., System M Central plate with light outlet and LED lighting module for SCHUKO socketoutlet, MEG2334-03../-04.., System M Central plate with labelling field and control lamp module for SCHUKO socketoutlet, MEG2333-03../-04.., System M
Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
Accessories: Labels for safety power supply, art. no. 539654/56. Replacement part: LED control lamp module, MEG20030004.
Art. no. PU PG Info

Version

SCHUKO socket-outlet insert with labeling field and improved protection against accidental contact.
16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49440 Integrated protection against accidental contact as per VDE 0620 Part 1 (child protection). To be labelled with labelling strips. With plug-in terminals.
SCHUKO socket-outlet insert with labelling field and control lamp

16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49440 Integrated protection against accidental contact as per VDE 0620 Part 1 (child protection). Control lamp can be replaced from the front. With claw and screw fixing. With plug-in terminals.
Accessories: Labelling strip art. no. 230900

Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
239944 239919 239925 10/50 1 10/50 1 10/50 1 disc. disc. disc.
Contents: With neon lamp.

Art. no. PU PG Info

Version
249944 249919 249925 10/50 1 10/50 1 10/50 1 disc. disc. disc.

14
www.merten.com
SYSTEM M / INSERTS
SCHUKO socket-outlet with hinged lid
Version
System M

Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
Art. no.
PU PG
Info



MEG2310-0644 MEG2310-0619 10/60 1 10/60 1 new new
SCHUKO socket-outlet insert with hinged lid

white polar white
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
SCHUKO socket-outlet insert with hinged lid and improved protection against accidental contact
Version
238244 238219 238225 10/50 1 10/50 1 10/50 1 disc. disc. disc.

Art. no.
PU PG
Info
238344 238319 238325 10/50 1 10/50 1 10/50 1 disc. disc. disc.


235444 235419 10/40 1 10/40 1 disc. disc.
white polar white
2010
www.merten.com
15
System M
SYSTEM M / INSERTS
SCHUKO socket-outlet with hinged lid, IP44
SCHUKO socket-outlet with hinged lid, lockable with various locks

Version
Contents: Socket-outlet with sealing ring.

Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
MEG2314-0344 MEG2314-0319 MEG2314-0325 1/50 2.1 1/50 2.1 1/50 2.1 new new new


SCHUKO socket-outlet insert with hinged lid IP44

16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49440 Integrated protection against accidental contact as per VDE 0620 Part 1 (child protection). With claw and screw fixing. With plug-in terminals. Type of protection: IP 44 splash-proof
SCHUKO socket-outlet with hinged lid and labelling field


Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
238444 238419 238425 1/50 2.1 1/50 2.1 1/50 2.1 disc. disc. disc.

236644 236619 236614 236660 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 disc. disc. disc. disc.
Accessories: Large labelling field with touch contrast symbol for rockers and socket-outlets with labelling field, art. no. 434791/92/93/94.
Art. no. PU PG Info
Version

16
www.merten.com
SYSTEM M / INSERTS
SCHUKO socket-outlet insert with hinged lid and labelling field
16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49440 Integrated protection against accidental contact as per VDE 0620 Part 1 (child protection). With hinged lid and labelling field. With claw and screw fixing. With plug-in terminals.
System M
SCHUKO socket-outlet insert with hinged lid, labelling field and control lamp
16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49440 Integrated protection against accidental contact as per VDE 0620 Part 1 (child protection). Control lamp can be replaced from the front. With hinged lid and labelling field. With claw and screw fixing. With plug-in terminals. Accessories: Large labelling field with touch contrast symbol for rockers and socket-outlets with labelling field, art. no. 434791/92/93/94. Contents: With neon lamp.
Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
248344 248319 248325 10/50 1 10/50 1 10/50 1 disc. disc. disc.
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
248444 248419 248425 10/50 1 10/50 1 10/50 1 disc. disc. disc.


SCHUKO socket-outlet with hinged lid, control lamp and labelling field
16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49440 Integrated protection against accidental contact as per VDE 0620 Part 1 (child protection). The green LED lights up when a network voltage is present. Features: Frontal retrofitting of QuickFlex additional modules with no disassembling of the socket-outlet. Quick-fastening screws for securing of claws. Flush-mounted claws with return springs. High-gloss galvanised retaining ring insulated to the claw. With claw and screw fixing. With plug-in terminals.
Large labelling field with touch contrast symbol for rockers and socket-outlets with labelling field
For rockers and socket-outlets with large labelling field. The existing labelling field is replaced by the touch contrast symbol.
Version light, clear key, clear bell, clear Socket-outlet, clear
Art. no. 434791 434792 434793 434794
PU PG 10/1000 10/1000 10/1000 10/1000 1 1 1 1
Info
Accessories: Large labelling field with touch contrast symbol for rockers and socket-outlets with labelling field, art. no. 434791/92/93/94. Replacement part: LED control lamp module, MEG20030004.
Art. no. PU PG Info
Version


www.merten.com
2010
17
System M
SYSTEM M / INSERTS
SCHUKO e.l.c.b.-protected socket-outlet insert with improved protection against accidental contact
Integrated protection against accidental contact as per VDE 0620 Part 1 (child protection). Constructed in accordance with VDE 0664 (EN 61008). For the improvement of safety in existing installations according to VDE 0100 Part 410. Output to connect further loads. For integration into a size 60 mounting box. Voltage: AC 230 V Fault current: 30 mA Max. current: 16 A Short-circuit withstand capability: 3000 A Type of protection: IP 20
Version
SCHUKO socket-outlet with surge protection and labelling field

16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49440 Integrated protection against accidental contact as per VDE 0620 Part 1 (child protection). The integrated surge protection module protects devices connected at the socketoutlet from voltage peaks in the network. The module also protects socket-outlets located within a radius of five metres to the same electrical circuit. With visual and audible fault display. Following a current surge, the green control LED will go out and, if a plug is inserted, a signal tone will sound. Features: With integrated QuickFlex module. Quick-fastening screws for securing of claws. Flush-mounted claws with return springs. High-gloss galvanised retainer ring insulated to the claw. With claw and screw fixing. With plug-in terminals.
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
233844 233819 233825 1/24 8 1/24 8 1/24 8

232844 232819 232814 232860 1/24 1/24 1/24 1/24 8 8 8 8
Accessories: Labelling strip art. no. 230900 Replacement part: Surge protection module, MEG20050004.
Art. no. PU PG Info
Version

18
www.merten.com
SYSTEM M / INSERTS
SCHUKO socket-outlet with computer marking
Version
System M
SCHUKO socket-outlet with washing machine marking

Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
Art. no.
PU PG
Info


SCHUKO socket-outlet insert with EDP imprint and shutter

SCHUKO socket-outlet with dryer marking

Version
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
249344 249319 249325 10/50 1 10/50 1 10/50 1 disc. disc. disc.

Art. no.
PU PG
Info

2010
www.merten.com
19
System M
SYSTEM M / INSERTS
SCHUKO socket-outlet with refrigerator marking
Version
SCHUKO socket-outlet with dishwasher marking

Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
Art. no.
PU PG
Info


SCHUKO socket-outlet with freezer marking

Version
SCHUKO socket-outlet with microwave marking

Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
Art. no.
PU PG
Info


20
www.merten.com
SYSTEM M / INSERTS
Central plate with labelling field and surge protection module for SCHUKO socketoutlet
16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49440 Integrated protection against accidental contact as per VDE 0620 Part 1 (child protection). For expansion of QuickFlex socket-outlets. The surge protection module protects devices connected at the socket-outlet from voltage peaks in the network. The module also protects socket-outlets located within a radius of five metres to the same electrical circuit. With visual and audible fault display. Following a current surge, the green control LED will go out and, if a plug is inserted, a signal tone will sound.
System M
Central plate with light outlet and LED lighting module for SCHUKO socket-outlet
16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49440 Integrated protection against accidental contact as per VDE 0620 Part 1 (child protection). For retrofitting of socket-outlets with QuickFlex base. Warm white LEDs illuminate an area under the socket-outlet. The illuminated area can be optimally adjusted by altering the light emission. When it is dark, the LED lights are switched on automatically and are switched off again when there is sufficient ambient light. The brightness threshold can be conveniently set from the front without any dismantling work on the central plate. Automatic mode can also be switched off on the central plate so that the lights remain switched off e.g. when going on holiday.
Version
Replacement part: Surge protection module, MEG20050004.

Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info


Central plate with labelling field and control lamp module for SCHUKO socket-outlet
16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49440 Integrated protection against accidental contact as per VDE 0620 Part 1 (child protection). Extension module for all QuickFlex socketoutlets. Central plate with lens for control lamp. The green LED lights up when a network voltage is present.
Surge protection module

Extension/spare part module for QuickFlex socket-outlets. The integrated surge protection module protects devices connected at the socketoutlet from voltage peaks in the network. The module also protects socket-outlets located within a radius of five metres on the same electrical circuit. With visual and audible fault display: Following a current surge, the green control LED will go out and, if a plug is inserted, a signal tone will sound. A central plate with a lens is required for the visual display.
Replacement part: LED control lamp module, MEG20030004.

Art. no. PU PG Info
Version

Spare part of: SCHUKO socket-outlet with surge protection and labelling field, MEG2305-03../-04.. System M, MEG2305-40../-41.. System Design.Central plate with labelling field and surge protection module for SCHUKO socketoutlet, MEG2335-03../04.. System M.Central plate with labelling field and control lamp module for socket-outlet with earthing pin, MEG2535-03../04.. System M.
Art. no. MEG2005-0004 PU PG 1/150 8 Info new
Version
2010
www.merten.com
21
System M
SYSTEM M / INSERTS
LED control lamp module
Extension/spare part module for QuickFlex socket-outlets. The green LED lights up when a network voltage is present. QuickFlex central plate with control lamp required.
SCHUKO socket-outlets with screw terminals Socket-outlets with connecting terminals as per VDE 0620 part 1. Explanation of symbols: Integrated enhanced protection against accidental contact as per VDE 0620 Part 1 (child protection).
Spare part of: SCHUKO socket-outlet with control lamp and labelling field, MEG2303-03../-04.. System M, MEG230340../-41.. System Design.SCHUKO socket-outlet with hinged lid, control lamp and labelling field, MEG2313-03../-04.. System M, MEG2313-40../-41.. System Design.SCHUKO socketoutlet for special circuits with control lamp and labelling field, MEG2303-03.. System M, MEG2303-40.. System Design.SCHUKO socket-outlet for special circuits with hinged lid, control lamp and labelling field, MEG2313-03.. System M, MEG2313-40.. System Design.Central plate with labelling field and control lamp module for SCHUKO socket-outlet, MEG2333-03../04.. System M.Central plate with labelling field and control lamp module for socket-outlet with earthing pin, MEG2533-03../04.. System M.
16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49440 Features: Frontal retrofitting of QuickFlex additional modules with no disassembling of the socket-outlet. Quick-fastening screws for securing of claws. Flush-mounted claws with return springs. High-gloss galvanised retaining ring insulated to the claw. With claw and screw fixing. With screw/lift terminals for fixed and flexible conductors up to 4 mm2.
Version green
Surge protection module for socket-outlet combinations

For all combination SCHUKO flush-mounted socket-outlets. Suitable for standard size 60 installation box. It is advisable to clearly mark the cover of the relevant socket-outlet. Mounting depth: 32 mm Type of protection: Fine protection Failure indication: Acoustic signal Special features: Test function
Version Art. no. 533498 PU PG 1/50 8 Info
Art. no. PU PG Info
Version


MEG2401-0644 MEG2401-0619 10/60 1 10/60 1 new new
white polar white
SCHUKO socket-outlet insert with screw terminals

16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49440 With screw terminals.
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
273444 273419 273425 10/50 1 10/50 1 10/50 1 disc. disc. disc.


275244 275219 10/50 1 10/50 1 disc. disc.
22
www.merten.com
white polar white
SYSTEM M / INSERTS | SCHUKO socket-outlets with screw terminals | 2010
SYSTEM M / INSERTS
16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49440 Integrated protection against accidental contact as per VDE 0620 Part 1 (child protection). Features: Frontal retrofitting of QuickFlex additional modules with no disassembling of the socket-outlet. Quick-fastening screws for securing of claws. Flush-mounted claws with return springs. High-gloss galvanised retaining ring insulated to the claw. With claw and screw fixing. With screw/lift terminals for fixed and flexible conductors up to 4 mm2.
System M

Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
Accessories: Labelling strip art. no. 230900 Central plate with labelling field and surge protection module for SCHUKO socket-outlet, MEG2335-03../-04.., System M Central plate with light outlet and LED lighting module for SCHUKO socketoutlet, MEG2334-03../-04.., System M Central plate with labelling field and control lamp module for SCHUKO socketoutlet, MEG2333-03../-04.., System M
Art. no. PU PG Info
Version



16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49440 Integrated protection against accidental contact as per VDE 0620 Part 1 (child protection). With screw terminals.
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
277444 277419 277425 10/50 1 10/50 1 10/50 1 disc. disc. disc.
Accessories: Labelling strip art. no. 230900

Art. no. PU PG Info
Version

278944 278919 278925 10/50 1 10/50 1 10/50 1 disc. disc. disc.

2010
| SCHUKO socket-outlets with screw terminals | SYSTEM M / INSERTS
www.merten.com
23
System M
SYSTEM M / INSERTS
SCHUKO timer socket-outlet insert with improved protection against accidental contact
8 A, 230 V AC Integrated protection against accidental contact as per VDE 0620 Part 1 (child protection). Can be operated via a push-button on the socket-outlet, or with an extension pushbutton. The socket-outlet switches off after a preset time. Can be switched off before time period has expired. With screw fixing. With screw terminals. Time setting: adjustable in steps of 15 mins, 30 mins, 1 h, 2 h, 4 h, 8 h Fine protection electronic overload-/ temperature protection Fuse: 8 A Display elements: green LED for status display Adapters: Thermoplastic can be brilliantly integrated into System Design using the adapter, art. no. 5184... Extension unit operation: With mechanical push-buttons. With extension insert, art. no. 573999, extension TELE insert, art. no. 573998. Note: Flush-mounted installation in size 60 installation box possible. Contents: With 2 screws for fastening onto the installation box.

Art. no. PU PG Info
Version

Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
SCHUKO socket-outlet insert with surge protection and labelling field

16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49440, DIN EN 61643-11 Integrated protection against accidental contact as per VDE 0620 Part 1 (child protection). Protects electronic devices against overvoltages. With monitoring equipment and arrestor disconnector, optical functional display (green LED) and acoustic signal. With claw and screw fixing. With screw terminals. Rated discharge voltage: AC 250 V Surge voltage (8/20): 4 kV Protection level: <1.3 kV In/max.: 8 kA
501144 501119 501125 1/30 8 1/30 8 1/30 8

500144 500119 500114 500160 1/30 1/30 1/30 1/30 8 8 8 8
Contents: 1 label with imprint "berspannungsschutz".

Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
266844 266819 266825 1/50 8 1/50 8 1/50 8 disc. disc. disc.

265844 265819 265814 265860 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 8 8 8 8 disc. disc. disc. disc.
24
www.merten.com
SYSTEM M / INSERTS | SCHUKO socket-outlets with screw terminals | 2010
SYSTEM M / INSERTS
Central plate with labelling field and surge protection module for SCHUKO socketoutlet
16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49440 Integrated protection against accidental contact as per VDE 0620 Part 1 (child protection). For expansion of QuickFlex socket-outlets. The surge protection module protects devices connected at the socket-outlet from voltage peaks in the network. The module also protects socket-outlets located within a radius of five metres to the same electrical circuit. With visual and audible fault display. Following a current surge, the green control LED will go out and, if a plug is inserted, a signal tone will sound.
System M
Central plate with light outlet and LED lighting module for SCHUKO socket-outlet
16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49440 Integrated protection against accidental contact as per VDE 0620 Part 1 (child protection). For retrofitting of socket-outlets with QuickFlex base. Warm white LEDs illuminate an area under the socket-outlet. The illuminated area can be optimally adjusted by altering the light emission. When it is dark, the LED lights are switched on automatically and are switched off again when there is sufficient ambient light. The brightness threshold can be conveniently set from the front without any dismantling work on the central plate. Automatic mode can also be switched off on the central plate so that the lights remain switched off e.g. when going on holiday.
Version

Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info


Central plate with labelling field and control lamp module for SCHUKO socket-outlet
16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49440 Integrated protection against accidental contact as per VDE 0620 Part 1 (child protection). Extension module for all QuickFlex socketoutlets. Central plate with lens for control lamp. The green LED lights up when a network voltage is present.

Replacement part: LED control lamp module, MEG20030004.

Art. no. PU PG Info
Version

Version
2010
| SCHUKO socket-outlets with screw terminals | SYSTEM M / INSERTS
www.merten.com
25
System M
SYSTEM M / INSERTS
SCHUKO socket-outlets for special circuits Socket-outlets with connecting terminals as per VDE 0620 part 1. Explanation of symbols: Integrated enhanced protection against accidental contact as per VDE 0620 Part 1 (child protection).
SCHUKO socket-outlets for special circuits

Version green

Note: The bases are marked to match the colour of the cover.
Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
10/60 1 10/60 1 new new
With power supply MEG2300-0304 marking, green With additional safety MEG2300-0302 power supply marking, orange ruby red MEG2300-0306
10/60 1
new
SCHUKO socket-outlet insert for special circuits

16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49440 For SV (safety power supply) and ZSV (additional safety power supply). With plug-in terminals.
Accessories: Labels for safety power supply, art. no. 539654/56.

Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
233404 233402 233406 10/50 1 10/50 1 10/50 1 disc. disc. disc.
green orange ruby red
26
www.merten.com
SYSTEM M / INSERTS | SCHUKO socket-outlets for special circuits | 2010
SYSTEM M / INSERTS
SCHUKO socket-outlets for special circuits with labelling field
16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49440 Integrated protection against accidental contact as per VDE 0620 Part 1 (child protection). Features: Frontal retrofitting of QuickFlex additional modules with no disassembling of the socket-outlet. Quick-fastening screws for securing of claws. Flush-mounted claws with return springs. High-gloss galvanised retaining ring insulated to the claw. With claw and screw fixing. With plug-in terminals. Accessories: Labels for safety power supply, art. no. 539654/56. Note: The bases are marked to match the colour of the cover.
System M
16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49440 Integrated protection against accidental contact as per VDE 0620 Part 1 (child protection). For SV (safety power supply) and ZSV (additional safety power supply). To be labelled with labelling strips. With plug-in terminals.

Accessories: Labelling strip art. no. 230900 Note: The bases are marked to match the colour of the cover.
Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
239904 239902 239906 10/50 1 10/50 1 10/50 1 disc. disc. disc.
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
10/60 1 10/60 1 new new
With power supply MEG2302-0304 labelling strips, green With additional safety MEG2302-0302 power supply labelling strips, orange ruby red MEG2302-0306
SCHUKO socket-outlets for special circuits with control lamp and labelling field
16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49440 Integrated protection against accidental contact as per VDE 0620 Part 1 (child protection). The green LED lights up when a network voltage is present. Features: With integrated QuickFlex module. Quick-fastening screws for securing of claws. Flush-mounted claws with return springs. High-gloss galvanised retaining ring insulated to the claw. With claw and screw fixing. With plug-in terminals. Accessories: Labels for safety power supply, art. no. 539654/56. Replacement part: LED control lamp module, MEG20030004. Note: The bases are marked to match the colour of the cover.
10/60 1
new

Version
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
1/50 1 1/50 1 new new
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
yellow blue light grey
1/50 1
new
2010
| SCHUKO socket-outlets for special circuits | SYSTEM M / INSERTS
www.merten.com
27
System M
SYSTEM M / INSERTS
SCHUKO socket-outlet insert with special circuits with labelling field and control lamp
16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49440 Integrated protection against accidental contact as per VDE 0620 Part 1 (child protection). For SV (safety power supply) and additional safety power supply. Control lamp can be replaced from the front. With claw and screw fixing. With plug-in terminals. Accessories: Labels for safety power supply, art. no. 539654/56. Note: The bases are marked to match the colour of the cover. Contents: With neon lamp.

SCHUKO socket-outlet insert with special circuits with hinged lid, labelling field and control lamp
16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49440 Integrated protection against accidental contact as per VDE 0620 Part 1 (child protection). For SV (safety power supply) and additional safety power supply. Control lamp can be replaced from the front. With hinged lid and labelling field. With claw and screw fixing. With plug-in terminals. Accessories: Large labelling field with touch contrast symbol for rockers and socket-outlets with labelling field, art. no. 434791/92/93/94. Labels for safety power supply, art. no. 539654/56. Note: The bases are marked to match the colour of the cover. Contents: With neon lamp.
Version
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
249904 249902 249906 10/50 1 10/50 1 10/50 1 disc. disc. disc.
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
248404 248402 248406 10/50 1 10/50 1 10/50 1 disc. disc. disc.
SCHUKO socket-outlets for special circuits with hinged lid, control lamp and labelling field
16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49440 Integrated protection against accidental contact as per VDE 0620 Part 1 (child protection). The green LED lights up when a network voltage is present. Features: Frontal retrofitting of QuickFlex additional modules with no disassembling of the socket-outlet. Quick-fastening screws for securing of claws. Flush-mounted claws with return springs. High-gloss galvanised retaining ring insulated to the claw. With claw and screw fixing. With plug-in terminals. Accessories: Large labelling field with touch contrast symbol for rockers and socket-outlets with labelling field, art. no. 434791/92/93/94. Labels for safety power supply, art. no. 539654/56. Replacement part: LED control lamp module, MEG20030004. Note: The bases are marked to match the colour of the cover.
Art. no. 434791 434792 434793 434794
PU PG 10/1000 10/1000 10/1000 10/1000 1 1 1 1
Info
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
1/50 1 1/50 1 new new
1/50 1
new
28
www.merten.com
SYSTEM M / INSERTS | SCHUKO socket-outlets for special circuits | 2010
SYSTEM M / INSERTS
SCHUKO socket-outlets for special circuits 45 with labelling field
System M
Potential equalisation socketoutlet insert

With two 1-pole, built-in plugs to DIN 42801. Connecting terminal up to 6 mm2. Without claws, for screw fixing.
Accessories: Potential equalisation angled connector, art. no. 297190.

Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
290444 290419 290425 10/50 1 10/50 1 10/50 1

298244 298219 MEG2100-0414 MEG2100-0460 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 1 1 1.1 1.1 new new
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
10/60 1 10/60 1 new new
Potential equalisation angled connector

DIN 42801 part 2 Suitable for use as a potential equalisation socket-outlet insert. Solder connection up to 6 mm2.
10/60 1
new
SCHUKO socket-outlet insert 45 with labelling field and improved protection against accidental contact
16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49440 Integrated protection against accidental contact as per VDE 0620 Part 1 (child protection). For SV (safety power supply) and ZSV (additional safety power supply). With plug-in terminals.
To be completed with: Potential equalisation socket-outlet insert, art. no. System M 2904.., 2982.., 2906.., System Basis 2970.., System Design 2973.., OCTOCOLOR 2972...
Art. no. 297190 PU PG 10/500 1 Info
Version

Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
249604 249602 249606 10/50 1 10/50 1 10/50 1 disc. disc. disc.
SV, green additional safety power supply, orange ruby red
Version
2010
| SCHUKO socket-outlets for special circuits | SYSTEM M / INSERTS
www.merten.com
29
System M
SYSTEM M / INSERTS
Socket-outlets (international) Socket-outlets with connecting terminals as per VDE 0620 part 1. Explanation of symbols: Integrated enhanced protection against accidental contact as per VDE 0620 Part 1 (child protection).
Socket-outlet with earthing pin

16 A, AC 250 V, CEE 7 Standard Sheet V Integrated protection against accidental contact as per VDE 0620 Part 1 (child protection). Features: Frontal retrofitting of QuickFlex additional modules with no disassembling of the socket-outlet. Quick-fastening screws for securing of claws. Flush-mounted claws with return springs. High-gloss galvanised retaining ring insulated to the claw. With claw and screw fixing. With plug-in terminals.
Version green

Accessories: Central plate with labelling field and surge protection module for socket-outlet with earthing pin, MEG2535-03../-04.., System M Central plate with light outlet and LED lighting module for socket-outlet with earthing pin, MEG2534-03../-04.., System M Central plate with labelling field and control lamp module for socket-outlet with earthing pin, MEG2533-03../-04.., System M
Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
Labels for safety power supply

Self-adhesive labels. SV label (safety power supply) and ZSV label (additional safety power supply).

Contents: 1 item = 10 labels.

Art. no. 539656 539654 PU PG 1/1000 1 1/1000 1 Info
Version SV, green additional safety power supply, orange
30
www.merten.com
SYSTEM M / INSERTS | Socket-outlets (international) | 2010
SYSTEM M / INSERTS
16 A, AC 250 V, CEE 7 Standard Sheet V Integrated protection against accidental contact as per VDE 0620 Part 1 (child protection). Features: Frontal retrofitting of QuickFlex additional modules with no disassembling of the socket-outlet. Quick-fastening screws for securing of claws. Flush-mounted claws with return springs. High-gloss galvanised retaining ring insulated to the claw. With claw and screw fixing. With screw/lift terminals for fixed and flexible conductors up to 4 mm2.
System M
Socket-outlet with earthing pin, light outlet and LED lighting module
16 A, AC 250 V, CEE 7 Standard Sheet V Integrated protection against accidental contact as per VDE 0620 Part 1 (child protection). Warm white LEDs illuminate an area under the socket-outlet. The illuminated area can be optimally adjusted by altering the light emission. When it is dark, the LED lights are switched on automatically and are switched off again when there is sufficient ambient light. The brightness threshold can be conveniently set from the front without any dismantling work on the central plate. Automatic mode can also be switched off on the central plate so that the lights remain switched off e.g. when going on holiday. Features: With integrated QuickFlex module. Quick-fastening screws for securing of claws. Flush-mounted claws with return springs. High-gloss galvanised retaining ring insulated to the claw. With claw and screw fixing. With plug-in terminals.
Version
Accessories: Central plate with labelling field and surge protection module for socket-outlet with earthing pin, MEG2535-03../-04.., System M Central plate with light outlet and LED lighting module for socket-outlet with earthing pin, MEG2534-03../-04.., System M Central plate with labelling field and control lamp module for socket-outlet with earthing pin, MEG2533-03../-04.., System M
Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info


Socket-outlet insert with earthing pin and increased protection against accidental contact
16 A, AC 250 V, CEE 7 Standard Sheet V Integrated protection against accidental contact as per VDE 0620 Part 1 (child protection). With claw and screw fixing. With screw terminals.
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
284244 284219 284225 10/50 1 10/50 1 10/50 1 disc. disc. disc.

2010
| Socket-outlets (international) | SYSTEM M / INSERTS
www.merten.com
31
System M
SYSTEM M / INSERTS
Socket-outlet with earthing pin and hinged lid
Version
Socket-outlet insert with earthing pin and hinged lid

Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
288344 288319 288325 10/50 1 10/50 1 10/50 1 disc. disc. disc.

Art. no.
PU PG
Info

Socket-outlet with earthing pin and hinged lid, IP44


Version

Art. no. PU PG Info
Version

Art. no.
PU PG
Info

32
www.merten.com
SYSTEM M / INSERTS
System M
Socket-outlet insert with earthing pin for special circuits with hinged lid
16 A, AC 250 V, CEE 7 Standard Sheet V Integrated protection against accidental contact as per VDE 0620 Part 1 (child protection). For SV (safety power supply) and ZSV (additional safety power supply). With hinged lid and large labelling field. With claw and screw fixing. With screw terminals. Accessories: Large labelling field with touch contrast symbol for rockers and socket-outlets with labelling field, art. no. 434791/92/93/94. Labels for safety power supply, art. no. 539654/56. Note: The bases are marked to match the colour of the cover.

Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
Version
288404 288402 288406 10/50 1 10/50 1 10/50 1 disc. disc. disc.

Socket-outlet with earthing pin, hinged lid and labelling field for special circuits
16 A, AC 250 V, CEE 7 Standard Sheet V Integrated protection against accidental contact as per VDE 0620 Part 1 (child protection). Features: Frontal retrofitting of QuickFlex additional modules with no disassembling of the socket-outlet. Quick-fastening screws for securing of claws. Flush-mounted claws with return springs. High-gloss galvanised retaining ring insulated to the claw. With claw and screw fixing. With screw/lift terminals for fixed and flexible conductors up to 4 mm2. Accessories: Large labelling field with touch contrast symbol for rockers and socket-outlets with labelling field, art. no. 434791/92/93/94. Labels for safety power supply, art. no. 539654/56. Note: The bases are marked to match the colour of the cover.
Art. no. 434791 434792 434793 434794
PU PG 10/1000 10/1000 10/1000 10/1000 1 1 1 1
Info
USA socket-outlet insert, 15 A

15 A, 125 V, 2-pole + E
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info

Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
10/60 1 10/60 1 new new
2010
www.merten.com
10/60 1
new
33
System M
SYSTEM M / INSERTS
USA socket-outlet insert, 20 A
20 A, 125 V, 2-pole + E
Socket-outlet insert without earthing contact

16 A, AC 250 V, CEE 7 Standard Sheet I With claw and screw fixing. With screw terminals.
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
214244 214219 214225 10/50 1 10/50 1 10/50 1 disc. disc. disc.


Socket-outlet without earthing contact

16 A, AC 250 V, CEE 7 Standard Sheet I Features: Frontal retrofitting of QuickFlex additional modules with no disassembling of the socket-outlet. Quick-fastening screws for securing of claws. Flush-mounted claws with return springs. High-gloss galvanised retaining ring insulated to the claw. With claw and screw fixing. With screw/lift terminals for fixed and flexible conductors up to 4 mm2.
Version

16 A, AC 250 V, CEE 7 Standard Sheet I Integrated protection against accidental contact as per VDE 0620 Part 1 (child protection). Features: Frontal retrofitting of QuickFlex additional modules with no disassembling of the socket-outlet. Quick-fastening screws for securing of claws. Flush-mounted claws with return springs. High-gloss galvanised retaining ring insulated to the claw. With claw and screw fixing. With screw/lift terminals for fixed and flexible conductors up to 4 mm2.
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
Art. no.
PU PG
Info


34
www.merten.com
SYSTEM M / INSERTS
Socket-outlet insert without earthing contact, with improved protection against accidental contact
16 A, AC 250 V, CEE 7 Standard Sheet I Improved protection against accidental contact in accordance with BS 1363. With claw and screw fixing. With screw terminals.
Version
System M
British Standard socket-outlet insert

13 A, AC 250 V, 2-pole + E Improved protection against accidental contact in accordance with BS 1363.
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
Accessories: Adapter plate for British Standard mounting box, art. no. 307001.
Art. no. PU PG Info
215244 215219 215225 10/50 1 10/50 1 10/50 1 disc. disc. disc.
Version
200919 200925 10/40 1 10/40 1
polar white, glossy active white, glossy


201219 10/50 1
polar white
British Standard socket-outlet insert, can be switched off

13 A, AC 250 V, 2-pole + E Improved protection against accidental contact in accordance with BS 1363. With switch and control lamp. Suitable for a size 60 mounting box. Accessories: Adapter plate for British Standard mounting box, art. no. 307001.
Art. no. PU PG Info
Adapter plate for British Standard mounting box

For installation of the socket-outlet inserts in British Standard mounting boxes.
Version
203919 203925 2/60 1 2/60 1
To be completed with: British Standard socket-outlet insert, art. no. 201219, 201919, 203219. British Standard socketoutlet insert, can be switched off, art. no. 2023.., 2025.., 2024.., 202053. Chinese socket-outlet insert, 2-pole, art. no. 201019, 201719, 203019. Chinese socket-outlet insert, 3-pole, art. no. 201119, 201819, 203119. Chinese socketoutlet insert with hinged lid, 3-pole, art. no. 241119. Chinese socket-outlet insert, 3-pole, art. no. 203819, 204619, 205119. Chinese double socket-outlet insert, 2-/3-pole, art. no. 203719, 204519, 205019.
Art. no. 307001 PU PG 60/300 1 Info
Version white

202319 202314 202360 2/60 1 2/60 1.1 2/60 1.1
polar white anthracite aluminium
2010
www.merten.com
35
System M
SYSTEM M / INSERTS
Central plate for shaver socket Potential equalisation socketoutlet insert

Art. no. PU PG Info
To be completed with: Shaver socket insert, art. no. 213300. Frame 2-gang without central bridge piece, art. no. 1-M 3898.., ATELIER-M 3888.., M-SMART 4788.., 4848.., MARC 4858.., M-STAR 4668.., 4768.., 4868.., M-PLAN 4888.., M-PLAN glass 4878.., M-PLAN metal frame 4758...
Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
290444 290419 290425 10/50 1 10/50 1 10/50 1
Version

298244 298219 MEG2100-0414 MEG2100-0460 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 1 1 1.1 1.1 new new
213644 213619 213625 2/96 8 2/96 8 2/96 8

213544 213519 213514 213560 2/96 2/96 2/96 2/96 8 8 8 8

Shaver socket-outlet insert

IEC 742 / EN 60742 For international 2-pole plug systems (Euro plugs, US standard, Australia/China standard). Secondary voltages can be tapped directly in two plug-in positions. With screw terminals up to 2.5 mm2. No integrated fuse due to short-circuit resistance on the secondary side. Thermal protection with automatic switching on after cool down period. For integration in conventional flushmounted double boxes for cavity wall/flushmounted boxes in accordance with DIN 49073, e.g. from Kaiser, art. no. 9062-77 (cavity wall) or art. no. 1656-02 (flushmounted). Primary: AC 230 V - 240 V, 50/60 Hz Secondary: 20 VA, AC 115 V / 230 V 240 V, 50/60 Hz
Art. no. 297190 PU PG 10/500 1 Info
Version
To be completed with: Central plate for shaver socket, art. no. System M 2136.., 2135.., System Design 2134... Frame 2-gang without central bridge piece, art. no. 1-M 3898.., ATELIER-M 3888.., M-SMART 4788.., 4848.., M-ARC 4858.., M-STAR 4668.., 4768.., 4868.., M-PLAN 4888.., M-PLAN glass 4878.., M-PLAN metal frame 4758... Frame 2-gang without central bridge piece art. no. ARTEC 4818.., TRANCENT 482860, ANTIK 4838...
Art. no. 213300 PU PG 1/13 8 Info
Version
36
www.merten.com
SYSTEM M / INSERTS
Central plate with labelling field and surge protection module for socket-outlet with earthing pin
16 A, AC 250 V, CEE 7 Standard Sheet V Integrated protection against accidental contact as per VDE 0620 Part 1 (child protection). For expansion of QuickFlex socket-outlets. The surge protection module protects devices connected at the socket-outlet from voltage peaks in the network. The module also protects socket-outlets located within a radius of five metres to the same electrical circuit. With visual and audible fault display: Following a current surge, the green control LED will go out and, if a plug is inserted, a signal tone will sound.
System M
Central plate with light outlet and LED lighting module for socket-outlet with earthing pin
16 A, AC 250 V, CEE 7 Standard Sheet V Integrated protection against accidental contact as per VDE 0620 Part 1 (child protection). For retrofitting of socket-outlets with QuickFlex base. Warm white LEDs illuminate an area under the socket-outlet. The illuminated area can be optimally adjusted by altering the light emission. When it is dark, the LED lights are switched on automatically and are switched off again when there is sufficient ambient light. The brightness threshold can be conveniently set from the front without any dismantling work on the central plate. Automatic mode can also be switched off on the central plate so that the lights remain switched off e.g. when going on holiday.
Version Art. no. PU PG Info

Art. no. PU PG Info
Version


Central plate with labelling field and LED control lamp module for socket-outlet with earthing pin
16 A, AC 250 V, CEE 7 Standard Sheet V Integrated protection against accidental contact as per VDE 0620 Part 1 (child protection). Extension module for all QuickFlex socketoutlets. Central plate with lens for control lamp. The green LED lights up when a network voltage is present.

Replacement part: Kontrolllichtmodul, MEG2003-0004.

Art. no. PU PG Info
Version

Version
2010
www.merten.com
37
System M
SYSTEM M / INSERTS
Rocker IP44
For two-way switch, intermediate switch and push-button insert. Type of protection: IP 44 splash-proof
Contents: Rocker with gasket set, 2-part.

Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
432044 432019 432025 1/60 2.1 1/60 2.1 1/60 2.1

433044 433019 433014 433060 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1
Version green
Rocker, 2-gang
Switch rockers
For two-way, double two-way switch and double push-button insert.
For completion with rocker switch inserts. Rocker switch inserts 305, Rocker button inserts 307
Rocker
For two-way switch, intermediate switch and push-button insert.
432544 432519 432525 10/240 1 10/240 1 10/240 1

433544 433519 433514 433560 10/240 10/240 5/225 5/225 1 1 1.1 1.1
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
432144 432119 432125 10/400 1.8 10/400 1.8 10/400 1

434544 434519 10/240 1 10/240 1
white polar white

433144 433119 433114 433160 10/400 10/400 5/225 5/225 1.8 1.8 1.1 1.1
Rocker with labelling field

For permanent labelling. For two-way switch, intermediate switch and push-button.

434144 434119 10/400 1.8 10/400 1.8
white polar white
Contents: 4 pictograms (1 service, 1 light, 1 bell, 1 neutral) per rocker.

Art. no. PU PG Info
Rocker
For two-way switch, intermediate switch and push-button insert. For colour marking of special switching functions.
Version
Version
432344 432319 432325 10/240 1 10/240 1 10/240 1
Art. no.
PU PG
Info

433344 433319 433314 433360 10/240 10/240 5/225 5/225 1 1 1.1 1.1
MEG3300-0306 10/240 1 new
ruby red

434344 434319 10/240 1 10/240 1
38
www.merten.com
white polar white
SYSTEM M / INSERTS | Switch rockers | 2010
SYSTEM M / INSERTS
Rocker with labelling field and bell marking
For permanent labelling. For changeover switch, intermediate switch, push-button and control switch. Accessories: Large labelling field with touch contrast symbol for rockers and socket-outlets with labelling field, art. no. 434791/92/93/94. Contents: 4 pictograms (1 service, 1 light, 1 bell, 1 neutral) per rocker.
System M
Rocker marked Bell

Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info


Rocker marked Light

Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info

Art. no. 434791 434792 434793 434794
PU PG 10/1000 10/1000 10/1000 10/1000 1 1 1 1
Info
Rocker for key marking Rocker marked 0/1

For 2- and 3-pole rocker switch insert. For two-way switch, intermediate switch and push-button insert.
Version Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
432244 432219 432225 5/225 1 5/225 1 5/225 1


433244 433219 433214 433260 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 1 1 1.1 1.1

434244 434219 5/120 1 5/120 1
white polar white
2010
| Switch rockers | SYSTEM M / INSERTS
www.merten.com
39
System M
SYSTEM M / INSERTS
Rocker for two-circuit switch with imprint
Rocker with imprint of bell crossed through / chambermaid.
Rocker with rectangular opening for symbols

For control switch and push-button insert.
Further motifs available on request.

Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
432644 432619 432625 5/225 1 5/225 1 5/225 1
Accessories: Symbols, rectangular, art. no. 395500/69, 395600/69, 395700/69, 395800/69, 395900. Contents: Including set of symbols for each rocker: 1 light (clear), 1 key (clear), 1 bell (clear), 1 neutral (clear), 1 neutral (red transparent).
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info

435644 435619 435614 435660 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 1 1 1.1 1
432844 432819 432825 10/240 1.8 10/240 1.8 10/240 1

433844 433819 433814 433860 10/240 10/240 5/225 5/225 1.8 1.8 1.1 1.1

434844 434819 10/240 1.8 10/240 1.8
white polar white
Rocker switches (illuminated)
Rocker switch inserts 305, Rocker button inserts 307
Rocker with rectangular opening for symbols IP44

For control switch and push-button insert. Type of protection: IP 44 splash-proof
Rocker with control lamp

Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
436044 436019 436025 5/225 1 5/225 1 5/225 1
Accessories: Symbols, rectangular, art. no. 395500/69, 395600/69, 395700/69, 395800/69, 395900. Contents: Rocker with gasket set, 2-part. Symbols: 1 light, 1 bell (clear), 1 neutral (red transparent).
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info

431044 431019 431014 431060 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 1 1 1.1 1.1
432744 432719 432725 1/60 2.1 1/60 2.1 1/60 2.1

433744 433719 433714 433760 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1
40
www.merten.com
SYSTEM M / INSERTS | Rocker switches (illuminated) | 2010
SYSTEM M / INSERTS
Double rocker with indicator
System M
Double rocker with indicator IP44

For two-way, double two-way switch and double push-button insert. Type of protection: IP 44 splash-proof
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
MEG3420-0344 MEG3420-0319 MEG3420-0325 5/120 1 5/120 1 5/120 1 new new new Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info


Rocker, 2-gang with opening for symbols

Version
Rocker with labelling field and control lamp

For permanent labelling. For changeover switch, intermediate switch, push-button and control switch. Accessories: Large labelling field with touch contrast symbol for rockers and socket-outlets with labelling field, art. no. 434791/92/93/94. Contents: 4 pictograms (1 service, 1 light, 1 bell, 1 neutral) per rocker.
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
438544 438519 438525 5/120 1 5/120 1 5/120 1

437544 437519 437514 437560 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 1 1 1.1 1.1
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
434744 434719 434725 5/225 1 5/225 1 5/225 1

434644 434619 434614 434660 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 1 1 1.1 1.1
Double rocker with a red symbol window

Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
Rocker with labelling field and indicator

For permanent labelling. For changeover switch, intermediate switch, push-button and control switch. For colour marking of special switching functions. Accessories: Large labelling field with touch contrast symbol for rockers and socket-outlets with labelling field, art. no. 434791/92/93/94. Contents: 4 pictograms (1 service, 1 light, 1 bell, 1 neutral) per rocker.

Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
2010
| Rocker switches (illuminated) | SYSTEM M / INSERTS
www.merten.com
green orange ruby red yellow
41
System M
SYSTEM M / INSERTS
Version
Rocker with control lamp and Key imprint

Art. no.
PU PG
Info
435344 435319 435325 5/225 1 5/225 1 5/225 1
Art. no. 434791 434792 434793 434794
PU PG 10/1000 10/1000 10/1000 10/1000 1 1 1 1
Info

430744 430719 430714 430760 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 1 1 1.1 1.1
Rocker with control lamp and Bell imprint

Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
Rocker with control lamp and Socket-outlet imprint

435844 435819 435825 5/225 1 5/225 1 5/225 1 Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info

430844 430819 430814 430860 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 1 1 1.1 1.1
435244 435219 435225 5/225 1 5/225 1 5/225 1

431744 431719 431714 431760 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 1 1 1.1 1.1
Rocker with control lamp and Light imprint

Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
Rocker with indicator and heater marking

435944 435919 435925 5/225 1 5/225 1 5/225 1 Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info

430944 430919 430914 430960 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 1 1 1.1 1.1

42
www.merten.com
SYSTEM M / INSERTS | Rocker switches (illuminated) | 2010
SYSTEM M / INSERTS
Rocker with control lamp and Heating emergency switch imprint
For control switch and push-button insert. With indicator and "Heater emergency switch" marking.
Version
System M
Rocker for two-circuit switch with imprint and opening for symbols
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
438719 438725 5/120 1 5/120 1
435144 435119 435125 5/225 1 5/225 1 5/225 1

437719 437760 5/120 1 5/120 1.1

431844 431819 431814 431860 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 1 1 1.1 1.1
polar white aluminium
Duroplastic, highly scratch-resistant: With this article, use thermoplastic brilliant Splash-proof - IP 44
Rocker for heating emergency switch

For control switch and push-button insert. With red inspection window and imprint "Heating emergency switch".
Version
Rocker IP44
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
432944 432919 432925 5/225 1 5/225 1 5/225 1

Art. no. PU PG Info
Version

433944 433919 MEG3327-0414 MEG3327-0460 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 1 1 1.1 1.1 new new
432044 432019 432025 1/60 2.1 1/60 2.1 1/60 2.1

434944 434919 5/120 1 5/120 1

433044 433019 433014 433060 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1
white polar white
Double rocker with indicator and marking for hotel usage

Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info

2010
| Splash-proof - IP 44 | SYSTEM M / INSERTS
www.merten.com
43
System M
SYSTEM M / INSERTS

Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
432744 432719 432725 1/60 2.1 1/60 2.1 1/60 2.1

Art. no. PU PG Info

433744 433719 433714 433760 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1
Version

Double rocker with indicator IP44

For two-way, double two-way switch and double push-button insert. Type of protection: IP 44 splash-proof

Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info


Art. no. PU PG Info
Version

44
www.merten.com
SYSTEM M / INSERTS | Splash-proof - IP 44 | 2010
SYSTEM M / INSERTS
The round switch The round switch is a complete device. If you want to realise the multiple combination the gap between the middle of each box to middle of the next box then has to be 113 mm. Recommendation: You can obtain the correct distance by for example placing two distance glands 21 mm long each between the flush-mounted boxes.
System M
Jumbo, the big switch

10 AX, AC 250 V In M-SMART design. In existing stand-alone devices such as on/ off, two-way and intermediate switches from the Merten ranges, only frame and rocker must be exchanged for the JUMBO top unit. Dimensions: 161x161x32 mm (HxWxD)
The round switch

10 AX, AC 250 V With plug-in terminals. Dimensions: 90 mm
Contents: Complete device with two-way switch.

Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
MEG3341-1406 1/6 1 new
ruby red
Further functions available on request. Contents: Complete device with two-way switch.
Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
431619 1/10 1

two-way, polar white, glossy
JUMBO, the big switch The all-round functional switch, conspicuously large. Can replace any standard one-way or two-way switch.

Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
433619 1/6 1 disc.
polar white, glossy

Special switch functions
Central plate for pull-cord switch with indicator

For pull-cord switch and push-button insert

Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
MEG3341-1419 1/6 1 new
To be completed with: Two-way pull-cord switch insert,1pole, MEG3186-0000. Pull-cord on/off switch insert, 2-pole, MEG3182-0000. Surface-mounted double socket-outlets, art. no. 2360.., 2161..
Art. no. PU PG Info
polar white, glossy
Version

2010
| The round switch | SYSTEM M / INSERTS
www.merten.com
45
System M
SYSTEM M / INSERTS
Two-way pull-cord switch insert
10 A, 250 V AC
Central plate for fan switch
To be completed with: Fan switch insert, art. no. 317100.

Art. no. PU PG Info
Version Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
567319 567325 1/100 1 1/100 1
436744 436719 436725 10/50 1 10/50 1 10/50 1 disc. disc. disc.

437144 437119 1/100 1 1/100 1
white polar white

436644 436619 10/50 1 10/50 1 disc. disc.
white polar white
Hotel keycard holder

Illuminated.
Central plate for two-way maintained-contact switch insert

For standardised semi-cylindrical locks 40 mm long.
To be completed with: Two-way maintained-contact switch insert, art. no. 318601.

Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
319544 319519 319525 1/60 8 1/60 8 1/60 8

318144 318119 318114 318160 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 8 8 8 8
To be completed with: Push-button insert for hotel keycard holder with separate signalling contact, make contact 1-pole, MEG3754-0000. Push-button insert for hotel keycard holder with separate signalling contact and orientation light, make contact 1-pole, MEG3760-0000. Rocker button insert for hotel keycard holder, art. no. 315800. Rocker switch insert, art. no. 315000, 315900, 315901. Accessories: LED lighting module for switches/push-buttons 100-230 V, MEG3901-00... LED lighting module for switches/push-buttons 8-32 V, MEG3921-00... Neon lamp attachment with integrated lamp, art. no. 396502. Plug-in light attachment E 10, art. no. 396576. Neon lamp E 10, art. no. 395100. LED lamp E 10, art. no. 3951...
Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
315644 315619 315625 1/100 1 1/100 1 1/100 1

315444 315419 315414 315460 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1 1 1.1 1.1
Central plate for three-step rotary switch
To be completed with: Three-step rotary switch insert, art. no. 317400.

Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
567244 567219 567225 1/100 8 1/100 8 1/100 8

437344 437319 1/100 8 1/100 8
white polar white

538844 538819 1/100 8 1/100 8
white polar white www.merten.com
46
SYSTEM M / INSERTS | Special switch functions | 2010
SYSTEM M / INSERTS
Time switch insert
System M
Time switch
For programmed and time-dependent switching of lamps. Functions: 2 independent program memories Pre-set switching times 18 programmable switching times Menu-controlled operation / programming Reserve power up to 24 hours (without battery) Reset to restore factory settings Random-check generator can be activated (in the range 15 mins) Astro function (adjustment 2 hours) Simple to switch from summer to winter time Timer (autom. disconnection after set time) Manual operation possible at any time Nominal voltage: AC 230 V / 50 Hz Neutral conductor: required Switching capacity: 1000 W incandescent lamps 750 W LV halogen with electr. transformers 750 VA conv. transformer 500 VA fluorescent lamps uncomp. 400 VA fluorescent lamps with parallel comp. 1000 VA fluorescent lamps, twin-lamp circuit Connecting terminals: Screw terminals for max. 2.5 mm2 or 2x1.5 mm2
Central plate for time switch insert, 15 min
To be completed with: Time switch insert, 15 min, art. no. 538000.

Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
567444 567419 567425 1/100 8 1/100 8 1/100 8

539044 539019 539014 539060 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 8 8 8 8

539344 539319 1/100 8 1/100 8
white polar white
Art. no. PU PG Info
Contents: Complete device.Without frame.

Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
Version
567544 567519 567525 1/100 8 1/100 8 1/100 8
581244 581219 581225 1/10 8 1/10 8 1/10 8

539244 539219 539214 539260 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 8 8 8 8

586044 586019 586014 586060 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 8 8 8 8

539444 539419 1/100 8 1/100 8
white polar white
2010
| Time switch insert | SYSTEM M / INSERTS
www.merten.com
47
System M
SYSTEM M / INSERTS
SCHUKO timer socket-outlet insert with improved protection against accidental contact
8 A, 230 V AC Integrated protection against accidental contact as per VDE 0620 Part 1 (child protection). Can be operated via a push-button on the socket-outlet, or with an extension pushbutton. The socket-outlet switches off after a preset time. Can be switched off before time period has expired. With screw fixing. With screw terminals. Time setting: adjustable in steps of 15 mins, 30 mins, 1 h, 2 h, 4 h, 8 h Fine protection electronic overload-/ temperature protection Fuse: 8 A Display elements: green LED for status display Adapters: Thermoplastic can be brilliantly integrated into System Design using the adapter, art. no. 5184... Extension unit operation: With mechanical push-buttons. With extension insert, art. no. 573999, extension TELE insert, art. no. 573998. Note: Flush-mounted installation in size 60 installation box possible. Contents: With 2 screws for fastening onto the installation box.
Touch sensor surfaces (switching/dimming)
Touch dimmer 311, Contact switch 312
Sensor cover
For System M. Manual operation. With short-stroke key. To be completed with: Super dimmer insert, art. no. 577099, 573399, 577299, 573599, 577899. Electronic switch insert, art. no. 575799, 574697. Universal relay insert, art. no. 575897. Extension insert, art. no. 573999. Technical Information
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
577644 577619 577625 1/100 8 1/100 8 1/100 8

570144 570119 570114 570160 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 8 8 8 8

570444 570419 1/100 8 1/100 8
white polar white
TELE sensor cover

For System M. Can be manually operated and controlled remotely via IR remote control. With short-stroke key. To be completed with: Super dimmer insert, art. no. 577099, 573399, 577299, 573599, 577899. Electronic switch insert, art. no. 575799, 574697. Universal relay insert, art. no. 575897. Extension TELE insert, art. no. 573998. Transmitter: IR remote control Distance, art. no. 570222. Technical Information
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
501144 501119 501125 1/30 8 1/30 8 1/30 8

500144 500119 500114 500160 1/30 1/30 1/30 1/30 8 8 8 8
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
577944 577919 577925 1/100 8 1/100 8 1/100 8

570344 570319 570314 570360 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 8 8 8 8

571144 571119 1/100 8 1/100 8
white polar white
48
www.merten.com
SYSTEM M / INSERTS | Touch sensor surfaces (switching/dimming) | 2010
SYSTEM M / INSERTS
Rockers for 2-gang push-button module
For System M. The rockers are attached to the 2-gang push-button module.
System M
CONNECT radio sensor cover for dimmer inserts

For System M. Operator button to toggle or switch/dim an output. Manual operation and remote control possible via Merten CONNECT radio system transmitters. Radio features: Router Functions: EASY CONNECT: Switch on (to memory value), switch off, dim With CONNECT radio configuration tool: additionally adjustable dimming speed, staircase lighting function, master/slave, brightness limit, switch on to brightness limit, memory function that can be switched off
To be completed with: Push-button module, 2-gang, art. no. System M 568499. In KNX, to be completed with: KNX push-button module, 2gang, art. no. System M 625299. Accessories: Protective hood for plaster, System M, art. no. 627591...
Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
619244 619219 619225 1/150 9 1/150 9 1/150 9

625244 625219 625214 625260 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 9 9 9 9
To be completed with: Universal super dimmer insert, art. no. 577099 from version 3A. Transmitter: All transmitters of the Merten CONNECT radio system.
Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
503644 503619 503625 1/100 8 1/100 8 1/100 8
Push-button module, 2-gang

For System M. Push-button module without rockers. The push-button module is inserted onto the 2-gang universal dimmer insert (art. no. 568099), and is used together with the rockers for the 2-gang push-button module in the matching design.

502644 502619 502614 502660 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 8 8 8 8
To be completed with: Universal dimmer insert, 2-gang, art. no. 568099. Rockers for 2-gang push-button module, art. no. System M 6192.., 6252...
Art. no. 568499 PU PG 1/100 8 Info
Version
CONNECT radio sensor cover, for switch inserts

For System M. Operator button for switching an output. Manual operation and remote control possible via Merten CONNECT radio system transmitters. Radio features: Router Functions: EASY CONNECT: Toggle With CONNECT radio configuration tool: additionally staircase lighting function, ON/OFF delay, master/slave
To be completed with: Relay switch insert, art. no. 576897. Electronic switch insert, art. no. 576799 from version 2A. Transmitter: All transmitters of the Merten CONNECT radio system.
Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
503444 503419 503425 1/100 8 1/100 8 1/100 8

502444 502419 502414 502460 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 8 8 8 8 www.merten.com
2010
| Touch sensor surfaces (switching/dimming) | SYSTEM M / INSERTS
49
System M
SYSTEM M / INSERTS
CONNECT radio push-button, Move
For System M. Battery-powered mobile radio transmitter with 1 channel. For activating the Merten CONNECT radio system's radio receiver. A maximum of 12 radio receivers can be connected. Radio features: System administrator (see note) Suitable for sticking onto walls or glass, screwing onto walls or flush-mounted outlets, or installing in a multiple combination. A flush-mounted box is not required. Functions: EASY CONNECT: Toggle, dim With CONNECT radio configuration tool: additionally switch on, switch off, pushbutton operation (bell), scenes Channels: 1 Range: up to 100 m free field, up to 30 m indoors Battery: 1 lithium button cell (CR 2450N) Display elements: LED for transmission confirmation/programming Dimensions: 44 x 12.5 mm ( x H) Receiver: All receivers of the Merten CONNECT radio system. Note: The device can assume the features and characteristics of the system administrator. As it concerns a mobile device we recommend that you preferably select a fixed device as system administrator. Instead use for example a CONNECT radio push-button, 1-gang. Contents: Battery, wall bracket, double-sided adhesive strips, single-sided adhesive foils aluminium-coloured, screws, dowels.
CONNECT radio push-button, 1-gang

For System M. Battery-powered radio transmitter with 2 channels. For activating the Merten CONNECT radio system's radio receiver. A maximum of 12 radio receivers per channel can be connected. Radio features: System administrator Suitable for sticking onto walls or glass, screwing onto walls or flush-mounted outlets, or installing in a multiple combination. A flush-mounted box is not required. Functions: EASY CONNECT: Switch on, switch off, dim, raise/lower roller shutters With CONNECT radio configuration tool: additionally toggle, push-button operation (bell), scenes, division of channels Channels: 2 Range: up to 100 m free field, up to 30 m indoors Battery: 1 lithium button cell (CR 2450N) Display elements: LED for transmission confirmation/programming

Receiver: All receivers of the Merten CONNECT radio system. Contents: Battery, retaining plate, double-sided adhesive strips, single-sided adhesive foils aluminium-coloured, screws, dowels.
Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
506144 506119 506125 1/40 8 1/40 8 1/40 8
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info

505144 505119 505114 505160 1/40 1/40 1/40 1/40 8 8 8 8
508144 508119 508125 1/40 8 1/40 8 1/40 8

508044 508019 508014 508060 1/40 1/40 1/40 1/40 8 8 8 8
50
www.merten.com
SYSTEM M / INSERTS | Touch sensor surfaces (switching/dimming) | 2010
SYSTEM M / INSERTS
For System M. Battery-powered radio transmitter with 4 channels. For activating the Merten CONNECT radio system's radio receiver. A maximum of 12 radio receivers per channel can be connected. Radio features: System administrator Suitable for sticking onto walls or glass, screwing onto walls or flush-mounted outlets, or installing in a multiple combination. A flush-mounted box is not required. Functions: EASY CONNECT: Switch on, switch off, dim, raise/lower roller shutters With CONNECT radio configuration tool: additionally toggle, push-button operation (bell), scenes, division of channels Channels: 4 Range: up to 100 m free field, up to 30 m indoors Battery: 1 lithium button cell (CR 2450N) Display elements: LED for transmission confirmation/programming Receiver: All receivers of the Merten CONNECT radio system. Contents: Battery, retaining plate, double-sided adhesive strips, single-sided adhesive foils aluminium-coloured, screws, dowels.
System M
Covers for rotary dimmers
Rotary dimmer 314
Central plate with rotary knob

For System M.
To be completed with: Universal rotary dimmer insert, MEG5138-0000, MEG5139-0000. Rotary dimmer insert for ohmic load with pressure-operated on/off switch, MEG51310000. Rotary dimmer insert for ohmic load with pressureoperated two-way switch, MEG5132-0000. Rotary dimmer insert for inductive load, MEG5133-0000, MEG5135-0000. Rotary dimmer insert for capacitive load, MEG5136-0000, MEG5137-0000. Electronic potentiometer insert 1-10 V, MEG5142-0000.
Art. no. PU PG Info
Version

Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info

MEG5250-0644 MEG5250-0619 5/120 8 5/120 8 new new
506244 506219 506225 1/40 8 1/40 8 1/40 8
white polar white

505244 505219 505214 505260 1/40 1/40 1/40 1/40 8 8 8 8
Central plate for rotary dimmer inserts up to 600 VA

For System M.
To be completed with: Dimmer insert, art. no. 572199, 572499, 572299, 572599, 577199, 572999, 573299.
Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
567044 567019 567025 5/120 8 5/120 8 5/120 8 disc. disc. disc.


539944 539919 5/120 8 5/120 8 disc. disc.
white polar white
2010
| Covers for rotary dimmers | SYSTEM M / INSERTS
www.merten.com
51
System M
SYSTEM M / INSERTS
Central plate of comfort rotating regulator for universal super dimmer insert
For System M. Manual operation. With the rotary knob and four operating surfaces for further functions. The light segments arranged around the rotary knob show the set brightness value. Functions: Switching on and off by pressing or turning the rotary knob The dimming speed depends on the rotational speed Retrieving/storing two brightness values Switching orientation light on/off Switching energy saving function on/off (restriction of the max. brightness to 80%)
Roller shutter switches
Roller shutter switch 317
Rocker for roller shutter switch and push-button

For roller shutter rocker switch and rocker button insert.
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
432444 432419 432425 5/225 1 5/225 1 5/225 1

435544 435519 435514 435560 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 1 1 1.1 1.1
To be completed with: Universal super dimmer insert, art. no. 577099.

Art. no. PU PG Info
Version

434444 434419 5/120 1 5/120 1
567844 567819 567825 1/60 8 1/60 8 1/60 8
white polar white

567744 567719 567714 567760 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 8 8 8 8
Central plate for momentary/ maintained-contact switch insert for roller shutters
To be completed with: Momentary/maintained-contact switch insert for roller shutters, art. no. 317200.
Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
Central plate for speed controller
567144 567119 567125 1/100 1 1/100 1 1/100 1

569844 569819 569814 569860 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1 1 1.1 1.1
To be completed with: Speed controller insert, art. no. 583699.

Art. no. PU PG Info
Version

538744 538719 1/100 1 1/100 1
567644 567619 567625 1/100 8 1/100 8 1/100 8
white polar white

569644 569619 569614 569660 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 8 8 8 8

539844 539819 1/100 8 1/100 8
white polar white
52
www.merten.com
SYSTEM M / INSERTS | Roller shutter switches | 2010
SYSTEM M / INSERTS
Central plate for momentary/ maintained-contact switch inserts for roller shutters
System M
Blind push-button with sensor connection

For System M. Operator button for blind/roller shutter motors. With electronic locking of blind control. Possible to connect sun sensor. To be completed with: Blind control insert, art. no. 580698, 580699. Accessories: Sun/twilight sensor, art. no. 580691. Technical Information
To be completed with: Momentary/maintained-contact switch insert for roller shutters, art. no. 318501, roller shutter momentary-contact switch insert, art. no. 318901.
Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
319444 319419 319425 1/60 8 1/60 8 1/60 8
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
587844 587819 587825 1/100 8 1/100 8 1/100 8

319344 319319 319314 319360 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 8 8 8 8

586544 586519 586514 586560 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 8 8 8 8
Blind control system You can find a complete overview of all products and functions in the chapter "Blind control system". Blind control system 369 Technical Information: Blind control system
Blind push-button with memory function and sensor connection

For System M. Operator button for blind/roller shutter motors. With electronic locking of blind control. Possible to connect sun sensor. The device uses a a memory function for the purpose of presence simulation to save a time for opening and a time for closing the blinds. Which are then repeated every 24 hours. To be completed with: Blind control insert, art. no. 580698, 580699. Accessories: Sun/twilight sensor, art. no. 580691. Technical Information
Blind push-button
For System M. Operator button for blind/roller shutter motors. With electronic locking of blind control. To be completed with: Blind control insert, art. no. 580698, 580699. Technical Information
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
587744 587719 587725 1/100 8 1/100 8 1/100 8
587944 587919 587925 1/100 8 1/100 8 1/100 8

586244 586219 586214 586260 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 8 8 8 8

586344 586319 586314 586360 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 8 8 8 8
2010
| Blind control system | SYSTEM M / INSERTS
www.merten.com
53
System M
SYSTEM M / INSERTS
Blind push-button with IR receiver and sensor connection
For System M. Operator button for blind/roller shutter motors. Can be manually operated and controlled remotely via IR remote control. With electronic locking of blind control. Possible to connect sun sensor. To be completed with: Blind control insert, art. no. 580698, 580699. Accessories: Sun/twilight sensor, art. no. 580691. Transmitter: IR remote control Distance, art. no. 570222. Technical Information

Standard blind time switch

For System M. For programmed and time-dependent switching of blind/roller shutter motors. To be completed with: Blind control insert, art. no. 580698, 580699. Technical Information Note: In combination with the blind control insert and extension input, art. no. 580699, the extension input does not work.
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
581444 581419 581425 1/10 8 1/10 8 1/10 8
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
588044 588019 588025 1/100 8 1/100 8 1/100 8

581944 581919 581914 581960 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 8 8 8 8 new new

586444 586419 586414 586460 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 8 8 8 8
Blind time switch

For System M. For programmed and time-dependent switching of blind/roller shutter motors. To be completed with: Blind control insert, art. no. 580698, 580699. Technical Information
CONNECT radio roller shutter push-button with sensor connection

For System M. Operating button for roller shutter motors. Manual operation and remote control possible via Merten CONNECT radio system transmitters. With electronic locking device. Possible to connect sun/twilight sensor. Radio features: Router
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
581544 581519 581525 1/10 8 1/10 8 1/10 8
To be completed with: Blind control insert, art. no. 580698, 580699. Accessories: Sun/twilight sensor, art. no. 580691. Transmitter: All transmitters of the Merten CONNECT radio system.
Art. no. PU PG Info

586144 586119 586114 586160 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 8 8 8 8
Version
503544 503519 503525 1/60 8 1/60 8 1/60 8

502544 502519 502514 502560 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 8 8 8 8
54
www.merten.com
SYSTEM M / INSERTS | Blind control system | 2010
SYSTEM M / INSERTS
Blind time switch with sensor connection
For System M. For programmed and time-dependent switching of blind/roller shutter motors. Possible to connect sun/twilight sensor. To be completed with: Blind control insert, art. no. 580698, 580699. Accessories: Sun/twilight sensor, art. no. 580691. Technical Information
System M
ARGUS 180 / 2.20 m flushmounted sensor module

For System M. Indoor movement detector with anti-crawl protection. Area of detection: 180 Number of levels: 6 Number of zones: 46 Range: 8 m right/left, 12 m to the front Sensitivity: infinitely adjustable Light sensor: infinitely adjustable from approx. 5 to approx. 1000 lux Time: adjustable in steps from 1 s to 8 mins Mounting height: 2.2 m or 1.1 m with half the range To be completed with: Electronic switch insert, art. no. 576799. Relay switch insert, art. no. 576897. Technical Information Contents: With cover segments to limit the area of detection.
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
581644 581619 581625 1/10 8 1/10 8 1/10 8

586744 586719 586714 586760 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 8 8 8 8
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
568844 568819 568825 1/40 8 1/40 8 1/40 8

568744 568719 568714 568760 1/40 1/40 1/40 1/40 8 8 8 8
Movement detectors
Technical Information: ARGUS 180, flush-mounted
ARGUS 180 flush-mounted sensor module

For System M. Indoor movement detector. Area of detection: 180 Number of levels: 1 Number of zones: 14 Range: approx. 8 m Sensitivity: infinitely adjustable Light sensor: infinitely adjustable between approx. 5 and 1000 lux Time: adjustable in steps from 1 s to 8 min To be completed with: Electronic switch insert, art. no. 576799. Relay switch insert, art. no. 576897. Technical Information Note: Supersedes art. no. 5752 ..
ARGUS 180 flush-mounted sensor module with switch

For System M. Indoor movement detector. With integrated switch for off/automatic/ on. Area of detection: 180 Number of levels: 1 Number of zones: 14 Range: approx. 8 m Sensitivity: infinitely adjustable Light sensor: infinitely adjustable between approx. 5 and 1000 lux Time: adjustable in steps from 1 s to 8 min To be completed with: Electronic switch insert, art. no. 576799. Relay switch insert, art. no. 576897. Technical Information Note: Supersedes art. no. 5759 ..
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
575544 575519 575525 1/60 8 1/60 8 1/60 8
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info

578444 578419 578414 578460 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 8 8 8 8
572844 572819 572825 1/60 8 1/60 8 1/60 8

578544 578519 578514 578560 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 8 8 8 8
2010
| Movement detectors | SYSTEM M / INSERTS
www.merten.com
55
System M
SYSTEM M / INSERTS
Electronic switch insert
AC 230 V For ohmic load such as incandescent lamps, 230 V halogen lamps. Switching capacity: 40-300 W Neutral conductor: not required (2 conductor system) To be completed with: ARGUS 180 flush-mounted sensor module, art. no. System M 5755.., 5784.., System Basis 5782.., System Design 5786.., OCTOCOLOR 5753.., AQUADESIGN 5781... ARGUS 180 flush-mounted sensor module with switch, art. no. System M 5728.., 5785.., System Basis 5783.., System Design 5795.., OCTOCOLOR 5756... ARGUS 180/2.20 m flush-mounted sensor module, art. no. System M 5688.., 5687... In the CONNECT radio system with the CONNECT sensor cover for switch inserts art. no. System M 5034.., 5024..., System Design 5044... Technical Information Note: A maximum of two electronic switch inserts may be wired in parallel. The insert from version 2A only can be used in conjunction with the CONNECT radio system.

Room temperature control units Technical Information: Heating control
Central plate for room temperature control insert with switch

Range limiting integrated into setting knob. Particularly flat design.
To be completed with: Room temperature control insert with switch, art. no. 536302, 536304.
Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
534844 534819 534825 1/150 8 1/150 8 1/150 8

536144 536119 536114 536160 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 8 8 8 8
Version 40-300 W
Art. no. 576799
PU PG 1/50 8
Info
Relay switch insert

AC 230 V For ohmic and complex loads such as incandescent lamps, fluorescent lamps, energy-saving lamps, LV halogen lighting etc. Switching capacity: 0-1000 VA Capacitive load: max. 140 F Neutral conductor: required (3 conductor system) To be completed with: ARGUS 180 flush-mounted sensor module, art. no. System M 5755.., 5784.., System Basis 5782.., System Design 5786.., OCTOCOLOR 5753.., AQUADESIGN 5781... ARGUS 180 flush-mounted sensor module with switch, art. no. System M 5728.., 5785.., System Basis 5783.., System Design 5795.., OCTOCOLOR 5756... ARGUS 180/2.20 m flush-mounted sensor module, art. no. System M 5688.., 5687... In the CONNECT radio system with the CONNECT sensor cover for switch inserts art. no. System M 5034.., 5024..., System Design 5044... Technical Information Note: Replace the relay switch insert, art. no. 576899.
Room temperature control insert with switch

With thermal recirculation. Fourth terminal for night economy. Heating nominal current: 10 (4) A To be completed with: Central plate for room temperature control unit with switch, art. no. System M 5348.., 5361.., System Basis 5385.., System Design 5397.., OCTOCOLOR 5391... Contents: Room temperature control insert, protective cover for plaster and screws.
Version AC 230 V AC 24 V
Art. no. 536302 536304
PU PG 1/50 8.5 1/50 8
Info
Central plate for room temperature control insert with changeover contact
Version 0-1000 VA
Art. no. 576897
PU PG 1/50 8
Info
To be completed with: Room temperature control unit insert with changeover contact, art. no. 536400, 536401.
Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
534744 534719 534725 1/150 8 1/150 8 1/150 8

536244 536219 536214 536260 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 8 8 8 8
56
www.merten.com
SYSTEM M / INSERTS | Room temperature control units | 2010
SYSTEM M / INSERTS
Room temperature control insert with changeover contact
For electric underfloor heating if the additional heater has to be interlocked, air conditioning (cooling), valve drives (deenergised open or closed). With thermal recirculation. Heating nominal current: 10 (4) A Cooling nominal current: 5 (2) A To be completed with: Central plate for room temperature control unit with changeover contact, art. no. System M 5347.., 5362.., System Basis 5365.., System Design 5374.., OCTOCOLOR 5364... Contents: Room temperature control insert, protective cover for plaster and screws.

System M
KNX Further product information can be found in chapter "KNX". KNX push-button 444 Technical Information: KNX system characteristics
Push-button, 1-gang plus

For System M. With integrated bus coupling unit. Push-button with 2 operating buttons, operating and status display and labelling field. The operating display can also be used as an orientation light. Accessories: Labelling sheets for push-buttons, art. no. 618319/20. Contents: With protective hood for plaster.With bus connecting terminal.
Art. no. 536400 536401
PU PG 1/50 8 1/50 8
Info
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
Central plate for floor thermostat insert with switch

617144 617119 617125 1/60 9 1/60 9 1/60 9

627544 627519 627514 627560 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 9 9 9 9
To be completed with: Floor thermostat with switch, art. no. 537100.

Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
534944 534919 534925 1/150 8 1/150 8 1/150 8

535844 535819 535814 535860 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 8 8 8 8

For System M. With integrated bus coupling unit. Push-button with four operating buttons, operating and status display and labelling field. The operating display can also be used as an orientation light. Accessories: Labelling sheets for push-buttons, art. no. 618319/20. Contents: With protective hood for plaster.With bus connecting terminal.
Floor thermostat insert with switch

With remote sensor on 4 m incoming lead, extendable with twin-core cable.
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
617244 617219 617225 1/60 9 1/60 9 1/60 9
To be completed with: Central plate for floor thermostat insert with switch, art. no. System M 5349.., 5358.., System Basis 5371.., System Design 5375.., OCTOCOLOR 5372... Contents: Room temperature control insert, remote sensor, protective cover for plaster and screws.

627644 627619 627614 627660 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 9 9 9 9
Version AC 230 V, 10(4) A
Art. no. 537100
PU PG 1/12 8
Info
2010
| KNX | SYSTEM M / INSERTS
www.merten.com
57
System M
SYSTEM M / INSERTS
Push-button 2-gang plus with room temperature control unit
For System M. Convenient control unit with 4 operating buttons, operating and status display and labelling field. The operating display can also be used as an orientation light. With room temperature control unit and display. With 5 red LEDs. With integrated bus coupler. The bus is connected using a bus connecting terminal.
Push-button, 4-gang plus with IR receiver

For System M. With integrated bus coupling unit. Push-button with 8 operating buttons, operating and status display and labelling field. The operating display can also be used as an orientation light. The functions of each of the keys can be triggered using an IR remote control. The push-button is pre-programmed for operation with a Merten IR remote control Distance. Many other IR remote controls (e.g. existing TV or CD player remote controls) can be taught into the push-buttons. Accessories: Labelling sheets for multi-function push-button with IR receiver, art. no. 618419/20. Transmitter: IR remote control Distance, art. no. 570222. CONNECT radio universal remote control art. no. 506923. Contents: With protective hood for plaster.With bus connecting terminal.
Note: If you already have the labelling software, you can download the form for the multi-function push-button at www.merten.com. Use to label conventional foils (max. thickness 0.1 mm). Contents: With bus connecting terminal and supporting plate.Screw for protection against dismantling.With protective hood for plaster.
Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
617544 617519 617525 1/60 9 1/60 9 1/60 9


627944 627919 627914 627960 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 9 9 9 9

For System M. With integrated bus coupling unit. Push-button with 8 operating buttons, operating and status display and labelling field. The operating display can also be used as an orientation light. Accessories: Labelling sheets for push-buttons, art. no. 618319/20. Contents: With protective hood for plaster.With bus connecting terminal.
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
617444 617419 617425 1/60 9 1/60 9 1/60 9

627844 627819 627814 627860 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 9 9 9 9
58
www.merten.com
SYSTEM M / INSERTS | KNX | 2010
SYSTEM M / INSERTS
For System M. Convenient control unit with 8 operating buttons, operating and status display and labelling field. The operating display can also be used as an orientation light. With room temperature control unit and display. With integrated piezoelectric buzzer to display alarm states and IR receiver. All functions of the respective buttons can be controlled via IR remote control. With 9 red LEDs. With integrated bus coupler. The bus is connected using a bus connecting terminal.
System M
Protective hood for plaster

For System M. To protect push-buttons, rockers, room temperature control units and room controllers from contamination from painting and decorating work. Accessories from: Multi-function push-button, 2-gang with room temperature control unit, art. no. 6232.., 6273.. Rockers for push-button modules in System M design, art. no. 6191.., 6192.., 6193.., 6194.., 6195.., 6196.., 6197.., 6251.., 6252.., 6254.., 6255.., 6256.., 6257.., 6258... Note: When the protective hood for plaster is in place, the temperature measurement of the room temperature control unit is restricted.
Version
Art. no. 627591
PU PG 10/160 9
Info
Art. no. PU PG Info
KNX push-button module, 1-gang

For System M. Push-button module without rocker. With programmable status display. In KNX, to be completed with: Rocker for push-button module, 1-gang, art. no. System M6191.., 6251... Rocker for push-button module, 1-gang, with 1/0 imprint, art. no. System M 6193.., 6254... Rocker for push-button module, 1gang, with up/down arrow imprint, art. no. System M 6194.., 6255...
Art. no. 625199 PU PG 1/60 9 Info
Version

Version
Rocker for 1-gang push-button module

For System M. The rocker is attached to the 1-gang pushbutton module.
Labelling sheets for push-buttons

For individual labelling of the System M push-buttons with text or symbols.
To be completed with: System M push-button plus, 1-gang, 2-gang or 4-gang, art. no. 6171.., 6275.., 6172.., 6276.., 6174.., 6278... Accessories: Labelling software, art. no. 615022. Contents: 1 sheet for every 28 products.
In KNX, to be completed with: KNX push-button module, 1gang, art. no. System M 625199. Accessories: Protective hood for plaster, System M, art. no. 627591...
Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
619144 619119 619125 1/150 9 1/150 9 1/150 9
Version polar white silver
Art. no. 618319 618320
PU PG 1/100 9 1/100 9
Info

625144 625119 625114 625160 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 9 9 9 9
Labelling sheets for multifunction push-button with IR receiver

For individual labelling of the System M multi-function push-button with IR receiver. To be completed with: System M push-button, 4-gang plus with IR receiver, art. no. 6175.., 6279... Accessories: Labelling software, art. no. 615022. Contents: 1 sheet for every 28 products.
Art. no. 618419 618420
PU PG 1/100 9 1/100 9
Info www.merten.com
2010
59
System M
SYSTEM M / INSERTS
Rocker for 1-gang push-button module with 1/0 imprint

Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
Art. no. PU PG Info
619344 619319 619325 1/150 9 1/150 9 1/150 9
Version
619244 619219 619225 1/150 9 1/150 9 1/150 9

625444 625419 625414 625460 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 9 9 9 9

625244 625219 625214 625260 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 9 9 9 9
Rocker for 1-gang push-button module with up/down arrow imprint

Rockers for 2-gang push-button module with 1/0 and up/ down arrow imprint
Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
619444 619419 619425 1/150 9 1/150 9 1/150 9
Art. no. PU PG Info
Version

625544 625519 625514 625560 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 9 9 9 9
619544 619519 619525 1/150 9 1/150 9 1/150 9

625644 625619 625614 625660 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 9 9 9 9

For System M. Push-button module without rockers. With programmable status display.
In KNX, to be completed with: Rockers for 2-gang push-button module, art. no. System M 6192.., 6252... Rockers for push-button module, 2-gang, with 1/0 and up/down arrow imprint, art. no. System M 6195.., 6256... Rockers for pushbutton module, 2-gang, with up/down arrow and 1/0 imprint, art. no. System M 6196.., 6257... Rockers for push-button module, 2-gang, with up/down arrow imprint, art. no. System M 6197.., 6258...
Art. no. 625299 PU PG 1/60 9 Info
Version www.merten.com
60
SYSTEM M / INSERTS
Rockers for 2-gang push-button module with up/down arrow and 1/0 imprint

System M
Blanking cover
For System M. Screw-on cover for flush-mounted bus coupler or flush-mounted actuators. In KNX, to be completed with: Bus coupler, flush-mounted, art. no. 690099. Bus coupler, flush-mounted 2, art. no. 690299. Switch actuator, flush-mounted, art. no. 627099. Series actuator, flush-mounted, art. no. 627199. Blind actuator, flush-mounted, art. no. 627299.
Art. no. PU PG Info
Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
Version
662344 662319 662325 1/100 9 1/100 9 1/100 9
619644 619619 619625 1/150 9 1/150 9 1/150 9

662144 662119 662114 662160 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 9 9 9 9

625744 625719 625714 625760 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 9 9 9 9
Rockers for 2-gang push-button module with up/down arrow imprint


KNX ARGUS 180, flushmounted

For System M. Movement detector for indoors. When a movement is detected, a data telegram defined by the programming is transmitted. Contents: With bus connecting terminal and supporting plate.
Art. no. PU PG Info
Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
631644 631619 631625 1/30 9 1/30 9 1/30 9
Version

632644 632619 632614 632660 1/30 1/30 1/30 1/30 9 9 9 9
619744 619719 619725 1/150 9 1/150 9 1/150 9

625844 625819 625814 625860 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 9 9 9 9
2010
www.merten.com
61
System M
SYSTEM M / INSERTS
KNX ARGUS 180/2.20 m flush-mounted
For System M. Indoor movement detector with anti-crawl protection. When a movement is detected, a data telegram defined by the programming is transmitted.
Info display, flush-mounted

For System M. LC display with max. 4 x 16 characters and acoustic signalling device. The info display is used to indicate freely-programmable texts and values and to control functions. With integrated bus coupler. The bus is connected using a bus connecting terminal.
Contents: With bus connecting terminal and supporting plate.With cover segments to limit the area of detection.
Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
Note: The display tool software V2.0, art. no. 615046, for programming the flush-mounted info display is available on the Internet or on the Merten info CD. Contents: With bus coupler.With bus connecting terminal.
Art. no. PU PG Info
631744 631719 631725 1/30 9 1/30 9 1/30 9
Version

632744 632719 632714 632760 1/30 1/30 1/30 1/30 9 9 9 9

KNX ARGUS Presence 180/ 2.20 m flush-mounted

For System M. Presence detection indoors. If KNX ARGUS Presence detects smaller movements in the room, data telegrams are transmitted via KNX to control the lighting, blind or heating at the same time. When the lighting is controlled by brightness-dependent movement detection, the device constantly monitors the brightness in the room. If sufficient natural light is at hand, the device switches the artificial light off even if a person is present. The overshoot time can be adjusted using the ETS.
Room temperature control unit with display

For System M. KNX Room temperature control unit with display, labelling field, operation and status LED. The 4 buttons allow to shift set values and change operation modes. With 5 red LEDs. With integrated bus coupler. The bus is connected using a bus connecting terminal. Accessories: Labelling software, art. no. 615022. Protective hood for plaster, System M, art. no. 627591... Note: If you already have the labelling software, you can download the form for the multi-function push-button at www.merten.com. Use to label conventional foils (max. thickness 0.1 mm). Contents: With bus connecting terminal and supporting plate.Screw for protection against dismantling.With protective hood for plaster.
Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
630444 630419 630425 1/30 9 1/30 9 1/30 9
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info

630644 630619 630614 630660 1/30 1/30 1/30 1/30 9 9 9 9
MEG6241-0344 MEG6241-0319 MEG6241-0325 1/50 9 1/50 9 1/50 9

MEG6241-0444 MEG6241-0419 MEG6241-0414 MEG6241-0460 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 9 9 9 9
62
www.merten.com
SYSTEM M / INSERTS
Room temperature control unit for properties
For System M. KNX room temperature control unit for properties with integrated bus coupler. Depending on the operating mode, the current temperature setpoint value and the actual room temperature, a control value for the heating or cooling control unit is transmitted to the KNX. The temperature can optionally be measured by the internal or by an external bus temperature sensor. With integrated bus coupler. The bus is connected using a bus connecting terminal.
System M
Components for Ritto TwinBus
RITTO TwinBus 384
Flush-mounted video intercom

For TwinBus video intercom system with colour image. Voice and visual communication to the door station, and opening the main door and/or door to the individual floors. Door opening key Key for staircase light or call silencing Call silencing: The door call signal is visualised. Accept/end call 1 freely configurable key for special function Voice and call tone volume control in 8 levels 8 call tones incl. 3-tone gong Call activation relay/door opening mechanism Call tone distinction for door/floor/internal Switching the video image on/off Camera selection, camera control Disable to prevent others listening/viewing Internal calls/8 switching commands (menu) For use with up to 10 bell keys for door intercoms Large wiring compartment Low mounting height (16 mm) It is mounted on a conventional, flat, flushmounted device box, DIN 49073, part 1. Supply voltage: 18-24 V DC from video network device 16477 Interface: USB (preconfiguration) Output: 1, floating, 24V, 1A (for example, for external signal generator via call activation relay) Display: 2.0 colour TFT, LED backlight Operating elements: Cursor keys, door opening key, key for staircase lighting/call silencing, accept/end call and special function Dimensions: 197x55 mm (HxW) To be completed with: Frame 3-gang without central bridge piece, art. no. 1-M 3899.., ATELIER-M 3889.., M-SMART 4789.., 4849.., M-ARC 4859.., M-STAR 4709.., 4769.., 4869.., M-PLAN 4889.., M-PLAN glass 4779.., M-PLAN metal frame 4759... Contents: TwinBus connecting terminal and videobus. Retaining ring and screws.
Contents: With bus connecting terminal and supporting plate.With protective hood for plaster.
Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
MEG6221-0344 MEG6221-0319 MEG6221-0325 1/50 9 1/50 9 1/50 9

MEG6221-0444 MEG6221-0419 MEG6221-0414 MEG6221-0460 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 9 9 9 9
KNX Room temperature control unit, flush-mounted/PI with 4-gang push-button interface
For System M. The device is a room temperature control unit and a binary input. Depending on the operating mode, the current temperature setpoint value and the room temperature, a control value for the heating or cooling control unit is transmitted to the KNX. The temperature can either be recorded by the internal or the external temperature sensor which must be connected to the push-button interface. The push-button interface generates an internal signal voltage for connecting max. four conventional push-buttons or floating contacts. Of these, two inputs can be used to connect low current LEDs. With integrated bus coupler. The bus is connected using a bus connecting terminal.
Accessories: Remote sensor for KNX room temperature control unit, UP/PI art. no. 616790.
Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
Version
700144 700119 700125 1/12 8.9 1/12 8.9 1/12 8.9
616744 616719 616725 1/50 9 1/50 9 1/50 9

701144 701119 701114 701160 1/12 1/12 1/12 1/12 8.9 8.9 8.9 8.9

616844 616819 616814 616860 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 9 9 9 9
2010
| Components for Ritto TwinBus | SYSTEM M / INSERTS
www.merten.com
63
System M
SYSTEM M / INSERTS
Flush-mounted intercom
For TwinBus intercom system. Voice communication to the door station and opening the main door and/or door to the individual floor. Door opening key Key for staircase light or call silencing Call silencing: The door call signal is visual Accept/end call Voice and call tone volume control in 4 levels 5 call tones Call tone distinction for door/floor Call connecting relay Disable listening-in For use with up to 10 bell keys for door intercoms Large wiring compartment Low mounting height (16 mm) It is mounted on a conventional, flat, flushmounted device box, DIN 49073, part 1. Supply voltage: TwinBus from power supply unit 17573 Power consumption in stand-by: max. 3 mA Operating elements: Door opening key, key for staircase lighting/call silencing, volume control, accept/end call Dimensions: 126 x 55 mm (HxW) To be completed with: Frame 2-gang without central bridge piece, art. no. 1-M 3898.., ATELIER-M 3888.., M-SMART 4788.., 4848.., M-ARC 4858.., M-STAR 4668.., 4768.., 4868.., M-PLAN 4888.., M-PLAN glass 4878.., M-PLAN metal frame 4758... Contents: TwinBus connecting terminal.Retaining ring and screws.
Flush-mounted staircase door station

For TwinBus intercom systems with voice communication to the intercoms. The door station is installed inside, in front of the floor door or apartment door. Door bell key Key for staircase timer, can be switched off Volume for microphone and loudspeaker adjustable Large wiring compartment Large nameplate, can be replaced from the front Low mounting height (16 mm) It is mounted on a conventional, flat, flushmounted device box, DIN 49073, part 1. Supply voltage: TwinBus from power supply unit 17573 Operating elements: Door bell key, key for staircase lighting Dimensions: 126 x 55 mm (HxW) To be completed with: Frame 2-gang without central bridge piece, art. no. 1-M 3898.., ATELIER-M 3888.., M-SMART 4788.., 4848.., M-ARC 4858.., M-STAR 4668.., 4768.., 4868.., M-PLAN 4888.., M-PLAN glass 4878.., M-PLAN metal frame 4758... Contents: TwinBus connecting terminal.Retaining ring and screws.
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
700544 700519 700525 1/12 8.8 1/12 8.8 1/12 8.8

701544 701519 701514 701560 1/12 1/12 1/12 1/12 8.8 8.8 8.8 8.8
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
700244 700219 700225 1/12 8.8 1/12 8.8 1/12 8.8

701244 701219 701214 701260 1/12 1/12 1/12 1/12 8.8 8.8 8.8 8.8
Signal and info covers
Central plate for acoustic signal generators
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info

64
www.merten.com
SYSTEM M / INSERTS | Signal and info covers | 2010
SYSTEM M / INSERTS
Electronic signal insert for doorbell
The electronic signal insert has three pushbutton inputs, to which you can assign different melodies. With a connected pushbutton, you can call up the melody of the relevant push-button input and select a new melody. Five different melodies are available to choose from. Use the push-button with make contact or push-button with orientation light to control the push-button inputs. Suitable for installation in a size 60 installation box. Without claws, for screw fixing. Nominal voltage: 8-12 V AC
System M
Emergency light 230 V

Emergency lighting should the electrical power supply fail in the residential and tertiary sectors, for lighting of stairways, corridors and premises open to the general public. The emergency light insert is connected to the 230 V mains voltage as a stand-alone device. The device has a built-in battery which supplies the emergency light in the event of a power failure. Suitable for installation in a size 60 installation box. Without claws, for screw fixing.
To be completed with: Central plate for emergency light insert.

To be completed with: Central plate for audible signal generator, MEG4450-03../-04.. System M.
Version
Version
Buzzer insert for doorbell

Suitable for installation in a size 60 installation box. Without claws, for screw fixing. Nominal voltage: 8-12 V AC
Central plate for light signal insert
To be completed with: Light signal E 10 insert, art. no. 319016.

Art. no. PU PG Info
To be completed with: Central plate for audible signal generator, MEG4450-03../-04.. System M.
Version
397644 397619 397625 5/200 1 5/200 1 5/200 1
Version

397844 397819 5/200 1 5/200 1
Central plate for emergency light insert
white polar white
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info

2010
| Signal and info covers | SYSTEM M / INSERTS
www.merten.com
65
System M
SYSTEM M / INSERTS
Central plate with window
For LED light signal insert. Use commercially available labelling sheets. Pre-printed labelling sheets can also be ordered. If you already have labelling software, you can download the form for the central plate at www.merten.com. To be completed with: LED light signal insert, single-colour, art. no. System M 5870... LED light signal insert, two-colour, art. no. System M 587092. Accessories: Labelling sheet set for LED light signal insert, art. no. 587095/96. Note: The labelling software, art. no. 615022 is available for individual labelling.

LED light signal insert, singlecolour

Green, red, white or blue illuminated display unit. A two-way switch is used to control the light signal insert. Supply voltage: AC 120 V-230 V / 60 Hz, 1.6 W AC 150 V-230 V / 50 Hz, 1.3 W To be completed with: Central plate with window, art. no. System M 5874.., 5870... Note: Film strips with arrows can be used for left or right direction by turning them round. Contents: 6 pre-printed films in negative print (lift with arrow, toilet with arrow, stairs downwards with arrow, stairs upwards with arrow, "EXIT" with arrow left, "EXIT" with arrow right).
Version white blue green red Art. no. 587093 587094 587090 587091 PU PG 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 8 8 8 8 Info
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
587444 587419 587425 1/100 8 1/100 8 1/100 8

587044 587019 587014 587060 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 8 8 8 8
LED light signal insert, twocolour

Display unit with red/green illumination. The light signal insert is controlled via a roller shutter rocker switch. If both illuminated areas should light up simultaneously, a two-circuit switch must be used. Supply voltage: AC 120 V-230 V / 60 Hz, 1.6 W AC 150 V-230 V / 50 Hz, 1.3 W To be completed with: Central plate with window, art. no. System M 5874.., 5870... Contents: 5 pre-printed film strips in positive print (bell crossed through / chambermaid, "OCCUPIED/FREE", "BELEGT/FREI", "BITTE NICHT STREN/BITTE ZIMMER AUFRUMEN", "DO NOT DISTURB/MAKE UP ROOM").
Labelling sheet set for LED light signal insert

Foils for LED light signal inserts and central plate with window. To be completed with: Central plate with window, art. no. System M 5874.., 5870... Note: Film strips with arrows can be used for left or right direction by turning them round. Contents: 6 pre-printed films in negative print (lift with arrow, toilet with arrow, stairs downwards with arrow, stairs upwards with arrow, "EXIT" with arrow left, "EXIT" with arrow right).5 pre-printed film strips in positive print (bell crossed through / chambermaid, "OCCUPIED/FREE", "BELEGT/FREI", "BITTE NICHT STREN/BITTE ZIMMER AUFRUMEN", "DO NOT DISTURB/MAKE UP ROOM").
Version red/green
Art. no. 587092
PU PG 1/50 8
Info
Rocker for two-circuit switch with imprint

Version Negative print positive print
Art. no. 587096 587095
PU PG 1/150 8 1/150 8
Info
Further motifs available on request.

Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
432644 432619 432625 5/225 1 5/225 1 5/225 1

435644 435619 435614 435660 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 1 1 1.1 1
66
www.merten.com
SYSTEM M / INSERTS | Signal and info covers | 2010
SYSTEM M / INSERTS
Double rocker with indicator and marking for hotel usage
Version
System M
Bell push-button with LED displays

Electronic bell push-button with two LED displays, bell crossed through/chambermaid. For use in hotels as a doorbell button on room doors. Triggering options for the two LED displays (Do not disturb - red LED; Make up room - green LED) via the corresponding switch insert and rocker for twocircuit switch with imprint. Any number of alternating current bells with a current consumption of 10-500 mA can be connected. The power supply comes from a commercially available safety transformer. With short-circuit and overvoltage protection. With screw terminals. Input voltage: min. AC 6 V, max. AC 24 V (SELV) Switching current: min. 10 mA, max. 500 mA Connecting terminals: Screw terminals for 0.8-1.5 mm2
Art. no.
PU PG
Info

Rocker for two-circuit switch with imprint and opening for symbols
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
To be completed with: Roller shutter rocker switch insert, art. no. 311501. Rocker switch insert, art. no. 311601, 311502. Rocker for two-circuit switch with imprint, art. no. System M 4326..., 4356...
Art. no. PU PG Info
438719 438725 5/120 1 5/120 1
Version

437719 437760 5/120 1 5/120 1.1

587644 587619 587614 587660 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 8 8 8 8
2010
| Signal and info covers | SYSTEM M / INSERTS
www.merten.com
67
System M
SYSTEM M / INSERTS
Central plate for Hfele Dialock Merten WT
For the electronic locking system from Hfele. To integrate Merten System M components into the Dialock identification and locking system from Hfele. The transponder technology makes it possible to open and close without contact and ensures optimum security even in the case of a lost key. Ideal for hotels and offices. To be completed with: Dialock Merten WT wall terminal from Hfele, art. no. 917.21.200. Note: Further information at www.dialock.de or www.haefele.de.
Radio thermometer
For System M. The radio thermometer shows the inside and outside temperature. The transmission of the outside temperature is wireless. Measuring range: -20 C to 45 C Battery: 2 microcells (IEC LR 03, AAA) Range: up to 30 m
Contents: With battery.With an external sensor and transmitter.

Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
561319 561360 1/40 8 1/40 8
polar white, glossy aluminium glossy
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
Memo box
For System M. For recording up to 8 speech messages totalling 120 seconds. With simple dual-key operation (recording, listening). An LED indicates that the device is ready to record; a second LED shows that a new message has been received.

587544 587519 587514 587560 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 8 8 8 8
Contents: With battery.

Art. no. PU PG Info
Multi-function clock
For System M. Multi-function clock with simple and intuitive dual-key operation. Functions: Display of time, date and inside temperature Alarm Countdown timer Battery: 2 microcells (IEC LR 03, AAA)
Version
561219 561260 1/60 8 1/60 8
Contents: With battery.

Art. no. PU PG Info
Central plates for communications technology
Version
561119 561160 1/60 8 1/60 8
Carrying frame with central plate for inserts in line with DIN 41524
Can also be used for command and signalling devices with one-hole fixing 16 mm (e.g. Lumitas). Second opening can be broken out.
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
290344 290319 290325 10/50 1 10/50 1 10/50 1

296444 296419 10/50 1 10/50 1
white polar white

290544 290519 10/50 1 10/50 1
white polar white
68
www.merten.com
SYSTEM M / INSERTS | Central plates for communications technology | 2010
SYSTEM M / INSERTS
Central plate for cable outlet
With carrying frame and strain relief. With claw and screw fixing.
System M
Blanking cover
Cover for relay, roller shutter multi-gang relay, buzzer, power booster, KNX flushmounted devices etc. Can be used universally with mechanical machining (drilling, milling etc.) Without claws, for screw fixing.
Version
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
296344 296319 296325 1/50 1 1/50 1 1/50 1
391644 391619 391625 5/120 1 5/120 1 5/120 1

295644 295619 295614 295660 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1 1 1.1 1.1

391844 391819 391814 391860 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 1 1 1.1 1.1

391744 391719 5/120 1 5/120 1
white polar white
Central plate for command devices

One-hole fixing 22.5 mm. For Klckner-Moeller, Lumitas, Square D etc. for example. Without claws, for screw fixing.
Version
Intermediate ring for combination inserts in line with DIN 49075

All standardised combination inserts in line with DIN 49075 can be integrated with this article. For example, TAE, modular jack, data and communications systems from PANDUIT (PAN-NET), Ackermann WAE, WAEG, BTR etc.
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
393844 393819 393825 5/120 1 5/120 1 5/120 1

393944 393919 393914 393960 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 1 1 1.1 1.1
518544 518519 518525 5/300 1 5/300 1 5/300 1

518144 518119 518114 518160 5/300 5/300 5/300 5/300 1 1 1.1 1.1
Central plate for emergency stop switch

One-hole fixing 22.5 mm. For Klckner-Moeller, Lumitas, Square D etc. for example. Without claws, for screw fixing.
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
393803 5/120 1
yellow

393903 5/120 1
yellow
2010
| Central plates for communications technology | SYSTEM M / INSERTS
www.merten.com
69
System M
SYSTEM M / INSERTS
Intermediate ring with hinged lid for combination inserts in line with DIN 49075
All standardised combination inserts in line with DIN 49075 can be integrated with this article. For example, TAE, modular jack, data and communications systems from PANDUIT (PAN-NET), Ackermann WAE, WAG, BTR etc.
Version

Insert for D-type plug connectors, 9-pole

For two D-type plugs, 9-pole. Second opening can be broken out. To be completed with: Inclined outlet, art. no. System M 4649.., 4646.., System Design 4643... Accessories: D-type socket connector, 9-pole, art. no. 465009.
Art. no. 464391 PU PG 10/300 1 Info
Version black
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
518644 518619 518625 5/75 1 5/75 1 5/75 1

For two D-type plugs, 15-pole. Second opening can be broken out.

518244 518219 518214 518260 5/75 5/75 5/75 5/75 1 1 1.1 1.1
To be completed with: Inclined outlet, art. no. System M 4649.., 4646.., System Design 4643... Accessories: D-type socket connector, 15-pole, art. no. 465015.
Art. no. 464392 PU PG 10/300 1 Info
Version black
Communications inserts

Technical Information: Communications inserts
Inclined outlet
For data connection and communications technology. Order the associated inserts separately.
Art. no. 464393 PU PG 10/300 1 Info
Version black
To be completed with: Communications inserts, art. no. System M and System Design 464379-99. Technical Information Note: The inclined outlet does not look attractive when installed on the 1-M or ATELIER-M frame. We recommend using the M-SMART or M-PLAN frame for this. Contents: Without inserts.
Insert for BNC/TNC sockets

For two BNC/TNC connectors 12.5 mm or for BNC/TNC connectors 9.5 mm. Second opening can be broken out. To be completed with: Inclined outlet, art. no. System M 4649.., 4646.., System Design 4643... Accessories: BNC socket 12.5 mm, art. no. 465010. Contents: With adjustment rings.
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
464944 464919 464925 1/50 1 1/50 1 1/50 1
Version black
Art. no. 464395
PU PG 10/300 1
Info

464644 464619 464614 464660 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1 1 1.1 1.1
Insert for Twinax sockets

For two Twinax sockets 19 mm. Second opening can be broken out.
To be completed with: Inclined outlet, art. no. System M 4649.., 4646.., System Design 4643...
Art. no. 464397 PU PG 10/300 1 Info
Version black
Blanking insert
Can be used universally with mechanical machining (drilling, milling etc.)
Art. no. 464380 PU PG 10/300 1 Info
www.merten.com
Version black
70
SYSTEM M / INSERTS | Communications inserts | 2010
SYSTEM M / INSERTS
Insert for modular jack connector Cat 5
For modular jack Cat 5, RJ 45 connector or AMP connector. Second opening can be broken out.
System M
Insert with high-end loudspeaker connector

For loudspeaker connections up to max. 10 mm2. To be completed with: Inclined outlet, art. no. System M 4649.., 4646.., System Design 4643... Contents: With two loudspeaker connectors, gold-plated contacts.
To be completed with: Inclined outlet, art. no. System M 4649.., 4646.., System Design 4643... Accessories: Modular jack connector Cat 5, art. no. 465595.
Art. no. 464399 PU PG 10/300 1 Info
Version black
Version black
Art. no. 464387
PU PG 5/150 1
Info
Insert for modular jack connector

For two modular jack connectors Cat 3 For AMP or Thomas & Betts connectors. Second opening can be broken out.
Insert for optical fibre ST connectors

For two optical fibre ST connectors.
To be completed with: Inclined outlet, art. no. System M 4649.., 4646.., System Design 4643... Accessories: Modular jack connector Cat 3, art. no. 465516/18.
Art. no. 464398 PU PG 10/300 1 Info
Art. no. 464386 PU PG 10/300 1 Info
Version black
Version black
Insert for ACO mounting boxes

For AMP communications system insert. Suitable for all adapter inserts.
Insert for XLR audio plug-in socket

For XLR circular connector audio connectors from Binder, Cannon, Neutrik P flange sockets or similar.
Art. no. 464396 PU PG 10/300 1 Info
Version black
Art. no. 464390 PU PG 10/300 1 Info
Version black
Insert for Thomas & Betts data communication connectors

For data connectors from Thomas & Betts and IBM inserts IBM ACS type G.
Insert for XLR audio plug

For XLR circular connector audio connectors from Binder, Cannon, Neutrik P flange plugs or similar.
Art. no. 464394 PU PG 10/300 1 Info
Art. no. 464389 PU PG 10/300 1 Info
Version black
Version black
Insert for IBM system ACS type Mini C

For two IBM Advanced Connectivity System (ACS) type Mini C modules.
Insert for IBM plug

For 4-pole IBM plug. To be completed with: Inclined outlet, art. no. System M 4649.., 4646.., System Design 4643...
Art. no. 464379 PU PG 10/300 1 Info
Art. no. 464383 PU PG 10/300 1 Info
Version black
Version black
Insert for Duplex SC

For two Duplex SC connectors. To be completed with: Inclined outlet, art. no. System M 4649.., 4646.., System Design 4643...
Art. no. 464381 PU PG 10/300 1 Info www.merten.com
Version black
2010
| Communications inserts | SYSTEM M / INSERTS
71
System M
SYSTEM M / INSERTS
Insert for Reichle & De-Massari
For two Reichle & De Massari connection modules or additional R&M modules. Information: http://www.rdm.com
Telecommunications
Central plate for telephone socket-outlet TAE

For System M. For telephone socket-outlets TAE or TDO, combination socket-outlets RJ45/TAE or flush-mounted USB interface.
To be completed with: Inclined outlet, art. no. System M 4649.., 4646.., System Design 4643... Accessories: Reichle & De-Massari connection module, unshielded, art. no. 465580/82. Reichle & De-Massari connection module, shielded, art. no. 465581/83. Reichle & De-Massari splash flange, art. no. 465591. Reichle & DeMassari splash sleeve, art. no. 465590.
Art. no. 464384 PU PG 10/300 1 Info
To be completed with: Telephone socket-outlet TAE, art. no. 4652... Loudspeaker connection insert art. no. 4669.., 4670... USB interface, flush-mounted, art. no. 681799. Telephone socket-outlet TDO, art. no. 465930.
Art. no. PU PG Info
Version black
Version
296044 296019 296025 5/150 1 5/150 1 5/150 1
Reichle & De-Massari connection module, unshielded

Connection with ICD clamping method (no equipment necessary).

297944 297919 297914 297960 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 1 1 1.1 1.1
To be completed with: Insert for Reichle & De-Massari, art. no. 464384. Accessories: Reichle & De-Massari splash flange, art. no. 465591. Reichle & De-Massari splash sleeve, art. no. 465590.
Art. no. 465580 465582 PU PG 2/100 1 2/100 1 Info
Version Cat 5e, 1xRJ45/u Cat 6, 1xRJ45/u
Telephone socket-outlet TAE, 1-gang

For the German market. For connecting an analogue telephone. With screw terminals. 16 F: 1 telephone
Reichle & De-Massari connection module, shielded

Art. no. 465581 465583 PU PG 2/100 1 2/100 1 Info
To be completed with: Central plate for telephone socketoutlet TAE, art. no. System M 2960.., 2979.., System Basis 2928.., System Design 2978.., OCTOCOLOR 2938...
Art. no. 465206 PU PG 10/50 1 Info
Version 1x6 F, white
Version Cat 5e, 1xRJ45/s Cat 6, 1xRJ45/s

For the German market. For connecting analogue telephones/ancillary units. With screw terminals. 26/6 NF/F: 2 telephones, 1 ancillary unit 36 NFN: 1 telephone, 2 ancillary unit
Art. no. 465226 465236 PU PG 10/50 1 10/50 1 Info
Version 26/6 NF/F, white 3x6 NFN, white
72
www.merten.com
SYSTEM M / INSERTS | Telecommunications | 2010
SYSTEM M / INSERTS
Telephone socket-outlet TDO 3x10
For the Austrian market. For connecting analogue terminal units.
System M
Central plate for PTT connection boxes

Suitable for Dutch telephone sockets.
To be completed with: Central plate for telephone socketoutlet TAE, art. no. System M 2960.., 2979.., System Basis 2928.., System Design 2978.., OCTOCOLOR 2938... Intermediate ring for combination inserts in line with DIN 49075, art. no. System M 5185.., 5181.., System Basis 5171.., System Design 5160.., OCTOCOLOR 5168... Intermediate ring with hinged lid for combination inserts in line with DIN 49075, art. no. System M 5186.., 5182.., System Basis 5174... Can only be ordered via Merten in Vienna.
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
291044 291019 291025 5/150 1 5/150 1 5/150 1

290944 290919 290914 290960 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 1 1 1.1 1.1
Version white
Art. no. 465930
PU PG 1/1 1
Info
Combination socket-outlet RJ45/TAE (Cat 3)

For connecting a telephone and an analogue or digital terminal unit via the 8-pole RJ45 connector. With screw terminals. To be completed with: Central plate for telephone socketoutlet TAE, art. no. System M 2960.., 2979.., System Basis 2928.., System Design 2978.., OCTOCOLOR 2938... Technical Information
Telephone socket insert, 8-pole

For French telephone plugs. With screw fixing.
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
290219 10/40 1
Version 8(6)-6F+N, white
Art. no. 465707
PU PG 1/60 1
Info
polar white, glossy

290819 10/40 1
polar white
Line 21 Combination socketoutlet RJ45/TAE

With integrated Line 21 technology. For connecting an analogue telephone/telecommunications system (TAE) and a digital network device (RJ45, 8-pole) such as PC, HUB, router, Merten switch (art. no. 465711) or IC 1 (art. no. 6950.., 6951...) With 4 screw terminals for the installation line and 2 for the connection of additional telephone socket-outlets. Cable length: max. 50 m Transmission rate: max. 100 Mbit/s To be completed with: Central plate for telephone socketoutlet TAE, art. no. System M 2960.., 2979.., System Basis 2928.., System Design 2978.., OCTOCOLOR 2938... Technical Information

For Swedish telephone plugs. With screw fixing.
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
290019 290025 1/60 1 1/60 1

291419 291414 291460 1/60 1 1/60 1.1 1/60 1.1
Version 8(6)-6F+N
Art. no. 465709
PU PG 1/60 1
Info
polar white anthracite aluminium
2010
| Telecommunications | SYSTEM M / INSERTS
www.merten.com
73
System M
SYSTEM M / INSERTS
Central plate for RJ45 insert, 1-gang
For System M. For RJ45 inserts 8 (Cat 5e), RJ45 inserts by Rutenbeck or E-DAT designs by BTR.

For System M. For RJ45 inserts 8/8, 2x8, Line 21 RJ45 insert 8/8, RJ45 inserts by Rutenbeck or EDAT designs by BTR.
To be completed with: RJ45 insert 8, art. no. 465720. RJ45 insert 8 Cat 5e, art. no. 465721.
Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
To be completed with: RJ45 insert 8/8, art. no. 465701. RJ45 insert 2x8, art. no. 465702. RJ45 insert 8/8 Cat 5e, art. no. 465703. RJ45 insert 8/8 Cat 6, art. no. 465706.
Art. no. PU PG Info
296244 296219 296225 10/120 1 10/120 1 10/120 1
Version
296144 296119 296125 10/120 1 10/120 1 10/120 1

298344 298319 298314 298360 10/120 10/120 10/120 10/120 1 1 1.1 1.1

298044 298019 298014 298060 10/120 10/120 10/120 10/120 1 1 1.1 1.1
RJ45 insert 8
For connecting analogue or digital terminals using an 8-pole RJ45 socket. With screw terminals.
RJ45 insert 8/8

For connecting analogue or digital terminal units via two 8-pole RJ45 connectors. With screw terminals.
To be completed with: Central plate for RJ45 insert, 1-gang, art. no. System M 2962.., 2983.., System Basis 2917.., System Design 2918...
Art. no. 465720 PU PG 10/50 1 Info
Version
To be completed with: Central plate for RJ45 insert, 2-gang, art. no. System M 2961.., 2980.., System Basis 2927.., System Design 2926.., or OCTOCOLOR 2920... Technical Information
Version
Art. no. 465701
PU PG 10/40 1
Info
RJ45 insert 8 Cat 5e

For connecting analogue or digital terminals using an 8-pole RJ45 socket. Connection via LSA terminals.
white
Line 21 RJ45 insert 8/8

With integrated Line 21 technology. For connecting an analogue telephone/telecommunications system (RJ45, 8-pole) and a digital network device (RJ45, 8-pole) such as PC, HUB, router, Merten switch (art. no. 465711) or IC 1 (art. no. 6950.., 6951...) With 4 screw terminals for the installation line and 2 for analogue telephony. Cable length: max. 50 m Transmission rate: max. 100 Mbit/s To be completed with: Central plate for RJ45 insert, 2-gang, art. no. System M 2961.., 2980.., System Basis 2927.., System Design 2926.., or OCTOCOLOR 2920... Technical Information
Art. no. 465721 PU PG 1/50 1 Info
Version
Version
Art. no. 465708
PU PG 1/60 1
Info
74
www.merten.com
SYSTEM M / INSERTS | Telecommunications | 2010
SYSTEM M / INSERTS
RJ45 insert 2x8
For connecting analogue or digital terminal units via two 8-pole RJ45 connectors connected in parallel with bus-type cabling. With screw terminals. To be completed with: Central plate for RJ45 insert, 2-gang, art. no. System M 2961.., 2980.., System Basis 2927.., System Design 2926.., or OCTOCOLOR 2920... Technical Information

System M
RJ12 telephone socket insert, 4 contacts

For connecting analogue or digital terminals using a 4-pole RJ12 socket.
To be completed with: Central plate for telephone socketoutlet insert RJ11/RJ12, MEG4211-03../-04.., System M.
Version
Version white
Art. no. 465702
PU PG 10/40 1
Info
RJ45 insert 8/8 Cat 5e

For connecting analogue or digital terminal units via two 8-pole RJ45 connectors. Connection via LSA terminals.

RJ12 telephone socket insert, 6 contacts

For connecting analogue or digital terminals using a 6-pole RJ12 socket.
To be completed with: Central plate for telephone socketoutlet insert RJ11/RJ12, MEG4211-03../-04.., System M.
To be completed with: Central plate for RJ45 insert, 2-gang, art. no. System M 2961.., 2980.., System Basis 2927.., System Design 2926.., or OCTOCOLOR 2920...
Art. no. 465703 PU PG 1/50 1 Info
Version
Version white
RJ45 insert 8/8 Cat 6


Central plate with cable outlet for telephone connector VDo 4

For telephone connector VDo 4 or general cable outlet for cable diameters of max. 10 mm. With strain relief. Without claws, for screw fixing. To be completed with: Telephone connector VDo 4, art. no. 465304. Contents: With fixing screws for telephone connector VDo 4.
Version
Art. no. 465706 PU PG 1/50 1 Info
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
Version white
296844 296819 296825 5/90 1 5/90 1 5/90 1
Central plate for telephone socket-outlet insert RJ11/ RJ12

For RJ12 telephone socket-outlet inserts.

295544 295519 295514 295560 5/90 5/90 5/90 5/90 1 1 1.1 1.1
To be completed with: RJ12 telephone socket-outlet insert, 4-pole, MEG4214-0000. RJ12 telephone socket-outlet insert, 6-pole, MEG4216-0000.
Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
Telephone connector VDo 4

For central plate with cable outlet for telephone connector VDo 4.

To be completed with: Central plate with cable outlet for telephone connector VDo, art. no. System M 2968.., 2955.., System Basis 3925.., OCTOCOLOR 3927...
Art. no. 465304 PU PG 10/40 1 Info
Version 4-pole, white
2010
| Telecommunications | SYSTEM M / INSERTS
www.merten.com
75
System M
SYSTEM M / INSERTS
Data technology
Blanking cover for special communication/EDP version
Central plate for D-type plug connectors, 15-pole

For D-type plug, 15-pole. Without claws, for screw fixing.
Accessories: D-type socket connector, 15-pole, art. no. 465015.

Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
Version
461844 461819 461825 10/180 1 10/180 1 10/180 1
467744 467719 467725 5/150 1 5/150 1 5/150 1

460644 460619 10/180 1 10/180 1
white polar white

468244 468219 468214 468260 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 1 1 1.1 1.1


D-type socket connector, 15-pole

Solder connection max. 0.6 mm2. To be completed with: Central plate for D-type subminiature connector, 15-pole, art. no. System M 4677.., ,4682.., System Basis 4602... Insert for D-type subminiature connector, 15-pole, art. no. System M 464392, System Basis 461392, System Design 464392, OCTOCOLOR 463392. Contents: With locking pin for M3 screw.
Version 15-pole Art. no. 465015 PU PG 5/500 1 Info

Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
467644 467619 467625 5/150 1 5/150 1 5/150 1

468144 468119 468114 468160 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 1 1 1.1 1.1


Solder connection max. 0.6 mm2. To be completed with: Central plate for D-type subminiature connector, 9-pole, art. no. System M 4676.., 4681.., System Basis 4601... Insert for D-type subminiature connector, 9pole, art. no. System M 464391, System Basis 461391, System Design 464391, OCTOCOLOR 463391. Contents: With locking pin for M3 screw.

Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
467844 467819 467825 5/150 1 5/150 1 5/150 1

468344 468319 468314 468360 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 1 1 1.1 1.1
Version 9-pole
Art. no. 465009
PU PG 5/500 1
Info
76
www.merten.com
SYSTEM M / INSERTS | Data technology | 2010
SYSTEM M / INSERTS
Solder connection max. 0.6 mm2. To be completed with: Central plate for D-type subminiature connector, 25-pole, art. no. System M 4678.., 4683.., System Basis 4603... Insert for D-type subminiature connector, 25-pole, art. no. System M 464393, System Basis 461393, System Design 464393, OCTOCOLOR 463393. Contents: With locking pin for M3 screw.
System M
Central plate for Twinax socket

For Twinax socket 19 mm. Without claws, for screw fixing.
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
467944 467919 467925 5/150 1 5/150 1 5/150 1
Version 25-pole
Art. no. 465025
PU PG 5/500 1
Info

468744 468719 468714 468760 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 1 1 1.1 1.1
Central plate for BNC/TNC socket

For BNC socket 12.5 mm
Accessories: BNC socket 12.5 mm, art. no. 465010. Contents: With 4 adjustment rings for connectors 9.5 mm.
Art. no. PU PG Info
Version

469144 469119 469125 10/50 1 10/50 1 10/50 1

468544 468519 468514 468560 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 1 1 1.1 1.1
Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
296044 296019 296025 5/150 1 5/150 1 5/150 1
BNC connector 12.5 mm

Crimp connection up to 6 mm.

297944 297919 297914 297960 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 1 1 1.1 1.1
To be completed with: Central plate for BNC/TNC socket, art. no. System M 4691.., 4685.., 4686.., System Basis 4605... Insert for BNC/TNC sockets, art. no. System M 464395, System Basis 461395, System Design 464395, OCTOCOLOR 463395.
Art. no. 465010 PU PG 5/500 1 Info
Version

Art. no. 465707
PU PG 1/60 1
Info
2010
| Data technology | SYSTEM M / INSERTS
www.merten.com
77
System M
SYSTEM M / INSERTS

Art. no. 465721 PU PG 1/50 1 Info
Version

For System M. For RJ45 inserts 8/8, 2x8, Line 21 RJ45 insert 8/8, RJ45 inserts by Rutenbeck or EDAT designs by BTR.
Version 8(6)-6F+N
Art. no. 465709
PU PG 1/60 1
Info


Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
296144 296119 296125 10/120 1 10/120 1 10/120 1
Art. no. PU PG Info
Version

298044 298019 298014 298060 10/120 10/120 10/120 10/120 1 1 1.1 1.1
296244 296219 296225 10/120 1 10/120 1 10/120 1

298344 298319 298314 298360 10/120 10/120 10/120 10/120 1 1 1.1 1.1
RJ45 insert 8/8

RJ45 insert 8
Version
Art. no. 465701
PU PG 10/40 1
Info
Art. no. 465720 PU PG 10/50 1 Info
white
Version
78
www.merten.com
SYSTEM M / INSERTS | Data technology | 2010
SYSTEM M / INSERTS
System M
Central plate for RJ 11/RJ 45 insert, 1-gang

For System M. For Lexcom modules.
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info

Version
Art. no. 465708
PU PG 1/60 1
Info
RJ45 insert 2x8

For connecting analogue or digital terminal units via two 8-pole RJ45 connectors connected in parallel with bus-type cabling. With screw terminals.
Version

Art. no. PU PG Info
Version white
Art. no. 465702
PU PG 10/40 1
Info


Art. no. 465703 PU PG 1/50 1 Info
Central plate for modular jack connector

For two modular jack connectors Cat 3. For AMP or Thomas & Betts connectors. Without claws, for screw fixing. To be completed with: Modular jack connector Cat 3, art. no. 465516/18. Technical Information Contents: With sealing plug for one opening.
Version white

Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
290144 290119 290125 5/150 1 5/150 1 5/150 1
Art. no. 465706 PU PG 1/50 1 Info

295744 295719 295714 295760 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 1 1 1.1 1.1
Version white
2010
| Data technology | SYSTEM M / INSERTS
www.merten.com
79
System M
SYSTEM M / INSERTS
Central plate for modular jack connector with shut-off slide
Suitable for the supporting plates for modular jack connectors. With two openings and shut-off slide. To be completed with: Supporting plate for modular jack connector, art. no. 4615... Technical Information
Modular jack connector, Cat 5

WE Western type. In line with US FCC 86, Cat 5. Connection via LSA terminals.
To be completed with: Supporting plate for modular jack connector, art. no. 461593. Insert for modular jack connector, art. no. System M 464399, System Basis 461399, System Design 464399, OCTOCOLOR 463399.
Art. no. 465595 PU PG 5/120 1 Info
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
Version 8-pole RJ 45/ Cat. 5, black
461944 461919 461925 5/200 1 5/200 1 5/200 1
Central plate for AMP-ACO

For AMP communications system insert. Suitable for all adapter inserts.

461744 461719 461714 461760 5/200 5/200 5/200 5/200 1 1 1.1 1.1 Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
464044 464019 464025 5/225 1 5/225 1 5/225 1
Supporting plates for modular jack connector

Suitable for communication connectors. Supporting plate (art. no. 461590) for Cat 3 modular jack connector and supporting plate (art. no. 461593) for Cat 5 modular jack connector. To be completed with: Central plate for modular jack connector with shut-off slide, art. no. System M 4619.., 4617.., System Basis 4615... Accessories: Modular jack connector Cat 3, art. no. 465516/18. Modular jack connector Cat 5, art. no. 465595. Technical Information

463944 463919 MEG4528-0414 MEG4528-0460 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 1 1 1.1 1.1 new new
TV/audio
Version red transparent black yellow green
Art. no. 461590 461591 461592 461593 461594
PU PG 4/240 4/240 4/240 4/240 4/240 1 1 1 1 1
Info
Central plate for antenna socket-outlets

For AEG, Astro, Bosch, Fuba, Hirschmann, Kathrein, Philips, Polytron, Siemens, Wisi, Zehnder etc. Third opening can be broken open for satellite socket.

WE Western type. In line with US FCC 86, Cat 3. Connection with IDC clamping method. Pin configuration Telecom/ISDN modular jack/8-pole: 1a/4, 1b/5, 2a/3, 2b/6.
To be completed with: Broadband cable/satellite throughway box, 2-gang, art. no. 466098. Broadband cable/satellite branch-circuit box, 2-gang, art. no. 466099. Satellite antenna socket-outlet, 3-gang, art. no. 466097.
Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
To be completed with: Supporting plate for modular jack connector, art. no. 461590. Insert for modular jack connector, art. no. System M 464398, System Basis 461398, System Design 464398, OCTOCOLOR 463398. Central plate for modular jack connector, art. no. System M 2901.., 2957.., System Basis 2929...
Art. no. 465516 465518 PU PG 5/250 1 5/250 1 Info
296744 296719 296725 5/250 1 5/250 1 5/250 1

297544 297519 297514 297560 5/250 5/250 5/250 5/250 1 1 1.1 1.1
Version 6-pole RJ 11/ Cat. 3, black 8-pole RJ 45/ Cat. 3, black
80
www.merten.com
SYSTEM M / INSERTS | TV/audio | 2010
SYSTEM M / INSERTS
For coaxial antenna socket-outlets in line with DIN 45330, e.g., AEG, Astro, Bosch, Fuba, Hirschmann, Kathrein, Philips, Polytron, Siemens, Wisi, Zehnder etc.
System M
Satellite antenna socket-outlet, 3-gang

DIN EN 50083-1/A1, DIN EN 80083-2/A1 Single satellite socket-outlet, 3-gang. For individual branch-circuit and star-type distribution systems in communal aerial and satellite distribution systems. With DC transmission via the satellite connection. Suitable for flush-mounted boxes of 5565 mm. With claw and screw fixing. DC transmission: max. 24 V/320 mA Signal: 22 kHz and DiSEqC
Contents: Without frame.

Art. no. PU PG Info
Version

To be completed with: Central plate for antenna socket-outlet, art. no. System M 2967.., 2975.., System Basis 2948.., System Design 2941.., OCTOCOLOR 2943...
Art. no. 466097 PU PG 1/54 1 Info
Version
Broadband cable/satellite through-way box, 2-gang

DIN EN 50083-1/A1, DIN EN 80083-2/A1 Broadband directional coupler box for loopthrough systems in broadband cable, communal aerial and satellite distribution systems. Suitable for flush-mounted boxes of 5565 mm. With claw and screw fixing.
Central plate for Ankaro 4gang antenna socket-outlets

The central plate is to be completed with the 4-gang antenna socket-outlet (art. no. SAT 400 EAS DC) from Ankaro. Also suitable for antenna socket-outlet GUT 400 from Astro.
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
296544 296519 296525 10/240 1 10/240 1 10/240 1
Art. no. 466098 PU PG 1/54 1 Info

295344 295319 295314 295360 10/240 10/240 10/240 10/240 1 1 1.1 1.1
Version
Broadband cable/satellite antenna branch-circuit box, 2gang

DIN EN 50083-1/A1, DIN EN 80083-2/A1 Broadband directional coupler box for branch-circuit and star-type distribution systems in broadband cable, communal aerial and satellite distribution systems. With DC transmission via the TV connection. Suitable for flush-mounted boxes of 5565 mm. With claw and screw fixing. DC transmission: max. 24 V/400 mA Signal: 22 kHz and DiSEqC

Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
Art. no. 466099 PU PG 1/54 1 Info
296044 296019 296025 5/150 1 5/150 1 5/150 1
Version

297944 297919 297914 297960 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 1 1 1.1 1.1

www.merten.com
2010
| TV/audio | SYSTEM M / INSERTS
81
System M
SYSTEM M / INSERTS
Loudspeaker connection insert, 1-gang
The poles are labelled in different colours. Conductor cross-section up to max. 10 mm2. With quick plug-in terminals. With screw terminals on the back.
Central plate with high-end loudspeaker connector

For loudspeaker connections up to max. 10 mm2.
Art. no. 466919 466914 PU PG 10/50 1 10/50 1 Info
Contents: With two loudspeaker connectors, gold-plated contacts.

Art. no. PU PG Info
Version polar white anthracite
Version
468844 468819 468825 1/100 1 1/100 1 1/100 1


469344 469319 469314 469360 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1 1 1.1 1.1
Art. no. 467019 467014 PU PG 10/50 1 10/50 1 Info
Socket-outlet for audio connection

With two cinch sockets. Colours: Red and white. Gold-plated contacts. Contacts with solder connections.
Version
Loudspeaker socket-outlet insert

With 2 separate loudspeaker sockets in accordance with DIN 41529. Second opening can be broken out. With screw connections (up to 2.5 mm2).
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
Art. no.
PU PG
Info

296944 296919 296925 10/50 1 10/50 1 10/50 1

297444 297419 297414 297460 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 1 1 1.1 1.1
Socket-outlet for audio/video connection

With three cinch sockets. Colours: Yellow, red and white. Gold-plated contacts. Contacts with solder connections.
Version

295944 295919 10/50 1 10/50 1
white polar white
Art. no.
PU PG
Info

82
www.merten.com
SYSTEM M / INSERTS | TV/audio | 2010
SYSTEM M / INSERTS
Socket-outlet for video component connection
With three cinch sockets. Colours: Red, green and blue. Gold-plated contacts. Contacts with solder connections.
Version
System M
Central plate for XLR audio plug connector

Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
468044 468019 468025 5/150 1 5/150 1 5/150 1


468944 468919 468914 468960 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 1 1 1.1 1.1

Central plate for XLR audio plug

Version
Accessories: BNC socket 12.5 mm, art. no. 465010. Contents: With 4 adjustment rings for connectors 9.5 mm.
Art. no. PU PG Info
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
Version
469044 469019 469025 5/150 1 5/150 1 5/150 1
469144 469119 469125 10/50 1 10/50 1 10/50 1

469444 469419 469414 469460 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 1 1 1.1 1.1

468544 468519 468514 468560 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 1 1 1.1 1.1
Central plate for EURO AV plug-in socket

SCART socket in line with DIN-EN 50049. Connection between television and peripheral devices such as video recorder, satellite receiver, game console, video camera, PC etc. Contacts with solder connections.

Art. no. 465010 PU PG 5/500 1 Info
Contents: With socket and supporting plate for screw fixing.

Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
468444 468419 468425 5/120 1 5/120 1 5/120 1
Version

469244 469219 469214 469260 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 1 1 1.1 1.1

www.merten.com
2010
| TV/audio | SYSTEM M / INSERTS
83
System M
SYSTEM M / INSERTS
ELSO MEDIOPT care Central plates and inserts in System M design for the "ELSO MEDIOPT care " nurse call system from ELSO.
Central plate for pneumatic push-button

For System M. For ELSO pneumatic push-button insert. ELSO art. no. 735150.
Version
ELSO MEDIOPT care
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
MEG4844-0319 MEG4844-0325 1/150 1 1/150 1
1-gang operating surface for call button

For System M. For ELSO call button insert. ELSO art. no. 735090.
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
MEG4840-0319 MEG4840-0325 1/100 1 1/100 1
System socket-outlet for pendant nurse call button, without light function
For System M. Functions: Connection for pendant nurse call button without light key Address coded, max. 6 push-buttons/ rooms possible Integrated assurance lamp for connecting to the room bus Power supply: 24VDC Current consumption: max. 30mA Installation: flush-mounted box/flushmounted frame
1-gang operating surface for cutout button

For System M. For ELSO presence cutout button insert. ELSO art. no. 735080.
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
MEG4841-0319 MEG4841-0325 1/100 1 1/100 1
MEG4846-0319 MEG4846-0325 1/50 8 1/50 8
2-gang operating surface for call/cutout button

For System M. For ELSO call/cutout button insert. ELSO art. no. 735070.
Version
Call button with system socket-outlet for pendant nurse call button, with light function
For System M. Functions: Connection for pendant nurse call button with and without light key Address coded, max. 6 push-buttons/ rooms possible Integrated assurance lamp, 2 outputs for switching ext. loads: max. 24VDC 0.2A cos=1 for connecting to the room bus Power supply: 24VDC Current consumption: max. 30mA Installation: flush-mounted box/flushmounted frame
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
MEG4842-0319 MEG4842-0325 1/100 1 1/100 1
Central plate for pull-cord switch

For System M. For ELSO pull-cord insert. ELSO art. no. 735100.
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
MEG4843-0319 MEG4843-0325 1/150 1 1/150 1
MEG4847-0319 MEG4847-0325 1/50 8 1/50 8
84
www.merten.com
SYSTEM M / INSERTS | ELSO MEDIOPT care | 2010
SYSTEM M / INSERTS
Visual call systems The central plates are compatible with all ZETTLER visual call systems. For hospitals, homes for the elderly and disabled, clinics.
System M
Central plate for VarioLine plugs and connectors
For completion with M-SMART, M-ARC and M-PLAN frames.
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
447719 447725 5/225 1 5/225 1
Central plate for VarioLine neutral
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
447319 447325 5/225 1 5/225 1 Version
Central plate for VarioLine plugs and connectors, 1 button
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
447819 447825 5/225 1 5/225 1
Central plate for VarioLine pull-cord switch
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
447419 447425 5/225 1 5/225 1 Version
Central plate for VarioLine plugs and connectors, 2 buttons
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
447919 447925 5/225 1 5/225 1
Central plate for VarioLine, 1 button
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
447519 447525 5/225 1 5/225 1
Central plate for VarioLine, 2 buttons
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
447619 447625 5/225 1 5/225 1
2010
| Visual call systems | SYSTEM M / INSERTS
www.merten.com
85
System M
SYSTEM M / INSERTS
Visual call systems Central plate for nurse call systems "clino com 95", "clino opt 99" and "clino com 21" by Ackermann. For hospitals, homes for the elderly and disabled, clinics. You can obtain the relevant inserts directly from ELSO.
Central plate for call button

Corresponds to the Ackermann cover, order no. 88881 G3.
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
For completion with M-SMART, M-ARC and M-PLAN frames.
450419 450425 5/150 1 5/150 1
Central plate for bus terminal switch and empty unit

Corresponds to the Ackermann cover, order no. 88910 A3.
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
Central plate for call button/ doctor call button

Version
450019 450025 5/150 1 5/150 1
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
450519 450525 5/150 1 5/150 1
Central plate for call module with call button

Corresponds to the Ackermann cover, order no. 88881 K3.
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
Central plate for call button with plug-in contact

Version
450119 450125 5/150 1 5/150 1
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
450619 450625 5/150 1 5/150 1
Central plate for call module with call button and plug-in contact
Corresponds to the Ackermann cover, order no. 88881 L3.
Version

Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
450219 450225 5/150 1 5/150 1
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
450719 450725 5/150 1 5/150 1
Central plate for call module with call button and plug-in contacts
Corresponds to the Ackermann cover, order no. 88881 J3.
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
450319 450325 5/150 1 5/150 1
polar white, glossy active white, glossy www.merten.com
86
SYSTEM M / INSERTS | Visual call systems | 2010
SYSTEM M / INSERTS
Central plate for pneumatic call button
Corresponds to the Ackermann cover, order no. 88880 C3.
Version
System M
Central plate for call unit as plug-in diagnostic contact

Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
450819 450825 5/150 1 5/150 1
451219 451225 5/150 1 5/150 1
Central plate for call unit as plug-in contact

Corresponds to the Ackermann cover, order no. 88911 B3.
Version
Central plate for call unit as plug-in diagnostic contacts

Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
450919 450925 5/150 1 5/150 1
451319 451325 5/150 1 5/150 1
Central plate for call unit as plug-in contacts

Version
Central plate for bus connection unit

Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
451019 451025 5/150 1 5/150 1
451819 451825 5/150 1 5/150 1
Central plate for call unit as a diagnostic/plug-in contact

Corresponds to the Ackermann cover, order no. 88912 E3.
Version
Central plate for call/cutout button

Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
451119 451125 5/150 1 5/150 1
451419 451425 5/150 1 5/150 1
2010
| Visual call systems | SYSTEM M / INSERTS
www.merten.com
87
System M
SYSTEM M / INSERTS
Central plate for cutout button, green
Corresponds to the Ackermann cover, order no. 88881 H3.
Version
Central plate for office unit

Corresponds to the Ackermann cover, order no. 88881 P3. To complement the Ackermann compact call sets.
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
451519 451525 5/150 1 5/150 1
452319 452325 5/150 1 5/150 1
Central plate for cutout button, yellow

Corresponds to the Ackermann cover, order no. 88881 M3.
Version
Central plate for radio unit

Art. no.
PU PG
Info
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
451619 451625 5/150 1 5/150 1
451919 451925 5/150 1 5/150 1
Central plate for cutout button

Version
Central plate for station selection switch

Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
451719 451725 5/150 1 5/150 1
452019 452025 5/150 1 5/150 1
Central plate for study unit

Central plate for auto-release plug system

Corresponds to the Ackermann cover, order no. 88880 D3.
Version
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
452119 452125 5/150 1 5/150 1
452219 452225 5/150 1 5/150 1
88
www.merten.com
SYSTEM M / INSERTS | Visual call systems | 2010
SYSTEM M / INSERTS
Accessories
System M
Adapter Symbols, rectangular

For rockers and switches with square opening. Inserts for System M can be integrated into System Design with the adapter.
Version neutral, white light, white key, white bell, white neutral, clear light, clear key, clear bell, clear neutral, red transp.
Art. no. 395500 395600 395700 395800 395569 395669 395769 395869 395900
PU PG 100/ 4000 100/ 4000 100/ 4000 100/ 4000 100/ 4000 100/ 4000 100/ 4000 100/ 4000 100/ 4000 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Info
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
518444 518419 518415 518429 518469 518460 518446 10/300 10/300 10/300 10/300 10/300 10/300 10/300 1 1 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2
white, glossy polar white, glossy dark brazil light grey black grey aluminium varnished stainless steel
Intermediate ring with hinged lid

Using the intermediate ring, System M inserts can be integrated into System Design with the normal construction height (e.g. TAE, UAE, socket-outlets etc.)
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
516444 516419 516460 5/120 1 5/120 1 5/120 1.2
white polar white aluminium
metallic
516443 516446 5/120 1.4 5/120 1.2
Art. no. 434791 434792 434793 434794
PU PG 10/1000 10/1000 10/1000 10/1000 1 1 1 1
Info
antique brass stainless steel
Assortment of special screws

Additional, invisible screw fixing of OctoColor, System M or System Design frames. The bearing plate of the rocker can be fixed with 2 screws on the base.
Labelling strips
For individual labelling.
Contents: 10 screws.
Art. no. PU PG Info 399898 10/1000 1
Version
To be completed with: SCHUKO socket-outlet insert with labelling field and improved protection against accidental contact, System M art. no. 2399.., 2309.., 2789.., 2759... SCHUKO socket-outlet insert 45 with labelling field and improved protection against accidental contact, System M art. no. 2496... Accessories: Labelling software, art. no. 615022. Contents: 1 sheet for 36 products.
Version polar white
Art. no. 230900
PU PG 1/100 1
Info
2010
| Accessories | SYSTEM M / INSERTS
www.merten.com
89
1-M ATELIER-M
1-M | ATELIER-M
FINE DISTINCTIONS
1-M Classic, yet modern: the precise design modications expand upon the former designs to add a new level of harmony and clarity to the product range. The frame ends near the rocker at a sharply-curved angle, while the outer edges of the frame slope harmoniously to gentle curve.
1-M polar white
90
www.merten.de
1-M/ATELIER-M | Frames | 2010
1-M | ATELIER-M
1-M ATELIER-M
Contents
The Merten classic has been reinterpreted as a modern classic. The M1 and ATELIER range have beneted from precision redesign, carrying the traditional range forward toward the future under the names 1-M and ATELIER-M. And the new range provides even more functional variety. The full range of 280 inserts of System M can be combined with the 1-M and ATELIER-M frames. The new design thus makes it possible to incorporate the most modern techno logies: the new range includes everything from LED light signals, to intelligent solutions using KNX technology, to the CONNECT radio system.
92 1-M/ATELIER-M QUicK oVerVieW

This section provides an overview of the most important covers. In combination with the overview of the most important inserts at the beginning of the catalogue, selecting, conguring and ordering products is both quick and easy.
ATELIER-M A new and elegant design: ATELIER-M draws upon its classic predecessors to embody elegant design with maximum comfort. This switch range can also be combined with the 280 functions of System M.
ATELIER-M polar white
2010
| Frames | 1-M/ATELIER-M
www.merten.de
91
1-M/FRAME
1-M ATELIERM
1-M ATELIER-M1-M/frameFlush-mounted rangesSystem M 1-M/frames1-M/framef
The inserts for the 1-M frames can be found under "System M/Inserts".

1-M frame, 3-gang without central bridge pieces
System M/inserts: 12 Technical Information: System M dimensions
1-M/frame
1-M frame, 1-gang

Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
389944 389919 389925 2/64 1 2/64 1 2/64 1
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
389144 389119 389125 10/300 1.8 10/300 1.8 10/300 1
1-M frame, 4-gang

For vertical and horizontal installation.
1-M frame, 2-gang

Version
389444 389419 389425 2/44 1 2/44 1 2/44 1
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
389244 389219 389225 10/160 1.8 10/160 1.8 10/160 1
1-M frame, 2-gang without central bridge piece

Version
1-M frame, 5-gang

Art. no. PU PG Info
389544 389519 389525 1/38 1 1/38 1 1/38 1
white, glossy polar white, glossy active white, glossy Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
389844 389819 389825 10/90 1 10/90 1 10/90 1
1-M frame with labelling bracket
1-M frame, 1-gang with labelling bracket

For clear labelling of inserts. When dismantling the frame and central plate, the labelling bracket stays on the insert. This ensures that the allocation of switches, socket-outlets or KNX components remains the same even after renovation.
1-M frame, 3-gang

Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
Contents: 1 labelling strip and 1 window per frame.

Art. no. PU PG Info
389344 389319 389325 10/100 1 10/100 1 10/100 1
Version
www.merten.com
387144 387119 387125 2/176 1 2/176 1 2/176 1
92
1-M/FRAME | 1-M/frame | 2010
1-M/FRAME
1-M frame, 3-gang with labelling bracket, vertical installation 1-M frame, 2-gang with labelling bracket, horizontal installation
Version
1-M ATELIERM
Contents: 3 labelling strips and 3 windows per frame.

Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
385344 385319 385325 2/64 1 2/64 1 2/64 1
387244 387219 387225 2/96 1 2/96 1 2/96 1
1-M frame, 2-gang with labelling bracket, vertical installation

1-M frame, 4-gang with labelling bracket, horizontal installation

For the clear identification of inserts. When dismantling the frame and central plate, the labelling bracket stays on the insert. This ensures that the allocation of switches, socket-outlets or KNX components remains the same even after renovation.
Version

Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
385244 385219 385225 2/96 1 2/96 1 2/96 1
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
387444 387419 387425 2/44 1 2/44 1 2/44 1

Version

Art. no.
PU PG
Info

Art. no. PU PG Info
387344 387319 387325 2/64 1 2/64 1 2/64 1
Version
385444 385419 385425 2/44 1 2/44 1 2/44 1 www.merten.com
2010
| 1-M frame with labelling bracket | 1-M/FRAME
93
1-M/FRAME
1-M ATELIERM
Surface-mounted housing for 1-M, ATELIER-M Shatter-proof thermoplastic version. Suitable mini trunking (15x15 mm) is supplied by the trunking manufacturer.
f
Version
Surface-mounted housing, 1-gang
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
Accessories: Strain relief art. no. 510501. Contents: With device fixing screws, cable entry and minitrunking entry (15 mm).
Art. no. 519144 519119 519125 PU PG 1/40 1.5 1/40 1.5 1/40 1.5 Info
387544 387519 387525 1/38 1 1/38 1 1/38 1
Version white, glossy polar white, glossy active white, glossy

Art. no. 519244 519219 519225 PU PG 1/20 1.5 1/20 1.5 1/20 1.5 Info

Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
385544 385519 385525 1/38 1 1/38 1 1/38 1
Labelling strip for 1-M frame with labelling bracket

For individual labelling of 1-M frames with a labelling bracket.

Art. no. 519344 519319 519325 PU PG 1/15 1.5 1/15 1.5 1/15 1.5 Info
Version
Contents: 1 sheet for 36 windows.

Art. no. 387100 PU PG 1/100 1 Info new
Version polar white
94
www.merten.com
1-M/FRAME | Surface-mounted housing for 1-M, ATELIER-M | 2010
1-M/FRAME
Strain relief SCHUKO socket-outlet
1-M ATELIERM
f
Info
Contents: With five strain reliefs and ten screws.

Art. no. 510501 PU PG 5/300 1.5 Info
Version
Contents: Complete device with full cover plate.

Art. no. PU PG
Version
247244 247219 247225 10/40 1.8 10/40 1.8 10/40 1 disc. disc. disc.
Cable entry
For cables and mini trunking.
Version white polar white Art. no. 535162 535160 PU PG 20/ 1.5 2000 20/ 1.5 2000 Info
SCHUKO socket-outlet with complete cover plate

Mini-trunking entry (15 mm)

For 15 x 15 mm ducts.
Version white polar white Art. no. PU PG Info
535062 10/1000 1.5 535060 10/1000 1.5

Version
SCHUKO socket-outlet with increased protection against accidental contact


Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
247344 247319 247325 10/40 1 10/40 1 10/40 1 disc. disc. disc.
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
2010
| SCHUKO socket-outlets with plug-in terminals | 1-M/FRAME
www.merten.com
95
1-M/FRAME
1-M ATELIERM
f
SCHUKO double socket-outlet
Version

Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
SCHUKO socket-outlet SCHUKO double socket-outlet, flat design with increased protection against accidental contact
16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49440 Integrated protection against accidental contact as per VDE 0620 Part 1 (child protection). For integration into a double mounting box. With plug-in terminals.

Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
278744 278719 278725 10/40 1.8 10/40 1.8 10/40 1 disc. disc. disc.
Contents: Complete device.

Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
246344 246319 246325 2/30 1 2/30 1 2/30 1 disc. disc. disc.
96
www.merten.com
1-M/FRAME | SCHUKO socket-outlets with screw terminals | 2010
1-M/FRAME
1-M ATELIERM
2010
| SCHUKO socket-outlets with screw terminals | 1-M/FRAME
www.merten.com
97
ATELIER-M/FRAMES
1-M ATELIERM
1-M ATELIER-MATELIER-M/framesFlush-mounted rangesSystem M ATELIER-M/framesATELIER-M/framesf
The inserts for ATELIER-M frames can be found under "System M/Inserts".

ATELIER-M frames, 3-gang without central bridge pieces
ATELIER-M/frames
ATELIER-M frame, 1-gang

Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
388944 388919 388925 2/64 1 2/64 1 2/64 1
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
388144 388119 388125 10/300 1.8 10/300 1.8 10/300 1


Version
388444 388419 388425 2/44 1 2/44 1 2/44 1
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
388244 388219 388225 10/160 1.8 10/160 1.8 10/160 1
ATELIER-M frames, 2-gang without central bridge piece

Version

Art. no. PU PG Info
388544 388519 388525 1/38 1 1/38 1 1/38 1
white, glossy polar white, glossy active white, glossy Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
388844 388819 388825 10/90 1 10/90 1 10/90 1

Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
388344 388319 388325 10/100 1 10/100 1 10/100 1
98
www.merten.com
ATELIER-M/FRAMES | ATELIER-M/frames | 2010
ATELIER-M/FRAMES
Strain relief
1-M ATELIERM
f
Art. no. 510501 PU PG 5/300 1.5 Info Version
Cable entry
For cables and mini trunking. Accessories: Strain relief art. no. 510501. Contents: With device fixing screws, cable entry and minitrunking entry (15 mm).
Version white polar white
Art. no. 535162 535160
PU PG 20/ 1.5 2000 20/ 1.5 2000
Info
Art. no. 519144 519119 519125
PU PG 1/40 1.5 1/40 1.5 1/40 1.5
Info
Mini-trunking entry (15 mm) Surface-mounted housing, 2-gang

535062 10/1000 1.5 535060 10/1000 1.5
Art. no. 519244 519219 519225 PU PG 1/20 1.5 1/20 1.5 1/20 1.5 Info

Version
Art. no. 519344 519319 519325 PU PG 1/15 1.5 1/15 1.5 1/15 1.5 Info
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
2010
| Surface-mounted housing for 1-M, ATELIER-M | ATELIER-M/FRAMES
www.merten.com
99
ATELIER-M/FRAMES
1-M ATELIERM

Art. no. PU PG Info

Version
Version
247044 247019 247025 10/40 1.8 10/40 1.8 10/40 1 disc. disc. disc.

Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
Art. no.
PU PG
Info

SCHUKO double socket-outlet, flat design with increased protection against accidental contact
16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49440 Integrated protection against accidental contact as per VDE 0620 Part 1 (child protection). For integration into a double mounting box. With plug-in terminals.

Art. no. PU PG Info

Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
Version
246844 246819 246825 2/30 1 2/30 1 2/30 1 disc. disc. disc.
247144 247119 247125 10/40 1 10/40 1 10/40 1 disc. disc. disc.
100
www.merten.com
ATELIER-M/FRAMES | SCHUKO socket-outlets with plug-in terminals | 2010
ATELIER-M/FRAMES
1-M ATELIERM

Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info

Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
278444 278419 278425 10/40 1.8 10/40 1.8 10/40 1 disc. disc. disc.
2010
| SCHUKO socket-outlets with screw terminals | ATELIER-M/FRAMES
www.merten.com
101
M-SMART
M-SMART
BEAUTIFULLY SIMPLE SIMPLY BEAUTIFUL
M-SMART Bold and timeless: with its sharply curved and evenly rounded edges, the restrained design of M-SMART is ideally suited to all architectural styles. M-SMART is available in Thermoplastic brilliant, Thermo plastic classymatt and Duroplastic extra scratch-proof materials, and in the colours polar white, white and active white.
M-SMART Thermoplastic classymatt, polar white
102
www.merten.de
M-SMART | Frames | 2010
CONteNts
M-SMART
M-SMART
NEW
104 M-SMART QuicK OVerVieW

161 mm
M-SMART Jumbo Merten's jumbo switch in the M-SMART design variant is an unusual product made more unusual by its simple, clear lines and impressive size. In addition to the polar white version, the M-SMART Jumbo is now also available in ruby red.
M-SMART, active white Cleanliness and hygiene in daily use: Merten also provides M-SMART in active white. M-SMART active white is comprised of frames and inserts made of Thermoplastic materials that contain antibacterial agents. These high-gloss surfaces eliminate bacteria within 24 hours. This range meets the highest hygienic demands of buildings such as hospitals, kinder gartens, hotels, and restaurants.
M-SMART Thermoplastic brilliant, active white (glossy)
2010
| Frames | M-Smart
www.merten.de
103
M-SMART/FRAMES
M-SMARTM-SMART/FramesFlush-mounted rangesSystem M M-SMART/FramesM-SMART/Framesb
Inserts for the M-SMART range can be found under "System M/Inserts". We recommend using inserts in white, polar white and active white.
M-SMART
M-SMART frame, 2-gang without central bridge piece
Thermoplastic brilliant: Shatter-proof material with high gloss finish. The version "active white glossy" also contains an antibacterial substance. Thermoplastic classy matt: Shatter-proof material with highquality matt finish. Duroplastic, highly scratch-resistant: Highly scratch-resistant material with glossy finish. Not all inserts are available in duroplastic, in these cases you should use thermoplastic brilliant.
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
478844 478819 478825 10/200 1 10/200 1 10/200 1

484844 484819 10/200 1 10/200 1
white polar white
M-SMART frames Also suitable for installation in trunking systems. IP 44 in conjunction with splash-proof inserts, such as rocker art. no. 4330...
M-SMART frame, 1-gang M-SMART frame, 3-gang

Version Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
478344 478319 478325 10/60 1 10/60 1 10/60 1
478144 478119 478125 10/300 1.8 10/300 1.8 10/300 1

484344 484319 10/60 1 10/60 1

484144 484119 10/300 1.8 10/300 1.8
white polar white
white polar white

462344 462319 10/80 1 10/80 1

462144 462119 10/220 1.8 10/220 1.8
white polar white
white polar white
M-SMART frame, 3-gang without central bridge pieces
M-SMART frame, 2-gang

Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
478244 478219 478225 10/200 1.8 10/200 1.8 10/200 1 Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info

484244 484219 10/200 1.8 10/200 1.8
white polar white
478944 478919 478925 2/64 1 2/64 1 2/64 1

462244 462219 10/120 1.8 10/120 1.8

484944 484919 2/64 1 2/64 1
white polar white
104
M-SMART/FRAMES | M-SMART frames | 2010
M-SMART/FRAMES
M-SMART frames with labelling bracket Also suitable for installation in trunking systems.

Version
M-SMART
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
M-SMART frame, 1-gang with labelling bracket

For clear labelling of inserts. When dismantling the frame and central plate, the labelling bracket stays on the insert. This ensures that the allocation of switches, socket-outlets or KNX components remains the same even after renovation. Accessories: Labelling strips for M-SMART frame with labelling bracket, art. no. 484100. Contents: 1 labelling strip and 1 window per frame.
478444 478419 478425 2/44 1 2/44 1 2/44 1

484444 484419 2/44 1 2/44 1
white polar white

462444 462419 2/44 1 2/44 1
white polar white
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
470144 470119 470125 2/176 1 2/176 1 2/176 1

474144 474119 2/176 1 2/176 1

Version
white polar white
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
478544 478519 478525 1/38 1 1/38 1 1/38 1

484544 484519 1/38 1 1/38 1
white polar white

462544 462519 1/38 1 1/38 1
white polar white
M-SMART frame, 2-gang with labelling bracket, horizontal installation

Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
471244 471219 471225 2/96 1 2/96 1 2/96 1

473244 473219 2/96 1 2/96 1
white polar white
2010
| M-SMART frames with labelling bracket | M-SMART/FRAMES
www.merten.com
105
M-SMART/FRAMES
M-SMART frame, 2-gang with labelling bracket, vertical installation
M-SMART

For clear labelling of inserts. When dismantling the frame and central plate, the labelling bracket stays on the insert. This ensures that the allocation of switches, socket-outlets or KNX components remains the same even after renovation. Accessories: Labelling strips for M-SMART frame with labelling bracket, art. no. 484100. Contents: 2 labelling strips and 2 windows per frame.
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
470244 470219 470225 2/96 1 2/96 1 2/96 1
Accessories: Labelling strips for M-SMART frame with labelling bracket, art. no. 484100. Contents: 3 labelling strips and 3 windows per frame.
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
470344 470319 470325 2/64 1 2/64 1 2/64 1

474244 474219 2/96 1 2/96 1
white polar white

474344 474319 2/64 1 2/64 1
white polar white

Version

Art. no.
PU PG
Info
471344 471319 471325 2/64 1 2/64 1 2/64 1
471444 471419 471425 2/44 1 2/44 1 2/44 1

473344 473319 2/64 1 2/64 1
white polar white

473444 473419 2/44 1 2/44 1
white polar white
106
www.merten.com
M-SMART/FRAMES | M-SMART frames with labelling bracket | 2010
M-SMART/FRAMES

M-SMART
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
470444 470419 470425 2/44 1 2/44 1 2/44 1
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info

474444 474419 2/44 1 2/44 1
470544 470519 470525 1/38 1 1/38 1 1/38 1
white polar white

474544 474519 1/38 1 1/38 1
white polar white

Version
Labelling strips for M-SMART frame with labelling bracket

For individual labelling of the M-SMART frames with labelling option.
Accessories: Labelling software, art. no. 615022. Contents: 1 sheet for 36 windows.
Art. no. 484100 PU PG 1/100 1 Info
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
Version polar white
471544 471519 471525 1/38 1 1/38 1 1/38 1

473544 473519 1/38 1 1/38 1
white polar white
2010
| M-SMART frames with labelling bracket | M-SMART/FRAMES
www.merten.com
107
M-SMART/FRAMES
Surface-mounted housing for M-SMART, ARTEC, OCTOCOLOR Shatter-proof thermoplastic version. Suitable mini trunking (15x15 mm) is supplied by the trunking manufacturer.
Cable entry
M-SMART
Technical Information: Surface-mounted housing dimensions

With enclosed base and guide slots for partition walls. 2 pre-formed cable entries, sealed with blanking caps. Can be installed on any building material.

535062 10/1000 1.5 535060 10/1000 1.5
Contents: With device fixing screws, cable entry and minitrunking entry (15 mm).
Art. no. 512144 512119 MEG4014-1425 PU PG 1/40 1.5 1/40 1.5 1/40 1 Info
Version white polar white active white, glossy
new



Art. no. PU PG Info
new
Version
MEG3341-1419 1/6 1 new

polar white, glossy


Art. no. PU PG Info
new
Version
MEG3341-1406 1/6 1 new
ruby red
108
www.merten.com
M-SMART/FRAMES | Surface-mounted housing for M-SMART, ARTEC, OCTOCOLOR | 2010
M-SMART/FRAMES
M-SMART

Art. no. PU PG Info
Version

Art. no. PU PG Info
239244 239219 239225 10/40 1.8 10/40 1.8 10/40 1 disc. disc. disc.
Version
433619 1/6 1 disc.
polar white, glossy

230144 230119 10/40 1.8 10/40 1.8 disc. disc.
white polar white

230544 230519 10/40 1.8 10/40 1.8 disc. disc.
white polar white

Version

Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
Art. no.
PU PG
Info

MEG2300-1544 MEG2300-1519 10/60 1 10/60 1 new new
white polar white

MEG2301-1544 MEG2301-1519 10/60 1.8 10/60 1.8 new new
white polar white

MEG2301-1644 MEG2301-1619 10/60 1.8 10/60 1.8 new new
white polar white
2010
| SCHUKO socket-outlets with plug-in terminals | M-SMART/FRAMES
www.merten.com
109
M-SMART/FRAMES
SCHUKO double socket-outlet with increased protection against accidental contact
M-SMART

Version
16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49440 In M-SMART design. Integrated protection against accidental contact as per VDE 0620 Part 1 (child protection). Suitable for one size 60 mounting box. With plug-in terminals.

Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
239419 239425 5/30 1 5/30 1

232319 5/30 1
polar white
Art. no.
PU PG
Info

16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49440 Suitable for a size 60 installation box. With plug-in terminals.

MEG2328-1544 MEG2328-1519 2/30 1 2/30 1 new new
white polar white

Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
239344 239319 239325 5/30 1 5/30 1 5/30 1

231144 231119 231114 231160 5/30 5/30 5/30 5/30 1 1 1.1 1.1
SCHUKO double socket-outlet, flat design

16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49440 For integration into a double mounting box. With plug-in terminals.
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
233644 233619 233625 2/30 1 2/30 1 2/30 1 disc. disc. disc.

231344 231319 2/30 1 2/30 1 disc. disc.
white polar white
110
www.merten.com
M-SMART/FRAMES | SCHUKO socket-outlets with plug-in terminals | 2010
M-SMART/FRAMES
16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49440 Integrated protection against accidental contact as per VDE 0620 Part 1 (child protection). For oval mounting boxes (1 1/2) e.g. from Attema, HAF, Elko. With plug-in terminals.
M-SMART

Art. no. PU PG Info
Version

Art. no. PU PG Info
279244 279219 279225 10/40 1.8 10/40 1.8 10/40 1 disc. disc. disc.
Version
230744 230719 4/32 1 4/32 1
white, glossy polar white, glossy

270144 270119 10/40 1.8 10/40 1.8 disc. disc.
white polar white

231744 231719 4/32 1 4/32 1
white polar white

270344 270319 10/40 1.8 10/40 1.8 disc. disc.
white polar white
Combination SCHUKO socketoutlet/two-way switch

Suitable for size 60 mounting boxes. SCHUKO socket-outlet: 16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49440. Two-way switch: 10 A, AC 250 V. With screw terminals.

Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
278344 278319 10/30 1 10/30 1

Version
Combination SCHUKO socketoutlet/two-circuit switch

Suitable for size 60 mounting boxes. SCHUKO socket-outlet: 16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49440. Two-circuit switch: 10 A, AC 250 V. With screw terminals.

Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
278244 278219 10/30 1 10/30 1

MEG2401-1544 MEG2401-1519 10/60 1.8 10/60 1.8 new new
white polar white

MEG2401-1644 MEG2401-1619 10/60 1.8 10/60 1.8 new new
white polar white
2010
| SCHUKO socket-outlets with screw terminals | M-SMART/FRAMES
www.merten.com
111
M-SMART/FRAMES
Splash-proof - IP 44
Protective cover IP 44
M-SMART
With the protective cover System M socketoutlets can meet type of protection IP 44.
b
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
478044 478019 478025 478014 478060 5/40 5/40 5/40 5/40 5/40 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1
white, glossy polar white, glossy active white, glossy anthracite glossy aluminium glossy
112
www.merten.com
M-SMART/FRAMES | Splash-proof - IP 44 | 2010
M-SMART/FRAMES
M-SMART
2010
| Splash-proof - IP 44 | M-SMART/FRAMES
www.merten.com
113
M-ARC | M-STAR
M-ARC M-STAR
EXPERIENCE ELEGANCE
M-ARC In this extravagant and individualistic switch series, the rockers and frames can be assembled in a variety of colour combinations M-ARC is available in polar white, sand, midnight blue, anthracite, and aluminium. M-ARC owes its dynamic character to its harmoniously smooth lines from rocker to frame.
M-ARC polar white
114
www.merten.de
M-ARC/M-STaR | Frames | 2010
M-ARC | M-STAR
COnTenTs
116 M-ARC/M-STAR QUiCK OVeRVieW

M-ARC M-STAR
M-STAR With its high-quality frame variations in satin silver, chrome, and polished brass, M-STAR is an elegant switch series for customers who demand the most rened materials. Without compromising on comfort. All 280 functions from System M can be combined with M-STAR.
M-STAR Chrome/polar white (glossy)
2010
| Frames | M-ARC/M-STaR
www.merten.de
115
M-ARC/FRAMES
M-ARC M-STARM-ARC/FramesFlush-mounted rangesSystem M M-ARC/FramesM-ARC/Framesc
The inserts for the M-ARC range can be found under "System M/Inserts".
Thermoplastic classy matt: Shatter-proof material with highquality matt finish. System M/inserts: 12 Technical Information: System M dimensions
Version
M-ARC frame, 3-gang

Art. no. PU PG Info
M-ARC MSTAR
M-ARC frames Also suitable for installation in trunking systems. IP 44 in conjunction with splash-proof inserts, such as rocker art. no. 4330...

485344 485319 485370 485378 485314 485360 10/60 10/60 2/64 2/64 2/64 2/64 1 1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1
white polar white sand midnight blue anthracite aluminium
M-ARC frame, 1-gang
M-ARC frame, 3-gang without central bridge pieces
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info

485144 485119 485170 485178 485114 485160 10/300 10/300 2/176 2/176 2/176 2/176 1 1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info

485944 485919 485970 485978 485914 485960 2/64 2/64 2/64 2/64 2/64 2/64 1 1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1
M-ARC frame, 2-gang

Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info

485244 485219 485270 485278 485214 485260 10/160 10/160 2/96 2/96 2/96 2/96 1 1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1
M-ARC frame, 4-gang

Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info

485444 485419 485470 485478 485414 485460 2/44 2/44 2/44 2/44 2/44 2/44 1 1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1
M-ARC frame, 2-gang without central bridge piece
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info

485844 485819 485870 485878 485814 485860 10/160 10/160 2/96 2/96 2/96 2/96 1 1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1
116
www.merten.com
M-ARC/FRAMES | M-ARC frames | 2010
M-ARC/FRAMES
M-ARC frame, 5-gang

Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
M-ARC MSTAR

485544 485519 485570 485578 485514 485560 1/38 1/38 1/38 1/38 1/38 1/38 1 1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1
2010
| M-ARC frames | M-ARC/FRAMES
www.merten.com
117
M-STAR/FRAMES
M-ARC M-STARM-STAR/FramesFlush-mounted rangesSystem M M-STAR/FramesM-STAR/Framesc
The inserts for the M-STAR range can be found under "System M/Inserts".
Metal: Metal frame in satin silver, chrome and polished brass. Central bridge piece and supporting frame in thermoplastic classy matt.
M-STAR frame, 2-gang

The metal frames in satin silver, chrome and polished brass are all available with central bridge piece/supporting frame in different colours (white, polar white, anthracite). For vertical and horizontal installation.
M-ARC MSTAR
M-STAR frames Metal frame in satin silver, chrome and polished brass. Metal frame, central bridge piece and supporting frame form a unit in M-STAR. When ordering, ensure that the central bridge piece/supporting frame and inserts are the same colour.
metallic
467244 467219 467214 477244 477219 477214 487244 487219 487214 2/96 1.1 2/96 1.1 2/96 1.1 2/96 2/96 2/96 2/96 2/96 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1
satin silver/white satin silver/polar white satin silver/anthracite chrome/white chrome/polar white chrome/anthracite polished brass/white polished brass/polar white polished brass/ anthracite
2/96 1.1
A Metal frame B Central bridge piece C Insert D Supporting frame
M-STAR frame, 2-gang without central bridge piece

The metal frames in satin silver, chrome and polished brass are all available with supporting frames in different colours (white, polar white, anthracite).
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
metallic
466844 466819 466814 476844 476819 476814 486844 486819 486814 2/96 1.1 2/96 1.1 2/96 1.1 2/96 2/96 2/96 2/96 2/96 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1
Note: Take care when ordering that the carrier frame and insert are the same colour.
Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
metallic
467144 467119 467114 477144 477119 477114 487144 487119 487114 2/176 1.1 2/176 1.1 2/176 1.1 2/176 2/176 2/176 2/176 2/176 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1
2/96 1.1
2/176 1.1
118
www.merten.com
M-STAR/FRAMES | M-STAR frames | 2010
M-STAR/FRAMES

Version

Version
M-ARC MSTAR
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
metallic
467344 467319 467314 477344 477319 477314 487344 487319 487314 2/64 1.1 2/64 1.1 2/64 1.1 2/64 2/64 2/64 2/64 2/64 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1
metallic
467444 467419 467414 477444 477419 477414 487444 487419 487414 2/44 1.1 2/44 1.1 2/44 1.1 2/44 2/44 2/44 2/44 2/44 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1
2/64 1.1
2/44 1.1
M-STAR frame, 3-gang without central bridge pieces

Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
metallic
470944 470919 470914 476944 476919 476914 486944 486919 486914 2/64 1.1 2/64 1.1 2/64 1.1 2/64 2/64 2/64 2/64 2/64 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1
metallic
467544 467519 467514 477544 477519 477514 487544 487519 487514 1/38 1.1 1/38 1.1 1/38 1.1 1/38 1/38 1/38 1/38 1/38 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1
2/64 1.1
1/38 1.1
2010
| M-STAR frames | M-STAR/FRAMES
www.merten.com
119
M-PLAN | M-PLAN II
MAXIMALLY MINIMALIST
M-PLAN M-PLAN II
M-PLAN M-PLAN combines minimalist design with an extreme degree of exibility. With its restrained accents and harmonious adaptability, this switch series is particularly suited to modern architecture.
M-PLAN anthracite
120
www.merten.de
M-PLAN/M-PLAN II | Frames | 2010
M-PLAN | M-PLAN II
COntEnts
Protrusion from wall: 12 mm
Protrusion from wall: 3 mm
122 M-PLAN QUicK OVERViEW

M-PLAN M-PLAN II
M-PLAN
M-PLAN II
M-PLAN II M-PLAN II is rigorously modern in design: M-PLAN II uses ushmounting adaptors to mount the operating elements within 3 mm ush to the wall. The addition of System M's 280 functions offer an outstanding level of comfort and exibility.
M-PLAN II aluminium
2010
| Frames | M-PLAN/M-PLAN II
www.merten.de
121
M-PLAN/FRAMES
M-PLAN M-PLAN IIM-PLAN/FramesFlush-mounted rangesSystem M M-PLAN/FramesM-PLAN/Framese
The inserts for the M-PLAN range can be found under "System M/Inserts".
M-PLAN frames, 2-gang without central bridge piece
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
M-PLAN frames IP 44 in conjunction with splash-proof inserts, such as rocker art. no. 4330...
515844 515819 515825 2/96 1 2/96 1 2/96 1
M-PLAN MPLAN II
e
Version

488844 488819 488814 488860 10/90 10/90 2/96 2/96 1 1 1.1 1.1
M-PLAN frame, 1-gang
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
515144 515119 515125 10/300 1 10/300 1 10/300 1 Version

Art. no. PU PG Info

486144 486119 486114 486160 10/300 10/300 2/176 2/176 1 1 1.1 1.1
515344 515319 515325 10/60 1 10/60 1 10/60 1

486344 486319 486314 486360 10/60 10/60 2/64 2/64 1 1 1.1 1.1

Version
M-PLAN frames, 3-gang without central bridge pieces
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
515244 515219 515225 10/160 1 10/160 1 10/160 1

486244 486219 486214 486260 10/160 10/160 2/96 2/96 1 1 1.1 1.1 Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
514944 514919 514925 2/64 1 2/64 1 2/64 1

488944 488919 488914 488960 2/64 2/64 2/64 2/64 1 1 1.1 1.1
122
www.merten.com
M-PLAN/FRAMES | M-PLAN frames | 2010
M-PLAN/FRAMES

Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info Version
M-PLAN frame, 2-gang with labelling option, horizontal installation

Art. no. PU PG Info
515444 515419 515425 2/44 1 2/44 1 2/44 1
514244 514219 514225 2/96 1 2/96 1 2/96 1

486444 486419 486414 486460 2/44 2/44 2/44 2/44 1 1 1.1 1.1

472244 472219 472214 472260 2/96 2/96 2/96 2/96 1 1 1.1 1.1
M-PLAN MPLAN II
M-PLAN frame, 2-gang with labelling option, vertical installation M-PLAN frame, 5-gang
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
515544 515519 515525 1/38 1 1/38 1 1/38 1
Accessories: Labelling strips for M-PLAN frames with labelling option, art. no. 486100. Contents: 2 labelling strips and 2 windows per frame.

486544 486519 486514 486560 1/38 1/38 1/38 1/38 1 1 1.1 1.1
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
513244 513219 513225 2/96 1 2/96 1 2/96 1

476244 476219 476214 476260 2/96 2/96 2/96 2/96 1 1 1.1 1.1
M-PLAN frames, with labelling option Also suitable for installation in trunking systems.
M-PLAN frame, 1-gang, with labelling option M-PLAN frame, 3-gang with labelling option, horizontal installation
Accessories: Labelling strips for M-PLAN frames with labelling option, art. no. 486100. Contents: 1 labelling strip and 1 window per frame.
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
514344 514319 514325 2/64 1 2/64 1 2/64 1
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
514144 514119 514125 2/176 1 2/176 1 2/176 1

472344 472319 472314 472360 2/64 2/64 2/64 2/64 1 1 1.1 1.1 www.merten.com

476144 476119 476114 476160 2/176 2/176 2/176 2/176 1 1 1.1 1.1
2010
| M-PLAN frames, with labelling option | M-PLAN/FRAMES
123
M-PLAN/FRAMES
M-PLAN frame, 3-gang for labelling, vertical installation
M-PLAN MPLAN II
Accessories: Labelling strips for M-PLAN frames with labelling option, art. no. 486100. Contents: 3 labelling strips and 3 windows per frame.
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
513344 513319 513325 2/64 1 2/64 1 2/64 1

476344 476319 476314 476360 2/64 2/64 2/64 2/64 1 1 1.1 1.1
Labelling strips for M-PLAN frames with labelling option

For individual labelling of the M-PLAN frames with labelling option.
Accessories: Labelling software, art. no. 615022. Contents: 1 sheet for 33 windows.
Art. no. 486100 PU PG 1/100 1 Info
Version polar white/silver
124
www.merten.com
M-PLAN/FRAMES | M-PLAN frames, with labelling option | 2010
M-PLAN/FRAMES
M-PLAN MPLAN II
2010
| M-PLAN frames, with labelling option | M-PLAN/FRAMES
www.merten.com
125
M-PLAN II/FRAMES
M-PLAN M-PLAN IIM-PLAN II/FramesFlush-mounted rangesSystem M M-PLAN II/FramesM-PLAN II/Framese
The inserts for M-PLAN II can be found under "System M/ Inserts".
Flush-mounting adapter for M-PLAN II frame, flushmounted

For flush-mounting of M-PLAN II frames. Placed on the existing mounting box.
M-PLAN II frames, flush-mounted
M-PLAN MPLAN II
M-PLAN II frame, 1-gang, flush-mounted

For flush-mounting in walls.
To be completed with: M-PLAN II frame, art. no. 5032.., 4882... Accessories: Insertable plate, art. no. 512400. Contents: Screws, 1 insertable plate per opening, protective cover for plaster.
Version for 4882..
Art. no. 512503
PU PG 1/45 1
Info
To be completed with: Flush-mounting adapter for M-PLAN II frame, art. no. 512403. Accessories: Concrete wall adapter, art. no. 512499.
Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
MEG4010-2844 503119 503125 10/180 1 10/180 1 10/180 1 new

For flush-mounting in walls. For vertical and horizontal installation.

MEG4010-2944 488119 488114 488160 10/180 10/180 2/176 2/176 1 1 1.1 1.1 new
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
MEG4030-2844 503319 503325 10/60 1 10/60 1 10/60 1 new

For flush-mounting of M-PLAN II frames. Placed on the existing mounting box. To be completed with: M-PLAN II frame, art. no. 5031.., 4881... Accessories: Insertable plate, art. no. 512400. Contents: Screws, 1 insertable plate per opening, protective cover for plaster.

MEG4030-2944 488319 488314 488360 10/60 10/60 2/64 2/64 1 1 1.1 1.1 new

For flush-mounting of M-PLAN II frames. Placed on the existing mounting box.
Version for 4881..
Art. no. 512403
PU PG 1/56 1
Info

For flush-mounting in walls. For vertical and horizontal installation.
Version
To be completed with: M-PLAN II frame, art. no. 50331.., 4883... Accessories: Insertable plate, art. no. 512400. Contents: Screws, 1 insertable plate per opening, protective cover for plaster.
Version for 4883..
Art. no. 512603
PU PG 1/30 1
Info
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
MEG4020-2844 503219 503225 10/90 1 10/90 1 10/90 1 new

MEG4020-2944 488219 488214 488260 10/90 10/90 2/96 2/96 1 1 1.1 1.1 new
126
www.merten.com
M-PLAN II/FRAMES | M-PLAN II frames, flush-mounted | 2010
M-PLAN II/FRAMES
Insertable plate
Plate for inserting in flush-mounted adapters for M-PLAN II frames, flush-mounted (art. no. 512403, 512503, 512603). For adjusting large differences in height.
Contents: 12 pieces.
Art. no. 512400 PU PG 1/160 1 Info
Version black
Concrete wall adapter

For flush-mounting of M-PLAN II frames in exposed concrete walls. Placed on the panelling.
Version for 4881.., black Art. no. 512499 PU PG 10/180 1 Info
M-PLAN MPLAN II

Version for 4882.., black
Art. no. 512599
PU PG 10/90 1
Info

Version for 4883.., black
Art. no. 512699
PU PG 10/60 1
Info
2010
| M-PLAN II frames, flush-mounted | M-PLAN II/FRAMES
www.merten.com
127
M-PLAN REAL GLASS | M-PLAN METAL
EXPERIENCE EXCLUSIVITY
M-PLAN real glass metal
M-PLAN real glass These elegant real glass frames harmoniously adapt to modern architecture while evoking a stylish ambiance. The range combines with the functional variety of System M inserts to meet the needs of our most discerning and exclusive customers. The exclusive switch series is also available in a broad palette of exclusive colours: brilliant white, onyx black, diamond silver, sapphire blue, ruby red, and mahogany brown. M-PLAN's modern colour palette can be combined with inserts in Thermoplastic brilliant and Thermoplastic classymatt. M-PLAN real glass onyx black/polar white (glossy)
128
www.merten.de
M-PLAN REal GlaSS /M-PLAN mETal | Frames | 2010
M-PLAN REAL GLASS | M-PLAN METAL
COnTEnTS
130 M-PLAN REal GlaSS /M-PLAN mETal QuicK OvERviEW

M-PLAN metal The M-PLAN metal frames offer an exclusive switch series with deluxe materials and unusual frame colours. The frames are available in the colours chrome, rhodium grey and platinum silver, and can be combined with inserts in Thermoplastic brilliant and Thermoplastic classymatt. The switch series is a variation on the System M series, and thus provides the entire range of System M functionality in combination with purist and elegant metal frames.
M-PLAN metal platinum silver/polar white (glossy)
2010
| Frames | M-PLAN REal GlaSS/M-PLAN mETal
www.merten.de
129
M-PLAN REAL GLASS FRAMES

M-PLAN real glass metalM-PLAN real glass framesFlush-mounted rangesSystem M M-PLAN real glass framesM-PLAN real glass framesd
The inserts for the M-PLAN real glass frames can be found under "System M/Inserts".

Glass: Safety glass with a thickness of 6 mm. System M/inserts: 12 Technical Information: System M dimensions
M-PLAN real glass frame, 3-gang

Version
M-PLAN real glass frames Safety glass 6 mm thick.
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
glass
489319 489303 489360 489378 489306 489315 1/32 1/32 1/32 1/32 1/32 1/32 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1

Brilliant white Onyx black Diamond silver Sapphire blue Ruby red Mahogany brown
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
M-PLAN real glass frames, 3-gang without central bridge pieces
glass
489119 489103 489160 489178 489106 489115 1/88 1/88 1/88 1/88 1/88 1/88 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
glass
477919 477903 477960 477978 477906 477915 1/32 1/32 1/32 1/32 1/32 1/32 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1

Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
glass
489219 489203 489260 489278 489206 489215 1/48 1/48 1/48 1/48 1/48 1/48 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1

Version
M-PLAN real glass frames, 2-gang without central bridge piece
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
glass
489419 489403 489460 489478 489406 489415 1/22 1/22 1/22 1/22 1/22 1/22 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1
Brilliant white Onyx black Diamond silver Sapphire blue Ruby red Mahogany brown Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
glass
487819 487803 487860 487878 487806 487815 1/48 1/48 1/48 1/48 1/48 1/48 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1
130
www.merten.com
M-PLAN REAL GLASS FRAMES | M-PLAN real glass frames | 2010
M-PLAN REAL GLASS FRAMES

Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
glass
489519 489503 489560 489578 489506 489515 1/22 1/22 1/22 1/22 1/22 1/22 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1
2010
| M-PLAN real glass frames | M-PLAN REAL GLASS FRAMES
www.merten.com
131
M-PLAN METAL FRAMES

M-PLAN real glass metalM-PLAN metal framesFlush-mounted rangesSystem M M-PLAN metal framesM-PLAN metal framesd
The inserts for the M-PLAN metal frames can be found under "System M/Inserts".

M-PLAN metal frame, 3-gang without central bridge pieces
M-PLAN metal frames
M-PLAN metal frame, 1-gang

Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
metallic
475960 475939 475914 1/32 1.1 1/32 1.1 1/32 1.1
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
Platinium silver Chrome Rhodium grey
metallic
475160 475139 475114 1/88 1.1 1/88 1.1 1/88 1.1


Version
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
metallic
475460 475439 475414 1/22 1.1 1/22 1.1 1/22 1.1
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
metallic
475260 475239 475214 1/48 1.1 1/48 1.1 1/48 1.1
M-PLAN metal frame, 2-gang without central bridge piece

Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
metallic
475560 475539 475514 1/22 1.1 1/22 1.1 1/22 1.1
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
metallic
475860 475839 475814 1/48 1.1 1/48 1.1 1/48 1.1

Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
metallic
475360 475339 475314 1/32 1.1 1/32 1.1 1/32 1.1
132
www.merten.com
M-PLAN METAL FRAMES | M-PLAN metal frames | 2010
M-PLAN METAL FRAMES
2010
| M-PLAN metal frames | M-PLAN METAL FRAMES
www.merten.com
133
SYSTEM DESIGN
EASY TO COMBINE
System Design
System Design is a varied switch series that makes a statement with a variety of switch designs. ARTEC features a variety of colours and timeless elegance, ANTIK embodies aristocratic elegance, and TRANCENT features luxurious exclusivity. With its stylistic variety, System Design provides an ideal solution for every customer. All styles feature the characteristic large-scale switch surfaces. And all three elements in the series can be combined with the full range of inserts to include the full range of 125 functions and an innitely variable style. Because all the inserts can be used across the product range, only the frames need to be changed.
ARTEC frames starting on page 190
Inserts starting on page 304
Switch rockers starting on page 153
ANTIK frames starting on page 196
TRANCENT frames starting on page 202
www.merten.de
TRANCENT glass sensor button range starting on page 200
134
SYsTEM DEsIGN | Inserts | 2010
SYsTEM DEsIGN
CoNTENTs
The new QuickFlex switches and socketoutlet bases provide even greater exibility and comfort. These new ush-mounted inserts greatly simplify mounting, and ensure maximum safety during the installation pro cess. QuickFlex also provides customers with the highest level of comfort: with the QuickFlex Module, the switches and socketoutlet bases can include extra features on the front side for example, the socket outlet base includes an optional surge protection module, an LED control lamp module, and an LED lighting module. The new switch bases can be easily retrotted with an LED lighting module in red or multicolour for use as a control or orientation light.
QUIcK oVERVIEW oF SYsTEM DEsIGN

An overview of the most important covers is located starting on page 6. In combination with the overview of the most important inserts at the beginning of the catalogue, selecting, conguring and ordering products is both quick and easy.
System Design
NEW
Easy-to-operate, easy-access release levers Just three short turns of the quickfastening screws and the base will sit securely in the box Indestructible 1 mm stainless-steel retaining ring Intelligent additional functions can be retrotted without the need for disassembly work Plug-in terminals with funnel-shaped cable entry
100% safety due to fully-insulated retaining ring
Shallow mounting depth
2010
| Inserts | SYsTEM DEsIGN
www.merten.de
135
SYSTEM DESIGN/INSERTS
System DesignSystem Design/InsertsFlush-mounted rangesSystem DesignSystem Design/InsertsSystem Design/Insertsg
All inserts that fit ARTEC, TRANCENT and ANTIK frames can be found under "System Design/Inserts". Notes on materials: The articles in System Design are available in various materials. All versions are fully compatible with each other. Thermoplastic brilliant: Shatter-proof material with high gloss finish. Metal: Real metal surface or metallic finish. The "Antique brass" surface is hand-finished, which is a complex process. This can result in small variations in the surface appearance. Duroplastic, highly scratch-resistant: Highly scratch-resistant material with glossy finish. Not all inserts are available in duroplastic, in these cases you should use thermoplastic brilliant.

Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
237519 237529 237515 237569 237560 10/100 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 1 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 disc. disc. disc. disc. disc.
polar white light grey dark brazil black grey aluminium
ARTEC frames 190, ANTIK frames 196, TRANCENT frames 202 Technical Information: System Design dimensions
metallic
237543 237546 10/40 1.4 10/40 1.2 disc. disc.

237594 237599 10/100 1 10/100 1 disc. disc.
white polar white
SCHUKO socket-outlets with plug-in terminals
System Design
Socket-outlets with connecting terminals as per VDE 0620 part 1. Explanation of symbols: Integrated enhanced protection against accidental contact as per VDE 0620 Part 1 (child protection).
Version
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
MEG2300-4044 MEG2300-4019 MEG2300-4029 MEG2300-4015 MEG2300-4069 MEG2300-4060 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 1 1 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 new new new new new new
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
white polar white light grey dark brazil black grey aluminium
MEG2301-4019 MEG2301-4060 10/60 1 10/60 1.2 new new
metallic
MEG2300-4143 MEG2300-4146 10/60 1.4 10/60 1.2 new new
metallic
MEG2301-4143 MEG2301-4146 10/60 1.4 10/60 1.2 new new

MEG2301-4244 MEG2301-4219 10/60 1 10/60 1 new new
white polar white
136
www.merten.com
SYSTEM DESIGN/INSERTS | SCHUKO socket-outlets with plug-in terminals | 2010
Version

16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49440 Integrated protection against accidental contact as per VDE 0620 Part 1 (child protection). With claw and screw fixing. With plug-in terminals.
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
237744 237719 237729 237715 237769 237760 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 1 1 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 disc. disc. disc. disc. disc. disc.
Accessories: Labelling strips for switches, socket-outlets, art. no. 395019

Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
MEG2302-4044 MEG2302-4019 MEG2302-4060 10/60 1 10/60 1 10/60 1.2 new new new
metallic
237743 237746 10/40 1.4 10/40 1.2 disc. disc.
metallic
MEG2302-4146 10/60 1.2 new
stainless steel
SCHUKO socket-outlet 45
Version
SCHUKO socket-outlet insert with labelling field

16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49440 To be labelled with labelling strips. With plug-in terminals.
System Design

Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
metallic
237943 237946 10/40 1.4 10/40 1.2 disc. disc.

237994 237999 10/40 1 10/40 1 disc. disc.
metallic
MEG2370-4146 10/60 1.2 new
white polar white
stainless steel
SCHUKO socket-outlet insert 45 with improved protection against accidental contact

Version
16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49440 Integrated protection against accidental contact as per VDE 0620 Part 1 (child protection). To be labelled with labelling strips. With plug-in terminals.
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
247644 247619 247660 10/50 1 10/50 1 10/50 1.2 disc. disc. disc.

Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
230844 230819 230860 10/50 1 10/50 1 10/50 1.2 disc. disc. disc. www.merten.com
metallic
247646 10/50 1.2 disc.
stainless steel
metallic
230846 10/40 1.2 disc.
stainless steel
2010
| SCHUKO socket-outlets with plug-in terminals | SYSTEM DESIGN/INSERTS
137
SCHUKO socket-outlet with control lamp and labelling field
16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49440 Integrated protection against accidental contact as per VDE 0620 Part 1 (child protection). The green LED lights up when a network voltage is present at the socket-outlet. Features: With integrated QuickFlex module. Quick-fastening screws for securing of claws. Flush-mounted claws with return springs. High-gloss galvanised retaining ring insulated to the claw. With claw and screw fixing. With plug-in terminals.

Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
MEG2311-4019 MEG2311-4060 10/60 1 10/60 1.2 new new
Accessories: Labels for safety power supply, art. no. 539654/56. Replacement part: LED control lamp module, MEG20030004.
Art. no. PU PG Info
metallic
MEG2311-4143 MEG2311-4146 10/60 1.4 10/60 1.2 new new
Version
System Design

MEG2311-4244 MEG2311-4219 10/60 1 10/60 1 new new
white polar white
metallic
MEG2303-4146 1/50 1.2 new
stainless steel

SCHUKO socket-outlet insert with labelling field and control lamp

16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49440 Integrated protection against accidental contact as per VDE 0620 Part 1 (child protection). Control lamp can be replaced from the front. With claw and screw fixing. With plug-in terminals.
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
metallic
237243 237246 10/40 1.4 10/40 1.2 disc. disc.

Art. no. PU PG Info
Version

237294 237299 10/40 1 10/40 1 disc. disc.
240844 240819 240860 10/50 1 10/50 1 10/50 1.2 disc. disc. disc.
white polar white
metallic
240846 10/50 1.2 disc.
stainless steel
138
www.merten.com
Version

Art. no.
PU PG
Info

Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
System Design
metallic
MEG2314-4146 1/50 2.1 new
metallic
MEG2310-4143 MEG2310-4146 10/60 1.4 10/60 1.2 new new
stainless steel
Version

16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49440 Integrated protection against accidental contact as per VDE 0620 Part 1 (child protection). With plug-in terminals. Type of protection: IP 44 splash-proof

Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
237019 237060 1/50 2.1 1/50 2.1 disc. disc.
237819 237829 237815 237869 237806 237860 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 1 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 disc. disc. disc. disc. disc. disc.
polar white light grey dark brazil black grey ruby red aluminium
metallic
237046 1/50 2.1 disc.
stainless steel

237094 1/50 2.1 disc.
white
metallic
237843 237846 10/40 1.4 10/40 1.2 disc. disc.

237894 10/50 1 disc.
white
2010
www.merten.com
139
SCHUKO socket-outlet with hinged lid, control lamp and labelling field
16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49440 Integrated protection against accidental contact as per VDE 0620 Part 1 (child protection). The green LED lights up when a network voltage is present. Features: Frontal retrofitting of QuickFlex additional modules with no disassembling of the socket-outlet. Quick-fastening screws for securing of claws. Flush-mounted claws with return springs. High-gloss galvanised retaining ring insulated to the claw. With claw and screw fixing. With plug-in terminals.
Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
System Design
Accessories: Large labelling field with touch contrast symbol for rockers and socket-outlets with labelling field, art. no. 434791/92/93/94. Replacement part: LED control lamp module, MEG20030004.
Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
metallic
MEG2312-4146 10/60 1.2 new
stainless steel

16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49440 Integrated protection against accidental contact as per VDE 0620 Part 1 (child protection). With hinged lid and labelling field. With claw and screw fixing. With plug-in terminals.
Version
metallic
MEG2313-4146 1/50 1.2 new
stainless steel
SCHUKO socket-outlet insert with hinged lid, labelling field and control lamp
16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49440 Integrated protection against accidental contact as per VDE 0620 Part 1 (child protection). Control lamp can be replaced from the front. With hinged lid and labelling field. With claw and screw fixing. With plug-in terminals.
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
247844 247819 247860 10/50 1 10/50 1 10/50 1.2 disc. disc. disc.
metallic
247846 10/40 1.2 disc.
stainless steel

Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
247944 247919 247960 10/50 1 10/50 1 10/50 1.2 disc. disc. disc.
metallic
247946 10/50 1.2 disc.
stainless steel
140
www.merten.com
SCHUKO socket-outlet with surge protection and labelling field
16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49440 Integrated protection against accidental contact as per VDE 0620 Part 1 (child protection). The integrated surge protection module protects devices connected at the socketoutlet from voltage peaks in the network. The module also protects socket-outlets located within a radius of five metres to the same electrical circuit. With visual and audible fault display. Following a current surge, the green control LED will go out and, if a plug is inserted, a signal tone will sound. Features: With integrated QuickFlex module. Quick-fastening screws for securing of claws. Flush-mounted claws with return springs. High-gloss galvanised retainer ring insulated to the claw. With claw and screw fixing. With plug-in terminals.
SCHUKO socket-outlet insert with EDP imprint and shutter

Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
249244 249219 249260 10/50 1 10/50 1 10/50 1.2 disc. disc. disc.
metallic
249246 10/50 1.2 disc.
stainless steel
SCHUKO socket-outlet insert with two-way switch

Suitable for a size 60 mounting box. With screw terminals. Socket-outlet: 16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49440 Two-way switch: 16 A, AC 250 V
Version
System Design
Accessories: Labelling strips for switches, socket-outlets, art. no. 395019 Replacement part: Surge protection module, MEG20050004.
Art. no. PU PG Info
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
272444 272419 10/50 1 10/50 1
white polar white
Version

metallic
MEG2305-4146 1/50 8 new
stainless steel
SCHUKO socket-outlet with computer marking

Version
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
metallic
MEG2350-4146 10/60 1.2 new
stainless steel
2010
www.merten.com
141
Version
Version green
System Design

Art. no.
PU PG
Info
MEG2401-4019 MEG2401-4060 10/60 1 10/60 1.2 new new
metallic
MEG2401-4143 MEG2401-4146 10/60 1.4 10/60 1.2 new new

MEG2401-4244 MEG2401-4219 10/60 1 10/60 1 new new
white polar white

Sealing ring for augmenting the level of protection to IP 44

The sealing ring allows System Design socket-outlets with hinged lids to satisfy IP 44 level of protection.
Version Art. no. 515990 PU PG 1/150 2.1 Info Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
277519 277560 10/50 1 10/50 1.2 disc. disc.

277594 10/50 1 disc.
white
142
www.merten.com
SYSTEM DESIGN/INSERTS | SCHUKO socket-outlets with screw terminals | 2010
Version

Art. no.
PU PG
Info

Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
metallic
MEG2400-4143 MEG2400-4146 10/60 1.4 10/60 1.2 new new
System Design
metallic
MEG2402-4146 10/60 1.2 new

Version
stainless steel
16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49440 Integrated protection against accidental contact as per VDE 0620 Part 1 (child protection). To be labelled with labelling strips. With screw terminals.
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
277744 277719 277760 10/50 1 10/50 1 10/50 1.2 disc. disc. disc.
metallic
277743 277746 10/50 1.4 10/40 1.2 disc. disc.

Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
270644 270619 270660 10/50 1 10/50 1 10/50 1.2 disc. disc. disc.
metallic
270646 10/40 1.2 disc.
stainless steel
2010
| SCHUKO socket-outlets with screw terminals | SYSTEM DESIGN/INSERTS
www.merten.com
143


Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
Version
green
System Design
metallic
MEG2414-4146 1/50 2.1 new
stainless steel



Version Art. no. 515990 PU PG 1/150 2.1 Info
Version
144
www.merten.com
SYSTEM DESIGN/INSERTS | SCHUKO socket-outlets with screw terminals | 2010
SCHUKO socket-outlets for special circuits Socket-outlets with connecting terminals as per VDE 0620 part 1. Explanation of symbols: Integrated enhanced protection against accidental contact as per VDE 0620 Part 1 (child protection).

SCHUKO socket-outlets for special circuits

Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
System Design
10/60 1 10/60 1 new new
Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
10/60 1
new
10/60 1 10/60 1 new new
With power supply MEG2300-4004 marking, green With additional safety MEG2300-4002 power supply marking, orange ruby red MEG2300-4006
16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49440 Integrated protection against accidental contact as per VDE 0620 Part 1 (child protection). For SV (safety power supply) and ZSV (additional safety power supply). To be labelled with labelling strips. With plug-in terminals. Accessories: Labelling strips for switches, socket-outlets, art. no. 395019 Note: The bases are marked to match the colour of the cover.
10/60 1
new
SCHUKO socket-outlet insert for special circuits

16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49440 For SV (safety power supply) and ZSV (additional safety power supply). With plug-in terminals.
Accessories: Labels for safety power supply, art. no. 539654/56.

Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
237504 237502 237506 10/50 1 10/50 1 10/50 1.2 disc. disc. disc.
230804 230802 230806 10/50 1 10/50 1 10/50 1.2 disc. disc. disc.
2010
| SCHUKO socket-outlets for special circuits | SYSTEM DESIGN/INSERTS
www.merten.com
145
SCHUKO socket-outlets for special circuits with control lamp and labelling field
16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49440 Integrated protection against accidental contact as per VDE 0620 Part 1 (child protection). The green LED lights up when a network voltage is present. Features: With integrated QuickFlex module. Quick-fastening screws for securing of claws. Flush-mounted claws with return springs. High-gloss galvanised retaining ring insulated to the claw. With claw and screw fixing. With plug-in terminals. Accessories: Labels for safety power supply, art. no. 539654/56. Replacement part: LED control lamp module, MEG20030004. Note: The bases are marked to match the colour of the cover.
System Design
SCHUKO socket-outlets for special circuits with hinged lid, control lamp and labelling field
16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49440 Integrated protection against accidental contact as per VDE 0620 Part 1 (child protection). The green LED lights up when a network voltage is present. Features: Frontal retrofitting of QuickFlex additional modules with no disassembling of the socket-outlet. Quick-fastening screws for securing of claws. Flush-mounted claws with return springs. High-gloss galvanised retaining ring insulated to the claw. With claw and screw fixing. With plug-in terminals. Accessories: Large labelling field with touch contrast symbol for rockers and socket-outlets with labelling field, art. no. 434791/92/93/94. Labels for safety power supply, art. no. 539654/56. Replacement part: LED control lamp module, MEG20030004. Note: The bases are marked to match the colour of the cover.
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
1/50 1 1/50 1 new new
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
1/50 1
new
1/50 1 1/50 1 new new
SCHUKO socket-outlet insert with special circuits with labelling field and control lamp
16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49440 Integrated protection against accidental contact as per VDE 0620 Part 1 (child protection). For SV (safety power supply) and additional safety power supply. Control lamp can be replaced from the front. With claw and screw fixing. With plug-in terminals. Accessories: Labels for safety power supply, art. no. 539654/56. Note: The bases are marked to match the colour of the cover. Contents: With neon lamp.
1/50 1
new
SCHUKO socket-outlet insert with special circuits with hinged lid, labelling field and control lamp
16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49440 Integrated protection against accidental contact as per VDE 0620 Part 1 (child protection). For SV (safety power supply) and additional safety power supply. Control lamp can be replaced from the front. With hinged lid and labelling field. With claw and screw fixing. With plug-in terminals. Accessories: Labels for safety power supply, art. no. 539654/56. Note: The bases are marked to match the colour of the cover. Contents: With neon lamp.
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
240804 240802 240806 10/50 1 10/50 1 10/50 1.2 disc. disc. disc.
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
247904 247902 247906 10/50 1 10/50 1 10/50 1.2 disc. disc. disc.
146
www.merten.com
SYSTEM DESIGN/INSERTS | SCHUKO socket-outlets for special circuits | 2010
SCHUKO socket-outlets for special circuits 45 with labelling field

SCHUKO socket-outlet insert with surge protection and labelling field

16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49440, DIN EN 61643-11 Integrated protection against accidental contact as per VDE 0620 Part 1 (child protection). Protects electronic devices against overvoltages. With monitoring equipment and arrestor disconnector, optical functional display (green LED) and acoustic signal. With claw and screw fixing. With screw terminals. Rated discharge voltage: AC 250 V Surge voltage (8/20): 4 kV Protection level: <1.3 kV In/max.: 8 kA Contents: 1 label with imprint "berspannungsschutz".
Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
265744 265719 265760 1/50 8 1/50 8 1/50 8 disc. disc. disc.
System Design
10/60 1 10/60 1 new new
metallic
265746 1/50 8 disc.
varnished stainless steel
10/60 1
new
SCHUKO socket-outlet insert 45 with labelling field and improved protection against accidental contact
16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49440 Integrated protection against accidental contact as per VDE 0620 Part 1 (child protection). For SV (safety power supply) and ZSV (additional safety power supply). With plug-in terminals.

Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
247704 247702 247706 10/50 1 10/50 1 10/50 1.2 disc. disc. disc.
Version
2010
| SCHUKO socket-outlets for special circuits | SYSTEM DESIGN/INSERTS
www.merten.com
147

Version
Version green
System Design

Art. no.
PU PG
Info
metallic
MEG2500-4143 MEG2500-4146 10/60 1.4 10/60 1.2 new new

Version


Art. no. 539656 539654 PU PG 1/1000 1 1/1000 1 Info
Version SV, green additional safety power supply, orange

Art. no.
PU PG
Info
metallic
MEG2600-4143 MEG2600-4146 10/60 1.4 10/60 1.2 new new
148
www.merten.com
SYSTEM DESIGN/INSERTS | Socket-outlets (international) | 2010
Version

Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
metallic
284543 284546 10/40 1.4 10/40 1.2 disc. disc.
System Design

Version
metallic
MEG2610-4143 MEG2610-4146 10/60 1.4 10/60 1.2 new new
Socket-outlet insert with earthing pin and hinged lid

Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
287819 287860 10/50 1 10/50 1.1 disc. disc.
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
metallic
287843 287846 10/40 1.4 10/40 1.1 disc. disc.

287894 10/50 1 disc.
metallic
MEG2510-4143 MEG2510-4146 10/60 1.4 10/60 1.2 new new
white
2010
| Socket-outlets (international) | SYSTEM DESIGN/INSERTS
www.merten.com
149
Socket-outlet with earthing pin, hinged lid and labelling field for special circuits
16 A, AC 250 V, CEE 7 Standard Sheet V Integrated protection against accidental contact as per VDE 0620 Part 1 (child protection). Features: Frontal retrofitting of QuickFlex additional modules with no disassembling of the socket-outlet. Quick-fastening screws for securing of claws. Flush-mounted claws with return springs. High-gloss galvanised retaining ring insulated to the claw. With claw and screw fixing. With screw/lift terminals for fixed and flexible conductors up to 4 mm2. Accessories: Large labelling field with touch contrast symbol for rockers and socket-outlets with labelling field, art. no. 434791/92/93/94. Labels for safety power supply, art. no. 539654/56. Note: The bases are marked to match the colour of the cover.

Art. no. PU PG Info
Version

System Design
metallic
MEG2514-4146 1/50 2.1 new
stainless steel
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
10/60 1 10/60 1 new new

10/60 1
new
Socket-outlet insert with earthing pin for special circuits with hinged lid
16 A, AC 250 V, CEE 7 Standard Sheet V Integrated protection against accidental contact as per VDE 0620 Part 1 (child protection). For SV (safety power supply) and ZSV (additional safety power supply). With hinged lid and labelling field. With claw and screw fixing. With screw terminals. Accessories: Labels for safety power supply, art. no. 539654/56. Note: The bases are marked to match the colour of the cover.

Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
metallic
MEG2614-4146 1/50 2.1 new
287904 287902 287906 10/50 1 10/50 1 10/50 1.2 disc. disc. disc.
stainless steel
150
www.merten.com
16 A, AC 250 V, CEE 7 Standard Sheet I Integrated protection against accidental contact as per VDE 0620 Part 1 (child protection). Features: Frontal retrofitting of QuickFlex additional modules with no disassembling of the socket-outlet. Quick-fastening screws for securing of claws. Flush-mounted claws with return springs. High-gloss galvanised retaining ring insulated to the claw. With claw and screw fixing. With screw/lift terminals for fixed and flexible conductors up to 4 mm2.
Version
British Standard socket-outlet insert, can be switched off

13 A, AC 250 V, 2-pole + E Improved protection against accidental contact in accordance with BS 1363. With switch and control lamp. Suitable for a size 60 mounting box.
Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
202444 202419 2/60 1 2/60 1
white polar white
metallic
202053 202446 2/60 1.4 2/60 1.2
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
varnished antique brass varnished stainless steel

System Design
metallic
MEG2000-4143 MEG2000-4146 10/60 1.4 10/60 1.2 new new

Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
Art. no. 307001 PU PG 60/300 1 Info
Version white
metallic
214543 214546 10/40 1.4 10/40 1.2 disc. disc.
Central plate for shaver socket

214594 214599 10/40 1 10/40 1 disc. disc.
white polar white

13 A, AC 250 V, 2-pole + E Improved protection against accidental contact in accordance with BS 1363.
To be completed with: Shaver socket insert, art. no. 213300. Frame 2-gang without central bridge piece art. no. ARTEC 4818.., TRANCENT 482860, ANTIK 4838...
Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
213444 213419 213460 2/96 8 2/96 8 2/96 8
Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
metallic
213446 2/96 8
201919 10/50 1
polar white
2010
| Socket-outlets (international) | SYSTEM DESIGN/INSERTS
www.merten.com
151
Shaver socket-outlet insert
IEC 742 / EN 60742 For international 2-pole plug systems (Euro plugs, US standard, Australia/China standard). Secondary voltages can be tapped directly in two plug-in positions. With screw terminals up to 2.5 mm2. No integrated fuse due to short-circuit resistance on the secondary side. Thermal protection with automatic switching on after cool down period. For integration in conventional flushmounted double boxes for cavity wall/flushmounted boxes in accordance with DIN 49073, e.g. from Kaiser, art. no. 9062-77 (cavity wall) or art. no. 1656-02 (flushmounted). Primary: AC 230 V - 240 V, 50/60 Hz Secondary: 20 VA, AC 115 V / 230 V 240 V, 50/60 Hz

System Design
To be completed with: Central plate for shaver socket, art. no. System M 2136.., 2135.., System Design 2134... Frame 2-gang without central bridge piece, art. no. 1-M 3898.., ATELIER-M 3888.., M-SMART 4788.., 4848.., M-ARC 4858.., M-STAR 4668.., 4768.., 4868.., M-PLAN 4888.., M-PLAN glass 4878.., M-PLAN metal frame 4758... Frame 2-gang without central bridge piece art. no. ARTEC 4818.., TRANCENT 482860, ANTIK 4838...
Art. no. 213300 PU PG 1/13 8 Info
Version

Version


Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
297344 297319 297360 10/50 1 10/50 1 10/50 1.2
Version green
metallic
297346 10/40 1.2
stainless steel


Art. no. 297190 PU PG 10/500 1 Info
Version
152
www.merten.com
Version Version Art. no. 515990 PU PG 1/150 2.1 Info
Rocker marked 0/1

For 2- and 3-pole rocker switch insert.
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
412219 412229 412215 412269 412260 10/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 1 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2
Switch rockers
metallic
412246 5/120 1.2
stainless steel

412294 412299 10/120 1 10/120 1
white polar white
Rocker
Rocker, 2-gang
System Design
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info Version Art. no. PU PG Info
412119 412129 412115 412169 412160 10/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 1 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2
412519 412529 412515 412569 412560 10/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 1 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2
metallic
412143 412146 5/120 1.4 5/120 1.2
metallic
412543 412546 5/120 1.4 5/120 1.2

412194 412199 10/120 1 10/120 1
white polar white

412594 412599 10/120 1 10/120 1
white polar white
Rocker IP44


Art. no. PU PG Info
Version

Art. no. PU PG Info
412019 412060 1/60 2.1 1/60 2.1
Version
412319 412329 412315 412369 412360 412306 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 1 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2
metallic
412046 1/60 2.1
stainless steel

412094 1/60 2.1
polar white light grey dark brazil black grey aluminium ruby red
white
metallic
412343 412346 5/120 1.4 5/120 1.2

412394 412399 5/120 1 5/120 1 www.merten.com
2010
white polar white
| Switch rockers | SYSTEM DESIGN/INSERTS
153

Rocker with control lamp

Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
438044 438019 438060 5/120 1 5/120 1 5/120 1.2
412719 412760 1/60 2.1 1/60 2.1
metallic
438043 438046 5/120 1.4 5/120 1.2
metallic
412746 1/60 2.1
stainless steel

412794 1/60 2.1

System Design
white
g
Accessories: Symbols, rectangular, art. no. 395500/69, 395600/69, 395700/69, 395800/69, 395900. Contents: Including set of symbols for each rocker: 1 light (clear), 1 key (clear), 1 bell (clear), 1 neutral (clear), 1 neutral (red transparent).
Rocker, 2-gang with opening for symbols

Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
413544 413519 413560 5/120 1 5/120 1 5/120 1.2
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
411819 411829 411815 411869 411860 10/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 1 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2
metallic
413543 413546 5/120 1.4 5/120 1.2
metallic
411843 411846 5/120 1.4 5/120 1.2
Rocker with labelling field and control lamp

For permanent labelling. For changeover switch, intermediate switch, push-button and control switch.

411894 411899 10/120 1 10/120 1
white polar white

Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
413644 413619 413660 5/120 1 5/120 1 5/120 1.2
metallic
413646 5/120 1.2
stainless steel
154
www.merten.com
SYSTEM DESIGN/INSERTS | Rocker switches (illuminated) | 2010
Rocker with control lamp and Light imprint
Rocker with control lamp and Heating emergency switch imprint

For control switch and push-button insert. With indicator and "Heater emergency switch" marking.
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
437944 437919 437960 5/120 1 5/120 1 5/120 1.2
437044 437019 437060 5/120 1 5/120 1 5/120 1.2
metallic
437943 437946 5/120 1.4 5/120 1.2
metallic
437043 437046 5/120 1.4 5/120 1.2
Rocker with control lamp and Bell imprint


System Design
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
437844 437819 437860 5/120 1 5/120 1 5/120 1.2
413919 413929 413915 413969 413960 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 1 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2
metallic
437843 437846 5/120 1.4 5/120 1.2
metallic
413946 5/120 1.2
stainless steel
Rocker with control lamp and Key imprint


413994 413999 5/120 1 5/120 1
white polar white
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
437644 437619 437660 5/120 1 5/120 1 5/120 1.2
Splash-proof - IP 44
Rocker IP44
metallic
437643 437646 5/120 1.4 5/120 1.2
Rocker with control lamp and Socket-outlet imprint


Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
412019 412060 1/60 2.1 1/60 2.1
polar white aluminium Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
metallic
412046 1/60 2.1
437244 437219 437260 5/120 1 5/120 1 5/120 1.2
stainless steel

412094 1/60 2.1
white
metallic
437243 437246 5/120 1.4 5/120 1.2 www.merten.com
2010
| Splash-proof - IP 44 | SYSTEM DESIGN/INSERTS
155

16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49440 Integrated protection against accidental contact as per VDE 0620 Part 1 (child protection). With plug-in terminals. Type of protection: IP 44 splash-proof

Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
237019 237060 1/50 2.1 1/50 2.1 disc. disc.
412719 412760 1/60 2.1 1/60 2.1
metallic
237046 1/50 2.1 disc.
stainless steel
metallic
412746 1/60 2.1
stainless steel

237094 1/50 2.1 disc.
white

412794 1/60 2.1
white
System Design



Art. no. PU PG Info

Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
Version
metallic
MEG2414-4146 1/50 2.1 new
metallic
MEG2314-4146 1/50 2.1 new
stainless steel
stainless steel
156
www.merten.com
SYSTEM DESIGN/INSERTS | Splash-proof - IP 44 | 2010

Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
316944 316919 316960 1/100 8 1/100 8 1/100 8
metallic
316943 316946 1/100 8 1/100 8

Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
Central plate for fan switch
System Design
metallic
MEG2614-4146 1/50 2.1 new
stainless steel
To be completed with: Fan switch insert, art. no. 317100.

Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
metallic
316546 1/100 1.2
stainless steel

10 A, 250 V AC

Illuminated.
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
416644 416619 10/50 1 10/50 1
white polar white

For standardised semi-cylindrical locks 40 mm long. To be completed with: Two-way maintained-contact switch insert, art. no. 318601. Adapters: Can be integrated into System Design using the adapter, art. no. 5180... Availability: Discontinued articles available until end of 2011.
To be completed with: Push-button insert for hotel keycard holder with separate signalling contact, make contact 1-pole, MEG3754-0000. Push-button insert for hotel keycard holder with separate signalling contact and orientation light, make contact 1-pole, MEG3760-0000. Rocker button insert for hotel keycard holder, art. no. 315800. Rocker switch insert, art. no. 315000, 315900, 315901. Accessories: LED lighting module for switches/push-buttons 100-230 V, MEG3901-00... LED lighting module for switches/push-buttons 8-32 V, MEG3921-00... Neon lamp attachment with integrated lamp, art. no. 396502. Plug-in light attachment E 10, art. no. 396576. Neon lamp E 10, art. no. 395100. LED lamp E 10, art. no. 3951...
Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
315344 315319 315360 1/100 1 1/100 1 1/100 1.1
metallic
315346 1/100 1.1
stainless steel
Version polar white aluminium varnished stainless steel white
Art. no. 318618 318660 318646 318624
PU PG 1/60 8 1/60 8 1/60 8 1/60 8
Info disc. disc. disc. www.merten.com

2010
disc.
| Special switch functions | SYSTEM DESIGN/INSERTS
157
Time switch insert
Time switch

Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
538319 538329 538315 538369 538360 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 8 8 8 8 8
metallic
538343 538346 1/100 8 1/100 8

538394 538399 1/100 8 1/100 8
white polar white

System Design
Art. no. PU PG Info

Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
Version
538419 538429 538415 538469 538460 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 8 8 8 8 8
584044 584019 584029 584015 584069 584060 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 8 8 8 8 8 8
metallic
538443 538446 1/100 8 1/100 8
metallic
584043 584046 1/10 8 1/10 8

538494 538499 1/100 8 1/100 8
white polar white
158
www.merten.com
SYSTEM DESIGN/INSERTS | Time switch insert | 2010

For System Design. The rockers are attached to the 2-gang push-button module.
Sensor cover
For System Design. Manual operation. With short-stroke key.
To be completed with: Super dimmer insert, art. no. 577099, 573399, 577299, 573599, 577899. Electronic switch insert, art. no. 575799, 574697. Universal relay insert, art. no. 575897. Extension insert, art. no. 573999. Technical Information
To be completed with: Push-button module, 2-gang, art. no. System Design 568199. In KNX, to be completed with: KNX push-button module, 2gang, System Design 626299. Accessories: Protective hood for plaster, System Design, art. no. 628091...
Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
626244 626219 626260 1/150 9 1/150 9 1/150 9
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
573744 573719 573729 573715 573769 573760 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 8 8 8 8 8 8
metallic
626246 1/150 9

For System Design Push-button module without rockers. The push-button module is inserted onto the 2-gang universal dimmer insert (art. no. 568099), and is used together with the rockers for the 2-gang push-button module in the matching design.
System Design
metallic
573743 573746 1/100 8 1/100 8
TELE sensor cover

For System Design. Can be manually operated and controlled remotely via IR remote control. With short-stroke key. To be completed with: Super dimmer insert, art. no. 577099, 573399, 577299, 573599, 577899. Electronic switch insert, art. no. 575799, 574697. Universal relay insert, art. no. 575897. Extension TELE insert, art. no. 573998. Transmitter: IR remote control Distance, art. no. 570222. Technical Information
To be completed with: Universal dimmer insert, 2-gang, art. no. 568099. Rockers for 2-gang push-button module, art. no. System Design 6262...
Art. no. 568199 PU PG 1/100 8 Info
Version
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
570944 570919 570929 570915 570969 570960 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 8 8 8 8 8 8
metallic
570943 570946 1/100 8 1/100 8
2010
| Touch sensor surfaces (switching/dimming) | SYSTEM DESIGN/INSERTS
www.merten.com
159
For System Design. Operator button to toggle or switch/dim an output. Manual operation and remote control possible via Merten CONNECT radio system transmitters. Radio features: Router Functions: EASY CONNECT: Switch on (to memory value), switch off, dim With CONNECT radio configuration tool: additionally adjustable dimming speed, staircase lighting function, master/slave, brightness limit, switch on to brightness limit, memory function that can be switched off

For System Design. Battery-powered mobile radio transmitter with 1 channel. For activating the Merten CONNECT radio system's radio receiver. A maximum of 12 radio receivers can be connected. Radio features: System administrator (see note) Suitable for sticking onto walls or glass, screwing onto walls or flush-mounted outlets, or installing in a multiple combination. A flush-mounted box is not required. Functions: EASY CONNECT: Toggle, dim With CONNECT radio configuration tool: additionally switch on, switch off, pushbutton operation (bell), scenes Channels: 1 Range: up to 100 m free field, up to 30 m indoors Battery: 1 lithium button cell (CR 2450N) Display elements: LED for transmission confirmation/programming Dimensions: 44 x 12.5 mm ( x H)

Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
System Design
504644 504619 504660 1/100 8 1/100 8 1/100 8
metallic
504646 1/100 8

For System Design. Operator button for switching an output. Manual operation and remote control possible via Merten CONNECT radio system transmitters. Radio features: Router Functions: EASY CONNECT: Toggle With CONNECT radio configuration tool: additionally staircase lighting function, ON/OFF delay, master/slave

Receiver: All receivers of the Merten CONNECT radio system. Note: The device can assume the features and characteristics of the system administrator. As it concerns a mobile device we recommend that you preferably select a fixed device as system administrator. Instead use for example a CONNECT radio push-button, 1-gang. Contents: Battery, wall bracket, double-sided adhesive strips, single-sided adhesive foils aluminium-coloured, screws, dowels.
Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
508244 508219 508260 1/40 8 1/40 8 1/40 8
metallic
508246 1/40 8
Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
504444 504419 504460 1/100 8 1/100 8 1/100 8
metallic
504446 1/100 8
160
www.merten.com
SYSTEM DESIGN/INSERTS | Touch sensor surfaces (switching/dimming) | 2010
For System Design. Battery-powered radio transmitter with 2 channels. For activating the Merten CONNECT radio system's radio receiver. A maximum of 12 radio receivers per channel can be connected. Radio features: System administrator Suitable for sticking onto walls or glass, screwing onto walls or flush-mounted outlets, or installing in a multiple combination. A flush-mounted box is not required. Functions: EASY CONNECT: Switch on, switch off, dim, raise/lower roller shutters With CONNECT radio configuration tool: additionally toggle, push-button operation (bell), scenes, division of channels Channels: 2 Range: up to 100 m free field, up to 30 m indoors Battery: 1 lithium button cell (CR 2450N) Display elements: LED for transmission confirmation/programming



System Design
Art. no. PU PG Info
Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
Version
507144 507119 507160 1/40 8 1/40 8 1/40 8
507244 507219 507260 1/40 8 1/40 8 1/40 8
metallic
507146 1/40 8
metallic
507246 1/40 8
2010
| Touch sensor surfaces (switching/dimming) | SYSTEM DESIGN/INSERTS
www.merten.com
161
Rotary dimmer 314

For System Design.

For System Design.
To be completed with: Dimmer insert, 900 W, for ohmic load, art. no. 572799.
Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
To be completed with: Universal rotary dimmer insert, MEG5138-0000, MEG5139-0000. Rotary dimmer insert for ohmic load with pressure-operated on/off switch, MEG51310000. Rotary dimmer insert for ohmic load with pressureoperated two-way switch, MEG5132-0000. Rotary dimmer insert for inductive load, MEG5133-0000, MEG5135-0000. Rotary dimmer insert for capacitive load, MEG5136-0000, MEG5137-0000. Electronic potentiometer insert 1-10 V, MEG5142-0000.
Art. no. PU PG Info
571744 571719 571729 571715 571769 571760 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 8 8 8 8 8 8 disc. disc. disc. disc. disc. disc.
metallic
571743 571746 1/100 8 1/100 8 disc. disc.
Version
MEG5250-4019 MEG5250-4029 MEG5250-4015 MEG5250-4069 MEG5250-4060 10/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 8 8 8 8 8 new new new new new
System Design
Roller shutter switches Roller shutter switch 317
metallic
MEG5250-4143 MEG5250-4146 5/120 8 5/120 8 new new

MEG5250-4244 MEG5250-4219 5/120 8 5/120 8 new new
white polar white


For System Design.
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
411519 411529 411515 411569 411560 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 1 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2
Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
metallic
411543 411546 5/120 1.4 5/120 1.2
572019 572029 572015 572069 572060 10/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 8 8 8 8 8 disc. disc. disc. disc. disc.

411594 411599 5/120 1 5/120 1
white polar white
metallic
572043 572046 5/120 8 5/120 8 disc. disc.

572094 572099 5/120 8 5/120 8 disc. disc.
white polar white
162
www.merten.com
SYSTEM DESIGN/INSERTS | Covers for rotary dimmers | 2010
Central plate for momentary/ maintained-contact switch insert for roller shutters Blind push-button with sensor connection
For System Design. Operator button for blind/roller shutter motors. With electronic locking of blind control. Possible to connect sun sensor. To be completed with: Blind control insert, art. no. 580698, 580699. Accessories: Sun/twilight sensor, art. no. 580691. Technical Information
Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
319219 319229 319215 319269 319260 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
584544 584519 584529 584515 584569 584560 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 8 8 8 8 8 8
metallic
319243 319246 1/100 1.4 1/100 1.2

319294 319299 1/100 1 1/100 1
white polar white
metallic
584543 584546 1/60 8 1/100 8
System Design
Blind control system You can find a complete overview of all products and functions in the chapter "Blind control system".


For System Design. Operator button for blind/roller shutter motors. With electronic locking of blind control. Possible to connect sun sensor. The device uses a a memory function for the purpose of presence simulation to save a time for opening and a time for closing the blinds. Which are then repeated every 24 hours. To be completed with: Blind control insert, art. no. 580698, 580699. Accessories: Sun/twilight sensor, art. no. 580691. Technical Information
Blind control system 369 Technical Information: Blind control system
Blind push-button
For System Design. Operator button for blind/roller shutter motors. With electronic locking of blind control. To be completed with: Blind control insert, art. no. 580698, 580699. Technical Information
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
584344 584319 584329 584315 584369 584360 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 8 8 8 8 8 8
584244 584219 584229 584215 584269 584260 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 8 8 8 8 8 8
metallic
584343 584346 1/60 8 1/100 8
metallic
584243 584246 1/100 8 1/100 8
2010
| Blind control system | SYSTEM DESIGN/INSERTS
www.merten.com
163
For System Design. Operator button for blind/roller shutter motors. Can be manually operated and controlled remotely via IR remote control. With electronic locking of blind control. Possible to connect sun sensor. To be completed with: Blind control insert, art. no. 580698, 580699. Accessories: Sun/twilight sensor, art. no. 580691. Transmitter: IR remote control Distance, art. no. 570222. Technical Information

For System Design. For programmed and time-dependent switching of blind/roller shutter motors.
To be completed with: Blind control insert, art. no. 580698, 580699. Technical Information Note: In combination with the blind control insert and extension input, art. no. 580699, the extension input does not work.
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
585944 585919 585960 1/10 8 1/10 8 1/10 8
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
584444 584419 584429 584415 584469 584460 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 8 8 8 8 8 8
System Design
metallic
585946 1/10 8
metallic
584443 584446 1/60 8 1/60 8
Blind time switch

For System Design. For programmed and time-dependent switching of blind/roller shutter motors.

For System Design. Operating button for roller shutter motors. Manual operation and remote control possible via Merten CONNECT radio system transmitters. With electronic locking device. Possible to connect sun/twilight sensor. Radio features: Router
To be completed with: Blind control insert, art. no. 580698, 580699. Technical Information
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
584144 584119 584129 584115 584169 584160 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 8 8 8 8 8 8
Art. no. PU PG Info
metallic
584143 584146 1/10 8 1/10 8
Version
antique brass varnished stainless steel
504544 504519 504560 1/60 8 1/60 8 1/60 8

For System Design. For programmed and time-dependent switching of blind/roller shutter motors. Possible to connect sun/twilight sensor. To be completed with: Blind control insert, art. no. 580698, 580699. Accessories: Sun/twilight sensor, art. no. 580691. Technical Information
metallic
504546 1/60 8
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
585144 585119 585129 585115 585169 585160 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 8 8 8 8 8 8
metallic
585143 585146 1/10 8 1/10 8
164
www.merten.com
SYSTEM DESIGN/INSERTS | Blind control system | 2010
Movement detectors


For System Design. Indoor movement detector. Area of detection: 180 Number of levels: 1 Number of zones: 14 Range: approx. 8 m Sensitivity: infinitely adjustable Light sensor: infinitely adjustable between approx. 5 and 1000 lux Time: adjustable in steps from 1 s to 8 min To be completed with: Electronic switch insert, art. no. 576799. Relay switch insert, art. no. 576897. Technical Information Antique brass on request. Note: Supersedes art. no. 5787 ..
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
Version 40-300 W
Art. no. 576799
PU PG 1/50 8
Info
System Design
578644 578619 578629 578615 578669 578660 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 8 8 8 8 8 8
Relay switch insert

metallic
578646 1/60 8

For System Design. Indoor movement detector. With integrated switch for off/automatic/ on. Area of detection: 180 Number of levels: 1 Number of zones: 14 Range: approx. 8 m Sensitivity: infinitely adjustable Light sensor: infinitely adjustable between approx. 5 and 1000 lux Time: adjustable in steps from 1 s to 8 min To be completed with: Electronic switch insert, art. no. 576799. Relay switch insert, art. no. 576897. Technical Information Note: Supersedes art. no. 5792 ..
Version 0-1000 VA
Art. no. 576897
PU PG 1/50 8
Info
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
579544 579519 579529 579515 579569 579560 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 8 8 8 8 8 8
metallic
579546 1/60 8
2010
| Movement detectors | SYSTEM DESIGN/INSERTS
www.merten.com
165
Room temperature control units
Technical Information: Heating control


Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
539744 539719 539729 539715 539769 539760 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 8 8 8 8 8 8
Art. no. 536400 536401
PU PG 1/50 8 1/50 8
Info
metallic
539743 539746 1/150 8 1/150 8
System Design


Version AC 230 V AC 24 V Art. no. 536302 536304 PU PG 1/50 8.5 1/50 8 Info

Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
537544 537519 537529 537515 537569 537560 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 8 8 8 8 8 8
metallic
537543 537546 1/150 8 1/150 8

Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
537444 537419 537429 537415 537469 537460 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 8 8 8 8 8 8
Art. no. 537100
PU PG 1/12 8
Info
metallic
537443 537446 1/150 8 1/150 8
166
www.merten.com
SYSTEM DESIGN/INSERTS | Room temperature control units | 2010
KNX Further product information can be found in chapter "KNX".


For System Design. Convenient control unit with 4 operating buttons, operating and status display and labelling field. The operating display can also be used as an orientation light. With room temperature control unit and display. With 5 blue LEDs. With integrated bus coupler. The bus is connected using a bus connecting terminal.
KNX push-button 450 Technical Information: KNX system characteristics

For System Design. With integrated bus coupling unit. Push-button with two operating buttons, operating display, two blue status displays which can be triggered separately, and a labelling field. The blue operating display can also be used as an orientation sign. The lower labelling field can be parameterised as an additional operating key. The push-buttons are freely parameterisable as push-button pairs (dual-surface) or as single push-buttons. Accessories: Labelling sheets for push-button plus art. no. 617819. Contents: With protective hood for plaster.With bus connecting terminal.
Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
System Design
metallic
MEG6212-4146 1/50 9 new
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
stainless steel
628044 628019 628060 1/60 9 1/60 9 1/60 9

For System Design. With integrated bus coupling unit. Push-button with six operating buttons, operating display, six blue status displays which can be triggered separately, and a labelling field. The blue operating display can also be used as an orientation sign. The lower labelling field can be parameterised as an additional operating key. The push-buttons are freely parameterisable as push-button pairs (dual-surface) or as single push-buttons. Accessories: Labelling sheets for push-button plus art. no. 617819. Contents: With protective hood for plaster.With bus connecting terminal.
metallic
628046 1/60 9
stainless steel

For System Design. With integrated bus coupling unit. Push-button with four operating buttons, operating display, four blue status displays which can be triggered separately, and a labelling field. The blue operating display can also be used as an orientation sign. The lower labelling field can be parameterised as an additional operating key. The push-buttons are freely parameterisable as push-button pairs (dual-surface) or as single push-buttons. Accessories: Labelling sheets for push-button plus art. no. 617819. Contents: With protective hood for plaster.With bus connecting terminal.
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
628244 628219 628260 1/60 9 1/60 9 1/60 9
metallic
628246 1/60 9
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
stainless steel
628144 628119 628160 1/60 9 1/60 9 1/60 9
metallic
628146 1/60 9
stainless steel
2010
| KNX | SYSTEM DESIGN/INSERTS
www.merten.com
167
For System Design. With integrated bus coupling unit. Push-button with eight operating buttons, operating display, eight blue status displays which can be triggered separately, and a labelling field. The blue operating display can also be used as an orientation sign. The lower labelling field can be parameterised as an additional operating key. The push-buttons are freely parameterisable as push-button pairs (dual-surface) or as single push-buttons. Accessories: Labelling sheets for push-button plus art. no. 617819. Contents: With protective hood for plaster.With bus connecting terminal.

For System Design. Convenient control unit with 8 operating buttons, operating and status display and labelling field. The operating display can also be used as an orientation light. With room temperature control unit and display. With integrated piezoelectric buzzer to display alarm states and IR receiver. All functions of the respective buttons can be controlled via IR remote control. With 9 blue LEDs. With integrated bus coupler. The bus is connected using a bus connecting terminal.
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
628344 628319 628360 1/60 9 1/60 9 1/60 9

System Design
Art. no. PU PG Info
metallic
628346 1/60 9
Version
stainless steel

For System Design. With integrated bus coupling unit. Push-button with eight operating buttons, operating display, eight blue status displays which can be triggered separately, and a labelling field. The blue operating display can also be used as an orientation sign. The lower labelling field can be parameterised as an additional operating key. The push-buttons are freely parameterisable as push-button pairs (dual-surface) or as single push-buttons. The functions of each of the keys can be triggered using an IR remote control. The push-button is pre-programmed for operation with a Merten IR remote control Distance. Many other IR remote controls (e.g. existing TV or CD player remote controls) can be taught to the push-buttons. Accessories: Labelling sheets for push-button plus art. no. 617819. Transmitter: IR remote control Distance, art. no. 570222. CONNECT radio universal remote control art. no. 506923. Contents: With protective hood for plaster.With bus connecting terminal.
metallic
MEG6214-4146 1/35 9 new
stainless steel
Labelling sheets for push-button plus

For individual labelling of the System Design push-button plus with text or symbols. To be completed with: System Design push-button plus, art. no. 6280.., 6281.., 6282.., 6283.., 6284... Accessories: Labelling software, art. no. 615022. Contents: 1 sheet for 20 products.
Art. no. 617819
PU PG 1/100 9
Info

For System Design To protect push-buttons, rockers, room temperature control units and room controllers from contamination from painting and decorating work. Accessories from: Push-button in System Design, art. no. 6223.., 6224.., 6225.., 6226... Multi-function push-button in System Design, art. no. 6227.., 6228... Rockers for push-button modules in System Design, art. no. 6261.., 6262.., 6264.., 6265.., 6266.., 6267.., 6268... Room temperature control unit, flush-mounted/PI, in System Design, art. no. 6249... Note: When the protective hood for plaster is in place, the temperature measurement of the room temperature control unit is restricted.
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
628444 628419 628460 1/60 9 1/60 9 1/60 9
metallic
628446 1/60 9
stainless steel
Art. no. 628091
PU PG 10/160 9
Info
168
SYSTEM DESIGN/INSERTS | KNX | 2010
For System Design Push-button module without rocker. With programmable status display.

For System Design. The rocker is attached to the 1-gang pushbutton module.
In KNX, to be completed with: Rocker for 1-gang push-button module, art. no. System Design 6261... Rocker for pushbutton module, 1-gang, with 1/0 imprint, art. no. System Design 6264. Rocker for push-button module, 1-gang, with up/down arrow imprint, art. no. System Design 6265...
Art. no. 626199 PU PG 1/60 9 Info
In KNX, to be completed with: KNX push-button module, 1gang, art. no. System Design 626199. Accessories: Protective hood for plaster, System Design, art. no. 628091...
Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
Version
626544 626519 626560 1/150 9 1/150 9 1/150 9

metallic
626546 1/150 9
Art. no. PU PG Info

For System Design Push-button module without rockers. With programmable status display. In KNX, to be completed with: Rockers for 2-gang push-button module, art. no. System Design 6262... Rockers for push-button module, 2-gang, with 1/0 and up/down arrow imprint, art. no. System Design 6266... Rockers for push-button module, 2-gang, with up/down arrow and 1/0 imprint, art. no. System Design 6267... Rockers for push-button module, 2-gang, with up/down arrow imprint, art. no. System Design 6268...
Art. no. 626299 PU PG 1/60 9 Info
System Design
Version
626144 626119 626160 1/150 9 1/150 9 1/150 9
metallic
626146 1/150 9

Version

Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
626444 626419 626460 1/150 9 1/150 9 1/150 9
Art. no. PU PG Info
metallic
626446 1/150 9
Version
626244 626219 626260 1/150 9 1/150 9 1/150 9
metallic
626246 1/150 9
2010
| KNX | SYSTEM DESIGN/INSERTS
www.merten.com
169
Rockers for 2-gang push-button module with 1/0 and up/ down arrow imprint
Blanking cover
For System Design. Screw-on cover for flush-mounted bus coupler or flush-mounted actuators.
Art. no. PU PG Info
In KNX, to be completed with: Bus coupler, flush-mounted, art. no. 690099. Bus coupler, flush-mounted 2, art. no. 690299. Switch actuator, flush-mounted, art. no. 627099. Series actuator, flush-mounted, art. no. 627199. Blind actuator, flush-mounted, art. no. 627299.
Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
Version
662244 662219 662260 1/100 9 1/100 9 1/100 9
626644 626619 626660 1/150 9 1/150 9 1/150 9
metallic
662246 1/100 9
metallic
626646 1/150 9
System Design
For System Design. The rockers are attached to the 2-gang push-button module. To be completed with: Push-button module, 2-gang, art. no. System Design 568199. In KNX, to be completed with: KNX push-button module, 2gang, System Design 626299. Accessories: Protective hood for plaster, System Design, art. no. 628091...
Art. no. PU PG Info
KNX ARGUS 180, flushmounted

For System Design. Movement detector for indoors. When a movement is detected, a data telegram defined by the programming is transmitted.
Contents: With bus connecting terminal and supporting plate.

Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
631844 631819 631860 1/30 9 1/30 9 1/30 9
Version
626744 626719 626760 1/150 9 1/150 9 1/150 9
metallic
631846 1/30 9
metallic
626746 1/150 9

For System Design. LC display with max. 4 x 16 characters and acoustic signalling device. The info display is used to indicate freely-programmable texts and values and to control functions. With integrated bus coupler. The bus is connected using a bus connecting terminal.

Art. no. PU PG Info
Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
Version
626844 626819 626860 1/150 9 1/150 9 1/150 9
metallic
MEG6250-4146 1/40 9 new
metallic
626846 1/150 9
www.merten.com
170
SYSTEM DESIGN/INSERTS | KNX | 2010
For System Design. KNX Room temperature control unit with display, labelling field, operation and status LED. The 4 buttons allow to shift set values and change operation modes. With 5 blue LEDs. With integrated bus coupler. The bus is connected using a bus connecting terminal. Accessories: Labelling software, art. no. 615022. Note: If you already have the labelling software, you can download the form for the multi-function push-button at www.merten.com. Use to label conventional foils (max. thickness 0.1 mm). Contents: With bus connecting terminal and supporting plate.Screw for protection against dismantling.With protective hood for plaster.
System Basis central plates can be integrated into System Design using adapters, art. no. 518044/19.
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
297744 297719 297760 10/50 1 10/50 1 10/50 1.2
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
metallic
297743 297746 10/40 1.4 10/40 1.2
MEG6241-4044 MEG6241-4019 MEG6241-4060 1/50 9 1/50 9 1/50 9
metallic
MEG6241-4146 1/50 9

System Design
stainless steel
KNX Room temperature control unit, flush-mounted/PI with 4-gang push-button interface
For System Design. The device is a room temperature control unit and a binary input. Depending on the operating mode, the current temperature setpoint value and the room temperature, a control value for the heating or cooling control unit is transmitted to the KNX. The temperature can either be recorded by the internal or the external temperature sensor which must be connected to the push-button interface. The push-button interface generates an internal signal voltage for connecting max. four conventional push-buttons or floating contacts. Of these, two inputs can be used to connect low current LEDs. With integrated bus coupler. The bus is connected using a bus connecting terminal.
Adapters: Can be integrated into System Design using the adapter, art. no. 5180... Availability: Discontinued articles available until end of 2011.
Version polar white white
Art. no. 298199 298194
PU PG 1/50 1 1/50 1
Info disc. disc.

One-hole fixing 22.5 mm. For Klckner-Moeller, Lumitas, Square D etc. for example. Without claws, for screw fixing. Adapters: Can be integrated into System Design using the adapter, art. no. 5180... Availability: Discontinued articles available until end of 2011.
Art. no. PU PG Info
Art. no. 392298 392274
PU PG 5/120 1 5/120 1
Info disc. disc.
Version
616944 616919 616960 1/50 9 1/50 9 1/50 9

metallic
616946 1/50 9
Version yellow
Art. no. 392203
PU PG 5/120 1.1
Info disc.
2010
| Central plates for communications technology | SYSTEM DESIGN/INSERTS
www.merten.com
171
Blanking cover
Version
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
391919 391929 391915 391969 391960 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
metallic
517453 5/60 1.4
antique brass
metallic
391943 391946 1/100 1.4 1/100 1.2

391994 391999 1/100 1 1/100 1
white polar white
All standardised combination inserts in line with DIN 49075 can be integrated with this article. For example, TAE, modular jack, data and communications systems from PANDUIT (PAN-NET), Ackermann WAE, WAG, BTR etc. Adapters: Can be integrated into System Design using the adapter, art. no. 5180.., and into the OCTOCOLOR range using the adapter, 5170... Availability: Discontinued articles available until end of 2011.
System Design
g
Version

Art. no. PU PG Info
Art. no. 517498 517474
PU PG 5/75 1 5/75 1
Info disc. disc.

516094 516099 5/300 1 5/300 1
white polar white
Version
Inclined outlet
For data connection and communications technology. Order the associated inserts separately. With labelling field. To be labelled with labelling strips. To be completed with: Communications inserts, art. no. System M and System Design 464379-99. Accessories: Labelling strips for switches, socket-outlets, art. no. 395019 Technical Information Contents: Without inserts.
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
516144 516119 516160 5/75 1 5/75 1 5/75 1.2
metallic
516146 5/75 1.2
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
464344 464319 464329 464315 464369 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1 1 1.2 1.2 1.2
white polar white light grey dark brazil black grey
metallic
464360 464346 1/50 1.2 1/50 1.2
172
www.merten.com
aluminium stainless steel
SYSTEM DESIGN/INSERTS | Communications inserts | 2010
Blanking insert

Art. no. 464380 PU PG 10/300 1 Info
Art. no. 464397 PU PG 10/300 1 Info
Version black
Version black


Art. no. 464391 PU PG 10/300 1 Info
Art. no. 464399 PU PG 10/300 1 Info
Version black
Version black


System Design
Art. no. 464392 PU PG 10/300 1 Info
Version black
Art. no. 464398 PU PG 10/300 1 Info
Version black


Art. no. 464393 PU PG 10/300 1 Info
Art. no. 464390 PU PG 10/300 1 Info
Version black
Version black

For two BNC/TNC connectors 12.5 mm or for BNC/TNC connectors 9.5 mm. Second opening can be broken out. To be completed with: Inclined outlet, art. no. System M 4649.., 4646.., System Design 4643... Accessories: BNC socket 12.5 mm, art. no. 465010. Contents: With adjustment rings.


For XLR circular connector audio connectors from Binder, Cannon, Neutrik P flange plugs or similar. To be completed with: Inclined outlet, art. no. System M 4649.., 4646.., System Design 4643...
Art. no. 464389 PU PG 10/300 1 Info
Version black
Version black
Art. no. 464395
PU PG 10/300 1
Info
Insert for IBM plug

For 4-pole IBM plug. To be completed with: Inclined outlet, art. no. System M 4649.., 4646.., System Design 4643...
Version black
2010
| Communications inserts | SYSTEM DESIGN/INSERTS
173
For loudspeaker connections up to max. 10 mm2. To be completed with: Inclined outlet, art. no. System M 4649.., 4646.., System Design 4643... Contents: With two loudspeaker connectors, gold-plated contacts.


For two Reichle & De Massari connection modules or additional R&M modules. Information: http://www.rdm.com To be completed with: Inclined outlet, art. no. System M 4649.., 4646.., System Design 4643... Accessories: Reichle & De-Massari connection module, unshielded, art. no. 465580/82. Reichle & De-Massari connection module, shielded, art. no. 465581/83. Reichle & De-Massari splash flange, art. no. 465591. Reichle & DeMassari splash sleeve, art. no. 465590.
Art. no. 464384 PU PG 10/300 1 Info
Version black
Art. no. 464387
PU PG 5/150 1
Info
Version

black
Art. no. 464386 PU PG 10/300 1 Info

Connection with ICD clamping method (no equipment necessary). To be completed with: Insert for Reichle & De-Massari, art. no. 464384. Accessories: Reichle & De-Massari splash flange, art. no. 465591. Reichle & De-Massari splash sleeve, art. no. 465590.
Art. no. 465580 465582 PU PG 2/100 1 2/100 1 Info
Version black
System Design
Insert for ACO mounting boxes

For AMP communications system insert. Suitable for all adapter inserts. To be completed with: Inclined outlet, art. no. System M 4649.., 4646.., System Design 4643...
Art. no. 464396 PU PG 10/300 1 Info
Version black


Art. no. 465581 465583 PU PG 2/100 1 2/100 1 Info
Art. no. 464394 PU PG 10/300 1 Info
Version black

For two IBM Advanced Connectivity System (ACS) type Mini C modules.


Version 9-pole Art. no. 465009 PU PG 5/500 1 Info
Art. no. 464383 PU PG 10/300 1 Info
Version black

For two Duplex SC connectors. To be completed with: Inclined outlet, art. no. System M 4649.., 4646.., System Design 4643...
Art. no. 464381 PU PG 10/300 1 Info
Version www.merten.com black
174
SYSTEM DESIGN/INSERTS | Communications inserts | 2010
Telecommunications

For System Design. For telephone socket-outlets TAE or TDO, combination socket-outlets RJ45/TAE or flush-mounted USB interface.
Version 15-pole
Art. no. 465015
PU PG 5/500 1
Info

To be completed with: Telephone socket-outlet TAE, art. no. 4652... Loudspeaker connection insert art. no. 4669.., 4670... USB interface, flush-mounted, art. no. 681799. Telephone socket-outlet TDO, art. no. 465930. Accessories: Labelling strips for switches, socket-outlets, art. no. 395019
Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
297844 297819 297829 297815 297869 297860 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1 1 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2
Version 25-pole
Art. no. 465025
PU PG 5/500 1
Info
System Design
metallic
297843 297846 1/150 1.4 1/150 1.2

For the German market. For connecting an analogue telephone. With screw terminals. 16 F: 1 telephone To be completed with: Central plate for telephone socketoutlet TAE, art. no. System M 2960.., 2979.., System Basis 2928.., System Design 2978.., OCTOCOLOR 2938...
Art. no. 465206 PU PG 10/50 1 Info
Version
Art. no. 465010
PU PG 5/500 1
Info

Art. no. 465226 465236 PU PG 10/50 1 10/50 1 Info
2010
| Telecommunications | SYSTEM DESIGN/INSERTS
www.merten.com
175
Central plate for PTT connection boxes

Suitable for Dutch telephone sockets.
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
291344 291319 291329 291369 291360 10/180 10/180 10/180 10/180 10/180 1 1 1 1 1
white polar white light grey black grey aluminium
metallic
291346 10/180 1
Version white
Art. no. 465930
PU PG 1/1 1
Info

System Design

Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
290719 293160 10/40 1 10/40 1
Art. no. 465707
PU PG 1/60 1
Info
metallic
293153 293146 1/60 1.4 10/40 1


With labelling field. For System Design. For RJ45 inserts 8 (Cat 5e), RJ45 inserts by Rutenbeck or E-DAT designs by BTR.
To be completed with: RJ45 insert 8, art. no. 465720. RJ45 insert 8 Cat 5e, art. no. 465721. Accessories: Labelling strips for switches, socket-outlets, art. no. 395019
Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
291844 291819 291860 10/120 1 10/120 1 10/120 1.1
Version 8(6)-6F+N
Art. no. 465709
PU PG 1/60 1
Info
metallic
291846 10/120 1.1
stainless steel
176
www.merten.com
SYSTEM DESIGN/INSERTS | Telecommunications | 2010
RJ45 insert 8

Art. no. 465720 PU PG 10/50 1 Info
Version

Version
Art. no. 465708
PU PG 1/60 1
Info
Art. no. 465721 PU PG 1/50 1
RJ45 insert 2x8

Version white Art. no. 465702 PU PG 10/40 1 Info
System Design
Version
Info

With labelling field. For System Design. For RJ45 inserts 8/8, 2x8, Line 21 RJ45 insert 8/8, RJ45 inserts by Rutenbeck or EDAT designs by BTR.
To be completed with: RJ45 insert 8/8, art. no. 465701. RJ45 insert 2x8, art. no. 465702. RJ45 insert 8/8 Cat 5e, art. no. 465703. RJ45 insert 8/8 Cat 6, art. no. 465706. Accessories: Labelling strips for switches, socket-outlets, art. no. 395019
Art. no. PU PG Info

Version
292644 292619 292629 292615 292669 292660 10/120 10/120 10/120 10/120 10/120 10/120 1 1 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2
Art. no. 465703 PU PG 1/50 1 Info
Version white
metallic
292643 292646 10/120 1.4 10/120 1.2

RJ45 insert 8/8

Art. no. 465706 PU PG 1/50 1 Info
Version white
Version white
Art. no. 465701
PU PG 10/40 1
Info www.merten.com
2010
| Telecommunications | SYSTEM DESIGN/INSERTS
177
For telephone connector VDo 4 or general cable outlet for cable diameters of max. 10 mm. With strain relief. Without claws, for screw fixing. To be completed with: Telephone connector VDo 4, art. no. 465304. Adapters: Can be integrated into System Design using the adapter, art. no. 5180... Contents: With fixing screws for telephone connector VDo 4. Availability: Discontinued articles available until end of 2011.
Telephone socket-outlet ADo 8

Codeable For connecting analogue terminal units.
To be completed with: Central plate for telephone socketoutlet ADo, art. no. System Basis 2930.., OCTOCOLOR 2937... Accessories: Telephone socket-outlet ADo S 8, art. no. 465408. Contents: A setting knob for coding is included in every pack of 10.
Art. no. 465108
PU PG 10/40 1
Info
Art. no. 392519 392574
PU PG 5/90 1 5/90 1
Info disc. disc.
Telephone plug ADo S 4

For telephone socket-outlet ADo.

System Design
To be completed with: Telephone socket-outlet ADo 4, art. no. 465104.

Art. no. 465404 PU PG 5/150 1 Info
Art. no. 465304 PU PG 10/40 1 Info

For telephone socket-outlet ADo. To be completed with: Telephone socket-outlet ADo 8, art. no. 465108.
Art. no. 465408 PU PG 5/250 1 Info
Version
Central plate for telephone socket-outlet ADo

For 4- and 8-pole telephone socket-outlets (art. no. 465104 and 465108).
8-pole, white
Data technology Adapters: Can be integrated into System Design using the adapter, art. no. 5180... Availability: Discontinued articles available until end of 2011.

Version aluminium varnished stainless steel
Art. no. 293060 293046
PU PG 5/150 1.2 5/150 1.2
Info disc. disc.

For connecting analogue terminal units.
Version
Art. no. 460019 460074
PU PG 10/180 1 10/180 1
Info disc. disc.
To be completed with: Central plate for telephone socketoutlet ADo, art. no. System Basis 2930.., OCTOCOLOR 2937... Accessories: Telephone socket-outlet ADo S 4, art. no. 465404.
Art. no. 465104 PU PG 10/40 1 Info
polar white white
178
www.merten.com
SYSTEM DESIGN/INSERTS | Data technology | 2010

With labelling field. For System Design. For RJ45 inserts 8 (Cat 5e), RJ45 inserts by Rutenbeck or E-DAT designs by BTR.
Art. no. PU PG Info
To be completed with: RJ45 insert 8, art. no. 465720. RJ45 insert 8 Cat 5e, art. no. 465721. Accessories: Labelling strips for switches, socket-outlets, art. no. 395019
Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
Version
291844 291819 291860 10/120 1 10/120 1 10/120 1.1
297844 297819 297829 297815 297869 297860 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1 1 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2
metallic
291846 10/120 1.1
stainless steel
metallic
297843 297846 1/150 1.4 1/150 1.2
RJ45 insert 8
System Design

Art. no. 465720 PU PG 10/50 1 Info
Version

Art. no. 465707
PU PG 1/60 1
Info

Art. no. 465721 PU PG 1/50 1 Info
Version
Version 8(6)-6F+N
Art. no. 465709
PU PG 1/60 1
Info
2010
| Data technology | SYSTEM DESIGN/INSERTS
www.merten.com
179
With labelling field. For System Design. For RJ45 inserts 8/8, 2x8, Line 21 RJ45 insert 8/8, RJ45 inserts by Rutenbeck or EDAT designs by BTR.
RJ45 insert 2x8

To be completed with: RJ45 insert 8/8, art. no. 465701. RJ45 insert 2x8, art. no. 465702. RJ45 insert 8/8 Cat 5e, art. no. 465703. RJ45 insert 8/8 Cat 6, art. no. 465706. Accessories: Labelling strips for switches, socket-outlets, art. no. 395019
Art. no. PU PG Info
Version white
Art. no. 465702
PU PG 10/40 1
Info
Version
292644 292619 292629 292615 292669 292660 10/120 10/120 10/120 10/120 10/120 10/120 1 1 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2

metallic
292643 292646 10/120 1.4 10/120 1.2

System Design
Art. no. 465703 PU PG 1/50 1 Info
RJ45 insert 8/8

Version white

Art. no. 465706 PU PG 1/50 1 Info
Version

white

Suitable for the supporting plates for modular jack connectors. With two openings and shut-off slide. With labelling field. To be completed with: Supporting plate for modular jack connector, art. no. 4615... Adapters: Can be integrated into System Design using the adapter, art. no. 5180.., and into the OCTOCOLOR range using the adapter, 5170... Technical Information Availability: Discontinued articles available until end of 2011.
Version
Art. no. 465708
PU PG 1/60 1
Info
Art. no. 461518 461524
PU PG 5/200 1 5/200 1
Info disc. disc.
180
www.merten.com
SYSTEM DESIGN/INSERTS | Data technology | 2010
Central plate for AMP-ACO

With labelling field. For AMP communications system insert. Suitable for all adapter inserts.

Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
461644 461619 461660 5/225 1 5/225 1 5/225 1.2
Art. no. 461590 461591 461592 461593 461594
PU PG 4/240 4/240 4/240 4/240 4/240 1 1 1 1 1
Info
metallic
461646 5/225 1.2


TV/audio System Basis central plates can be integrated into System Design using adapters, art. no. 518044/19.
System Design
Art. no. 465516 465518 PU PG 5/250 1 5/250 1 Info

For AEG, Astro, Bosch, Fuba, Hirschmann, Kathrein, Philips, Polytron, Siemens, Wisi, Zehnder etc. Third opening can be broken open for satellite socket. To be completed with: Broadband cable/satellite throughway box, 2-gang, art. no. 466098. Broadband cable/satellite branch-circuit box, 2-gang, art. no. 466099. Satellite antenna socket-outlet, 3-gang, art. no. 466097.
Art. no. PU PG Info
Version

294144 294119 294129 294115 294169 294160 5/250 5/250 5/250 5/250 5/250 5/250 1 1 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2
Art. no. 465595 PU PG 5/120 1 Info
metallic
294143 294146 5/250 1.4 5/250 1.2

Version
2010
| TV/audio | SYSTEM DESIGN/INSERTS
181

Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
Art. no. 466099 PU PG 1/54 1 Info
297844 297819 297829 297815 297869 297860 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1 1 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2
Version

System Design
metallic
297843 297846 1/150 1.4 1/150 1.2

Art. no. 466097 PU PG 1/54 1 Info
Art. no. 466919 466914 PU PG 10/50 1 10/50 1 Info
Version

Version

Art. no.
PU PG
Info
464244 464219 464229 464215 464269 464260 10/240 10/240 10/240 10/240 10/240 10/240 1 1 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2
Art. no. 467019 467014 PU PG 10/50 1 10/50 1 Info
metallic
464246 10/240 1.2
182
www.merten.com
SYSTEM DESIGN/INSERTS | TV/audio | 2010
Version
Central plate for call module with call button and plug-in contacts
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
297644 297619 297629 297615 297669 297660 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 1 1 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2
442844 442819 10/120 1 10/120 1
white polar white
Central plate for call button

Corresponds to the Ackermann cover, order no. 88881 G3.
metallic
297643 297646 10/40 1.4 10/40 1.2 Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
442944 442919 10/120 1 10/120 1
System Design
Visual call systems Central plate for nurse call systems "clino com 95", "clino opt 99" and "clino com 21" by Ackermann. For hospitals, homes for the elderly and disabled, clinics. You can obtain the relevant inserts directly from Ackermann.
white polar white
Central plate for call button/ doctor call button

For completion with ARTEC, TRANCENT and ANTIK frames.

Central plate for bus terminal switch and empty unit

443044 443019 10/120 1 10/120 1
white polar white
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
Central plate for call button with plug-in contact

442544 442519 10/120 1 10/120 1 Version
white polar white
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
Central plate for call module with call button

443144 443119 10/120 1 10/120 1
white polar white
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info

442644 442619 10/120 1 10/120 1 Version
white polar white
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
Central plate for call module with call button and plug-in contact
Corresponds to the Ackermann cover, order no. 88881 L3.
Version
443244 443219 10/120 1 10/120 1
white polar white
Art. no.
PU PG
Info www.merten.com
2010
442744 442719 10/120 1 10/120 1
white polar white
| Visual call systems | SYSTEM DESIGN/INSERTS
183
Central plate for pneumatic call button
Central plate for call unit as plug-in diagnostic contacts

Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
443344 443319 10/120 1 10/120 1
443844 443819 10/120 1 10/120 1
white polar white
white polar white
Central plate for call unit as plug-in contact

Central plate for bus connection unit

Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
443444 443419 10/120 1 10/120 1
444344 444319 10/120 1 10/120 1
white polar white

System Design
white polar white
g
Version
Central plate for call unit as plug-in contacts

Central plate for call/cutout button

Art. no.
PU PG
Info
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
443544 443519 10/120 1 10/120 1
443944 443919 10/120 1 10/120 1
white polar white
white polar white
Central plate for call unit as a diagnostic/plug-in contact

Corresponds to the Ackermann cover, order no. 88912 E3.
Central plate for cutout button, green

Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
443644 443619 10/120 1 10/120 1
444044 444019 10/120 1 10/120 1
white polar white
white polar white
Central plate for call unit as plug-in diagnostic contact

Central plate for cutout button, yellow

Corresponds to the Ackermann cover, order no. 88881 M3.
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
443744 443719 10/120 1 10/120 1
444144 444119 10/120 1 10/120 1
white polar white
white polar white
184
www.merten.com
SYSTEM DESIGN/INSERTS | Visual call systems | 2010
Central plate for cutout button
Central plate for auto-release plug system

Corresponds to the Ackermann cover, order no. 88880 D3.
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
444244 444219 10/120 1 10/120 1
444744 444719 10/120 1 10/120 1
white polar white
white polar white
Central plate for study unit

Corresponds to the Ackermann cover, order no. 88882 C3. Accessories
Symbols, rectangular
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info Version
For rockers and switches with square opening.

Art. no. 395500 395600 395700 395800 395569 395669 395769 395869 395900 PU PG 100/ 4000 100/ 4000 100/ 4000 100/ 4000 100/ 4000 100/ 4000 100/ 4000 100/ 4000 100/ 4000 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
System Design
444444 444419 10/120 1 10/120 1
Info
white polar white
neutral, white light, white
Central plate for office unit

Corresponds to the Ackermann cover, order no. 88881 P3. To complement the Ackermann compact call sets.
Version
key, white bell, white neutral, clear light, clear key, clear bell, clear
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
444844 444819 10/120 1 10/120 1
white polar white
neutral, red transp.
Central plate for radio unit

Labelling strips for switches, socket-outlets

For individual labelling.
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
444544 444519 10/120 1 10/120 1
white polar white
Central plate for station selection switch

To be completed with: Rocker with labelling field, art. no. System Design 4123... SCHUKO socket-outlet insert with labelling field, art. no. System Design 2379... Central plate for telephone socket-outlet TAE, art. no. System Design 2978... Central plate for RJ45 insert, 2-gang, art. no. System Design 2926... Central plate for AMP-ACO, art. no. System Design 4616... Inclined outlet, art. no. System Design 4643... Accessories: Labelling software, art. no. 615022. Contents: 1 sheet for 36 products.
Version polar white Version
Art. no. 395019
PU PG 1/100 1
Info
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
444644 444619 10/120 1 10/120 1
white polar white
2010
| Accessories | SYSTEM DESIGN/INSERTS
www.merten.com
185
Adapter
Inserts for System M can be integrated into System Design with the adapter.
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
518444 518419 518415 518429 518469 518460 518446 10/300 10/300 10/300 10/300 10/300 10/300 10/300 1 1 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2
white, glossy polar white, glossy dark brazil light grey black grey aluminium varnished stainless steel

System Design
Using the intermediate ring, System M inserts can be integrated into System Design with the normal construction height (e.g. TAE, UAE, socket-outlets etc.)
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
516444 516419 516460 5/120 1 5/120 1 5/120 1.2
metallic
516443 516446 5/120 1.4 5/120 1.2
Adapter
Inserts for System Basis can be integrated into System Design with the adapter.
Availability: Discontinued articles available until end of 2011.

Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
metallic
518046 10/300 1.2 disc.

Art. no. PU PG Info 399898 10/1000 1
186
www.merten.com
Version
SYSTEM DESIGN/INSERTS | Accessories | 2010
System Design
2010
| Accessories | SYSTEM DESIGN/INSERTS
www.merten.com
187
ARTEC
FASCINATINGLY PURE
ARTEC
ARTEC With its clear lines and level silhouette, this switch is a modern classic. The timeless design features regular and even radii to create an unobtrusive design that can be integrated in nearly all architectural styles. ARTEC is available in Thermoplastic brilliant, Duroplastic scratch-proof and metal materials, as well as in the colours polar white, white, light grey, black grey, dark brazil and aluminium. With its purity of form and self-condence, the series is ideally suited for a diverse range of architectural styles. ARTEC stainless steel
188
www.merten.de
ARTEC | Frames | 2010
COntents
190 ARTEC QuicK OVerVieW
ARTEC
White
ARTEC
Light grey
Black grey
Dark brazil
ARTEC polar white
Aluminium colour
2010
| Frames | ARTEC
www.merten.de
189
ARTEC/FRAMES
ARTECARTEC/FramesFlush-mounted rangesSystem DesignARTEC/FramesARTEC/Framesh
Inserts for the ARTEC range can be found under "System Design/Inserts". Notes on materials: ARTEC is available in various materials. All versions are fully compatible with each other. Thermoplastic brilliant: Shatter-proof material with high gloss finish. Metal: Real metal surface or metallic finish. Duroplastic, highly scratch-resistant: Highly scratch-resistant material with glossy finish. Not all inserts are available in duroplastic, in these cases you should use thermoplastic brilliant.

ARTEC frame, 2-gang

Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
481219 481229 481215 481269 481260 10/200 2/100 2/100 2/100 2/100 1 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2
System Design/inserts: 136 Technical Information: System Design dimensions
metallic
481246 2/100 1.2
stainless steel
ARTEC frames Suitable for installation in trunking systems.

481294 481299 10/120 1 10/120 1
white polar white
ARTEC frame, 1-gang
ARTEC frame, 2-gang without central bridge piece
ARTEC
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
481119 481129 481106 481115 481169 481160 10/300 2/196 2/196 2/196 2/196 2/196 1 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 Version
polar white light grey ruby red dark brazil black grey aluminium
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
481844 481819 481860 10/200 1 10/200 1 2/96 1.2
metallic
481146 2/196 1.2
stainless steel
metallic
481846 2/96 1.2
stainless steel

481194 481199 10/220 1 10/220 1
white polar white
ARTEC frame, 1.5-gang

Dimensions: 80.5 x 111.7 mm (WxH)
ARTEC frame, 3-gang

Version

Art. no.
PU PG
Info
481319 481329 481315 481369 481360 10/60 2/68 2/68 2/68 2/68 1 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2
In KNX, to be completed with: Multi-function push-button, 4-gang, with room temperature control unit, art. no. System Design 6288...
Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
metallic
481346 2/68 1.2
481944 481919 481960 2/100 1 2/100 1 2/100 1.2
stainless steel

481394 481399 10/80 1 10/80 1
white polar white
metallic
481946 2/100 1.2
stainless steel
190
www.merten.com
ARTEC/FRAMES | ARTEC frames | 2010
ARTEC/FRAMES
Surface-mounted housing for M-SMART, ARTEC, OCTOCOLOR Thermoplastic version. Suitable mini trunking (15x15 mm) is supplied by the trunking manufacturer.
ARTEC frame, 4-gang

Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
481419 481429 481415 481469 481460 2/44 2/44 2/44 2/44 2/44 1 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2

metallic
481446 2/44 1.2
stainless steel

481494 481499 10/60 1 10/60 1
white polar white
Art. no. 512144 512119 512106 512129 512115 512169 PU PG 1/40 1/40 1/40 1/40 1/40 1/40 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 Info
Version white polar white ruby red light grey dark brazil black grey
ARTEC frame, 5-gang

Version

ARTEC
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
481519 481529 481515 481569 481560 1/38 1/38 1/38 1/38 1/38 1 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2
metallic
481546 1/38 1.2
stainless steel
Art. no. 512244 512219 512229 512215 512269 PU PG 1/20 1/20 1/20 1/20 1/20 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 Info

481594 481599 1/38 1 1/38 1
Version white polar white light grey dark brazil black grey
white polar white

Art. no. 512344 512319 512329 512315 512369 PU PG 1/15 1/15 1/15 1/15 1/15 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 Info
Version white polar white light grey dark brazil black grey
2010
| Surface-mounted housing for M-SMART, ARTEC, OCTOCOLOR | ARTEC/FRAMES
www.merten.com
191
ARTEC/FRAMES
Cable entry
Version light grey white polar white Art. no. 535163 535162 535160 PU PG 20/ 1.5 2000 20/ 1.5 2000 20/ 1.5 2000 Info

Version

Version light grey white polar white Art. no. PU PG Info
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
231544 231519 2/30 1 2/30 1
535063 10/1000 1.5 535062 10/1000 1.5 535060 10/1000 1.5
white polar white

16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49440 In ARTEC design. Integrated protection against accidental contact as per VDE 0620 Part 1 (child protection). Suitable for one size 60 mounting box. With plug-in terminals.
SCHUKO socket-outlets Most SCHUKO socket-outlets have plug-in terminals. All versions with screw terminals are described accordingly. Both terminal types are connecting terminals in accordance with VDE 0620 Part 1.
ARTEC

Art. no. PU PG Info
Technical Information: SCHUKO socket-outlet dimensions
Version
232519 232560 5/30 1 5/30 1.1

metallic
232546 5/30 1.1
stainless steel

Art. no. PU PG Info
Socket-outlets
Version
232144 232119 232129 232115 232169 232160 5/30 5/30 5/30 5/30 5/30 5/30 1 1 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2
Double socket-outlet without earthing contact

16 A, AC 250 V, CEE 7 Standard Sheet I Suitable for one size 60 mounting box. Without claws, for screw fixing. With plug-in terminals.
metallic
232146 5/30 1.2
stainless steel

Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
212144 212119 212129 212169 212160 5/30 5/30 5/30 5/30 5/30 1 1 1.2 1.2 1.2
white polar white light grey black grey aluminium
metallic
212146 5/30 1.2
stainless steel
192
www.merten.com
ARTEC/FRAMES | SCHUKO socket-outlets | 2010
ARTEC/FRAMES
Double socket-outlet with increased protection against accidental contact
In ARTEC design. Integrated protection against accidental contact as per VDE 0620 Part 1 (child protection). Suitable for one size 60 mounting box.

Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
211419 211460 5/30 1 5/30 1.1
metallic
211446 5/30 1.1
stainless steel
Accessories
Adapter
ARTEC

Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
metallic
518046 10/300 1.2 disc.
2010
| Accessories | ARTEC/FRAMES
www.merten.com
193
ANTIK
STYLISH ELEGANCE
ANTIK
ANTIK ANTIK combines stylish elegance with the most modern switch technology to create a switch range that provides high-quality materials along with a luxurious ambience. The elegantly ornamented frames and rockers are the product of a time-consuming production process. ANTIK is available in the materials Thermoplastic brilliant and brass. The Thermoplastic brilliant material is available in the colours white, dark brazil and polar white, while the brass frames are available in antique and polished brass, providing a variety of attractive frame and rocker combinations. And last but not least, ANTIK can incorporate all 125 inserts from the System Design switch series.
www.merten.de
ANTIK antique brass
194
ANTIK | Frames | 2010
COntents
196 ANTIK QUick OVeRVieW
ANTIK
White
Dark brazil
ANTIK
Polar white
Antique brass/white
ANTIK polished brass/white
2010
| Frames | ANTIK
www.merten.de
195
ANTIK/FRAMES
ANTIKANTIK/FramesFlush-mounted rangesSystem DesignANTIK/FramesANTIK/Framesi
Inserts for the ANTIK range can be found under "System Design/Inserts". We recommend using inserts in white, polar white, dark brazil and antique brass. Thermoplastic brilliant: Shatter-proof material with high gloss finish. Metal: Real metal frame. The "Antique brass" surface is hand-finished, which is a complex process. This can result in small variations in the surface appearance.
ANTIK frame, 3-gang

Version
System Design/inserts: 136 Technical Information: System Design dimensions
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
483344 483319 483315 2/72 1.4 2/72 1.4 2/72 1.4
white polar white dark brazil
ANTIK frames
metallic
483321 483343 2/72 1.4 2/72 1.4
ANTIK frame, 1-gang
polished brass antique brass
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
483144 483119 483115 2/160 1.4 2/160 1.4 2/160 1.4
ANTIK frame, 4-gang

Version
metallic
483121 483143 2/160 1.4 2/160 1.4
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
483444 483419 483415 2/44 1.4 2/44 1.4 2/44 1.4
ANTIK
metallic
483421 483443 2/44 1.4 2/44 1.4
i
ANTIK frame, 2-gang
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
483244 483219 483215 2/90 1.4 2/90 1.4 2/90 1.4
ANTIK frame, 5-gang

Version
metallic
483221 483243 2/90 1.4 2/90 1.4
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
483544 483519 483515 1/38 1.4 1/38 1.4 1/38 1.4
ANTIK frame, 2-gang without central bridge piece
metallic
483521 483543 1/38 1.4 1/38 1.4
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
483844 483819 2/90 1.4 2/90 1.4
metallic
483821 483843 2/90 1.4 2/90 1.4
196
ANTIK/FRAMES | ANTIK frames | 2010
ANTIK/FRAMES
ANTIK
2010
| ANTIK frames | ANTIK/FRAMES
www.merten.com
197
TRANCENT
BOLD AND PURE DESIGN
TRANCENT
TRANCENT TRANCENT is appealing to both the eye and the touch. The switch series features glass sensor covers, which provide a uniquely modern room ambiance and switch design. A light touch on the glass surface can vary lightscenes or control the blinds. The lines of the TRANCENT series are both subtle and restrained. And the switch surfaces can all be labelled as well. With its satinised and transparent surface treatments, TRANCENT blends with all architectural styles to create a unique ambiance. The TRANCENT series has been awarded many international design prizes, and is also available in a version edged in aluminium. The futuristic appearance can be combined with a variety of intelligent functions, including a special roller shutter control function and access control function, and can be integrated with KNX intelligent building technology.
www.merten.de
best of the best
198
TRANCENT | Frames | 2010
Contents
TRANCENT
TRANCENT aluminium
TRANCENT
TRANCENT transparent
TRANCENT satiated
2010
| Frames | TRANCENT
www.merten.de
199
TRANCENT/FRAMES
TRANCENTTRANCENT/FramesFlush-mounted rangesSystem DesignTRANCENT/FramesTRANCENT/Framesj
TRANCENT control electronics

TRANCENT control electronics are elements of the system modules. They are plugged onto the corresponding electronic switches, relay switches and memory super dimmers, together with frame. The glass sensor cover, containing the individually labelled cover foil, is then screwed on. The combinations allowed can be found in the functional and device overview table for TRANCENT devices. The active cover, which is touched to trigger the switch, is indicated by the dotted area. The function is triggered by simply touching the active cover - there is no need to apply pressure. Touch the glass using the minimum area of coverage (one or two ngertips, as required). The minimum time period for touching the cover is 0.5 seconds. When installed horizontally, the TRANCENT insert is mounted at a rotated angle of 90.
Frame
aluminium Frame, 1-gang 482160
Frame, 2-gang
482260
Frame, 3-gang
482360
Construction
The system consists of the following components: (The illustration shows the design of a 2-gang combination)
Frame, 4-gang
482460
TRANCENT insert (depending on function)
TRANCENT frames TRANCENT control electronics (depending on function and on integrated insert) Cover foil Note: Function-dependent cover foils available on request
TRANCENT glass covers

transparent Glass sensor cover, 1-gang 569100 satinated 569101
TRANCENT glass sensor cover (transparent or satinated)
Glass socket-outlet cover, 1-gang Glass sensor cover, 2-gang
569400
569401
TRANCENT
569200
569201
TRANCENT sockets
TRANCENT
Glass socket-outlet cover, 2-gang
568200
568201
Flush-mounted outlet socket-outlet insert TRANCENT frames Spacer
Glass sensor cover 1-gang with socket-outlet glass cover 1-gang
569500
569501
Glass sensor cover, 3-gang

Cover foil
569300
569301
TRANCENT glass socketoutlet cover
Socket-outlet inset
Glass socket-outlet cover, 3-gang
568300
568301
Delivered with standard cover foil and screws
200
www.merten.com www.merten.de
2010 TRANCENT/FRAMES TRANCENT | Frames||2010
TRANCENT/FRAMES
Overview of TRANCENT functions and devices
Function inserts Control electronics
1-gang 569090 Electronic switch (2 conductors neutral conductor is not required) Switching of ohmic loads Incandescent lamps, 230 V halogen lamps Extension input for push-buttons and extension TELE inserts Pulse generator for surge switches or protective circuits The switching function is determined by the surge switch or protective circuit. Extension input for push-buttons and extension TELE inserts Relay switch (3 conductors neutral conductor is required) Switching, timed switching, push-button operation of ohmic, inductive and capacitive loads Push-button function, time function, switch function Incandescent lamps, energy-saving lamps, LV halogen lamps with conventional transformer, uorescent lamps Extension input for push-buttons and extension TELE inserts Switching of ohmic, inductive or capacitive loads via two outputs Universal relay insert 575897 AC 220-230 V, 50-60 Hz max. 1000 W/VA; 500 VA (LV halogen lamps with conventional transformer); max. 140 F capacitive load Electronic switch insert 575799 (25 - 400 W) AC 220-230 V, 50-60 Hz Electronic push-button insert 574697 (4 - 100 VA)
two circuits 569091
Roller shutters 569092
1- to 4-gang MEG6164-4600
Roller shutter/two-circuit insert 576499
Dimmer (2 conductors neutral conductor is not required) Dimming of ohmic, inductive and capacitive loads Incandescent lamps, 230 V halogen lamps, dimmable wound transformers, electronic transformers Phase control or phase alignment Extension input for push-buttons and extension TELE inserts Dimming of ohmic loads Incandescent lamps, 230 V halogen lamps Phase control Extension input for push-buttons and extension TELE inserts Dimming of inductive loads Dimmable wound transformers and incandescent lamps Phase control Extension input for push-buttons and extension TELE inserts Dimming of capacitive loads Electronic transformers and incandescent lamps Phase alignment Extension unit operation with mechanical push-buttons or universal relay insert, art. no. 575897 with congured push-button function. Extension unit Operator function as extension unit like main unit Control of the extension input of the main unit Neutral conductor required Roller shutter/blind Control of a blind/roller shutter drive Neutral conductor required Roller shutter/two-circuit insert 576499 not permitted Extension TELE insert 573998 Universal super dimmer insert 577099 For 50 Hz: 25 - 420 VA For 60 Hz: 25 - 340 W
Memory super dimmer insert for ohmic load 573399 (60 - 400 W) 577299 (60 - 600 W, halogen 500 W) Memory halogen super dimmer insert for inductive load 573599 (20 - 500 VA)
TRANCENT TRANCENT
Memory ET super dimmer insert for capacitive load 577899 (20 - 315 W)
KNX Covers facing each other can be parameterised either as a pair (dual-surface) or as individual buttons (single-surface). Single-surface: dimming, toggling, pulse edges, temperature, scenes. Dual-surface: blind control, switching, dimming, toggling, pulse edges, temperature, scene
2010 2010
| ||TRANCENT/FRAMES Frames | TRANCENT
www.merten.de www.merten.com
201
TRANCENT/FRAMES
TRANCENTTRANCENT/FramesFlush-mounted rangesSystem DesignTRANCENT/FramesTRANCENT/Framesj
Inserts for the TRANCENT range can be found under "System Design/Inserts". We recommend using inserts in aluminium colour. Multi-functional switch generation in elegant glass design Easy to operate, at the touch of a button Attractive design for prestigious living and working areas Individual picture motifs can be incorporated Thermoplastic brilliant: Shatter-proof material with high gloss finish. Glass: Glass sensor covers manufactured using a special technique.
TRANCENT frame, 3-gang

Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
482360 2/60 1.7
aluminium
System Design/inserts: 136 Technical Information: System Design dimensions; TRANCENT
TRANCENT frames
Technical Information: TRANCENT

Version

Art. no.
PU PG
Info
482460 2/42 1.7
aluminium
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
482160 2/176 1.7
aluminium
TRANCENT glass sensor covers Glass sensor covers manufactured using a special technique.
TRANCENT
j
Version

Art. no. PU PG Info

For switching and dimming lighting systems, controlling roller shutters and scenes (KNX). The glass sensor cover reacts to the lightest of touches. Control electronics evaluate the signal and forward it to the switch, dimming or roller shutter insert or bus coupler. To be completed with: Control electronics, art. no. 5690.., 623190. TRANCENT frame, 1-gang, art. no. 482160. Switch or super dimmer insert, art. no. 576499, 575799, 574697, 575897, 573998, 577099, 573399, 577299, 573599, 577899, 690299. Accessories: Cover foil for glass sensor cover, art. no. 569190. Contents: With cover foil, 1-gang and screws.
482260 2/102 1.7
aluminium
TRANCENT frame, 2-gang without central bridge piece
Version Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
glass
569100 569101 1/15 1.7 1/15 1.7
482860 2/102 1.7
transparent satinated
aluminium
202
www.merten.com
TRANCENT/FRAMES | TRANCENT frames | 2010
TRANCENT/FRAMES
For switching and dimming lighting systems, controlling roller shutters and scenes (KNX). The glass sensor cover reacts to the lightest of touches. Control electronics evaluate the signal and forward it to the switch, dimming or roller shutter insert or bus coupler. To be completed with: Control electronics, art. no. 5690.., 623190. TRANCENT frame, 2-gang, art. no. 482260. Switch or super dimmer insert, art. no. 576499, 575799, 574697, 575897, 573998, 577099, 573399, 577299, 573599, 577899, 690299. Accessories: Cover foil for glass sensor cover, art. no. 569290. Contents: With cover foil, 2-gang and screws.

TRANCENT socket-outlets Technical Information: TRANCENT socket-outlets
TRANCENT SCHUKO socketoutlet insert with improved protection against accidental contact
To be completed with: TRANCENT glass socket-outlet cover, art. no. 5694.., 5682.., 5683.., 5695...
Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
Version
glass
569200 569201 1/15 1.7 1/15 1.7
230660 10/50 1.7
aluminium

For switching and dimming lighting systems, controlling roller shutters and scenes (KNX). The glass sensor cover reacts to the lightest of touches. Control electronics evaluate the signal and forward it to the switch, dimming or roller shutter insert or bus coupler.
TRANCENT glass socket-outlet cover, 1-gang
To be completed with: TRANCENT SCHUKO socket-outlet insert, art. no. 230660. TRANCENT frame, 1-gang, art. no. 482160. Contents: With cover foil and spacer.
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
glass
569400 569401 1/15 1.7 1/15 1.7
To be completed with: Control electronics, art. no. 5690.., 623190. TRANCENT frame, 3-gang, art. no. 482360. Switch or super dimmer insert, art. no. 576499, 575799, 574697, 575897, 573998, 577099, 573399, 577299, 573599, 577899, 690299. Accessories: Cover foil for glass sensor cover, art. no. 569390. Contents: With cover foil, 3-gang and screws.
TRANCENT
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
glass
569300 569301 1/15 1.7 1/15 1.7
To be completed with: TRANCENT SCHUKO socket-outlet insert, art. no. 230660. TRANCENT frame, 2-gang, art. no. 482260. Contents: With cover foil and spacer.
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
glass
568200 568201 1/15 1.7 1/15 1.7
2010
| TRANCENT socket-outlets | TRANCENT/FRAMES
www.merten.com
203
TRANCENT/FRAMES
TRANCENT cover foils Function-dependent cover foils available on request Technical Information: TRANCENT
Cover foil for glass sensor cover

For individual labelling of the TRANCENT glass sensor covers with text or symbols. For laser printers To be completed with: TRANCENT SCHUKO socket-outlet insert, art. no. 230660. TRANCENT frame, 3-gang, art. no. 482360. Contents: With cover foil and spacer.

Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
Accessories: Labelling software, art. no. 615022. Contents: For glass sensor cover, 1-gang: 1 sheet for 6 products. For glass sensor cover, 2-gang: 1 sheet for 3 products. For glass sensor cover, 3-gang: 1 sheet for 2 products.
Art. no. 569190 569290 569390 PU PG 1/100 1.7 1/100 1.7 1/100 1.7 Info
glass
568300 568301 1/15 1.7 1/15 1.7
Version for 569100/01 for 569200/01 for 569300/01
TRANCENT glass sensor cover, 1-gang with glass socket-outlet cover, 1-gang
For switching and dimming lighting systems, controlling roller shutters and scenes (KNX). The glass sensor cover reacts to the lightest of touches. Control electronics evaluate the signal and forward it to the switch, dimming or roller shutter insert or bus coupler. To be completed with: Control electronics, art. no. 5690.., 623190. TRANCENT frame, 2-gang, art. no. 482260. Switch or super dimmer insert, art. no. 576499, 575799, 574697, 575897, 573998, 577099, 573399, 577299, 573599, 577899, 690299. TRANCENT SCHUKO socket-outlet insert, art. no. 230660. Contents: With cover foil, screw and spacer.
TRANCENT control electronics, 1-gang and inserts Full-surface operation Switching Switching/dimming
Technical Information: TRANCENT functions and device overview
Control electronics, 1-gang

For switching or switching/dimming an output. Single-surface operation. With orientation LED. Operation of the glass cover is acknowledged with a short tone. To be completed with: Switch insert, art. no. 575799, 574697, 575897, 573998. Super dimmer insert, art. no. 577099, 573399, 577299, 573599, 577899. TRANCENT glass sensor cover, art. no. 5691.., 5692.., 5693.., 5695... Technical Information
TRANCENT
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
glass
569500 569501 1/15 1.7 1/15 1.7
Version 1-gang
Art. no. 569090
PU PG 1/100 8
Info
Extension TELE insert

For memory super, halogen super and TELE dimmer, electronic push-button, time switch, relay switch and MET transformers. Neutral conductor required. Can be remote controlled. Operated as with main unit. To be completed with: TELE sensor cover, art. no. System M 5779.., 5703.., 5711.., System Basis 5748.., System Design 5709.., OCTOCOLOR 5749... In the TRANCENT range with control electronics, 1-gang, art. no. 569090 and TRANCENT glass sensor covers, art. no. 5691.., 5692.., 5693.., 5695... Technical Information
Art. no. 573998
PU PG 1/60 8
Info
204
TRANCENT/FRAMES | TRANCENT cover foils | 2010
TRANCENT/FRAMES
AC 230 V For ohmic load such as incandescent lamps, 230 V halogen lamps. Switching capacity: 25-400 W Neutral conductor: not required (2 conductor system) To be completed with: Sensor cover, art. no. System M 5776.., 5701.., 5704.., System Basis 5741.., System Design 5737.., OCTOCOLOR 5742.. or TELE sensor cover, art. no. System M 5779.., 5703.., 5711.., System Basis 5748.., System Design 5709.., OCTOCOLOR 5749... In the TRANCENT range with control electronics, 1-gang, art. no. 569090 and TRANCENT glass sensor covers, art. no. 5691.., 5692.., 5693.., 5695... Extension unit operation: With mechanical push-buttons. With extension insert, art. no. 573999, extension TELE insert, art. no. 573998. Technical Information Note: The electronic switch insert, cannot be used in conjunction with the CONNECT radio system.
Relay universal insert

AC 230 V For ohmic, inductive and capacitive loads such as incandescent lamps, energy-saving lamps, LV halogen lighting with conventional transformer, electronic transformers, fluorescent lamps. Neutral conductor required. Functions: Push-button function: switched on as long as the push-button is touched, max. 1 minute Switching function: ON/OFF Time function: 5 s to 1 h Connected load: max. 1000 W/VA, 500 VA for LV halogen lamps with conventional transformer, max. 140 F capacitive load To be completed with: Sensor cover, art. no. System M 5776.., 5701.., 5704.., System Basis 5741.., System Design 5737.., OCTOCOLOR 5742.., AQUADESIGN 5738... TELE sensor cover, art. no. System M 5779.., 5703.., 5711.., System Basis 5748.., System Design 5709.., OCTOCOLOR 5749... In the TRANCENT range with control electronics, 1-gang, art. no. 569090 and TRANCENT glass sensor covers, art. no. 5691.., 5692.., 5693.., 5695... Extension unit operation: With mechanical push-buttons. With extension insert, art. no. 573999, extension TELE insert, art. no. 573998. Technical Information
Version 25-400 W
Art. no. 575799
PU PG 1/50 8
Info
Electronic push-button insert

AC 230 V Pulse generator for surge switches or protective circuits. The switching function is determined by the surge switch or protective circuit used. Connected load: 4-100 VA Switching current: 10-500 mA Pulse duration: approx. 40 ms Neutral conductor: not required (2 conductor system) To be completed with: Sensor cover, art. no. System M 5776.., 5701.., 5704.., System Basis 5741.., System Design 5737.., OCTOCOLOR 5742.., AQUADESIGN 5738... TELE sensor cover, art. no. System M 5779.., 5703.., 5711.., System Basis 5748.., System Design 5709.., OCTOCOLOR 5749... In the TRANCENT range with control electronics, 1-gang, art. no. 569090 and TRANCENT glass sensor covers, art. no. 5691.., 5692.., 5693.., 5695... Extension unit operation: With mechanical push-buttons. With extension insert, art. no. 573999, extension TELE insert, art. no. 573998. Technical Information
Version max. 1000 W/VA
Art. no. 575897
PU PG 1/50 8
Info
Universal super dimmer insert

AC 230 V For ohmic, inductive and capacitive loads, e.g. incandescent lamps, dimmable wound transformers or electronic transformers. Phase control or phase alignment The universal dimmer automatically recognises the connected load. Do not connect any mixed loads. With memory function, can be switched off. Neutral conductor: not required (2 conductor system) To be completed with: Sensor cover, art. no. System M 5776.., 5701.., 5704.., System Basis 5741.., System Design 5737.., OCTOCOLOR 5742.., AQUADESIGN 5738... TELE sensor cover, art. no. System M 5779.., 5703.., 5711.., System Basis 5748.., System Design 5709.., OCTOCOLOR 5749... In the TRANCENT range with control electronics, 1-gang, art. no. 569090 and TRANCENT glass sensor covers, art. no. 5691.., 5692.., 5693.., 5695... Central plate comfort rotating regulator for Universal super dimmer insert, art. no. System M 5678.., 5677... In the CONNECT radio system with the CONNECT sensor cover for dimmer inserts art. No. System M 5036.., 5026..., System Design 5046... Extension unit operation: With mechanical push-buttons. With extension insert, art. no. 573999, extension TELE insert, art. no. 573998. Technical Information Note: The insert from version 3A only can be used in conjunction with the CONNECT radio system.
TRANCENT
Version 4-100 VA
Art. no. 574697
PU PG 1/60 8
Info
Version 25-420 VA
Art. no. 577099
PU PG 1/50 8
Info www.merten.com
2010
| TRANCENT control electronics, 1-gang and inserts | TRANCENT/FRAMES
205
TRANCENT/FRAMES
Memory super dimmer insert for ohmic load
AC 230 V For incandescent lamps and 230 V halogen lamps. (Phase control) With memory function, can be switched off. To be completed with: Sensor cover, art. no. System M 5776.., 5701.., 5704.., System Basis 5741.., System Design 5737.., OCTOCOLOR 5742.., AQUADESIGN 5738... TELE sensor cover, art. no. System M 5779.., 5703.., 5711.., System Basis 5748.., System Design 5709.., OCTOCOLOR 5749... In the TRANCENT range with control electronics, 1-gang, art. no. 569090 and TRANCENT glass sensor covers, art. no. 5691.., 5692.., 5693.., 5695... Extension unit operation: With mechanical push-buttons. With extension insert, art. no. 573999, extension TELE insert, art. no. 573998. Technical Information
Memory ET super dimmer insert for capacitive load

AC 230 V For electronic transformers (MET and other brands) and incandescent lamps (ohmic load). (Phase alignment) Noise-free, short-circuit-proof, with overload protection, and soft start function to protect the lamps. With memory function, can be switched off. To be completed with: Sensor cover, art. no. System M 5776.., 5701.., 5704.., System Basis 5741.., System Design 5737.., OCTOCOLOR 5742.., AQUADESIGN 5738... TELE sensor cover, art. no. System M 5779.., 5703.., 5711.., System Basis 5748.., System Design 5709.., OCTOCOLOR 5749... In the TRANCENT range with control electronics, 1-gang, art. no. 569090 and TRANCENT glass sensor covers, art. no. 5691.., 5692.., 5693.., 5695... Extension unit operation: With mechanical push-buttons. With universal relay insert, art. no. 575897, with preset push-button function. Technical Information
Version 60-400 W 60-600 W, halogen 500 W
Art. no. 573399 577299
PU PG 1/60 8 1/60 8
Info
Version 20-315 W
Art. no. 577899
PU PG 1/60 8
Info
Memory halogen super dimmer insert for inductive load

AC 230 V For dimmable, wound transformers and incandescent lamps (inductive/ohmic load). (Phase control) With memory function, can be switched off.
TRANCENT two-circuit control electronics with insert Dual-surface operation Switching of two outputs Technical Information: TRANCENT functions and device overview
TRANCENT
To be completed with: Sensor cover, art. no. System M 5776.., 5701.., 5704.., System Basis 5741.., System Design 5737.., OCTOCOLOR 5742.., AQUADESIGN 5738... TELE sensor cover, art. no. System M 5779.., 5703.., 5711.., System Basis 5748.., System Design 5709.., OCTOCOLOR 5749... In the TRANCENT range with control electronics, 1-gang, art. no. 569090 and TRANCENT glass sensor covers, art. no. 5691.., 5692.., 5693.., 5695... Extension unit operation: With mechanical push-buttons. With extension insert, art. no. 573999, extension TELE insert, art. no. 573998. Technical Information
Two-circuit control electronics

For switching two outputs. Dual-surface operation. With orientation LED.
To be completed with: Roller shutter/two-circuit insert, art. no. 576499. TRANCENT glass sensor cover, art. no. 5691.., 5692.., 5693.., 5695...
Art. no. 569091 PU PG 1/100 8 Info
Version 20-500 VA
Art. no. 573599
PU PG 1/60 8
Info
Version two-circuit
Roller shutter/two-circuit insert

AC 230 V, 50-60 Hz Neutral conductor required. Switching capacity: AC 230 V, 1000 W/VA for both channels together Capacitive load: AC 230 V, max. 140 F Power consumption: <1 W Wire range: max. 2x2.5 mm2 To be completed with: Roller shutter control electronics, art. no. 569092, two-circuit control electronics, art. no. 569091. Technical Information
www.merten.com
Version 1000 VA
Art. no. 576499
PU PG 1/50 8
Info
206
TRANCENT/FRAMES | TRANCENT two-circuit control electronics with insert | 2010
TRANCENT/FRAMES
TRANCENT roller shutter control electronics and insert Dual-surface operation Control of a blind/roller shutter drive

KNX Technical Information: TRANCENT functions and device overview
Technical Information: TRANCENT functions and device overview
Control electronics, 1- to 4gang

For the TRANCENT range. The control electronics can be programmed as a 1-, 2- or 4-gang sensor cover. With orientation LED. Operation of the glass cover is acknowledged with a short tone. With integrated bus coupler. The bus is connected using a bus connecting terminal. KNX software functions: The covers facing each other can either be parameterised as a pair (dual-surface) or as individual buttons (single-surface). There are a total of 12 parameterisation options available. Single-surface: dimming, toggling, pulse edges, temperature, scenes. Dual-surface: blind control, switching, dimming, toggling, pulse edges, temperature, scene. In KNX, to be completed with: TRANCENT glass sensor cover, art. no. 5691.., 5692.., 5693.., 5695... Accessories: Cover foil for glass sensor cover, art. no. 569190, 569290, 569390. Contents: With bus coupler.With bus connecting terminal.
Roller shutter control electronics

For controlling a blind/roller shutter drive. Dual-surface operation. With orientation LED.
To be completed with: Roller shutter/two-circuit insert, art. no. 576499. TRANCENT glass sensor cover, art. no. 5691.., 5692.., 5693.., 5695...
Art. no. 569092 PU PG 1/100 8 Info
Version roller shutter

Version 1- to 4-gang
Art. no. MEG6164-4600
PU PG 1/40 9
Info new
Version 1000 VA
Art. no. 576499
PU PG 1/50 8
Info
Signal and info covers

TRANCENT
Blanking cover for labelling purposes

For the labelling of e.g. doorplates. The blanking cover is fastened to a size 60 mounting box.
To be completed with: TRANCENT glass sensor cover, art. no. 5691.., 5692.., 5693.., 5695...
Art. no. 569000 PU PG 1/100 1.7 Info
Version
2010
| TRANCENT roller shutter control electronics and insert | TRANCENT/FRAMES
www.merten.com
207
OCTOCOLOR
MODULAR BEAUTY
OCTOCOLOR
OCTOCOLOR A simple principle for outstanding results: OCTOCOLOR's modular system can meet a variety of customer demands. Decorative rings of colour provide additional air, ranging from the restrained emphasis of dark grey and black to the bold accents of blue and sapphire blue OCTOCOLOR pro vides a design variation to suit nearly every taste. The modular variety, elegant air, and stylish charm of of OCTOCOLOR is ideally suited to a luxurious lifestyle and ambiance. The switch rockers, socket-outlets, central plates for rotary dimmers and movement detectors in the OCTOCOLOR series are both modern and timeless in design.
www.merten.de
OCTOCOLOR polar white
The frames and rockers are available in the materials Thermoplastic brilliant and metal.
208
OCTOCOLOR | Inserts | 2010
CoNteNtS
OCTOCOLOR
Inserts starting on page 304
Frames starting on page 229
Colour rings starting on page 229
OCTOCOLOR
Switch rockers starting on page 211
2010
| Inserts | OCTOCOLOR
www.merten.de
209
OCTOCOLOR/INSERTS
OCTOCOLOROCTOCOLOR/InsertsFlush-mounted rangesOCTOCOLOROCTOCOLOR/InsertsOCTOCOLOR/Insertsk
All inserts that fit OCTOCOLOR frames can be found under "OCTOCOLOR/Inserts". Thermoplastic brilliant: Shatter-proof material with high gloss finish. Metal: Real metal surface or metallic finish.


Technical Information: OCTOCOLOR dimensions
Contents: With 2 lettering strips per insert for labelling.

Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
233944 233919 10/50 1 10/50 1
white polar white
metallic
233942 233905 10/40 1.2 10/40 1.2
bronze metallic titanium
System Basis socket-outlet inserts can be integrated into OCTOCOLOR using adapters, art. no. 5170..


Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
230244 230219 10/50 1 10/50 1
white polar white Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
metallic
230242 230205 10/40 1.2 10/40 1.2
234044 234019 10/100 1 10/100 1
white polar white
metallic
234042 234005 10/100 1.2 10/50 1.2
Version

OCTOCOLOR
k
Version
Art. no. PU PG Info
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
232244 232219 10/50 1 10/50 1
white polar white
234144 234119 10/50 1 10/50 1
metallic
232242 232205 10/40 1.2 10/40 1.2
white polar white
metallic
234142 234105 10/40 1.2 10/40 1.2


Art. no. 539656 539654 PU PG 1/1000 1 1/1000 1 Info
Version SV, green additional safety power supply, orange www.merten.com
210
OCTOCOLOR/INSERTS | SCHUKO socket-outlets with plug-in terminals | 2010
OCTOCOLOR/INSERTS

Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
214384 214349 10/50 1 10/50 1
white polar white
metallic
214355 214356 10/50 1.2 10/50 1.2

SCHUKO socket-outlets with screw terminals Socket-outlets with connecting terminals as per VDE 0620 part 1. Explanation of symbols: Integrated enhanced protection against accidental contact as per VDE 0620 Part 1 (child protection). 13 A, AC 250 V, 2-pole + E Improved protection against accidental contact in accordance with BS 1363.
Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
203219 10/50 1
polar white
SCHUKO socket-outlet insert with two-way switch

Version

Art. no.
PU PG
Info
272644 272619 10/50 1 10/50 1
white polar white
Socket-outlets (international)
Art. no. 307001 PU PG 60/300 1 Info
OCTOCOLOR
System Basis socket-outlet inserts can be integrated into OCTOCOLOR using adapters, art. no. 5170..
Version white
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
284844 284819 10/50 1 10/50 1 www.merten.com
2010
white polar white
metallic
284842 284805 10/40 1.2 10/40 1.2
| SCHUKO socket-outlets with screw terminals | OCTOCOLOR/INSERTS
211
OCTOCOLOR/INSERTS
Switch rockers
Rocker
Rocker with oval opening for symbols

Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
332144 332119 10/120 1 10/260 1
white polar white
Accessories: Symbols, oval, art. no. 395530/68, 395630/ 68, 395730/68, 395830/68, 395930. Contents: For PU 5: 2 light, 1 door, 1 bell (clear), 5 neutral (red transparent). For PU 10: 4 light, 2 door, 2 bell (clear), 10 neutral (red transparent).
metallic
332142 332105 5/120 1.2 5/120 1.2
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
332844 332819 10/120 1 10/120 1
white polar white
Rocker marked 0/1

metallic
332842 332805 5/120 1.2 5/120 1.2

Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
332244 332219 10/120 1 10/120 1
white polar white
For permanent labelling. For two-way switch, intermediate switch and push-button. Illuminated. Contents: 5 pictograms per rocker (1 service, 1 light, 1 bell, 1 "Heating emergency switch", 1 neutral).
Art. no. PU PG Info
metallic
332242 332205 5/120 1.2 5/120 1.2
Version
332344 332319 5/120 1 5/120 1
Rocker, 2-gang
white polar white
metallic
332342 332305 5/120 1.2 5/120 1.2
OCTOCOLOR
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
332544 332519 10/120 1 10/120 1
white polar white
Push-down buttons For completion with push-down switch inserts.
metallic
332542 332505 5/120 1.2 5/120 1.2
Push-down button
For push-down two-way and push-down intermediate switch insert, recognisable by the blue contact piece.
To be completed with: Push-down control switch insert, art. no. 330600, 330700.
Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
333144 333119 10/120 1 10/120 1
white polar white
metallic
333142 333105 5/120 1.2 5/120 1.2
212
www.merten.com
OCTOCOLOR/INSERTS | Switch rockers | 2010
OCTOCOLOR/INSERTS
Push-down button for two-circuit switch
For push-down two-circuit switch inserts, recognisable by the blue contact piece. To be completed with: Push-down two-circuit switch insert, art. no. 330500.
Art. no. PU PG Info
Rocker in push-down design with oval opening for symbols

For rocker button insert.
Version
333544 333519 10/120 1 10/120 1
Accessories: Symbols, oval, art. no. 395530/68, 395630/ 68, 395730/68, 395830/68, 395930. Contents: For PU 5: 2 light, 1 door, 1 bell (clear), 5 neutral (red transparent). For PU 10: 4 light, 2 door, 2 bell (clear), 10 neutral (red transparent).
white polar white
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
metallic
333542 333505 5/120 1.2 5/120 1.2
331844 331819 10/120 1 10/120 1
white polar white
metallic
331842 331805 5/120 1.2 5/120 1.2
Push-down button with red transparent opening for symbols

For push-down control switch insert, recognisable by the blue contact piece.
Push-down switch insert

10 AX, AC 250 V All push-down control switch inserts are recognisable by the blue contact piece.
To be completed with: Push-down control switch insert, art. no. 332200, 332600. Accessories: Symbols, oval, art. no. 395530/68, 395630/ 68, 395730/68, 395830/68, 395930.
Version Art. no. PU PG Info two-way two-circuit intermediate
Art. no. 330600 330500 330700
PU PG 10/50 1 10/50 1 10/50 1
Info
Version
333844 333819 10/120 1 10/120 1
white polar white
metallic
333842 333805 5/120 1.2 5/120 1.2
Push-down control switch insert

10 AX, AC 250 V Can also be used as a 1-pole, one-way control switch. All push-down control switch inserts are recognisable by the blue contact piece.
Rocker in push-down design


Art. no. 332200 332600 PU PG 10/50 1 10/50 1 Info
OCTOCOLOR
Version Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
one-way, 2-pole two-way
331894 331899 10/120 1 10/120 1
white polar white
metallic
331892 331895 5/120 1.2 5/120 1.2

10 A, 250 V AC
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
336644 336619 10/50 1 10/50 1 www.merten.com
2010
white polar white
| Special switch functions | OCTOCOLOR/INSERTS
213
OCTOCOLOR/INSERTS
To be completed with: Two-way maintained-contact switch insert, art. no. 318601.

Art. no. PU PG Info
Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
Version
334644 334619 1/60 8 1/60 8
538944 538919 1/100 8 1/100 8
white polar white
white polar white
metallic
334642 334605 1/60 8 1/60 8
metallic
538942 538905 1/100 8 1/100 8
Time switch

Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
317344 317319 1/100 8 1/100 8
white polar white
Time switch insert
OCTOCOLOR

Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
538144 538119 1/100 8 1/100 8
white polar white
metallic
538142 538105 1/100 8 1/100 8

Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
582044 582019 1/10 8 1/10 8
white polar white
metallic
582042 582005 1/10 8 1/10 8
varnished bronze metallic varnished titanium
214
www.merten.com
OCTOCOLOR/INSERTS | Time switch insert | 2010
OCTOCOLOR/INSERTS
Rotary dimmer 314
Sensor cover
For OCTOCOLOR. Manual operation.

For OCTOCOLOR.
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
574244 574219 1/100 8 1/100 8
white polar white
metallic
574242 574205 1/100 8 1/100 8
To be completed with: Universal rotary dimmer insert, MEG5138-0000, MEG5139-0000. Rotary dimmer insert for ohmic load with pressure-operated on/off switch, MEG51310000. Rotary dimmer insert for ohmic load with pressureoperated two-way switch, MEG5132-0000. Rotary dimmer insert for inductive load, MEG5133-0000, MEG5135-0000. Rotary dimmer insert for capacitive load, MEG5136-0000, MEG5137-0000. Electronic potentiometer insert 1-10 V, MEG5142-0000. To be completed with: Dimmer insert, art. no. 572199, 572499, 572299, 572599, 577199, 572999, 573299.
Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
572644 572619 10/120 8 10/120 8
TELE sensor cover

For OCTOCOLOR. Can be manually operated and controlled remotely via IR remote control.
white polar white
metallic
572642 572605 5/120 8 5/120 8
To be completed with: Super dimmer insert, art. no. 577099, 573399, 577299, 573599, 577899. Electronic switch insert, art. no. 575799, 574697. Universal relay insert, art. no. 575897. Extension TELE insert, art. no. 573998. Transmitter: IR remote control Distance, art. no. 570222. Technical Information

For OCTOCOLOR.
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
Art. no. PU PG Info
574944 574919 1/100 8 1/100 8
Version
white polar white
571544 571519 1/100 8 1/100 8 disc. disc.
OCTOCOLOR
metallic
574942 574905 1/100 8 1/100 8
white polar white

Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
331544 331519 5/120 1 5/120 1
white polar white
metallic
www.merten.com 331542 331505 5/120 1.2 5/120 1.2
2010
| Touch sensor surfaces (switching/dimming) | OCTOCOLOR/INSERTS
215
OCTOCOLOR/INSERTS
Central plate for momentary/ maintained-contact switch insert for roller shutters Blind push-button with sensor connection
For OCTOCOLOR. Operator button for blind/roller shutter motors. With electronic locking of blind control. Possible to connect sun sensor. To be completed with: Blind control insert, art. no. 580698, 580699. Accessories: Sun/twilight sensor, art. no. 580691. Technical Information
Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
317044 317019 1/100 1 1/100 1
white polar white
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
metallic
317042 317005 1/100 1.2 1/100 1.2
582544 582519 582542 582505 1/100 8 1/100 8 1/100 8 1/100 8
white polar white varnished bronze metallic varnished titanium

For OCTOCOLOR. Operator button for blind/roller shutter motors. With electronic locking of blind control. Possible to connect sun sensor. The device uses a a memory function for the purpose of presence simulation to save a time for opening and a time for closing the blinds. Which are then repeated every 24 hours. To be completed with: Blind control insert, art. no. 580698, 580699. Accessories: Sun/twilight sensor, art. no. 580691. Technical Information
Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
334944 334919 1/60 8 1/60 8
white polar white
metallic
334942 334905 1/60 8 1/60 8
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
Blind control system You can find a complete overview of all products and functions in the chapter "Blind control system". Blind control system 369 Technical Information: Blind control system
582344 582319 1/100 8 1/100 8
white polar white
OCTOCOLOR
metallic
582342 582305 1/100 8 1/100 8
Blind push-button
For OCTOCOLOR. Operator button for blind/roller shutter motors. With electronic locking of blind control. To be completed with: Blind control insert, art. no. 580698, 580699. Technical Information
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
582244 582219 1/100 8 1/100 8
white polar white
metallic
582242 582205 1/100 8 1/100 8
216
www.merten.com
OCTOCOLOR/INSERTS | Blind control system | 2010
OCTOCOLOR/INSERTS
For OCTOCOLOR. Operator button for blind/roller shutter motors. Can be manually operated and controlled remotely via IR remote control. With electronic locking of blind control. Possible to connect sun sensor. To be completed with: Blind control insert, art. no. 580698, 580699. Accessories: Sun/twilight sensor, art. no. 580691. Transmitter: IR remote control Distance, art. no. 570222. Technical Information

For OCTOCOLOR. For programmed and time-dependent switching of blind/roller shutter motors. Possible to connect sun/twilight sensor. To be completed with: Blind control insert, art. no. 580698, 580699. Accessories: Sun/twilight sensor, art. no. 580691. Technical Information
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
583144 583119 1/10 8 1/10 8
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
white polar white
582444 582419 1/60 8 1/60 8
metallic
583142 583105 1/10 8 1/10 8
white polar white
metallic
582442 582405 1/60 8 1/60 8
Movement detectors

For OCTOCOLOR. For programmed and time-dependent switching of blind/roller shutter motors.

For OCTOCOLOR. Indoor movement detector. Area of detection: 180 Number of levels: 1 Number of zones: 12 Range: approx. 8 m Sensitivity: infinitely adjustable Light sensor: infinitely adjustable between approx. 5 and 1000 lux Time: adjustable in steps from 1 s to 8 min To be completed with: Electronic switch insert, art. no. 576799. Relay switch insert, art. no. 576897. Technical Information Note: Supersedes art. no. 5794 ..
To be completed with: Blind control insert, art. no. 580698, 580699. Technical Information Note: In combination with the blind control insert and extension input, art. no. 580699, the extension input does not work.
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
583944 583919 1/10 8 1/10 8
white polar white
metallic
583942 583905 1/10 8 1/10 8
OCTOCOLOR
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
575344 575319 1/60 8 1/60 8
Blind time switch

For OCTOCOLOR. For programmed and time-dependent switching of blind/roller shutter motors.
white polar white
metallic
575342 575305 1/60 8 1/60 8
To be completed with: Blind control insert, art. no. 580698, 580699. Technical Information
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
582144 582119 1/10 8 1/10 8
white polar white
metallic
582142 582105 1/10 8 1/10 8 www.merten.com
2010
| Movement detectors | OCTOCOLOR/INSERTS
217
OCTOCOLOR/INSERTS
For OCTOCOLOR. Indoor movement detector. With integrated switch for off/automatic/ on. Area of detection: 180 Number of levels: 1 Number of zones: 12 Range: approx. 8 m Sensitivity: infinitely adjustable Light sensor: infinitely adjustable between approx. 5 and 1000 lux Time: adjustable in steps from 1 s to 8 min To be completed with: Electronic switch insert, art. no. 576799. Relay switch insert, art. no. 576897. Technical Information Note: Supersedes art. no. 5793 ..
Relay switch insert

Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
575644 575619 1/60 8 1/60 8
white polar white
Version 0-1000 VA
Art. no. 576897
PU PG 1/50 8
Info
metallic
575642 575605 1/60 8 1/60 8


Room temperature control units Technical Information: Heating control

Art. no. PU PG Info
OCTOCOLOR
Version
539144 539119 1/150 8 1/150 8
white polar white
metallic
539142 539105 1/150 8 1/150 8
Version 40-300 W
Art. no. 576799
PU PG 1/50 8
Info

Version www.merten.com AC 230 V AC 24 V
Art. no. 536302 536304
PU PG 1/50 8.5 1/50 8
Info
218
OCTOCOLOR/INSERTS | Room temperature control units | 2010
OCTOCOLOR/INSERTS

Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
536494 536499 1/150 8 1/150 8
white polar white
Art. no. 537100
PU PG 1/12 8
Info
metallic
536492 536495 1/150 8 1/150 8

System Basis central plates can be integrated into OCTOCOLOR using adapters, art. no. 5170..
Central plate for light signal insert

Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
319144 319119 1/100 1 1/100 1
Art. no. 536400 536401
PU PG 1/50 8 1/50 8
Info
white polar white
metallic
319142 319105 1/100 1.2 1/100 1.2


OCTOCOLOR

Art. no. PU PG Info Version
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
537294 537299 1/150 8 1/150 8
white polar white
392744 392719 1/50 1 1/50 1
white polar white
metallic
537292 537295 1/150 8 1/150 8
metallic
392742 392705 1/50 1.2 1/50 1.2
2010
| Central plates for communications technology | OCTOCOLOR/INSERTS
www.merten.com
219
OCTOCOLOR/INSERTS
Blanking cover
Version

Communications inserts Technical Information: Communications inserts
Inclined outlet
For data connection and communications technology. Order the associated inserts separately. With labelling field. To be completed with: Communications inserts, art. no. OCTOCOLOR 463386-99. Technical Information Contents: Without inserts.
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
392644 392619 1/100 1 1/100 1
white polar white
metallic
392642 392605 1/100 1.2 1/100 1.2
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info

Version
463344 463319 1/50 1 1/50 1
white polar white
metallic
463342 463305 1/50 1.2 1/50 1.2
Blanking insert
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
516844 516819 5/500 1 5/500 1
white polar white
To be completed with: Inclined outlet, art. no. OCTOCOLOR 463344/19/42/05.

Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
463388 10/300 1
black

OCTOCOLOR
To be completed with: Inclined outlet, art. no. OCTOCOLOR 463344/19/42/05. Accessories: D-type socket connector, 9-pole, art. no. 465009.
Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
463391 10/300 1
Version polar white varnished bronze metallic varnished titanium white
Art. no. 517498 517497 517405 517474
PU PG 5/75 1 5/75 1.1 5/75 1.1 5/75 1
Info disc. disc. disc. disc.
black

Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
463392 10/300 1
black www.merten.com
220
OCTOCOLOR/INSERTS | Communications inserts | 2010
OCTOCOLOR/INSERTS

Art. no. PU PG Info

Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
Version
463390 10/300 1
463393 10/300 1
black
black

For two BNC/TNC connectors 12.5 mm or for BNC/TNC connectors 9.5 mm. Second opening can be broken out. To be completed with: Inclined outlet, art. no. OCTOCOLOR 463344/19/42/05. Accessories: BNC socket 12.5 mm, art. no. 465010. Contents: With adjustment rings.


Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
463389 10/300 1
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
black
463395 10/300 1
black

For loudspeaker connections up to max. 10 mm2. To be completed with: Inclined outlet, art. no. OCTOCOLOR 463344/19/42/05. Contents: With two loudspeaker connectors, gold-plated contacts.


Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
463397 10/300 1
black
463387 5/150 1
black

For modular jack Cat 5, RJ 45 connector or AMP connector.

OCTOCOLOR
To be completed with: Inclined outlet, art. no. OCTOCOLOR 463344/19/42/05. Accessories: Modular jack connector Cat 5, art. no. 465595.
Art. no. PU PG Info

Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
Version
463386 10/300 1
463399 10/300 1
black
black



Version 9-pole Art. no. 465009 PU PG 5/500 1 www.merten.com
2010
To be completed with: Inclined outlet, art. no. OCTOCOLOR 463344/19/42/05. Accessories: Modular jack connector Cat 3, art. no. 465516/18.
Art. no. PU PG Info
Info
Version
463398 10/300 1
black
| Communications inserts | OCTOCOLOR/INSERTS
221
OCTOCOLOR/INSERTS

Art. no. 465206 PU PG 10/50 1 Info
Version 15-pole
Art. no. 465015
PU PG 5/500 1
Info


Version 25-pole
Art. no. 465025
PU PG 5/500 1
Info
Art. no. 465226 465236 PU PG 10/50 1 10/50 1 Info
Version

26/6 NF/F, white 3x6 NFN, white
Art. no. 465010 PU PG 5/500 1 Info
Version
OCTOCOLOR
Telecommunications System Basis central plates can be integrated into OCTOCOLOR using adapters, art. no. 5170..
Version white
Art. no. 465930
PU PG 1/1 1
Info

For telephone socket-outlets TAE or TDO, combination socket-outlets RJ45/TAE or flush-mounted USB interface.

Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
Art. no. 465707
PU PG 1/60 1
Info
293844 293819 1/150 1 1/150 1
metallic
293842 293805 1/150 1.2 1/150 1.2
222
OCTOCOLOR/INSERTS | Telecommunications | 2010
OCTOCOLOR/INSERTS

For OCTOCOLOR. For RJ45 inserts 8/8, 2x8, Line 21 RJ45 insert 8/8, RJ45 inserts by Rutenbeck or EDAT designs by BTR.
Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
292044 292019 10/120 1 10/120 1
white polar white
metallic
292042 292005 10/120 1.2 10/120 1.2
Version 8(6)-6F+N
Art. no. 465709
PU PG 1/60 1
Info
RJ45 insert 8/8 Central plate for PTT connection boxes

Suitable for Dutch telephone sockets. For connecting analogue or digital terminal units via two 8-pole RJ45 connectors. With screw terminals.
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
292384 292349 10/180 1 10/180 1
white polar white
Version white
Art. no. 465701
PU PG 10/40 1
Info
metallic
292355 292356 10/180 1 10/180 1

Central plate for BELGACOM connection units

Suitable for Belgian telephone socket boxes.
OCTOCOLOR
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
292544 292519 1/150 1 1/150 1
white polar white

Version
Art. no. 465708
PU PG 1/60 1
Info
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
RJ45 insert 2x8

292144 292119 5/60 1 5/60 1
white polar white
metallic
292142 292105 5/60 1.2 5/60 1.2
Version white
Art. no. 465702
PU PG 10/40 1
Info
2010
| Telecommunications | OCTOCOLOR/INSERTS
www.merten.com
223
OCTOCOLOR/INSERTS
Central plate for telephone socket-outlet ADo

For 4- and 8-pole telephone socket-outlets (art. no. 465104 and 465108).
Art. no. 465703 PU PG 1/50 1 Info
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
293744 293719 5/200 1 5/200 1
Version white
white polar white
metallic
293742 293705 5/200 1.2 5/200 1.2


Version white
Art. no. 465706
PU PG 1/50 1
Info
To be completed with: Central plate for telephone socketoutlet ADo, art. no. System Basis 2930.., OCTOCOLOR 2937... Accessories: Telephone socket-outlet ADo S 4, art. no. 465404.
Art. no. 465104 PU PG 10/40 1 Info

For telephone connector VDo 4 or general cable outlet for cable diameters of max. 10 mm. With strain relief. Without claws, for screw fixing. To be completed with: Telephone connector VDo 4, art. no. 465304. Contents: With fixing screws for telephone connector VDo 4.

Version
OCTOCOLOR
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
392796 392798 1/100 1 1/100 1
white polar white
To be completed with: Central plate for telephone socketoutlet ADo, art. no. System Basis 2930.., OCTOCOLOR 2937... Accessories: Telephone socket-outlet ADo S 8, art. no. 465408. Contents: A setting knob for coding is included in every pack of 10.
metallic
392797 392795 1/100 1.2 1/100 1.2
Art. no. 465108
PU PG 10/40 1
Info


For telephone socket-outlet ADo. To be completed with: Telephone socket-outlet ADo 4, art. no. 465104.
Art. no. 465404 PU PG 5/150 1 Info
Version
Art. no. 465304 PU PG 10/40 1 Info
4-pole, white


Art. no. 465408 PU PG 5/250 1 Info
Version www.merten.com 8-pole, white
224
OCTOCOLOR/INSERTS | Telecommunications | 2010
OCTOCOLOR/INSERTS
Data technology
System Basis central plates can be integrated into OCTOCOLOR using adapters, art. no. 5170..

For OCTOCOLOR. For RJ45 inserts 8/8, 2x8, Line 21 RJ45 insert 8/8, RJ45 inserts by Rutenbeck or EDAT designs by BTR.

Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
Art. no. PU PG Info
292044 292019 10/120 1 10/120 1
white polar white
metallic
292042 292005 10/120 1.2 10/120 1.2
Version
293844 293819 1/150 1 1/150 1
white polar white
metallic
293842 293805 1/150 1.2 1/150 1.2
RJ45 insert 8/8


Version white
Art. no. 465701
PU PG 10/40 1
Info

Art. no. 465707
PU PG 1/60 1
Info

OCTOCOLOR
Version
Art. no. 465708
PU PG 1/60 1
Info
RJ45 insert 2x8

Version 8(6)-6F+N
Art. no. 465709
PU PG 1/60 1
Info
Version white
Art. no. 465702
PU PG 10/40 1
Info
2010
| Data technology | OCTOCOLOR/INSERTS
www.merten.com
225
OCTOCOLOR/INSERTS
TV/audio System Basis central plates can be integrated into OCTOCOLOR using adapters, art. no. 5170..
Art. no. 465703 PU PG 1/50 1

For AEG, Astro, Bosch, Fuba, Hirschmann, Kathrein, Philips, Polytron, Siemens, Wisi, Zehnder etc. Third opening can be broken open for satellite socket. To be completed with: Broadband cable/satellite throughway box, 2-gang, art. no. 466098. Broadband cable/satellite branch-circuit box, 2-gang, art. no. 466099. Satellite antenna socket-outlet, 3-gang, art. no. 466097.
Art. no. PU PG Info
Version white
Info

Version
294344 294319 5/250 1 5/250 1
Art. no. 465706 PU PG 1/50 1 Info
white polar white
metallic
294342 294305 5/250 1.2 5/250 1.2
Version white


Art. no. 465516 465518 PU PG 5/250 1 5/250 1 Info
Art. no. 466098 PU PG 1/54 1 Info
Version
OCTOCOLOR
6-pole RJ 11/ Cat. 3, black 8-pole RJ 45/ Cat. 3, black
Version


Art. no. 465595 PU PG 5/120 1 Info
Art. no. 466099 PU PG 1/54 1 Info
Version
226
www.merten.com
OCTOCOLOR/INSERTS | TV/audio | 2010
OCTOCOLOR/INSERTS

Art. no. 466919 466914 PU PG 10/50 1 10/50 1 Info
Art. no. 466097 PU PG 1/54 1 Info
Version


Version
Art. no. 467019 467014 PU PG 10/50 1 10/50 1 Info
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
464544 464519 10/240 1 10/240 1
white polar white
metallic
464542 464505 10/240 1.2 10/240 1.2

Version

Art. no.
PU PG
Info
295244 295219 10/50 1 10/50 1
OCTOCOLOR
white polar white
metallic
295242 295205 10/50 1.2 10/50 1.2
Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
293844 293819 1/150 1 1/150 1
white polar white
metallic
293842 293805 1/150 1.2 1/150 1.2
2010
| TV/audio | OCTOCOLOR/INSERTS
www.merten.com
227
OCTOCOLOR/INSERTS
Accessories
Symbols, oval
For rockers and switches with oval opening.
Art. no. 395530 395630 395730 395830 395568 395668 395768 395868 395930
PU PG 100/ 4000 100/ 4000 100/ 4000 100/ 4000 100/ 4000 100/ 4000 100/ 4000 100/ 4000 100/ 4000 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Info
Adapter
Inserts for System Basis can be integrated into the OCTOCOLOR range with the adapter.

Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
517094 517099 10/300 1 10/300 1 disc. disc.
white polar white
metallic
517042 517005 10/300 1.2 10/300 1.2 disc. disc.
OCTOCOLOR

k
Version
Art. no. PU PG Info 399898 10/1000 1
228
www.merten.com
OCTOCOLOR/INSERTS | Accessories | 2010
OCTOCOLOR/FRAMES
OCTOCOLOROCTOCOLOR/FramesFlush-mounted rangesOCTOCOLOROCTOCOLOR/FramesOCTOCOLOR/Framesk
Inserts for the OCTOCOLOR range can be found under "OCTOCOLOR/Inserts". Thermoplastic brilliant: Shatter-proof material with high gloss finish. Metal: Real metal surface or metallic finish.

OCTOCOLOR frame, 4-gang

Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
OCTOCOLOR frames
399444 399419 2/44 1 2/44 1
white polar white
metallic
399442 399405 2/44 1.2 2/44 1.2
To be completed with: Colour rings for OCTOCOLOR frame, art. no. 3999...
Art. no. PU PG Info
Version

Version
399144 399119 10/360 1 10/360 1
white polar white
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
metallic
399142 399105 2/270 1.2 2/180 1.2
399544 399519 1/38 1 1/38 1
white polar white
metallic
399542 399505 1/38 1.2 1/38 1.2
Colour rings for OCTOCOLOR frames OCTOCOLOR frame, 2-gang

Version
Required: One colour ring for 1-gang frames, two colour rings for 2-gang frames etc.
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
399244 399219 10/240 1 10/240 1
To be completed with: OCTOCOLOR frame, art. no. 3991.., 3992.., 3993.., 3994.., 3995...
Art. no. PU PG Info
OCTOCOLOR
white polar white
Version
metallic
399242 399205 2/100 1.2 2/100 1.2
399944 399919 399979 399972 399922 399911 399916 10/300 10/300 10/300 10/300 10/300 10/300 10/300 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2
white polar white blue dark grey black sapphire blue mocha
metallic
399941 399939 10/600 1.2 10/600 1.2
gold metallic chrome

Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
399344 399319 10/80 1 10/80 1
white polar white
metallic
399342 399305 2/68 1.2 2/68 1.2 www.merten.com
2010
| OCTOCOLOR frames | OCTOCOLOR/FRAMES
229
OCTOCOLOR/FRAMES
Surface-mounted housing for M-SMART, ARTEC, OCTOCOLOR Thermoplastic version. Suitable mini trunking (15x 15mm) is supplied by the trunking manufacturer.
Cable entry


535062 10/1000 1.5 535060 10/1000 1.5
Art. no. 512144 512119 512106 PU PG 1/40 1.5 1/40 1.5 1/40 1.5 Info
Version white polar white ruby red

Art. no. 512244 512219 PU PG 1/20 1.5 1/20 1.5 Info
OCTOCOLOR

Art. no. 512344 512319 PU PG 1/15 1.5 1/15 1.5 Info
230
www.merten.com
OCTOCOLOR/FRAMES | Surface-mounted housing for M-SMART, ARTEC, OCTOCOLOR | 2010
OCTOCOLOR/FRAMES
OCTOCOLOR
2010
| Surface-mounted housing for M-SMART, ARTEC, OCTOCOLOR | OCTOCOLOR/FRAMES
www.merten.com
231
AQUADESIGN
WeaTHeRing THe sTORM
AQUADESIGN In snow, rain and hail: AQUADESIGN ensures safety. The switch series con forms to the IP 44 standard to ensure maximum reliability. AQUADESIGN is thus ideally suited to garages, cellars, laundry rooms, swimming pools and for terraces and other outdoors use and everywhere that the environment places high demands for weatherproof, break-resistant and UV-light resistant design. In addition, AQUADESIGN offers a broad palette of functions that can be expanded to include the full range of System M series components. The range thus combines technological sophistication and safety with an elegant appearance.
www.merten.de
AQUADESIGN
IP 44
AQUADESIGN aluminium
232
AQUADESIGN | 2010
COnTenTs
Watertight, scratch-proof and, thanks to its smooth thermoplastic surface, easy to clean
AQUADESIGN
Safe, above all for children: increased protection against accidental contact in accordance with VDA0620 (Part 1)
Watertight even when plugged in: AQUADESIGN with network connection insert
The bushing of both the standard snap-in version and the screw-in frame version is dowelled into thewall, which means AQUADESIGN provides increased protection against theft.
AQUADESIGN
IP 44
Transparent hinged lid in combination with System M KNX push-buttons or displays
2010
| AQUADESIGN
www.merten.de
Special adapters ensure that AQUADESIGN switches can also be used with all System M components. Like this lockable telephone socket
233
AQUADESIGN
AQUADESIGNAQUADESIGNSpecial flush-mountedWaterproofAQUADESIGN AQUADESIGNl
Splash-proof, flush-mounted range, IP 44, shatter-proof Splash-proof, IP 44. Suitable for size 60 mounting box or mounting box, art. no. 528068 with integrated screw fixings and pointed plug holes.

Thermoplastic brilliant: Shatter-proof material with high gloss finish. Technical Information: AQUADESIGN dimensions
SCHUKO socket-outlets with plug-in terminals SCHUKO socket-outlets all have integral increased protection against accidental contact to VDE 0620 Part 1 (replacing the previous term "child protection"). Socket-outlets with connecting terminals as per VDE 0620 part 1. Explanation of symbols: Integrated enhanced protection against accidental contact as per VDE 0620 Part 1 (child protection).
Art. no. MEG2312-7244 MEG2312-7219 MEG2312-7215 MEG2312-7214 MEG2312-7260 PU PG 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 Info new new new new new
Version white polar white dark brazil anthracite aluminium

Version white polar white dark brazil anthracite aluminium Art. no. MEG2310-7244 MEG2310-7219 MEG2310-7215 MEG2310-7214 MEG2310-7260 PU PG 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 Info new new new new new

Note: When installing outdoor socket-outlets that can be switched off from indoors, a 16 A switch insert should be used.
Art. no. 233144 233119 233114 233160 PU PG 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 Info disc. disc. disc. disc.
Version white polar white anthracite aluminium
AQUADESIGN

Art. no. 233044 233019 233015 233014 233060
PU PG 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1
Info disc. disc. disc. disc. disc.
234
www.merten.com
AQUADESIGN | SCHUKO socket-outlets with plug-in terminals | 2010
AQUADESIGN
SCHUKO socket-outlet with hinged lid and labelling field, lockable with various locks
SCHUKO socket-outlet with hinged lid and labelling field, lockable with ten identical locks
SCHUKO socket-outlet insert with hinged lid, lockable

Various locks 16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49440. Integrated protection against accidental contact as per VDE 0620 Part 1 (child protection). With hinged lid and labelling field. With plug-in terminals.

10 identical locks 16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49440. Integrated protection against accidental contact as per VDE 0620 Part 1 (child protection). With hinged lid and labelling field. With plug-in terminals.
Note: When installing outdoor socket-outlets that can be switched off from indoors, a 16 A switch insert should be used. Contents: With security lock, 2 keys per socket-outlet.
Art. no. 233344 233319 233315 233314 233360 PU PG 1/30 1/30 1/30 1/30 1/30 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 Info disc. disc. disc. disc. disc.
Note: When installing outdoor socket-outlets that can be switched off from indoors, a 16 A switch insert should be used. Contents: With security lock, 2 keys per socket-outlet.
AQUADESIGN
2010
| SCHUKO socket-outlets with plug-in terminals | AQUADESIGN
www.merten.com
235
AQUADESIGN
SCHUKO socket-outlet with hinged lid and labelling field, lockable with two identical locks
Version white polar white dark brazil anthracite aluminium Art. no. MEG2300-7244 MEG2300-7219 MEG2300-7215 MEG2300-7214 MEG2300-7260 PU PG 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 Info new new new new new


2 identical locks 16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49440. Integrated protection against accidental contact as per VDE 0620 Part 1 (child protection). With hinged lid and labelling field. With plug-in terminals.
Version white polar white dark brazil anthracite aluminium Art. no. 233544 233519 233515 233514 233560 PU PG 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 Info disc. disc. disc. disc. disc.
Note: When installing outdoor socket-outlets that can be switched off from indoors, a 16 A switch insert should be used. Contents: With 2 socket-outlets with security lock and key.
Version
AQUADESIGN
Version
236
www.merten.com
AQUADESIGN | SCHUKO socket-outlets with plug-in terminals | 2010
AQUADESIGN

Socket-outlet with earthing pin, hinged lid and labelling field

Version
Switch rockers
Rocker
Socket-outlet insert with earthing pin, hinged lid and labelling field
16 A, AC 250 V, CEE 7 Standard Sheet V Integrated protection against accidental contact as per VDE 0620 Part 1 (child protection). With hinged lid and labelling field. With claw and screw fixing. With screw terminals.
Version white polar white dark brazil anthracite aluminium Art. no. 283144 283119 283115 283114 283160 PU PG 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 Info disc. disc. disc. disc. disc.
Contents: Rocker with intermediate plate.

Art. no. 343144 343119 343115 343114 343160 PU PG 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 Info
AQUADESIGN
Rocker, 2-gang

Art. no. 343544 343519 343515 343514 343560 PU PG 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 www.merten.com
2010
Info
| Socket-outlets (international) | AQUADESIGN
237
AQUADESIGN
Touch sensor surfaces (switching/dimming) Touch dimmer 311, Contact switch 312
Sensor cover
Note: Can be illuminated when used with the plug-in light attachment E 10, art. no. 396576 and the neon lamp E 10, art. no. 3951... Contents: Rocker with intermediate plate.
Art. no. 343944 343919 343915 343914 343960 PU PG 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 Info
For AQUADESIGN. Manual operation. With short-stroke key.
Version Art. no. 573844 573819 573815 573814 573860 PU PG 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 8 8 8 8 8 Info white polar white dark brazil anthracite aluminium

Accessories: Symbols, rectangular, art. no. 395500/69, 395600/69, 395700/69, 395800/69, 395900. Contents: Rocker with intermediate plate.Including set of symbols for each rocker: 1 light (clear), 1 key (clear), 1 bell (clear), 1 neutral (clear), 1 neutral (red transparent).
Art. no. 343844 343819 343815 343814 343860
PU PG 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1
Info



Art. no. 343444 343419 343415 343414 343460 PU PG 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 Info
AQUADESIGN
Contents: Rocker with intermediate plate and red transparent window.

Art. no. 343044 343019 PU PG 5/120 2.1 5/120 2.1 Info
Art. no. 348244 348219 348215 348214 348260 PU PG 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 8 8 8 8 8 Info
Version white polar white dark brazil anthracite aluminium www.merten.com
238
AQUADESIGN | Touch sensor surfaces (switching/dimming) | 2010
AQUADESIGN
Waterproof movement detectors Protection type IP 44.
Relay switch insert


For AQUADESIGN. Splash-proof movement detector. Area of detection: 180 Number of levels: 1 Number of zones: 14 Range: approx. 8 m Sensitivity: infinitely adjustable Light sensor: infinitely adjustable between approx. 5 and 1000 lux Time: adjustable in steps from 1 s to 8 min To be completed with: Electronic switch insert, art. no. 576799. Relay switch insert, art. no. 576897. Technical Information
Art. no. 578144 578119 578115 578114 578160
PU PG 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 8 8 8 8 8
Info
Version 0-1000 VA
Art. no. 576897
PU PG 1/50 8
Info
KNX

On request, the AQUADESIGN range can be integrated indoors into KNX using bus coupler inserts Art. No. 6711.. and 6712...
Communications technology
Blanking cover
Note: Type of protection IP 20 after mechanical processing (boring, milling etc.)

Art. no. 348344 348319 348315 348314 348360 PU PG 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 Info
AQUADESIGN
Version 40-300 W
Art. no. 576799
PU PG 1/50 8
Info
2010
| Waterproof movement detectors | AQUADESIGN
www.merten.com
239
AQUADESIGN
Inclined outlet
Reichle & De-Massari splash flange

In the AQUADESIGN switch range, protection type IP 44 is achieved for all Reichle & De Massari modules with the splash flange. To be completed with: Insert for Reichle & De-Massari, art. no. 464384. Reichle & De-Massari splash sleeve, art. no. 465590. Contents: 1 PU = 10 pieces.
Version blue
Art. no. 465591
PU PG 1/60 1
Info
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
464344 464319 1/50 1 1/50 1
white polar white
Reichle & De-Massari splash sleeve

The splash sleeve is pulled over the connecting cable. In conjunction with the splash flange, protection type IP 44 is also achieved with plug-in connecting cable. To be completed with: Reichle & De-Massari splash flange, art. no. 465591. Note: Splash installation tool (three-prong pliers) can be ordered directly from Reichle & De-Massari.
metallic
464360 1/50 1.2
aluminium

Version transparent
Art. no. 465590
PU PG 10/600 1
Info
To be completed with: Inclined outlet, art. no. System M 4649.., 4646.., System Design 4643... Accessories: Reichle & De-Massari connection module, unshielded, art. no. 465580/82. Reichle & De-Massari connection module, shielded, art. no. 465581/83. Reichle & De-Massari splash flange, art. no. 465591. Reichle & DeMassari splash sleeve, art. no. 465590.
Art. no. 464384 PU PG 10/300 1 Version Info

Using the intermediate ring, System M inserts can be integrated into AQUADESIGN with the normal construction height (e.g. TAE, RJ45, socket-outlets etc.) Protection rating IP 44 is maintained.
Art. no. 516544 516519 516515 516514 516560 PU PG 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 Info
Version black

white polar white dark brazil anthracite aluminium
AQUADESIGN
Art. no. 465580 465582 PU PG 2/100 1 2/100 1
Intermediate ring with transparent hinged lid

All System M inserts can be integrated into AQUADESIGN with the intermediate ring. Protection rating IP 44 is maintained.
Info

Note: With all electronic items, please observe the permitted environmental conditions.
Art. no. 516944 516919 516915 516914 516960 PU PG 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 Info
Art. no. 465581 465583 PU PG 2/100 1 2/100 1 Info
Version Cat 5e, 1xRJ45/s Cat 6, 1xRJ45/s www.merten.com
240
AQUADESIGN | Communications technology | 2010
AQUADESIGN
Intermediate ring with hinged lid and labelling field
Using the intermediate ring, System M inserts can be integrated into AQUADESIGN with the normal construction height (e.g. TAE, RJ45, socket-outlets etc.) Protection rating IP 44 is maintained.
Mounting box
With a screw fixing for the ANTI-VANDALISM or AQUADESIGN inserts and frames. A dovetail connector guarantees the standard combination clearance of 71 mm. Box front with green, closed protective cover for plaster. Contents: With 2 fixing screws.
Art. no. 528068 PU PG 10/40 1.6 Info
Art. no. 516644 516619 516615 516614 516660
PU PG 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1
Info
Version green
Intermediate ring with hinged lid and labelling field, lockable

Different locks Using the intermediate ring, System M inserts can be integrated into AQUADESIGN with the normal construction height (e.g. TAE, RJ45, socket-outlets etc.) Protection rating IP 44 is maintained.
Version white polar white dark brazil anthracite aluminium Art. no. 516344 516319 516315 516314 516360 PU PG 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 Info
AQUADESIGN frames
AQUADESIGN frame, 1-gang
Art. no. 400144 400119 400115 400114 400160
PU PG 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1
Info
Accessories
Version neutral, white light, white key, white bell, white neutral, clear light, clear key, clear bell, clear neutral, red transp. Art. no. 395500 395600 395700 395800 395569 395669 395769 395869 395900 PU PG 100/ 4000 100/ 4000 100/ 4000 100/ 4000 100/ 4000 100/ 4000 100/ 4000 100/ 4000 100/ 4000 1 1 1 1 Info Version white polar white dark brazil anthracite aluminium

Art. no. 400244 400219 400215 400214 400260 PU PG 8/32 8/32 8/32 8/32 8/32 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 Info
AQUADESIGN
1 1 1 1 1 Version white polar white dark brazil anthracite aluminium
l
Art. no. 400344 400319 400315 400314 400360 PU PG 2/14 2/14 2/14 2/14 2/14 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 Info
Adapter
Inserts for System M can be integrated in AQUADESIGN with the adapter. Protection type IP 20.
Art. no. 518344 518319 518314 518360
PU PG 10/240 10/240 10/240 10/240 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1
Info www.merten.com
2010
| Accessories | AQUADESIGN
241
AQUADESIGN

Version white polar white dark brazil anthracite aluminium Art. no. 400444 400419 400415 400414 400460 PU PG 2/14 2/14 2/14 2/14 2/14 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 Info
AQUADESIGN frame with screw connection, 4-gang

For vertical and horizontal installation. Contents: With screws and sealing plugs.
Art. no. 401444 401419 401415 401414 401460 PU PG 2/14 2/14 2/14 2/14 2/14 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 Info
Contents: With screws and sealing plugs.

Art. no. 401144 401119 401115 401114 401160 PU PG 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 Info


Art. no. 401244 401219 401215 401214 401260 PU PG 8/32 8/32 8/32 8/32 8/32 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 Info
AQUADESIGN
l

Art. no. 401344 401319 401315 401314 401360 PU PG 2/14 2/14 2/14 2/14 2/14 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 Info
Version white polar white dark brazil anthracite aluminium www.merten.com
242
AQUADESIGN | AQUADESIGN frames | 2010
AQUADESIGN
AQUADESIGN
2010
| AQUADESIGN frames | AQUADESIGN
www.merten.com
243
ANTI-VANDALISM
LASTING BEAUTY
ANTI-VANDALISM In gymnasiums, for example, balls can turn into weapons and conventional switches and socket-outlets are not equipped to withstand these demands. The ANTI-VANDALISM series is perfect for these difcult conditions. The ANTI-VANDALISM range is an extremely hard-wearing and robust switch range that can even withstand blows, kicks and interference from tools. The xing elements in the ANTI-VANDALISM range provide an added level of safety: in order to prevent unauthorized removal, the switch series is equipped with seals that can only be opened by drilling the screw ttings. In addition, the series is equipped with a special ush-mounted box for quick and secure mounting. The aluminium die-cast metal covers are even ame-resistant.
PANZER
ANTI-VANDALISM
244
www.merten.de
ANTI-VANDALISM | 2010
ANTI-VANDALISM
COntents
Theft proof: seals to close off the screw holes that can only be drilled open
Indestructible: thickwalled, coated metal frame, 1-gang, 2-gang and 3-gang Robust: the metal upper rocker
Perfect hold: 4 mm wall-xing screws anchor the frame and inserts in the masonry
Available as accessory: E10 LED lamp in a variety of colours
Impossible to break into: the thick, insulated, coated aluminium die-cast metal covers and the metal frame are anchored to the wall
Secure, easy and quick to install for new installations: no time-consuming drilling in the masonry is necessary with the special size 60 mounting box with integrated screw fastenings and pointed dowel holes
PANZER
2010
| ANTI-VANDALISM
www.merten.de
245
ANTI-VANDALISM
ANTI-VANDALISMANTI-VANDALISMSpecial flush-mountedDryANTI-VANDALISMANTI-VANDALISMm
Theft-proof thanks to sealed screw holes. Indestructible, even when exposed to open flame, tools and heavy blows. 4 mm wall-fixing screws anchor the frames and inserts in the masonry. Suitable for size 60 mounting box or mounting box, art. no. 528068 with integrated screw fixings and pointed plug holes. Switch inserts with connecting terminals to VDE 0632. Can be illuminated as defined by German workplace regulations of 20.03.1975. Notes on materials: Insulating lining, thick-walled, die-cast aluminium metal cover.

SCHUKO socket-outlets with screw terminals Special extra-resistant range Socket-outlets with connecting terminals as per VDE 0620 part 1. Explanation of symbols: Integrated enhanced protection against accidental contact as per VDE 0620 Part 1 (child protection).

Material: Real metal surface.
Technical Information: ANTI-VANDALISM; ANTI-VANDALISM dimensions Note: The new surface (with final digits 60) is almost the same colour as the previous one (with final digits 40). We recommend using only one surface option within one combination.

Art. no. 270960 PU PG 1/30 1.6 Info
Version matt silver
SCHUKO socket-outlets with plug-in terminals Special extra-resistant range Socket-outlets with connecting terminals as per VDE 0620 part 1. Explanation of symbols: Integrated enhanced protection against accidental contact as per VDE 0620 Part 1 (child protection).
Socket-outlets (international) Special extra-resistant range

16 A, AC 250 V, CEE 7 Standard Sheet V Improved protection against accidental contact. With plug-in terminals.

Art. no. 281060 PU PG 1/30 1.6 Info

Art. no. 240760 PU PG 1/30 1.6 Info
Version matt silver
Version matt silver
ANTIVANDALISM
246
www.merten.com
ANTI-VANDALISM | SCHUKO socket-outlets with plug-in terminals | 2010
ANTI-VANDALISM
Switches and push-buttons, without frames Special extra-resistant range
Plug-in light attachment E 10

For all 1- and 2-pole switch inserts. For monitoring or lighting. Caution! For low voltage variants (e.g. 8 V) we recommend a display lamp, 24-30 V, tubular, E 10, up to 25 mm in length. To be completed with: Neon lamp E 10, art. no. 395100. LED lamp E 10, art. no. 3951... Contents: Without neon lamp.
Technical Information: Circuit diagrams for installation of switches and push-buttons
Rocker switch insert

10 AX, AC 250 V Illuminated.
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
396576 10/1000 1
Accessories: Neon lamp attachment with integrated lamp, art. no. 396502. Plug-in light attachment E 10, art. no. 396576. Neon lamp E 10, art. no. 395100. LED lamp E 10, art. no. 3951... Further functions available on request. Contents: Without frame.
LED lamp
AC/DC 230 V, AC/DC 24 V Suitable for plug-in light attachment E 10 or light signal E 10 insert. To be completed with: Plug-in light attachment E 10, art. no. 396576. Light signal E 10 insert, art. no. 319016. Note: Current consumption approx. 20 mA
Version two-way, matt silver intermediate, matt silver
Art. no. 313660 313760
PU PG 1/30 1.6 1/30 1.6
Info
Version AC 230 V, red AC 230 V, yellow AC 230 V, green AC 230 V, blue AC 230 V, white AC 24 V, red AC 24 V, yellow AC 24 V, green AC 24 V, blue AC 24 V, white
Art. no. 395120 395121 395122 395123 395124 395131 395132 395133 395134 395135
PU PG 20/240 20/240 20/240 20/240 20/240 20/240 20/240 20/240 20/240 20/240 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Info
Rocker control switch insert

10 AX, AC 250 V Can also be used as a 1-pole, one-way control switch.
Contents: With neon lamp, without frame.

Art. no. 322660 PU PG 1/30 1.6 Info
Version two-way, matt silver
Neon lamp E 10
AC 230 V, 0.65 mA Low current consumption (approx. 0.65 mA) and low starting voltage (max. 120 V) mean it is particularly suitable for stairwell and fluorescent lamp circuits.
Rocker button insert

10 A, 250 V AC Illuminated.
To be completed with: Plug-in light attachment E 10, art. no. 396576.

Art. no. 395100 PU PG 20/ 1 4080 Info
Version AC 230 V, 0.65 mA
Accessories: Neon lamp attachment with integrated lamp, art. no. 396502. Plug-in light attachment E 10, art. no. 396576. Neon lamp E 10, art. no. 395100. LED lamp E 10, art. no. 3951... Contents: Without frame.
Version two-way, 1-pole, matt silver
Art. no. 314060
PU PG 1/30 1.6
Info
Roller shutter switches Special extra-resistant range
ANTIVANDALISM
Neon lamp attachment with integrated lamp

AC 230 V, 0.65 mA For all 1- and 2-pole switch inserts. For monitoring or lighting.
Technical Information: Roller shutter switch and push-button

Art. no. PU PG Info
Momentary/maintained-contact switch insert for roller shutters for cylinder locks

10 A, 250 V AC For standard semi-cylinder locks of 40 mm in length. Available as a two-way switch on request. Contents: Without frame, without lock.
Art. no. 318760 PU PG 1/32 1.6 Info
Version grey
396502 10/1000 1
Version 2-pole, matt silver
2010
| Switches and push-buttons, without frames | ANTI-VANDALISM
www.merten.com
247
ANTI-VANDALISM
Roller shutter push-button insert for cylinder locks
10 A, 250 V AC For standard semi-cylinder locks of 40 mm in length.
KNX The ANTI-VANDALISM range can be integrated into KNX via the bus coupling inserts art. no. 6711 .. on request. The ANTI-VANDALISM cover and the bus coupling insert are supplied as a complete device.
Contents: Without frame, without lock.

Art. no. 318860 PU PG 1/32 1.6 Info
Version 2-pole, matt silver
Communications inserts and accessories Special extra-resistant range

10 A, 250 V AC Splash-proof. For standard semi-cylinder locks of 40 mm in length. Can only be used as a single device.
Blanking cover
Available as a two-way switch on request. Contents: Complete device with gasket and frame but without lock.
Art. no. 318260 PU PG 1/21 1.6 Info

Art. no. 392360 PU PG 1/100 1.6 Info
Version matt silver
Version matt silver

10 A, 250 V AC Splash-proof. For standard semi-cylinder locks of 40 mm in length. Can only be used as a single device.

DIN EN 50083-1/A1, DIN EN 80083-2/A1 Broadband directional coupler box for branch-circuit and star-type distribution systems in broadband cable, communal aerial and satellite distribution systems. With DC transmission via the TV connection. Suitable for flush-mounted boxes of 5565 mm. With claw and screw fixing. DC transmission: max. 24 V/400 mA Signal: 22 kHz and DiSEqC To be completed with: Central plate for antenna socket-outlet, art. no. System M 2967.., 2975.., System Basis 2948.., System Design 2941.., OCTOCOLOR 2943... Contents: Without frame.
Contents: Complete device with gasket and frame but without lock.
Art. no. 318460 PU PG 1/21 1.6 Info
Version matt silver
Semi-cylinder lock with key removal in centre position

Standardised quality locking cylinder made by ABUS Pfaffenhain GmbH. On request, can be integrated into new locking system at ABUS Pfaffenhain GmbH. Length: 40 mm.
ANTIVANDALISM
Version matt silver
Art. no. 299460
PU PG 1/30 1.6
Info
Contents: With 3 keys.

Version

For coaxial antenna socket-outlets in line with DIN 45330, e.g., AEG, Astro, Bosch, Fuba, Hirschmann, Kathrein, Philips, Polytron, Siemens, Wisi, Zehnder etc.
Semi-cylinder lock with key removal in 3 positions


Art. no. 294660 PU PG 1/100 1.6 Info
Version matt silver

248
ANTI-VANDALISM | KNX | 2010
ANTI-VANDALISM
RJ45 telephone connector insert
With 1-gang CAT 5 RJ45 insert. For connecting analogue or digital terminals using an 8-pole RJ45 socket.
Frame, 2-gang
With sealable fixing holes, frame suitable for use as guide for 6 mm plug. Only for vertical installation with a distance of 71 mm.
Version Art. no. 480260 PU PG 1/75 1.6 Info matt silver

Art. no. 465760 PU PG 1/30 1.6 Info
Version matt silver
Audio socket
XLR circular connector 3-pole with solder connection and mechanical lock.

Art. no. 460860 PU PG 1/30 1.6 Info
Version matt silver
Frame, 3-gang
With sealable fixing holes, frame suitable for use as guide for 6 mm plug. Only for vertical installation with a distance of 71 mm.
Version matt silver Art. no. 480360 PU PG 1/58 1.6 Info
Mounting box
With a screw fixing for the ANTI-VANDALISM or AQUADESIGN inserts and frames. A dovetail connector guarantees the standard combination clearance of 71 mm. Box front with green, closed protective cover for plaster.
Lead seals
As spare parts for sealing fixing holes.
Contents: With 2 fixing screws.

Art. no. 528068 PU PG 10/40 1.6 Info
Contents: 1 PU = 8 lead seals

Art. no. 390199 PU PG 1/600 1.6 Info
Version green
Version matt silver
ANTI-VANDALISM frames Special extra-resistant range
Frame, 1-gang
With sealable fixing holes, frame suitable for use as guide for 6 mm plug.
Replacement part: Lead seal, art. no. 390199. Contents: With lead seals.
ANTIVANDALISM
Version matt silver
Art. no. 480160
PU PG 1/100 1.6
Info
2010
| ANTI-VANDALISM frames | ANTI-VANDALISM
www.merten.com
249
AQUASTAR
CONVINCINGLY WEATHERPROOF
AQUASTAR Whether rain, snow, splashing water, or moisture: the AQUASTAR wet room switch series is a sturdy and reliable choice. AQUASTAR was developed especially for rooms that present difcult conditions, such as garages and cellars. The housing of this surface-mounted range is made of a rugged, elastic plastic material that can withstand heavy mechanical stresses. The labelling elds, which can be retro tted, makes it possible to clearly assign functions and areas of application. The series can also be equipped with illuminated transparent elds. The rear side of the housing is tted with spacers to enable quick and easy installation. The interior proportions of the switch are generous for ease of handling. The series is available in the colours light grey and polar white to ensure visual neutrality and functionality.
AQUASTAR
IP 44
AQUASTAR polar white
250
www.merten.de
AQUASTAR | 2010
Contents
Can be illuminated and labelled for the clear allocation of functions and areas of application: the transparent eld on switches, pushbuttons and socket-outlets Robust: the break-proof insulating thermoplastic housing No distortion or deformation: the rear of all switches and sockets is tted with spacers for uneven walls
AQUASTAR
Practical and easy to connect: AQUASTAR with a generous wiring area and plenty of space for throughwiring (even for 5 x 2.5 mm)
Rust-free, impossible to lose, and easy to install: quickmount screws Easy to install: the screw less terminal with release gear
Easy to connect: the base that can be removed for all devices Easy to align to problematic surfaces during installation thanks to diagonal arrangement of xing holes
AQUASTAR
IP 44
2010
| AQUASTAR
www.merten.de
Function and area of application always clearly allocated: all socket-outlet hinged lids, switches and light signals can be retrotted with a labelling eld
251
AQUASTAR
AQUASTARAQUASTARSpecial surface-mountedWaterproofAQUASTARAQUASTARn
Range for damp locations Plug-in terminals even for socket-outlets. All socket-outlet hinged lids, switches and light signals can be retrofitted with a labelling field. All bases are removable. Switch inserts with connecting terminals to VDE 0632 Can be illuminated as defined by German workplace regulations of 20.03.1975. Socket-outlets with connecting terminals to VDE 0620 part 1. Notes on materials: Tough thermoplastic housing. All external metal parts are made of rustproof material.

Rocker switch
16 AX, AC 400 V Illuminated. With screw terminals.
Accessories: Light attachment, art. no. 396376.

Art. no. 340319 340339 PU PG 10/40 2 10/40 2 Info
Version one-way, 3-pole, polar white one-way, 3-pole, light grey
Material: Thermoplastic. Technical Information: AQUASTAR dimensions
Switches, push-buttons and accessories
Light attachment for 3-pole switch

AC 400 V, 1.25 mA For 3-pole switch. Contacts the outside terminals (400 V). To be completed with: Rocker switch insert, art. no. 311300. Rocker switch, art. no. 340339. Rocker control switch, art. no. 372375. Contents: With neon lamp.
Rocker switch
10 AX, AC 250 V
Art. no. 396376
PU PG 5/1020 1
Info
Rocker control switch

Version two-way, polar white two-way, light grey intermediate, polar white intermediate, light grey one-way, 2-pole, polar white one-way, 2-pole, light grey Art. no. 340619 340639 340719 340739 340219 340239 PU PG 10/60 2 10/60 2.8 10/40 2 10/40 2 10/40 2 10/40 2
Info
10 AX, AC 250 V Can also be used as a 1-pole, one-way control switch. Can be used as a heating emergency switch with the labelling insert supplied.
Contents: With neon lamp (spot light) and labelling insert, art. no. 395939.
Art. no. 342619 342639 342219 342239 PU PG 10/40 2 10/40 2 10/40 2 10/40 2 Info
Version
Rocker switch
10 AX, AC 250 V
two-way, polar white two-way, light grey one-way, 2-pole, polar white one-way, 2-pole, light grey
Version
AQUASTAR
Art. no. 340519 340539
PU PG 10/40 2 10/40 2
Info
n
www.merten.com
two-circuit, polar white two-circuit, light grey
252
AQUASTAR | Switches, push-buttons and accessories | 2010
AQUASTAR
Rocker button
10 A, 250 V AC
Heating emergency switch

16 AX, AC 400 V With imprint "Heating emergency switch".
Contents: With labelling insert "Light". We also supply 5 labelling inserts for every 5 buttons: 1 door, 3 bell and 1 neutral.
Art. no. 344019 344039 344819 PU PG 10/40 2 10/40 2.8 10/40 2 Info
Contents: With neon lamp and double entry for cable and leads.
Art. no. 343319 340394 PU PG 10/40 2 10/40 2 Info
Version one-way, 3-pole, polar white one-way, 3-pole, light grey
Version make contact, 1-pole, polar white make contact, 1-pole, light grey make contact, 1-pole with separate signalling contact and integral neon lamp, polar white make contact, 1-pole with separate signalling contact and integral neon lamp, light grey two-way, 1-pole, polar white two-way, 1-pole, light grey
Two-way pull-cord switch

344839 10/40 2
10 AX, AC 250 V Duroplastic housing.
344919 344939
10/40 2 10/40 2
Version
Art. no. 346629
PU PG 5/30 2
Info
Light attachment for AQUASTAR

Spot lighting 22.5 mm.
two-way, light grey

Art. no. PU PG Info
Version AC 230 V, 0.65 mA 12 V/ 2 W 24 V/ 2 W
Roller shutter switches Technical Information: Roller shutter switch and push-button
396776 10/1000 2 396772 5/300 2 396774 5/300 2
Long light attachment

AC 230 V With fitted neon lamp. Current consumption 3.5 mA.
Version AC 230 V Art. no. 396876 PU PG 5/300 2 Info
Roller shutter rocker switch

10 A, 250 V AC With mechanical reverse lock-out and electrical interlock.
Heating emergency switch

10 AX, AC 250 V With imprint "Heating emergency switch".
To be completed with: Rocker for roller shutter switches and push-buttons, art. no. System M 4324.., 4355.., 4344.., System Basis 3155.., System Design 4115.., OCTOCOLOR 3315...
Art. no. 341519 341539 PU PG 10/40 2 10/40 2 Info
AQUASTAR
Version 1-pole, polar white 1-pole, light grey
Contents: With long light attachment and double entry for cable and leads.
Art. no. 343619 342694 343219 342294 PU PG 10/40 2 10/40 2 10/40 2 www.merten.com 10/40 2 Info
Version two-way, polar white two-way, light grey one-way, 2-pole, polar white one-way, 2-pole, light grey
2010
| Roller shutter switches | AQUASTAR
253
AQUASTAR
Roller shutter rocker button

Art. no. 345519 345539
PU PG 10/40 2 10/40 2
Info
Accessories: Labelling insert, art. no. 235539.

Art. no. 238919 238939 PU PG 10/60 2 10/60 2 Info
Version polar white light grey
Momentary/maintained-contact switch for roller shutters for cylinder locks


16 A, AC 250 V Integrated protection against accidental contact as per VDE 0620 Part 1 (child protection). With screw terminals.
Art. no. 347619 347639
PU PG 1/24 8 1/24 8
Info

Art. no. 278019 278039 PU PG 10/60 2 10/60 2 Info
Roller shutter push-button for cylinder locks

SCHUKO socket-outlet, lockable

16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49440 With labelling option and labelling insert. With screw terminals.
Art. no. 347919 347939
PU PG 1/24 8 1/24 8
Info

Accessories: Labelling insert, art. no. 235539. Contents: With security lock, 2 keys per socket-outlet.
Art. no. 238139 238104 238105 PU PG 1/30 2 1/30 2 1/18 2 Info
Version different locks, light grey identical locks, lock no. 200, light grey 2 identical locks, double set, light grey
SCHUKO socket-outlets
16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49440 With labelling option and labelling insert. With plug-in terminals.
AQUASTAR

Art. no. 238039 PU PG 10/60 2.8 Info
n
www.merten.com
Version light grey
254
AQUASTAR | SCHUKO socket-outlets | 2010
AQUASTAR
SCHUKO socket-outlet with improved protection against accidental contact, lockable
16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49440 Integrated protection against accidental contact as per VDE 0620 Part 1 (child protection). With labelling option and labelling insert. With screw terminals.

SCHUKO double socket-outlet, vertical arrangement

16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49440 Arranged vertically and wired together. With labelling option and labelling insert. With 2 cable entries. With plug-in terminals.
Accessories: Labelling insert, art. no. 235539. Contents: With security lock, 2 keys per socket-outlet.
Art. no. 236519 236539 236819 236839 236919 236939 PU PG 1/30 2 1/30 2 1/30 2 1/30 2 1/18 2 1/18 2
Version different locks, polar white different locks, light grey identical locks, lock no. 200, polar white identical locks, lock no. 200, light grey 2 identical locks, double set, polar white 2 identical locks, double set, light grey
Info

Art. no. 239139 PU PG 5/30 2.8 Info
Version light grey

16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49440 Integrated protection against accidental contact as per VDE 0620 Part 1 (child protection). Arranged vertically and wired together. With labelling option and labelling insert. With 2 cable entries. With plug-in terminals.
SCHUKO double socket-outlet, horizontal arrangement

16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49440 Arranged horizontally and wired together. With labelling option and labelling insert. With 4 cable entries. With plug-in terminals.


Art. no. 239619 239639 PU PG 5/30 2 5/30 2 Info

Art. no. 239039 PU PG 5/30 2.8 Info
Version light grey
SCHUKO triple socket-outlet SCHUKO double socket-outlet with increased protection against accidental contact
16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49440 Integrated protection against accidental contact as per VDE 0620 Part 1 (child protection). Arranged horizontally and wired together. With labelling option and labelling insert. With 4 cable entries. With plug-in terminals.
16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49440 With labelling option and labelling insert. The bases are wired together. With 5 cable entries. The inserts can be replaced with any other devices in the AQUASTAR range. With plug-in terminals.

Art. no. 239739 PU PG 1/14 2 Info
AQUASTAR
Version light grey

Art. no. 239519 239539 PU PG 5/30 2 5/30 2 Info
n
www.merten.com
2010
| SCHUKO socket-outlets | AQUASTAR
255
AQUASTAR
Socket-outlet insert with earthing pin and hinged lid SCHUKO triple socket-outlet with increased protection against accidental contact
16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49440 Integrated protection against accidental contact as per VDE 0620 Part 1 (child protection). With labelling option and labelling insert. The bases are wired together. With 5 cable entries. The inserts can be replaced with any other devices in the AQUASTAR range. With plug-in terminals.

16 A, AC 250 V, CEE 7 Standard Sheet V Improved protection against accidental contact. With labelling option and labelling insert. With plug-in terminals. Accessories: Labelling insert, art. no. 235539.
Art. no. 288019 288039 PU PG 10/60 2 10/60 2 Info

Art. no. 239819 239839 PU PG 1/14 2 1/14 2 Info

SCHUKO socket-outlet: 16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49440. Combined with two-way switch: 10 AX, AC 250 V. The inserts can be replaced with any other devices in the AQUASTAR range. With plug-in terminals.
Double socket-outlet with earthing pin and increased protection against accidental contact
16 A, AC 250 V, CEE 7 Standard Sheet V Improved protection against accidental contact. With labelling option and labelling insert. With plug-in terminals.

Art. no. 289019 289039 PU PG 5/30 2 5/30 2 Info

Art. no. 227239 PU PG 5/30 2.8 Info
Version light grey
Accessories
Label set Combination SCHUKO socketoutlet with improved protection against accidental contact/two-way switch
Integrated protection against accidental contact as per VDE 0620 Part 1 (child protection). SCHUKO socket-outlet: 16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49440. Combined with two-way switch: 10 AX, AC 250 V. The inserts can be replaced with any other devices in the AQUASTAR range. With plug-in terminals.

All AQUASTAR switches and AQUASTAR light signals E 14 can be labelled using these labelling inserts. The labelling insert is suitable for use with a typewriter. Contents: 5 white inserts.
Art. no. 395539 395639 395739 395839 395939 395339 PU PG 1/1000 1/1000 1/1000 1/1000 1/1000 2 2 2 2 2 Info
Version neutral light key bell heating emergency switch for 3-pole, one-way switch 340339/94
AQUASTAR
1/1000 2
n
www.merten.com

Art. no. 227319 227339 PU PG 5/30 2 5/30 2 Info
256
AQUASTAR | Socket-outlets (international) | 2010
AQUASTAR
Labelling insert
All AQUASTAR socket-outlets can be labelled using the labelling insert. The labelling insert is suitable for use with a typewriter.
Slide with gland

For M20 x 1.5 steel armoured conduit with thread or M20 x 1.5 compression gland.
Version grey Art. no. 535563 PU PG 10/300 2 Info
Contents: Transparent labelling insert and labelling strips.

Art. no. PU PG Info 235539 10/1000 2
Version white
Connecting element
For close arrangement of several devices.
Light signal E 14
AC 250 V, max. 5 W With flat, red hood for max. 5 watt. For neon and incandescent lamps of max. 38 mm in length. Can be retrofitted with a shatter-proof dome for max. 10 watt.
Version polar white grey Art. no. 535919 535962 PU PG 10/500 2 10/500 2 Info
Conduit entry
For plastic tubes in accordance with 49016. Internal diameter 18.7 mm and external diameter 25 mm.
To be completed with: Incandescent lamp E 14, art. no. 396676. Dome for light signal E 14, art. no. 396611/12/13. Accessories: Dome for light signal E14, art. no. 396611/12/ 13. Contents: Without neon lamp.
Art. no. 348019 348039
PU PG 1/30 2 1/30 2
Info
Mini-trunking entry
Incandescent lamp E 14
AC 250 V, 5 W Particularly suited to light signal E 14 with flat hood.
Version polar white grey
Art. no. 534119 534162
PU PG 10/240 2 10/240 2
Info

Art. no. 396676 PU PG 5/1020 2 Info
Version AC 230 V, 5 watts
Dome for light signal E 14

Break-proof, high version for neon lamps in accordance with DIN 49850 and tubular lamps in accordance with DIN 49852, form A up to a max. of 10 watts, e.g. ERG type RL/E 14, 10 W.
To be completed with: Light signal E 14 insert, art. no. 378075. Light signal E 14 insert, art. no. 348039.
Art. no. 396612 396611 396613 PU PG 2/80 2 2/80 2 2/80 2 Info
Version green red clear
Double entry
For cables and leads.
AQUASTAR
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
n
www.merten.com
2010
536019 10/1000 2 536062 10/1000 2
| Accessories | AQUASTAR
257
IMPACT-RESISTANT |AGRAR
ROBUST ENDURANCE
IMPACT-RESISTANT The IMPACT-RESISTANT switch series is ideally suited to difcult conditions. This makes the IMPACTRESISTANT switch series perfect for parking garages, public facilities and concert halls - spaces that require robust switches or a switch series that can withstand water, cold and heat. IMPACT-RESISTANT are t for use under harsh conditions in accordance with VDE 0620, and meet the highest specications. The switch series combines rst-class Thermoplastic materials with high-quality technical components.
AGRAR The AGRAR series takes the IMPACT-RESISTANT series one step further, providing resistance to chemical substances and corrosion. AGRAR is the ideal solution for arms, nurseries, waste water treatment plants, the chemical industry and buildings in coastal areas. This AGRAR series meets the IP 55 protection standard and consists of a polyamide housing, which is even resistant to ammonia vapours.
IMPACT-RESISTANT
IMPACTRESISTENT AGRAR
www.merten.de
AGRAR
IMPACT-RESISTANT / AGRAR | 2010
258
IMPACT-RESISTANT |AGRAR
Contents
Switches waterproof in accordance with IP 66 Rocker and housing upper sections secured with stainless steel screws All upper sections can be illuminated in line with current German workplace regulations Available as accessory: E10 LED lamp in a variety of colours High protective shroud to prevent unintentional switching and protect the mechanics from damage
Hidden wall mounting with four screws to protect against vandalism and malicious dismantling VDE-approved connecting terminals
Highly-exible captive rubber seal
Upper sections secured to lower sections with four quick-mounting screws sealed and secure
IMPACTRESISTENT AGRAR
2010
| IMPACT-RESISTANT / AGRAR
www.merten.de
259
IMPACT-RESISTANT
IMPACT-RESISTANT AGRARIMPACT-RESISTANTSpecial surface-mountedWaterproofIMPACT-RESISTANTIMPACT-RESISTANTp
Switch inserts with connecting terminals to VDE 0632 Can be illuminated as defined by German workplace regulations of 20.03.1975. Socket-outlets with connecting terminals to VDE 0620 part 1. Notes on materials: Shatter-proof thermoplastic. All external metal parts are made of rustproof material.


16 AX, AC 400 V With screw terminals.
Material: Thermoplastic. Technical Information: IMPACT-RESISTANT dimensions; IMPACT-RESISTANT material durability
Contents: With light attachment for 3-pole switch, art. no. 396376.
Art. no. 372375 PU PG 1/30 2 Info
Version one-way, 3-pole, blue
Rocker button
10 A, 250 V AC Illuminated. With plug-in terminals.
Rocker switch
16 AX, AC 250 V Illuminated. With screw terminals. Accessories: Neon lamp attachment with integrated lamp, art. no. 396502. Plug-in light attachment E 10, art. no. 396576. Neon lamp E 10, art. no. 395100. LED lamp E 10, art. no. 3951... Contents: 1 light, 1 door, 1 bell per push-button.
Accessories: Neon lamp attachment with integrated lamp, art. no. 396502. Plug-in light attachment E 10, art. no. 396576. Neon lamp E 10, art. no. 395100. LED lamp E 10, art. no. 3951...
Art. no. 370675 370775 PU PG 1/30 2 1/30 2 Info
Version make contact, 1-pole, with separate signalling contact, blue two-way, 1-pole, blue break contact, 1-pole, with separate signalling contact, blue
Art. no. 375975
PU PG 1/30 2
Info
Version two-way, blue intermediate, blue
375998 375997
1/30 2 1/30 2

16 AX, AC 250 V Can also be used as a 1-pole, one-way control switch. With screw terminals.
Version neutral, clear light, clear key, clear Art. no. 395569 395669 395769 395869 395900 PU PG 100/ 4000 100/ 4000 100/ 4000 100/ 4000 100/ 4000 1 1 1 1 1 Info

Art. no. 372675 372275 PU PG 1/30 2 1/30 2 Info
bell, clear neutral, red transp.
Version two-way, blue one-way, 2-pole, blue

IMPACTRESISTANT AGRAR

Art. no. PU PG Info 396502 10/1000 1
p
www.merten.com
Version grey
260
IMPACT-RESISTANT | Switches, push-buttons and accessories | 2010
IMPACT-RESISTANT
SCHUKO socket-outlets with screw terminals Connecting terminals in accordance with VDE 0620 Part 1.
16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49440 Removable base. With screw terminals.
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
396576 10/1000 1
LED lamp
Version blue
Art. no. 279075
PU PG 1/30 2
Info
SCHUKO socket-outlet with information field

16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49440 With information field and removable base. With screw terminals.
Art. no. 395120 395121 395122 395123 395124 395131 395132 395133 395134 395135
PU PG 20/240 20/240 20/240 20/240 20/240 20/240 20/240 20/240 20/240 20/240 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Info
Version blue
Art. no. 279091
PU PG 1/30 2
Info
Neon lamp E 10
SCHUKO workbench socketoutlet

10 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49440 1-pole fuse-protected. Fine-wire fuse T 10 A in accordance with DIN 41571. Removable base. With screw terminals.

Art. no. 395100 PU PG 20/ 1 4080 Info Version blue
Contents: 2 cable entries.

Art. no. 279175 PU PG 1/30 2 Info


16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49440 With break-out cable entries on all sides. The base is fixed to the lower section. With screw terminals.
Art. no. 396376
PU PG 5/1020 1
Info

Art. no. 229275 PU PG 1/20 2 Info
Version blue
p
www.merten.com
2010
| SCHUKO socket-outlets with screw terminals | IMPACT-RESISTANT
261
IMPACT-RESISTANT
SCHUKO double socket-outlet, vertical
16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49440 With break-out cable entries on all sides. The base is fixed to the lower section. With screw terminals.
Mobile SCHUKO triple socketoutlet with 5 m incoming cable

16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49440 With 5 m incoming cable H 07 RN-F 3 G 1.5 mm2 and all-rubber SCHUKO plug, art. no. 122051. With screw terminals.
PU PG 1/20 2 Info Version blue Art. no. 229395 PU PG 1/4 2 Info

Art. no. 229286
Version blue

SCHUKO socket-outlet: 16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49440. Combined with two-way switch: 16 AX, AC 250 V. With break-out cable entries on all sides. The inserts can be replaced with any other devices in the IMPACT-RESISTANT range. With screw terminals.
SCHUKO triple socket-outlet

16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49440 With break-out cable entries on all sides. The inserts can be replaced with any other devices in the IMPACT-RESISTANT range. With screw terminals.

Art. no. 229375 PU PG 2/8 2 Info
Version blue

Art. no. 227875 PU PG 1/20 2 Info
Version blue
Mobile SCHUKO triple socketoutlet

16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49440 The bases are wired together. Suitable for cables up to 3 x 2.5 mm2 H 07 RN-F and NSSHu. With plastic hanger (strain relief) and bend protection sleeve. With screw terminals.
Version blue Art. no. 229393 PU PG 2/8 2 Info Version blue
Socket-outlet with earthing pin and increased protection against accidental contact
16 A, AC 250 V, CEE 7 Standard Sheet V Improved protection against accidental contact. Removable base. Suitable for surface mounting. With screw terminals.
Art. no. 289378 PU PG 1/30 2 Info
p
www.merten.com
262
IMPACT-RESISTANT | Socket-outlets (international) | 2010
IMPACT-RESISTANT
Accessories
Connecting element Light signal E 14

AC 250 V, max. 10 W For neon lamps in accordance with DIN 49850 and tubular lamps in accordance with DIN 49852, form A.
Version grey
For close arrangement of several devices.
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
535960 10/1000 2
Slide with gland

For M20 x 1.5 steel armoured conduit with thread or M20 x 1.5 compression gland. To be completed with: Dome for light signal E 14, art. no. 396611/12/13. Incandescent lamp E 14, art. no. 396676. Contents: Without lamp and cover.
Version black
Art. no. 533963
PU PG 10/180 2
Info
Version blue
Art. no. 378075
PU PG 1/30 2
Info
Hanger with bend protection sleeve and strain relief

For suspending all IMPACT-RESISTANT units quickly and safely.
Dome for light signal E 14

Break-proof, high version for neon lamps in accordance with DIN 49850 and tubular lamps in accordance with DIN 49852, form A up to a max. of 10 watts, e.g. ERG type RL/E 14, 10 W.

Note: The IP 20 is achieved in combination with the devices.

Art. no. 229399 PU PG 2/96 2 Info
Version blue
To be completed with: Light signal E 14 insert, art. no. 378075. Light signal E 14 insert, art. no. 348039.
Art. no. 396611 396612 396613 PU PG 2/80 2 2/80 2 2/80 2 Info
Version red green clear
Incandescent lamp E 14
AC 250 V, 5 W Particularly suited to light signal E 14 with flat hood.

Art. no. 396676 PU PG 5/1020 2 Info
Version AC 230 V, 5 watts
Junction box
400 V Empty box for nominal cross-section 2.5 mm2, with 2 cable entries and 2 breakout cable entries. Possible to install command devices with one-hole fixing 22.5 mm, e.g. Schneider Electric Harmony xB4/xB5 etc.; up to 50 mm mounting depth.
Version blue Art. no. 522175 PU PG 1/30 2 Info
Double entry
Version black
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
536061 10/1000 2 www.merten.com
2010
| Accessories | IMPACT-RESISTANT
263
AGRAR
IMPACT-RESISTANT AGRARAGRARSpecial surface-mountedWaterproofAGRARAGRARp
Switches with connecting terminals in accordance with VDE 0632. Can be illuminated as defined by German workplace regulations of 20.03.1975. Notes on materials: Resistant to aggressive atmospheres due to use of corrosion-resistant metal parts from special alloys and extensively chemical-resistant polyamide housing.

Rocker button
10 A, 250 V AC Illuminated. With plug-in terminals. Type of protection: IP55
Material: Thermoplastic. Technical Information: AGRAR dimensions Accessories: Neon lamp attachment with integrated lamp, art. no. 396502. Plug-in light attachment E 10, art. no. 396576. Neon lamp E 10, art. no. 395100. LED lamp E 10, art. no. 3951... Contents: 1 light, 1 door, 1 bell per push-button.
Version
Art. no. 375977
PU PG 1/30 2
Info
two-way, 1-pole, green
Rocker switch
16 AX, AC 250 V Illuminated. With screw terminals. Type of protection: IP 55
Version neutral, clear light, clear key, clear Art. no. 395569 395669 395769 395869 395900 PU PG 100/ 4000 100/ 4000 100/ 4000 100/ 4000 100/ 4000 1 1 1 1 1 Info
Accessories: Neon lamp attachment with integrated lamp, art. no. 396502. Plug-in light attachment E 10, art. no. 396576. Neon lamp E 10, art. no. 395100. LED lamp E 10, art. no. 3951...
Art. no. 370677 PU PG 1/30 2 Info
bell, clear neutral, red transp.
Version two-way, green


16 AX, AC 250 V Can also be used as a 1-pole, one-way control switch. With screw terminals. Type of protection: IP 55

Art. no. PU PG Info 396502 10/1000 1
Version grey

Art. no. 372677 PU PG 1/30 2 Info
Version two-way, green
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
396576 10/1000 1
p
www.merten.com
264
AGRAR | Switches, push-buttons and accessories | 2010
AGRAR
LED lamp

16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49440 With break-out cable entries on all sides. Pins and lid springs are made of stainless steel; contacts and connecting terminals are made of special alloys. The socket-outlets can be replaced with any other products in the AGRAR range. With screw terminals.
Art. no. 395120 395121 395122 395123 395124 395131 395132 395133 395134 395135
PU PG 20/240 20/240 20/240 20/240 20/240 20/240 20/240 20/240 20/240 20/240 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Info

Version
Neon lamp E 10
green
Accessories

Art. no. 395100 PU PG 20/ 1 4080 Info Version black
Double entry
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
536061 10/1000 2
Connecting element
SCHUKO socket-outlets with screw terminals For close arrangement of several devices.
16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49440 Pins and lid springs are made of stainless steel; contacts and connecting terminals are made of special alloys. Removable base. With screw terminals.
Version grey
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
535960 10/1000 2
Slide with gland

For M20 x 1.5 steel armoured conduit with thread or M20 x 1.5 compression gland.
Version black Art. no. 533963 PU PG 10/180 2 Info
Version green
Art. no. 279077
PU PG 1/30 2
Info
p
www.merten.com
2010
| SCHUKO socket-outlets with screw terminals | AGRAR
265
SURFACE-MOUNTED
AEsTHETIC DEsIGN ON THE WALL
SURFACE-MOUNTED When the cost of installation is too high, particularly during retrotting, the surfacemounted series will reduce costs. But lower costs don't require sacricing visual appeal. Surface-mounted housings are available for the 1-M, ATELIER, M-SMART, M1, ATELIER, ARTEC and OCTOCOLOR switch ranges. Merten thus provides an optimal modular system that can be expanded and retrotted attractively and at low cost. Whether for retrotting or for installation on visible brickwork, the broad spectrum of functional inserts provides a solution for every application. In connection with the optional base plate made of self-extinguishing material, the surface-mounted installation is approved by the Association of German Property Insurers (VdS) even for inammable surfaces thus enabling installation on partition walls or other wood constructions. SURFACE-MOUNTED polar white
SURFACEMOUNTED
IP 20
266
www.merten.de
SURFACE-MOUNTED | 2010
SURFACE-MOUNTED
CONTENTs
31.5 mm
www.merten.de
SURFACEMOUNTED
IP 20
2010
| SURFACE-MOUNTED
267
SURFACE-MOUNTED
SURFACE-MOUNTEDSURFACE-MOUNTEDSpecial surface-mountedDrySURFACE-MOUNTEDSURFACE-MOUNTEDq
Socket-outlet inserts with connecting terminals to VDE 0620 part 1. Switch inserts with connecting terminals to VDE 0632. Can be illuminated as defined by German workplace regulations of 20.03.1975.


10 AX, AC 250 V Can also be used as a 1-pole, one-way control switch.
Material: Highly scratch-resistant duroplastic range. Technical Information: Surface-mounted dimensions
Contents: With light attachment and neon lamp AC 230 V, art. no. 395444, red symbol, art. no. 395930, cable and mini-trunking entry (15 mm).
Art. no. 302219 302217 302644 302619 302617 302244 PU PG 10/70 1.5 10/70 1.5 10/70 10/70 10/70 10/70 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 Info
Version
Rocker switch
10 AX, AC 250 V
one-way, 2-pole, polar white one-way, 2-pole, dark brazil two-way, white two-way, polar white two-way, dark brazil one-way, 2-pole, white
Rocker button
10 A, 250 V AC With third contact for lighting or monitoring.
Contents: With cable and mini-trunking entry (15 mm).

Art. no. 300619 300617 300744 300719 300717 300244 300219 300217 300644 PU PG 10/70 10/70 10/70 10/70 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 Info
Version two-way, polar white two-way, dark brazil intermediate, white intermediate, polar white intermediate, dark brazil one-way, 2-pole, white one-way, 2-pole, polar white one-way, 2-pole, dark brazil two-way, white
Contents: With cable and mini-trunking entry (15 mm). For PU 10: 4 light, 2 door, 2 bell (clear), 10 neutral (red transparent).
Art. no. 304819 304817 304844 PU PG 10/70 1.5 10/70 1.5 10/70 1.5 Info
10/70 1.5 10/70 1.5 10/70 1.5 10/70 1.5 10/70 1.5
Version make contact, 1-pole, polar white make contact, 1-pole, dark brazil make contact, 1-pole, white
Rocker switch
10 AX, AC 250 V
Two-way pull-cord switch

10 AX, AC 250 V

Art. no. 300519 300517 300544 PU PG 10/70 1.5 10/70 1.5 10/70 1.5 Info
Version two-circuit, polar white two-circuit, dark brazil two-circuit, white

Art. no. 306619 306644 PU PG 10/70 1.5 10/70 1.5 Info
Version two-way, polar white two-way, white
Two-way pull-cord switch with control lamp

16 AX, AC 250 V

Art. no. 306844 PU PG 4/32 1.5 Info
SURFACEMOUNTED
white
268
SURFACE-MOUNTED | Switches, push-buttons and accessories | 2010
SURFACE-MOUNTED
Symbols, oval
Surface-mounted dimmer for ohmic load

AC 230 V For incandescent lamps and 230 V halogen lamps. With pressure-operated two-way switch. (Phase control). Closed base.
Art. no. 395530 395630 395730 395830 395568 395668 395768 395868 395930
PU PG 100/ 4000 100/ 4000 100/ 4000 100/ 4000 100/ 4000 100/ 4000 100/ 4000 100/ 4000 100/ 4000 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Info
Technical Information Contents: Complete device with cable and mini-trunking entry (15 mm).
Art. no. 571619 571617 571644 PU PG 1/72 8 1/72 8 1/72 8 Info disc. disc. disc.
Version 60-600 W, halogen 500 W, polar white 60-600 W, halogen 500 W, dark brazil 60-600 W, halogen 500 W, white
Light attachment, operating voltage AC 230 V

AC 230 V With integrated neon lamp. Current consumption 1 mA.
Version 230 V, black Art. no. PU PG Info 395444 10/2040 1
Light signal E 10
AC 250 V, max. 3 W With E 10 holder and red hood. Without neon lamp.
To be completed with: Neon lamp E 10, art. no. 395100. LED lamp E 10, art. no. 3951... Contents: With cable and mini-trunking entry (15 mm).
Version polar white white Art. no. 308019 308044 PU PG 10/70 1.5 10/70 1.5 Info
Light attachment, operating voltage 12 V

With built-in incandescent bulb for 12 V operating voltage.
Version 12 V, grey Art. no. 395412 PU PG 10/500 1 Info
LED lamp

Version AC 230 V, red AC 24 V, red
Art. no. 395120 395131
PU PG 20/240 1 20/240 1
Info
Neon lamp E 10

Version 60-400 W, polar white 60-400 W, dark brazil 60-400 W, white
AC 230 V, 0.65 mA Low current consumption (approx. 0.65 mA) and low starting voltage (max. 120 V) mean it is particularly suitable for stairwell and fluorescent lamp circuits. To be completed with: Plug-in light attachment E 10, art. no. 396576.
Art. no. 395100 PU PG 20/ 1 4080 Info
www.merten.com
SURFACEMOUNTED
2010
| Switches, push-buttons and accessories | SURFACE-MOUNTED
269
SURFACE-MOUNTED
SCHUKO socket-outlets Connecting terminals in accordance with VDE 0620 Part 1.

Note: For the Dutch market.

Art. no. 276254 PU PG 10/20 1.5 Info
Version white

Art. no. 275019 275017 275044 PU PG 10/70 1.5 10/70 1.5 10/70 1.5 Info
Version polar white dark brazil white

SCHUKO socket-outlet: 16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49440. Combined with two-way switch: 10 AX, AC 250 V.


Art. no. 380619 380617 380644 PU PG 5/35 1.5 5/35 1.5 5/35 1.5 Info

Art. no. 236019 236017 236044 PU PG 5/35 1.5 5/35 1.5 5/35 1.5 Info
Combination SCHUKO socketoutlet/two-circuit switch

SCHUKO socket-outlet: 16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49440. Two-circuit switch: 10 AX, AC 250 V.

Art. no. 380539 380554
PU PG 5/35 1.5 5/35 1.5
Info
Combination SCHUKO double socket-outlet/two-way switch

Art. no. 276219 276217 276244 PU PG 10/20 1.5 10/20 1.5 10/20 1.5 Info
SCHUKO double socket-outlet: 16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49440. Two-way switch: 10 AX, AC 250 V.

Art. no. 382619 382617 382644 PU PG 5/20 1.5 5/20 1.5 5/20 1.5 Info
Version polar white dark brazil white www.merten.com

SURFACEMOUNTED
270
SURFACE-MOUNTED | SCHUKO socket-outlets | 2010
SURFACE-MOUNTED
Combination SCHUKO double socket-outlet/two-circuit switch
SCHUKO double socket-outlet: 16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49440. Two-circuit switch: 10 A, AC 250 V.
Base plate for twin combination

Made from self-extinguishing material.
To be completed with: Surface-mounted switch/socket-outlet combinations, art. no. 3806.., 3866.., 3805.., 3865...
Art. no. 517819 517817 517844 PU PG 10/240 1.5 10/240 1.5 10/240 1.5 Info
Note: For the Dutch market.

Art. no. 382539 382554 PU PG 5/20 1.5 5/20 1.5 Info
Base plate for 3-gang combination/SCHUKO triple socketoutlet

Accessories for surface-mounted socket-outlets and combinations Made from self-extinguishing material.
Junction box
400 V Empty box for nominal cross-section 2.5 mm2 with base plate and 8 knockout openings for cable entries.
To be completed with: Surface-mounted 3-gang combinations, art. no. 2762.., 3826.., 386054, 3825...
Art. no. 517919 517917 517944 PU PG 10/200 1.5 10/200 1.5 10/200 1.5 Info
Contents: With 3 cable entries.

Art. no. 523019 523017 523044 PU PG 10/60 1.5 10/60 1.5 10/60 1.5 Version white polar white Info
Cable entry
Art. no. 535162 535160 PU PG 20/ 1.5 2000 20/ 1.5 2000 Info
Base plate for stand-alone device

To be completed with: Stand-alone devices from the surface-mounted range (except dimmers and junction boxes)
Art. no. 517619 517617 517644 PU PG 10/300 1.5 10/300 1.5 10/300 1.5 Info Version white polar white

Art. no. PU PG Info
535062 10/1000 1.5 535060 10/1000 1.5
Base plate for double socketoutlet

To be completed with: Surface-mounted double socket-outlets, art. no. 2360.., 2161..

Art. no. 517719 517717 517744 PU PG 10/210 1.5 10/210 1.5 10/210 1.5 Info
www.merten.com
SURFACEMOUNTED
2010
| Accessories for surface-mounted socket-outlets and combinations | SURFACE-MOUNTED
271
SURFACE-MOUNTED
Strain relief

Art. no. 510501 PU PG 5/300 1.5 Info
Version
Art. no. 519144 519119 519125 PU PG 1/40 1.5 1/40 1.5 1/40 1.5
Surface-mounted housing for M-SMART, ARTEC, OCTOCOLOR Thermoplastic version. Suitable mini trunking (15x15 mm) is supplied by the trunking manufacturer. Technical Information: Surface-mounted housing dimensions
Info

Art. no. 512144 512119 512106 MEG4014-1425 512129 512115 512169 PU PG 1/40 1/40 1/40 1/40 1/40 1/40 1/40 1.5 1.5 1.5 1 1.5 1.5 1.5 Info
Version white polar white ruby red active white, glossy light grey dark brazil black grey
Art. no. 519244 519219 519225
PU PG 1/20 1.5 1/20 1.5 1/20 1.5
Info
new

Art. no. 512244 512219 MEG4024-1425 512229 512215 512269 PU PG 1/20 1/20 1/20 1/20 1/20 1/20 1.5 1.5 1 1.5 1.5 1.5 Info
Art. no. 519344 519319 519325 PU PG 1/15 1.5 1/15 1.5 1/15 1.5 Info
Version white polar white active white, glossy light grey dark brazil black grey
new
272
www.merten.com
SURFACEMOUNTED
SURFACE-MOUNTED | Surface-mounted housing for 1-M, ATELIER-M | 2010
SURFACE-MOUNTED
Art. no. 512344 512319 MEG4034-1425 512329 512315 512369 PU PG 1/15 1/15 1/15 1/15 1/15 1/15 1.5 1.5 1 1.5 1.5 1.5 Info
Version white polar white active white, glossy light grey dark brazil black grey
new
Accessories for surface-mounted housing
Cable entry
Version light grey white polar white Art. no. 535163 535162 535160 PU PG 20/ 1.5 2000 20/ 1.5 2000 20/ 1.5 2000 Info

Version light grey white polar white Art. no. PU PG Info
535063 10/1000 1.5 535062 10/1000 1.5 535060 10/1000 1.5
www.merten.com
SURFACEMOUNTED
2010
| Accessories for surface-mounted housing | SURFACE-MOUNTED
273
SYSTEM BASIS
SUCCEssFUL DEsIGN
A successful series continues: With the redesign of the M1 and ATELIER range, the new and highly modern switch range is adapted for use with System M. Now the modern classics 1-M and ATELIER-M can make full use of the 280 available inserts. The new design combines timely evolution with a broad spectrum of intelligent features. Merten has built on its record of success: the generous curves that distinguish the M1 and ATELIER series also distinguish the popular and long-standing System Basis series. The pure functionalism of the M1 series and the smooth lines of ATELIER remain a trademark today. With 125 inserts, the classic series are ideally suited for a broad range of daily applications: the perfect base for a variety of installations.
System Basis
274
www.merten.de
SYsTEM BAsIs | Inserts | 2010
SYSTEM BASIS
CONTENTs
M1 stands out through of its high functionality and clear form.
1-M Evolution, not revolution: 1-M emphasises the dynamic transition from frame to rocker (starting on page 90)
ATELIER makes a good impression with soft, smooth lines from the rocker to frame.
www.merten.de
ATELIER-M A new interpretation of a popular design: ATELIER-M with a typical concave silhouette (starting on page 90)
System Basis
2010
| Inserts | SYsTEM BAsIs
275
SYSTEM BASIS/INSERTS
System BasisSystem Basis/InsertsFlush-mounted rangesSystem BasisSystem Basis/InsertsSystem Basis/Insertsr
All inserts that fit M1 and ATELIER frames can be found under "System Basis/Inserts".


Material: Highly scratch-resistant duroplastic range. Technical Information: System Basis dimensions Availability: System Basis available until end of 2011.
Contents: With 2 lettering strips per insert for labelling. Availability: Discontinued articles available until end of 2011.
Art. no. 234319 234374 PU PG 10/40 1 10/40 1 Info disc. disc.
SCHUKO socket-outlets and accessories Most SCHUKO socket-outlets have plug-in terminals. All versions with screw terminals are described accordingly. Connecting terminals in accordance with VDE 0620 Part 1. The socket-outlets can be integrated into the OCTOCOLOR range with adapter, art. no. 517094 94/99. They can be integrated into System Design with adapter, art. no. 518044 44/19.




SCHUKO socket-outlet insert with fine-wire fuse

10 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49440 With T10H fine-wire fuse. With screw terminals. Availability: Discontinued articles available until end of 2011.




Version polar white white www.merten.com
System Basis
276
SYSTEM BASIS/INSERTS | SCHUKO socket-outlets and accessories | 2010
Socket-outlets and accessories All socket-outlet inserts can be integrated into the OCTOCOLOR range with adapter, art. no. 517094 94/99. They can be integrated into System Design with adapter, art. no. 518044 44/19.

With two 1-pole, built-in plugs to DIN 42801. Connecting terminal up to 6 mm2. Without claws, for screw fixing. Accessories: Potential equalisation angled connector, art. no. 297190. Availability: Discontinued articles available until end of 2011.
Version polar white white Art. no. 297019 297074 PU PG 10/40 1 10/40 1 Info disc. disc.
Switch rockers

Rocker




Rocker marked 0/1



Art. no. 307001 PU PG 60/300 1 Info
Rocker, 2-gang

Version white
www.merten.com
System Basis
2010
| Socket-outlets and accessories | SYSTEM BASIS/INSERTS
277
Push-down button for two-circuit switch

For push-down two-circuit switch inserts, recognisable by the blue contact piece. To be completed with: Push-down two-circuit switch insert, art. no. 330500. Availability: Discontinued articles available until end of 2011.
Contents: 4 pictograms (1 service, 1 light, 1 bell, 1 neutral) per rocker. Availability: Discontinued articles available until end of 2011.
Art. no. 330519 330574
PU PG 5/225 1 5/225 1
Info disc. disc.
Rocker with oval opening for symbols

Push-down button with red transparent opening for symbols

For push-down control switch insert, recognisable by the blue contact piece. To be completed with: Push-down control switch insert, art. no. 332200, 332600. Accessories: Symbols, oval, art. no. 395530/68, 395630/ 68, 395730/68, 395830/68, 395930. Availability: Discontinued articles available until end of 2011.
Accessories: Symbols, oval, art. no. 395530/68, 395630/ 68, 395730/68, 395830/68, 395930. Contents: For PU 10: 4 light, 2 door, 2 bell (clear), 10 neutral (red transparent). Availability: Discontinued articles available until end of 2011.
Art. no. 310819 310874
PU PG 10/240 1 10/400 1
Info disc. disc.
Art. no. 330819 330874
PU PG 5/225 1 5/225 1
Info disc. disc.

Rocker in push-down design



Rocker in push-down design with oval opening for symbols

Push-down buttons
For completion with push-down switch inserts.
Push-down button
For push-down two-way and push-down intermediate switch insert, recognisable by the blue contact piece. To be completed with: Push-down control switch insert, art. no. 330600, 330700. Availability: Discontinued articles available until end of 2011.
Accessories: Symbols, oval, art. no. 395530/68, 395630/ 68, 395730/68, 395830/68, 395930. Contents: For PU 5: 2 light, 1 door, 1 bell (clear), 5 neutral (red transparent). Availability: Discontinued articles available until end of 2011.
Art. no. 311819 311874
PU PG 5/225 1 5/225 1
Info disc. disc.
Art. no. 330119 330174
PU PG 5/225 1 5/225 1
Info disc. disc.
System Basis
278
www.merten.com
SYSTEM BASIS/INSERTS | Push-down buttons | 2010
Push-down switch insert
10 AX, AC 250 V All push-down control switch inserts are recognisable by the blue contact piece. Special switch functions

For standardised semi-cylindrical locks 40 mm long. To be completed with: Two-way maintained-contact switch insert, art. no. 318601. Adapters: Can be integrated into System Design using the adapter, art. no. 5180... Availability: Discontinued articles available until end of 2011.
Version two-way two-circuit intermediate
Art. no. 330600 330500 330700
PU PG 10/50 1 10/50 1 10/50 1
Info
Push-down control switch insert

10 AX, AC 250 V Can also be used as a 1-pole, one-way control switch. All push-down control switch inserts are recognisable by the blue contact piece.
Art. no. 318618 318624
PU PG 1/60 8 1/60 8
Info disc. disc.

Art. no. 332200 332600 PU PG 10/50 1 10/50 1 Info
Central plate for speed controller
Version one-way, 2-pole two-way
To be completed with: Speed controller insert, art. no. 583699. Availability: Discontinued articles available until end of 2011.
Art. no. 583619 583674
PU PG 5/120 8 5/120 8
Info disc. disc.
JUMBO, the big switch

10 AX, AC 250 V In ATELIER design. In existing stand-alone devices such as on/ off, two-way and intermediate switches from the Merten ranges, only frame and rocker must be exchanged for the JUMBO top unit. Dimensions: 165 x 165 x 45 mm (HxWxD)
To be completed with: Three-step rotary switch insert, art. no. 317400. Availability: Discontinued articles available until end of 2011.
Art. no. 317418 317424
PU PG 1/100 8 1/100 8
Info disc. disc.
Contents: Complete device with two-way switch. Availability: Discontinued articles available until end of 2011.
Art. no. 310696 PU PG 1/6 1.1 Info disc.
Version ruby red
www.merten.com
System Basis
2010
| JUMBO, the big switch | SYSTEM BASIS/INSERTS
279
Illuminated.
Time switch
To be completed with: Push-button insert for hotel keycard holder with separate signalling contact, make contact 1-pole, MEG3754-0000. Push-button insert for hotel keycard holder with separate signalling contact and orientation light, make contact 1-pole, MEG3760-0000. Rocker button insert for hotel keycard holder, art. no. 315800. Rocker switch insert, art. no. 315000, 315900, 315901. Adapters: Can be integrated into System Design using the adapter, art. no. 5180... Accessories: LED lighting module for switches/push-buttons 100-230 V, MEG3901-00... LED lighting module for switches/push-buttons 8-32 V, MEG3921-00... Neon lamp attachment with integrated lamp, art. no. 396502. Plug-in light attachment E 10, art. no. 396576. Neon lamp E 10, art. no. 395100. LED lamp E 10, art. no. 3951... Availability: Discontinued articles available until end of 2011.
Art. no. 315119 315174
PU PG 1/100 1 1/100 1
Info disc. disc.
Time switch insert
Contents: Complete device.Without frame. Availability: Discontinued articles available until end of 2011.
Version
To be completed with: Time switch insert, 15 min, art. no. 538000. Availability: Discontinued articles available until end of 2011.
polar white white
Art. no. 538039 538034
PU PG 1/100 8 1/100 8
Info disc. disc.
Touch sensor surfaces (switching/dimming) Touch dimmer 311, Contact switch 312
Sensor cover
For System Basis. Manual operation.
To be completed with: Time switch insert, 120 min, art. no. 538200. Availability: Discontinued articles available until end of 2011.
Art. no. 538239 538234
PU PG 1/100 8 1/100 8
Info disc. disc.
To be completed with: Super dimmer insert, art. no. 577099, 573399, 577299, 573599, 577899. Electronic switch insert, art. no. 575799, 574697. Universal relay insert, art. no. 575897. Extension insert, art. no. 573999. Technical Information Availability: Discontinued articles available until end of 2011.
Art. no. 574198 574174
PU PG 1/100 8 1/100 8
Info disc. disc.
System Basis
280
www.merten.com
SYSTEM BASIS/INSERTS | Time switch insert | 2010
TELE sensor cover
For System Basis. Can be manually operated and controlled remotely via IR remote control. To be completed with: Super dimmer insert, art. no. 577099, 573399, 577299, 573599, 577899. Electronic switch insert, art. no. 575799, 574697. Universal relay insert, art. no. 575897. Extension TELE insert, art. no. 573998. Transmitter: IR remote control Distance, art. no. 570222. Technical Information Availability: Discontinued articles available until end of 2011.

Central plate for momentary/ maintained-contact switch insert for roller shutters
To be completed with: Momentary/maintained-contact switch insert for roller shutters, art. no. 317200. Availability: Discontinued articles available until end of 2011.
Art. no. 574819 574874
PU PG 1/100 8 1/100 8
Info disc. disc.
Blind control system You can find a complete overview of all products and functions in the chapter "Blind control system".
Rotary dimmer 314
Blind control system 369 Technical Information: Blind control system

For System Basis.
Blind push-button
Operator button for blind/roller shutter motors. With electronic locking of blind control. To be completed with: Blind control insert, art. no. 580698, 580699. Technical Information Availability: Discontinued articles available until end of 2011.
To be completed with: Dimmer insert, art. no. 572199, 572499, 572299, 572599, 577199, 572999, 573299. Availability: Discontinued articles available until end of 2011.
Art. no. 572319 572374
PU PG 5/120 8 5/120 8
Info disc. disc.
Art. no. 580219 580274
PU PG 1/100 8 1/100 8
Info disc. disc.

Operator button for blind/roller shutter motors. With electronic locking of blind control. Possible to connect sun sensor. To be completed with: Blind control insert, art. no. 580698, 580699. Accessories: Sun/twilight sensor, art. no. 580691. Technical Information Availability: Discontinued articles available until end of 2011.


Art. no. 580519 580574
PU PG 1/100 8 1/100 8
Info disc. disc.
www.merten.com
System Basis
2010
| Covers for rotary dimmers | SYSTEM BASIS/INSERTS
281
Operator button for blind/roller shutter motors. With electronic locking of blind control. Possible to connect sun sensor. The device uses a a memory function for the purpose of presence simulation to save a time for opening and a time for closing the blinds. Which are then repeated every 24 hours. To be completed with: Blind control insert, art. no. 580698, 580699. Accessories: Sun/twilight sensor, art. no. 580691. Technical Information Availability: Discontinued articles available until end of 2011.

Blind time switch

For programmed and time-dependent switching of blind/roller shutter motors.
To be completed with: Blind control insert, art. no. 580698, 580699. Technical Information Availability: Discontinued articles available until end of 2011.

For programmed and time-dependent switching of blind/roller shutter motors. Possible to connect sun/twilight sensor. To be completed with: Blind control insert, art. no. 580698, 580699. Accessories: Sun/twilight sensor, art. no. 580691. Technical Information Availability: Discontinued articles available until end of 2011.
Art. no. 580319 580374
PU PG 1/100 8 1/100 8
Info disc. disc.

Operator button for blind/roller shutter motors. Can be manually operated and controlled remotely via IR remote control. With electronic locking of blind control. Possible to connect sun sensor. To be completed with: Blind control insert, art. no. 580698, 580699. Accessories: Sun/twilight sensor, art. no. 580691. Transmitter: IR remote control Distance, art. no. 570222. Technical Information Availability: Discontinued articles available until end of 2011.
Art. no. 581119 581174
PU PG 1/10 8 1/10 8
Info disc. disc.
Movement detectors
Art. no. 580419 580474
PU PG 1/100 8 1/100 8
Info disc. disc.

For System Basis. Indoor movement detector. Area of detection: 180 Number of levels: 1 Number of zones: 14 Range: approx. 8 m Sensitivity: infinitely adjustable Light sensor: infinitely adjustable between approx. 5 and 1000 lux Time: adjustable in steps from 1 s to 8 min To be completed with: Electronic switch insert, art. no. 576799. Relay switch insert, art. no. 576897. Technical Information Note: Supersedes art. no. 5799 .. Availability: Discontinued articles available until end of 2011.

For programmed and time-dependent switching of blind/roller shutter motors.
To be completed with: Blind control insert, art. no. 580698, 580699. Technical Information Note: In combination with the blind control insert and extension input, art. no. 580699, the extension input does not work. Availability: Discontinued articles available until end of 2011.
Art. no. 580919 580974
PU PG 1/10 8 1/10 8
Info disc. disc.
Art. no. 578219 578274
PU PG 1/60 8 1/60 8
Info disc. disc.
System Basis
282
www.merten.com
SYSTEM BASIS/INSERTS | Movement detectors | 2010
For System Basis. Indoor movement detector. With integrated switch for off/automatic/ on. Area of detection: 180 Number of levels: 1 Number of zones: 14 Range: approx. 8 m Sensitivity: infinitely adjustable Light sensor: infinitely adjustable between approx. 5 and 1000 lux Time: adjustable in steps from 1 s to 8 min To be completed with: Electronic switch insert, art. no. 576799. Relay switch insert, art. no. 576897. Technical Information Note: Supersedes art. no. 5798 .. Availability: Discontinued articles available until end of 2011.

Range limiting integrated into setting knob. Particularly flat design. To be completed with: Floor thermostat with switch, art. no. 537100. Availability: Discontinued articles available until end of 2011.
Art. no. 537119 537174
PU PG 1/150 8 1/150 8
Info disc. disc.
Art. no. 578319 578374
PU PG 1/60 8 1/60 8
Info disc. disc.
Room temperature control units

Art. no. 294994 PU PG 10/40 1 Info disc.
Technical Information: Heating control
Version white

Range limiting integrated into setting knob. Particularly flat design. To be completed with: Room temperature control insert with switch, art. no. 536302, 536304. Availability: Discontinued articles available until end of 2011.

Art. no. 538519 538574
PU PG 1/150 8 1/150 8
Info disc. disc.
Art. no. 298199 298194
PU PG 1/50 1 1/50 1
Info disc. disc.
Range limiting integrated into setting knob. Particularly flat design. To be completed with: Room temperature control unit insert with changeover contact, art. no. 536400, 536401. Availability: Discontinued articles available until end of 2011.

Art. no. 536518 536524
PU PG 1/150 8 1/150 8
Info disc. disc.
Art. no. 392298 392274
PU PG 5/120 1 5/120 1
Info disc. disc.
www.merten.com
System Basis
2010
| Room temperature control units | SYSTEM BASIS/INSERTS
283
Inclined outlet
For data connection and communications technology. Order the associated inserts separately. With labelling field. To be completed with: Communications inserts, art. no. 461381-99. Technical Information Contents: Without inserts. Availability: Discontinued articles available until end of 2011.
Version yellow
Art. no. 392203
PU PG 5/120 1.1
Info disc.
Blanking cover
Art. no. 461318 461324
PU PG 1/50 1 1/50 1
Info disc. disc.

Blanking insert
Can be used universally with mechanical machining (drilling, milling etc.) To be completed with: Inclined outlet, art. no. System Basis 461324/18. Availability: Discontinued articles available until end of 2011.
Version black Art. no. 461388 PU PG 10/300 1 Info disc.


For two D-type plugs, 9-pole. Second opening can be broken out. To be completed with: Inclined outlet, art. no. System Basis 461324/18. Accessories: D-type socket connector, 9-pole, art. no. 465009. Availability: Discontinued articles available until end of 2011.

Version
Art. no. 461391
PU PG 10/300 1
Info disc.
black

Version black
Art. no. 461392
PU PG 10/300 1
Info disc.
Version polar white white www.merten.com
Art. no. 517498 517474
PU PG 5/75 1 5/75 1
Info disc. disc.
System Basis
284
SYSTEM BASIS/INSERTS | Communications inserts | 2010


For two modular jack connectors Cat 3 For AMP or Thomas & Betts connectors. Second opening can be broken out. To be completed with: Inclined outlet, art. no. System Basis 461324/18. Accessories: Modular jack connector Cat 3, art. no. 465516/18. Availability: Discontinued articles available until end of 2011.
Version black
Art. no. 461393
PU PG 10/300 1
Info disc.

For two BNC/TNC connectors 12.5 mm or for BNC/TNC connectors 9.5 mm. Second opening can be broken out. To be completed with: Inclined outlet, art. no. System Basis 461324/18. Accessories: BNC socket 12.5 mm, art. no. 465010. Contents: With adjustment rings. Availability: Discontinued articles available until end of 2011.

For XLR circular connector audio connectors from Binder, Cannon, Neutrik P flange sockets or similar. To be completed with: Inclined outlet, art. no. System Basis 461324/18. Availability: Discontinued articles available until end of 2011.
Version black
Art. no. 461395
PU PG 10/300 1
Info disc.
Version black
Art. no. 461390
PU PG 10/300 1
Info disc.

For two Twinax sockets 19 mm. Second opening can be broken out. To be completed with: Inclined outlet, art. no. System Basis 461324/18. Availability: Discontinued articles available until end of 2011.


For XLR circular connector audio connectors from Binder, Cannon, Neutrik P flange plugs or similar. To be completed with: Inclined outlet, art. no. System Basis 461324/18. Availability: Discontinued articles available until end of 2011.
Version black
Art. no. 461397
PU PG 10/300 1
Info disc.

For modular jack Cat 5, RJ 45 connector or AMP connector. To be completed with: Inclined outlet, art. no. System Basis 461324/18. Accessories: Modular jack connector Cat 5, art. no. 465595. Availability: Discontinued articles available until end of 2011.

Insert for IBM plug

For 4-pole IBM plug. To be completed with: Inclined outlet, art. no. System Basis 461324/18. Availability: Discontinued articles available until end of 2011.
Version black
Art. no. 461399
PU PG 10/300 1
Info disc.

For loudspeaker connections up to max. 10 mm2. To be completed with: Inclined outlet, art. no. System Basis 461324/18. Contents: With two loudspeaker connectors, gold-plated contacts. Availability: Discontinued articles available until end of 2011.
Version black
Art. no. 461387
PU PG 5/150 1
Info disc.
www.merten.com
System Basis
2010
| Communications inserts | SYSTEM BASIS/INSERTS
285
For data connectors from Thomas & Betts and IBM inserts IBM ACS type G. To be completed with: Inclined outlet, art. no. System Basis 461324/18. Availability: Discontinued articles available until end of 2011.
Telecommunications

For telephone socket-outlets TAE or TDO, combination socket-outlets RJ45/TAE or flush-mounted USB interface. To be completed with: Telephone socket-outlet TAE, art. no. 4652... Loudspeaker connection insert art. no. 4669.., 4670... USB interface, flush-mounted, art. no. 681799. Telephone socket-outlet TDO, art. no. 465930. Availability: Discontinued articles available until end of 2011.
Version black
Art. no. 461394
PU PG 10/300 1
Info disc.

For two optical fibre ST connectors. To be completed with: Inclined outlet, art. no. System Basis 461324/18. Availability: Discontinued articles available until end of 2011.
Art. no. 292819 292874
PU PG 5/150 1 5/150 1
Info disc. disc.

For System Basis. For RJ45 inserts 8 (Cat 5e), RJ45 inserts by Rutenbeck or E-DAT designs by BTR. To be completed with: RJ45 insert 8, art. no. 465720. RJ45 insert 8 Cat 5e, art. no. 465721. Availability: Discontinued articles available until end of 2011.
Version black
Art. no. 461386
PU PG 10/300 1
Info disc.

For two IBM Advanced Connectivity System (ACS) type Mini C modules. To be completed with: Inclined outlet, art. no. System Basis 461324/18. Availability: Discontinued articles available until end of 2011.
Art. no. 291719 291774
PU PG 10/120 1 10/120 1
Info disc. disc.
Version black
Art. no. 461385
PU PG 10/300 1
Info disc.

For telephone connector VDo 4 or general cable outlet for cable diameters of max. 10 mm. With strain relief. Without claws, for screw fixing. To be completed with: Telephone connector VDo 4, art. no. 465304. Adapters: Can be integrated into System Design using the adapter, art. no. 5180... Contents: With fixing screws for telephone connector VDo 4. Availability: Discontinued articles available until end of 2011.

For two Duplex SC connectors. To be completed with: Inclined outlet, art. no. System Basis 461324/18. Availability: Discontinued articles available until end of 2011.
Version black
Art. no. 461381
PU PG 10/300 1
Info disc.
Art. no. 392519 392574
PU PG 5/90 1 5/90 1
Info disc. disc.
System Basis
286
www.merten.com
SYSTEM BASIS/INSERTS | Telecommunications | 2010
Data technology
Central plate for two D-type plug connectors, 25-pole

Accessories: D-type socket connector, 25-pole, art. no. 465025. Availability: Discontinued articles available until end of 2011.
Art. no. 460419 460474
PU PG 5/150 1 5/150 1
Info disc. disc.
Art. no. 460019 460074
PU PG 10/180 1 10/180 1
Info disc. disc.



Accessories: BNC socket 12.5 mm, art. no. 465010. Contents: With 4 adjustment rings for connectors 9.5 mm. Availability: Discontinued articles available until end of 2011.
Art. no. 460119 460174
PU PG 5/150 1 5/150 1
Info disc. disc.

Central plate for Twinax socket

For Twinax socket 19 mm. Without claws, for screw fixing.

Art. no. 460219 460274
PU PG 5/150 1 5/150 1
Info disc. disc.


Art. no. 292819 292874
PU PG 5/150 1 5/150 1
Info disc. disc.
Art. no. 460319 460374
PU PG 5/150 1 5/150 1
Info disc. disc.
www.merten.com
System Basis
2010
| Data technology | SYSTEM BASIS/INSERTS
287
For System Basis. For RJ45 inserts 8 (Cat 5e), RJ45 inserts by Rutenbeck or E-DAT designs by BTR. To be completed with: RJ45 insert 8, art. no. 465720. RJ45 insert 8 Cat 5e, art. no. 465721. Availability: Discontinued articles available until end of 2011.
TV/audio

For AEG, Astro, Bosch, Fuba, Hirschmann, Kathrein, Philips, Polytron, Siemens, Wisi, Zehnder etc. Third opening can be broken open for satellite socket. To be completed with: Broadband cable/satellite throughway box, 2-gang, art. no. 466098. Broadband cable/satellite branch-circuit box, 2-gang, art. no. 466099. Satellite antenna socket-outlet, 3-gang, art. no. 466097. Availability: Discontinued articles available until end of 2011.
Art. no. 291719 291774
PU PG 10/120 1 10/120 1
Info disc. disc.

For System Basis. For RJ45 inserts 8/8, 2x8, Line 21 RJ45 insert 8/8, RJ45 inserts by Rutenbeck or EDAT designs by BTR. To be completed with: RJ45 insert 8/8, art. no. 465701. RJ45 insert 2x8, art. no. 465702. RJ45 insert 8/8 Cat 5e, art. no. 465703. RJ45 insert 8/8 Cat 6, art. no. 465706. Availability: Discontinued articles available until end of 2011.
Art. no. 294819 294874
PU PG 5/150 1 5/150 1
Info disc. disc.

Art. no. 292719 292774
PU PG 10/120 1 10/120 1
Info disc. disc.

For two modular jack connectors Cat 3. For AMP or Thomas & Betts connectors. Without claws, for screw fixing. To be completed with: Modular jack connector Cat 3, art. no. 465516/18. Technical Information Contents: With sealing plug for one opening. Availability: Discontinued articles available until end of 2011.
Art. no. 292819 292874
PU PG 5/150 1 5/150 1
Info disc. disc.

Art. no. 292919 292974
PU PG 5/150 1 5/150 1
Info disc. disc.


Suitable for the supporting plates for modular jack connectors. With two openings and shut-off slide. With labelling field. To be completed with: Supporting plate for modular jack connector, art. no. 4615... Adapters: Can be integrated into System Design using the adapter, art. no. 5180.., and into the OCTOCOLOR range using the adapter, 5170... Technical Information Availability: Discontinued articles available until end of 2011.


Art. no. 461518 461524
PU PG 5/200 1 5/200 1
Info disc. disc.
System Basis
288
www.merten.com
SYSTEM BASIS/INSERTS | TV/audio | 2010
For BNC socket 12.5 mm Accessories
Symbols, oval
Accessories: BNC socket 12.5 mm, art. no. 465010. Contents: With 4 adjustment rings for connectors 9.5 mm. Availability: Discontinued articles available until end of 2011.
Version neutral, white light, white key, white bell, white neutral, clear
Art. no. 395530 395630 395730 395830 395568 395668 395768 395868 395930
PU PG 100/ 4000 100/ 4000 100/ 4000 100/ 4000 100/ 4000 100/ 4000 100/ 4000 100/ 4000 100/ 4000 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Info
Central plate for XLR audio plug connector

light, clear key, clear bell, clear neutral, red transp.

Adapter
Central plate for XLR audio plug


Art. no. PU PG Info
Version

metallic
518046 10/300 1.2 disc.
Central plate for standard circular connector

For 3- to 12-pole sockets or plugs, 30 mm.
Adapter
Inserts for System Basis can be integrated into the OCTOCOLOR range with the adapter.
Contents: With two fixing screws to secure the connector. Availability: Discontinued articles available until end of 2011.

Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
517094 517099 10/300 1 10/300 1 disc. disc.
white polar white
metallic
517042 517005 10/300 1.2 10/300 1.2 disc. disc.
www.merten.com
System Basis
2010
| Accessories | SYSTEM BASIS/INSERTS
289
System Basis
290
www.merten.com
SYSTEM BASIS/INSERTS | Accessories | 2010
M1/FRAMES
System BasisM1/FramesFlush-mounted rangesSystem BasisM1/FramesM1/Framesr
Inserts for the M1 range can be found under "System Basis/Inserts".

Material: Highly scratch-resistant duroplastic range. Technical Information: System Basis dimensions Availability: M1 available until end of 2011.
Version
M1 frame, 5-gang
Art. no. 397518 397524 PU PG 1/38 1 1/38 1 Info disc. disc. polar white white
M1 frames Suitable for installation in trunking systems.
Intermediate plate for rockers

Additional, invisible screw fixing of ATELIER or M1 frames.
M1 frame, 1-gang

Version white

M1 frames, with labelling option Suitable for installation in trunking systems.
M1 frame, 2-gang
M1 frame, 1-gang, with labelling option
Accessories: Labelling strips for M1 frames with labelling option, art. no. 397100. Contents: 2 self-adhesive labelling strips and 2 self-adhesive windows per frame. Availability: Discontinued articles available until end of 2011.
Art. no. 397199 397198
PU PG 10/180 1 10/180 1
Info disc. disc.
M1 frame, 3-gang
M1 frame, 4-gang
Version polar white white Art. no. 397418 397424 PU PG 10/60 1 10/60 1 Info disc. disc. www.merten.com
System Basis
2010
| M1 frames | M1/FRAMES
291
M1/FRAMES
M1 frame, 2-gang, with labelling option Labelling strips for M1 frames with labelling option
For individual labelling of M1 frames with labelling option. Self-adhesive.
Accessories: Labelling software, art. no. 615022. Contents: 1 sheet for 36 windows. Availability: Discontinued articles available until end of 2011.
Version polar white
Version vertical installation, polar white horizontal installation, white horizontal installation, polar white vertical installation, white
Art. no. 397297 397298 397299 397296
PU PG 10/100 1 10/100 1 10/100 1 10/100 1


Version white
M1 frame, 3-gang, with labelling option

Surface-mounted housing for M-SMART, ARTEC, OCTOCOLOR Thermoplastic version. Suitable mini trunking (15x15 mm) is supplied by the trunking manufacturer.

Version vertical installation, polar white horizontal installation, white horizontal installation, polar white vertical installation, white
Art. no. 397397 397398 397399 397396
PU PG 10/60 1 10/60 1 10/60 1 10/60 1
Art. no. 512144 512119 PU PG 1/40 1.5 1/40 1.5 Info

Art. no. 512244 512219 PU PG 1/20 1.5 1/20 1.5 Info
www.merten.com
System Basis
292
M1/FRAMES | Surface-mounted housing for M-SMART, ARTEC, OCTOCOLOR | 2010
M1/FRAMES
Contents: Complete device with full cover plate. Availability: Discontinued articles available until end of 2011.
Art. no. 512344 512319 PU PG 1/15 1.5 1/15 1.5 Info
SCHUKO socket-outlet with two-way switch

Cable entry


535062 10/1000 1.5 535060 10/1000 1.5
SCHUKO socket-outlets and accessories
Contents: Complete device. Availability: Discontinued articles available until end of 2011.
www.merten.com
System Basis
2010
| SCHUKO socket-outlets and accessories | M1/FRAMES
293
M1/FRAMES
Socket-outlets

System Basis
294
www.merten.com
M1/FRAMES | Socket-outlets | 2010
ATELIER/FRAMES
System BasisATELIER/FramesFlush-mounted rangesSystem BasisATELIER/FramesATELIER/Framesr
Inserts for the ATELIER range can be found under "System Basis/Inserts".

Material: Highly scratch-resistant duroplastic range. Technical Information: System Basis dimensions Availability: ATELIER available until end of 2011.
Version
ATELIER frame, 5-gang

Art. no. 397519 397574 PU PG 1/38 1 1/38 1 Info disc. disc. polar white white
ATELIER frames Suitable for installation in trunking systems.


Version white

SCHUKO Kanalflex socketoutlet 68 x 68 mm

16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49440 For square cutouts from 60 to 63.5 mm and round hole installation 45 mm and 65 mm. With screw terminals.

SCHUKO Kanalflex double socket-outlet


Version polar white
Kanalflex frame 68 x 68 mm
For square cutouts from 60 to 63.5 mm and round hole installation 65 mm.


Art. no. 397188 397184 PU PG 5/150 1 5/150 1 Info disc. disc. www.merten.com
System Basis
2010
| ATELIER frames | ATELIER/FRAMES
295
ATELIER/FRAMES
Surface-mounted housing for ATELIER Duroplastic version. Suitable mini trunking (15x15 mm) is supplied by the trunking manufacturer.
Junction box
400 V Empty box for nominal cross-section 2.5 mm2. With enclosed base and 6 preformed cable entries, sealed with blanking caps. Can be installed on any building material.

Contents: Complete device with 3 mini-trunking entries (15 mm). Availability: Discontinued articles available until end of 2011.
Art. no. 511019 511074 PU PG 1/40 1.5 1/40 1.5 Info disc. disc.
Contents: With device fixing screws, cable entry and minitrunking entry (15 mm). Availability: Discontinued articles available until end of 2011.

JUMBO, the big switch

10 AX, AC 250 V In ATELIER design. In existing stand-alone devices such as on/ off, two-way and intermediate switches from the Merten ranges, only frame and rocker must be exchanged for the JUMBO top unit. Dimensions: 165 x 165 x 45 mm (HxWxD)
Contents: Complete device with two-way switch. Availability: Discontinued articles available until end of 2011.
Art. no. 310696 PU PG 1/6 1.1 Info disc.
Version ruby red

With enclosed base and guide slots for partition walls. 4 pre-formed cable entries, sealed with blanking caps. Can be installed on any building material. SCHUKO socket-outlets
System Basis
296
www.merten.com
ATELIER/FRAMES | Surface-mounted housing for ATELIER | 2010
ATELIER/FRAMES
Version white
SCHUKO socket-outlet with two-way switch

Version white

Socket-outlets

www.merten.com
System Basis
2010
| Socket-outlets | ATELIER/FRAMES
297
Flush-mounted inserts
UNIVERSAL FLUSH-MOUNTED INSERTS
ONE INSERT MANY POSSIBILITIES
The universal ush-mounted insert makes it possible to easily and quickly carry out substitutions and replacements from among the many different Merten switch series. The interchangeable elements allow a large degree of design freedom without increasing installation and procurement costs. The full range of rockers and frames from the System M series, along with the System Basis and System Design, can all be employed interchangeably. The OCTOCOLOR and AQUADESIGN series can also be used.
NEW
QuickFlex Save up to 25 % of valuable installation time by using the newest base technology. QuickFlex
www.merten.de
298
FLUSH-MOUNTED INSERTS | 2010
CONTENTS
Quick overview
An overview of the most important covers is located starting on page 4. In combination with this chapter and the overview of the most important ush-mounted inserts in the cover, you'll be able to pick, congure and order products faster and even more easily.
System M
System Basis
System Design
OCTOCOLOR
AQUADESIGN
2010
|FLUSH-MOUNTED INSERTS
www.merten.de
299
ONE INSERT LETS yOU bE cREaTIvE
SOCKET-OUTLET
SUpER-faST faSTENINg
Just three short turns of the quickfastening screws and the base will sit securely in the box 100% safety due to fully-insulated retaining ring 100% ush claws for easy and safe installation in cavity wall boxes Easy claw-return makes changes to mounting and realignments easier than ever
CONNECTING MaDE EaSy

Low mounting depth for greater freedom of movement when wiring Plug-in terminals with funnel-shaped cable entry for easy and quick wiring Easy-to-operate, easy-access release levers
FaST aND SafE aLIgNMENT

The 1mm stainless-steel retaining ring is "indestructible" and resistant to bending even on uneven walls Its rounded edges make installation even safer The zinc-plated surface makes the alignment markings and identication markings even more visible
www.merten.de
INTELLIgENT aDDITIONaL fUNcTIONS caN bE RETROfITTED wITHOUT THE NEED fOR DISaSSEMbLy wORk
The bases are pre-equipped for expansion: simply plug in and you're done Overvoltage protection: the module with a defect indication light and warning sound The control light provides and LED voltage display. The LED lighting module provides an orientation light.
The acclaimed retaining ring interlocking system enables quick and easy alignment and installation of multiple combinations
300
ONE INSERT LETS yOU bE cREaTIvE

The new QuickFlex inserts are every inch the pioneer: with new and improved functionality, they make installation a snap connecting, aligning, fastening, checking and expanding the inserts is now quicker, safer and more convenient. This is achieved by specially-moulded wiring compartments, optimised cable routing, practical plug-in terminals for fastening, and the low mounting depth, which permits simple wiring. Components with several decouplings and rounded edges also ensure optimum safety during installation. An added advantage: QuickFlex modules can be retrotted and expanded with QuickFix socket-outlets and bases such as the LED lighting module, which can be used to create lighting accents.
CONvENIENT fRONT-SIDE TESTINg

Clear and easily recognisable connection markings Test contacts allow convenient testing and measuring from front without the need for disassembly of switches
CONNECTING MaDE EaSy

Low mounting depth for greater freedom of movement when wiring Plug-in terminals with funnel-shaped cable entry for easy and quick wiring Ergonomic: connections are angled at 35, making installation considerably easier Circuit diagram on rear for a safe overview of the wiring Easy-to-operate, easy-access release levers
FaST aND SafE aLIgNMENT

The 1mm stainless-steel retaining ring is indestructible and resistant to bending even on uneven walls Its rounded edges make installation even safer The zinc-plated surface makes the alignment markings and identication markings even more visible The acclaimed retaining ring interlocking system enables quick and easy alignment and installation of multiple combinations
SUpER-faST faSTENINg INTELLIgENT aDDITIONaL fUNcTIONS caN bE RETROfITTED wITHOUT THE NEED fOR DISaSSEMbLy wORk
The bases are pre-equipped for LED lighting modules: simply plug in and you're done The red or multicoloured LED lighting module can be used as a control light or as an orientation light Just three short turns of the quickfastening screws and the base will sit securely in the box 100% safety due to fully-insulated retaining ring 100% ush claws for easy and safe installation in cavity wall boxes Easy claw-return makes changes to mounting and realignments easier than ever
2010
www.merten.de
301
FLUSH-MOUNTED INSERTS | CONvERSION MaDE EaSy

QuickFlex, Merten's new switch and socket-outlet base, enables quick and simple installation, and can be combined with other functional modules. The electrician can install the unit in only three steps, greatly decreasing installation time. Additional functionality is provided by the QuickFlex modules; for example, the ambient light for the socket-outlet base or the orientation light for the switch base can all be adjusted. QuickFlex combined innovative technology with high-quality processing and materials, and is easy and economical to use key factors for both electricians and end-users alike. The following two tables list the old ush-mounted inserts and the equivalent new QuickFlex sockets. The new Merten article numbering system makes converting to QuickFlex sockets even easier. The numbering system makes it easy and convenient to order Merten products. The article numbers are comprised of four logical number blocks: functions, variants, design, and colour code. In the future, each number block will be preceded by the abbreviation MEG.
PUSH-bUTTON| PREvIOUS fLUSH-MOUNTED INSERTS Art. no. 311600 Description Rocker switch inserts, two-way Rocker switch inserts, two-circuit Rocker switch inserts, intermediate Rocker switch inserts, double two-way Two-circuit control switch insert with N terminal, two-circuit Rocker switch insert, one-way, 2-pole
SwITcH | NEW: QUIckFLEX fLUSH-MOUNTED INSERTS Description One-/two-way switch insert, 1-pole Art. no. MEG5136-0000 MEG5136-0000 MEG3516-0000 Two-circuit switch insert, 1-pole MEG3115-0000 MEG3615-0000 MEG3515-0000 Intermediate switch insert, 1-pole MEG3117-0000 MEG3617-0000 MEG3517-0000 Double two-way switch insert, 1-pole MEG3126-0000 MEG3626-0000 MEG3526-0000 Two-circuit switch insert with N-terminal, 1-pole On/off-switch insert, 2-pole MEG3125-0000 Version 10 AX, plug-in terminals 16 AX, plug-in terminals 16 AX, screw/lift terminals 10 AX, plug-in terminals 16 AX, plug-in terminals 16 AX, screw/lift terminals 10 AX, plug-in terminals 16 AX, plug-in terminals 16 AX, screw/lift terminals 10 AX, plug-in terminals 16 AX, plug-in terminals 16 AX, screw/lift terminals 10AX, plug-in terminals
311500
311700
311601
325500
311200
MEG3112-0000 MEG3612-0000
10 AX, plug-in terminals 16 AX, plug-in terminals 10 AX + 10 A, plug-in terminals 10 AX, plug-in terminals 16 AX, plug-in terminals 16 AX, screw/lift terminals 10 AX, plug-in terminals 16 AX, plug-in terminals 16 AX, screw/lift terminals 10 AX, plug-in terminals 16 AX, plug-in terminals 16 AX, screw/lift terminals 10 AX, plug-in terminals 16 AX, plug-in terminals 10 AX, plug-in terminals 16 AX, plug-in terminals 16 AX, screw/lift terminals 10 AX, plug-in terminals 16 AX, plug-in terminals
Two-way switch/two-way push-button insert 325600 Rocker control switch insert, two-way One-/two-way control switch insert, 1-pole One-/two-way switch insert, orientation light, 1-pole 325200 Rocker control switch insert, one-way, 2-pole One-way control switch insert, 2-pole
MEG3128-0000
MEG3106-0000 MEG3606-0000 MEG3506-0000 MEG3136-0000 MEG3636-0000 MEG3536-0000 MEG3102-0000 MEG3602-0000 MEG3502-0000
Two-circuit control switch insert, 1-pole
MEG3105-0000 MEG3605-0000
Two-circuit switch insert with orientation light, 1-pole www.merten.de Intermediate switch insert with orientation light, 1-pole
MEG3135-0000 MEG3635-0000 MEG3535-0000 MEG3137-0000 MEG3637-0000
302
CONvERSION MaDE EaSy | FLUSH-MOUNTED INSERTS

PUSH-bUTTON| PREvIOUS fLUSH-MOUNTED INSERTS Art. no. 315000 Description Rocker button insert, make contact, 1-pole PUSH-bUTTON | NEW: QUIckFLEX fLUSH-MOUNTED INSERTS Description Push-button insert, make contact, 1-pole Art. no. MEG3150-0000 MEG3050-0000 Version 10 A, plug-in terminals 10 A, screw/lift terminals 10 A, plug-in terminals 16 A, screw/lift terminals 10 A, plug-in terminals
Push-button insert with orientation light, MEG3160-0000 make contact, 1-pole MEG3560-0000 315900 Rocker button insert, make contact, 1-pole, with separate signalling contact Rocker button insert, two-way, 1-pole Double rocker button insert, 2 make contacts Push-button insert, with separate signalling contact, make contact, 1-pole Push-button insert with N-terminal, two-way, 1-pole Double push-button insert, 2 make contacts, 1-pole Double push-button insert, 2 two-way, 1-pole 315903 Double rocker button insert, 1 make contact/ 1 break contact Double push-button insert, 1 break contact, 1-pole + 1 make contact, 1-pole Push-button insert with N-terminal, make contact, 1-pole Double push-button insert, with orientation light, 2 make contacts, 1-pole 315800 Rocker button insert for hotel keycard holder, two-way Push-button insert for keycard, with separate signalling contact, make contact, 1-pole Push-button insert for keycard, with separate signalling contact and orientation light, make contact, 1-pole 311501 Roller shutter rocker switch insert, 1-pole Roller shutter rocker switch insert with additional contact Roller shutter rocker button insert, 1-pole Two-circuit switch insert, 1-pole MEG3154-0000
315901
MEG3156-0000 MEG3056-0000 MEG3155-0000 MEG3055-0000 MEG3159-0000 MEG3059-0000 MEG3153-0000
10 A, plug-in terminals 10 A, screw/lift terminals 10 A, plug-in terminals 10 A, screw/lift terminals 10 A, plug-in terminals 10 A, screw/lift terminals 10 A, plug-in terminals
315902
MEG3151-0000
10 A, plug-in terminals
MEG3165-0000
MEG3754-0000
MEG3760-0000
MEG3715-0000
311502
Two-circuit switch insert with additional contact, 1-pole Roller shutter push-button insert, 1-pole Pull-cord switch insert, with separate signalling contact, make contact, 1-pole
MEG3714-0000
315500
MEG3755-0000
MEG3184-0000
4367xx 4366xx
Pull-cord two-way switch insert, System M
Pull-cord two-way switch insert, 1-pole
MEG3186-0000
10 AX, plug-in terminals
Pull-cord on/off switch insert, 2-pole
MEG3182-0000
10 AX, plug-in terminals
396502
LED lighting module for switches/ push-button switches LED lighting module for switches/ push-button switches
MEG3901-0006 MEG3921-0000 MEG3901-0000 MEG3902-0000
100-230 V, red 8-32 V, multicolour 100-230 V, multicolour 100-230 V, multicolour
396176
Light attachment for two-circuit control switch
LED lighting module for double switches/push-button switches as control lamp
MEG3922-0000 MEG3942-0000
8-32 V, multicolour 100-230 V, multicolour www.merten.de
396276
Light attachment for two-circuit switch
LED lighting module for double switches/push-button switches to aid with orientation
2010
303
FLUSH-MOUNTED INSERTS/ACCESSORIES
Flush-mounted insertsFlush-mounted inserts/accessoriesFlush-mounted insertsUniversal insertsFlush-mounted inserts/accessoriesA
Surface-mounted visible installation possible in connection with surface-mounted housing. Switch inserts with connecting terminals in accordance with VDE 0632. Can be illuminated in accordance with German workplace regulations.
Version
Rocker switch insert 20 A

20 A, AC 250 V With screw terminals.
Art. no. 311201
PU PG 10/50 1
Info
Technical Information: Flush-mounted inserts
one-way, 2-pole
Rocker control switch insert 10 A

Switch and push-button inserts System M switch rockers 38, System Design switch rockers 153, OCTOCOLOR switch rockers 212, AQUADESIGN switch rockers 237, System Basis switch rockers 277 Technical Information: Circuit diagrams for installation of switches and push-buttons
10 AX, AC 250 V Can also be used as a 1-pole, one-way control switch. With plug-in terminals.

Version

10 AX, AC 250 V With plug-in terminals.
one-way, 2-pole two-way
Rocker double control switch insert 10 A with N terminal

Version two-way intermediate one-way, 2-pole Art. no. 311600 311700 311200 PU PG 10/100 1.8 10/50 1 10/50 1 Info disc. disc. disc.
Version two-circuit
Art. no. 325500
PU PG 10/50 1
Info disc.
Rocker double switch insert 10 A

Rocker button insert

10 A, 250 V AC With plug-in terminals.
Accessories: Light attachment for two-circuit switch, art. no. 396276.

Version make contact, 1-pole make contact, 1-pole, with separate signalling contact two-way, 1-pole
Art. no. 315000 315900
PU PG 10/100 1.8 10/50 1
Info disc. disc.
Version two-circuit
315901
10/50 1
disc.
Rocker double switch insert 10 A

10 AX, AC 250 V With screw terminals.
Rocker double button insert 10 A

10 A, 250 V AC 2 separate conducting paths. With plug-in terminals.
Version double two-way
Art. no. 311601
PU PG 10/50 1
Info disc.
Version 2 make contacts 1 make contact/1 break contact
Art. no. 315902 315903
PU PG 10/50 1 10/50 1
Info disc. disc.

16 AX, AC 400 V Illuminated. With screw terminals.
Rocker button insert for hotel keycard holder

6 A, 230 V AC With plug-in terminals.

Art. no. 311300 PU PG 10/50 1 Info
Version www.merten.com one-way, 3-pole with screw terminals
Accessories: Neon lamp attachment with integrated lamp, art. no. 396502. Plug-in light attachment E 10, art. no. 396576. LED lamp E 10, art. no. 3951... Neon lamp E 10, art. no. 395100.
Version two-way
304
FLUSH-MOUNTED INSERTS/ACCESSORIES | Switch and push-button inserts | 2010
Rocker switch inserts
Two-circuit switch insert 1 pole

With claw and screw fixing.
Features: Frontal retrofitting of QuickFlex lighting modules with no dismantling of switches. Front-attachment measurement and test contacts; accessible without dismantling switches. Quick-fastening screws for securing of claws. Flush-mounted claws with return springs. High-gloss galvanised retaining ring insulated to the claw. System M switch rockers 38, System Design switch rockers 153, OCTOCOLOR switch rockers 212, AQUADESIGN switch rockers 237, System Basis switch rockers 277 Technical Information: Circuit diagrams for installation of switches and push-buttons
Accessories: LED lighting module for double switches/push-buttons as orientation light, MEG3942-0000.
Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
plug-in terminals
MEG3115-0000 MEG3615-0000 10/60 1 10/60 1 new new
10 AX, 250 V AC 16 AX, 250 V AC
screw terminals with lift clamp

MEG3515-0000 10/60 1 new
16 AX, 250 V AC
One-way switch insert 1 pole

With claw and screw fixing. Circuit diagram:
2 1 L
Intermediate switch insert 1 pole

Accessories: LED lighting module for switches/push-buttons 100-230 V, MEG3901-00... LED lighting module for switches/ push-buttons 8-32 V, MEG3921-00...
Art. no. PU PG Info
Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
Version
plug-in terminals
MEG3111-0000 10/60 1
10 AX, 250 V AC
plug-in terminals
MEG3117-0000 MEG3617-0000 10/60 1 10/60 1 new new
10 AX, 250 V AC 16 AX, 250 V AC
Two-way switch insert 1 pole


MEG3517-0000 10/60 1 new
16 AX, 250 V AC
Double two-way switch insert 1 pole

Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
plug-in terminals
MEG3116-0000 MEG3616-0000 10/60 1.8 10/60 1 new new
10 AX, 250 V AC 16 AX, 250 V AC
plug-in terminals
MEG3126-0000 MEG3626-0000 10/60 1 10/60 1 new new
10 AX, 250 V AC 16 AX, 250 V AC

MEG3516-0000 10/60 1 new
16 AX, 250 V AC

MEG3526-0000 10/60 1 new
16 AX, 250 V AC
2010
| Rocker switch inserts | FLUSH-MOUNTED INSERTS/ACCESSORIES
www.merten.com
305
Two-circuit switch insert 1 pole with neutral terminal
Two-way switch insert 1 pole with indicator light

Accessories: LED lighting module for double switch/push-button as control lamp, MEG3902-0000, MEG3922-0000. LED lighting module for double switches/push-buttons as orientation light, MEG3942-0000.
Art. no. PU PG Info
Contents: With red 230 V lighting module for switch/push-button.

Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
plug-in terminals
MEG3106-0000 MEG3606-0000 10/60 1 10/60 1 new new
Version
10 AX, 250 V AC 16 AX, 250 V AC
plug-in terminals
MEG3125-0000 10/60 1 new
10 AX, 250 V AC

MEG3506-0000 10/60 1 new
16 AX, 250 V AC

Two-way switch insert 1 pole with locator light

Art. no. PU PG Info

Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
Version
plug-in terminals
MEG3136-0000 MEG3636-0000 10/60 1 10/60 1 new new
plug-in terminals
MEG3112-0000 MEG3612-0000 10/60 1 10/60 1 new new
10 AX, 250 V AC 16 AX, 250 V AC
10 AX, 250 V AC 16 AX, 250 V AC

MEG3536-0000 10/60 1 new
16 AX, 250 V AC

Illuminated.
One-way switch insert 2 pole with indicator light


Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
screw terminals
311300 10/50 1

Art. no. PU PG Info
16 AX, 400 V AC
Version
plug-in terminals
MEG3102-0000 MEG3602-0000 10/60 1 10/60 1 new new
Two-way switch and two-way push button insert

The left rocker is designed as a 10 AX, 250 V AC two-way switch and the right rocker is a 10 A, 250 V AC push-button. With claw and screw fixing.
10 AX, 250 V AC 16 AX, 250 V AC

MEG3502-0000 10/60 1 new
16 AX, 250 V AC
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
plug-in terminals
10/60 1 new
10 AX/10 A, 250 V AC MEG3128-0000
306
www.merten.com
FLUSH-MOUNTED INSERTS/ACCESSORIES | Rocker switch inserts | 2010
Two-circuit switch insert 1 pole with indicator light
One-way switch insert 1 pole with indicator light

2 1 L
Contents: With red 230 V LED lighting module for double switch/ push-button as indicator light.
Art. no. PU PG Info

Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
Version
plug-in terminals
MEG3101-0000 MEG3601-0000 10/60 1 10/60 1
plug-in terminals
MEG3105-0000 MEG3605-0000 10/60 1 10/60 1 new new
10 AX, 250 V AC 16 AX, 250 V AC
10 AX, 250 V AC 16 AX, 250 V AC

MEG3501-0000 10/60 1
16 AX, 250 V AC
One-way switch insert 1 pole with separate signalling contact

2 1 L
Rocker button inserts
Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
plug-in terminals
MEG3114-0000 10/60 1
10 AX, 250 V AC
Features: Frontal retrofitting of QuickFlex lighting modules with no dismantling of switches. Front-attachment measurement and test contacts; accessible without dismantling switches. Quick-fastening screws for securing of claws. Flush-mounted claws with return springs. High-gloss galvanised retainer ring insulated to the claw. System M switch rockers 38, System Design switch rockers 153, OCTOCOLOR switch rockers 212, AQUADESIGN switch rockers 237, System Basis switch rockers 277 Technical Information: Circuit diagrams for installation of switches and push-buttons
Two-circuit switch insert 1 pole with locator light

Push-button insert make contact 1 pole
Contents: With red 230 V LED lighting module for double switch/ key as locator light
Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
plug-in terminals
MEG3135-0000 MEG3635-0000 10/60 1 10/60 1 new new
10 AX, 250 V AC 16 AX, 250 V AC

MEG3535-0000 10/60 1 new
Art. no. PU PG Info
16 AX, 250 V AC
Version
Intermediate switch insert 1 pole with locator light

plug-in terminals
MEG3150-0000 10/60 1.8 new
10 A, 250 V AC

MEG3050-0000 10/60 1 new
10 A, 250 V AC

Art. no. PU PG Info www.merten.com
2010
Version
plug-in terminals
MEG3137-0000 MEG3637-0000 10/60 1 10/60 1 new new
10 AX, 250 V AC 16 AX, 250 V AC
| Rocker button inserts | FLUSH-MOUNTED INSERTS/ACCESSORIES
307
Push-button insert make contact 1 pole with separate signalling contact
Double push-button insert twoway 1 pole

Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
plug-in terminals
MEG3159-0000 10/60 1 new
Version
10 A, 250 V AC
plug-in terminals
MEG3154-0000 10/60 1 new

MEG3059-0000 10/60 1 new
10 A, 250 V AC
10 A, 250 V AC
Push-button insert two-way 1 pole

Double push-button insert 1 make contact 1 pole + 1 break contact 1 pole

Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
plug-in terminals
MEG3153-0000 10/60 1 new
10 A, 250 V AC
Version
plug-in terminals
MEG3156-0000 10/60 1 new
10 A, 250 V AC
Two-way switch and two-way push button insert

The left rocker is designed as a 10 AX, 250 V AC two-way switch and the right rocker is a 10 A, 250 V AC push-button. With claw and screw fixing.

MEG3056-0000 10/60 1 new
10 A, 250 V AC
Double push-button insert make contact 1 pole

Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
plug-in terminals
10/60 1 new
10 AX/10 A, 250 V AC MEG3128-0000
Accessories: LED lighting module for double switches/push-buttons as orientation light, MEG3942-0000.
Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
Push-button insert break contact 1 pole with neutral terminal

plug-in terminals
MEG3155-0000 10/60 1 new
10 A, 250 V AC

MEG3055-0000 10/60 1 new
10 A, 250 V AC
Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
plug-in terminals
MEG3151-0000 10/60 1 new
10 A, 250 V AC
308
www.merten.com
FLUSH-MOUNTED INSERTS/ACCESSORIES | Rocker button inserts | 2010
Push-button insert make contact 1 pole with locator light
With claw and screw fixing. Features: Frontal retrofitting of QuickFlex lighting modules with no dismantling of switches. Front-attachment measurement and test contacts; accessible without dismantling switches. Quick-fastening screws for securing of claws. Flush-mounted claws with return springs. High-gloss galvanised retainer ring insulated to the claw.

Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
plug-in terminals
MEG3160-0000 10/60 1 new
10 A, 250 V AC

MEG3560-0000 10/60 1 new
Time switches (complete items) can be found in the System Basis, System M, System Design or OCTOCOLOR ranges.
16 A, 250 V AC
Double push-button insert make contact 1 pole with locator light

Pull-cord two-way switch insert 1 pole

Contents: With red 230 V LED lighting module for double switch/ key as locator light
Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
Version
plug-in terminals
MEG3186-0000 10/60 1 new
10 AX, 250 V AC
plug-in terminals
MEG3165-0000 10/60 1 new
10 A, 250 V AC
Push-button insert make contact 1 pole for hotel keycard holder with separate signalling contact
Pull-cord one-way switch insert 2 pole

Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
plug-in terminals
MEG3754-0000 10/60 1 new
plug-in terminals
MEG3182-0000 10/60 1 new
10 A, 250 V AC
10 AX, 250 V AC
Push-button insert make contact 1 pole for hotel keycard holder with separate signalling contact and locator light
Pull-cord push-button insert make contact 1 pole with separate signalling contact

Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
plug-in terminals
MEG3760-0000 10/60 1 new
plug-in terminals
MEG3184-0000 10/60 1 new
10 A, 250 V AC
10 A, 250 V AC
2010
| Special switch functions | FLUSH-MOUNTED INSERTS/ACCESSORIES
www.merten.com
309
Time switch insert
AC 250 V, 16 A (4 A for motors) Possible deviation of up to + 12 %.

To be completed with: Central plate for time switch insert, 15 min, art. no. System M 5674.., 5390..,5393.., System Basis 5380.., System Design 5383.., OCTOCOLOR 5381... Central plate for time switch insert, 120 min, art. no. System M 5675.., 5392..5394.., System Basis 5382.., System Design 5384.., OCTOCOLOR 5389... Technical Information

Version
Version 2-pole, 15 min 2-pole, 120 min
Art. no. 538000 538200
PU PG 1/40 8 1/40 8
Info

Three-step rotary switch insert

16 A, AC 250 V For 3-level switching of fans for air conditioning devices, heating systems or extractor hoods.

Version
To be completed with: Central plate for three-step rotary switch, art. no. System M 5672.., 4373..5388.., System Basis 3174.., System Design 3169.., OCTOCOLOR 3173...
Art. no. 317400 PU PG 1/40 8 Info
Version
Fan switch insert

10 A, 250 V AC For switching fans at three different speeds.
To be completed with: Central plate for fan switch, art. no. 3171.., 4371...
Art. no. 317100 PU PG 1/40 1 Info
Version
Universal switch insert for cylinder locks

10 A, 250 V AC For standard semi-cylinder locks of 40 mm in length. No zero position! To be completed with: Central plate for two-way maintained-contact switch, art. no. System M 3195.., 3181.., System Basis 3186.., OCTOCOLOR 3346... Technical Information Contents: Without lock.
Version 2-pole
Art. no. 318601
PU PG 1/50 8
Info
310
www.merten.com
FLUSH-MOUNTED INSERTS/ACCESSORIES | Special switch functions | 2010
Button dimmer Memory function: When the light is switched on, it has the last set brightness level. Explanation of symbols: 230 V incandescent lamps 230 V halogen lamps Dimmable, wound transformers Electronic transformers for phase alignment dimmer Electric motors System M touch sensor surfaces 48, System Design touch sensor surfaces 159, OCTOCOLOR touch sensor surfaces 215, AQUADESIGN touch sensor surfaces 238, System Basis touch sensor surfaces 280 Technical Information: Dimmer basics; Dimmer and load types; Lamps/dimmer matrix

Universal dimmer insert, 2-gang

AC 230 V, 50-60 Hz For ohmic, inductive and capacitive loads, e.g. incandescent lamps, dimmable wound transformers and electronic transformers. (Phase control or phase alignment). The universal dimmer automatically recognises the connected load. Do not connect any mixed loads. With memory function, can be switched off. Neutral conductor:not required (2 conductor system) Nominal power/per channel: 50-200 W/VA To be completed with: Push-button module, 2-gang, art. no. System M 568499, System Design 568199. Rockers for 2-gang pushbutton module, art. no. System M 6192.., 6252.., System Design 6262... Extension unit operation: With mechanical push-buttons. With extension insert, art. no. 573999, extension TELE insert, art. no. 573998. Technical Information
Version 2 x 50-200 VA Art. no. 568099 PU PG 1/50 8 Info


Art. no. 573399 577299
PU PG 1/60 8 1/60 8
Info
Version 25-420 VA
Art. no. 577099
PU PG 1/50 8
Info
2010
| Button dimmer | FLUSH-MOUNTED INSERTS/ACCESSORIES
www.merten.com
311
AC 230 V For dimmable, wound transformers and incandescent lamps (inductive/ohmic load). (Phase control) With memory function, can be switched off. Contact switch System M touch sensor surfaces 48, System Design touch sensor surfaces 159, OCTOCOLOR touch sensor surfaces 215, AQUADESIGN touch sensor surfaces 238, System Basis touch sensor surfaces 280 Technical Information: Electronic/relay switch

AC 230 V For ohmic load such as incandescent lamps, 230 V halogen lamps. Switching capacity: 25-400 W Neutral conductor: not required (2 conductor system) To be completed with: Sensor cover, art. no. System M 5776.., 5701.., 5704.., System Basis 5741.., System Design 5737.., OCTOCOLOR 5742.. or TELE sensor cover, art. no. System M 5779.., 5703.., 5711.., System Basis 5748.., System Design 5709.., OCTOCOLOR 5749... In the TRANCENT range with control electronics, 1gang, art. no. 569090 and TRANCENT glass sensor covers, art. no. 5691.., 5692.., 5693.., 5695... Extension unit operation: With mechanical push-buttons. With extension insert, art. no. 573999, extension TELE insert, art. no. 573998. Technical Information Note: The electronic switch insert, cannot be used in conjunction with the CONNECT radio system.
Version 20-500 VA
Art. no. 573599
PU PG 1/60 8
Info

Version 25-400 W
Art. no. 575799
PU PG 1/50 8
Info

Version 20-315 W
Art. no. 577899
PU PG 1/60 8
Info
Version 4-100 VA
Art. no. 574697
PU PG 1/60 8
Info
312
www.merten.com
FLUSH-MOUNTED INSERTS/ACCESSORIES | Contact switch | 2010

Version 40-300 W
Art. no. 576799
PU PG 1/50 8
Info
Relay switch insert

Art. no. 575897
PU PG 1/50 8
Info

Version 1000 VA
Art. no. 576499
PU PG 1/50 8
Info
Version 0-1000 VA
Art. no. 576897
PU PG 1/50 8
Info
2010
| Contact switch | FLUSH-MOUNTED INSERTS/ACCESSORIES
www.merten.com
313
Extension inserts System M touch sensor surfaces 48, System Design touch sensor surfaces 159, OCTOCOLOR touch sensor surfaces 215, AQUADESIGN touch sensor surfaces 238, System Basis touch sensor surfaces 280 Technical Information: Electronic sensor switch
Rotary dimmers Surface-mounted visible installation possible in conjunction with surface-mounted housing. The following applies for all types of dimmers: If the dimmers cannot dissipate sufficient heat (cavity walls, multiple combinations, surface-mounted combinations and built-in dimmers on DIN rails), the connected loads specified may not be exploited to the maximum. Explanation of symbols: 230 V incandescent lamps 230 V halogen lamps Dimmable, wound transformers Electronic transformers for phase alignment dimmer Electric motors System M rotary dimmer cover 51, System Design rotary dimmer cover 162, OCTOCOLOR rotary dimmer cover 215, System Basis rotary dimmer cover 281 Technical Information: Dimmer basics; Dimmer and load types; Lamps/dimmer matrix
Extension insert
For memory super, halogen super and TELE dimmer, electronic push-button, time switch, relay switch and MET transformers. The extension unit cannot be controlled remotely. Operated as with main unit. To be completed with: Sensor cover, art. no. System M 5776.., 5701.., 5704.., System Basis 5741.., System Design 5737.., OCTOCOLOR 5742.., AQUADESIGN 5738... Technical Information
Version
Art. no. 573999
PU PG 1/60 8
Info

Universal rotary dimmer insert

AC 230 V, 50 Hz For ohmic, inductive and capacitive loads, e.g. incandescent lamps, dimmable wound transformers or electronic transformers. Phase control or phase alignment The universal dimmer automatically recognises the connected load. Do not connect any mixed loads. With pressure-operated two-way switch.
Version
Art. no. 573998
PU PG 1/60 8
Info
To be completed with: Central plate with rotary knob, MEG525003../-04../-06.. System M, MEG5250-40../-41../-41.. System Design. Central plate for rotary dimmer inserts up to 600 VA, 5726.. OCTOCOLOR.
Art. no. MEG5138-0000 MEG5139-0000 PU PG 1/72 8 1/72 8 Info new new
Version 20-420 W/VA 20-600 W/VA
Rotary dimmer insert for ohmic load with pressure-operated on/ off switch
AC 230 V, 50 Hz For incandescent lamps and 230 V halogen lamps. (Phase control). With pressure-operated on/off switch. To be completed with: Central plate with rotary knob, MEG525003../-04../-06.. System M, MEG5250-40../-41../-41.. System Design. Central plate for rotary dimmer inserts up to 600 VA, 5726.. OCTOCOLOR. Technical Information
Version 40-400 W
Art. no. MEG5131-0000
PU PG 1/72 8
Info new
314
www.merten.com
FLUSH-MOUNTED INSERTS/ACCESSORIES | Extension inserts | 2010
Dimmer insert for ohmic load
AC 230 V For incandescent lamps and 230 V halogen lamps. With pressure-operated one-way switch. (Phase control).
Rotary dimmer insert for inductive load

AC 230 V, 50 Hz For dimmable, wound transformers, incandescent lamps and 230 V halogen lamps (inductive/ ohmic load). (Phase control). With pressure-operated two-way switch.
To be completed with: Central plate for rotary dimmer inserts, art. no. System M 5670.., 5699..,5399.., System Basis 5723.., System Design 5720.., OCTOCOLOR 5726... Technical Information
Version 60-400 W
Art. no. 572199
PU PG 1/50 8.5
Info disc.
To be completed with: Central plate with rotary knob, MEG525003../-04../-06.. System M, MEG5250-40../-41../-41.. System Design. Central plate for rotary dimmer inserts up to 600 VA, 5726.. OCTOCOLOR. Technical Information
Version
Art. no. MEG5133-0000
PU PG 1/72 8
Info new
Rotary dimmer insert for ohmic load with pressure-operated twoway switch
AC 230 V, 50 Hz For incandescent lamps and 230 V halogen lamps. (Phase control). With pressure-operated two-way switch. To be completed with: Central plate with rotary knob, MEG525003../-04../-06.. System M, MEG5250-40../-41../-41.. System Design. Central plate for rotary dimmer inserts up to 600 VA, 5726.. OCTOCOLOR. Technical Information
40-600 W/VA

AC 230 V, 50 Hz For dimmable, wound transformers, incandescent lamps and 230 V halogen lamps (inductive/ ohmic load). (Phase control). With pressure-operated on/off switch. Nominal power: 60-1000 VA Motor load: 60-600 VA Neutral conductor:required To be completed with: Central plate with rotary knob, MEG525003../-04../-06.. System M, MEG5250-40../-41../-41.. System Design. Central plate for rotary dimmer inserts up to 600 VA, 5726.. OCTOCOLOR. Technical Information
Version 40-400 W
Art. no. MEG5132-0000
PU PG 1/72 8
Info new

AC 230 V For incandescent lamps and 230 V halogen lamps. With pressure-operated two-way switch. (Phase control).
Version 60-1000 VA
Art. no. MEG5135-0000
PU PG 1/72 8
Info new
Dimmer insert 900 W for ohmic load

AC 230 V For incandescent lamps and 230 V halogen lamps. With pressure-operated two-way switch. (Phase control). To be completed with: Central plate for rotary dimmer inserts up to 1000 VA, art. no. System Design 5717.., OCTOCOLOR 5715... Technical Information Note: Not to be combined with System Basis or System M.
Art. no. 572499 572299
PU PG 1/72 8 1/72 8.5
Info disc. disc.
Version 75-900 W/halogen 700 W
Art. no. 572799
PU PG 1/30 8
Info disc.
2010
| Rotary dimmers | FLUSH-MOUNTED INSERTS/ACCESSORIES
www.merten.com
315
LV halogen dimmer insert for inductive load
AC 230 V For dimmable, wound transformers and incandescent lamps (inductive/ohmic load). With pressure-operated two-way switch. (Phase control).
Electronic potentiometer insert 1-10 V

AC 230 V, 50 Hz For fluorescent lamps with electronic ballast or electronic transformer with 1-10 V interface. With pressure-operated on/off switch 1.7 A. To be completed with: Central plate with rotary knob, MEG525003../-04../-06.. System M, MEG5250-40../-41../-41.. System Design. Central plate for rotary dimmer inserts up to 600 VA, 5726.. OCTOCOLOR. Technical Information
Version
Art. no. MEG5142-0000
PU PG 1/72 8
Info new
Version 20-500 VA
Art. no. 572599
PU PG 1/72 8.5
Info disc.

For fluorescent lamps with electronic ballast or electronic transformer with 1-10 V interface. With pressure-operated one-way switch 5 A. To be completed with: Central plate for rotary dimmer inserts, art. no. System M 5670.., 5699..,5399.., System Basis 5723.., System Design 5720.., OCTOCOLOR 5726... Technical Information
Rotary dimmer insert for capacitive load

AC 230 V, 50 Hz For electronic transformers and incandescent lamps (ohmic load). (Phase alignment). With pressure-operated two-way switch. Noise-free, short-circuit-proof, with overload protection, and soft start function to protect the lamps. To be completed with: Central plate with rotary knob, MEG525003../-04../-06.. System M, MEG5250-40../-41../-41.. System Design. Central plate for rotary dimmer inserts up to 600 VA, 5726.. OCTOCOLOR. Technical Information Note: Suitable for Merten MET transformers.
Version
Art. no. 572999
PU PG 1/50 8
Info disc.
Dimmer insert for inductive load

AC 230 V For dimmable wound transformers, motors, incandescent lamps and fluorescent lamps (inductive/ohmic load). With pressure-operated two-way switch and additional switch contact. (Phase control). In conjunction with the base load of the speed controller, this can be used as a dimmer for argon fluorescent lamps ( 38 mm) and as a dimmer in circuits with automatic mains disconnection. Connected load: 600 W incandescent lamps, 500 W halogen lamps, 500 VA dimmable, wound transformers To be completed with: Central plate for rotary dimmer inserts, art. no. System M 5670.., 5699..,5399.., System Basis 5723.., System Design 5720.., OCTOCOLOR 5726... Accessories: Base load, art. no. 542894. Technical Information
Version 20-315 W 20-630 W
Art. no. MEG5136-0000 MEG5137-0000
PU PG 1/72 8 1/72 8
Info new new
ET dimmer insert for capacitive load

AC 230 V For electronic transformers (MET and other brands) and incandescent lamps (ohmic load). With pressure-operated two-way switch. (Phase alignment) Noise-free, short-circuit-proof, with overload protection, and soft start function to protect the lamps. To be completed with: Central plate for rotary dimmer inserts, art. no. System M 5670.., 5699..,5399.., System Basis 5723.., System Design 5720.., OCTOCOLOR 5726... Technical Information
Version 25-600 VA
Art. no. 573299
PU PG 1/50 8
Info disc.
Version 20-315 W
Art. no. 577199
PU PG 1/50 8.5
Info disc.
Base load
Consists of 4 x 6 watt resistors. 1 set required per dimmer and per power booster in parallel connection (can be replaced by a 25 watt incandescent lamp).
Version Art. no. 542894 PU PG 1/48 8 Info disc.
316
www.merten.com
FLUSH-MOUNTED INSERTS/ACCESSORIES | Rotary dimmers | 2010
Speed control insert
AC 230 V, 50-60 Hz, max. 2.7 A For stepless speed control of single-phase motors such as induction motors, split-pole motors and universal motors. With separate switching outlet for controlling slats or to switch ohmic loads. With short-circuit protection. To be completed with: Central plate for speed controller, art. no. System M 5676.., 5696.., 5398.., System Basis 5836... Note: Replaces speed controller insert, art. no. 573699.
Roller shutter switch insert with additional contact 1 pole

With mechanical reverse lock-out and electrical interlock. With claw and screw fixing.
1
Down Up
Note: With an additional contact for switching off the bell function in connection with MEG5209-03../5876.. and 587092, when the "Please do not disturb / Make up room" application is used.
Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
Art. no. 583699
PU PG 1/50 8
Info
Version
plug-in terminals
MEG3714-0000 10/60 1 new
10 A, 250 V AC
Roller shutter switch inserts
Roller shutter rocker switch insert with additional contact


Features: Frontal retrofitting of QuickFlex lighting modules with no dismantling of switches. Front-attachment measurement and test contacts; accessible without dismantling switches. Quick-fastening screws for securing of claws. Flush-mounted claws with return springs. High-gloss galvanised retaining ring insulated to the claw. System M roller shutter cover 52, System Design roller shutter cover 162, OCTOCOLOR roller shutter cover 215, AQUADESIGN roller shutter cover 238, System Basis roller shutter cover 281 Technical Information: Roller shutter switch and push-button
Accessories: Light attachment for multi switch art. no. 396176. Note: With an additional contact for switching off the bell function in connection with MEG5209-03../5876.. and 587092, when the "Please do not disturb / Make up room" application is used.
Version
Roller shutter push-button insert 1 pole

Up
Roller shutter switch insert 1 pole

Up
Down
Down
To be completed with: Rocker for roller shutter switches and pushbuttons, art. no. System M 4324.., 4355.., 4344.., System Basis 3155.., System Design 4115.., OCTOCOLOR 3315...
Art. no. PU PG Info
Version Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
plug-in terminals
MEG3755-0000 10/60 1 new
plug-in terminals
MEG3715-0000 10/60 1 new
10 A, 250 V AC
10 A, 250 V AC
Roller shutter rocker switch insert


Roller shutter rocker button insert

Version 1-pole
Version 1-pole
2010
| Roller shutter switch inserts | FLUSH-MOUNTED INSERTS/ACCESSORIES
www.merten.com
317


Version
Version 1000 VA
Art. no. 576499
PU PG 1/50 8
Info

Momentary/maintained-contact switch insert for roller shutters

10 A, 250 V AC Can be used as push-button with the locking disc provided. Operated via a rotary knob.

To be completed with: Central plate for momentary/maintainedcontact switch insert for roller shutters, art. no. System M 5671.., 5698.., 5387.., System Basis 3172.., System Design 3192.., OCTOCOLOR 3170...
Art. no. 317200 PU PG 1/40 1 Info
Version
Version 2-pole

10 A, 250 V AC For standard semi-cylinder locks of 40 mm in length. To be completed with: Central plate for momentary/maintainedcontact switch inserts for roller shutters, art. no. System M 3194.., 3193.., System Basis 3185.., OCTOCOLOR 3349.., AQUADESIGN 3482... Contents: Without lock.
System M blind control system 53, System Design blind control system 163, OCTOCOLOR blind control system 216, System Basis blind control system 281
Standard blind control insert

AC 230 V, 50 Hz For local control of a blind/roller shutter motor with limit switch. Motor protection through interlocked relay contacts. Without extension input. Nominal voltage: AC 230 V, 50 Hz Neutral conductor:required Switching capacity: max. 1 motor 1000 VA Outputs: 2 make contacts (interlocked) Pulse duration: 2 minutes Connecting terminals: Screw terminals for max. 2.5 mm2 or 2x1.5 mm2 To be completed with: Blind push-buttons and blind time switches for the blind control system. In the CONNECT radio system with the CONNECT radio roller shutter push-button with sensor connection art. No. System M 5035.., 5025..., System Design 5045... Technical Information
Version 2-pole
Art. no. 318501
PU PG 1/50 8
Info

10 A, 250 V AC For standard semi-cylinder locks of 40 mm in length. To be completed with: Central plate for momentary/maintainedcontact switch inserts for roller shutters, art. no. System M 3194.., 3193.., System Basis 3185.., OCTOCOLOR 3349.., AQUADESIGN 3482... Contents: Without lock.
Version 1000 VA
Art. no. 580698
PU PG 1/50 8
Info
Version 2-pole
Art. no. 318901
PU PG 1/50 8
Info
318
www.merten.com
FLUSH-MOUNTED INSERTS/ACCESSORIES | Blind control system | 2010
Blind control insert with extension input
AC 230 V, 50 Hz For controlling a blind/roller shutter motor with limit switch. A mechanical roller shutter switch/push-button or an additional blind control insert can be connected via the extension input to implement group/central control. Wind alarm function possible with extension input. Motor protection through interlocked relay contacts. Nominal voltage: AC 230 V, 50 Hz Neutral conductor: required Switching capacity: max. 1 motor 1000 VA Outputs: 2 make contacts (interlocked) Reversing time: minimum 500 ms Connecting terminals: Screw terminals for max. 2.5 mm2 or 2x1.5 mm2 To be completed with: Blind push-buttons and blind time switches for the blind control system. In the CONNECT radio system with the CONNECT radio roller shutter push-button with sensor connection art. No. System M 5035.., 5025..., System Design 5045... Accessories: Wind sensor interface, art. no. 580693. Technical Information Note: In combination with the standard blind time switch, art. no. 5809.., 5859.., 5839.., 5819.., the extension input does not work.
Multiple control relay for roller shutters, flush-mounted

6 A, AC 250 V Suitable for a size 60 flush-mounted box. Flat 22 mm design. For local control using push-buttons, installation in a deep flush-mounted box. For controlling up to 2 roller shutter motors locally, in groups or centrally. With separation of load and control circuit, as well as forced locking in both directions of movement. Motors are controlled individually using a roller shutter rocker switch and centrally using the blind time switches or blind push-buttons of the Merten blind control system. Mains voltage: AC 230 V, 50 Hz 10 % Control voltage: AC 230 V 10 % Power consumption: 10 mA in relay operation Switching voltage: max. AC 250 V Switching current: max. 6 A Temperature range: 0 -60 C Terminals: max. 1.5 mm2 Dimensions: 22x49x52 mm (HxWxD) Installation: (deep) flush-mounted box To be completed with: Blanking cover, art. no. System M 3916.., 3918.., 3917.., System Basis 3920.., System Design 3919.., OCTOCOLOR 3926... Technical Information
Version 1000 VA
Art. no. 580699
PU PG 1/50 8
Info
Version
Art. no. 576398
PU PG 1/100 8
Info
Multiple control relay insert for roller shutters

5 A, AC 250 V Suitable for a size 60 flush-mounted box. With a multiple control relay, it is possible to control 2 motors locally by manual operation or centrally. The multiple control relays can be cascaded. To be completed with: Blanking cover, art. no. System M 3916.., 3918.., 3917.., System Basis 3920.., System Design 3919.., OCTOCOLOR 3926... Technical Information
Room temperature control inserts System M room thermostat cover 56, System Design room thermostat cover 166, OCTOCOLOR room thermostat cover 218, System Basis room thermostat cover 283 Technical Information: Heating control

Version
Art. no. 576399
PU PG 1/24 8
Info
Art. no. 536302 536304
PU PG 1/50 8.5 1/50 8
Info
2010
| Room temperature control inserts | FLUSH-MOUNTED INSERTS/ACCESSORIES
www.merten.com
319
For electric underfloor heating if the additional heater has to be interlocked, air conditioning (cooling), valve drives (de-energised open or closed). With thermal recirculation. Heating nominal current: 10 (4) A Cooling nominal current: 5 (2) A To be completed with: Central plate for room temperature control unit with changeover contact, art. no. System M 5347.., 5362.., System Basis 5365.., System Design 5374.., OCTOCOLOR 5364... Contents: Room temperature control insert, protective cover for plaster and screws.

ET power booster for capacitive load

AC 230 V For power extension of ET dimmers (art. no. 577199) or ET super dimmers (art. no. 577899). The load must be evenly distributed across the ET dimmer and the ET power booster. (Phase alignment).
To be completed with: Blanking cover, art. no. System M 3916.., 3918.., 3917.., System Basis 3920.., System Design 3919.., OCTOCOLOR 3926... Blanking cover AQUADESIGN, art. no. 3483... Technical Information
Version 20-315 W Art. no. 577399 PU PG 1/60 8 Info
Art. no. 536400 536401
PU PG 1/50 8 1/50 8
Info

Remote controls
IR remote control Distance 2010

10 channel IR remote control. For the control of all TELE sensor covers, blind push-buttons with IR receiver, presence detectors with IR receivers and KNX devices with IR receivers. Battery: 2 microcells (IEC LR 03, AAA) Range: up to 20 m Receiver: TELE sensor cover, art. no. System M 5779.., 5703.., 5711.., System Basis 5748.., System Design 5709.., OCTOCOLOR 5749... Blind push-button with IR receiver and sensor connection, art. no. System M 5880.., 5864.., System Basis 5804..,System Design 5844.., OCTOCOLOR 5824... ARGUS Presence with IR receiver, art. no. 550591, 6309... Push-button, 4-gang plus with IR receiver, art. no. System M 6175.., 6279... Contents: Without battery.
Art. no. 537100
PU PG 1/12 8
Info
Power boosters
Version black
Art. no. 570222
PU PG 1/48 8
Info
Technical Information: Dimmer basics
Power booster
AC 230 V For power extension of memory super dimmers, TELE dimmers, incandescent and fluorescent lamp dimmers. The load must be evenly distributed across dimmers and power boosters. (Phase control). To be completed with: Blanking cover, art. no. System M 3916.., 3918.., 3917.., System Basis 3920.., System Design 3919.., OCTOCOLOR 3926... Blanking cover AQUADESIGN, art. no. 3483... Technical Information
Version 25-600 VA
Art. no. 574099
PU PG 1/60 8
Info
320
www.merten.com
FLUSH-MOUNTED INSERTS/ACCESSORIES | Power boosters | 2010
CONNECT radio universal remote control
Radio remote control and IR remote control in a single device. For activating: Devices of the Merten CONNECT radio system Merten IR devices Up to five IR AV devices such as TV, DVD, DVDR, VCR, SAT, cable, AMP and DMR In connection with the CONNECT radio system, several rooms can be set up with radio components using the remote control. Each room can be configured with up to 9 groups with maximum 12 devices and 3 scenes with maximum 12 devices. Radio features: System administrator, transmitter Functions: EASY CONNECT: Switch on, switch off, toggle, dim, raise/lower roller shutters, scene Programming in EASY CONNECT as a system administrator Individual programming of CONNECT radio push-buttons Individual description of rooms and groups Display of description in LCD display With CONNECT radio configuration tool: additionally graphic programming of the EASY CONNECT functions Extended functions for IR/AV: Trigger Philips Ambilight Supports more than 1,000 manufacturers. Devices are selected from a list or by entering programming codes. General use of the functions of a device (e.g. volume) in all modes. Radio range: up to 100 m in free field, up to 30 m indoors IR range: up to 15 m Battery: 3 microcells (IEC LR 03, AAA) Display element: LCD display with 10 characters


To be completed with: Central plate for telephone socket-outlet TAE, art. no. System M 2960.., 2979.., System Basis 2928.., System Design 2978.., OCTOCOLOR 2938...
Art. no. 465226 465236 PU PG 10/50 1 10/50 1 Info

To be completed with: Central plate for telephone socket-outlet TAE, art. no. System M 2960.., 2979.., System Basis 2928.., System Design 2978.., OCTOCOLOR 2938... Intermediate ring for combination inserts in line with DIN 49075, art. no. System M 5185.., 5181.., System Basis 5171.., System Design 5160.., OCTOCOLOR 5168... Intermediate ring with hinged lid for combination inserts in line with DIN 49075, art. no. System M 5186.., 5182.., System Basis 5174... Can only be ordered via Merten in Vienna.
Version white
Art. no. 465930
PU PG 1/1 1
Info
Combination socket-outlet RJ45/ TAE (Cat 3)

For connecting a telephone and an analogue or digital terminal unit via the 8-pole RJ45 connector. With screw terminals. To be completed with: Central plate for telephone socket-outlet TAE, art. no. System M 2960.., 2979.., System Basis 2928.., System Design 2978.., OCTOCOLOR 2938... Technical Information
Receiver: All receivers of the Merten CONNECT radio system. Note: The device can assume the properties of a system administrator. The remote control must be used as the system administrator in connection with the EASY CONNECT method. In connection with the CONNECT radio configurator, it can be used as required. Contents: With battery.With a codes table for nearly all conventional devices, like TV, VCR, DVD, SAT, AUX, ...
Version Aluminium/black
Art. no. 465707
PU PG 1/60 1
Info
Communications inserts and accessories

465206 10/50 1 www.merten.com Art. no. PU PG Info
2010
| Communications inserts and accessories | FLUSH-MOUNTED INSERTS/ACCESSORIES
321
Line 21 Combination socket-outlet RJ45/TAE
With integrated Line 21 technology. For connecting an analogue telephone/telecommunications system (TAE) and a digital network device (RJ45, 8-pole) such as PC, HUB, router, Merten switch (art. no. 465711) or IC 1 (art. no. 6950.., 6951...) With 4 screw terminals for the installation line and 2 for the connection of additional telephone socket-outlets. Cable length: max. 50 m Transmission rate: max. 100 Mbit/s To be completed with: Central plate for telephone socket-outlet TAE, art. no. System M 2960.., 2979.., System Basis 2928.., System Design 2978.., OCTOCOLOR 2938... Technical Information


Version 8(6)-6F+N
Art. no. 465709
PU PG 1/60 1
Info
RJ45 insert 2x8

RJ45 insert 8
Art. no. 465720 PU PG 10/50 1 Info
Version white
Art. no. 465702
PU PG 10/40 1
Info
Version



Art. no. 465721 PU PG 1/50 1 Info
Art. no. 465703 PU PG 1/50 1 Info
Version white
Version
RJ45 insert 8/8


Art. no. 465706 PU PG 1/50 1 Info
Version white
Version white
Art. no. 465701
PU PG 10/40 1
Info
322
www.merten.com
FLUSH-MOUNTED INSERTS/ACCESSORIES | Communications inserts and accessories | 2010

WE Western type. In line with US FCC 86, Cat 3. Connection with IDC clamping method. Pin configuration Telecom/ISDN modular jack/8pole: 1a/4, 1b/5, 2a/3, 2b/6.
Art. no. 465304 PU PG 10/40 1 Info
Art. no. 465516 465518 PU PG 5/250 1 5/250 1 Info
Version

6-pole RJ 11/ Cat. 3, black 8-pole RJ 45/ Cat. 3, black
To be completed with: Central plate for telephone socket-outlet ADo, art. no. System Basis 2930.., OCTOCOLOR 2937... Accessories: Telephone socket-outlet ADo S 4, art. no. 465404.
Art. no. 465104 PU PG 10/40 1 Info
Art. no. 465595 PU PG 5/120 1 Info


Solder connection max. 0.6 mm2. To be completed with: Central plate for telephone socket-outlet ADo, art. no. System Basis 2930.., OCTOCOLOR 2937... Accessories: Telephone socket-outlet ADo S 8, art. no. 465408. Contents: A setting knob for coding is included in every pack of 10.
Art. no. 465108
PU PG 10/40 1
Info
To be completed with: Central plate for D-type subminiature connector, 9-pole, art. no. System M 4676.., 4681.., System Basis 4601... Insert for D-type subminiature connector, 9-pole, art. no. System M 464391, System Basis 461391, System Design 464391, OCTOCOLOR 463391. Contents: With locking pin for M3 screw.
Version
Art. no. 465009
PU PG 5/500 1
Info

9-pole


Art. no. 465404 PU PG 5/150 1 Info

Version 15-pole
Art. no. 465015
PU PG 5/500 1
Info

Art. no. 465408 PU PG 5/250 1 Info

Version 25-pole Art. no. 465025 PU PG 5/500 1 Info www.merten.com
2010
| Communications inserts and accessories | FLUSH-MOUNTED INSERTS/ACCESSORIES
323
Crimp connection up to 6 mm. TV/audio

DIN EN 50083-1/A1, DIN EN 80083-2/A1 Broadband directional coupler box for loopthrough systems in broadband cable, communal aerial and satellite distribution systems. Suitable for flush-mounted boxes of 55-65 mm. With claw and screw fixing.
Art. no. 465010 PU PG 5/500 1 Info
Version
Art. no. 466098 PU PG 1/54 1 Info

Version
Art. no. 465580 465582 PU PG 2/100 1 2/100 1 Info
Broadband cable/satellite antenna branch-circuit box, 2-gang

DIN EN 50083-1/A1, DIN EN 80083-2/A1 Broadband directional coupler box for branch-circuit and star-type distribution systems in broadband cable, communal aerial and satellite distribution systems. With DC transmission via the TV connection. Suitable for flush-mounted boxes of 55-65 mm. With claw and screw fixing. DC transmission: max. 24 V/400 mA Signal: 22 kHz and DiSEqC

Art. no. 465581 465583 PU PG 2/100 1 2/100 1 Info
Art. no. 466099 PU PG 1/54 1 Info
Version

DIN EN 50083-1/A1, DIN EN 80083-2/A1 Single satellite socket-outlet, 3-gang. For individual branch-circuit and star-type distribution systems in communal aerial and satellite distribution systems. With DC transmission via the satellite connection. Suitable for flushmounted boxes of 55-65 mm. With claw and screw fixing. DC transmission: max. 24 V/320 mA Signal: 22 kHz and DiSEqC
Reichle & De-Massari splash flange

In the AQUADESIGN switch range, protection type IP 44 is achieved for all Reichle & De Massari modules with the splash flange. To be completed with: Insert for Reichle & De-Massari, art. no. 464384. Reichle & De-Massari splash sleeve, art. no. 465590. Contents: 1 PU = 10 pieces.
Version blue
Art. no. 465591
PU PG 1/60 1
Info
Art. no. 466097 PU PG 1/54 1 Info
Reichle & De-Massari splash sleeve

The splash sleeve is pulled over the connecting cable. In conjunction with the splash flange, protection type IP 44 is also achieved with plug-in connecting cable. To be completed with: Reichle & De-Massari splash flange, art. no. 465591. Note: Splash installation tool (three-prong pliers) can be ordered directly from Reichle & De-Massari.
Version
Version www.merten.com transparent
Art. no. 465590
PU PG 10/600 1
Info
324
FLUSH-MOUNTED INSERTS/ACCESSORIES | TV/audio | 2010
LED lighting module for double switches/push-buttons as orientation light

Power consumption 2x0.65 mA For all two-circuit switch/push-button inserts or double switch/push-button inserts from QuickFlex. The colours red, blue and green can each be set on the RGB LEDs via three switches. Combinations of colours are also possible. For use as orientation light. The module can be replaced from the front without any dismantling of switches.
Art. no. 466919 466914 PU PG 10/50 1 10/50 1 Info
Contents: With two RGB LEDs.


Version 100-230 V, multicoloured
Art. no. 467019 467014 PU PG 10/50 1 10/50 1 Info
LED lighting module for double switch/push-button as control lamp

Power consumption 2x0.65 mA For all two-circuit switch/push-button inserts or double switch/push-button inserts from QuickFlex. The colours red, blue and green can each be set on the RGB LEDs via three switches. Combinations of colours are also possible. For use as control lamp. The module can be replaced from the front without any dismantling of switches.
Accessories for universal inserts
Contents: With two RGB LEDs.

Art. no. PU PG 1/150 1 1/150 1 Info new new
LED lighting module for switches/ push-buttons

Power consumption 0.65 mA For all 1 and 2-pole switch inserts from QuickFlex. Red LED. For use as control light or orientation light. The module can be replaced from the front without any dismantling of switches.
Version
100-230 V, multicol- MEG3902-0000 oured 8-32 V, multicoloured MEG3922-0000

Contents: With LED.

Version 100-230 V, red

Art. no. PU PG Info 396502 10/1000 1
Version
LED lighting module for switches/ push-buttons

Power consumption 0.65 mA For all 1 and 2-pole switch inserts from QuickFlex. The colours red, blue and green can be set on the RGB LEDs via three switches. Combinations of colours are also possible. For use as control light or orientation light. The module can be replaced from the front without any dismantling of switches.
grey

Contents: With RGB LED.

Art. no. PU PG 1/150 1 1/150 1 Info new new
Version
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
100-230 V, multicol- MEG3901-0000 oured 8-32 V, multicoloured MEG3921-0000
396576 10/1000 1
2010
| Accessories for universal inserts | FLUSH-MOUNTED INSERTS/ACCESSORIES
www.merten.com
325
LED lamp


Version AC 400 V, 1.25 mA Art. no. 396376 PU PG 5/1020 1 Info
Art. no. 395120 395121 395122 395123 395124 395131 395132 395133 395134 395135
PU PG 20/240 20/240 20/240 20/240 20/240 20/240 20/240 20/240 20/240 20/240 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Info
Light signal E 10 insert

AC 250 V, max. 3 W With E 10 holder and red hood
Neon lamp E 10

Art. no. 395100 PU PG 20/ 1 4080 Info
To be completed with: Central plate for light signal insert art. no. System M 3976.., 3978.., System Basis 3977.., , OCTOCOLOR 3191... Neon lamp E 10, art. no. 395100. LED lamp E 10, art. no. 3951... Accessories: Hood for light signal E 10, art. no. 319011/12/13/ 14. Contents: Without neon lamp.
Version hood, red
Art. no. 319016
PU PG 10/50 1
Info
Light attachment for multi switch

AC 230 V, 2x1 mA For monitoring or lighting applications.
Hood for light signal E 10

Shatter-proof flat version for light signal E 10 insert.
Accessories from: Light signal E 10 insert, art. no. 319016.

Art. no. 319011 319012 319013 319014 PU PG 1/250 1/250 1/250 1/250 1 1 1 1 Info
To be completed with: Two-circuit control switch insert with N terminal, art. no. 325500. Roller shutter rocker switch insert with additional contact, art. no. 311502. Contents: With neon lamp.
Version red green clear yellow
Version
Art. no. 396176
PU PG 1/150 1
Info disc.
Extension claws Light attachment for two-circuit switch

AC 230 V, 2x1 mA For lighting purposes. To be completed with: Rocker switch insert, art. no. 311500. Contents: With neon lamp.

For suspending in the standard claw. For the installation of flush-mounted inserts such as switches, push-buttons, socket-outlets etc. in the case of flush-mounted boxes which are built in too deeply. Contents: 1 PU consists of two extension claws and one rubber band.
Art. no. 533591 PU PG 50/900 1 Info
Version
Art. no. 396276
PU PG 1/150 1
Info disc.
Version
Assortment of screws in plastic box

Contents: 20 screws for socket-outlet covers, plain. 20 screws for socket-outlet covers, black.
Version Art. no. 539591 www.merten.com PU PG 14/224 1 Info
326
FLUSH-MOUNTED INSERTS/ACCESSORIES | Accessories for universal inserts | 2010
Capacitor
AC 230 V, 0.33 F For use in push-button circuits to prevent flickering of the neon lamp and/or instantaneous switching of the installation relay when several push-buttons with neon lamps are in use. For interference suppression of inductive loads, e.g. relays, contactors, fluorescent lamps, transformers, if the induction voltage of these devices leads to the retriggering of the ARGUS.
Version AC 230 V, 0.33 F Art. no. 542895 PU PG 10/450 8 Info Version red
Surge protection module for socket-outlets

Miniature version of direct line-side fine protection with acoustic fault signal. The module can be installed for example in waterproof SCHUKO socket-outlets. It is advisable to clearly mark the relevant cover of the socket-outlet. Type of protection: Fine protection Failure indication: Acoustic signal
Art. no. 533497 PU PG 1/100 8 Info
Base load

Replacement fuse
Version for 400 W for 500/600 VA for 1000 VA for halogen and halogen super dimmers 500 VA for roller shutter control and time switch 1000 VA Art. no. 550892 550992 551092 551192 PU PG 20/ 4080 20/ 4080 20/ 4080 20/ 4080 8 8 8 8 Info Version
Art. no. 533498
PU PG 1/50 8
Info

551292
20/ 8 4080
Spare battery
For roller shutter controls and time switches. The battery has a life of approx. 3-6 years. 11.5 mm: art. no. 5761.., 5762.. 15.5 mm: year of manufacture up to 07.95: art. no. 5765.., 5766.., 5781.., 5782..
Version 11.5 mm 15.5 mm Art. no. 576101 576102 PU PG 10/300 8 10/300 8 Info
Art. no. 297190 PU PG 10/500 1 Info
Version
Labelling software
For professional labelling of DIN A4 labelling sheets in System Basis, System M, System Design and OCTOCOLOR.

AC 230 V, +6 % / -10 % For electronic transformers MET and ET dimmers. For protecting the transformer or dimmer during parallel operation of fluorescent lamps and other inductive loads with transformers. Connection parallel to the input side of the transformer or dimmer. 1 module for max. 10 transformers per circuit is recommended. Leakage current: (8/20) 4.5 kA (1x), 1 kA (100x) Residual voltage at discharge current: (1 kA) approx. 1000 V
Version
Art. no. 615022
PU PG 1/20 9.1
Info
Dirt cover for switches and socket-outlets

For protection of switches and socket-outlets from damage due to painting/varnishing work.
Version green Art. no. MEG3900-0000 PU PG 1/60 1 Info new
2010
| Accessories for universal inserts | FLUSH-MOUNTED INSERTS/ACCESSORIES
www.merten.com
327
Radio system
RADIO SYSTEM COnnEcT
THE SAFEST AND MOST RELIABLE CONNECTIONS

The CONNECT radio system ensures reliability and safety. The transmitter and receiver makes constant use of re-routing technology, and the system operates free of interference at 868MHz. Diagnostic aids that are easy to operate tell the user whether the radio connection is working. And Easy Connect facilitates quick and simple programming of the radio transmitter and receiver. This intelligent technology provides a reliable basis for current operations, and is paving the way for the innovations of the future. CONNECT is already employing Z-Wave, the standard that will network the households of the future. Intelligent recording of electricity, gas, and water meters to enable energy-efcient and low CO2 operation. In addition, CONNECT is ideally suited as an addition to existing electrical installations. This makes it possible for existing buildings to be easily retrotted with modern communication and control technology.
WIThOUT rE-rOUTInG TEchnOlOGY
reective wall
Radio transmitter Radio receiver
Radio receiver
No way through: with reective walls or obstacles, the receiver waits for the radio signal in vain.
WITh rE-rOUTInG TEchnOlOGY

reective wall
Radio transmitter Radio receiver
Radio receiver
The most reliable solution: the new CONNECT radio system signal searches further "stopovers" for the best path to the desired receiver.
Z-Wave is a registered trademark of Zensys Inc. and their branch ofces in the USA and other countries. More information at: www.z-wavealliance.org.

www.merten.de
Flush-mounted CONNECT radio receiver, universal dimmer Movement detector radio ARGUS 220 CONNECT
328
RADIO SYSTEM CONNECT | 2010
RADIO SYSTEM COnnEcT
Radio system
COnTEnTS
CONNECT radio central unit The CONNECT radio central unit connects numerous functions of the radio world and the IPworld in a single control unit. You can access many functions even when you aren't home. The CONNECT radio central unit has an additional Ethernet connection and is controlled via merten@home.
High-resolution, backlit TFT colour display (number of colours: 16-bit/64.000, brightness: 400 cd/m2) Wide reading angle (6080) Real-time clock Very straightforward and convenient operation via dial ring (clickwheel) with four cursor keys and the enter key Favourite key (request menu) Home key calls up the menu structure directly Eight freely programmable push-buttons for direct control of functions Red status LEDs Individually congurable labelling eld
Intended for ush mounting
Integrated radio antenna Ethernet connection Available in the colours aluminium and polar white | RADIO SYSTEM CONNECT
www.merten.de
2010
329
CONNECT RADIO SYSTEM

Radio systemCONNECT radio systemSystem electronicsCONNECT radio systemCONNECT radio systemB
Radio system
Functions and device overview

Devices Device features Radio features CONNECT radio central unit, merten@home, colour 5059.. Central device with eight freely programmable operator buttons merten@home user interface Radio functions EASY CONNECT CONNECT conguration tool (optional) CONNECT radio system, central control and visualisation Administration of central functions of the radio system (scenes, seasonal switch programs, history functions)
CONNECT radio universal remote control 506923
Remote control for the radio receivers, Merten IR devices, and up to ve IR AV devices
Switch on, switch off, toggle, dim, raise/lower roller shutters, scene
Graphic programming of the EASY CONNECT functions
Mobile operating push button, CONNECT radio push-button, Move battery powered System M 5080.., 5081.. System Design 5082.. CONNECT radio push-button, 1-gang System M 5061.., 5051.. System Design 5071.. CONNECT radio push-button, 2-gang System M 5062.., 5052.. System Design 5072.. Operating push button, battery powered, 2 channels, 12 radio receivers/channel
Toggle, dim
Switch on, switch off, push-button operation (bell), scenes
Switch on, switch off, dim, raise/ lower roller shutters
Toggle, push-button operation (bell), scenes, division of channels
Operating push button, battery powered, 4 channels, 12 radio receivers/channel
Switch on, switch off, dim, raise/ lower roller shutters
Toggle, push-button operation (bell), scenes, division of channels
Control buttons CONNECT radio sensor surface, for switch inserts System M: 5034.., 5024.. System Design: 5044.. Control buttons CONNECT radio sensor surface for dimmer inserts System M: 5036.., 5026.. System Design: 5046.. Control buttons CONNECT radio roller shutter push- button with sensor connection System M: 5035.., 5025.. System Design: 5045.. CONNECT radio transmitter ush-mounted, 4-gang 506004 CONNECT radio receiver, ushmounted, 1-gang switch 507501 AC 230 V, 10 A Battery powered, for up to 4oating switch contacts Remote control of the receivers via push-buttons Switching a load via make contact
Toggle
Staircase lighting function, ON/OFF delay, master/slave
Switch on (to memory value), switch off, dim
Adjustable dimming speed, staircase lighting function, master/ slave, brightness limit, switch on to brightness limit, memory function that can be switched off Master/slave, slats, up/down duration
Roller shutters Up/Down, save sun sensor light value locally
Switch on, switch off, dim, raise/ lower shutters, push-button operation (bell), conguration as push-button or switch for all inputs. Switch on, switch off, toggle Staircase lighting function, ON/OFF delay
witching and dimming external S CONNECT radio receiver, ushmounted, 1-gang universal dimmer loads 507900 AC 230 V, 25 VA-250 VA
Adjustable dimming speed, staircase lighting function, master/ slave, brightness limit, switch on to brightness limit, memory function that can be switched off 2. Staircase lighting function, ON/OFF delay
CONNECT radio receiver, ushmounted, 2-gang switch 507502 AC 230 V, 6 A
Switching two loads via make contact
1. Channel can be used, switch on, switch off, toggle
CONNECT radio receiver, ushmounted, 1-gang switch, 2-pole 507601 AC 230 V, 10 A CONNECT radio receiver, ushmounted, 1-gang roller shutter 507801 AC 230 V, 6 A, cos = 0.6 500VA
Switching a load via a 2-pole make contact
Switch on, switch off, toggle
Staircase lighting function, ON/OFF delay
Controlling a roller shutter drive
Roller shutter Up/Down, Stop
Slats, up/down duration
330
2010 CONNECT RADIO SYSTEM |2010 RADIO SYSTEM CONNECT

Devices Device features Radio features CONNECT radio plug adapter, switch 508519 AC 230 V, 50 Hz 16 A, cos=1, max. 35F Switching external loads with SCHUKO plug Radio functions EASY CONNECT Switch on, switch off, toggle CONNECT conguration tool (optional) Staircase lighting function, ON/OFF delay
Radio system
CONNECT radio plug adapter, universal dimmer 508619 AC 230 V, 50 Hz 40 VA-350 VA
Switching and dimming external loads with SCHUKO plug
Adjustable dimming speed, staircase lighting function, brightness limit, switch on to brightness limit, memory function that can be switched off
Radio ARGUS 220 CONNECT 5095..
Outdoor movement detector Up to four radio ARGUS 220 CONNECT devices can be networked and set via the remote control
ARGUS is fully integrated into the radio network Teaching receivers Function module like scene, message and alarm
Remote control for radio ARGUS 220 CONNECT 509590
Radio remote control Functions: Permanent ON, permanent OFF, automatic, brightness threshold, switching duration, set and change the sensitivity to movement For manually adjusting the desired room temperature locally
Up to four radio ARGUS 220 CONNECT devices can be networked and set via the remote control
CONNECT radio valve drive for heaters, comfort/standby 509201
Via radio central unit CONNECT: Reduce/increase temperature by 4C
Radio receiver for ush-mounted installation

inserts Functions Design covers
CONNECT radio sensor surface, for switch inserts System M 5034.., 5024.. CONNECT radio sensor surface for dimmer inserts 5036.., 5026.. 5046.. CONNECT radio roller shutter push-button with sensor connection 5035.., 5025.. 5045..
System Design 5044.. Electronic switch insert 576799 (40 - 300 W) Switching of ohmic loads
Relay switch insert 576897 0-1000 W/VA, max. 140 F
Switching of ohmic, inductive or capacitive loads
Universal super dimmer insert 577099 For 50 Hz: 25 - 420 VA; For 60 Hz: 25 - 340 W Standard blind control insert 580698 (max. 1 motor 1000 VA)
Dimming of ohmic, inductive and capacitive loads
Controlling a blind/roller shutter drive
Blind control insert with extension input 580699 (max. 1 motor 1000 VA)
Controlling a blind/roller shutter drive
2010 2010
| RADIO SYSTEM | CONNECT RADIO SYSTEM CONNECT
331

Radio systemCONNECT radio systemSystem electronicsCONNECT radio systemCONNECT radio systemB
Radio system
Merten CONNECT radio system The Merten CONNECT radio system is a bi-directional radio network. That means that all devices can transmit and receive signals simultaneously. It is possible, for example, for signals to be routed or for alternative radio transmission paths to be searched for (e.g. during temporary faults). There are two configuration methods: The EASY CONNECT method: For the connection of max. five devices which are in the direct vicinity of one another (e.g. in one room). Configuration is carried out manually. Due to their complexity, some devices cannot be programmed with EASY CONNECT, or not all of the functions can be programmed. These devices are marked with a special symbol. Using the CONNECT radio configuration tool: For systems between different rooms with up to 100 devices and extensive functions (scenes, central switching function, switch times, individual key assignment). For both types of installation method a so called "system administrator" must always be integrated. Properties: Secure transmission using frequency range 868 MHz Clear addressing enables interference-free operation of multiple radio systems side by side Very flexible installation and configuration No cable routing required, due to the use of battery-powered transmitters Extension of existing installations Implementation of groups, scene controlling options and central functions The extensive product spectrum covers all areas of application such as lighting control, roller shutter control, scene and heating control. Simple teaching of freely programmable functions Extremely flat, battery-powered push-buttons, e.g. for attaching to glass Indoor transmission range: approx. 30 m (depending on place of installation and building characteristics such as materials and wall strengths) Range in free field: approx. 100 m Explanation of symbols: Z-Wave standard The device is compatible with Z-wave products from other manufacturers. The device can assume the functions of the system administrator. We recommend you use only fixed devices as system administrator (e.g. CONNECT radio push-button, 1-gang). The device has the routing function. It automatically relays signals and maintains fault-free operation. The device transmits signals.
Technical Information: Radio system
CONNECT radio system, central unit
CONNECT radio central unit, merten@home, colour

Central device with eight freely programmable operator buttons and 3.5" colour display for the central control and visualisation of a Merten CONNECT radio system. The user interface is merten@home. Radio features: Router The radio central unit is configured with the CONNECT radio configurator. It is installed in a flush-mounted double box. For the optional flush mounted power supply an additional flush-mounted box is covered by the radio central unit. Functions: Administration of central functions of the radio system (32 scenes, time switch with 20 weekly and 12 annual time switch programs, 1 history function) IP address: fixed or dynamic assignment via DHCP Integrated web server for PC operation, touch panel, PDA operation with merten@home Integrated real-time clock with reserve power of 4 hrs. Piezo loudspeaker for acoustic alarm Alarm/message display and additional e-mail forwarding Signalling when e-mails arrive Multimedia application: Controlling network mp3 players or streaming clients JPG image slide shows (FTP server on the Internet) Displaying current news (RSS feeder) Power consumption: max. approx. 7 W Power supply: DC 24 V, 0.3 A Operating elements: clickwheel, arrow buttons, back key, home key, 8 operator buttons for direct access Display size: 3.5 (8.9 cm) Resolution: 320 x 240 pixels Display type: TFT with 16 million colours Interfaces: 1 x RJ45 Ethernet 10/100 MBit/s; CONNECT radio system Memory: 8 MB Flash/RAM Radio frequency: 868 MHz Radio range: up to 50 m in free field, up to 20 m indoors Dimensions: 220 x 105 x 50 mm (HxWxD) Type of protection: IP 20 Accessories: Power supply, flush-mounted, art. no. 505599. Double mounting box, art. no. 528668. Transmitter: All transmitters of the Merten CONNECT radio system. Receiver: All receivers of the Merten CONNECT radio system. Note: A RJ45 connector suitable for field assembly is recommended for the Ethernet connection, e.g. FM45 from Reichle+DeMassari. The CONNECT radio configuration tool, including updates, is available at www.merten.de or on the Merten info CD. Contents: With design frame.
The device receives signals and switches accordingly e.g. light or roller shutter.
The EASY CONNECT method is not available or only available with restrictions.
www.merten.com
Version polar white aluminium
Art. no. 505919 505960
PU PG 1/6 8 1/6 8
Info
Z-Wave is a registered trademark of Zensys Inc. and their branch offices in the USA and other countries.
332
CONNECT RADIO SYSTEM | CONNECT radio system, central unit | 2010

Power supply, flush-mounted
For supplying power to the CONNECT radio central unit, merten@home. The power supply is installed via a flush-mounted box directly above the radio central unit's flushmounted double box. Primary supply: AC 230 V, 48-63 Hz Output voltage: DC 24 V +/- 3 % Output current: max. 0.5 A Connecting terminals:Screw terminals
CONNECT radio system, push-button
Radio system


For supplying power to: CONNECT radio central unit, merten@home, colour art. no. 5059...
Art. no. 505599 PU PG 1/70 8 Info
Version
CONNECT radio system, configurator
CONNECT radio USB data interface

For connecting a PC equipped with a USB interface to the Merten CONNECT radio system. The radio system is conveniently configured on the PC using the CONNECT radio configurator and is set up via the data interface. Radio features: System administrator Functions: "plug and play" installation Driver for all common Windows operating systems Fastening clip for fastening on to a Notebook display Power supply via the PC's USB interface. Transmitter: All transmitters of the Merten CONNECT radio system. Receiver: All receivers of the Merten CONNECT radio system. Contents: CD with CONNECT radio configuration tool, USB cable.
Version
Art. no. 506801
PU PG 1/12 8
Info
CONNECT radio configuration tool

Software for conveniently programming the Merten CONNECT radio system components. Functions: Graphic user interface. To link the components, drag the connection lines with the mouse. Filter functions Analysis and search functions Diagnostics functions: e.g. single diagnosis of the radio system at the installation location Conformance measurement Documentation of installation and diagnostics log
Note: The CONNECT radio configuration tool, including updates, is available at www.merten.de or on the Merten info CD.
2010
| CONNECT radio system, configurator | CONNECT RADIO SYSTEM
www.merten.com
333

Radio system

For System M. Battery-powered mobile radio transmitter with 1 channel. For activating the Merten CONNECT radio system's radio receiver. A maximum of 12 radio receivers can be connected. Radio features: System administrator (see note) Suitable for sticking onto walls or glass, screwing onto walls or flush-mounted outlets, or installing in a multiple combination. A flush-mounted box is not required. Functions: EASY CONNECT: Toggle, dim With CONNECT radio configuration tool: additionally switch on, switch off, push-button operation (bell), scenes Channels: 1 Range: up to 100 m free field, up to 30 m indoors Battery: 1 lithium button cell (CR 2450N) Display elements: LED for transmission confirmation/programming Dimensions: 44 x 12.5 mm ( x H)



Art. no. PU PG Info
Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
506144 506119 506125 1/40 8 1/40 8 1/40 8
Version
508144 508119 508125 1/40 8 1/40 8 1/40 8

505144 505119 505114 505160 1/40 1/40 1/40 1/40 8 8 8 8

508044 508019 508014 508060 1/40 1/40 1/40 1/40 8 8 8 8
334
www.merten.com
CONNECT RADIO SYSTEM | CONNECT radio system, push-button | 2010



For System Design. Battery-powered mobile radio transmitter with 1 channel. For activating the Merten CONNECT radio system's radio receiver. A maximum of 12 radio receivers can be connected. Radio features: System administrator (see note) Suitable for sticking onto walls or glass, screwing onto walls or flush-mounted outlets, or installing in a multiple combination. A flush-mounted box is not required. Functions: EASY CONNECT: Toggle, dim With CONNECT radio configuration tool: additionally switch on, switch off, push-button operation (bell), scenes Channels: 1 Range: up to 100 m free field, up to 30 m indoors Battery: 1 lithium button cell (CR 2450N) Display elements: LED for transmission confirmation/programming Dimensions: 44 x 12.5 mm ( x H)

Radio system
Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
506244 506219 506225 1/40 8 1/40 8 1/40 8
Art. no. PU PG Info
Version

505244 505219 505214 505260 1/40 1/40 1/40 1/40 8 8 8 8
508244 508219 508260 1/40 8 1/40 8 1/40 8
metallic
508246 1/40 8
2010
| CONNECT radio system, push-button | CONNECT RADIO SYSTEM
www.merten.com
335

Radio system




Art. no. PU PG Info
Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
Version
507144 507119 507160 1/40 8 1/40 8 1/40 8
507244 507219 507260 1/40 8 1/40 8 1/40 8
metallic
507146 1/40 8
metallic
507246 1/40 8
CONNECT radio transmitter flushmounted, 4-gang

Battery-powered radio transmitter for connecting up to 4 floating switch contacts (e.g. standard push-buttons). For the remote control of other receivers from the Merten CONNECT radio system via push-buttons from the Merten switch ranges. Radio features: Transmitter Automatic recognition of the connected devices (switches or push-buttons). Suitable for installation underneath push-button inserts or in empty flush-mounted boxes. Functions: With CONNECT radio configuration tool: Switch on, switch off, toggle, dim, raise/lower shutters, push-button operation (bell), configuration as push-button or switch for all inputs. Channels: 4 Range: up to 100 m (free field) up to 30 m (building) Battery: 1 lithium button cell (CR 2450N) Display elements: LED for send confirmation Dimensions: 43 x 41 x 14 mm (H x W x D)
Receiver: All receivers of the Merten CONNECT radio system.

Art. no. 506004 PU PG 1/100 8 Info
336
CONNECT RADIO SYSTEM | CONNECT radio system, push-button | 2010

CONNECT radio system, switching/dimming


Radio system
Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
504644 504619 504660 1/100 8 1/100 8 1/100 8
metallic
504646 1/100 8
Version 25-420 VA
Art. no. 577099
PU PG 1/50 8
Info
Relay switch insert


Art. no. PU PG Info
Version 0-1000 VA
Art. no. 576897
PU PG 1/50 8
Info
Version
503644 503619 503625 1/100 8 1/100 8 1/100 8

502644 502619 502614 502660 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 8 8 8 8 www.merten.com
2010
| CONNECT radio system, switching/dimming | CONNECT RADIO SYSTEM
337

Radio system


For System Design. Operator button for switching an output. Manual operation and remote control possible via Merten CONNECT radio system transmitters. Radio features: Router Functions: EASY CONNECT: Toggle With CONNECT radio configuration tool: additionally staircase lighting function, ON/ OFF delay, master/slave
Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
504444 504419 504460 1/100 8 1/100 8 1/100 8
Version 40-300 W
Art. no. 576799
PU PG 1/50 8
Info
metallic
504446 1/100 8

For System M. Operator button for switching an output. Manual operation and remote control possible via Merten CONNECT radio system transmitters. Radio features: Router Functions: EASY CONNECT: Toggle With CONNECT radio configuration tool: additionally staircase lighting function, ON/ OFF delay, master/slave
CONNECT radio receiver, flushmounted, 1-gang switch

For switching loads via a make contact. Can be remote-controlled via transmitters in the Merten CONNECT system. Radio features: Router Suitable for installation into a size 60 installation box.With snap-off mounting plates. With screw terminals. Functions: EASY CONNECT: Switch on, switch off, toggle With CONNECT radio configuration tool: additionally staircase lighting function, ON/ OFF delay Nominal voltage: AC 230 V Nominal current: 10 A Connected loads: Incandescent lamps: AC 230 V, 2000 W Halogen lamps: AC 230 V, 1500 W Capacitive load: 35 F Display elements: LED for status display Operating elements: Push-button for local operation and programming Dimensions: 48 x 52 x 27 mm (H x W x D)
Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
503444 503419 503425 1/100 8 1/100 8 1/100 8

502444 502419 502414 502460 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 8 8 8 8
Transmitter: All transmitters of the Merten CONNECT radio system.

Art. no. 507501 PU PG 1/100 8 Info
Version
338
www.merten.com
CONNECT RADIO SYSTEM | CONNECT radio system, switching/dimming | 2010

CONNECT radio receiver, flushmounted, 1-gang universal dimmer
AC 230 V To switch and dim external loads. Radio feature: router For ohmic, inductive and capacitive loads, e.g. incandescent lamps, dimmable wound transformers and electronic transformers. (Phase control or phase alignment). Manual operation using the key on the device via an extension unit and remote controlled using the CONNECT radio system's transmitter. The integrated universal dimmer automatically recognises the connected load. Do not connect any mixed loads. With memory function. Suitable for installation into a size 60 installation box.With snap-off mounting plates. Functions: EASY CONNECT: Switch on (to memory value), switch off, dim With CONNECT radio configuration tool: additionally adjustable dimming speed, staircase lighting function, master/slave, brightness limit, switch on to brightness limit, memory function that can be switched off Nominal voltage: AC 230 V Minimum load: 25 VA Maximum load: 250 VA Display elements: LED for status display Operating elements: Key for local operation and programming Safety: Overload protection, short-circuit protection Dimensions: 48 x 52 x 27 mm (HxWxD)
CONNECT radio receiver, flushmounted, 1-gang switch, 2-pole

For switching a load via a 2-pole make contact. Can be remote-controlled via Merten CONNECT radio system transmitters. Radio features: router Suitable for installation into a size 60 installation box.With snap-off mounting plates. With screw terminals. Functions: EASY CONNECT: Switch on, switch off, toggle With CONNECT radio configuration tool: additionally staircase lighting function, ON/ OFF delay Nominal voltage: AC 230 V Nominal current: 10 A Connected loads: Incandescent lamps: AC 230 V, 1200 W Halogen lamps: AC 230 V, 800 W Capacitive load: 14 F Display elements: LED for status display Operating elements: Push-button for local operation and programming Dimensions: 48 x 52 x 27 mm (H x W x D)
Radio system

Art. no. 507601 PU PG 1/100 8 Info
Version
CONNECT radio plug adapter, switch

AC 230 V, 50 Hz For switching external loads with SCHUKO plug. Radio features: Router Manual operation via the sensor surface and remote control possible via Merten CONNECT radio system transmitters. Functions: EASY CONNECT: Switch on, switch off, toggle With CONNECT radio configuration tool: additionally staircase lighting function, ON/ OFF delay Nominal voltage: AC 230 V, 50 Hz Nominal current:16 A, cos = 1 Incandescent lamps: AC 230 V, max. 2000 W Halogen lamps: AC 230 V, max. 2000 W Capacitive load: max. 35 F Dimensions: 120x65x38 mm (HxWxD) Display elements: LED for status display Operating elements: Sensor surface for local operation and programming Type of protection: IP 20

Art. no. 507900 PU PG 1/100 8 Info
Version
CONNECT radio receiver, flushmounted, 2-gang switch

For switching two loads via make contact. Can be remote-controlled via Merten CONNECT radio system transmitters. Radio features: router Suitable for installation into a size 60 installation box.With snap-off mounting plates. With screw terminals. Functions: EASY CONNECT: 1. Channel can be used, switch on, switch off, toggle With CONNECT radio configuration tool: 2. additionally staircase lighting function, ON/ OFF delay Nominal voltage: AC 230 V Nominal current: 6 A Connected loads: Incandescent lamps: AC 230 V, 600 W Halogen lamps: AC 230 V, 600 W Display elements: LED for status display Operating elements: Push-button for local operation and programming Dimensions: 48 x 52 x 27 mm (H x W x D)

Art. no. 508519 PU PG 1/16 8 Info
Version polar white

2010
Version
| CONNECT radio system, switching/dimming | CONNECT RADIO SYSTEM
339

Radio system
CONNECT radio plug adapter, universal dimmer

AC 230 V, 50 Hz For switching and dimming external loads with SCHUKO plug. Radio features: Router For ohmic, inductive and capacitive loads, e.g. incandescent lamps, dimmable wound transformers and electronic transformers. (Phase control or phase alignment). Manual operation via the sensor surface and remote control possible via Merten CONNECT radio system transmitters. The integrated universal dimmer automatically recognises the connected load. Do not connect any mixed loads. With memory function, can be switched off. Functions: EASY CONNECT: Switch on (to memory value), switch off, dim With CONNECT radio configuration tool: additionally adjustable dimming speed, staircase lighting function, brightness limit, switch on to brightness limit, memory function that can be switched off Nominal voltage: AC 230 V, 50 Hz Minimum load:40 VA Maximum load:350 VA Dimensions: 120x65x38 mm (HxWxD) Display elements: LED for status display Operating elements: Sensor surface for local operation and programming Type of protection: IP 20


Version 1000 VA
Art. no. 580699
PU PG 1/50 8
Info
Transmitter: All transmitters of the Merten CONNECT radio system. Technical Information
Art. no. 508619 PU PG 1/16 8 Info

For System M. Operating button for roller shutter motors. Manual operation and remote control possible via Merten CONNECT radio system transmitters. With electronic locking device. Possible to connect sun/twilight sensor. Radio features: Router A screw terminal on the blind control insert connects the sensor cable with the roller shutter push-button. Brightness value of sun sensor set to approx. 20000 lux. Functions: EASY CONNECT: Roller shutters Up/Down, save sun sensor light value locally With CONNECT radio configuration tool: additionally master/slave, louvres, up/down duration
Version polar white
CONNECT radio system, roller shutter

Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
503544 503519 503525 1/60 8 1/60 8 1/60 8
Version 1000 VA
Art. no. 580698
PU PG 1/50 8
Info

502544 502519 502514 502560 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 8 8 8 8
www.merten.com
340
CONNECT RADIO SYSTEM | CONNECT radio system, roller shutter | 2010

For System Design. Operating button for roller shutter motors. Manual operation and remote control possible via Merten CONNECT radio system transmitters. With electronic locking device. Possible to connect sun/twilight sensor. Radio features: Router A screw terminal on the blind control insert connects the sensor cable with the roller shutter push-button. Brightness value of sun sensor set to approx. 20000 lux. Functions: EASY CONNECT: Roller shutters Up/Down, save sun sensor light value locally With CONNECT radio configuration tool: additionally master/slave, louvres, up/down duration
CONNECT radio system, ARGUS movement detector
Radio system
Radio ARGUS 220 CONNECT

Electronic outdoor movement detector. 220 surface monitoring for large house fronts and sections of the house. 360 short-range zone (approx. 4 m radius). Large wiring compartment and plug system. Looping is possible. LED function display for fast alignment at the installation site. Operating elements are protected under the easily accessible cover plate. Flexibly adjustable sensor head. Possible to blank out individual lens areas. Can be installed on walls and ceilings without additional accessories. Can be mounted on inner/outer corners and stationary pipes using a mounting bracket. Functions: Up to four radio ARGUS 220 CONNECT devices can be networked and set via the remote control (permanent ON, permanent OFF, automatic, brightness threshold, switching time, set and change the sensitivity to movement.) In conjunction with the CONNECT radio configuration tool, you can: fully integrate the radio ARGUS 200 CONNECT into the radio network and network with other devices. Teaching receivers. Use function module like scene, message and alarm. Mains voltage: AC 230 V 10 %, 50 Hz Incandescent lamps: AC 230 V, max. 2000 W Halogen lamps: AC 230 V, max. 2000 W Fluorescent lamps: AC 230 V, 1200 W uncompensated Capacitive load: max. 35 F Max. switching current: 16 A, AC 230 V, cos = 1 Angle of detection: 220 Range: max. 16 m Number of levels: 7 Number of zones: 112 with 448 switching segments Light sensor: infinitely adjustable from 31000 Lux Time: 1 sec. to approx. 8 min. in 6 steps Sensitivity: infinitely adjustable Neutral conductor: required Sensor head adjustment for wall mounting: 9 up, 24 down, 12 left/right, 12 axial Sensor head adjustment for ceiling mounting: 4 up, 29 down, 25 left/right, 8.5 axial EC directives: Low voltage directive 2006/95/ EEC and EMC directive 2004/108/EEC Radio frequency: 868 MHz Transmission range: up to 100 m in free field, up to 30 m indoors Type of protection: IP 55 Dimensions: 151x93x71 mm (HxWxD) Accessories: Remote control for radio ARGUS 220 CONNECT, art. no. 509590. Mounting bracket, art. no. 565291, 565293. Capacitor, art. no. 542895. Contents: With cover plate and segments to limit the area of detection, screws and plugs.
Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
504544 504519 504560 1/60 8 1/60 8 1/60 8
metallic
504546 1/60 8
CONNECT radio receiver, flushmounted, 1-gang roller shutter

For controlling a roller shutter drive. Can be remote-controlled via Merten CONNECT radio system transmitters. Radio features: router Suitable for installation into a size 60 installation box.With snap-off mounting plates. With screw terminals. Functions: EASY CONNECT: Roller shutter Up/Down, Stop With CONNECT radio configuration tool: Louvres, up/down duration Nominal voltage: AC 230 V Nominal current: 6 A, cos =0.6 Connected loads: Motor load: AC 230 V, 500 VA Display elements: LED for status display Operating elements: Push-button for local operation and programming Dimensions: 48 x 52 x 27 mm (H x W x D)

Art. no. 507801 PU PG 1/100 8 Info
Version
Art. no. 509519 509560
PU PG 1/12 8.4 1/12 8.4
Info www.merten.com
2010
| CONNECT radio system, ARGUS movement detector | CONNECT RADIO SYSTEM
341

Radio system
Remote control for radio ARGUS 220 CONNECT

One radio ARGUS 220 CONNECT or one radio receiver switch each can be taught, networked and set for each key (A1-A4) on the remote control. Functions: You can set the following functions on the ARGUS: Operating mode (permanent ON, permanent OFF, automatic), brightness threshold, switching duration, set and change the sensitivity to movement. Channels: 4 Radio frequency: 868 MHz Range: up to 100 m in free field, up to 30 m indoors Battery: 1 lithium button cell (CR 2450N) Display elements: Status LED

Receiver: Radio ARGUS 220 CONNECT, art. no. 5095... Contents: With battery.
Art. no. 509590 PU PG 1/48 8.4 Info
Version
CONNECT radio system, heating
CONNECT radio valve drive for heaters, comfort/standby

Heating thermostat for manually adjusting the desired room temperature in situ. With limitation facility of the mechanical adjusting range. Thermostat head is suitable for Heimeier valves M 30 x 1.5. Functions: With CONNECT radio configuration tool: In conjunction with the CONNECT radio central unit, the temperature can, for instance, be raised or lowered by 4 C. Operating elements: Programming button, key for toggling between comfort/standby Display elements: Comfort (Sun), standby (Moon) Battery: 2 Mignon 1.5 V (IEC LR 6, AA) Battery service life: approximately 2 heating periods Temperature range: 8 - 28C
Transmitter: CONNECT radio central unit, merten@home, colour art. no. 5059...
Version polar white
342
www.merten.com
CONNECT RADIO SYSTEM | CONNECT radio system, heating | 2010

Radio system
2010
| CONNECT radio system, heating | CONNECT RADIO SYSTEM
www.merten.com
343
Dimmer system
DIMMER SYSTEM
INdIVIdUAL REQUIREMENTS. INdIVIdUAL SOLUTIONS.
Universal dimmer insert, 2-gang One for all. The new universal dimmer insert has 2 channels, each of which can be operated with a maximum load of 200 watts. Best of all: these loads can be completely different purely ohmic loads, ohmic and capacitive loads, or ohmic and inductive loads. Another advantage: irrespective of which load is connected the new two-circuit dimmer detects it automatically. Another nice new feature: with imme diate effect, a simple two-circuit switch can be exchanged for a 2-gang dimmer without a second box having to be positioned, as used to be the case.
Dial-type light dimmer First-class dimming. A dimmer that's got the lot: easy to operate, multiple functions and a good memory. The convenient dial can do much more than just make the light brighter or darker. For example, with the touch of a button, the maximum brightness can be limited to 80%. The memory button can be used to save favourite brightness values. The convenient dial even helps you in the dark: with the discreet orientation light that can also be deactivated when not needed.
Universal dimmer REG Flexible dimming. The universal dimmers REG make implementing or changing dimming functions fast and easy. Loads can be dimmed via the channel buttons on the device or via an extension unit (push-button or electronic (TELE) extension unit). Ten electric and any number of mechanical push-buttons can be connected per channel.
344
www.merten.de
DIMMER SYSTEM/TRANSFORMERS | 2010
DIMMER SYSTEM
CONTENTS
Dimmer system
NEW
Universal rotary dimmer insert for ohmic, capacitive and inductive loads
2010
| DIMMER SYSTEM/TRANSFORMERS
www.merten.de
2-gang universal dimmer the rst two-circuit dimmer from Merten
Convenient dial for universal super-dimmer insert
345
DIMMER SYSTEM/TRANSFORMERS
Dimmer systemDimmer system/transformersSystem electronicsDimmer system/transformersDimmer system/transformersD

Function inserts Design cover Local operation
Dimmer system
D
System M System Design System Basis OCTOCOLOR AQUADESIGN Electronic switch (2 conductors - neutral conductor is not required) Switching of ohmic loads Incandescent lamps, 230 V halogen lamps Extension input for push-buttons and extension TELE inserts Switching of ohmic loads Incandescent lamps, 230 V halogen lamps Electronic switch insert 575799 (25 - 400 W) AC 220-230 V, 50-60 Hz
Sensor surface 5776.., 5701.., 5704.. 5737.. 5741.. 5742.. 5738..
Electronic switch insert 576799 (40 - 300 W)
Pulse generator for surge switches or protective circuits The switching function is determined by the surge switch/protective circuit used. Extension input for push-buttons and extension TELE inserts Relay switch (3 conductors - neutral conductor is required) Switching, timed switching, push-button operation of ohmic, inductive and capacitive loads Push-button function, time function, switch function Incandescent lamps, energy-saving lamps, LV halogen lamps with conventional transformer, uorescent lamps Extension input for push-buttons and extension TELE inserts Switching of ohmic, inductive or capacitive loads Incandescent lamps, uorescent lamps, energy-saving lamps, LV halogen lighting etc.
Electronic push-button insert 574697 (4 - 100 VA)
Universal relay insert 575897 AC 220-230 V, 50-60 Hz, max. 1000 W/VA; 500 VA for LV halogen lamps with conventional transformer, max 140 F
Relay switch insert 576897 0-1000 W/VA, max. 140 F
Dimmer (2 conductors - neutral conductor is not required) Dimming of ohmic, inductive and capacitive loads Incandescent lamps, 230 V halogen lamps, dimmable wound transformers, electronic transformers Phase control or phase alignment Extension input for push-buttons and extension TELE inserts Dimming of ohmic, inductive and capacitive loads Incandescent lamps, 230 V halogen lamps, dimmable wound transformers, electronic transformers Phase control or phase alignment Extension input for push-buttons and extension inserts Dimming of ohmic loads Incandescent lamps, 230 V halogen lamps Phase control Extension input for push-buttons and extension TELE inserts Dimming of inductive loads Dimmable, wound transformers and incandescent lamps Phase control Extension input for push-buttons and extension TELE inserts Dimming of capacitive loads Electronic transformers and incandescent lamps Phase alignment Extension unit operation with mechanical push-buttons or universal relay insert, art. no. 575897 with congured push-button function. Extension unit Operator function as extension unit like main unit Control of the extension input of the main unit Extension inserts 573999 Universal super dimmer insert 577099 For 50 Hz: 25 - 420 VA; For 60 Hz: 25 - 340 W Universal dimmer insert, 2-gang 568099 AC 230 V, 50-60 Hz, 2 x 50-200 VA
Memory super dimmer insert for ohmic load 573399 (60 - 400 W) 577299 (60 - 600 W, halogen 500 W) Memory halogen super dimmer insert for inductive load 573599 (20 - 500 VA)
Memory ET super dimmer insert for capacitive load 577899 (20 - 315 W)
Operator function as extension unit like main unit Control of the extension input of the main unit; can be operated remotely Neutral conductor required
Extension TELE insert 573998
346
2010 DIMMER SYSTEM/TRANSFORMERS SYSTEM/TRANSFORMERS | 2010
Local operation/ IR remote control
Local operation
Local operation
Local operation/radio remote control: CONNECT radio system
Local operation
Dimmer system
TELE sensor surface 5779.., 5703.., 5711.. 5709.. 5748.. 5749..
Comfort rotating regulator for universal super-dimmer insert 5677.., 5678...
2-gang push-button module 568499 568199
CONNECT radio sensor surface CONNECT radio sensor surfor dimmer inserts face, for switch inserts 5026.., 5036.. 5046.. 5024.., 5034.. 5044
Control electronics, 1-gang 569090
from version 2A
from version 1F Minimum load: 40 W
from version 3A Minimum load: 40 W
2010 2010
| DIMMER SYSTEM/TRANSFORMERS SYSTEM/TRANSFORMERS
347
Dimmer systemDimmer system/transformersSystem electronicsDimmer system/transformersDimmer system/transformersD
Explanation of symbols for dimmers: 230 V incandescent lamps 230 V halogen lamps
Dimmer system
Central plate of comfort rotating regulator for universal super dimmer insert
For System M. Manual operation. With the rotary knob and four operating surfaces for further functions. The light segments arranged around the rotary knob show the set brightness value. Functions: Switching on and off by pressing or turning the rotary knob The dimming speed depends on the rotational speed Retrieving/storing two brightness values Switching orientation light on/off Switching energy saving function on/off (restriction of the max. brightness to 80%)
Dimmable, wound transformers Electronic transformers for phase alignment dimmer Electric motors
Comfort rotary dimmer

To be completed with: Universal super dimmer insert, art. no. 577099.

Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
567844 567819 567825 1/60 8 1/60 8 1/60 8

567744 567719 567714 567760 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 8 8 8 8
Rotary dimmers
Universal rotary dimmer insert

AC 230 V, 50 Hz For ohmic, inductive and capacitive loads, e.g. incandescent lamps, dimmable wound transformers or electronic transformers. Phase control or phase alignment The universal dimmer automatically recognises the connected load. Do not connect any mixed loads. With pressure-operated two-way switch.
Version 25-420 VA
Art. no. 577099
PU PG 1/50 8
Info
To be completed with: Central plate with rotary knob, MEG525003../-04../-06.. System M, MEG5250-40../-41../-41.. System Design. Central plate for rotary dimmer inserts up to 600 VA, 5726.. OCTOCOLOR.
Art. no. MEG5138-0000 MEG5139-0000 PU PG 1/72 8 1/72 8 Info new new
Version 20-420 W/VA 20-600 W/VA
348
www.merten.com
DIMMER SYSTEM/TRANSFORMERS | Comfort rotary dimmer | 2010
Rotary dimmer insert for ohmic load with pressure-operated on/ off switch
AC 230 V, 50 Hz For incandescent lamps and 230 V halogen lamps. (Phase control). With pressure-operated on/off switch. To be completed with: Central plate with rotary knob, MEG525003../-04../-06.. System M, MEG5250-40../-41../-41.. System Design. Central plate for rotary dimmer inserts up to 600 VA, 5726.. OCTOCOLOR. Technical Information

AC 230 V, 50 Hz For dimmable, wound transformers, incandescent lamps and 230 V halogen lamps (inductive/ ohmic load). (Phase control). With pressure-operated on/off switch. Nominal power: 60-1000 VA Motor load: 60-600 VA Neutral conductor:required To be completed with: Central plate with rotary knob, MEG525003../-04../-06.. System M, MEG5250-40../-41../-41.. System Design. Central plate for rotary dimmer inserts up to 600 VA, 5726.. OCTOCOLOR. Technical Information
Dimmer system
Version 40-400 W
Art. no. MEG5131-0000
PU PG 1/72 8
Info new
Rotary dimmer insert for ohmic load with pressure-operated twoway switch
AC 230 V, 50 Hz For incandescent lamps and 230 V halogen lamps. (Phase control). With pressure-operated two-way switch. To be completed with: Central plate with rotary knob, MEG525003../-04../-06.. System M, MEG5250-40../-41../-41.. System Design. Central plate for rotary dimmer inserts up to 600 VA, 5726.. OCTOCOLOR. Technical Information
Version 60-1000 VA
Art. no. MEG5135-0000
PU PG 1/72 8
Info new

Version 40-400 W
Art. no. MEG5132-0000
PU PG 1/72 8
Info new

AC 230 V, 50 Hz For dimmable, wound transformers, incandescent lamps and 230 V halogen lamps (inductive/ ohmic load). (Phase control). With pressure-operated two-way switch.
Version 20-315 W
Art. no. MEG5136-0000
PU PG 1/72 8
Info new

To be completed with: Central plate with rotary knob, MEG525003../-04../-06.. System M, MEG5250-40../-41../-41.. System Design. Central plate for rotary dimmer inserts up to 600 VA, 5726.. OCTOCOLOR. Technical Information
Version 40-600 W/VA
Art. no. MEG5133-0000
PU PG 1/72 8
Info new
Version 20-630 W
Art. no. MEG5137-0000
PU PG 1/72 8
Info new
2010
| Rotary dimmers | DIMMER SYSTEM/TRANSFORMERS
www.merten.com
349
AC 230 V, 50 Hz For fluorescent lamps with electronic ballast or electronic transformer with 1-10 V interface. With pressure-operated on/off switch 1.7 A. To be completed with: Central plate with rotary knob, MEG525003../-04../-06.. System M, MEG5250-40../-41../-41.. System Design. Central plate for rotary dimmer inserts up to 600 VA, 5726.. OCTOCOLOR. Technical Information


For System Design.
Dimmer system
Version
Art. no. MEG5142-0000
PU PG 1/72 8
Info new
To be completed with: Universal rotary dimmer insert, MEG51380000, MEG5139-0000. Rotary dimmer insert for ohmic load with pressure-operated on/off switch, MEG5131-0000. Rotary dimmer insert for ohmic load with pressure-operated two-way switch, MEG5132-0000. Rotary dimmer insert for inductive load, MEG5133-0000, MEG5135-0000. Rotary dimmer insert for capacitive load, MEG5136-0000, MEG5137-0000. Electronic potentiometer insert 1-10 V, MEG5142-0000.
Art. no. PU PG Info
Version

For System M.
MEG5250-4019 MEG5250-4029 MEG5250-4015 MEG5250-4069 MEG5250-4060 10/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 8 8 8 8 8 new new new new new
To be completed with: Universal rotary dimmer insert, MEG51380000, MEG5139-0000. Rotary dimmer insert for ohmic load with pressure-operated on/off switch, MEG5131-0000. Rotary dimmer insert for ohmic load with pressure-operated two-way switch, MEG5132-0000. Rotary dimmer insert for inductive load, MEG5133-0000, MEG5135-0000. Rotary dimmer insert for capacitive load, MEG5136-0000, MEG5137-0000. Electronic potentiometer insert 1-10 V, MEG5142-0000.
Art. no. PU PG Info
metallic
MEG5250-4143 MEG5250-4146 5/120 8 5/120 8 new new

MEG5250-4244 MEG5250-4219 5/120 8 5/120 8 new new
white polar white
Version

For OCTOCOLOR.


MEG5250-0644 MEG5250-0619 5/120 8 5/120 8 new new
white polar white
To be completed with: Universal rotary dimmer insert, MEG51380000, MEG5139-0000. Rotary dimmer insert for ohmic load with pressure-operated on/off switch, MEG5131-0000. Rotary dimmer insert for ohmic load with pressure-operated two-way switch, MEG5132-0000. Rotary dimmer insert for inductive load, MEG5133-0000, MEG5135-0000. Rotary dimmer insert for capacitive load, MEG5136-0000, MEG5137-0000. Electronic potentiometer insert 1-10 V, MEG5142-0000. To be completed with: Dimmer insert, art. no. 572199, 572499, 572299, 572599, 577199, 572999, 573299.
Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
572644 572619 10/120 8 10/120 8
white polar white
metallic
572642 572605 5/120 8 5/120 8
350
www.merten.com
DIMMER SYSTEM/TRANSFORMERS | Rotary dimmers | 2010
Rotary dimmer inserts for 600 VA Surface-mounted visible installation possible in conjunction with surface-mounted housing. The following applies to all types of dimmers: If the dimmers cannot dissipate sufficient heat (cavity walls, multiple combinations, surface-mounted combinations and built-in dimmers on DIN rails), the connected loads specified may not be exploited to the maximum.
ET dimmer insert for capacitive load

AC 230 V For electronic transformers (MET and other brands) and incandescent lamps (ohmic load). With pressure-operated two-way switch. (Phase alignment) Noise-free, short-circuit-proof, with overload protection, and soft start function to protect the lamps. To be completed with: Central plate for rotary dimmer inserts, art. no. System M 5670.., 5699..,5399.., System Basis 5723.., System Design 5720.., OCTOCOLOR 5726... Technical Information
Dimmer system
Technical Information: Dimmer basics; Dimmer and load types

AC 230 V For incandescent lamps and 230 V halogen lamps. With pressure-operated one-way switch. (Phase control).
Version 20-315 W
Art. no. 577199
PU PG 1/50 8.5
Info disc.

Version 60-400 W
Art. no. 572199
PU PG 1/50 8.5
Info disc.

Version
Art. no. 572999
PU PG 1/50 8
Info disc.
Dimmer insert for inductive load

AC 230 V For dimmable wound transformers, motors, incandescent lamps and fluorescent lamps (inductive/ohmic load). With pressure-operated two-way switch and additional switch contact. (Phase control). In conjunction with the base load of the speed controller, this can be used as a dimmer for argon fluorescent lamps ( 38 mm) and as a dimmer in circuits with automatic mains disconnection. Connected load: 600 W incandescent lamps, 500 W halogen lamps, 500 VA dimmable, wound transformers To be completed with: Central plate for rotary dimmer inserts, art. no. System M 5670.., 5699..,5399.., System Basis 5723.., System Design 5720.., OCTOCOLOR 5726... Accessories: Base load, art. no. 542894. Technical Information
Art. no. 572499 572299
PU PG 1/72 8 1/72 8.5
Info disc. disc.
LV halogen dimmer insert for inductive load

Version 25-600 VA
Art. no. 573299
PU PG 1/50 8
Info disc.
Base load
Version Art. no. 542894 PU PG 1/48 8 Info disc. www.merten.com
Version 20-500 VA
Art. no. 572599
PU PG 1/72 8.5
Info disc.
2010
| Rotary dimmer inserts for 600 VA | DIMMER SYSTEM/TRANSFORMERS
351
For System M.
Dimmer system

For OCTOCOLOR.
Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
567044 567019 567025 5/120 8 5/120 8 5/120 8 disc. disc. disc.

To be completed with: Universal rotary dimmer insert, MEG51380000, MEG5139-0000. Rotary dimmer insert for ohmic load with pressure-operated on/off switch, MEG5131-0000. Rotary dimmer insert for ohmic load with pressure-operated two-way switch, MEG5132-0000. Rotary dimmer insert for inductive load, MEG5133-0000, MEG5135-0000. Rotary dimmer insert for capacitive load, MEG5136-0000, MEG5137-0000. Electronic potentiometer insert 1-10 V, MEG5142-0000. To be completed with: Dimmer insert, art. no. 572199, 572499, 572299, 572599, 577199, 572999, 573299.
Art. no. PU PG Info
Version

539944 539919 5/120 8 5/120 8 disc. disc.
572644 572619 10/120 8 10/120 8
white polar white
white polar white
metallic
572642 572605 5/120 8 5/120 8

For System Design.
Rotary dimmer up to 900 VA
Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
572019 572029 572015 572069 572060 10/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 8 8 8 8 8 disc. disc. disc. disc. disc.
Surface-mounted visible installation possible in conjunction with surface-mounted housing. The following applies to all types of dimmers: If the dimmers cannot dissipate sufficient heat (cavity walls, multiple combinations, surface-mounted combinations and built-in dimmers on DIN rails), the connected loads specified may not be exploited to the maximum.
metallic
572043 572046 5/120 8 5/120 8 disc. disc.

572094 572099 5/120 8 5/120 8 disc. disc.
Dimmer insert 900 W for ohmic load

AC 230 V For incandescent lamps and 230 V halogen lamps. With pressure-operated two-way switch. (Phase control). To be completed with: Central plate for rotary dimmer inserts up to 1000 VA, art. no. System Design 5717.., OCTOCOLOR 5715... Technical Information Note: Not to be combined with System Basis or System M.
white polar white
Version 75-900 W/halogen 700 W
Art. no. 572799
PU PG 1/30 8
Info disc.
352
www.merten.com
DIMMER SYSTEM/TRANSFORMERS | Rotary dimmer up to 900 VA | 2010
For System Design.

For System M. Push-button module without rockers. The push-button module is inserted onto the 2gang universal dimmer insert (art. no. 568099), and is used together with the rockers for the 2gang push-button module in the matching design.
Dimmer system
Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
To be completed with: Universal dimmer insert, 2-gang, art. no. 568099. Rockers for 2-gang push-button module, art. no. System M 6192.., 6252...
Art. no. 568499 PU PG 1/100 8 Info
571744 571719 571729 571715 571769 571760 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 8 8 8 8 8 8 disc. disc. disc. disc. disc. disc.
Version
metallic
571743 571746 1/100 8 1/100 8 disc. disc.

For System M. The rockers are attached to the 2-gang push-button module. To be completed with: Push-button module, 2-gang, art. no. System M 568499. In KNX, to be completed with: KNX push-button module, 2-gang, art. no. System M 625299. Accessories: Protective hood for plaster, System M, art. no. 627591...
Art. no. PU PG Info

For OCTOCOLOR.
Version

619244 619219 619225 1/150 9 1/150 9 1/150 9
Art. no. PU PG Info
Version

625244 625219 625214 625260 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 9 9 9 9
571544 571519 1/100 8 1/100 8 disc. disc.
white polar white

Double touch dimmer

AC 230 V, 50-60 Hz For ohmic, inductive and capacitive loads, e.g. incandescent lamps, dimmable wound transformers and electronic transformers. (Phase control or phase alignment). The universal dimmer automatically recognises the connected load. Do not connect any mixed loads. With memory function, can be switched off. Neutral conductor:not required (2 conductor system) Nominal power/per channel: 50-200 W/VA To be completed with: Push-button module, 2-gang, art. no. System M 568499, System Design 568199. Rockers for 2-gang pushbutton module, art. no. System M 6192.., 6252.., System Design 6262... Extension unit operation: With mechanical push-buttons. With extension insert, art. no. 573999, extension TELE insert, art. no. 573998. Technical Information
For System Design Push-button module without rockers. The push-button module is inserted onto the 2gang universal dimmer insert (art. no. 568099), and is used together with the rockers for the 2gang push-button module in the matching design.
To be completed with: Universal dimmer insert, 2-gang, art. no. 568099. Rockers for 2-gang push-button module, art. no. System Design 6262...
Art. no. 568199 PU PG 1/100 8 Info
Version
Version 2 x 50-200 VA
Art. no. 568099
PU PG 1/50 8
Info www.merten.com
2010
| Double touch dimmer | DIMMER SYSTEM/TRANSFORMERS
353

Dimmer system
To be completed with: Push-button module, 2-gang, art. no. System Design 568199. In KNX, to be completed with: KNX push-button module, 2-gang, System Design 626299. Accessories: Protective hood for plaster, System Design, art. no. 628091...
Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
626244 626219 626260 1/150 9 1/150 9 1/150 9
metallic
626246 1/150 9
Art. no. 573399 577299
PU PG 1/60 8 1/60 8
Info
Button dimmer Memory: When the light is switched on, it has the last set brightness level. Interference immunity in line with VDE 0639.

Technical Information: Dimmer basics; Dimmer and load types; Sensor cover functions and device overview; TRANCENT functions and device overview

Version 20-500 VA
Art. no. 573599
PU PG 1/60 8
Info
Version www.merten.com 25-420 VA
Art. no. 577099
PU PG 1/50 8
Info
354
DIMMER SYSTEM/TRANSFORMERS | Button dimmer | 2010


Version 4-100 VA Art. no. 574697 PU PG 1/60 8 Info
Dimmer system
Version 20-315 W
Art. no. 577899
PU PG 1/60 8
Info

Contact switch
Technical Information: Sensor cover functions and device overview; TRANCENT functions and device overview

AC 230 V For ohmic load such as incandescent lamps, 230 V halogen lamps. Switching capacity: 25-400 W Neutral conductor: not required (2 conductor system) To be completed with: Sensor cover, art. no. System M 5776.., 5701.., 5704.., System Basis 5741.., System Design 5737.., OCTOCOLOR 5742.. or TELE sensor cover, art. no. System M 5779.., 5703.., 5711.., System Basis 5748.., System Design 5709.., OCTOCOLOR 5749... In the TRANCENT range with control electronics, 1gang, art. no. 569090 and TRANCENT glass sensor covers, art. no. 5691.., 5692.., 5693.., 5695... Extension unit operation: With mechanical push-buttons. With extension insert, art. no. 573999, extension TELE insert, art. no. 573998. Technical Information Note: The electronic switch insert, cannot be used in conjunction with the CONNECT radio system.
Art. no. 575897
PU PG 1/50 8
Info
Version 25-400 W
Art. no. 575799
PU PG 1/50 8
Info
2010
| Contact switch | DIMMER SYSTEM/TRANSFORMERS
www.merten.com
355
AC 230 V For ohmic load such as incandescent lamps, 230 V halogen lamps.
Dimmer system
Extension inserts
Technical Information: Sensor cover functions and device overview
Switching capacity: 40-300 W Neutral conductor: not required (2 conductor system) To be completed with: ARGUS 180 flush-mounted sensor module, art. no. System M 5755.., 5784.., System Basis 5782.., System Design 5786.., OCTOCOLOR 5753.., AQUADESIGN 5781... ARGUS 180 flush-mounted sensor module with switch, art. no. System M 5728.., 5785.., System Basis 5783.., System Design 5795.., OCTOCOLOR 5756... ARGUS 180/2.20 m flush-mounted sensor module, art. no. System M 5688.., 5687... In the CONNECT radio system with the CONNECT sensor cover for switch inserts art. no. System M 5034.., 5024..., System Design 5044... Technical Information Note: A maximum of two electronic switch inserts may be wired in parallel. The insert from version 2A only can be used in conjunction with the CONNECT radio system.
Version 40-300 W Art. no. 576799 PU PG 1/50 8 Info
Extension insert
Version
Art. no. 573999
PU PG 1/60 8
Info

Relay switch insert

Version
Art. no. 573998
PU PG 1/60 8
Info
Version 0-1000 VA
Art. no. 576897
PU PG 1/50 8
Info
356
www.merten.com
DIMMER SYSTEM/TRANSFORMERS | Extension inserts | 2010
Sensor cover
For OCTOCOLOR. Manual operation.
Dimmer system
Technical Information: Electronic/relay switch
Sensor cover
For System M. Manual operation. With short-stroke key. To be completed with: Super dimmer insert, art. no. 577099, 573399, 577299, 573599, 577899. Electronic switch insert, art. no. 575799, 574697. Universal relay insert, art. no. 575897. Extension insert, art. no. 573999. Technical Information
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
574244 574219 1/100 8 1/100 8
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
white polar white
metallic
574242 574205 1/100 8 1/100 8
577644 577619 577625 1/100 8 1/100 8 1/100 8

570144 570119 570114 570160 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 8 8 8 8
Sensor cover
For AQUADESIGN. Manual operation. With short-stroke key.

570444 570419 1/100 8 1/100 8
white polar white
Sensor cover
For System Design. Manual operation. With short-stroke key.
Art. no. 573844 573819 573815 573814 573860
PU PG 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 8 8 8 8 8
Info
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
TELE sensor cover

For System M. Can be manually operated and controlled remotely via IR remote control. With short-stroke key. To be completed with: Super dimmer insert, art. no. 577099, 573399, 577299, 573599, 577899. Electronic switch insert, art. no. 575799, 574697. Universal relay insert, art. no. 575897. Extension TELE insert, art. no. 573998. Transmitter: IR remote control Distance, art. no. 570222. Technical Information
573744 573719 573729 573715 573769 573760 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 8 8 8 8 8 8
metallic
573743 573746 1/100 8 1/100 8
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
577944 577919 577925 1/100 8 1/100 8 1/100 8

570344 570319 570314 570360 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 8 8 8 8

www.merten.com 571144 571119 1/100 8 1/100 8
white polar white
2010
| Touch sensor surfaces (switching/dimming) | DIMMER SYSTEM/TRANSFORMERS
357
TELE sensor cover
For System Design. Can be manually operated and controlled remotely via IR remote control. With short-stroke key. To be completed with: Super dimmer insert, art. no. 577099, 573399, 577299, 573599, 577899. Electronic switch insert, art. no. 575799, 574697. Universal relay insert, art. no. 575897. Extension TELE insert, art. no. 573998. Transmitter: IR remote control Distance, art. no. 570222. Technical Information

Dimmer system
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
570944 570919 570929 570915 570969 570960 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 8 8 8 8 8 8
Art. no. PU PG Info
metallic
570943 570946 1/100 8 1/100 8
Version
503644 503619 503625 1/100 8 1/100 8 1/100 8
TELE sensor cover

For OCTOCOLOR. Can be manually operated and controlled remotely via IR remote control.

502644 502619 502614 502660 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 8 8 8 8
To be completed with: Super dimmer insert, art. no. 577099, 573399, 577299, 573599, 577899. Electronic switch insert, art. no. 575799, 574697. Universal relay insert, art. no. 575897. Extension TELE insert, art. no. 573998. Transmitter: IR remote control Distance, art. no. 570222. Technical Information

Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
574944 574919 1/100 8 1/100 8
white polar white
metallic
574942 574905 1/100 8 1/100 8
Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
504644 504619 504660 1/100 8 1/100 8 1/100 8
metallic
504646 1/100 8
358
www.merten.com
DIMMER SYSTEM/TRANSFORMERS | Touch sensor surfaces (switching/dimming) | 2010
For System M. Operator button for switching an output. Manual operation and remote control possible via Merten CONNECT radio system transmitters. Radio features: Router Functions: EASY CONNECT: Toggle With CONNECT radio configuration tool: additionally staircase lighting function, ON/ OFF delay, master/slave
Power boosters
Power booster
AC 230 V For power extension of memory super dimmers, TELE dimmers, incandescent and fluorescent lamp dimmers. The load must be evenly distributed across dimmers and power boosters. (Phase control). To be completed with: Blanking cover, art. no. System M 3916.., 3918.., 3917.., System Basis 3920.., System Design 3919.., OCTOCOLOR 3926... Blanking cover AQUADESIGN, art. no. 3483... Technical Information
Dimmer system
Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
Version 25-600 VA
Art. no. 574099
PU PG 1/60 8
Info
503444 503419 503425 1/100 8 1/100 8 1/100 8

502444 502419 502414 502460 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 8 8 8 8
ET power booster for capacitive load

AC 230 V For power extension of ET dimmers (art. no. 577199) or ET super dimmers (art. no. 577899). The load must be evenly distributed across the ET dimmer and the ET power booster. (Phase alignment).

For System Design. Operator button for switching an output. Manual operation and remote control possible via Merten CONNECT radio system transmitters. Radio features: Router Functions: EASY CONNECT: Toggle With CONNECT radio configuration tool: additionally staircase lighting function, ON/ OFF delay, master/slave
To be completed with: Blanking cover, art. no. System M 3916.., 3918.., 3917.., System Basis 3920.., System Design 3919.., OCTOCOLOR 3926... Blanking cover AQUADESIGN, art. no. 3483... Technical Information
Version 20-315 W
Art. no. 577399
PU PG 1/60 8
Info
Built-in power booster

AC 230 V For power extension of memory super dimmers, TELE dimmers, incandescent and fluorescent lamp dimmers. The load must be evenly distributed across dimmers and power boosters. (Phase control).
Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
Technical Information
Art. no. 574029 PU PG 1/50 8 Info
504444 504419 504460 1/100 8 1/100 8 1/100 8
Version 25-500 VA, light grey
metallic
504446 1/100 8
2010
| Power boosters | DIMMER SYSTEM/TRANSFORMERS
www.merten.com
359
Control units 1-10 V
Control unit 1-10 V

Dimmer system

AC 230 V For controlling electronic ballasts and system compatible devices with 1-10 V interface. Soft start function to protect the lamps. Memory function that can be switched off. Switch contact: for switching the electronic ballasts/transformers etc. Nominal current:10 A, cos = 0,5 Capacitive load: AC 230 V, max. 140 F 1-10V interface: for dimming the electronic ballasts/transformers etc. Voltage range: DC 1-10 V Output current: max. 100 mA Dimensions: 180 x 34 x 49 mm (WxHxD) Diagonal size: 55 mm Extension unit operation: With mechanical push-buttons (make contact). With max. 10 extension inserts, art. no. 573999, extension TELE inserts, art. no. 573998. Technical Information
Version 60-600 W, halogen 500 W, polar white 60-600 W, halogen 500 W, dark brazil 60-600 W, halogen 500 W, white
Version polar white
Art. no. 577794
PU PG 1/40 8.1
Info
DIN rail mounted rotary dimmers For installation in the distribution board on 35 mm DIN rail in accordance with DIN EN 50022. Device width: 35 mm = 3 modules. Interference immunity in line with VDE 0639.

Built-in dimmer for ohmic load

Version
Art. no. 572999
PU PG 1/50 8
Info disc.
Art. no. 571829 PU PG 1/72 8 Info
Rotary dimmers
Version 60-500 W, light grey

Built-in LV halogen dimmer for inductive load

Art. no. 572529 PU PG 1/72 8 Info
Version 60-400 W, polar white 60-400 W, dark brazil 60-400 W, white
Art. no. 573419 573417 573444
PU PG 1/72 8 1/72 8 1/72 8
Info disc. disc. disc.
360
www.merten.com
DIMMER SYSTEM/TRANSFORMERS | Control units 1-10 V | 2010
Built-in ET dimmer for capacitive load
AC 230 V For electronic transformers (MET and other brands) and incandescent lamps (ohmic load). With pressure-operated two-way switch. (Phase alignment) Noise-free, short-circuit-proof, with overload protection, and soft start function to protect the lamps.
Universal dimmer REG/2x230/ 300 W

AC 230 V, 50-60 Hz For ohmic, inductive and capacitive loads, e.g. incandescent lamps, dimmable wound transformers and electronic transformers. (Phase control or phase alignment). The universal dimmer automatically recognises the connected load. Combinations of ohmic and inductive, or ohmic and capacitive loads can also be connected. Combinations of inductive and capacitive loads cannot be connected. With short-circuit, open-circuit and excess temperature protection with soft start lamp protection. Manual operation and extension unit operation. For installation onto DIN rails EN 50022. With memory function, can be switched off. Nominal voltage: AC 220 - 230 V, 50/60 Hz Nominal power/channel: max. 300 W/VA 25 W minimum load (ohmic) 50 VA minimum load (ohmic/inductive/capacitive) Input (extension unit operation): AC 230 V, 50/ 60 Hz (same phase as the dimming channel) Device width: 4 modules = approx. 72 mm Extension unit operation: With mechanical push-buttons (make contact). With extension insert, art. no. 573999, extension TELE insert, art. no. 573998. Technical Information
Dimmer system
Art. no. 577129 PU PG 1/50 8 Info
DIN rail mounted dimmers
Technical Information: Dimmer basics; Dimmer and load types; Lamps/dimmer matrix
Universal dimmer REG/230/ 500 W

AC 230 V, 50-60 Hz For ohmic, inductive and capacitive loads, e.g. incandescent lamps, dimmable wound transformers and electronic transformers. (Phase control or phase alignment). The universal dimmer automatically recognises the connected load. Combinations of ohmic and inductive, or ohmic and capacitive loads can also be connected. Combinations of inductive and capacitive loads cannot be connected. With short-circuit, open-circuit and excess temperature protection with soft start lamp protection. Manual operation and extension unit operation. For installation onto DIN rails EN 50022. With memory function, can be switched off. Nominal voltage: AC 220 - 230 V, 50/60 Hz Nominal power: max. 500 W/VA 25 W minimum load (ohmic) 50 VA minimum load (ohmic/inductive/capacitive) Input (extension unit operation): AC 230 V, 50/ 60 Hz (same phase as the dimming channel) Device width: 4 modules = approx. 72 mm Extension unit operation: With mechanical push-buttons (make contact). With extension insert, art. no. 573999, extension TELE insert, art. no. 573998. Technical Information
Version light grey
Art. no. 571930
PU PG 1/10 8
Info
Universal dimmer REG/4x230/ 150 W

AC 230 V, 50-60 Hz For ohmic, inductive and capacitive loads, e.g. incandescent lamps, dimmable wound transformers and electronic transformers. (Phase control or phase alignment). The universal dimmer automatically recognises the connected load. Combinations of ohmic and inductive, or ohmic and capacitive loads can also be connected. Combinations of inductive and capacitive loads cannot be connected. With short-circuit, open-circuit and excess temperature protection with soft start lamp protection. Manual operation and extension unit operation. For installation onto DIN rails EN 50022. With memory function, can be switched off. Nominal voltage: AC 220 - 230 V, 50/60 Hz Nominal power/channel: max. 150 W/VA 25 W minimum load (ohmic) 50 VA minimum load (ohmic/inductive/capacitive) Input (extension unit operation): AC 230 V, 50/ 60 Hz (same phase as the dimming channel) Device width: 6 modules = approx. 105 mm Extension unit operation: With mechanical push-buttons (make contact). With extension insert, art. no. 573999, extension TELE insert, art. no. 573998. Technical Information
Version light grey
Art. no. 571950
PU PG 1/10 8
Info
Version light grey
Art. no. 571915
PU PG 1/10 8
Info
2010
| DIN rail mounted dimmers | DIMMER SYSTEM/TRANSFORMERS
www.merten.com
361
DIN rail mounted memory super dimmers Memory: When the light is switched on, it has the last set brightness level. For installation in the distribution board on 35 mm DIN rail in accordance with DIN EN 50022. Device width: 35 mm = 3 modules. Interference immunity in line with VDE 0639.
Remote controls IR remote controls can be combined with TELE sensor covers from all ranges.
Dimmer system

Built-in memory halogen super dimmer for inductive load

Extension unit operation: With mechanical push-buttons. With extension insert, art. no. 573999, extension TELE insert, art. no. 573998. Technical Information
Version black
Art. no. 570222
PU PG 1/48 8
Info
Art. no. 573529
PU PG 1/50 8
Info
Built-in memory ET super dimmer for capacitive load

AC 230 V For electronic transformers (MET and other brands) and incandescent lamps (ohmic load). (Phase alignment) Noise-free, short-circuit-proof, with overload protection, and soft start function to protect the lamps. With memory function, can be switched off. Extension unit operation: With mechanical push-buttons. With universal relay insert, art. no. 575897, with preset push-button function. Technical Information
Art. no. 577829
PU PG 1/50 8
Info
362
www.merten.com
DIMMER SYSTEM/TRANSFORMERS | DIN rail mounted memory super dimmers | 2010
Radio remote control and IR remote control in a single device. For activating: Devices of the Merten CONNECT radio system Merten IR devices Up to five IR AV devices such as TV, DVD, DVDR, VCR, SAT, cable, AMP and DMR In connection with the CONNECT radio system, several rooms can be set up with radio components using the remote control. Each room can be configured with up to 9 groups with maximum 12 devices and 3 scenes with maximum 12 devices. Radio features: System administrator, transmitter Functions: EASY CONNECT: Switch on, switch off, toggle, dim, raise/lower roller shutters, scene Programming in EASY CONNECT as a system administrator Individual programming of CONNECT radio push-buttons Individual description of rooms and groups Display of description in LCD display With CONNECT radio configuration tool: additionally graphic programming of the EASY CONNECT functions Extended functions for IR/AV: Trigger Philips Ambilight Supports more than 1,000 manufacturers. Devices are selected from a list or by entering programming codes. General use of the functions of a device (e.g. volume) in all modes. Radio range: up to 100 m in free field, up to 30 m indoors IR range: up to 15 m Battery: 3 microcells (IEC LR 03, AAA) Display element: LCD display with 10 characters Receiver: All receivers of the Merten CONNECT radio system. Note: The device can assume the properties of a system administrator. The remote control must be used as the system administrator in connection with the EASY CONNECT method. In connection with the CONNECT radio configurator, it can be used as required. Contents: With battery.With a codes table for nearly all conventional devices, like TV, VCR, DVD, SAT, AUX, ...

Electronic transformers/low voltage halogen systems MET B
Technical Information: MET B
Electronic transformer 105 W

AC 230 V Dimmable with ET dimmer. (Phase alignment). No built-in fuse because short-circuit-proof in secondary circuit. With overload protection, thermal protection, soft start function. Output voltage: AC 12 V Protection class: II Cable length: max. 2 m in secondary circuit (in line with VDE) Colour: Polar white Dimensions: 180 x 34 x 49 mm (WxHxD) Diagonal size: 55 mm
Dimmer system
Art. no. 577796 PU PG 1/40 8.1 Info
Version 35-105 W, polar white
Electronic transformer 200 W

AC 230 V Dimmable with ET dimmer. (Phase alignment) No built-in fuse because short-circuit-proof in secondary circuit. With overload protection, soft start function. Output voltage: AC 12 V Protection class: II Cable length: max. 2 m in secondary circuit (in line with VDE) Colour: Polar white Dimensions: 213 x 46 x 50 mm (WxHxD) Diagonal size: 62 mm Technical Information
Art. no. 577791 PU PG 1/24 8.1 Info
Art. no. 506923
PU PG 1/6 8
Info
2010
| Electronic transformers/low voltage halogen systems MET B | DIMMER SYSTEM/TRANSFORMERS
www.merten.com
363
Electronic transformers/low voltage halogen systems MET D
Control inserts for MET D
Technical Information: MET D
Technical Information: MET D
Dimmer system
Electronic transformer with integrated dimmer 105 W

AC 230 V Electronic transformer with integrated phase alignment dimmer. A power extension is possible with electronic transformers, art. no. 577797, up to approx. 1700 W total connected load (in line with TAB). No built-in fuse because short-circuit-proof in secondary circuit. With overload protection, thermal protection, soft start function. The memory function can be switched off. Output voltage: AC 12 V Protection class: II Cable length: max. 2 m in secondary circuit (in line with VDE) Colour: Polar white Dimensions: 180 x 34 x 49 mm (WxHxD) Diagonal size: 55 mm Extension unit operation: With mechanical push-buttons (make contact). With extension insert, art. no. 573999, extension TELE insert, art. no. 573998. Technical Information
Push-button insert make contact 1 pole

Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
plug-in terminals
MEG3150-0000 10/60 1.8 new
10 A, 250 V AC

MEG3050-0000 10/60 1 new
10 A, 250 V AC
Double push-button insert twoway 1 pole

Art. no. 577798
PU PG 1/40 8.1
Info
Electronic transformer for power extension 105 W

AC 230 V Electronic transformer, for power extension of MET D transformers with integrated dimmer (art. no. 577798) can be used. Dimmable with ET dimmer or electronic transformer with integrated dimmer. No built-in fuse because short-circuit-proof in secondary circuit. With overload protection, thermal protection, soft start function. Output voltage: AC 12 V Protection class: II Cable length: max. 2 m in secondary circuit (in line with VDE) Colour: Polar white Dimensions: 180 x 34 x 49 mm (WxHxD) Diagonal size: 55 mm
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
plug-in terminals
MEG3159-0000 10/60 1 new
10 A, 250 V AC

MEG3059-0000 10/60 1 new
10 A, 250 V AC
Push-button insert two-way 1 pole

Art. no. 577797 PU PG 1/40 8.1
Art. no. PU PG Info
Info
Version
plug-in terminals
MEG3156-0000 10/60 1 new
10 A, 250 V AC

MEG3056-0000 10/60 1 new
10 A, 250 V AC
364
www.merten.com
DIMMER SYSTEM/TRANSFORMERS | Electronic transformers/low voltage halogen systems MET D | 2010
Extension insert
Base load
Dimmer system
Version
Art. no. 573999
PU PG 1/60 8
Info

Version
Art. no. 573998
PU PG 1/60 8
Info
Accessories

AC 230 V, +6 % / -10 % For electronic transformers MET and ET dimmers. For protecting the transformer or dimmer during parallel operation of fluorescent lamps and other inductive loads with transformers. Connection parallel to the input side of the transformer or dimmer. 1 module for max. 10 transformers per circuit is recommended. Leakage current: (8/20) 4.5 kA (1x), 1 kA (100x) Residual voltage at discharge current: (1 kA) approx. 1000 V
6-gang distribution board

For secondary wiring of LV halogen lighting, with six double plug-in contacts (up to 2.5 mm2) and incoming cable to the secondary side of the transformer. Input voltage level Ueff 42 V Output currents leff 17 A for the input (approx. 200 W at 12 V) leff 8.5 A per junction box (approx. 100 W at 12 V)
Version Art. no. 552019 PU PG 1/60 8 www.merten.com
2010
Info
| Accessories | DIMMER SYSTEM/TRANSFORMERS
365
BLIND CONTROL SYSTEM

INTELLIGENT CONTROL WITH HIGH COMFORT
Blind control system The blind control system can be operated with just one push of a button for individual control as well as central/ group control. Sensors for sun and wind protection and twilight functions can also be incorporated for added convenience.
Central and group control The inserts can be installed and interconnected to enable simple central or group control. Whether in private homes or at the ofce: the system ensures ease of operation.
Blind time switch Safety even when you're gone: the time switch, the random generator, and the switch from winter to summer time are just a few of the many additional functions that provide the utmost in safety and technology.
EXAMPLE: CENTRAL AND gROUP CONTROL
366
www.merten.de
BLIND CONTROL SYSTEM | 2010
CONTENTS
Blind time switch
Blind push-button
2010
| BLIND CONTROL SYSTEM
www.merten.de
367

Blind control systemBlind control systemSystem electronicsBlind control systemBlind control systemC

Function Design cover inserts For a blind/roller shutter motor with limit switch Individual control For a blind/roller shutter motor with limit switch Individual control Extension input for group/ central control Wind monitoring function can be implemented Sensor for suction xing on the window Brightness measurement
580698 Standard blind control insert (max. 1 motor 1000 VA); Neutral conductor required Blind push-button Manual operation Slat adjustment Blind push-button System M System Design System Basis OCTOCOLOR 5877.., 5862.. 5842.. 5802.. 5822..
580699 Blind control insert with extension input (max. 1 motor 1000 VA); Neutral conductor required
580691 Sun/twilight sensor Cable length 2 m
Manual operation Slat adjustment Sun protection function
Blind push-button with sensor connection System M System Design System Basis OCTOCOLOR 5878.., 5865.. 5845.. 5805.. 5825..
Manual operation Slat adjustment Sun protection function Memory function for automatic operation of drive at saved times
Blind push-button with memory function and sensor connection System M System Design System Basis OCTOCOLOR 5879.., 5863.. 5843.. 5803.. 5823..
Manual operation Slat adjustment Sun protection function Can be remote controlled via infrared (remote control art. no. 570222)
Blind push-button with IR receiver and sensor connection System M System Design System Basis OCTOCOLOR 5880.., 5864.. 5844.. 5804.. 5824..
Manual operation Sun protection function Can be remote-controlled via transmitters of the CONNECT radio system Blind time switch Manual operation Slat adjustment Clock function programmable with time block: Mon-Fri: (1 x raising, 1 x lowering time) Sat. - Sun. (1 x raising, 1 x lowering time) Manual operation Slat adjustment Clock function for complex switching ranges Astro function for automatically adjusting switching times according to the time of the year Random function Manual operation Slat adjustment Clock function for complex switching ranges Astro function for automatically adjusting switching times according to the time of the year Random function Sun protection/twilight functions Wind monitoring unit The wind monitoring unit enables the blinds to be raised or lowered depending on the wind strength
CONNECT radio roller shutter pushbutton with sensor connection System M System Design 5035.., 5025.. 5045..
Blind time switch standard System M System Design System Basis OCTOCOLOR Blind time switch System M System Design System Basis OCTOCOLOR 5815.., 5861.. 5841.. 5801.. 5821.. 5814.., 5819.. 5859.. 5809.. 5839.. Extension input inoperable (no central/group control is possible)
Blind time switch with sensor connection System M System Design System Basis OCTOCOLOR 5816.., 5867.. 5851.. 5811.. 5831..
Wind sensor interface 580693 (with wind sensor 580690 or 580692)
via extension input
368
2010 BLIND CONTROL CONTROL SYSTEM SYSTEM | | 2010

Blind control systemBlind control systemSystem electronicsBlind control systemBlind control systemC
Technical Information: Blind control system

Inserts
Technical Information: Blind control system functions and device overview

Version
Art. no. 576399
PU PG 1/24 8
Info

Version 1000 VA
Art. no. 580698
PU PG 1/50 8
Info

Version
Art. no. 576398
PU PG 1/100 8
Info
Version 1000 VA
Art. no. 580699
PU PG 1/50 8
Info
2010
| Inserts | BLIND CONTROL SYSTEM
www.merten.com
369

Multiple control relay for roller shutters REG
2 A, AC 250 V For installation on DIN rails. For controlling up to 2 roller shutter motors locally, in groups or centrally. With separation of load and control circuit, as well as forced locking in both directions of movement. Motors are controlled individually using a roller shutter rocker switch and centrally using the blind time switches or blind push-buttons of the Merten blind control system. Mains voltage: AC 230 V, 50 Hz 10 % Power consumption: 10 mA in relay operation Switching voltage: max. AC 250 V Switching current: max. 2 A Temperature range: 0 -60 C Terminals: max. 1.5 mm2 Device width: 2 modules = approx. 36 mm
Blind push-button
For System Design. Operator button for blind/roller shutter motors. With electronic locking of blind control. Push-button action < 1s: Stop or inching mode for slat adjustment. Push-button action > 1s: Permanent movement of blind/roller shutters (self-locking). To be completed with: Blind control insert, art. no. 580698, 580699. Technical Information
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
584244 584219 584229 584215 584269 584260 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 8 8 8 8 8 8
Art. no. 576397 PU PG 1/40 8 Info
Version
metallic
584243 584246 1/100 8 1/100 8
Blind push-button
Blind push-button
For OCTOCOLOR. Operator button for blind/roller shutter motors. With electronic locking of blind control. Push-button action < 1s: Stop or inching mode for slat adjustment. Push-button action > 1s: Permanent movement of blind/roller shutters (self-locking). To be completed with: Blind control insert, art. no. 580698, 580699. Technical Information
Blind push-button
For System M. Operator button for blind/roller shutter motors. With electronic locking of blind control. Push-button action < 1s: Stop or inching mode for slat adjustment. Push-button action > 1s: Permanent movement of blind/roller shutters (self-locking). To be completed with: Blind control insert, art. no. 580698, 580699. Technical Information
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
582244 582219 1/100 8 1/100 8
white polar white
metallic
582242 582205 1/100 8 1/100 8
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
587744 587719 587725 1/100 8 1/100 8 1/100 8

586244 586219 586214 586260 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 8 8 8 8
370
www.merten.com
BLIND CONTROL SYSTEM | Blind push-button | 2010


For OCTOCOLOR. Operator button for blind/roller shutter motors. With electronic locking of blind control. Possible to connect sun sensor. A screw terminal on the blind control insert connects the sensor cable with the blind push-button. Brightness value of sun sensor set to approx. 20,000 lux. Push-button action < 1s: Stop or inching mode for slat adjustment. Push-button action > 1s: Permanent movement of blind/roller shutters (self-locking). To be completed with: Blind control insert, art. no. 580698, 580699. Accessories: Sun/twilight sensor, art. no. 580691. Technical Information

For System M. Operator button for blind/roller shutter motors. With electronic locking of blind control. Possible to connect sun sensor. A screw terminal on the blind control insert connects the sensor cable with the blind push-button. Brightness value of sun sensor set to approx. 20,000 lux. Push-button action < 1s: Stop or inching mode for slat adjustment. Push-button action > 1s: Permanent movement of blind/roller shutters (self-locking). To be completed with: Blind control insert, art. no. 580698, 580699. Accessories: Sun/twilight sensor, art. no. 580691. Technical Information
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
582544 582519 582542 582505 1/100 8 1/100 8 1/100 8 1/100 8
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
white polar white varnished bronze metallic varnished titanium
587844 587819 587825 1/100 8 1/100 8 1/100 8

586544 586519 586514 586560 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 8 8 8 8

For System Design. Operator button for blind/roller shutter motors. With electronic locking of blind control. Possible to connect sun sensor. A screw terminal on the blind control insert connects the sensor cable with the blind push-button. Brightness value of sun sensor set to approx. 20,000 lux. Push-button action < 1s: Stop or inching mode for slat adjustment. Push-button action > 1s: Permanent movement of blind/roller shutters (self-locking). To be completed with: Blind control insert, art. no. 580698, 580699. Accessories: Sun/twilight sensor, art. no. 580691. Technical Information
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
584544 584519 584529 584515 584569 584560 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 8 8 8 8 8 8 www.merten.com
2010
metallic
584543 584546 1/60 8 1/100 8
| Blind push-button with sensor connection | BLIND CONTROL SYSTEM
371


For System Design. Operator button for blind/roller shutter motors. With electronic locking of blind control. Possible to connect sun sensor. The device uses a a memory function for the purpose of presence simulation to save a time for opening and a time for closing the blinds. Which are then repeated every 24 hours. The memory function can be switched on and off at any time. The times are saved by keeping the corresponding direction key pressed down (2 s). A screw terminal on the blind control insert connects the sensor cable with the blind push-button. Brightness value of sun sensor set to approx. 20,000 lux. Push-button action < 1s: Stop or inching mode for slat adjustment. Push-button action > 1s: Permanent movement of blind/roller shutters (self-locking). To be completed with: Blind control insert, art. no. 580698, 580699. Accessories: Sun/twilight sensor, art. no. 580691. Technical Information

For System M. Operator button for blind/roller shutter motors. With electronic locking of blind control. Possible to connect sun sensor. The device uses a a memory function for the purpose of presence simulation to save a time for opening and a time for closing the blinds. Which are then repeated every 24 hours. The memory function can be switched on and off at any time. The times are saved by keeping the corresponding direction key pressed down (2 s). A screw terminal on the blind control insert connects the sensor cable with the blind push-button. Brightness value of sun sensor set to approx. 20,000 lux. Push-button action < 1s: Stop or inching mode for slat adjustment. Push-button action > 1s: Permanent movement of blind/roller shutters (self-locking). To be completed with: Blind control insert, art. no. 580698, 580699. Accessories: Sun/twilight sensor, art. no. 580691. Technical Information
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
584344 584319 584329 584315 584369 584360 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 8 8 8 8 8 8
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
587944 587919 587925 1/100 8 1/100 8 1/100 8
metallic
584343 584346 1/60 8 1/100 8

586344 586319 586314 586360 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 8 8 8 8
372
www.merten.com
BLIND CONTROL SYSTEM | Blind push-button with memory function and sensor connection | 2010

For OCTOCOLOR. Operator button for blind/roller shutter motors. With electronic locking of blind control. Possible to connect sun sensor. The device uses a a memory function for the purpose of presence simulation to save a time for opening and a time for closing the blinds. Which are then repeated every 24 hours. The memory function can be switched on and off at any time. The times are saved by keeping the corresponding direction key pressed down (2 s). A screw terminal on the blind control insert connects the sensor cable with the blind push-button. Brightness value of sun sensor set to approx. 20,000 lux. Push-button action < 1s: Stop or inching mode for slat adjustment. Push-button action > 1s: Permanent movement of blind/roller shutters (self-locking). To be completed with: Blind control insert, art. no. 580698, 580699. Accessories: Sun/twilight sensor, art. no. 580691. Technical Information


For System M. Operator button for blind/roller shutter motors. Can be manually operated and controlled remotely via IR remote control. With electronic locking of blind control. Possible to connect sun sensor. A screw terminal on the blind control insert connects the sensor cable with the blind push-button. Brightness value of sun sensor set to approx. 20,000 lux. Push-button action < 1s: Stop or inching mode for slat adjustment. Push-button action > 1s: Permanent movement of blind/roller shutters (self-locking). To be completed with: Blind control insert, art. no. 580698, 580699. Accessories: Sun/twilight sensor, art. no. 580691. Transmitter: IR remote control Distance, art. no. 570222. Technical Information
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
582344 582319 1/100 8 1/100 8
white polar white
588044 588019 588025 1/100 8 1/100 8 1/100 8
metallic
582342 582305 1/100 8 1/100 8

586444 586419 586414 586460 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 8 8 8 8
2010
| Blind push-button with IR receiver and sensor connection | BLIND CONTROL SYSTEM
www.merten.com
373

For System Design. Operator button for blind/roller shutter motors. Can be manually operated and controlled remotely via IR remote control. With electronic locking of blind control. Possible to connect sun sensor. A screw terminal on the blind control insert connects the sensor cable with the blind push-button. Brightness value of sun sensor set to approx. 20,000 lux. Push-button action < 1s: Stop or inching mode for slat adjustment. Push-button action > 1s: Permanent movement of blind/roller shutters (self-locking). To be completed with: Blind control insert, art. no. 580698, 580699. Accessories: Sun/twilight sensor, art. no. 580691. Transmitter: IR remote control Distance, art. no. 570222. Technical Information
CONNECT roller shutter push-button with sensor connection

For System M. Operating button for roller shutter motors. Manual operation and remote control possible via Merten CONNECT radio system transmitters. With electronic locking device. Possible to connect sun/twilight sensor. Radio features: Router A screw terminal on the blind control insert connects the sensor cable with the roller shutter push-button. Brightness value of sun sensor set to approx. 20000 lux. Functions: EASY CONNECT: Roller shutters Up/Down, save sun sensor light value locally With CONNECT radio configuration tool: additionally master/slave, louvres, up/down duration
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
584444 584419 584429 584415 584469 584460 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 8 8 8 8 8 8
metallic
584443 584446 1/60 8 1/60 8
Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
503544 503519 503525 1/60 8 1/60 8 1/60 8

For OCTOCOLOR. Operator button for blind/roller shutter motors. Can be manually operated and controlled remotely via IR remote control. With electronic locking of blind control. Possible to connect sun sensor. A screw terminal on the blind control insert connects the sensor cable with the blind push-button. Brightness value of sun sensor set to approx. 20,000 lux. Push-button action < 1s: Stop or inching mode for slat adjustment. Push-button action > 1s: Permanent movement of blind/roller shutters (self-locking). To be completed with: Blind control insert, art. no. 580698, 580699. Accessories: Sun/twilight sensor, art. no. 580691. Transmitter: IR remote control Distance, art. no. 570222. Technical Information

502544 502519 502514 502560 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 8 8 8 8
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
582444 582419 1/60 8 1/60 8
white polar white
metallic
582442 582405 1/60 8 1/60 8
374
www.merten.com
BLIND CONTROL SYSTEM | CONNECT roller shutter push-button with sensor connection | 2010

For System Design. Operating button for roller shutter motors. Manual operation and remote control possible via Merten CONNECT radio system transmitters. With electronic locking device. Possible to connect sun/twilight sensor. Radio features: Router A screw terminal on the blind control insert connects the sensor cable with the roller shutter push-button. Brightness value of sun sensor set to approx. 20000 lux. Functions: EASY CONNECT: Roller shutters Up/Down, save sun sensor light value locally With CONNECT radio configuration tool: additionally master/slave, louvres, up/down duration

For System M. For programmed and time-dependent switching of blind/roller shutter motors. Functions: 4 push-button operation Pre-set switching times Time block Mon-Fri: 1xup, 1xdown time can be programmed Time block Sat-Sun: 1xup, 1xdown time can be programmed Quick programming function Programming possible without flush-mounted insert Reserve power up to 6 hours (without battery) Reset to restore factory settings Manual operation possible at any time Reversing time on change in direction: min. 1 second Accuracy: 1 min. per month To be completed with: Blind control insert, art. no. 580698, 580699. Technical Information Note: In combination with the blind control insert and extension input, art. no. 580699, the extension input does not work.
Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
504544 504519 504560 1/60 8 1/60 8 1/60 8
metallic
504546 1/60 8
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
581444 581419 581425 1/10 8 1/10 8 1/10 8

581944 581919 581914 581960 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 8 8 8 8 new new
2010
| Standard blind time switch | BLIND CONTROL SYSTEM
www.merten.com
375

For System Design. For programmed and time-dependent switching of blind/roller shutter motors. Functions: 4 push-button operation Pre-set switching times Time block Mon-Fri: 1xup, 1xdown time can be programmed Time block Sat-Sun: 1xup, 1xdown time can be programmed Quick programming function Programming possible without flush-mounted insert Reserve power up to 6 hours (without battery) Reset to restore factory settings Manual operation possible at any time Reversing time on change in direction: min. 1 second Accuracy: 1 min. per month To be completed with: Blind control insert, art. no. 580698, 580699. Technical Information Note: In combination with the blind control insert and extension input, art. no. 580699, the extension input does not work.


For OCTOCOLOR. For programmed and time-dependent switching of blind/roller shutter motors. Functions: 4 push-button operation Pre-set switching times Time block Mon-Fri: 1xup, 1xdown time can be programmed Time block Sat-Sun: 1xup, 1xdown time can be programmed Quick programming function Programming possible without flush-mounted insert Reserve power up to 6 hours (without battery) Reset to restore factory settings Manual operation possible at any time Reversing time on change in direction: min. 1 second Accuracy: 1 min. per month To be completed with: Blind control insert, art. no. 580698, 580699. Technical Information Note: In combination with the blind control insert and extension input, art. no. 580699, the extension input does not work.
Version
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
585944 585919 585960 1/10 8 1/10 8 1/10 8
583944 583919 1/10 8 1/10 8
white polar white
metallic
585946 1/10 8
metallic
583942 583905 1/10 8 1/10 8
376
www.merten.com
BLIND CONTROL SYSTEM | Standard blind time switch | 2010

Comfort blind time switch
Blind time switch

For System Design. For programmed and time-dependent switching of blind/roller shutter motors. Functions: 3 independent program memories Pre-set switching times 18 programmable switching times Menu-controlled operation / programming Reserve power up to 24 hours (without battery) Reset to restore factory settings Random-check generator can be activated (in the range 15 mins) Astro function (adjustment 2 hours) Simple to switch from summer to winter time Individual running time can be programmed Manual operation possible at any time Electronic locking of blind control To be completed with: Blind control insert, art. no. 580698, 580699. Technical Information
Blind time switch

For System M. For programmed and time-dependent switching of blind/roller shutter motors. Functions: 3 independent program memories Pre-set switching times 18 programmable switching times Menu-controlled operation / programming Reserve power up to 24 hours (without battery) Reset to restore factory settings Random-check generator can be activated (in the range 15 mins) Astro function (adjustment 2 hours) Simple to switch from summer to winter time Individual running time can be programmed Manual operation possible at any time Electronic locking of blind control To be completed with: Blind control insert, art. no. 580698, 580699. Technical Information
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
584144 584119 584129 584115 584169 584160 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 8 8 8 8 8 8
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
581544 581519 581525 1/10 8 1/10 8 1/10 8
metallic
584143 584146 1/10 8 1/10 8

586144 586119 586114 586160 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 8 8 8 8
Blind time switch

For OCTOCOLOR. For programmed and time-dependent switching of blind/roller shutter motors. Functions: 3 independent program memories Pre-set switching times 18 programmable switching times Menu-controlled operation / programming Reserve power up to 24 hours (without battery) Reset to restore factory settings Random-check generator can be activated (in the range 15 mins) Astro function (adjustment 2 hours) Simple to switch from summer to winter time Individual running time can be programmed Manual operation possible at any time Electronic locking of blind control To be completed with: Blind control insert, art. no. 580698, 580699. Technical Information
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
582144 582119 1/10 8 1/10 8
white polar white
metallic
582142 582105 1/10 8 1/10 8
2010
| Comfort blind time switch | BLIND CONTROL SYSTEM
www.merten.com
377

For System M. For programmed and time-dependent switching of blind/roller shutter motors. Possible to connect sun/twilight sensor. The sensor cable is connected with the blind time switch via the plug. Functions: 3 independent program memories Pre-set switching times 18 programmable switching times Menu-controlled operation / programming Reserve power up to 24 hours (without battery) Reset to restore factory settings Random-check generator can be activated (in the range 15 mins) Astro function (adjustment 2 hours) Simple to switch from summer to winter time Individual running time can be programmed Manual operation possible at any time Electrical interlock for blind control Configurable brightness values for sun protection and twilight functions. The sun sensor can also be used as a twilight sensor. To be completed with: Blind control insert, art. no. 580698, 580699. Accessories: Sun/twilight sensor, art. no. 580691. Technical Information


For System Design. For programmed and time-dependent switching of blind/roller shutter motors. Possible to connect sun/twilight sensor. The sensor cable is connected with the blind time switch via the plug. Functions: 3 independent program memories Pre-set switching times 18 programmable switching times Menu-controlled operation / programming Reserve power up to 24 hours (without battery) Reset to restore factory settings Random-check generator can be activated (in the range 15 mins) Astro function (adjustment 2 hours) Simple to switch from summer to winter time Individual running time can be programmed Manual operation possible at any time Electrical interlock for blind control Configurable brightness values for sun protection and twilight functions. The sun sensor can also be used as a twilight sensor. To be completed with: Blind control insert, art. no. 580698, 580699. Accessories: Sun/twilight sensor, art. no. 580691. Technical Information
Version
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
581644 581619 581625 1/10 8 1/10 8 1/10 8
585144 585119 585129 585115 585169 585160 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 8 8 8 8 8 8

586744 586719 586714 586760 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 8 8 8 8
metallic
585143 585146 1/10 8 1/10 8
378
www.merten.com
BLIND CONTROL SYSTEM | Comfort blind time switch | 2010

For OCTOCOLOR. For programmed and time-dependent switching of blind/roller shutter motors. Possible to connect sun/twilight sensor. The sensor cable is connected with the blind time switch via the plug. Functions: 3 independent program memories Pre-set switching times 18 programmable switching times Menu-controlled operation / programming Reserve power up to 24 hours (without battery) Reset to restore factory settings Random-check generator can be activated (in the range 15 mins) Astro function (adjustment 2 hours) Simple to switch from summer to winter time Individual running time can be programmed Manual operation possible at any time Electrical interlock for blind control Configurable brightness values for sun protection and twilight functions. The sun sensor can also be used as a twilight sensor. To be completed with: Blind control insert, art. no. 580698, 580699. Accessories: Sun/twilight sensor, art. no. 580691. Technical Information
Sensors
Sun/twilight sensor
The light sensor is attached to the window pane with the suction cup. Can be used either as a sun sensor or as a twilight sensor. The position of the sensor determines the starting point of the blind. Connecting cable: 2 m / LIYY 2x0.14 mm2 To be completed with: Blind push-button with sensor connection, art. no. System M 5878.., 5865.., System Basis 5805..,System Design 5845.., OCTOCOLOR 5825... Blind push-button with memory function and sensor connection, art. no. System M 5879.., 5863.., System Basis 5803..,System Design 5843.., OCTOCOLOR 5823... Blind push-button with IR receiver and sensor connection, art. no. System M 5880.., 5864.., System Basis 5804..,System Design 5844.., OCTOCOLOR 5824... Blind push-button with radio receiver and sensor connection, art.no. System M 5936.., System Design 5935... Blind time switch with sensor connection, art. no. System M 5816.., 5867.., System Basis 5811..,System Design 5851.., OCTOCOLOR 5831... Technical Information
Version 2 m, polar white
Art. no. 580691
PU PG 1/54 8
Info
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
583144 583119 1/10 8 1/10 8
Wind sensor
To raise and protect the blinds depending on the wind force. The device is connected to the wind sensor interface. The wind sensor is installed on the roof or on the outside wall of the building and converts the measured wind speeds into electrical signals. Type of protection: IP 65 To be completed with: Wind sensor interface, art. no. 580693. Technical Information Contents: With fixing bracket.

white polar white
metallic
583142 583105 1/10 8 1/10 8
Version polar white
Art. no. 580692
PU PG 1/2 8
Info
Wind sensor with heating

With integrated heating for trouble-free operation in winter. To raise and protect the blinds depending on the wind force. The device is connected to the wind sensor interface. The wind sensor is installed on the roof or on the outside wall of the building and converts the measured wind speeds into electrical signals. Type of protection: IP 65 To be completed with: Wind sensor interface, art. no. 580693. Separate power supply unit AC/DC 24 V/ 70 W Technical Information Contents: With fixing bracket.
Version polar white
Art. no. 580690
PU PG 1/2 8
Info
2010
| Sensors | BLIND CONTROL SYSTEM
www.merten.com
379

Wind sensor interface
AC 230 V, 50 Hz Evaluation units for wind sensors / wind sensors with heating. For connection to the extension input of the blind control insert. Can also be connected to the Merten KNX via binary inputs. Supply voltage: AC 230 V, 50 Hz Output: floating contact for the control of the blind control insert Response time: approx. 15 sec. (after the selected wind strength has been exceeded) Overshoot time: approx. 15 min. (after the selected wind strength has not been reached) To be completed with: Wind sensor, art. no. 580692. Wind sensor with heating, art. no. 580690. Blind control insert with extension input, art. no. 580699. Technical Information


C
Version polar white
Art. no. 580693
PU PG 1/25 8
Info
Remote controls

Version black
Art. no. 570222
PU PG 1/48 8
Info
380
www.merten.com
BLIND CONTROL SYSTEM | Remote controls | 2010
2010
| Remote controls | BLIND CONTROL SYSTEM
www.merten.com
381
BUILDING COMMUNICATIONS
OPTIMAL COMFORT AND SECURITY
Intelligent solutions in building communications Quality building communications: the combination of Merten's switch design and TwinBus technology by Ritto provides optimal comfort and security. From the TwinBus ush mounted staircase intercom, to the TwinBus ush-mounted intercom, and the TwinBus ush-mounted video intercom all can be combined with System M's 42 extremely low-prole frames, which enable over 280 different functions. With the TwinBus technology, you can easily develop a plan for your building communications that is perfectly adapted to your needs and both sturdy and easy to install. An ideal solution for single-family homes, ofce buildings, and housing complexes. With KNX technology and USB interfaces, the options are nearly innite.
EASy INSTALLATION
382
www.merten.de
BUILDING COMMUNICATIONS | Ritto TwinBus | 2010
BUILDING COMMUNICATIONS
CONTeNTS
Extra slim housing only 16 mm installation height
TwinBus video ush-mounted intercom in Merten switch design
TwinBus ush-mounted intercom in Merten switch design
TwinBus ush-mounted staircase door intercom in Merten switch design
2010
| Ritto TwinBus | BUILDING COMMUNICATIONS
www.merten.de
383
BUILDING COMMUNICATIONS / RITTO TWINBUS

Building communicationsBuilding communications / Ritto TwinbusSystem electronicsBuilding communications / Ritto TwinbusBuilding communications / Ritto TwinbusR
Technical Information: Building communications
Flush-mounted intercom
For TwinBus intercom system. Voice communication to the door station and opening the main door and/or door to the individual floor. Door opening key Key for staircase light or call silencing Call silencing: The door call signal is visual Accept/end call Voice and call tone volume control in 4 levels 5 call tones Call tone distinction for door/floor Call connecting relay Disable listening-in For use with up to 10 bell keys for door intercoms Large wiring compartment Low mounting height (16 mm) It is mounted on a conventional, flat, flushmounted device box, DIN 49073, part 1. Supply voltage: TwinBus from power supply unit 17573 Power consumption in stand-by: max. 3 mA Operating elements: Door opening key, key for staircase lighting/call silencing, volume control, accept/end call Dimensions: 126 x 55 mm (HxW) To be completed with: Frame 2-gang without central bridge piece, art. no. 1-M 3898.., ATELIER-M 3888.., M-SMART 4788.., 4848.., M-ARC 4858.., M-STAR 4668.., 4768.., 4868.., M-PLAN 4888.., MPLAN glass 4878.., M-PLAN metal frame 4758... Contents: TwinBus connecting terminal.Retaining ring and screws.
Flush-mounted video intercom

For TwinBus video intercom system with colour image. Voice and visual communication to the door station, and opening the main door and/or door to the individual floors. Door opening key Key for staircase light or call silencing Call silencing: The door call signal is visualised. Accept/end call 1 freely configurable key for special function Voice and call tone volume control in 8 levels 8 call tones incl. 3-tone gong Call activation relay/door opening mechanism Call tone distinction for door/floor/internal Switching the video image on/off Camera selection, camera control Disable to prevent others listening/viewing Internal calls/8 switching commands (menu) For use with up to 10 bell keys for door intercoms Large wiring compartment Low mounting height (16 mm) It is mounted on a conventional, flat, flushmounted device box, DIN 49073, part 1. Supply voltage: 18-24 V DC from video network device 16477 Interface: USB (preconfiguration) Output: 1, floating, 24V, 1A (for example, for external signal generator via call activation relay) Display: 2.0 colour TFT, LED backlight Operating elements: Cursor keys, door opening key, key for staircase lighting/call silencing, accept/end call and special function Dimensions: 197x55 mm (HxW) To be completed with: Frame 3-gang without central bridge piece, art. no. 1-M 3899.., ATELIER-M 3889.., M-SMART 4789.., 4849.., M-ARC 4859.., M-STAR 4709.., 4769.., 4869.., M-PLAN 4889.., MPLAN glass 4779.., M-PLAN metal frame 4759... Contents: TwinBus connecting terminal and videobus.Retaining ring and screws.
Building communicatio ns
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
700244 700219 700225 1/12 8.8 1/12 8.8 1/12 8.8

701244 701219 701214 701260 1/12 1/12 1/12 1/12 8.8 8.8 8.8 8.8
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
700144 700119 700125 1/12 8.9 1/12 8.9 1/12 8.9

701144 701119 701114 701160 1/12 1/12 1/12 1/12 8.9 8.9 8.9 8.9
384
www.merten.com
BUILDING COMMUNICATIONS / RITTO TWINBUS | Components for Ritto TwinBus | 2010
BUILDING COMMUNICATIONS / RITTO TWINBUS

Flush-mounted staircase door station
For TwinBus intercom systems with voice communication to the intercoms. The door station is installed inside, in front of the floor door or apartment door. Door bell key Key for staircase timer, can be switched off Volume for microphone and loudspeaker adjustable Large wiring compartment Large nameplate, can be replaced from the front Low mounting height (16 mm) It is mounted on a conventional, flat, flushmounted device box, DIN 49073, part 1. Supply voltage: TwinBus from power supply unit 17573 Operating elements: Door bell key, key for staircase lighting Dimensions: 126 x 55 mm (HxW) To be completed with: Frame 2-gang without central bridge piece, art. no. 1-M 3898.., ATELIER-M 3888.., M-SMART 4788.., 4848.., M-ARC 4858.., M-STAR 4668.., 4768.., 4868.., M-PLAN 4888.., MPLAN glass 4878.., M-PLAN metal frame 4758... Contents: TwinBus connecting terminal.Retaining ring and screws.
Building communicatio ns
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
700544 700519 700525 1/12 8.8 1/12 8.8 1/12 8.8

701544 701519 701514 701560 1/12 1/12 1/12 1/12 8.8 8.8 8.8 8.8
2010
| Components for Ritto TwinBus | BUILDING COMMUNICATIONS / RITTO TWINBUS
www.merten.com
385
ARGUS surFaCE-MOuNTED MOVEMENT DETECTOrs
THE BEsT IN aLL-rOuND PrOTECTION
Movement detectors
The ARGUS movement detector is ideal anywhere that on-demand lighting control is needed, including entryways, corridors, stairways, ofces, public buildings and terraces. ARGUS surface-mounted movement detectors These well-designed movement detectors ensure safety and convenience outdoors. For example, entryways are lighted on demand ideal for greeting visitors as well as for putting uninvited guests into the spotlight, whether they want to be or not. The detectors sweep across a detection angle from 70 to 360 to detect motion. An optional radio network as well as remote control setting and use make operation even more convenient.
www.merten.de
Convenience, functionality and safety are the key elements to take into account when selecting building technology systems. Energy efciency is another important criterion. Merten places a high priority on developing sustainable products and solutions in order to protect our resources and the resources of future generations. By employing a movement and presence detector, individual households can also save energy and contribute to environmental protection. Merten products can easily and conveniently reduce energy costs with lighting control, heating and multimedia control tailored to your needs.
ARGUS 220, remote control aluminium
386
ARGUS surFaCE-MOuNTED MOVEMENT DETECTOr | 2010
ARGUS surFaCE-MOuNTED MOVEMENT DETECTOrs
CONTENTs
ARGUS surFaCE-MOuNTED MOVEMENT DETECTOrs: THE rIgHT sOLuTION FOr aNY aPPLICaTION
ARGUS 70
7m
F or safety and security in the smallest of spaces A ngle of detection: 70
ARGUS 110 & 220 BasIC
ARGUS 300
Movement detectors
110 Basic
220 Basic
24
The value-for-money basic models Angle of detection: 110 (ARGUS 110 Basic) 220 (ARGUS 220 Basic)
Monitors two house fronts simultaneously Angle of detection: 300
ARGUS 360
ARGUS 220 | ARGUS 220 FOR 12 V | ARGUS 220, rEMOTE CONTrOLLaBLE

20 m
32 m
16 m
For indoor and outdoor ceiling mounting Angle of detection: 360
with integrated interface for a radio module for networking Angle of detection: 220 Sensitivity adjustable 12V Low voltage (ARGUS 220 for 12V) remote controllable (ARGUS 220, remote control)
KNX ARGUS 220
16 m
for direct connection to KNX Angle of detection: 220

28
RADIO ARGUS 220 CONNECT

16 m
With integrated light-sensitive time switch, can be networked by radio Angle of detection: 220
16 m
2010
| ARGUS surFaCE-MOuNTED MOVEMENT DETECTOr
www.merten.de
for networking of up to 4 movement detectors Angle of detection: 220
16
24 m
24 m
12 m
12 m
28 m m 28 m 28 m
387
ARGUS SURFACE-MOUNTED MOVEMENT DETECTOR

Movement detectorsARGUS surface-mounted movement detectorSecurity electronicsMovement detectorsSurface-mounted movement detectorsARGUS surface-mounted movement detectorF
Technical Information: Surface-mounted movement detector
ARGUS 110 Basic

Electronic outdoor movement detector. 110 surface monitoring for smaller house fronts and sections of the house. 360 short-range zone (approx. 4 m radius). Large wiring compartment and plug system. Looping is possible. LED function display for fast alignment at the installation site. Operating elements are protected under the easily accessible cover plate. Flexibly adjustable sensor head. Possible to blank out individual lens areas. Can be installed on walls and ceilings without additional accessories. Can be mounted on inner/outer corners and stationary pipes using a mounting bracket. Mains voltage: AC 230 V, 10 %, 50 Hz Incandescent lamps: AC 230 V, max. 2000 W Halogen lamps: AC 230 V, max. 1200 W Fluorescent lamps: AC 230 V, 1200 W uncompensated Capacitive load: max. 35 F Max. switching current: 16 A, AC 230 V, cos = 1 Angle of detection: 110 Range: max. 12 m Number of levels: 7 Number of zones: 92 with 368 switching segments Light sensor: infinitely adjustable from 31000 lux Time: 1 sec. to approx. 8 min. in 6 levels Neutral conductor: required Possible to set the sensor head Wall mounting: 9 up, 24 down, 12 left/right, 12 axial Ceiling mounting: 4 up, 29 down, 25 left/ right, 8.5 axial EC guidelines: Low voltage guideline 2006/95/ EC and EMC guideline 2004/108/EC Type of protection: IP 55 Accessories: Mounting bracket, art. no. 565291/92/93. Capacitor, art. no. 542895. Technical Information Contents: With cover plate and segments to limit the area of detection, screws and plugs.
ARGUS movement detector, standard
ARGUS 70
Electronic outdoor movement detector. 70 surface monitoring for smaller areas such as gateways, entrances or staircases. Mains voltage: AC 230 V 10 %, 50 Hz Connected load: up to 500 VA Max. switching current: 2 A, AC 230 V, cos = 0,6 Halogen lamps: AC 230 V, up to 300 W Capacitive load: max. 21 F Power consumption: < 1 W Number of levels: 4 Number of zones: 26 with 104 switching segments Area of detection: 70 surface monitoring, approx. 7x8 m Light sensor: infinitely adjustable from 31000 lux Range: approx. 7 m Time: 1 sec. to approx. 8 min. in 6 steps Ambient temperature: -25 C to +55 C Neutral conductor: required Type of protection: IP 44

Movement detectors
Accessories: Capacitor, art. no. 542895. Technical Information

Art. no. 545719 545715 PU PG 1/20 8.4 1/20 8.4 Info
Version polar white dark brazil
Version polar white
Art. no. 565119
PU PG 1/6 8.4
Info
388
www.merten.com
ARGUS SURFACE-MOUNTED MOVEMENT DETECTOR | ARGUS movement detector, standard | 2010

ARGUS 220 Basic
Electronic outdoor movement detector. 220 surface monitoring for large house fronts and sections of the house. 360 short-range zone (approx. 4 m radius). Large wiring compartment and plug system. Looping is possible. LED function display for fast alignment at the installation site. Operating elements are protected under the easily accessible cover plate. Flexibly adjustable sensor head. Possible to blank out individual lens areas. Can be installed on walls and ceilings without additional accessories. Can be mounted on inner/outer corners and stationary pipes using a mounting bracket. Mains voltage: AC 230 V, 10 %, 50 Hz Incandescent lamps: AC 230 V, max. 2000 W Halogen lamps: AC 230 V, max. 1200 W Fluorescent lamps: AC 230 V, 1200 W uncompensated Capacitive load: max. 35 F Max. switching current: 16 A, AC 230 V, cos = 1 Angle of detection: 220 Range: max. 12 m Number of levels: 7 Number of zones: 112 with 448 switching segments Light sensor: infinitely adjustable from 31000 lux Time: 1 sec. to approx. 8 min. in 6 levels Neutral conductor: required Possible to set the sensor head Wall mounting: 9 up, 24 down, 12 left/right, 12 axial Ceiling mounting: 4 up, 29 down, 25 left/ right, 8.5 axial EC guidelines: Low voltage guideline 2006/95/ EC and EMC guideline 2004/108/EC Type of protection: IP 55 Accessories: Mounting bracket, art. no. 565291/92/93. Capacitor, art. no. 542895. Technical Information Contents: With cover plate and segments to limit the area of detection, screws and plugs.
ARGUS 220
Electronic outdoor movement detector. 220 surface monitoring for large house fronts and sections of the house. With an integrated interface for extension with a radio module (wireless connection of several devices). 360 short-range zone (approx. 4 m radius). Large wiring compartment and plug system. Looping is possible. LED function display for fast alignment at the installation site. Operating elements are protected under the easily accessible cover plate. Flexibly adjustable sensor head. Possible to blank out individual lens areas. Can be installed on walls and ceilings without additional accessories. Can be mounted on inner/outer corners and stationary pipes using a mounting bracket. Functions: The following functions are possible via radio with an integrated radio module: Permanent ON, Permanent OFF and AUTOMATIC. Mains voltage: AC 230 V, 10 %, 50 Hz Incandescent lamps: AC 230 V, max. 2000 W Halogen lamps: AC 230 V, max. 2000 W Fluorescent lamps: AC 230 V, 1200 W uncompensated Capacitive load: max. 35 F Max. switching current: 16 A, AC 230 V, cos = 1 Angle of detection: 220 Range: max. 16 m Number of levels: 7 Number of zones: 112 with 448 switching segments Light sensor: infinitely adjustable from 31000 lux Time: 1 sec. to approx. 8 min. in 6 levels Sensitivity: infinitely adjustable Neutral conductor: required Possible to set the sensor head Wall mounting: 9 up, 24 down, 12 left/right, 12 axial Ceiling mounting: 4 up, 29 down, 25 left/ right, 8.5 axial EC guidelines: Low voltage guideline 2006/95/ EC and EMC guideline 2004/108/EC Type of protection: IP 55 Accessories: Radio module for ARGUS 220 movement detector, art. no. 565495. Mounting bracket, art. no. 565291/92/93. Capacitor, art. no. 542895. Technical Information Contents: With cover plate and segments to limit the area of detection, screws and plugs.
Movement detectors
Version polar white
Art. no. 565219
PU PG 1/12 8.4
Info
Version polar white dark brazil aluminium
Art. no. 565419 565415 565469
PU PG 1/12 8.4 1/6 8.4 1/6 8.4
Info
2010
| ARGUS movement detector, standard | ARGUS SURFACE-MOUNTED MOVEMENT DETECTOR
www.merten.com
389

ARGUS 220 Timer
Electronic outdoor movement detector. 220 surface monitoring for large house fronts and sections of the house. With integrated light-sensitive time switch and interface for extension with a radio module (wireless connection of several devices). 360 short-range zone (approx. 4 m radius). Large wiring compartment and plug system. Looping is possible. LED function display for fast alignment at the installation site. Operating elements are protected under the easily accessible cover plate. Flexibly adjustable sensor head. Possible to blank out individual lens areas. Can be installed on walls and ceilings without additional accessories. Can be mounted on inner/outer corners and stationary pipes using a mounting bracket.. Functions: Semi-automatic function: In the evening, when the ambient light level falls to the set twilight threshold, the lighting will be switched on, then switched off again at the set time (e.g. 23:00). After this, the normal movement detector function is active. Automatic function: like the semi-automatic function. In the morning, the lighting is switched on again at the pre-set time (e.g. 5.00 a.m.) and switched off when the twilight threshold is reached. In between, the normal movement detector function is active. Automatic time switch function: In the evening and the morning, the switch provides a brightness-dependent timer function (disabled under ARGUS), in between these times it provides the normal movement detector function. Semi-automatic time switch function: In the evening the switch provides a brightnessdependent timer function (disabled under ARGUS), after that it provides the normal movement detector function. Pure movement detector function The following functions are possible via radio with an integrated radio module: Permanent ON, Permanent OFF, AUTOMATIC and SET (Teaching in current twilight value. No manual adjustment possible). Mains voltage: AC 230 V, 10 %, 50 Hz Incandescent lamps: AC 230 V, max. 2000 W Halogen lamps: AC 230 V, max. 2000 W Fluorescent lamps: AC 230 V, 1200 W uncompensated Capacitive load: max. 35 F Max. switching current: 16 A, AC 230 V, cos = 1 Angle of detection: 220 Range: max. 16 m Number of levels: 7 Number of zones: 112 with 448 switching segments Light sensor: infinitely adjustable from 31000 lux Time: 1 sec. to approx. 8 min. in 6 levels Sensitivity: infinitely adjustable Neutral conductor: required Possible to set the sensor head Wall mounting: 9 up, 24 down, 12 left/right, 12 axial Ceiling mounting: 4 up, 29 down, 25 left/ right, 8.5 axial EC guidelines: Low voltage guideline 2006/95/ EC and EMC guideline 2004/108/EC Type of protection: IP 55 Accessories: Radio module for ARGUS 220 movement detector, art. no. 565495. Mounting bracket, art. no. 565291/92/93. Capacitor, art. no. 542895. Technical Information Contents: With cover plate and segments to limit the area of detection, screws and plugs.
Art. no. 565619 565615 565669
PU PG 1/6 8.4 1/6 8.4 1/6 8.4
Info
ARGUS 220 for 12 V

Electronic outdoor movement detector. 220 surface monitoring for large house fronts and sections of the house. 12 V version. With an integrated interface for extension with a radio module (wireless connection of several devices). 360 short-range zone (approx. 4 m radius). Large wiring compartment and plug system. Looping is possible. LED function display for fast alignment at the installation site. Operating elements are protected under the easily accessible cover plate. Flexibly adjustable sensor head. Possible to blank out individual lens areas. Can be installed on walls and ceilings without additional accessories. Can be mounted on inner/outer corners and stationary pipes using a mounting bracket. Functions: The following functions are possible via radio with an integrated radio module: Permanent ON, Permanent OFF and AUTOMATIC. Supply voltage: DC 12 V Switch contact: floating Max. switching current: 5 A, DC 12 V 5 A, AC 230 V, cos = 1 Power consumption: <1 W Angle of detection: 220 Range: max. 16 m Number of levels: 7 Number of zones: 112 with 448 switching segments Light sensor: infinitely adjustable from 31000 lux Time: 1 sec. to approx. 8 min. in 6 levels Sensitivity: infinitely adjustable Possible to set the sensor head Wall mounting: 9 up, 24 down, 12 left/right, 12 axial Ceiling mounting: 4 up, 29 down, 25 left/ right, 8.5 axial EC guidelines: Low voltage guideline 2006/95/ EC and EMC guideline 2004/108/EC Type of protection: IP 55 Accessories: Radio module for ARGUS 220 movement detector, art. no. 565495. Mounting bracket, art. no. 565291/92/93. Capacitor, art. no. 542895. Technical Information Dark brazil and aluminium are available on request. Contents: With cover plate and segments to limit the area of detection, screws and plugs.
Movement detectors
Version polar white
Art. no. 565426
PU PG 1/6 8.4
Info
390
www.merten.com
ARGUS SURFACE-MOUNTED MOVEMENT DETECTOR | ARGUS movement detector, standard | 2010

ARGUS 300
Electronic outdoor movement detector. 300 surface monitoring for mounting on house corners in order to secure the area of two house walls. The range of the area of detection can be adjusted in sectors with three selectively adjustable 100 sectors. This makes it possible to compensate for a site that slopes upwards or downwards. 360 short-range zone (approx. 4 m radius). Large wiring compartment and plug system. Looping is possible. LED function display for fast alignment at the installation site. Operating elements for setting the brightness threshold, time and sensitivity (range). Flexibly adjustable sensor head. Possible to blank out individual lens areas. For installation on house corners without requiring additional accessories. To prevent obstacles such as downpipes from blanking the area of detection when installed on corners, an extension can be installed. Mains voltage: AC 230 V, 10 %, 50 Hz Incandescent lamps: max. 3000 W Halogen lamps: AC 230 V, max. 2500 W Capacitive load: max. 140 F Max. switching current: 16 A, AC 230 V, cos = 0,6 Power consumption: <1 W Angle of detection: 300 Range: max. 16 m Number of levels: 7 Number of zones: 123 with 492 switching segments Light sensor: infinitely externally adjustable Art. no. 564319 approx. 3-1000 lux Art. no. 564315 approx. 5-1000 lux Time: externally adjustable in 6 levels of approx. 1 sec. to approx. 8 min. Neutral conductor: required Possible to adjust the sensor head: Horizontal rotation to the left and right by 30. Swivelling of the sensor head to the right or left by 45. EC guidelines: Low voltage guideline 2006/95/ EC and EMC guideline 2004/108/EC Type of protection: IP 55 Accessories: Extension, art. no. 554395/99. Capacitor, art. no. 542895. Technical Information Contents: With 2 blanking inserts to limit the area of detection, unlocking clamp, screws and plugs.
ARGUS 360
Electronic movement detector for outdoor ceiling mounting. 360 surface monitoring over a length of 30 m and a width of 20 m. Operating elements for setting the brightness threshold and time. LED function display for fast alignment at the installation site. Mains voltage: AC 230 V, 10 %, 50 Hz Incandescent lamps: max. 3000 W Halogen lamps: AC 230 V, max. 2500 W Capacitive load: max. 140 F Max. switching current: 16 A, AC 230 V, cos = 0,6 Power consumption: < 1 W Angle of detection: 360 Range: max. 16 m Number of levels: 7 Number of zones: 124 with 496 switching segments Light sensor: infinitely adjustable Art. no. 564419 approx. 3-1000 lux Art. no. 564415 approx. 5-1000 lux Time: adjustable in 6 levels of approx. 1 sec. to approx. 8 min. Neutral conductor: required EC guidelines: Low voltage guideline 2006/95/ EC and EMC guideline 2004/108/EC Type of protection: IP 55 Accessories: Capacitor, art. no. 542895. Technical Information Contents: With screws and plugs.

Movement detectors
Art. no. 564419 564415
PU PG 1/6 8.4 1/6 8.4
Info
Art. no. 564319 564315
PU PG 1/3 8.4 1/3 8.4
Info
2010
| ARGUS movement detector, standard | ARGUS SURFACE-MOUNTED MOVEMENT DETECTOR
www.merten.com
391

ARGUS movement detector, remote control ARGUS movement detector, CONNECT radio system
ARGUS 220, remote-controlled

Electronic outdoor movement detector. 220 surface monitoring for large house fronts and sections of the house. With radio remote control. 360 short-range zone (approx. 4 m radius). Large wiring compartment and plug system. Looping is possible. LED function display for fast alignment at the installation site. Operating elements are protected under the easily accessible cover plate. Flexibly adjustable sensor head. Possible to blank out individual lens areas. Can be installed on walls and ceilings without additional accessories. Can be mounted on inner/outer corners and stationary pipes using a mounting bracket. Functions: The following settings can be performed on the ARGUS via the radio remote control: Operating mode (permanent ON, permanent OFF, automatic), brightness threshold, switching duration, set and change the sensitivity to movement. Mains voltage: AC 230 V 10 %, 50 Hz Incandescent lamps: AC 230 V, max. 2000 W Halogen lamps: AC 230 V, max. 2000 W Fluorescent lamps: AC 230 V, 1200 W uncompensated Capacitive load: max. 35 F Max. switching current: 16 A, AC 230 V, cos = 1 Angle of detection: 220 Range: max. 16 m Number of levels: 7 Number of zones: 112 with 448 switching segments Light sensor: infinitely adjustable from 31000 Lux Time: 1 sec. to approx. 8 min. in 6 steps Sensitivity: infinitely adjustable Neutral conductor: required Sensor head adjustment for wall mounting: 9 up, 24 down, 12 left/right, 12 axial Sensor head adjustment for ceiling mounting: 4 up, 29 down, 25 left/right, 8.5 axial EC directives: Low voltage directive 2006/95/ EEC and EMC directive 2004/108/EEC Type of protection: IP 55 Dimensions: 151x93x71 mm (HxWxD) For remote control: Channels: 1 Radio frequency: 868 MHz Range: up to 100 m (free field) up to 30 m (building) Battery: 1 lithium button cell (CR 2450N) Display elements: Status LED Accessories: Mounting bracket, art. no. 565291, 565293. Capacitor, art. no. 542895. Replacement part: Remote control for ARGUS 220, remote-controlled, art. no. 565590. Technical Information Contents: With cover plate and segments to limit the area of detection, screws and plugs.Remote control.
Radio ARGUS 220 CONNECT

Electronic outdoor movement detector. 220 surface monitoring for large house fronts and sections of the house. 360 short-range zone (approx. 4 m radius). Large wiring compartment and plug system. Looping is possible. LED function display for fast alignment at the installation site. Operating elements are protected under the easily accessible cover plate. Flexibly adjustable sensor head. Possible to blank out individual lens areas. Can be installed on walls and ceilings without additional accessories. Can be mounted on inner/outer corners and stationary pipes using a mounting bracket. Functions: Up to four radio ARGUS 220 CONNECT devices can be networked and set via the remote control (permanent ON, permanent OFF, automatic, brightness threshold, switching time, set and change the sensitivity to movement.) In conjunction with the CONNECT radio configuration tool, you can: fully integrate the radio ARGUS 200 CONNECT into the radio network and network with other devices. Teaching receivers. Use function module like scene, message and alarm. Mains voltage: AC 230 V 10 %, 50 Hz Incandescent lamps: AC 230 V, max. 2000 W Halogen lamps: AC 230 V, max. 2000 W Fluorescent lamps: AC 230 V, 1200 W uncompensated Capacitive load: max. 35 F Max. switching current: 16 A, AC 230 V, cos = 1 Angle of detection: 220 Range: max. 16 m Number of levels: 7 Number of zones: 112 with 448 switching segments Light sensor: infinitely adjustable from 31000 Lux Time: 1 sec. to approx. 8 min. in 6 steps Sensitivity: infinitely adjustable Neutral conductor: required Sensor head adjustment for wall mounting: 9 up, 24 down, 12 left/right, 12 axial Sensor head adjustment for ceiling mounting: 4 up, 29 down, 25 left/right, 8.5 axial EC directives: Low voltage directive 2006/95/ EEC and EMC directive 2004/108/EEC Radio frequency: 868 MHz Transmission range: up to 100 m in free field, up to 30 m indoors Type of protection: IP 55 Dimensions: 151x93x71 mm (HxWxD) Accessories: Remote control for radio ARGUS 220 CONNECT, art. no. 509590. Mounting bracket, art. no. 565291, 565293. Capacitor, art. no. 542895. Contents: With cover plate and segments to limit the area of detection, screws and plugs.
Movement detectors
Version www.merten.com polar white aluminium
Art. no. 565519 565560
PU PG 1/12 8.4 1/12 8.4
Info
Art. no. 509519 509560
PU PG 1/12 8.4 1/12 8.4
Info
392
ARGUS SURFACE-MOUNTED MOVEMENT DETECTOR | ARGUS movement detector, remote control | 2010

Remote control for radio ARGUS 220 CONNECT
One radio ARGUS 220 CONNECT or one radio receiver switch each can be taught, networked and set for each key (A1-A4) on the remote control. Functions: You can set the following functions on the ARGUS: Operating mode (permanent ON, permanent OFF, automatic), brightness threshold, switching duration, set and change the sensitivity to movement. Channels: 4 Radio frequency: 868 MHz Range: up to 100 m in free field, up to 30 m indoors Battery: 1 lithium button cell (CR 2450N) Display elements: Status LED

ARGUS movement detector, KNX
KNX ARGUS 220

KNX movement detector for outdoors. 220 surface monitoring for large house fronts and sections of the house. With integrated bus coupler. The physical address is programmed with a magnet. 360 short-range zone (approx. 4 m radius). Large wiring compartment and plug system. Looping is possible. LED function display for fast alignment at the installation site. Operating elements are protected under the easily accessible cover plate. Flexibly adjustable sensor head. Possible to blank out individual lens areas. Can be installed on walls and ceilings without additional accessories. Can be mounted on inner/outer corners and stationary pipes using a mounting bracket. KNX software functions: Five movement blocks: up to four functions can be triggered per block. Telegrams: 1 bit, 1 byte, 2 bytes. Normal operation, master, slave, safety pause, disable function. Sensitivity, brightness and staircase timer can be set using the ETS or the potentiometer. Self-adjusting staircase timer. Angle of detection: 220 Range: max. 16 m Number of levels: 7 Number of zones: 112 with 448 switching segments Light sensor: infinitely variable from approx. 3 1000 lux, lux (infinite: movement detection is independent of the position of the sensor head) Time: can be set externally from 1 s to approx. 8 min. in 6 levels or via ETS from approx. 3 s to approx. 152 hours Sensitivity: infinitely adjustable Possible settings for sensor head: Wall mounting: 9 up, 24 down, 12 left/right, 12 axial Ceiling mounting: 4 up, 29 down, 25 left/ right, 8.5 axial EC directives: Low-voltage guideline 2006/95/ EC and EMC directive 2004/108/EC Type of protection: IP 55 Accessories: Mounting bracket, art. no. 565291/92/93. Programming magnet for valve drive EMO, art. no. 639190. Contents: With cover plate and segments to limit the area of detection, screws and plugs.
Receiver: Radio ARGUS 220 CONNECT, art. no. 5095... Contents: With battery.
Art. no. 509590 PU PG 1/48 8.4 Info
Movement detectors
Version
Art. no. 632519 632515 632569
PU PG 1/12 9 1/6 9 1/6 9
Info
2010
| ARGUS movement detector, KNX | ARGUS SURFACE-MOUNTED MOVEMENT DETECTOR
www.merten.com
393

Accessories
Mounting bracket
Installation bracket for attaching the ARGUS 110/220 Basic, ARGUS 220/Timer to outer of inner corners. Can also be secured to fixed pipes (VDE 0100) with conventional conduit clips.
Radio module for ARGUS 220 movement detector

For the wireless networking of several ARGUS 220 or ARGUS 220 Timer devices. A registered movement is sent to all taught movement detectors via the radio module. With integrated transmitter and receiver. The radio module can be retrofitted into the movement detector. Functions: The radio module supports the functions permanent ON, permanent OFF, AUTOMATIC and SET (ARGUS 220 Timer only). The ARGUS uses the current twilight threshold for switching on in the SET function. Radio frequency 868 MHz Type of transmission: FSK, Frequency Shift Keying, bi-directional, with integrated transmitter and receiver Range: up to 100 m (free field) up to 30 m (building)
To be completed with: ARGUS 110/220 Basic, art. no. 565119, 565219. ARGUS 220 art. no. 5654... ARGUS 220 Timer, art. no. 5656... ARGUS 220, remote control, art. no. 5655... Radio ARGUS 220 CONNECT, art. no. 5095... In KNX, to be completed with: INSTABUS ARGUS 220 Connect, art. no. 6315... KNX ARGUS 220, art. no. 6325... Technical Information Contents: With screws and plugs. Without conduit clip.
Movement detectors
Version polar white black grey dark brazil
Art. no. 565291 565293 565292
PU PG 1/21 8.4 1/21 8.4 1/21 8.4
Info
Extension
The extension between wall bracket and sensor head can be installed for the ARGUS 300 in order to increase the distance between the movement detector and the wall. Obstacles such as downpipes, which blank the area of detection if mounted on corners, can be prevented. Length: 11.5 cm To be completed with: ARGUS 300, art. no. 564315/19. Technical Information
To be completed with: ARGUS 220 art. no. 5654... ARGUS 220 Timer, art. no. 5656... Transmitter: Radio push-button, 2-gang for ARGUS, art. no. System Design 592290. Radio module for ARGUS 220 movement detector, art. no. 565495. Receiver: Radio module for ARGUS 220 movement detector, art. no. 565495.
Art. no. 565495 PU PG 1/24 8.4 Info
Version Radio module
Radio push-button for ARGUS, 2-gang, battery-powered

For System Design. Battery-powered radio transmitter with 4 pre-programmed channels. For controlling the ARGUS 220 or ARGUS 220 Timer movement detectors, with inserted radio module. High installation flexibility due to flat design. A flush-mounted socket-outlet is not necessary. The push-button is suitable for sticking onto walls or glass, screwing onto walls or flush-mounted outlets as well as installing in a multiple combination. Functions: The push-button controls the functions permanent ON, permanent OFF, AUTOMATIC and SET (ARGUS 220 Timer only). The ARGUS uses the current twilight threshold for switching on in the SET function. Channels: 4 Range: up to 100 m (free field) up to 30 m (building) Battery: 1 lithium button cell (CR 2450) Display elements: LED for transmission confirmation Type of protection: IP 20 Receiver: Radio module for ARGUS 220 movement detector, art. no. 565495. Contents: Battery, retaining plate, double-sided adhesive strips, single-sided adhesive strips (aluminium-coloured), screws, dowels.
Art. no. 554399 554395
PU PG 1/40 8.4 1/40 8.4
Info
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
592290 1/40 8
394
www.merten.com
polar white
ARGUS SURFACE-MOUNTED MOVEMENT DETECTOR | Accessories | 2010

Capacitor
Version AC 230 V, 0.33 F Art. no. 542895 PU PG 10/450 8 Info
Remote control for ARGUS 220, remote control

Radio remote control for triggering the ARGUS 220, remote control 1 ARGUS can be taught per remote control. Functions: The following settings can be performed on the ARGUS via the radio remote control: Operating mode (permanent ON, permanent OFF, automatic), brightness threshold, switching duration, set and change the sensitivity to movement. Channels: 1 Radio frequency: 868 MHz Range: up to 100 m (free field) up to 30 m (building) Battery: 1 lithium button cell (CR 2450N) Display elements: Status LED Receiver: ARGUS 220, remote control, art. no. 5655... Accessories from: ARGUS 220, remote control, art. no. 5655... Contents: With battery.
Movement detectors
Version
Art. no. 565590
PU PG 1/100 8.4
Info
2010
| Accessories | ARGUS SURFACE-MOUNTED MOVEMENT DETECTOR
www.merten.com
395
ARGUS FLusH-MOuNTED MOVEMENT DETECTOr
FOr COMFOrT aND saFETY aT EVErY TurN
Movement detectors
ARGUS ush-mounted movement detector The ARGUS indoor movement detector saves energy and leaves no one in the dark. The detector can be used to light hallways, entryways, stairways and cellar corridors on demand. The functional inserts are available for many different switch series: ARGUS indoor movement detectors are available for the extensive System M switch series, as well as for the System Design, OCTOCOLOR and AQUADESIGN series. The ARGUS indoor movement detector 180/2.20 m FM provides the highest level of security: with an installation height of 2.20 meters, it provides extremely sensitive anti-crawl protection, a broad range, and segments to limit the area of detection.
Convenience, functionality and safety are the key elements to take into account when selecting building technology systems. Energy efciency is another important criterion. Merten places a high priority on developing sustainable products and solutions in order to protect our resources and the resources of future generations. By employing a movement and presence detector, individual households can also save energy and contribute to environmental protection. Merten products can easily and conveniently reduce energy costs with lighting control, heating and multimedia control tailored to your needs. ARGUS 180/2.20m ush-mounted movement detector Design 1-M, polar white, glossy
396
www.merten.de
ARGUS FLusH-MOuNTED MOVEMENT DETECTOr | 2010
ARGUS FLusH-MOuNTED MOVEMENT DETECTOr
CONTENTs
ArEa OF DETECTION OF THE FLusH-MOuNTED ARGUS 180/2.20M
0,5 m Ca. 12 m
LaTEraL aNgLE OF DETECTION OF THE FLusH-MOuNTED ARGUS 180/2.20M

Movement detectors
2,20 m
0,5 m
Ca. 8 m
Ca. 8 m
MODELs aVaILaBLE
System M System Design OCTOCOLOR Other models
1-M
M-SMART
M-PLAN real glass
ARTEC
OCTOCOLOR
AQUADESIGN
ATELIER-M
M-ARC
M-PLAN metal
TRANCENT
M-SMART
M-PLAN/M-PLAN II
M-STAR
ANTIK
www.merten.de
2010
| ARGUS FLusH-MOuNTED MOVEMENT DETECTOrs
397
ARGUS FLUSH-MOUNTED MOVEMENT DETECTOR

Movement detectorsARGUS flush-mounted movement detectorSecurity electronicsMovement detectorsFlush-mounted movement detectorsARGUS flush-mounted movement detectorG
Technical Information: Flush-mounted movement detector
ARGUS flush-mounted movement detectors
ARGUS 180 / 2.20 m flushmounted sensor module

Flush-mounted inserts for ARGUS movement detectors
Technical Information: ARGUS flush-mounted devices overview
For System M. Indoor movement detector with anti-crawl protection. Area of detection: 180 Number of levels: 6 Number of zones: 46 Range: 8 m right/left, 12 m to the front Sensitivity: infinitely adjustable Light sensor: infinitely adjustable from approx. 5 to approx. 1000 lux Time: adjustable in steps from 1 s to 8 mins Mounting height: 2.2 m or 1.1 m with half the range To be completed with: Electronic switch insert, art. no. 576799. Relay switch insert, art. no. 576897. Technical Information Contents: With cover segments to limit the area of detection.

Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
Movement detectors
568844 568819 568825 1/40 8 1/40 8 1/40 8

568744 568719 568714 568760 1/40 1/40 1/40 1/40 8 8 8 8
Version 40-300 W
Art. no. 576799
PU PG 1/50 8
Info
Relay switch insert


For System M. Indoor movement detector. Area of detection: 180 Number of levels: 1 Number of zones: 14 Range: approx. 8 m Sensitivity: infinitely adjustable Light sensor: infinitely adjustable between approx. 5 and 1000 lux Time: adjustable in steps from 1 s to 8 min To be completed with: Electronic switch insert, art. no. 576799. Relay switch insert, art. no. 576897. Technical Information Note: Supersedes art. no. 5752 ..
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
Version 0-1000 VA
Art. no. 576897
PU PG 1/50 8
Info
575544 575519 575525 1/60 8 1/60 8 1/60 8

578444 578419 578414 578460 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 8 8 8 8
398
www.merten.com
ARGUS FLUSH-MOUNTED MOVEMENT DETECTOR | Flush-mounted inserts for ARGUS movement detectors | 2010

For System Design. Indoor movement detector. Area of detection: 180 Number of levels: 1 Number of zones: 14 Range: approx. 8 m Sensitivity: infinitely adjustable Light sensor: infinitely adjustable between approx. 5 and 1000 lux Time: adjustable in steps from 1 s to 8 min To be completed with: Electronic switch insert, art. no. 576799. Relay switch insert, art. no. 576897. Technical Information Antique brass on request. Note: Supersedes art. no. 5787 ..
ARGUS flush-mounted movement detector with switch

For System M. Indoor movement detector. With integrated switch for off/automatic/on. Area of detection: 180 Number of levels: 1 Number of zones: 14 Range: approx. 8 m Sensitivity: infinitely adjustable Light sensor: infinitely adjustable between approx. 5 and 1000 lux Time: adjustable in steps from 1 s to 8 min To be completed with: Electronic switch insert, art. no. 576799. Relay switch insert, art. no. 576897. Technical Information Note: Supersedes art. no. 5759 ..
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
578644 578619 578629 578615 578669 578660 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 8 8 8 8 8 8
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
572844 572819 572825 1/60 8 1/60 8 1/60 8
Movement detectors
metallic
578646 1/60 8

578544 578519 578514 578560 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 8 8 8 8

For OCTOCOLOR. Indoor movement detector. Area of detection: 180 Number of levels: 1 Number of zones: 12 Range: approx. 8 m Sensitivity: infinitely adjustable Light sensor: infinitely adjustable between approx. 5 and 1000 lux Time: adjustable in steps from 1 s to 8 min To be completed with: Electronic switch insert, art. no. 576799. Relay switch insert, art. no. 576897. Technical Information Note: Supersedes art. no. 5794 ..

For System Design. Indoor movement detector. With integrated switch for off/automatic/on. Area of detection: 180 Number of levels: 1 Number of zones: 14 Range: approx. 8 m Sensitivity: infinitely adjustable Light sensor: infinitely adjustable between approx. 5 and 1000 lux Time: adjustable in steps from 1 s to 8 min To be completed with: Electronic switch insert, art. no. 576799. Relay switch insert, art. no. 576897. Technical Information Note: Supersedes art. no. 5792 ..
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
575344 575319 1/60 8 1/60 8
white polar white
metallic
575342 575305 1/60 8 1/60 8
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
579544 579519 579529 579515 579569 579560 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 8 8 8 8 8 8
metallic
579546 1/60 8
2010
| ARGUS flush-mounted movement detector with switch | ARGUS FLUSH-MOUNTED MOVEMENT DETECTOR
www.merten.com
399

For OCTOCOLOR. Indoor movement detector. With integrated switch for off/automatic/on. Area of detection: 180 Number of levels: 1 Number of zones: 12 Range: approx. 8 m Sensitivity: infinitely adjustable Light sensor: infinitely adjustable between approx. 5 and 1000 lux Time: adjustable in steps from 1 s to 8 min To be completed with: Electronic switch insert, art. no. 576799. Relay switch insert, art. no. 576897. Technical Information Note: Supersedes art. no. 5793 ..
ARGUS movement detector, KNX
KNX ARGUS 180, flush-mounted

For System M. Movement detector for indoors. When a movement is detected, a data telegram defined by the programming is transmitted. With integrated bus coupling unit. KNX software functions: Five movement blocks: up to four functions can be triggered per block. Telegrams: 1 bit, 1 byte, 2 bytes. Normal operation, master, slave, safety pause, disable function. Sensitivity, brightness and staircase timer can be set using the ETS or the potentiometer. Self-adjusting staircase timer. Angle of detection: 180 Range: 8 m (for mounting height of 1.1 m) Number of levels: 1 Number of zones: 14 Sensitivity: infinitely adjustable (ETS or potentiometer) Light sensor: infinitely adjustable from approx. 10 to 2000 Lux (ETS or potentiometer) Time: adjustable in steps from 1 s to 8 min (potentiometer) or adjustable from 1 s to 255 hours (ETS) EC Directives: Low-voltage guideline 2006/95/ EC and EMC guideline 2004/108/EC
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
575644 575619 1/60 8 1/60 8
white polar white
Movement detectors
metallic
575642 575605 1/60 8 1/60 8

Art. no. PU PG Info
ARGUS flush-mounted movement detectors, waterproof Protection type IP 44.
Version
631644 631619 631625 1/30 9 1/30 9 1/30 9

For AQUADESIGN. Splash-proof movement detector. Area of detection: 180 Number of levels: 1 Number of zones: 14 Range: approx. 8 m Sensitivity: infinitely adjustable Light sensor: infinitely adjustable between approx. 5 and 1000 lux Time: adjustable in steps from 1 s to 8 min To be completed with: Electronic switch insert, art. no. 576799. Relay switch insert, art. no. 576897. Technical Information

632644 632619 632614 632660 1/30 1/30 1/30 1/30 9 9 9 9
Art. no. 578144 578119 578115 578114 578160
PU PG 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 8 8 8 8 8
Info
400
www.merten.com
ARGUS FLUSH-MOUNTED MOVEMENT DETECTOR | ARGUS flush-mounted movement detectors, waterproof | 2010

KNX ARGUS 180/2.20 m flushmounted
For System M. Indoor movement detector with anti-crawl protection. When a movement is detected, a data telegram defined by the programming is transmitted. With integrated bus coupling unit. For wall mounting in a size 60 mounting box, optimal installation at 2.2 m. KNX software functions: Five movement blocks: up to four functions can be triggered per block. Telegrams: 1 bit, 1 byte, 2 bytes. Normal operation, master, slave, safety pause, disable function. Sensitivity, brightness and staircase timer can be set using the ETS or the potentiometer. Two movement sensors: the sensitivity and range can be set separately for each sensor. Self-adjusting staircase timer. Angle of detection: 180 Range: 8 m right/left, 12 m to the front (for a mounting height of 2.20 m) Mounting height: 2.2 m or 1.1 m with half the range Number of levels: 6 Number of zones: 46 Number of movement sensors: 2, sector-orientated, adjustable Sensitivity: infinitely adjustable (ETS or potentiometer) Light sensor: infinitely adjustable from approx. 10 to 2000 Lux (ETS or potentiometer) Time: adjustable in steps from 1 s to 8 min (potentiometer) or adjustable from 1 s to 255 hours (ETS) EC Directives: Low-voltage guideline 2006/95/ EC and EMC guideline 2004/108/EC

For System Design. Movement detector for indoors. When a movement is detected, a data telegram defined by the programming is transmitted. With integrated bus coupling unit. KNX software functions: Five movement blocks: up to four functions can be triggered per block. Telegrams: 1 bit, 1 byte, 2 bytes. Normal operation, master, slave, safety pause, disable function. Sensitivity, brightness and staircase timer can be set using the ETS or the potentiometer. Self-adjusting staircase timer. Angle of detection: 180 Range: 8 m (for mounting height of 1.1 m) Number of levels: 1 Number of zones: 14 Sensitivity: infinitely adjustable (ETS or potentiometer) Light sensor: infinitely adjustable from approx. 10 to 2000 Lux (ETS or potentiometer) Time: adjustable in steps from 1 s to 8 min (potentiometer) or adjustable from 1 s to 255 hours (ETS) EC Directives: Low-voltage guideline 2006/95/ EC and EMC guideline 2004/108/EC
Movement detectors

Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
631844 631819 631860 1/30 9 1/30 9 1/30 9
metallic
631846 1/30 9
Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
631744 631719 631725 1/30 9 1/30 9 1/30 9

632744 632719 632714 632760 1/30 1/30 1/30 1/30 9 9 9 9
2010
| ARGUS movement detector, KNX | ARGUS FLUSH-MOUNTED MOVEMENT DETECTOR
www.merten.com
401
ARGUS PrEsENCE DETECTOr
EFFICIENT AND INTELLIGENT
Presence detectors
ARGUS presence detector Two key elements in planning modern buildings are energy-efciency and sustainability and intelligent building systems are key to creating efcient, safe, and forward-looking buildings. The ARGUS presence detector is a reliable partner for controlling lighting, heating, and ventilation in individual rooms according to need. The light is automatically controlled via the rst channel. The ARGUS presence detector measures the intensity of the natural light. If brightness has fallen below a preselected light threshold, the smallest movements in the room are sufcient to switch on the lighting automatically. When there is enough natural light or when the room is empty, the presence detector turns off the light. The second channel provides presence-based control of other units such as heating or ventilation connected to channel 1, independently of the rst channel. KNX ARGUS Presence 180/2.20 m FM The KNX ARGUS Presence 180/2.20m FM is ideal when the detector can not be installed on the ceiling. The detector can be installed ush-mounted or ush to the wall, making it an unobtrusive and harmonious element of the room's design the KNX ARGUS Presence 180/2.20 m FM is available in the System M switch designs. KNX ARGUS Presence With ve channels and four sensor areas, which can be assigned to different channels, the KNX ARGUS Presence provides highly individualised convenience. For example, if movement is detected in area A, only the copier lighting is switched on. However, if a presence is detected in areas B through D, the KNX ARGUS Presence will switch on the light in the entire space.
By employing a movement and presence detector, individual households can also save energy and contribute to environmental protection. Merten products can easily and conveniently reduce energy costs with lighting control, heating and multimedia control tailored to your needs.
402
www.merten.de
ARGUS PrEsENCE DETECTOr | 2010
ARGUS PrEsENCE DETECTOr
CONTENTs
KNX ARGUS PrEsENCE BasiC
with 2 channels now also available in the colour aluminium
KNX ARGUS PrEsENCE
ARGUS PrEsENCE
same as KNX ARGUS Presence Basic but with 5 channels 4 separately adjustable sensor ranges now also available in the colour aluminium
for ofces, corridors and schools
Presence detectors
KNX ARGUS PrEsENCE WiTH ligHT CONTrOl aND IR rECEiVEr
same as KNX ARGUS Presence, plus: lighting control channel IR receiver can be used for conguration or remote control of KNX functions now also available in the colour aluminium
same as ARGUS Presence, plus: permanent ON, OFF and AUTOMATIC functions can be remote controlled lighting can be switched on manually by using the extension input push-button
ARGUS PrEsENCE sYsTEM
KNX ARGUS PrEsENCE 180/2.20 M, flusH-MOuNTED

for the uninterrupted monitoring of large ofces and long corridors up to 8 sensor heads can be switched in sequence (to monitor rooms and corridors up to 64 m) lighting can be switched on manually by using the extension input push-button
2 separate sensor areas 5 channels, each with 4 output objects for wall mounting in System M design
2010
| ARGUS PrEsENCE DETECTOr
www.merten.de
403
ARGUS PRESENCE DETECTORS

Presence detectorsARGUS presence detectorsSecurity electronicsPresence detectorsARGUS presence detectorsH
Technical Information: ARGUS Presence
ARGUS Presence system sensor

Sensor head with prefabricated interconnecting cable for extending the ARGUS Presence system. Each sensor head has two plugs allowing through-wiring to other sensors. Interconnecting cable: 8 m long Angle of detection: 360 Range: a radius of max. 4 m from the installation site (at a mounting height of 2.50 m) Number of levels: 5 Number of zones: 71 with 284 switching segments Light sensor: infinitely adjustable between approx. 10 and 1000 lux. The light sensor is not active in the test position. EC guidelines: Low voltage guideline 2006/95/ EC and EMC guideline 2004/108/EC

ARGUS Presence system
Technical Information: ARGUS Presence system
ARGUS Presence system

Indoor presence detection. The system detects the slightest movement in the room, switches the light on and leaves it on until no further movement is detected or natural lighting is sufficient. The power unit has two relay outputs: Relay 1: For brightness-dependent movement detection, e.g. lighting. The overshoot time is infinitely adjustable at the sensor within a range of between 10 seconds and 30 minutes. The device constantly monitors the brightness in the room. Then, when there is sufficient natural light, the artificial light is switched off even if there is still someone in the room. The relay switches phase L. Relay 2: Floating contact (electrically isolated). For movement detection independent of brightness e.g. ventilation or heating control. The overshoot time is infinitely adjustable at the sensor within a range of between 5 minutes and 2 hours. The system consists of the sensor head and a power unit with a permanently attached interconnecting cable (length 2.5 m) plugged into the sensor head. Every sensor head has two sockets to enable through-wiring. A maximum of 8 sensor heads (art. no. 550419) can be connected in this way to one power unit (master-slave principle). Installing several sensor heads makes it possible to seamlessly monitor long corridors and large rooms for example. The sensor head that registered the last movement determines the overshoot time. Can also be controlled via an extension input. Sensor heads are installed in 68 mm ceiling openings. Areas of use include: offices, schools, public buildings, homes. Optimum installation height of 2.50 m. Mains voltage: AC 230 V 10%, 50 Hz Connecting cable: 2.5 m Max. switching current per relay: 10 A, AC 230 V, cos = 0,6 Incandescent lamps: max. 2300 W Halogen lamps: max. 2000 W Motor load: max. 1000 W Capacitive load: max. 140 F Power consumption: 2 W for 8 sensors Angle of detection: 360 Range: a radius of max. 4 m from the installation site (at a mounting height of 2.50 m) Number of levels: 5 Number of zones: 71 with 284 switching segments Light sensor: infinitely adjustable between approx. 10 and 1000 lux. The light sensor is not active in the test position. EC guidelines: Low voltage guideline 2006/95/ EC and EMC guideline 2004/108/EC
www.merten.com

To be completed with: ARGUS Presence system, art. no. 550499. Technical Information
Art. no. 550419 PU PG 1/6 8.4 Info
Version polar white
Presence detectors
Accessories: ARGUS Presence system sensor, art. no. 550419. Technical Information
Art. no. 550499 PU PG 1/6 8.4 Info
Version polar white
404
ARGUS PRESENCE DETECTORS | ARGUS Presence system | 2010

ARGUS Presence Indoor presence detection. ARGUS switches on the light and leaves it switched on until presence is no longer detected or the ambient brightness is sufficient. Can be used in offices, schools, public buildings or homes, for example. The detector is installed in or on the ceiling. For installation on the ceiling in a 60 mm installation box. Optimum height 2.50 m. The surface-mounted housing, art. no. 550619, allows the presence detector to be mounted on non-suspended ceilings.
ARGUS Presence with IR receiver and for extension unit operation

When connecting the nominal voltage or shortterm interruption of the power supply (e.g. with a push-button connected as a make contact), the device switches channel 1 on for one minute plus the set time, regardless of the level of light. Other features and attributes as for ARGUS Presence, art. no. 550590. For channel 1, the functions "Permanent ON", "Permanent OFF" and "Automatic" can be controlled with the IR remote control. Accessories: Surface-mounted housing for ARGUS Presence, art. no. 550619. Transmitter: IR remote control Distance, art. no. 570222. Technical Information
Technical Information: ARGUS Presence
ARGUS Presence
The device has 2 relay outputs: Relay 1: For brightness-dependent movement detection, e.g. lighting. The overshoot time is infinitely adjustable within a range of between 10 seconds and 30 minutes. ARGUS Presence constantly monitors the brightness in the room. Then, when there is sufficient natural light, the artificial light is switched off even if there is still someone in the room. Relay 2: For movement detection independent of brightness e.g. ventilation or heating control. The overshoot time is infinitely adjustable between 5 minutes and 2 hours. Mains voltage: AC 230 V 10 %, 50 Hz Relay 1 (sole use): Nominal capacity: max. 1000 W/VA, 5 A, cos = 1 5 A, cos = 0.6 Incandescent lamps: 1000 W 230 V halogen: 1000 W LV halogen: 500 W with conventional transformer Capacitive load: 5 A, 140 F Fluorescent lamps: 5 A, 140 F; 1000 W, uncompensated; 1000 W, 140 F parallel compensation; 2x500 W, twin-lamp circuit; Electronic ballast: 5 A, Cmax 140 F Minimum load: 10 mA, DC 24 V Relay 2 (sole use): Nominal capacity: max. 1000 W, cos = 1 Relays 1+2 (combined use): Nominal capacity: max. 1000 VA, cos = 0.6 and max. 750 W halogen 230 V Fuse: T5H Power consumption: < 1 W Angle of detection: 360 Range: a radius of max. 7 m from the installation site (at a mounting height of 2.50 m) Number of levels: 6 Number of zones: 136 with 544 switching segments Light sensor: infinitely adjustable between approx. 10 and 1000 lux. The light sensor is not active in the test position. EC guidelines: Low voltage guideline 2006/95/ EC and EMC guideline 2004/108/EC Accessories: Surface-mounted housing for ARGUS Presence, art. no. 550619. Technical Information
Version polar white
Art. no. 550591
PU PG 1/6 8.4
Info
Presence detectors
Version polar white
Art. no. 550590
PU PG 1/6 8.4
Info
2010
| ARGUS Presence | ARGUS PRESENCE DETECTORS
www.merten.com
405

KNX ARGUS Presence ARGUS Presence switches on the light and leaves it switched on until it can no longer detect the presence of people or there is sufficient natural daylight. Its areas of application include offices, schools, public buildings and private interiors.
KNX ARGUS Presence

Presence detection indoors. If KNX ARGUS Presence detects smaller movements in the room, data telegrams are transmitted via KNX to control the lighting, blind or heating at the same time. When the lighting is controlled by brightnessdependent movement detection, the device constantly monitors the brightness in the room. If sufficient natural light is at hand, the device switches the artificial light off even if a person is present. The overshoot time can be adjusted using the ETS. With integrated bus coupling unit. For ceiling mounting in a size 60 mounting box, optimal installation at 2.5 m. Can also be mounted to ceilings using the surface mounting housing for ARGUS Presence. KNX software functions: Five movement/presence blocks: up to four functions can be triggered per block. Telegrams: 1 bit, 1 byte, 2 bytes. Normal operation, master, slave, monitoring, safety pause, disable function. Four movement sensors: the sensitivity and range can be set separately for each sensor. Self-adjusting staircase timer. Actual brightness value: can be detected via the internal and/or an external light sensor. Actual value correction. Angle of detection: 360 Range: a radius of max. 7 m (at a mounting height of 2.50 m) Number of levels: 6 Number of zones: 136 with 544 switching segments Number of movement sensors: 4, separately adjustable Light sensor: internal light sensor infinitely adjustable from approx. 10 to 2000 Lux (ETS); external light sensor via KNX EC Directives: Low-voltage guideline 2006/95/ EC and EMC guideline 2004/108/EC Accessories: Surface-mounted housing for ARGUS Presence, art. no. 550619. Contents: With bus connecting terminal and supporting plate.
KNX ARGUS Presence Basic

Presence detection indoors. If KNX ARGUS Presence detects smaller movements in the room, data telegrams are transmitted via KNX to control the lighting, blind or heating at the same time. When the lighting is controlled by brightnessdependent movement detection, the device constantly monitors the brightness in the room. If sufficient natural light is at hand, the device switches the artificial light off even if a person is present. The overshoot time can be adjusted using the ETS. With integrated bus coupling unit. For ceiling mounting in a size 60 mounting box, optimal installation at 2.5 m. Can also be mounted to ceilings using the surface mounting housing for ARGUS Presence.
Presence detectors
KNX software functions: Two movement/presence blocks: up to four functions can be triggered per block. Telegrams: 1 bit, 1 byte, 2 bytes. Normal operation (no master/slave), safety pause, disable function. Self-adjusting staircase timer. Actual brightness value: can be specified via the internal and/or an external light sensor. Angle of detection: 360 Range: a radius of max. 7 m (at a mounting height of 2.50 m) Number of levels: 6 Number of zones: 136 with 544 switching segments Number of movement sensors: 4 Light sensor: internal light sensor infinitely adjustable from approx. 10 to 2000 Lux (ETS); external light sensor via KNX EC Directives: Low-voltage guideline 2006/95/ EC and EMC guideline 2004/108/EC Accessories: Surface-mounted housing for ARGUS Presence, art. no. 550619. Contents: With bus connecting terminal and supporting plate.
Art. no. 630819 630860
PU PG 1/6 9 1/6 9
Info
Art. no. 630719 630760
PU PG 1/6 9 1/6 9
Info
406
www.merten.com
ARGUS PRESENCE DETECTORS | KNX ARGUS Presence | 2010

KNX ARGUS Presence with light control and IR receiver
Presence detection indoors. If KNX ARGUS Presence detects smaller movements in the room, data telegrams are transmitted via KNX to control the lighting, blind or heating at the same time. When the lighting is controlled by brightnessdependent movement detection, the device constantly monitors the brightness in the room. If sufficient natural light is at hand, the device switches the artificial light off even if a person is present. The overshoot time can be adjusted using the ETS. Light control enables the required brightness in a room to be achieved permanently. Dimming and the optional use of a second lighting group maintains a constant brightness. Individual ARGUS Presence configurations can be changed or other KNX devices can be controlled remotely using the IR receiver. With integrated bus coupling unit. For ceiling mounting in a size 60 mounting box, optimal installation at 2.5 m. Can also be mounted to ceilings using the surface mounting housing for ARGUS Presence. KNX software functions: Five movement/presence blocks: up to four functions can be triggered per block. Telegrams: 1 bit, 1 byte, 2 bytes. An additional light control block: brightness can be maintained constant by dimming and an additional adjustable level. IR receiver function. IR configuration: setting the brightness threshold, staircase timer factors or range. Normal operation, master, slave, monitoring, safety pause, disable function. Four movement sensors: the sensitivity and range can be set separately for each sensor. Self-adjusting staircase timer. Actual brightness value: can be detected via the internal and/or an external light sensor. Actual value correction. Angle of detection: 360 Range: a radius of max. 7 m (at a mounting height of 2.50 m) Number of levels: 6 Number of zones: 136 with 544 switching segments Number of movement sensors: 4, separately adjustable Light sensor: internal light sensor infinitely adjustable from approx. 10 to 2000 Lux (ETS); external light sensor via KNX Number of IR channels: 10 for controlling KNX devices, 10 for configuration EC Directives: Low-voltage guideline 2006/95/ EC and EMC guideline 2004/108/EC Accessories: Surface-mounted housing for ARGUS Presence, art. no. 550619. Transmitter: IR remote control Distance, art. no. 570222. CONNECT radio universal remote control art. no. 506923. Contents: With bus connecting terminal and supporting plate.

For System M. Presence detection indoors. If KNX ARGUS Presence detects smaller movements in the room, data telegrams are transmitted via KNX to control the lighting, blind or heating at the same time. When the lighting is controlled by brightnessdependent movement detection, the device constantly monitors the brightness in the room. If sufficient natural light is at hand, the device switches the artificial light off even if a person is present. The overshoot time can be adjusted using the ETS. With integrated bus coupling unit. For wall mounting in a size 60 mounting box, optimal installation at 2.2 m. With anti-crawl protection. KNX software functions: Five movement/presence blocks: up to four functions can be triggered per block. Telegrams: 1 bit, 1 byte, 2 bytes. Normal operation, master, slave, monitoring, safety pause, disable function. Two movement sensors: the sensitivity and range can be set separately for each sensor. Self-adjusting staircase timer. Actual brightness value: can be detected via the internal and/or an external light sensor. Actual value correction. Angle of detection: 180 Range: 8 m right/left, 12 m to the front (for a mounting height of 2.20 m) Mounting height: 2.2 m or 1.1 m at half the range Time: adjustable in steps from 1 s to 8 min (potentiometer) or adjustable from 1 s to 255 hours (ETS) Number of levels: 6 Number of zones: 46 Number of movement sensors: 2, separately adjustable Light sensor: internal light sensor infinitely adjustable from approx. 10 to 2000 Lux (ETS); external light sensor via KNX EC Directives: Low-voltage guideline 2006/95/ EC and EMC guideline 2004/108/EC
Presence detectors
Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
630444 630419 630425 1/30 9 1/30 9 1/30 9

630644 630619 630614 630660 1/30 1/30 1/30 1/30 9 9 9 9
Art. no. 630919 630960
PU PG 1/6 9 1/6 9
Info
2010
| KNX ARGUS Presence | ARGUS PRESENCE DETECTORS
www.merten.com
407

Accessories
Surface-mounted housing for ARGUS Presence

The surface-mounted housing for ARGUS Presence devices also allows them to be surface mounted. To be completed with: ARGUS Presence, art. no. 550590/91. KNX ARGUS Presence Basic art. no. 6307... KNX ARGUS Presence art. no. 6308... KNX ARGUS Presence with light control and IR receiver art. no. 6309... Technical Information
Version polar white
Art. no. 550619
PU PG 1/21 8.4
Info
Presence detectors
408
www.merten.com
ARGUS PRESENCE DETECTORS | Accessories | 2010
Presence detectors
2010
| Accessories | ARGUS PRESENCE DETECTORS
www.merten.com
409
ARGUS LIgHT-sENsITIVE sWITCH
EFFICIENT SWITCHING
Light-sensitive switch
ARGUS light-sensitive switch Two Merten ARGUS light-sensitive switches can be used to illuminate outdoor spaces on demand. The ARGUS Compact light-sensitive switch has a preset switch-on and switch-off threshold, while the ARGUS light sensitive switch provides maximum exibility with adjustable switching thresholds and higher switching capacity. The latter is also externally adjustable.
ARGUS light-sensitive time switch The ARGUS light-sensitive time switch combines a light-sensitive switch and a time switch in a single unit. Combining two technologies in one solution with a light-sensitive switch coupled to a time switch can lead to even greater energy savings. Depending on the season, the ARGUS light-sensitive time switch turns on the lights at dusk, and turns them off again at a preset time. The integrated clock component automatically synchronises the time an especially useful feature, especially in the event of a power failure.
Convenience, functionality and safety are the key elements to take into account when selecting building technology systems. Energy efciency is another important criterion. Merten places a high priority on developing sustainable products and solutions in order to protect our resources and the resources of future generations. By employing a movement and presence detector, individual households can also save energy and contribute to environmental protection. Merten products can easily and conveniently reduce energy costs with lighting control, heating and multimedia control tailored to your needs.
410
www.merten.de
ARGUS LIgHT-sENsITIVE sWITCHEs | 2010
CONTENTs
ARGUS light-sensitive time switch
ARGUS LIgHT-sENsITIVE sWITCHEs: THE rIgHT sOLuTION fOr aNY aPPLICaTION

ARGUS LIgHT-sENsITIVE sWITCH 1100 ARGUS LIgHT-sENsITIVE TIME sWITCH
Fixed brightness threshold Switching delay
Brightness threshold can be set externally between 2 and 300 lux Integrated time switch function
Brightness threshold can be set externally between 3 and 2,000 lux Switching delay
www.merten.de
2010
| ARGUS LIgHT-sENsITIVE sWITCHEs
411
ARGUS LIGHT-SENSITIVE SWITCHES

Light-sensitive switchARGUS light-sensitive switchesSecurity electronicsLight-sensitive switchesARGUS light-sensitive switchesI
Technical Information: ARGUS light-sensitive switch
ARGUS light-sensitive switches
ARGUS compact light-sensitive switch


AC 230 V Waterproof surface-mounted device with impactresistant housing. With time function. The light-sensitive time switch combines the functions of a light-sensitive switch and a time switch in a single device. Choose from between three functions: Twilight function: The lighting is switched on in the evening and switched off in the morning when the appropriate pre-set twilight threshold is reached. Automatic function: In the evening, the light is switched on when the pre-set twilight threshold is reached and switched off again at a pre-set time (e.g. 11.00 p.m.). In the morning, the lighting is switched on at a pre-set time (e.g. 5.00 a.m.) and switched off again when the twilight threshold is reached. Semi-automatic function: In the evening, the light is switched on when the pre-set twilight threshold is reached and switched off again at a pre-set time (e.g. 11.00 p.m.). A special integrated function ensures that the time is automatically adjusted to the ambient brightness. It is not necessary to set the time manually. Relay with contact. High sensitivity to light. Automatic time adjustment. Large wiring compartment. Connected load: up to 2300 VA Max. switching current: AC 230 V, 10 A cos = 0.6 Halogen lamps: AC 230 V, up to 2000 W Incandescent lamps: AC 230 V, up to 2300 W Capacitive load: max. 140 F Connecting terminals: for 2.5 mm2 rigid conductors Adjustment range/switch threshold: 2 to 300 lux, adjustable Dimensions: approx. 97 x 80 x 47 mm

AC 230 V Waterproof surface-mounted device with fixed switch threshold. Connected load: up to 1100 VA Max. switching current: 5 A ohmic, 2.5 A inductive at cos = 0.5 Halogen lamps: AC 230 V, up to 200 W Capacitive load: max. 21 F Adjustment range/switch threshold: On: 4 to 7 lux Off: 6 to 18 lux Switching delay - when switching on: approx. 25 s to 45 s - when switching off: approx. 30 s to 65 s Dimensions: approx. 81 x 70 x 45 mm


Art. no. 544529 PU PG 1/45 8.4 Info
Version light grey
ARGUS light-sensitive switch

AC 230 V Waterproof surface-mounted device with impactresistant housing. Reinforced relay. High sensitivity to light. Large wiring compartment. Connected load: up to 2300 VA Max. switching current: AC 230 V, 10 A, cos = 0.6 Halogen lamps: AC 230 V, up to 2000 W Incandescent lamps: AC 230 V, up to 2300 W Capacitive load: max. 140 F Connecting terminals: for 2.5 mm2 rigid conductors Adjustment range/switch threshold: 3 to 2000 lux, adjustable Switching delay - when switching on: approx. 40 s - when switching off: approx. 100 s Dimensions: approx. 97x80x47 mm


Art. no. 544890 PU PG 1/35 8.4 Info

Art. no. 544819 PU PG 1/35 8.4 Info
Version light grey
Version with switching delay, polar white
412
www.merten.com
ARGUS LIGHT-SENSITIVE SWITCHES | ARGUS light-sensitive time switch | 2010
ARGUS LIGHT-SENSITIVE SWITCHES

ARGUS light-sensitive switch
AC 230 V Waterproof surface-mounted device with impactresistant housing. Reinforced relay. High sensitivity to light. Large wiring compartment. Connected load: up to 2300 VA Max. switching current: AC 230 V, 10 A, cos = 0.6 Halogen lamps: AC 230 V, up to 2000 W Incandescent lamps: AC 230 V, up to 2300 W Capacitive load: max. 140 F Connecting terminals: for 2.5 mm2 rigid conductors Adjustment range/switch threshold: 3 to 2000 lux, adjustable Switching delay - when switching on: approx. 40 s - when switching off: approx. 100 s Dimensions: approx. 97x80x47 mm


Art. no. 544829 544894 PU PG 1/35 8.4 1/35 8.4 Info
Version without switching delay, light grey with switching delay, light grey
Accessories
Capacitor
Version AC 230 V, 0.33 F Art. no. 542895 PU PG 10/450 8 Info
2010
| Accessories | ARGUS LIGHT-SENSITIVE SWITCHES
www.merten.com
413
LIFE-SAVER IN AN ATTRACTIVE DESIGN
Smoke detectors
ARGUS smoke detector system More than 600 people still lose their lives each year due to smoke inhalation during a household re in Germany. Many German states now require smoke detectors in private homes. However, many households still are not equipped with a smoke detector. Every Merten smoke detector is suitable for use in living areas, and is easy to mount directly to the ceiling. A light display depicts the device's current status. The entire ARGUS smoke detector family has been approved by the German Property Insurers' Association (VdS). The ARGUS smoke detector family is comprised of ve different models offering the best performance for every use from installation of single smoke detectors to radio-controlled solutions. The ush-mounted system relay for ARGUS smoke detectors provides the highest level of safety. The system relay links the ARGUS smoke detector system with external devices such as sirens or signal lamps.
ARGUS Smoke Detector Basic Longlife polar white
www.merten.de
Flush-mounted system relay for ARGUS smoke detector

ARGUS sMOKE DETECTOr sYsTEM | 2010
414
Argus sMOKE DETECTOr sYsTEM
COnTEnTs
ARGUS sMOKE DETECTOrs: THE rigHT sOluTiOn fOr anY aPPliCaTiOn

ARGUS BasiC lOnglifE sMOKE DETECTOr
the good-value-for-money smoke detector as an individual solution operated with a 9 V battery Battery service life: approx. 2.5 years
Recommended for use in: suites / single-storey ats
the good-value-for-money smoke detector as an individual solution operated with 9 V lithium longlife batteries Battery service life: approx. 10 years
Recommended for use in: suites / single-storey ats
ARGUS CONNECT sMOKE DETECTOr
ARGUS 230 V sMOKE DETECTOr
radio-networked smoke detector solution for retrotting your entire home Networking options: Radio network with an integrated radio module Wired networking wired networking is effected via a separate 2-wire cable (SELV). battery-powered with 9 V battery (battery service life: approx. 2.5 years)
Recommended for use in: existing single-family house/retrotting
one of the attest mains-operated 230 V smoke detectors with large wiring compartment integrated battery provides functional reliability during power failure with integrated networking options: up to 25 wired smoke detectors easy to maintain due to mains supply Networked using 1 additional core in 230V network including surface-mounted base
Recommended for use in: new, single-family homes
Smoke detectors
ARGUS CONNECT 230 V sMOKE DETECTOr
FlusH-MOunTED sYsTEM rElaY
Recommended for use in: new, single-family homes
2010
| ARGUS sMOKE DETECTOr sYsTEM
www.merten.de
radio-networked smoke detector solution for new homes Networking options: Radio network with an integrated radio module Wired networking wired networking is carried out via a separate core in the 230 V network. Easy to maintain due to mains supply including surface-mounted base
integration of external signal sources such as sirens, ashlights, vibrating cushions, etc. space-saving ush mounting or in direct proximity to the connected signal sources connection via 230 V power supply up to 160 smoke detectors can be integrated in 16 radio cells option of integrating into the Merten CONNECT radio system via a CONNECT radio transmitter signal is forwarded to KNX installations via a binary input
415
ARGUS SMOKE DETECTORS

Smoke detectorARGUS smoke detectorsSecurity electronicsSmoke detectorsARGUS smoke detectorsJ
Technical Information: ARGUS smoke detector
ARGUS smoke detector Connect

Battery-powered radio smoke detector for early detection of smouldering fires and development of smoke with open fires indoors. Networking options: Radio network (with integrated radio module) Wired network Wired networking is effected via a separate 2wire cable (SELV). Functions: Self-test Continuous battery monitoring. A weak battery is displayed via an acoustic signal as well as a flashing LED. Push-button for functional test Functional principle: scattered light (Tyndall effect) Sensitivity: in accordance with EN 14604 Battery type: 9 V monobloc battery, IEC 6LR61, alkali Battery failure signal: approx. every 40 seconds, for at least 30 days Battery life: approx. 2.5 years Signal: approx. 85 dB(A) at 3 m distance Display elements: red LED Network: max. 40 smoke detectors Network cable: type J-Y(St)Y 2x2x0.6 Total cable length: up to 500 m Cable length between two detectors: max. 25 m Radio frequency: 868 MHz Transmission range: up to 100 m in free field, up to 30 m indoors Radio operating elements: DIP switch for addressing/grouping Operating ambient temperature: 0 C to 60 C Dimensions: 112 x 44 mm ( x H) Type of protection: IP 42 With VdS approval Accessories: Sealing pins for ARGUS smoke detector, Art. No. 547000. Flush-mounted system relay for ARGUS smoke detector, art. no. 548001. Note: Not compatible with Merten CONNECT radio system. The wired connection of the ARGUS smoke detector 230 V/Connect 230 V art. no. 5475.., 5485 is not permitted. With pipe cabling systems a gasket must be installed on site between the ceiling and the smoke detector. Contents: Battery.Screws and plugs.
ARGUS smoke detector All ARGUS smoke detectors are with VdS approval! BOSEC certification Awaiting CoMo certification Approved in accordance with EN 14676 The smoke detectors operate in accordance to the scattered light principle and detects smoke before the concentration of smoke becomes dangerous for people. This is signalled by a loud warning tone (about 85 db(A)) and an LED. In networked systems: A detector detects smoke and then the alarm is set off by all connected smoke alarms. Combination Connect smoke detector and Connect 230 V: Radio networking is possible Mounting options: Directly on the ceiling with the screws and plugs supplied with a central screw On flush-mounted and cavity wall boxes An installed smoke detector system (Art. no. 6634.., 6637.., 663491) can be extended with smoke detectors with radio networking and 2-wire cable networking.
Smoke detector
Art. no. 548019 548060
PU PG 1/10 8.3 1/10 8.3
Info
416
www.merten.com
ARGUS SMOKE DETECTORS | ARGUS smoke detector | 2010

ARGUS smoke detector Connect 230 V
Mains-powered radio smoke detector with backup battery for early detection of smouldering fires and smoke build-up indoors with open fires. Networking options: Radio network (with integrated radio module) Wired network Wired networking is via a separate core in the 230 V network. Functions: Self-test Continuous battery monitoring. A weak battery is displayed via an acoustic signal as well as a flashing LED. Push-button for functional test Functional principle: scattered light (Tyndall effect) Sensitivity: in accordance with EN 14604 Supply voltage: AC 230 V, 50 Hz Battery type: 9 V monobloc battery, IEC 6LR61, alkali Battery failure signal: approx. every 40 seconds, for at least 30 days Battery life: With a 230 V power supply: approx. every 4-5 years, dependent on the self discharge of the battery installed When battery-operated only: approx. 2.5 years. Signal: approx. 85 dB(A) at 3 m distance Display elements: 2 LEDs (red, green) Network: max. 40 smoke detectors Network cable: separate, free core e.g. 1 x 1.5 mm2 in 230 V network Connecting terminals: each 2 x 2.5 mm2, looping possible Total cable length: up to 500 m Cable length between two detectors: max. 25 m Radio frequency: 868 MHz Transmission range: up to 100 m in free field, up to 30 m indoors Radio operating elements: DIP switch for addressing/grouping Operating ambient temperature: 0 C to 60 C Dimensions: 112 x 44 mm ( x H); with surface mounting base 112 x 59 mm ( x H) Type of protection: IP 42 With VdS approval Accessories: Sealing pins for ARGUS smoke detector, Art. No. 547000. Flush-mounted system relay for ARGUS smoke detector, art. no. 548001. Note: Not compatible with Merten CONNECT radio system. The wired connection of the ARGUS smoke detector Connect art. no. 5480.. is not permitted. With pipe cabling systems a gasket must be installed on site between the ceiling and the smoke detector. Contents: Battery.Screws and plugs.Surface-mounted mounting base with a larger wiring compartment.
ARGUS smoke detector 230 V

Mains-powered smoke detector with backup battery for early detection of smouldering fires and open fires with smoke build-up indoors. Up to 25 smoke detectors can be wired to a network. Wired networking is carried out via a separate wire in the 230 V network. Functions: Self-test Continuous battery monitoring. A weak battery is displayed via an acoustic signal as well as a flashing LED. Push-button for functional test Functional principle: scattered light (Tyndall effect) Sensitivity: in accordance with EN 14604 Supply voltage: AC 230 V, 50 Hz Battery type: 9 V monobloc battery, IEC 6LR61, alkali Battery failure signal: approx. every 40 seconds, for at least 30 days Battery life: With a 230 V power supply: approx. 4 - 5 years, depending on the self discharge of the battery used When battery-operated only: approx. 2.5 years Signal: approx. 85 dB(A) at 3 m distance Display elements: 2 LEDs (red, green) Network: max. 25 smoke detectors Network cable: separate, free core e.g. 1 x 1.5 mm2 in 230 V network Connecting terminals: each 2 x 2.5 mm2, looping possible Total cable length: up to 500 m Cable length between two detectors: max. 25 m Operating ambient temperature: 0 C to 60 C Dimensions: 112 x 44 mm ( x H); with surfacemounting base 112 x 59 mm ( x H) Type of protection: IP 42 With VdS approval Accessories: Sealing pins for ARGUS smoke detector, Art. No. 547000. Flush-mounted system relay for ARGUS smoke detector, art. no. 548001. Note: The wired connection of the ARGUS smoke detector Connect art. no. 5480.. is not permitted. With pipe cabling systems a gasket must be installed on site between the ceiling and the smoke detector. Contents: Battery.Screws and plugs.Surface-mounted mounting base with a larger wiring compartment.
Smoke detector
Art. no. 547519 547560
PU PG 1/10 8.3 1/10 8.3
Info
Art. no. 548519 548560
PU PG 1/10 8.3 1/10 8.3
Info
2010
| ARGUS smoke detector | ARGUS SMOKE DETECTORS
www.merten.com
417

ARGUS smoke detector Basic
Battery-powered smoke detector for early detection of smouldering fires and open fires with development of smoke indoors. Functions: Self-test Continuous battery monitoring. A weak battery is displayed via an acoustic signal as well as a flashing LED. Push-button for functional test Functional principle: scattered light (Tyndall effect) Sensitivity: in accordance with EN 14604 Battery type: 9 V monobloc battery, IEC 6LR61, alkali Battery failure signal: approx. every 40 seconds, for at least 30 days Battery life: approx. 3 years Signal: approx. 85 dB(A) at 3 m distance Display elements: red LED Operating ambient temperature: 0 C to 60 C Dimensions: 112 x 44 mm ( x H) Type of protection: IP 42 With VdS approval Accessories: Sealing pins for ARGUS smoke detector, Art. No. 547000. Technical Information Contents: Battery.Screws and plugs.

Accessories
Flush-mounted system relay for ARGUS smoke detector

The relay is connected to ARGUS smoke detectors and thus acts to forward a smoke alarm to external alarm devices. Depending on the smoke detector, this must be connected either via a separate core in the 230V mains network or per radio. The relay is powered with mains voltage and has a floating make contact for the external alarm device. You can connect for example the following alarm devices: horns, warning lights, vibration cushions for the deaf, or KNX binary inputs. These devices must have their own power supply. Suitable for installation in a size 60 installation box. Supply voltage: AC 230 V Contact type: Make contact, floating (SELV) Switching current: AC 230 V, 4 A / DC 24 V, 2 A Connecting terminals: for 2.5 mm2 Dimensions: 44 x 50 x 34 mm (WxHxD) To be completed with: ARGUS Connect smoke detector art. no. 5480... ARGUS Connect smoke detector 230 V, art. no. 5485.. ARGUS smoke detector 230 V, art. no. 5475..
Art. no. 548001 PU PG 1/60 8.3 Info
Version black
Version polar white
Art. no. 547019
PU PG 1/23 8.3
Info
ARGUS smoke detector Basic Longlife

Battery-powered smoke detector for early detection of smouldering fires and open fires with smoke emission indoors. With lithium battery for extended service life. Functions: Self-test Continuous battery monitoring. A weak battery is displayed via an acoustic signal as well as a flashing LED. Push-button for functional test Functional principle: scattered light (Tyndall effect) Sensitivity: in accordance with EN 14604 Battery type: 9 V monobloc battery, lithium Battery failure signal: approx. every 40 seconds, for at least 30 days Battery life: approx. 10 years Signal: approx. 85 dB(A) at 3 m distance Display elements: red LED Operating ambient temperature: 0 C to 60 C Dimensions: 112 x 44 mm ( x H) Type of protection: IP 42 With VdS approval Accessories: Sealing pins for ARGUS smoke detector, Art. No. 547000. Technical Information Contents: Battery.Screws and plugs.
Sealing pin for ARGUS smoke detector

For direct display of smoke detector manipulation. When the smoke detector is removed, a sealing pin inserted into the mounting base breaks. Accessories from: ARGUS Connect smoke detector art. no. 5480... ARGUS Connect smoke detector 230 V art. no. 5485.. ARGUS smoke detector 230 V art. no. 5475.. ARGUS Basic smoke detector 230 V art. no. 547019. ARGUS Basic Longlife smoke detector 230 V art. no. 547119. Contents: 1 PU = 50 sealing pins
Smoke detector
Version black
Art. no. 547000
PU PG 1/50 8.3
Info
Version polar white
Art. no. 547119
PU PG 1/23 8.3
Info
418
www.merten.com
ARGUS SMOKE DETECTORS | Accessories | 2010
Smoke detector
2010
| Accessories | ARGUS SMOKE DETECTORS
www.merten.com
419
NETWORK TECHnOLOGY
FLEXIBLE NETWORKING
Netzwerktechnik
Network technology Internet access in every room the wide variety of components of Merten's network technology make it possible. With only minor installation effort, any existing telephone socket can be replaces with a Line 21 socket. The Line 21 connection socket allows the existing four-wire connection to be used for the telephone as well as to surf the internet or establish a PC network. The only prerequisites are a four-wire connection between the rooms and a telephone socket. The necessary equipment includes a Line 21 connection socket RJ45 8/8, which must be located near the existing telephone socket, and a Line 21 combination socket to replace the existing telephone socket at the PC.
www.merten.de
Existing cable (max. 50 m) 1st telephone socket Splitter modem Line21 RJ45 8/8 Line21 combination socket-outlet
four-core
420
NETWORK TECHnOLOGY | 2010
COnTEnTS
Line 21 Patch panel REG, 6-gang
Netzwerktechnik
Switch REG, 5-gang
2010
| NETWORK TECHnOLOGY
www.merten.de
421
NETWORK TECHNOLOGY
Network technologyNetwork technologySystem electronicsNetwork technologyNetwork technologyE
Technical Information: Network technology
Line 21 Patch panel REG, 6-gang

With integrated Line 21 technology. Distribution board for simple changing of jumper cables without altering the wiring. With six lockable RJ45 ports, LSA+ terminal blocks. For installation on DIN rails EN 50022. For connecting analogue telephones/telecommunications systems and digital network devices (RJ45, 8-pole) such as PC, HUB, router, Merten switch (art. no. 465711) or IC 1 (art. no. 6950.., 6951...) With 2 LSA+ terminal blocks for the installation line and analogue telephony. Cable length: max. 50 m Transmission rate: max. 100 Mbit/s (per installed line) Type of protection: IP 20 Device width: 6 modules = 108 mm

Line 21 Simultaneous transmission of analogue telephone signals and Ethernet using a single existing telephone line Technology: It is not necessary to install an additional line. The existing telephone sockets are simply replaced with Line 21 sockets. This means that the existing telephone line (4-core) becomes an extended network for two services, analogue telephony and PC networking. Possible applications include analogue telephony plus: Networking all PCs in the house or Extension of a DSL link or Connecting a digital video recorder in the network or Connecting surveillance cameras with networking capability or Using printers in a shared network
Accessories: Patch cable RJ45/RJ45, art. no. 465710. Technical Information

Art. no. 465714 PU PG 1/16 1 Info
Technical Information: Line 21
Version light grey
Line 21 Combination socket-outlet RJ45/TAE

With integrated Line 21 technology. For connecting an analogue telephone/telecommunications system (TAE) and a digital network device (RJ45, 8-pole) such as PC, HUB, router, Merten switch (art. no. 465711) or IC 1 (art. no. 6950.., 6951...) With 4 screw terminals for the installation line and 2 for the connection of additional telephone socket-outlets. Cable length: max. 50 m Transmission rate: max. 100 Mbit/s To be completed with: Central plate for telephone socket-outlet TAE, art. no. System M 2960.., 2979.., System Basis 2928.., System Design 2978.., OCTOCOLOR 2938... Technical Information
Line 21 Patch cable RJ45/TAE

Cable for connecting Line 21 RJ45 insert (art. no. 465708) and analogue telephones/telecommunications systems. Length: 35 cm
Version grey/black Art. no. 465713 PU PG 1/150 1 Info
Network components
Patch panel REG, 6-gang

Distribution board for simple changing of jumper cables without altering the wiring. With six lockable RJ45 ports, LSA+ terminal blocks. For installation on DIN rails EN 50022. Category: CAT 5e Type of protection: IP 20 Device width: 6 modules = 108 mm
Version
Network technology
Art. no. 465709
PU PG 1/60 1
Info
8(6)-6F+N

Accessories: Patch cable RJ45/RJ45, art. no. 465710.

Art. no. 465712 PU PG 1/16 1 Info
Version light grey
Switch REG, 5-gang

For targeted distribution of data to individual subscribers. The switch supports a data transfer rate of up to 100 Mbps. With five lockable RJ45 ports and integrated power supply unit. For installation on DIN rails EN 50022. Supply voltage: AC 230 V Category: CAT 5e Display elements: LEDs per port for operating display and service function Type of protection: IP 20 Device width: 6 modules = 108 mm
Version
Art. no. 465708
PU PG 1/60 1
Info
Accessories: Patch cable RJ45/RJ45, art. no. 465710.

Art. no. 465711 PU PG 1/15 1 Info
www.merten.com
Version light grey
422
NETWORK TECHNOLOGY | Line 21 | 2010
NETWORK TECHNOLOGY
Patch cable RJ45/RJ45
Cable for establishing a connection between the patch panel and the switch. Length: 35 cm

With labelling field. For System Design. For RJ45 inserts 8 (Cat 5e), RJ45 inserts by Rutenbeck or E-DAT designs by BTR. To be completed with: RJ45 insert 8, art. no. 465720. RJ45 insert 8 Cat 5e, art. no. 465721. Accessories: Labelling strips for switches, socket-outlets, art. no. 395019
Art. no. PU PG Info
Communications inserts and accessories
Version
RJ45 insert 8
291844 291819 291860 10/120 1 10/120 1 10/120 1.1
metallic
291846 10/120 1.1
stainless steel
Art. no. 465720 PU PG 10/50 1 Info
RJ45 insert 8/8

Version

Version white
Art. no. 465701
PU PG 10/40 1
Info
Art. no. 465721 PU PG 1/50 1 Info
RJ45 insert 2x8

Version

Network technology
Art. no. PU PG Info
Version white
Art. no. 465702
PU PG 10/40 1
Info
Version
296244 296219 296225 10/120 1 10/120 1 10/120 1


298344 298319 298314 298360 10/120 10/120 10/120 10/120 1 1 1.1 1.1
Art. no. 465703 PU PG 1/50 1 Info
Version white
2010
| Communications inserts and accessories | NETWORK TECHNOLOGY
www.merten.com
423
NETWORK TECHNOLOGY

For OCTOCOLOR. For RJ45 inserts 8/8, 2x8, Line 21 RJ45 insert 8/ 8, RJ45 inserts by Rutenbeck or E-DAT designs by BTR.
Art. no. 465706 PU PG 1/50 1 Info
Art. no. PU PG Info
Version white
Version
292044 292019 10/120 1 10/120 1

For System M. For RJ45 inserts 8/8, 2x8, Line 21 RJ45 insert 8/ 8, RJ45 inserts by Rutenbeck or E-DAT designs by BTR.
white polar white
metallic
292042 292005 10/120 1.2 10/120 1.2
Art. no. PU PG Info
Combination socket-outlet RJ45/ TAE (Cat 3)

For connecting a telephone and an analogue or digital terminal unit via the 8-pole RJ45 connector. With screw terminals. To be completed with: Central plate for telephone socket-outlet TAE, art. no. System M 2960.., 2979.., System Basis 2928.., System Design 2978.., OCTOCOLOR 2938... Technical Information
Version
296144 296119 296125 10/120 1 10/120 1 10/120 1

298044 298019 298014 298060 10/120 10/120 10/120 10/120 1 1 1.1 1.1
Art. no. 465707
PU PG 1/60 1
Info


Network technology
With labelling field. For System Design. For RJ45 inserts 8/8, 2x8, Line 21 RJ45 insert 8/ 8, RJ45 inserts by Rutenbeck or E-DAT designs by BTR. To be completed with: RJ45 insert 8/8, art. no. 465701. RJ45 insert 2x8, art. no. 465702. RJ45 insert 8/8 Cat 5e, art. no. 465703. RJ45 insert 8/8 Cat 6, art. no. 465706. Accessories: Labelling strips for switches, socket-outlets, art. no. 395019
Art. no. PU PG Info
To be completed with: Telephone socket-outlet TAE, art. no. 4652... Loudspeaker connection insert art. no. 4669.., 4670... USB interface, flush-mounted, art. no. 681799. Telephone socketoutlet TDO, art. no. 465930.
Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
296044 296019 296025 5/150 1 5/150 1 5/150 1
Version

297944 297919 297914 297960 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 1 1 1.1 1.1
292644 292619 292629 292615 292669 292660 10/120 10/120 10/120 10/120 10/120 10/120 1 1 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2
metallic
292643 292646 10/120 1.4 10/120 1.2
424
www.merten.com
NETWORK TECHNOLOGY | Communications inserts and accessories | 2010
NETWORK TECHNOLOGY
Inclined outlet
For data connection and communications technology. Order the associated inserts separately.
To be completed with: Telephone socket-outlet TAE, art. no. 4652... Loudspeaker connection insert art. no. 4669.., 4670... USB interface, flush-mounted, art. no. 681799. Telephone socketoutlet TDO, art. no. 465930. Accessories: Labelling strips for switches, socket-outlets, art. no. 395019
Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
297844 297819 297829 297815 297869 297860 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1 1 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2
To be completed with: Communications inserts, art. no. System M and System Design 464379-99. Technical Information Note: The inclined outlet does not look attractive when installed on the 1-M or ATELIER-M frame. We recommend using the MSMART or M-PLAN frame for this. Contents: Without inserts.
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
464944 464919 464925 1/50 1 1/50 1 1/50 1
metallic
297843 297846 1/150 1.4 1/150 1.2

464644 464619 464614 464660 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1 1 1.1 1.1

Inclined outlet
Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
293844 293819 1/150 1 1/150 1
white polar white
metallic
293842 293805 1/150 1.2 1/150 1.2
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
Network technology
464344 464319 464329 464315 464369 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1 1 1.2 1.2 1.2
white polar white light grey dark brazil black grey
metallic
464360 464346 1/50 1.2 1/50 1.2
aluminium stainless steel

Art. no. 464399 PU PG 10/300 1 www.merten.com
2010
Version black
Info
| Communications inserts | NETWORK TECHNOLOGY
425
NETWORK TECHNOLOGY

For modular jack Cat 5, RJ 45 connector or AMP connector.
Art. no. 464398 PU PG 10/300 1 Info
To be completed with: Inclined outlet, art. no. OCTOCOLOR 463344/19/42/05. Accessories: Modular jack connector Cat 5, art. no. 465595.
Art. no. PU PG Info
Version black
Version
463399 10/300 1
black


Art. no. 464394 PU PG 10/300 1 Info
Version black
To be completed with: Inclined outlet, art. no. OCTOCOLOR 463344/19/42/05. Accessories: Modular jack connector Cat 3, art. no. 465516/18.
Art. no. PU PG Info
Version

463398 10/300 1
black
To be completed with: Inclined outlet, art. no. System M 4649.., 4646.., System Design 4643... Accessories: Reichle & De-Massari connection module, unshielded, art. no. 465580/82. Reichle & De-Massari connection module, shielded, art. no. 465581/83. Reichle & De-Massari splash flange, art. no. 465591. Reichle & De-Massari splash sleeve, art. no. 465590.

WE Western type. In line with US FCC 86, Cat 3. Connection with IDC clamping method. Pin configuration Telecom/ISDN modular jack/8pole: 1a/4, 1b/5, 2a/3, 2b/6. To be completed with: Supporting plate for modular jack connector, art. no. 461590. Insert for modular jack connector, art. no. System M 464398, System Basis 461398, System Design 464398, OCTOCOLOR 463398. Central plate for modular jack connector, art. no. System M 2901.., 2957.., System Basis 2929...
Art. no. 465516 465518 PU PG 5/250 1 5/250 1 Info
Version black
Art. no. 464384
PU PG 10/300 1
Info
Inclined outlet
For data connection and communications technology. Order the associated inserts separately. With labelling field. To be completed with: Communications inserts, art. no. OCTOCOLOR 463386-99. Technical Information Contents: Without inserts.
Network technology

Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
463344 463319 1/50 1 1/50 1
white polar white
Art. no. 465595 PU PG 5/120 1 Info
metallic
463342 463305 1/50 1.2 1/50 1.2
426
www.merten.com
NETWORK TECHNOLOGY | Communications inserts | 2010
NETWORK TECHNOLOGY

Version
Art. no. 465580 465582 PU PG 2/100 1 2/100 1 Info
Art. no.
PU PG
Info


Art. no. 465581 465583 PU PG 2/100 1 2/100 1

For two modular jack connectors Cat 3. For AMP or Thomas & Betts connectors. Without claws, for screw fixing. To be completed with: Modular jack connector Cat 3, art. no. 465516/18. Technical Information Contents: With sealing plug for one opening.
Version
Info
Communications technology

Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
290144 290119 290125 5/150 1 5/150 1 5/150 1
white, glossy polar white, glossy active white, glossy PU PG Info
Art. no.

295744 295719 295714 295760 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 1 1 1.1 1.1
Network technology


Suitable for the supporting plates for modular jack connectors. With two openings and shut-off slide. To be completed with: Supporting plate for modular jack connector, art. no. 4615... Technical Information
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
461944 461919 461925 5/200 1 5/200 1 5/200 1

461744 461719 461714 461760 5/200 5/200 5/200 5/200 1 1 1.1 1.1 www.merten.com
2010
| Communications technology | NETWORK TECHNOLOGY
427
NETWORK TECHNOLOGY
Art. no. 461590 461591 461592 461593 461594
PU PG 4/240 4/240 4/240 4/240 4/240 1 1 1 1 1
Info
Network technology
428
www.merten.com
NETWORK TECHNOLOGY | Communications technology | 2010
NETWORK TECHNOLOGY
Network technology
2010
| Communications technology | NETWORK TECHNOLOGY
www.merten.com
429
KNX SYSTEM DEVICES
INTELLIGENCE THROUGHOUT THE HOME
KNX system characteristics Equipped for the future with KNX: the data is recorded by sensors and sent via a twin-core bus device to the actuators to control their activity. Sensors record information. This information can include room temperature, movements, or manually entered instructions, which are transmitted as data across the KNX bus system. The actuators receive data that is then converted into actions, such as lowering or raising a blind, or dimming a light.
System devices and components are needed to operate the system. They consist of power supply units for generating bus voltage, couplers for connecting bus segments and interfaces for connecting programming devices. Sensors generally only need the bus line but actuators usually need the 230V mains supply as well to control the loads. Bus line and mains supply are separated from each other.
KNX system devices
430
www.merten.de
KNX SYSTEM DEVICES | 2010
KNX SYSTEM DEVICES
ConTEnTS
Now choosing and ordering KNX articles is even easier. You will quickly nd the required components in the System devices, Sensors and Actuators sections.
REG-K emergency power supply
KNX SYSTEM DEVICES starting on page 430

Power supply units Bus coupler IP routers Interfaces/gateways Accessories
KNX PoWEr SuPPlY: ThE SoluTIon For All Your rEQuIrEMEnTS

KNX PoWEr SuPPlY
KNX SEnSorS starting on page 442

Push-button Room temperature control unit Binary inputs Movement and presence detectors Time switches Devices for display and operation
KNX ACTuATorS starting on page 482

available in these versions: 160 mA 320 mA 640 mA for one line each of bus devices Switch actuators Blind actuators Dimming actuators Room temperature control unit Devices for display and operation
KNX system devices
KNX PoWEr SuPPlY unIT WITh EMErgEnCY InPuT
2010
| KNX SYSTEM DEVICES
www.merten.de
available in these versions: 160 mA 320 mA 640 mA for one line each of bus devices
431
KNX SYSTEM DEVICES/ACCESSORIES

KNX system devicesKNX system devices/accessoriesKNX systemKNX system devices/accessoriesK
The current product database can be obtained by calling the following telephone number or from the Internet at http:// www.merten.com E-mail: info@merten.de Tel.: 02261 702-286 Fax: 02261 702- 633 Technical information / Infoline E-mail: infoline@merten.de Tel.: 0800 63783640 Fax: 0800 63783630
KNX power supply REG-K/320 mA

For generating the bus voltage for a line with up to 64 bus devices. With integrated choke to decouple the power supply from the bus and a push-button to disconnect the power and reset the bus devices connected to the line. For installation on DIN rails EN 60715. The bus is connected using a bus connecting terminal; a data rail is not necessary. Mains voltage: AC 110 - 230 V, 50-60 Hz Output voltage: DC 30 V Output current: max. 320 mA, short-circuit-proof Device width: 4 TE = approx. 72 mm
Technical Information: KNX system characteristics
Contents: With bus connecting terminal and cable cover.

Art. no. 684032 PU PG 1/10 9.3 Info
Bus voltage supply The devices have protection type IP 20 and can only be used indoors. Devices with a different type of protection are labelled separately.
Version light grey
KNX power supply REG-K/320 mA with emergency power input

For generating the bus voltage for a line with up to 64 bus devices. The emergency power supply REG can be connected in order to buffer the bus voltage. With integrated choke to decouple the power supply from the bus and a push-button to disconnect the power and reset the bus devices connected to the line. For installation on DIN rails EN 60715. The bus is connected using a bus connecting terminal; a data rail is not necessary. Mains voltage: AC 110 - 230 V, 50-60 Hz Output voltage: DC 30 V Output current: max. 320 mA, short-circuit-proof Device width: 4 TE = approx. 72 mm



Art. no. 684016 PU PG 1/10 9.3 Info
Accessories: REG emergency power supply, art. no. 683901. Contents: With bus connecting terminal and cable cover.
Art. no. 683832 PU PG 1/10 9.3 Info
Version light grey
Version light grey

For generating the bus voltage for a line with up to 32 bus devices. The emergency power supply REG can be connected in order to buffer the bus voltage. With integrated choke to decouple the power supply from the bus and a push-button to disconnect the power and reset the bus devices connected to the line. For installation on DIN rails EN 60715. The bus is connected using a bus connecting terminal; a data rail is not necessary. Mains voltage: AC 110 - 230 V, 50-60 Hz Output voltage: DC 30 V Output current: max. 160 mA, short-circuit-proof Device width: 4 TE = approx. 72 mm Accessories: REG emergency power supply, art. no. 683901. Contents: With bus connecting terminal and cable cover.

KNX system devices

Art. no. 684064 PU PG 1/10 9.3 Info
Version light grey
Version light grey
Art. no. 683816
PU PG 1/10 9.3
Info
432
www.merten.com
KNX SYSTEM DEVICES/ACCESSORIES | Bus voltage supply | 2010

For generating the bus voltage for a line with up to 64 bus devices. The emergency power supply REG can be connected in order to buffer the bus voltage. With integrated choke to decouple the power supply from the bus and a push-button to disconnect the power and reset the bus devices connected to the line. For installation on DIN rails EN 60715. The bus is connected using a bus connecting terminal; a data rail is not necessary. Mains voltage: AC 110 - 230 V, 50-60 Hz Output voltage: DC 30 V Output current: max. 640 mA, short-circuit-proof Device width: 4 modules = approx. 72 mm Accessories: REG emergency power supply, art. no. 683901. Contents: With bus connecting terminal and cable cover.
Lead gel battery

Lead gel battery to connect to the emergency input of the power supply 320 REG-K with battery connection. Also for powering the outdoor siren with flashlight, TeleConnect or IC 1 Internet controller. Nominal voltage: DC 12 V Capacity: 7.2 Ah
In KNX, to be completed with: REG emergency power supply, art. no. 683901.
Art. no. 668990 PU PG 1/2 8.2 Info
Version 7.2 Ah
Lead gel battery

Lead gel battery for connecting to the emergency power supply REG. Nominal voltage: DC 12 V Capacity: 18 Ah
Version light grey
Art. no. 683890
PU PG 1/10 9.3
Info
REG emergency power supply

To buffer the bus voltage. If a complete mains failure occurs, an external lead gel battery with a voltage of DC 12 V (SELV) can be connected to the REG power supply for buffering. The lead gel battery is recharged or maintained in its charged state by integrated charging electronics. A binary input can be connected in order to register the operational statuses (mains voltage, error warning, battery operation). For installation on DIN rails EN 60715. A data rail is not necessary. Mains voltage: AC 110 - 230 V, 50-60 Hz Output to power supply: Output voltage: DC 30 V 2 V Output current: without battery with mains supply max. 300 mA, with battery without mains supply max. 640 mA Short-circuit current: < 1.5 A Charging current: max. 1 A Connections: plug-in screw terminal for main connector, operating state (4-pin, 3 floating contacts) and emergency power supply. Plug-in terminal for battery connection (two 1 mm pins) Device width: 4 modules = approx. 72 mm In KNX, to be completed with: KNX power supply REG-K/160 mA with emergency power input, art. no. 683816. KNX power supply REG-K/320 mA with emergency power input, art. no. 683832. KNX power supply REG-K/640 mA with emergency power input, art. no. 683890. Accessories: Lead gel battery, art. no. 668990. Lead gel battery, art. no. 668991. Binary input REG-K/4x24, art. no. 644892. Power supply REG, DC 24 V/0.4 A, art. no. 693003. Contents: With connecting terminal and cable cover
In KNX, to be completed with: REG emergency power supply, art. no. 683901.
Art. no. 668991 PU PG 1/1 8.2 Info
Version
System components The devices have protection type IP 20 and can only be used indoors. Devices with a different type of protection are labelled separately.
Coupler REG-K
For logical connection and electrical isolation of lines and areas. For mounting on DIN rails EN 50022. The bus is connected using a bus connecting terminal; a data rail is not necessary. Contact established with the primary and secondary line via bus connecting terminal. Device width: 2 modules = approx. 36 mm
Contents: With 2 bus connecting terminals.

Art. no. 680204 PU PG 1/35 9.3 Info
KNX system devices
Version light grey
Version light grey
Art. no. 683901
PU PG 1/10 9.3
Info
2010
| System components | KNX SYSTEM DEVICES/ACCESSORIES
www.merten.com
433

KNX/IP router REG-K
The KNX/IP router enables telegrams to be forwarded between different lines via LAN (IP) as a rapid backbone. The device can additionally serve as a programming interface in order to connect a PC with the KNX bus (e.g. for ETS programming with suitable ETS). The IP address can be assigned dynamically via a DHCP server or via manual configuration (ETS parameter). The device operates in accordance with the KNXnet/IP specification using Core, device management, tunnelling and routing. The KNX/IP router forwards telegrams in both directions whilst taking a filter table into account and can buffer up to 150 telegrams. For installation on DIN rails EN 50022. The bus is connected using a bus connecting terminal; a data rail is not necessary. Supply voltage: DC 12-30 V (at DC 24 V 40 mA), AC 12-24 V Device width: 2 modules = approx. 36 mm In KNX, to be completed with: Power supply REG, DC 24 V/0.4 A, art. no. 693003. Power supply REG, DC 24 V/1.25 A, art. no. 693004. Power supply REG, AC 24 V / 1 A, art. no. 663529. Also alternatively Power over Ethernet (PoE). Contents: With bus connecting terminal.
Power supply REG, 24 V DC / 1.25 A

Power supply for 24 V binary inputs, REG-K panel control, KNX/IP router REG-K, 10" IP touch panel. For installation onto DIN rails EN 50022. With integrated overload and short-circuit protection. Primary supply: AC 100-240 V, 50-60 Hz Output voltage: DC 24 V +/- 3 % Output current: max. 1.25 A Output power: max. 30 W Device width: 4 modules = approx. 72 mm
For supplying power to: Binary input REG-K/8x24 art. no. 644792. Panel control REG-K/12x24 art. no. 675001. Panel control REG-K/8-4x24 art. no. 675101. Universal I/O panel control REG-K/32x24 art. no. 675201. KNX/IP router REG-K art. no. 680329. IP touch panel 10" art. no. 683090.
Art. no. 693004 PU PG 1/15 9.3 Info
Version light grey
Power supply REG, AC 24 V/1 A

Power supply for 24 V binary inputs, weather station REG-K/4-gang, analogue input module REGK/4-gang, rain sensor, wind sensor with 0 - 10 V interface and heating, KNX/IP router REG-K. For installation onto DIN rails EN 50022. With fuse. Primary supply: AC 230 V, +/- 10 %, 50-60 Hz Output voltage: AC 24 V Output current: max. 1 A Fuse: 5x20 mm, 250 V, T 160 mA Device width: 5 modules = approx. 90 mm For supplying power to: Binary input REG-K/8x24 art. no. 644792. Weather station REG-K/4-gang, art. no. 682991. Analogue input module REG/4-gang art. no. 682192. Rain sensor for art. no. 663595. Wind sensor with 0-10V interface and heating, art. no. 663592. KNX/IP router REG-K art. no. 680329. Thermoelectric valve drive 24 V art. no. 639126. Contents: With spare fuse.
Version light grey
Art. no. 680329
PU PG 1/70 9.3
Info
System accessories The devices have protection type IP 20 and can only be used indoors. Devices with a different type of protection are labelled separately.
Power supply REG, 24 V DC / 0.4 A

Power supply for 24 V binary inputs, Internet Controller REG-K, REG-K panel control, KNX/IP router REG-K. For installation onto DIN rails EN 50022. With integrated overload and short-circuit protection. Primary supply: AC 230 V, 48-63 Hz Output voltage: DC 24 V +/- 3 % Output current: max. 0.4 A Output power: max. 10 W Device width: 1 module = approx. 18 mm
Version light grey
Art. no. 663529
PU PG 1/15 9.3
Info
Data rail connector REG/4

For connecting up to eight bus lines and power supplies to the data rail via bus connecting terminals. For mounting on DIN rails EN 50022-35 x 7.5, with integrated data rail. Device width: 1 module = approx. 18 mm

KNX system devices
For supplying power to: Binary input REG-K/8x24 art. no. 644792. Panel control REG-K/12x24 art. no. 675001. Panel control REG-K/8-4x24 art. no. 675101. Universal I/O panel control REG-K/32x24 art. no. 675201. KNX/IP router REG-K art. no. 680329. KNX Internet Controller IC1-V2 REG-K, merten@home, art. no. 6951...
Art. no. 693003 PU PG 1/60 9.3 Info
In KNX, to be completed with: Data rail, art. no. 6899 .. Contents: With 2 bus connecting terminals.
Art. no. 680602 PU PG 2/140 9.3 Info
Version light grey
Data rail
For connecting KNX devices installed in series in distribution panels on DIN rail. For bonding (selfadhesive) into the DIN rail EN 50022-35 x 7.5.
Version light grey
Accessories: Data rail cover, art. no. 689801.

Art. no. 689901 PU PG 5/500 9 Info
Version www.merten.com 214 mm
434
KNX SYSTEM DEVICES/ACCESSORIES | System accessories | 2010

Data rail cover
For covering unused data rail connectors by snapping onto the DIN rail EN 50022 35x7.5. Length: 242 mm
Blanking cover
For System M. Screw-on cover for flush-mounted bus coupler or flush-mounted actuators.
In KNX, to be completed with: Data rail, art. no. 6899 ..

Art. no. 689801 PU PG 5/50 9 Info
Version light grey
Art. no. PU PG Info
Bus connecting terminal

For connecting max. 4 core pairs to an KNX device, can also be used as a branch terminal. Consists of two interlocked terminal parts in red ("+") and dark grey ("-"), each with 4 plug-in terminals. For solid conductors with a diameter of 0.6 to 0.8 mm.
Version red/dark grey Art. no. 689701 PU PG 50/ 9 2500 Info
Version
662344 662319 662325 1/100 9 1/100 9 1/100 9

662144 662119 662114 662160 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 9 9 9 9
Branch terminal, yellow/white

Branch terminal comprising two interlocking terminal parts in yellow and white, each with 4 plugin terminals. For solid conductors with a diameter of 0.6 to 0.8 mm. For wiring the yellow/white cores of the bus cable.
Version yellow/white Art. no. 689702 PU PG 50/ 9 2500 Info
Blanking cover
For System Design. Screw-on cover for flush-mounted bus coupler or flush-mounted actuators.
Cable cover for REG-K

For covering the stripped bus cable in all REG-K devices. The cable cover guarantees a safe distance between the SELV bus voltage and the mains voltage.
Version light grey Art. no. 662929 PU PG 5/500 9 Info
Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
662244 662219 662260 1/100 9 1/100 9 1/100 9
metallic
662246 1/100 9
Protective cover for plaster

For protecting the bus coupler, flush-mounted actuators, Easy flush-mounted modules or actuators from damage during painting and decorating work.
KNX system devices
Art. no. 690098 PU PG 10/300 9 Info
Version black
2010
| System accessories | KNX SYSTEM DEVICES/ACCESSORIES
www.merten.com
435

Function module The devices have protection type IP 20 and can only be used indoors. Devices with a different type of protection are labelled separately.
Mini-function module REG

Open and closed-loop control tasks are possible using KNX thanks to the mini-function module REG. The received bus telegrams are interpreted and processed according to the freely programmable logic or mathematical functions. The results are sent to the actuators as telegrams via the bus (no floating point format). The device is programmed using KNX (no integrated RS 232 interface). Projects may comprise 150 function blocks and 200 group addresses. Mini-function module projects can also be processed by the function module REG. A real-time operating system performs control and management of the functional elements, which are programmed in a graphical language. The integrated real-time clock permits precise time-based control sequences. A library of functional elements permits creation of programs appropriate to the needs of any application, e.g. for complex heating, lighting and blind control. The mini-function module tool software permits the selection of approx. 40 functional elements with diverse standardised KNX data telegrams from the function library, for combination in application programs. The programs are then loaded into the device and executed. Power: A 29 V DC power supply is required via the two outer conductors of the data rail and a data rail connector REG/4. Power consumption: Normal operation approx. 40 mA Programming mode approx. 100 mA Device width: 3 modules = approx. 54 mm In KNX, to be completed with: Mini-function module tool software, art. no. 615011. Data rail, art. no. 6899.., data rail connector REG/4, art. no. 680602. Note: The software, art. no. 615011, (Windows 98 or higher) for programming the mini-function module is available on the Internet or on the Merten info CD. The program FM Loader 32 is available over the Internet for operating systems Windows NT, 2000 and XP.
KNX Logic module Basic REG-K

In KNX installations, the logic module serves as a logic and control device. It has 10 logic, 10 filter/ timer, 8 converter and 12 multiplexer modules. With 3 freely programmable push-buttons and 3 status LEDs. They can be assigned control and test functions and can be operated on the device. KNX software functions: 10 logic modules (AND, OR, XOR) Each with up to 8 binary input objects and an output object. Input and output object inversion. Output disable via gate function. Behaviour of each input object after bus reset. Adjustable sending behaviour. 10 filter and timer modules Binary input objects and an output object with time delays. Binary input object filtering before output. Output disable via gate function. Behaviour of each input object after bus reset. Adjustable sending behaviour. 8 converter modules Conversion of 1 bit switching telegrams into 2 bit priority control. Conversion of 1 bit switching telegrams into 8 bit value telegrams. Conversion of 8 bit value telegrams into 1 bit switching telegrams. Output disable via gate function. Behaviour of each input object after bus reset. Adjustable sending behaviour. 12 multiplexer modules (lighting control) Multiplexer modules are used to selectively control telegrams, e.g. to toggle between single room and total room control for conference rooms with partition walls. Supported telegram formats by module: 1 bit, 2 bit, 4 bit, 8 bit , 2 byte. A module can be used for the 4 byte format. Telegram forwarding/blocking in one or both directions using the control object. Adjustable gate behaviour. Adjustable control object behaviour. Output disable via gate function. Adjustable sending behaviour. Adjustable sending delay. Push-button and LED assignment The three push-buttons and the three LEDs can be freely assigned with binary objects. Behaviour per LED. Behaviour per push-button. Behaviour after bus reset Adjustable module start-up delay after bus voltage recovery. Device width: 2.5 module = approx. 45 mm
Version light grey Art. no. 676090 PU PG 1/30 9.3 Info
Version light grey
Art. no. 676099
PU PG 1/30 9.3
Info
KNX system devices
436
www.merten.com
KNX SYSTEM DEVICES/ACCESSORIES | Function module | 2010

Function module REG
Extensive open and closed-loop control tasks are possible using KNX thanks to the function module REG. The sensors and actuators can be connected to the bus locally and cost-effectively. The received bus telegrams are interpreted and processed according to the freely programmable logic or mathematic functions. The results are sent to the actuators as telegrams via the bus. A real-time multi-tasking operating system performs control and management of the functional elements, which are freely programmed in a graphical language. The integrated real-time clock permits precise time-based control sequences. A library of functional elements permits creation of programs appropriate to the needs of any application, e.g. for complex heating, lighting and blind control. The function module tool software allows more than 50 functional elements, supporting a variety of standardised KNX data telegrams, to be selected from the function library and assembled into application programs. The programs are then loaded into the device and executed. Power: A 29 V DC power supply is required via the two outer conductors of the data rail and a data rail connector REG/4. Power consumption: Normal operation approx. 40 mA Programming mode approx. 100 mA Device width: 3 modules = approx. 54 mm
Function module tool software

The function module tool software is used to configure the application programs of the function module REG. An easy-to-use graphic editor that runs under Windows makes it possible to program the function module on a conventional PC, which can also be used for the ETS program. The program created with the graphic editor is loaded into the function module via the computer's RS 232 interface after compilation (translation into the language of the function module). The function module and additional program FM Loader 32 can be programmed under Windows NT, 2000 and XP operating systems, and also via the bus. The function module tool software consists of: Graphic editor: Function block library with over 50 function elements, task images and compilers to create programs. Loader: For loading the programs into the function module. Documenter: For creating and printing out the documentation. PC requirements: min. 486 processor with min. 1 MB available space on the hard drive and a free serial interface. In KNX, to be completed with: Function module REG, art. no. 676029. Note: The program FM Loader 32 is available over the Internet for operating systems Windows NT, 2000 and XP. Contents: Program diskettes with manual and copy-protected plug (dongle).
In KNX, to be completed with: Function module tool software, art. no. 615014. Data rail, art. no. 6899.., data rail connector REG/4, art. no. 680602.
Art. no. 676029 PU PG 1/30 9.3 Info
Version
Art. no. 615014
PU PG 1/1 9.1
Info
Version light grey
Interfaces/gateways The devices have protection type IP 20 and can only be used indoors. Devices with a different type of protection are labelled separately.
USB interface, flush-mounted

For connecting a programming or diagnostics device with a USB1.1 or USB2 interface to the KNX. For screw mounting in the size 60 installation box. With integrated bus coupler. The device is connected to the bus with a bus connecting terminal. Compatible with ETS 3. Mounting depth: 20 mm To be completed with: Central plate for telephone socket-outlet TAE, art. no. System M 2960.., 2979.., System Design 2978... Contents: With bus connecting terminal.
KNX system devices
Version
Art. no. 681799
PU PG 1/50 9
Info
2010
| Interfaces/gateways | KNX SYSTEM DEVICES/ACCESSORIES
www.merten.com
437

INSTABUS radio gateway, flushmounted

The radio gateway connects the KNX to radio switch sensors and radio actuators. Transmission is bi-directional. The gateway can be installed in a size 60 flushmounted box or a surface-mounted box. KNX software functions: From KNX to radio: Switching, toggling, dimming, blinds. From radio to KNX: Switching, toggling, dimming, blinds, edges. Supply voltage: Bus, DC 24 V, approx. 10 mA Channels: 25 (10 receiving blocks and 15 receiving/transmitting blocks) Operating elements: Function selector switch, channel selector switch, programming button Display elements: LED function displays, programming LED Radio frequency: 868 MHz Transmission capacity: max. 10 mW Range: up to 100 m (free field) up to 30 m (building) Dimensions: 50x44x33 mm (WxHxD) without antenna and retaining ring Type of protection: IP 20 In KNX, to be completed with: Blanking cover, art. no. System M 6623.., 6621... Blanking cover, art. no. System Design 6622... Transmitter: Radio remote control Distance 5010, art. no. 590722. Radio push-button, 1-gang, art. no. System M MEG509103../5941.., System Design 5921... Radio push-button, 2-gang, art. no. System M MEG5092-03../5942.., System Design 5922... Universal radio transmitter, flush-mounted, 4-gang, art. no. 592599. Receiver: Plug adapter with radio receiver, art. no. 591019, 591519. Radio receiver, flush-mounted, 1-gang, art. no. 592591. Technical Information Note: Not compatible with Merten CONNECT radio system. Contents: With bus connecting terminal.
Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
296044 296019 296025 5/150 1 5/150 1 5/150 1

297944 297919 297914 297960 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 1 1 1.1 1.1

To be completed with: Telephone socket-outlet TAE, art. no. 4652... Loudspeaker connection insert art. no. 4669.., 4670... USB interface, flush-mounted, art. no. 681799. Telephone socketoutlet TDO, art. no. 465930. Accessories: Labelling strips for switches, socket-outlets, art. no. 395019
Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
297844 297819 297860 1/150 1 1/150 1 1/150 1.2
Version
Art. no. 680999
PU PG 1/50 9
Info
metallic
297846 1/150 1.2
stainless steel
KNX system devices
USB interface REG-K

For connecting a programming or diagnostics device with a USB1.1 or USB2 interface to the KNX. For installation on DIN rails EN 50022. The bus is connected using a bus connecting terminal; a data rail is not necessary. With integrated bus coupler. Device width: 2 modules = approx. 36 mm Contents: With bus connecting terminal and cable cover.
Art. no. 681829 PU PG 1/35 9.3 Info
Version light grey
438
www.merten.com
KNX SYSTEM DEVICES/ACCESSORIES | Interfaces/gateways | 2010

KNX Internet controller IC1-V2 REG-K, merten@home
Monitoring and control of systems and buildings via the Internet. The Internet connection is established using art. no. 695190 via Ethernet (DSL-router) 695191 via the integrated analogue modem (56 kBit/s) 695192 via the integrated ISDN modem (64 k/ Bits/s) With LAN/Ethernet interface for networking up to 32 additional IC1 devices. The user interface "merten@home" is created using the IC1 configurator merten@home 2.0. With integrated bus coupler. For installation on DIN rails EN 60715. The bus is connected using a bus connecting terminal; a data rail is not necessary. Power consumption: approx. 5 W Power supply: DC 12-32 V KNX objects: 256 Interfaces: 1xRJ45 Ethernet 10/100 Mbit/s Art. no. 695191: 1xRJ45 analogue modem, 56 kBit/s Art. no. 695192: 1xRJ45 ISDN, 64 kBit/s Video channels: 8 (URL), max. image size depends on the camera used Video memory: max. 128 images with 320 x 240 pixel, JPG photo format History memory: 6 input channels, 128,000 data points/channel Year time switch: with 6 programs, DCF77 synchronised via Domoport Macros: max. 16 parallel macros, 32 programmable internal variables, logical, mathematical, comparative and chronological function modules. Device width: 6 TE = approx. 108 mm In KNX, to be completed with: Power supply REG, DC 24 V/0.4 A, art. no. 693003. Accessories: IC1 configurator merten@home 2.0. Contents: User handbook on CD, log on data for Domoport, one 3 m cable each for network and telephone.
TeleController Plus REG-K

The TeleController Plus REG-K connects the telephone network with conventional inputs/outputs and KNX. Six switch outputs for conventional relays or surge switches. Six connections, in order to show the current switching status of the surge switch. Six signal inputs for break or make contacts. The TeleController can forward incoming signals to selected participants. Up to 20 communication objects for KNX. To control devices or display the statuses. Connection for an alarm acknowledgement key to reset active messages, for example. Connection to functionally switch off the TeleController. This is controlled using a conventional DTMF telephone or a DTMF hand transmitter. Messages are conveyed by announcements, SMS, e-mail or fax to the selected participants. The corresponding texts can be changed with the handset. The device is operated with a rotary knob and is supported by display texts and announcements. The PC software provided enable convenient operation and configuration. With integrated bus coupler. For installation on DIN rails EN 60715. The bus is connected using screw terminals; a data rail is not necessary. Power supply: DC 12-24 V Power consumption: 90 mA at 24 V (open circuit), 790 mA at 24 V (max. load) Switch outputs: 6, 100 mA at 12 V/24 V Alarm outputs: 1, 100 mA at 12 V/24 V Signal inputs: 6, for floating make or break contacts Telephone: Analogue, CTR 21, line length 3 m KNX: Screw terminals RS 232: Cable length 3 m Device width: 8 modules = approx. 144 mm Accessories: Handset, art. no. 660790. Power supply REG, DC 24 V/0.4 A, art. no. 693003. Power supply REG, DC 24 V/1.25 A, art. no. 693004. ISDN and GSM version on request. Contents: PC software, connection cable RS 232.
Version without modem, light grey analogue, light grey ISDN, light grey
Art. no. 695190 695191 695192
PU PG 1/4 9.3 1/4 9.3 1/4 9.3
Info
Version analogue, light grey
Art. no. 680790
PU PG 1/6 9.3
Info
Handset for TeleController

Speech output of the various messages can be monitored and changed with the handset.
KNX system devices
In KNX, to be completed with: TeleController Plus REG-K, art. no. 680790.

Art. no. 660790 PU PG 1/8 9.1 Info
Version anthracite
2010
| Interfaces/gateways | KNX SYSTEM DEVICES/ACCESSORIES
www.merten.com
439

Teaching aids
Merten info DVD

The Merten info DVD contains information and data on the products. Contents: KNX product manual. The book provides detailed descriptions of KNX devices with electrical and mechanical data, as well as descriptions of the application programs and the parameters that can be configured. Product databases (German/English) Mini-function module tool software PLANTEC tool software PTS Panel programming software EIB TAB 2. Programming software ETS tool for MT 701 V2.0 Display tool software DTS ETS tool for weather station IC 1 Configuration Cloner, IP Changer Tender documents (Ansi/Gaeb format) Documentation on Merten products
Language: German.
Art. no. 616002 PU 1/1 /item PG 9.9 Info
Version
Merten CD
The interactive CD gives comprehensive information on the subject of KNX. Uses typical situations in homes, offices and hotels to show how Merten KNX makes life and work easier, more flexible, more productive and more secure. The CD leads you through the Merten product spectrum, giving ideas for new function and demonstrating solutions. Checklists help you determine what components you need, so that system planning can be performed even more efficiently.
Note: The CD can be ordered over the Internet at www.mymerten.com. Language: German. English.
KNX system devices
440
www.merten.com
KNX SYSTEM DEVICES/ACCESSORIES | Teaching aids | 2010
KNX system devices
2010
| Teaching aids | KNX SYSTEM DEVICES/ACCESSORIES
www.merten.com
441
KNX SEnSORS
COMPREHENSIVE BUILDING MANAGEMENT
KNX system characteristics Equipped for the future with KNX: the data is recorded by sensors and sent via a twin-core bus device to the actuators to control their activity.
KNX sensors
KNX sensors are the rst step in every action. The wind speed must rst be measured before a signal can be issued to lower the blinds when a limit value is exceeded. And the light can only be turned on when a movement has been registered and energy can only be regulated in an efcient manner when the temperature has been measured.
Sensors record information. This information can include room temperature, movements, or manually entered instructions, which are transmitted as data across the KNX bus system. The actuators receive data that is then converted into actions, such as lowering or raising a blind, or dimming a light.
442
www.merten.de
KNX SEnSORS | 2010
KNX SEnSORS
COntEntS
Room temperature control unit with ARTEC Display, System Design
KNX SYStEm dEvicES starting on page 430

Room temperature control unit for the commercial sector M-SMART, System M
KNX SEnSORS starting on page 442

KNX sensors
KNX actuatORS starting on page 482

Switch actuators Blind actuators Dimming actuators Room temperature control unit Devices for display and operation
Touch panel 7"
2010
| KNX SEnSORS
www.merten.de
443
KNX SENSORS
KNX sensorsKNX sensorsKNX systemKNX sensorsL

For System M. With integrated bus coupling unit. Push-button with four operating buttons, operating and status display and labelling field. The operating display can also be used as an orientation light. The device is connected to the bus line with a bus connecting terminal. KNX software functions: Switching, toggling, dimming (single/dual-surface), blind (single/dual-surface), pulse edges trigger 1-, 2-, 4- or 8-bit telegrams (distinction between short and long operation), pulse edges with 2-byte telegrams (distinction between short and long operation), 8-bit linear regulator, scene retrieval, scene saving, disable functions. Accessories: Labelling sheets for push-buttons, art. no. 618319/ 20. Contents: With protective hood for plaster.With bus connecting terminal.
Push-buttons System M The devices have protection type IP 20 and can only be used indoors. Devices with a different type of protection are labelled separately.

For System M. With integrated bus coupling unit. Push-button with 2 operating buttons, operating and status display and labelling field. The operating display can also be used as an orientation light. The device is connected to the bus line with a bus connecting terminal. KNX software functions: Switching, toggling, dimming (single/dual-surface), blind (single/dual-surface), pulse edges trigger 1-, 2-, 4- or 8-bit telegrams (distinction between short and long operation), pulse edges with 2-byte telegrams (distinction between short and long operation), 8-bit linear regulator, scene retrieval, scene saving, disable functions. Accessories: Labelling sheets for push-buttons, art. no. 618319/ 20. Contents: With protective hood for plaster.With bus connecting terminal.
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
617244 617219 617225 1/60 9 1/60 9 1/60 9

627644 627619 627614 627660 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 9 9 9 9
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
617144 617119 617125 1/60 9 1/60 9 1/60 9

627544 627519 627514 627560 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 9 9 9 9
KNX sensors
444
www.merten.com
KNX SENSORS | Push-buttons System M | 2010
KNX SENSORS
For System M. Convenient control unit with 4 operating buttons, operating and status display and labelling field. The operating display can also be used as an orientation light. With room temperature control unit and display. With 5 red LEDs. The room temperature control unit can be used for heating and cooling with infinitely adjustable KNX valve drives or to trigger switch actuators and heating actuators. With the white backlit display for showing e.g. the time, date, temperature and operating mode. Menu for setting default operating modes, setpoint value, working/nonworking day (external trigger), display mode, time, switching times and brightness of the display. The push-buttons are freely parameterisable as push-button pairs (dual-surface) or as single push-buttons. With integrated bus coupler. The bus is connected using a bus connecting terminal.. KNX software functions: Functions of the push-buttons: Switching, toggling, dimming, blind control (relative or absolute), pulse edges trigger 1-, 2-, 4- or 8-bit telegrams (distinction between short and long operation), pulse edges with 2-byte telegrams (distinction between short and long operation), 8-bit linear regulator, scene retrieval, scene saving, disable functions, timed control with synchronisation, notification functions, the cyclic reading of external temperature values, fan control, operating modes, move setpoints. Functions of the room temperature control unit: Controller type: 2-step control, continuous PI controller, switching PI controller (PWM) Output: continuous in the range 0 to 100% or switching ON/OFF Controller mode: Heating with one controller output Cooling with one controller output Heating and cooling with separate controller outputs Heating and cooling with one controller output 2-step heating with 2 control outputs 2-step cooling with 2 control outputs 2-step heating and cooling with 4 control outputs Operating modes: Comfort, comfort extension, standby, night reduction, frost/heat protection Move all setpoints, save all setpoint temperatures and operating modes when reset, external temperature monitoring, additional output of the control value as 1 byte value on the PWM. Monitoring function for the actual temperature, valve protection function. Scene function. Operation: Menu.

For System M. With integrated bus coupling unit. Push-button with 8 operating buttons, operating and status display and labelling field. The operating display can also be used as an orientation light. The device is connected to the bus line with a bus connecting terminal. KNX software functions: Switching, toggling, dimming (single/dual-surface), blind (single/dual-surface), pulse edges trigger 1-, 2-, 4- or 8-bit telegrams (distinction between short and long operation), pulse edges with 2-byte telegrams (distinction between short and long operation), 8-bit linear regulator, scene retrieval, scene saving, disable functions. Accessories: Labelling sheets for push-buttons, art. no. 618319/ 20. Contents: With protective hood for plaster.With bus connecting terminal.
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
617444 617419 617425 1/60 9 1/60 9 1/60 9

627844 627819 627814 627860 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 9 9 9 9
KNX sensors
Note: If you already have the labelling software, you can download the form for the multi-function push-button at www.merten.com. Use to label conventional foils (max. thickness 0.1 mm). Contents: With bus connecting terminal and supporting plate. Screw for protection against dismantling.With protective hood for plaster.
Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
MEG6212-0344 MEG6212-0319 MEG6212-0325 1/50 9 1/50 9 1/50 9 new new new www.merten.com
2010

| Push-buttons System M | KNX SENSORS
445
KNX SENSORS
For System M. With integrated bus coupling unit. Push-button with 8 operating buttons, operating and status display and labelling field. The operating display can also be used as an orientation light. The functions of each of the keys can be triggered using an IR remote control. The push-button is pre-programmed for operation with a Merten IR remote control Distance. Many other IR remote controls (e.g. existing TV or CD player remote controls) can be taught into the push-buttons. The device is connected to the bus line with a bus connecting terminal. KNX software functions: Switching, toggling, dimming (single/dual-surface), blind (single/dual-surface), pulse edges trigger 1-, 2-, 4- or 8-bit telegrams (distinction between short and long operation), pulse edges with 2-byte telegrams (distinction between short and long operation), 8-bit linear regulator, scene retrieval, scene saving, disable functions. Accessories: Labelling sheets for multi-function push-button with IR receiver, art. no. 618419/20. Transmitter: IR remote control Distance, art. no. 570222. CONNECT radio universal remote control art. no. 506923. Contents: With protective hood for plaster.With bus connecting terminal.

For System M. Convenient control unit with 8 operating buttons, operating and status display and labelling field. The operating display can also be used as an orientation light. With room temperature control unit and display. With integrated piezoelectric buzzer to display alarm states and IR receiver. All functions of the respective buttons can be controlled via IR remote control. With 9 red LEDs. The room temperature control unit can be used for heating and cooling with infinitely adjustable KNX valve drives or to trigger switch actuators and heating actuators. With the white backlit display for showing e.g. the time, date, temperature and operating mode. Menu for setting default operating modes, setpoint value, working/nonworking day (external trigger), display mode, time, switching times and brightness of the display. The push-buttons are freely parameterisable as push-button pairs (dual-surface) or as single push-buttons. With integrated bus coupler. The bus is connected using a bus connecting terminal.. KNX software functions: Functions of the push-buttons: Switching, toggling, dimming, blind control (relative or absolute), pulse edges trigger 1-, 2-, 4- or 8-bit telegrams (distinction between short and long operation), pulse edges with 2-byte telegrams (distinction between short and long operation), 8-bit linear regulator, scene retrieval, scene saving, disable functions, timed control with synchronisation, notification functions, the cyclic reading of external temperature values, fan control, operating modes, move setpoints. Functions of the room temperature control unit: Controller type: 2-step control, continuous PI controller, switching PI controller (PWM) Output: continuous in the range 0 to 100% or switching ON/OFF Controller mode: Heating with one controller output Cooling with one controller output Heating and cooling with separate controller outputs Heating and cooling with one controller output 2-step heating with 2 control outputs 2-step cooling with 2 control outputs 2-step heating and cooling with 4 control outputs Operating modes: Comfort, comfort extension, standby, night reduction, frost/heat protection Move all setpoints, save all setpoint temperatures and operating modes when reset, external temperature monitoring, additional output of the control value as 1 byte value on the PWM. Monitoring function for the actual temperature, valve protection function. Scene function. Operation: Menu. Contents: With bus connecting terminal and supporting plate. Screw for protection against dismantling.With protective hood for plaster.
Version
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
617544 617519 617525 1/60 9 1/60 9 1/60 9

627944 627919 627914 627960 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 9 9 9 9
KNX sensors
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
white, glossy polar white, glossy active white, glossy www.merten.com

446
KNX SENSORS
For System M. To protect push-buttons, rockers, room temperature control units and room controllers from contamination from painting and decorating work. Accessories from: Multi-function push-button, 2-gang with room temperature control unit, art. no. 6232.., 6273.. Rockers for pushbutton modules in System M design, art. no. 6191.., 6192.., 6193.., 6194.., 6195.., 6196.., 6197.., 6251.., 6252.., 6254.., 6255.., 6256.., 6257.., 6258... Note: When the protective hood for plaster is in place, the temperature measurement of the room temperature control unit is restricted.

For System M. Push-button module without rocker. With programmable status display. The device is connected to the bus line with a bus connecting terminal. With integrated bus coupler. KNX software functions: The push-buttons can be parameterised either as a pair (dual-surface) or individually (single-surface). Single-surface: Switch ON or switch OFF, dimming, scenes. Dual-surface: Switch ON or switch OFF, dimming, scenes, blinds.
Version
Art. no. 627591
PU PG 10/160 9
Info
Labelling sheets for push-buttons

For individual labelling of the System M push-buttons with text or symbols.
In KNX, to be completed with: Rocker for push-button module, 1gang, art. no. System M6191.., 6251... Rocker for push-button module, 1-gang, with 1/0 imprint, art. no. System M 6193.., 6254... Rocker for push-button module, 1-gang, with up/down arrow imprint, art. no. System M 6194.., 6255...
Art. no. 625199 PU PG 1/60 9 Info
Version
To be completed with: System M push-button plus, 1-gang, 2-gang or 4-gang, art. no. 6171.., 6275.., 6172.., 6276.., 6174.., 6278... Accessories: Labelling software, art. no. 615022. Contents: 1 sheet for every 28 products.

For System M. The rocker is attached to the 1-gang push-button module.
Art. no. 618319 618320
PU PG 1/100 9 1/100 9
Info
In KNX, to be completed with: KNX push-button module, 1-gang, art. no. System M 625199. Accessories: Protective hood for plaster, System M, art. no. 627591...
Art. no. PU PG Info
Labelling sheets for multi-function push-button with IR receiver

For individual labelling of the System M multifunction push-button with IR receiver.
Version
619144 619119 619125 1/150 9 1/150 9 1/150 9
To be completed with: System M push-button, 4-gang plus with IR receiver, art. no. 6175.., 6279... Accessories: Labelling software, art. no. 615022. Contents: 1 sheet for every 28 products.

625144 625119 625114 625160 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 9 9 9 9
Art. no. 618419 618420
PU PG 1/100 9 1/100 9
Info
Labelling software
KNX sensors
L
2010
www.merten.com
447
KNX SENSORS

For System M. Push-button module without rockers. With programmable status display. The device is connected to the bus line with a bus connecting terminal. With integrated bus coupler. KNX software functions: The push-buttons can be parameterised either as a pair (dual-surface) or individually (single-surface). Single-surface: Switch ON or switch OFF, dimming, scenes. Dual-surface: Switch ON or switch OFF, dimming, scenes, blinds.
Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
619344 619319 619325 1/150 9 1/150 9 1/150 9

625444 625419 625414 625460 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 9 9 9 9
In KNX, to be completed with: Rockers for 2-gang push-button module, art. no. System M 6192.., 6252... Rockers for push-button module, 2-gang, with 1/0 and up/down arrow imprint, art. no. System M 6195.., 6256... Rockers for push-button module, 2-gang, with up/down arrow and 1/0 imprint, art. no. System M 6196.., 6257... Rockers for push-button module, 2-gang, with up/down arrow imprint, art. no. System M 6197.., 6258...
Art. no. 625299 PU PG 1/60 9 Info
Version


Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
To be completed with: Push-button module, 2-gang, art. no. System M 568499. In KNX, to be completed with: KNX push-button module, 2-gang, art. no. System M 625299. Accessories: Protective hood for plaster, System M, art. no. 627591...
Art. no. PU PG Info
619444 619419 619425 1/150 9 1/150 9 1/150 9
Version
619244 619219 619225 1/150 9 1/150 9 1/150 9

625544 625519 625514 625560 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 9 9 9 9

625244 625219 625214 625260 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 9 9 9 9
KNX sensors
448
www.merten.com
KNX SENSORS
Rockers for 2-gang push-button module with 1/0 and up/down arrow imprint

Art. no. PU PG Info
Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
Version
619544 619519 619525 1/150 9 1/150 9 1/150 9
619744 619719 619725 1/150 9 1/150 9 1/150 9

625644 625619 625614 625660 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 9 9 9 9

625844 625819 625814 625860 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 9 9 9 9
Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
619644 619619 619625 1/150 9 1/150 9 1/150 9

625744 625719 625714 625760 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 9 9 9 9
KNX sensors
2010
www.merten.com
449
KNX SENSORS
System Design push-button The devices have protection type IP 20 and can only be used indoors. Devices with a different type of protection are labelled separately.

For System Design. With integrated bus coupling unit. Push-button with four operating buttons, operating display, four blue status displays which can be triggered separately, and a labelling field. The blue operating display can also be used as an orientation sign. The lower labelling field can be parameterised as an additional operating key. The push-buttons are freely parameterisable as push-button pairs (dual-surface) or as single push-buttons. The device is connected to the bus line with a bus connecting terminal. KNX software functions: Switching, toggling, dimming (single/dual-surface), blind (single/dual-surface), pulse edges trigger 1-, 2-, 4- or 8-bit telegrams (distinction between short and long operation), pulse edges with 2-byte telegrams (distinction between short and long operation), 8-bit linear regulator, scene retrieval, scene saving, disable functions. Accessories: Labelling sheets for push-button plus art. no. 617819. Contents: With protective hood for plaster.With bus connecting terminal.

For System Design. With integrated bus coupling unit. Push-button with two operating buttons, operating display, two blue status displays which can be triggered separately, and a labelling field. The blue operating display can also be used as an orientation sign. The lower labelling field can be parameterised as an additional operating key. The push-buttons are freely parameterisable as push-button pairs (dual-surface) or as single push-buttons. The device is connected to the bus line with a bus connecting terminal. KNX software functions: Switching, toggling, dimming (single/dual-surface), blind (single/dual-surface), pulse edges trigger 1-, 2-, 4- or 8-bit telegrams (distinction between short and long operation), pulse edges with 2-byte telegrams (distinction between short and long operation), 8-bit linear regulator, scene retrieval, scene saving, disable functions. Accessories: Labelling sheets for push-button plus art. no. 617819. Contents: With protective hood for plaster.With bus connecting terminal.
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
628144 628119 628160 1/60 9 1/60 9 1/60 9
metallic
628146 1/60 9
stainless steel
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
628044 628019 628060 1/60 9 1/60 9 1/60 9
metallic
628046 1/60 9
stainless steel
KNX sensors
450
www.merten.com
KNX SENSORS | System Design push-button | 2010
KNX SENSORS
For System Design. Convenient control unit with 4 operating buttons, operating and status display and labelling field. The operating display can also be used as an orientation light. With room temperature control unit and display. With 5 blue LEDs. The room temperature control unit can be used for heating and cooling with infinitely adjustable KNX valve drives or to trigger switch actuators and heating actuators. With the white backlit display for showing e.g. the time, date, temperature and operating mode. Menu for setting default operating modes, setpoint value, working/nonworking day (external trigger), display mode, time, switching times and brightness of the display. The push-buttons are freely parameterisable as push-button pairs (dual-surface) or as single push-buttons. With integrated bus coupler. The bus is connected using a bus connecting terminal.. KNX software functions: Functions of the push-buttons: Switching, toggling, dimming, blind control (relative or absolute), pulse edges trigger 1-, 2-, 4- or 8-bit telegrams (distinction between short and long operation), pulse edges with 2-byte telegrams (distinction between short and long operation), 8-bit linear regulator, scene retrieval, scene saving, disable functions, timed control with synchronisation, notification functions, the cyclic reading of external temperature values, fan control, operating modes, move setpoints. Functions of the room temperature control unit: Controller type: 2-step control, continuous PI controller, switching PI controller (PWM) Output: continuous in the range 0 to 100% or switching ON/OFF Controller mode: Heating with one controller output Cooling with one controller output Heating and cooling with separate controller outputs Heating and cooling with one controller output 2-step heating with 2 control outputs 2-step cooling with 2 control outputs 2-step heating and cooling with 4 control outputs Operating modes: Comfort, comfort extension, standby, night reduction, frost/heat protection Move all setpoints, save all setpoint temperatures and operating modes when reset, external temperature monitoring, additional output of the control value as 1 byte value on the PWM. Monitoring function for the actual temperature, valve protection function. Scene function. Operation: Menu.

For System Design. With integrated bus coupling unit. Push-button with six operating buttons, operating display, six blue status displays which can be triggered separately, and a labelling field. The blue operating display can also be used as an orientation sign. The lower labelling field can be parameterised as an additional operating key. The push-buttons are freely parameterisable as push-button pairs (dual-surface) or as single push-buttons. The device is connected to the bus line with a bus connecting terminal. KNX software functions: Switching, toggling, dimming (single/dual-surface), blind (single/dual-surface), pulse edges trigger 1-, 2-, 4- or 8-bit telegrams (distinction between short and long operation), pulse edges with 2-byte telegrams (distinction between short and long operation), 8-bit linear regulator, scene retrieval, scene saving, disable functions. Accessories: Labelling sheets for push-button plus art. no. 617819. Contents: With protective hood for plaster.With bus connecting terminal.
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
628244 628219 628260 1/60 9 1/60 9 1/60 9
metallic
628246 1/60 9
stainless steel

For System Design. With integrated bus coupling unit. Push-button with eight operating buttons, operating display, eight blue status displays which can be triggered separately, and a labelling field. The blue operating display can also be used as an orientation sign. The lower labelling field can be parameterised as an additional operating key. The push-buttons are freely parameterisable as push-button pairs (dual-surface) or as single push-buttons. The device is connected to the bus line with a bus connecting terminal. KNX software functions: Switching, toggling, dimming (single/dual-surface), blind (single/dual-surface), pulse edges trigger 1-, 2-, 4- or 8-bit telegrams (distinction between short and long operation), pulse edges with 2-byte telegrams (distinction between short and long operation), 8-bit linear regulator, scene retrieval, scene saving, disable functions. Accessories: Labelling sheets for push-button plus art. no. 617819. Contents: With protective hood for plaster.With bus connecting terminal.
KNX sensors
Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
Version
628344 628319 628360 1/60 9 1/60 9 1/60 9 www.merten.com
metallic
628346 1/60 9
metallic
MEG6212-4146 1/50 9 new
stainless steel
stainless steel
2010
| System Design push-button | KNX SENSORS
451
KNX SENSORS
For System Design. With integrated bus coupling unit. Push-button with eight operating buttons, operating display, eight blue status displays which can be triggered separately, and a labelling field. The blue operating display can also be used as an orientation sign. The lower labelling field can be parameterised as an additional operating key. The push-buttons are freely parameterisable as push-button pairs (dual-surface) or as single push-buttons. The functions of each of the keys can be triggered using an IR remote control. The push-button is pre-programmed for operation with a Merten IR remote control Distance. Many other IR remote controls (e.g. existing TV or CD player remote controls) can be taught to the push-buttons. The device is connected to the bus line with a bus connecting terminal. KNX software functions: Switching, toggling, dimming (single/dual-surface), blind (single/dual-surface), pulse edges trigger 1-, 2-, 4- or 8-bit telegrams (distinction between short and long operation), pulse edges with 2-byte telegrams (distinction between short and long operation), 8-bit linear regulator, scene retrieval, scene saving, disable functions. Accessories: Labelling sheets for push-button plus art. no. 617819. Transmitter: IR remote control Distance, art. no. 570222. CONNECT radio universal remote control art. no. 506923. Contents: With protective hood for plaster.With bus connecting terminal.

For System Design. Convenient control unit with 8 operating buttons, operating and status display and labelling field. The operating display can also be used as an orientation light. With room temperature control unit and display. With integrated piezoelectric buzzer to display alarm states and IR receiver. All functions of the respective buttons can be controlled via IR remote control. With 9 blue LEDs. The room temperature control unit can be used for heating and cooling with infinitely adjustable KNX valve drives or to trigger switch actuators and heating actuators. With the white backlit display for showing e.g. the time, date, temperature and operating mode. Menu for setting default operating modes, setpoint value, working/nonworking day (external trigger), display mode, time, switching times and brightness of the display. The push-buttons are freely parameterisable as push-button pairs (dual-surface) or as single push-buttons. With integrated bus coupler. The bus is connected using a bus connecting terminal.. KNX software functions: Functions of the push-buttons: Switching, toggling, dimming, blind control (relative or absolute), pulse edges trigger 1-, 2-, 4- or 8-bit telegrams (distinction between short and long operation), pulse edges with 2-byte telegrams (distinction between short and long operation), 8-bit linear regulator, scene retrieval, scene saving, disable functions, timed control with synchronisation, notification functions, the cyclic reading of external temperature values, fan control, operating modes, move setpoints. Functions of the room temperature control unit: Controller type: 2-step control, continuous PI controller, switching PI controller (PWM) Output: continuous in the range 0 to 100% or switching ON/OFF Controller mode: Heating with one controller output Cooling with one controller output Heating and cooling with separate controller outputs Heating and cooling with one controller output 2-step heating with 2 control outputs 2-step cooling with 2 control outputs 2-step heating and cooling with 4 control outputs Operating modes: Comfort, comfort extension, standby, night reduction, frost/heat protection Move all setpoints, save all setpoint temperatures and operating modes when reset, external temperature monitoring, additional output of the control value as 1 byte value on the PWM. Monitoring function for the actual temperature, valve protection function. Scene function. Operation: Menu.
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
628444 628419 628460 1/60 9 1/60 9 1/60 9
metallic
628446 1/60 9
stainless steel
KNX sensors
Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
www.merten.com
metallic
MEG6214-4146 1/35 9 new
stainless steel
452
KNX SENSORS
For System Design To protect push-buttons, rockers, room temperature control units and room controllers from contamination from painting and decorating work. Accessories from: Push-button in System Design, art. no. 6223.., 6224.., 6225.., 6226... Multi-function push-button in System Design, art. no. 6227.., 6228... Rockers for push-button modules in System Design, art. no. 6261.., 6262.., 6264.., 6265.., 6266.., 6267.., 6268... Room temperature control unit, flush-mounted/PI, in System Design, art. no. 6249... Note: When the protective hood for plaster is in place, the temperature measurement of the room temperature control unit is restricted.


For System Design. The rocker is attached to the 1-gang push-button module. In KNX, to be completed with: KNX push-button module, 1-gang, art. no. System Design 626199. Accessories: Protective hood for plaster, System Design, art. no. 628091...
Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
626144 626119 626160 1/150 9 1/150 9 1/150 9
Version
Art. no. 628091
PU PG 10/160 9
Info
metallic
626146 1/150 9
Labelling sheets for push-button plus

For individual labelling of the System Design push-button plus with text or symbols. The labelling sheet in polar white/silver can be used for polar white, aluminium-coloured and stainless steel push-buttons. To be completed with: System Design push-button plus, art. no. 6280.., 6281.., 6282.., 6283.., 6284... Accessories: Labelling software, art. no. 615022. Contents: 1 sheet for 20 products.

For System Design. The rocker is attached to the 1-gang push-button module.
Art. no. 617819
PU PG 1/100 9
Info
In KNX, to be completed with: KNX push-button module, 1-gang, art. no. System Design 626199. Accessories: Protective hood for plaster, System Design, art. no. 628091...
Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
626444 626419 626460 1/150 9 1/150 9 1/150 9
Labelling software
metallic
626446 1/150 9
Version
Art. no. 615022
PU PG 1/20 9.1
Info

For System Design Push-button module without rocker. With programmable status display. The device is connected to the bus line with a bus connecting terminal. With integrated bus coupler. KNX software functions: The push-buttons can be parameterised either as a pair (dual-surface) or individually (single-surface). Single-surface: Switch ON or switch OFF, dimming, scenes. Dual-surface: Switch ON or switch OFF, dimming, scenes, blinds.


For System Design. The rocker is attached to the 1-gang push-button module. In KNX, to be completed with: KNX push-button module, 1-gang, art. no. System Design 626199. Accessories: Protective hood for plaster, System Design, art. no. 628091...
Art. no. PU PG Info
KNX sensors
Version
626544 626519 626560 1/150 9 1/150 9 1/150 9
metallic
626546 1/150 9
In KNX, to be completed with: Rocker for 1-gang push-button module, art. no. System Design 6261... Rocker for push-button module, 1-gang, with 1/0 imprint, art. no. System Design 6264. Rocker for push-button module, 1-gang, with up/down arrow imprint, art. no. System Design 6265...
Art. no. 626199 PU PG 1/60 9 Info
Version
2010
| System Design push-button | KNX SENSORS
www.merten.com
453
KNX SENSORS
For System Design Push-button module without rockers. With programmable status display. The device is connected to the bus line with a bus connecting terminal. With integrated bus coupler. KNX software functions: The push-buttons can be parameterised either as a pair (dual-surface) or individually (single-surface). Single-surface: Switch ON or switch OFF, dimming, scenes. Dual-surface: Switch ON or switch OFF, dimming, scenes, blinds.

Rockers for 2-gang push-button module with 1/0 and up/down arrow imprint
For System Design. The rockers are attached to the 2-gang push-button module. To be completed with: Push-button module, 2-gang, art. no. System Design 568199. In KNX, to be completed with: KNX push-button module, 2-gang, System Design 626299. Accessories: Protective hood for plaster, System Design, art. no. 628091...
Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
In KNX, to be completed with: Rockers for 2-gang push-button module, art. no. System Design 6262... Rockers for push-button module, 2-gang, with 1/0 and up/down arrow imprint, art. no. System Design 6266... Rockers for push-button module, 2-gang, with up/down arrow and 1/0 imprint, art. no. System Design 6267... Rockers for push-button module, 2-gang, with up/down arrow imprint, art. no. System Design 6268...
Art. no. 626299 PU PG 1/60 9 Info
626644 626619 626660 1/150 9 1/150 9 1/150 9
metallic
626646 1/150 9
Version

Art. no. PU PG Info
Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
Version
626744 626719 626760 1/150 9 1/150 9 1/150 9
626244 626219 626260 1/150 9 1/150 9 1/150 9
metallic
626746 1/150 9
metallic
626246 1/150 9

KNX sensors
Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
626844 626819 626860 1/150 9 1/150 9 1/150 9
metallic
626846 1/150 9
www.merten.com
454
KNX SENSORS
TRANCENT push-button
Bus coupling insert, 2-gang

The rocker for two-circuit switches, the rocker for roller shutter switches and push-buttons from System Basis, System M, System Design and OCTOCOLOR can all be fitted on the 2-gang bus coupling insert. We can also adapt the switch ranges AQUADESIGN and AQUACLASSIC for the 2gang bus coupling insert as a special version. With integrated bus coupler. In the version with middle position, the rockers can be moved up and down (three-way rocker). In the version without middle position, telegrams are only generated when the lower half of the rocker is pressed (two-way rocker). For mounting in the size 60 installation box. With push-button and LED for programming. KNX software functions: For art. no. 671298: Switching. Toggling. Dimming. 1 group of blinds. For art. no. 671299: Switching. Toggling. Dimming. 2 groups of blinds.
Version with middle position without middle position Art. no. 671299 671298 PU PG 1/50 9 1/50 9 Info
Control electronics, 1- to 4-gang

For the TRANCENT range. The control electronics can be programmed as a 1-, 2- or 4-gang sensor cover. With orientation LED. Operation of the glass cover is acknowledged with a short tone. With integrated bus coupler. The bus is connected using a bus connecting terminal. KNX software functions: The covers facing each other can either be parameterised as a pair (dual-surface) or as individual buttons (single-surface). There are a total of 12 parameterisation options available. Single-surface: dimming, toggling, pulse edges, temperature, scenes. Dual-surface: blind control, switching, dimming, toggling, pulse edges, temperature, scene. In KNX, to be completed with: TRANCENT glass sensor cover, art. no. 5691.., 5692.., 5693.., 5695... Accessories: Cover foil for glass sensor cover, art. no. 569190, 569290, 569390. Contents: With bus coupler.With bus connecting terminal.
Version 1- to 4-gang
Art. no. MEG6164-4600
PU PG 1/40 9
Info new
Bus coupling unit for switch rockers The devices have protection type IP 20 and can only be used indoors. Devices with a different type of protection are labelled separately.
Bus coupling insert, 1-gang

The rocker for switches and push-button switches, the rocker marked "0"/ "1", the rocker with labelling field and the rocker with opening for symbols from System Basis, System Design and OctoColor can all be fitted on the 1-gang bus coupling insert. With programmable operating or status display for rockers with opening for symbols. We can also adapt the switch ranges AQUADESIGN, AQUACLASSIC and ANTI-VANDALISM for the 1-gang bus coupling insert as a special version. With integrated bus coupler. In the version with middle position, the rockers can be moved up and down (three-way rocker). In the version without middle position, telegrams are only generated when the lower half of the rocker is pressed (two-way rocker). For mounting in the size 60 installation box. With push-button and LED for programming. KNX software functions: For art. no. 671198: Switching. Toggling. Status display. For art. no. 671199: Switching. Dimming. Blinds. Toggling. Status display.
Version with middle position without middle position Art. no. 671199 671198 PU PG 1/50 9 1/50 9 www.merten.com Info
KNX sensors
2010
| TRANCENT push-button | KNX SENSORS
455
KNX SENSORS
Room temperature control unit System M

For System M. Convenient control unit with 4 operating buttons, operating and status display and labelling field. The operating display can also be used as an orientation light. With room temperature control unit and display. With 5 red LEDs. The room temperature control unit can be used for heating and cooling with infinitely adjustable KNX valve drives or to trigger switch actuators and heating actuators. With the white backlit display for showing e.g. the time, date, temperature and operating mode. Menu for setting default operating modes, setpoint value, working/nonworking day (external trigger), display mode, time, switching times and brightness of the display. The push-buttons are freely parameterisable as push-button pairs (dual-surface) or as single push-buttons. With integrated bus coupler. The bus is connected using a bus connecting terminal.. KNX software functions: Functions of the push-buttons: Switching, toggling, dimming, blind control (relative or absolute), pulse edges trigger 1-, 2-, 4- or 8-bit telegrams (distinction between short and long operation), pulse edges with 2-byte telegrams (distinction between short and long operation), 8-bit linear regulator, scene retrieval, scene saving, disable functions, timed control with synchronisation, notification functions, the cyclic reading of external temperature values, fan control, operating modes, move setpoints. Functions of the room temperature control unit: Controller type: 2-step control, continuous PI controller, switching PI controller (PWM) Output: continuous in the range 0 to 100% or switching ON/OFF Controller mode: Heating with one controller output Cooling with one controller output Heating and cooling with separate controller outputs Heating and cooling with one controller output 2-step heating with 2 control outputs 2-step cooling with 2 control outputs 2-step heating and cooling with 4 control outputs Operating modes: Comfort, comfort extension, standby, night reduction, frost/heat protection Move all setpoints, save all setpoint temperatures and operating modes when reset, external temperature monitoring, additional output of the control value as 1 byte value on the PWM. Monitoring function for the actual temperature, valve protection function. Scene function. Operation: Menu.

For System M. Convenient control unit with 8 operating buttons, operating and status display and labelling field. The operating display can also be used as an orientation light. With room temperature control unit and display. With integrated piezoelectric buzzer to display alarm states and IR receiver. All functions of the respective buttons can be controlled via IR remote control. With 9 red LEDs. The room temperature control unit can be used for heating and cooling with infinitely adjustable KNX valve drives or to trigger switch actuators and heating actuators. With the white backlit display for showing e.g. the time, date, temperature and operating mode. Menu for setting default operating modes, setpoint value, working/nonworking day (external trigger), display mode, time, switching times and brightness of the display. The push-buttons are freely parameterisable as push-button pairs (dual-surface) or as single push-buttons. With integrated bus coupler. The bus is connected using a bus connecting terminal.. KNX software functions: Functions of the push-buttons: Switching, toggling, dimming, blind control (relative or absolute), pulse edges trigger 1-, 2-, 4- or 8-bit telegrams (distinction between short and long operation), pulse edges with 2-byte telegrams (distinction between short and long operation), 8-bit linear regulator, scene retrieval, scene saving, disable functions, timed control with synchronisation, notification functions, the cyclic reading of external temperature values, fan control, operating modes, move setpoints. Functions of the room temperature control unit: Controller type: 2-step control, continuous PI controller, switching PI controller (PWM) Output: continuous in the range 0 to 100% or switching ON/OFF Controller mode: Heating with one controller output Cooling with one controller output Heating and cooling with separate controller outputs Heating and cooling with one controller output 2-step heating with 2 control outputs 2-step cooling with 2 control outputs 2-step heating and cooling with 4 control outputs Operating modes: Comfort, comfort extension, standby, night reduction, frost/heat protection Move all setpoints, save all setpoint temperatures and operating modes when reset, external temperature monitoring, additional output of the control value as 1 byte value on the PWM. Monitoring function for the actual temperature, valve protection function. Scene function. Operation: Menu.
KNX sensors
L
Version
Contents: With bus connecting terminal and supporting plate. Screw for protection against dismantling.With protective hood for plaster.
Art. no. PU PG Info
Art. no. PU PG Info
Version

www.merten.com

456
KNX SENSORS | Room temperature control unit System M | 2010
KNX SENSORS
For System M. KNX Room temperature control unit with display, labelling field, operation and status LED. The 4 buttons allow to shift set values and change operation modes. With 5 red LEDs. The room temperature control unit can be used for heating and cooling with infinitely adjustable KNX valve drives or to trigger switch actuators and heating actuators. With the white backlit display for showing e.g. the time, date, temperature and operating mode. Menu for setting default operating modes, setpoint value, working/nonworking day (external trigger), display mode, time, switching times and brightness of the display. With integrated bus coupler. The bus is connected using a bus connecting terminal. KNX software functions: Functions of the room temperature control unit: Controller type: 2-step control, continuous PI controller, switching PI controller (PWM) Output: continuous in the range 0 to 100% or switching ON/OFF Controller mode: Heating with one controller output Cooling with one controller output Heating and cooling with separate controller outputs Heating and cooling with one controller output 2-step heating with 2 control outputs 2-step cooling with 2 control outputs 2-step heating and cooling with 4 control outputs Operating modes: Comfort, comfort extension, standby, night reduction, frost/heat protection Move all setpoints, save all setpoint temperatures and operating modes when reset, external temperature monitoring, additional output of the control value as 1 byte value on the PWM. Monitoring function for the actual temperature, valve protection function. Functions of the push-buttons: Selection of 1- 4 operating modes each push-button. Move setpoint. Accessories: Labelling software, art. no. 615022. Protective hood for plaster, System M, art. no. 627591... Note: If you already have the labelling software, you can download the form for the multi-function push-button at www.merten.com. Use to label conventional foils (max. thickness 0.1 mm). Contents: With bus connecting terminal and supporting plate. Screw for protection against dismantling.With protective hood for plaster.
Room temperature control unit for properties

For System M. KNX room temperature control unit for properties with integrated bus coupler. Depending on the operating mode, the current temperature setpoint value and the actual room temperature, a control value for the heating or cooling control unit is transmitted to the KNX. The temperature can optionally be measured by the internal or by an external bus temperature sensor. The room temperature control unit can be used for heating and cooling with infinitely adjustable KNX valve drives or to trigger switch actuators and heating actuators. Operating mode, nominal value, control function settings made only via the bus The device does not have any operating and display elements. With integrated bus coupler. The bus is connected using a bus connecting terminal. KNX software functions: Functions of the room temperature control unit: Controller type: 2-step control, continuous PI controller, switching PI controller (PWM) Output: continuous in the range 0 to 100% or switching ON/OFF Controller mode: Heating with one controller output Cooling with one controller output Heating and cooling with separate controller outputs Heating and cooling with one controller output 2-step heating with 2 control outputs 2-step cooling with 2 control outputs 2-step heating and cooling with 4 control outputs Operating modes: Comfort, comfort extension, standby, night reduction, frost/heat protection Move all setpoints, save all setpoint temperatures and operating modes when reset, external temperature monitoring, additional output of the control value as 1 byte value on the PWM. Monitoring function for the actual temperature, valve protection function. Operation: only via bus telegrams.
Contents: With bus connecting terminal and supporting plate.With protective hood for plaster.
Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
MEG6221-0344 MEG6221-0319 MEG6221-0325 1/50 9 1/50 9 1/50 9
KNX sensors

MEG6221-0444 MEG6221-0419 MEG6221-0414 MEG6221-0460 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 9 9 9 9
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
MEG6241-0344 MEG6241-0319 MEG6241-0325 1/50 9 1/50 9 1/50 9

MEG6241-0444 MEG6241-0419 MEG6241-0414 MEG6241-0460 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 9 9 9 9

www.merten.com
2010
| Room temperature control unit System M | KNX SENSORS
457
KNX SENSORS
KNX Room temperature control unit, flush-mounted/PI with 4gang push-button interface
For System M. The device is a room temperature control unit and a binary input. Depending on the operating mode, the current temperature setpoint value and the room temperature, a control value for the heating or cooling control unit is transmitted to the KNX. The temperature can either be recorded by the internal or the external temperature sensor which must be connected to the push-button interface. The push-button interface generates an internal signal voltage for connecting max. four conventional push-buttons or floating contacts. Of these, two inputs can be used to connect low current LEDs. With integrated bus coupler. The bus is connected using a bus connecting terminal. KNX software functions: Functions of the room temperature control unit: Controller type: 2-step control, continuous PI control, switching PI control (PWM) Output: continuous in the range 0 to 100% or switching ON/OFF Controller mode: Heating with one controller output Cooling with one controller output Heating and cooling with separate controller outputs Heating and cooling with one controller output 2-step heating with 2 control outputs 2-step cooling with 2 control outputs Operating modes: comfort, comfort extension, standby, night economy, frost/heat protection Operation: Setpoint adjustment can be parameterised in the range with adjusting wheel; presence push-button functions can be parameterised/switched off Valve protection, controller disable Push-button interface functions: Switching, dimming, external blinds, valuator (dimming valuator, extension unit for light scenes with/without memory function, temperature valuator, brightness valuator). Push-button interface: up to 4 inputs, 2 of which can be used as outputs and one for connecting the remote sensor. Output voltage: 5 V (SELV) Output current: max. 0.8 mA Max. cable length: Inputs/outputs max. 5 m, remote sensor max. 50 m
KNX sensors
Remote sensor for room temperature control unit UP/PI

Temperature sensor the floor/room temperature measurement Cable length: 4 m (2 x 0.75 mm2)
To be completed with: KNX room temperature control unit, UP/PI with push-button interface, 4-gang, art. no. System M 6167.., 6168... KNX room temperature control unit, UP/PI with push-button interface, 4-gang, art. no. System Design 6169...
Art. no. 616790 PU PG 1/48 9 Info
Version black
Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
616744 616719 616725 1/50 9 1/50 9 1/50 9

616844 616819 616814 616860 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 9 9 9 9
458
www.merten.com
KNX SENSORS | Room temperature control unit System M | 2010
KNX SENSORS
Room temperature control unit System Design

For System Design. Convenient control unit with 4 operating buttons, operating and status display and labelling field. The operating display can also be used as an orientation light. With room temperature control unit and display. With 5 blue LEDs. The room temperature control unit can be used for heating and cooling with infinitely adjustable KNX valve drives or to trigger switch actuators and heating actuators. With the white backlit display for showing e.g. the time, date, temperature and operating mode. Menu for setting default operating modes, setpoint value, working/nonworking day (external trigger), display mode, time, switching times and brightness of the display. The push-buttons are freely parameterisable as push-button pairs (dual-surface) or as single push-buttons. With integrated bus coupler. The bus is connected using a bus connecting terminal.. KNX software functions: Functions of the push-buttons: Switching, toggling, dimming, blind control (relative or absolute), pulse edges trigger 1-, 2-, 4- or 8-bit telegrams (distinction between short and long operation), pulse edges with 2-byte telegrams (distinction between short and long operation), 8-bit linear regulator, scene retrieval, scene saving, disable functions, timed control with synchronisation, notification functions, the cyclic reading of external temperature values, fan control, operating modes, move setpoints. Functions of the room temperature control unit: Controller type: 2-step control, continuous PI controller, switching PI controller (PWM) Output: continuous in the range 0 to 100% or switching ON/OFF Controller mode: Heating with one controller output Cooling with one controller output Heating and cooling with separate controller outputs Heating and cooling with one controller output 2-step heating with 2 control outputs 2-step cooling with 2 control outputs 2-step heating and cooling with 4 control outputs Operating modes: Comfort, comfort extension, standby, night reduction, frost/heat protection Move all setpoints, save all setpoint temperatures and operating modes when reset, external temperature monitoring, additional output of the control value as 1 byte value on the PWM. Monitoring function for the actual temperature, valve protection function. Scene function. Operation: Menu.

For System Design. Convenient control unit with 8 operating buttons, operating and status display and labelling field. The operating display can also be used as an orientation light. With room temperature control unit and display. With integrated piezoelectric buzzer to display alarm states and IR receiver. All functions of the respective buttons can be controlled via IR remote control. With 9 blue LEDs. The room temperature control unit can be used for heating and cooling with infinitely adjustable KNX valve drives or to trigger switch actuators and heating actuators. With the white backlit display for showing e.g. the time, date, temperature and operating mode. Menu for setting default operating modes, setpoint value, working/nonworking day (external trigger), display mode, time, switching times and brightness of the display. The push-buttons are freely parameterisable as push-button pairs (dual-surface) or as single push-buttons. With integrated bus coupler. The bus is connected using a bus connecting terminal.. KNX software functions: Functions of the push-buttons: Switching, toggling, dimming, blind control (relative or absolute), pulse edges trigger 1-, 2-, 4- or 8-bit telegrams (distinction between short and long operation), pulse edges with 2-byte telegrams (distinction between short and long operation), 8-bit linear regulator, scene retrieval, scene saving, disable functions, timed control with synchronisation, notification functions, the cyclic reading of external temperature values, fan control, operating modes, move setpoints. Functions of the room temperature control unit: Controller type: 2-step control, continuous PI controller, switching PI controller (PWM) Output: continuous in the range 0 to 100% or switching ON/OFF Controller mode: Heating with one controller output Cooling with one controller output Heating and cooling with separate controller outputs Heating and cooling with one controller output 2-step heating with 2 control outputs 2-step cooling with 2 control outputs 2-step heating and cooling with 4 control outputs Operating modes: Comfort, comfort extension, standby, night reduction, frost/heat protection Move all setpoints, save all setpoint temperatures and operating modes when reset, external temperature monitoring, additional output of the control value as 1 byte value on the PWM. Monitoring function for the actual temperature, valve protection function. Scene function. Operation: Menu.
KNX sensors
Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
metallic
MEG6212-4146 1/50 9 new
www.merten.com MEG6214-4044 MEG6214-4019 MEG6214-4060 1/35 9 1/35 9 1/35 9 new new new
stainless steel
metallic
MEG6214-4146 1/35 9 new
stainless steel
2010
| Room temperature control unit System Design | KNX SENSORS
459
KNX SENSORS
For System Design. KNX Room temperature control unit with display, labelling field, operation and status LED. The 4 buttons allow to shift set values and change operation modes. With 5 blue LEDs. The room temperature control unit can be used for heating and cooling with infinitely adjustable KNX valve drives or to trigger switch actuators and heating actuators. With the white backlit display for showing e.g. the time, date, temperature and operating mode. Menu for setting default operating modes, setpoint value, working/nonworking day (external trigger), display mode, time, switching times and brightness of the display. With integrated bus coupler. The bus is connected using a bus connecting terminal. KNX software functions: Functions of the room temperature control unit: Controller type: 2-step control, continuous PI controller, switching PI controller (PWM) Output: continuous in the range 0 to 100% or switching ON/OFF Controller mode: Heating with one controller output Cooling with one controller output Heating and cooling with separate controller outputs Heating and cooling with one controller output 2-step heating with 2 control outputs 2-step cooling with 2 control outputs 2-step heating and cooling with 4 control outputs Operating modes: Comfort, comfort extension, standby, night reduction, frost/heat protection Move all setpoints, save all setpoint temperatures and operating modes when reset, external temperature monitoring, additional output of the control value as 1 byte value on the PWM. Monitoring function for the actual temperature, valve protection function. Functions of the push-buttons: Selection of 1- 4 operating modes each push-button. Move setpoint.

KNX Room temperature control unit, flush-mounted/PI with 4gang push-button interface
For System Design. The device is a room temperature control unit and a binary input. Depending on the operating mode, the current temperature setpoint value and the room temperature, a control value for the heating or cooling control unit is transmitted to the KNX. The temperature can either be recorded by the internal or the external temperature sensor which must be connected to the push-button interface. The push-button interface generates an internal signal voltage for connecting max. four conventional push-buttons or floating contacts. Of these, two inputs can be used to connect low current LEDs. With integrated bus coupler. The bus is connected using a bus connecting terminal. KNX software functions: Functions of the room temperature control unit: Controller type: 2-step control, continuous PI control, switching PI control (PWM) Output: continuous in the range 0 to 100% or switching ON/OFF Controller mode: Heating with one controller output Cooling with one controller output Heating and cooling with separate controller outputs Heating and cooling with one controller output 2-step heating with 2 control outputs 2-step cooling with 2 control outputs Operating modes: comfort, comfort extension, standby, night economy, frost/heat protection Operation: Setpoint adjustment can be parameterised in the range with adjusting wheel; presence push-button functions can be parameterised/switched off Valve protection, controller disable Push-button interface functions: Switching, dimming, external blinds, valuator (dimming valuator, extension unit for light scenes with/without memory function, temperature valuator, brightness valuator). Push-button interface: up to 4 inputs, 2 of which can be used as outputs and one for connecting the remote sensor. Output voltage: 5 V (SELV) Output current: max. 0.8 mA Max. cable length: Inputs/outputs max. 5 m, remote sensor max. 50 m
Accessories: Labelling software, art. no. 615022. Note: If you already have the labelling software, you can download the form for the multi-function push-button at www.merten.com. Use to label conventional foils (max. thickness 0.1 mm). Contents: With bus connecting terminal and supporting plate. Screw for protection against dismantling.With protective hood for plaster.
Art. no. PU PG Info
KNX sensors
Version
MEG6241-4044 MEG6241-4019 MEG6241-4060 1/50 9 1/50 9 1/50 9
Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
616944 616919 616960 1/50 9 1/50 9 1/50 9
metallic
MEG6241-4146 1/50 9
stainless steel
metallic
616946 1/50 9
460
www.merten.com
KNX SENSORS | Room temperature control unit System Design | 2010
KNX SENSORS
Remote sensor for room temperature control unit UP/PI
Temperature sensor the floor/room temperature measurement Cable length: 4 m (2 x 0.75 mm2)
Radio remote control Distance 5010

15 channel radio remote control. For controlling the INSTABUS radio gateway UP or the radio receiver. Channels: 15 Range: up to 100 m (free field) up to 30 m (building) Battery: 2 microcells (IEC LR 03, AAA) Display elements: Function LED Receiver: INSTABUS radio gateway, flush-mounted, art. no. 680999. Plug adapter with radio receiver, art. no. 591019, 591519. Radio receiver, flush-mounted, 1-gang, art. no. 592591. Technical Information Contents: With battery.
To be completed with: KNX room temperature control unit, UP/PI with push-button interface, 4-gang, art. no. System M 6167.., 6168... KNX room temperature control unit, UP/PI with push-button interface, 4-gang, art. no. System Design 6169...
Art. no. 616790 PU PG 1/48 9 Info
Version black
Radio transmitters The Radio transmitter are not compatible with Merten CONNECT radio system.
Version black
Art. no. 590722
PU PG 1/12 8
Info
Radio push-button 1-gang, battery-powered

For System M. Battery-powered radio transmitter with two channels. For controlling the INSTABUS radio gateway UP or the radio receiver. High installation flexibility due to flat design. A flush-mounted socket-outlet is not necessary. The push-button is suitable for sticking onto walls or glass, screwing onto walls or flush-mounted outlets as well as installing in a multiple combination. Channels: 2 Range: up to 100 m (free field) up to 30 m (building) Battery: 1 lithium button cell (CR 2450) Display elements: LED for send confirmation Receiver: INSTABUS radio gateway, flush-mounted, art. no. 680999. Plug adapter with radio receiver, art. no. 591019, 591519. Radio receiver, flush-mounted, 1-gang, art. no. 592591. Technical Information Contents: Battery, retaining plate, double-sided adhesive strips, single-sided adhesive strips (aluminium-coloured), screws, dowels.

Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
MEG5091-0344 MEG5091-0319 MEG5091-0325 1/40 8 1/40 8 1/40 8

594144 594119 594114 594160 1/40 1/40 1/40 1/40 8 8 8 8
KNX sensors
Version
Art. no. 680999
PU PG 1/50 9
Info
2010
| Radio transmitters | KNX SENSORS
www.merten.com
461
KNX SENSORS
For System M. Battery-powered radio transmitter with four channels. For controlling the INSTABUS radio gateway UP or the radio receiver. High installation flexibility due to flat design. A flush-mounted socket-outlet is not necessary. The push-button is suitable for sticking onto walls or glass, screwing onto walls or flush-mounted outlets as well as installing in a multiple combination. Channels: 4 Range: up to 100 m (free field) up to 30 m (building) Battery: 1 lithium button cell (CR 2450) Display elements: LED for send confirmation Receiver: INSTABUS radio gateway, flush-mounted, art. no. 680999. Plug adapter with radio receiver, art. no. 591019, 591519. Radio receiver, flush-mounted, 1-gang, art. no. 592591. Technical Information Contents: Battery, retaining plate, double-sided adhesive strips, single-sided adhesive strips (aluminium-coloured), screws, dowels.


For System Design. Battery-powered radio transmitter with four channels. For controlling the INSTABUS radio gateway UP or the radio receiver. High installation flexibility due to flat design. A flush-mounted socket-outlet is not necessary. The push-button is suitable for sticking onto walls or glass, screwing onto walls or flush-mounted outlets as well as installing in a multiple combination. Channels: 4 Range: up to 100 m (free field) up to 30 m (building) Battery: 1 lithium button cell (CR 2450) Display elements: LED for send confirmation Receiver: INSTABUS radio gateway, flush-mounted, art. no. 680999. Plug adapter with radio receiver, art. no. 591019, 591519. Radio receiver, flush-mounted, 1-gang, art. no. 592591. Technical Information Contents: Battery, retaining plate, double-sided adhesive strips, single-sided adhesive strips (aluminium-coloured), screws, dowels.
Version
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
MEG5092-0344 MEG5092-0319 MEG5092-0325 1/40 8 1/40 8 1/40 8
592244 592219 592260 1/40 8 1/40 8 1/40 8

594244 594219 594214 594260 1/40 1/40 1/40 1/40 8 8 8 8
metallic
592246 1/40 8

For System Design. Battery-powered radio transmitter with two channels. For controlling the INSTABUS radio gateway UP or the radio receiver. High installation flexibility due to flat design. A flush-mounted socket-outlet is not necessary. The push-button is suitable for sticking onto walls or glass, screwing onto walls or flush-mounted outlets as well as installing in a multiple combination. Channels: 2 Range: up to 100 m (free field) up to 30 m (building) Battery: 1 lithium button cell (CR 2450) Display elements: LED for send confirmation Receiver: INSTABUS radio gateway, flush-mounted, art. no. 680999. Plug adapter with radio receiver, art. no. 591019, 591519. Radio receiver, flush-mounted, 1-gang, art. no. 592591. Technical Information Contents: Battery, retaining plate, double-sided adhesive strips, single-sided adhesive strips (aluminium-coloured), screws, dowels.
Universal radio transmitter, flushmounted, 4-gang

Battery-powered radio transmitter for connecting four floating make contacts such as push-buttons or device outputs. Suitable for installation underneath push-button inserts or in empty flush-mounted boxes. Channels: 4 Range: up to 100 m (free field) up to 30 m (building) Battery: 1 lithium button cell (CR 2032) Display elements: LED for send confirmation Receiver: INSTABUS radio gateway, flush-mounted, art. no. 680999. Plug adapter with radio receiver, art. no. 591019, 591519. Radio receiver, flush-mounted, 1-gang, art. no. 592591. Technical Information Contents: With battery.
KNX sensors
Version
Art. no. 592599
PU PG 1/100 8
Info
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
592144 592119 592160 1/40 8 1/40 8 1/40 8
metallic
592146 1/40 8
462
www.merten.com
KNX SENSORS | Radio transmitters | 2010
KNX SENSORS
Binary inputs The devices have protection type IP 20 and can only be used indoors. Devices with a different type of protection are labelled separately.
Push-button interface, 4-gang plus

Generates an internal signal voltage for connecting four conventional push-buttons or floating contacts, and for connecting four low-current LEDs. The cores are 30 cm long and can be extended to max. 7.5 m. For installation in a conventional 60 mm switch box. KNX software functions: Switching, dimming or controlling blinds via 1 or 2 inputs, position values for blind control (8-bit), pulse edges with 1-, 2-, 4-, or 8-bit telegrams, differentiation between short and long activation, initialisation telegram, cyclical transmission, pulse edges with 2-byte telegrams, 8-bit linear regulator, scenes, counter, disable function, break contact/make contact, debounce time. Outputs for connecting control lamps (low-current LEDs) for the status display. For each input/output object type: Contact voltage: < 3 V (SELV) Contact current: < 0.5 mA Output current: max. 2 mA Max. cable length: 30 cm unshielded, can be extended up to max. 7.5 m with twisted unshielded cable. Dimensions: approx. 40x30.5x12.5 mm (LxWxH)
Push-button interface, 2-gang plus

Generates an internal signal voltage for connecting two conventional push-buttons or floating contacts, and for connecting two low-current LEDs. The cores are 30 cm long and can be extended to max. 7.5 m. For installation in a conventional 60 mm switch box. KNX software functions: Switching, dimming or controlling blinds via 1 or 2 inputs, position values for blind control (8-bit), pulse edges with 1-, 2-, 4-, or 8-bit telegrams, differentiation between short and long activation, initialisation telegram, cyclical transmission, pulse edges with 2-byte telegrams, 8-bit linear regulator, scenes, counter, disable function, break contact/make contact, debounce time. Outputs for connecting control lamps (low-current LEDs) for the status display. For each input/output object type: Contact voltage: < 3 V (SELV) Contact current: < 0.5 mA Output current: max. 2 mA Max. cable length: 30 cm unshielded, can be extended up to max. 7.5 m with twisted unshielded cable. Dimensions: approx. 40x30.5x12.5 mm (LxWxH)
Accessories: LED light attachment, two-colour, for switch inserts art. no. 396512.
Art. no. 670804 PU PG 1/150 9 Info
Version polar white
Binary input, flush-mounted/4x10

For connecting four conventional push-buttons or floating contacts to the KNX. Internally generates a signal voltage SELV, electrically isolated from the bus. With integrated bus coupler 2. Insertion in a 40 mm deep installation box. KNX software functions: Switching, dimming or blind control via 1 or 2 inputs. Positioning values for blind control (8-bit). Pulse edges with 1-, 2- or 8-bit telegrams. Differentiation between short/long operation. Initialisation telegram. Cyclical sending. Pulse edges with 2-byte telegrams. 8-bit linear regulator. Disable function. Break/make contact. Debounce time. Inputs: 4 Contact voltage: max. 10 V, clocked Contact current: max. 2 mA, pulsing Cable length: max. 50 m, bus connecting cable or bell wire (Y, J-FY, YR) Dimensions: 48x44x33 mm (HxWxD)
KNX sensors
Accessories: LED light attachment, two-colour, for switch inserts art. no. 396512.
Art. no. 670802 PU PG 1/150 9 Info
Version polar white
Contents: With bus connecting terminal.

Art. no. 639898 PU PG 1/50 9 Info
Version
2010
| Binary inputs | KNX SENSORS
www.merten.com
463
KNX SENSORS
Binary input REG-K/4x10
For connecting four conventional push-buttons or floating contacts to the KNX. Internally generates a signal voltage SELV, electrically isolated from the bus. With integrated bus coupler and plug-in screw terminals. For installation on DIN rails EN 50022. The bus is connected using a bus connecting terminal; a data rail is not necessary. The input voltage level is displayed at each input with a yellow LED. A green LED indicates that the device is ready for operation once the application has been loaded. KNX software functions: Switching, dimming or blind control via 1 or 2 inputs. Positioning values for blind control (8-bit). Pulse edges with 1-, 2-, 4-, or 8-bit telegrams. Differentiation between short/long operation. Initialisation telegram. Cyclical sending. Pulse edges with 2-byte telegrams. 8-bit linear regulator. Disable function. Break/make contact. Debounce time. Inputs: 4 Contact voltage: max. 10 V, clocked Contact current: max. 2 mA, pulsing Cable length: max. 50 m Device width: 2.5 modules = approx. 45 mm

For connecting four conventional devices with AC/DC 24 V outputs to the KNX. With integrated bus coupler and plug-in screw terminals. For installation on DIN rails EN 50022. The bus is connected using a bus connecting terminal; a data rail is not necessary. The input voltage level is displayed at each input with a yellow LED. A green LED indicates that the device is ready for operation once the application has been loaded. KNX software functions: Switching, dimming or blind control via 1 or 2 inputs. Positioning values for blind control (8-bit). Pulse edges with 1-, 2-, 4-, or 8-bit telegrams. Differentiation between short/long operation. Initialisation telegram. Cyclical sending. Pulse edges with 2-byte telegrams. 8-bit linear regulator. Disable function. Break/make contact. Debounce time. Input voltage: AC / DC 24 V Inputs: 4 Input current: DC 15 mA (30 V), AC 6 mA (27 V) 0 signal: 5 V 1 signal: 11 V Cable length: max. 100 m Device width: 2.5 modules = approx. 45 mm Accessories: Power supply REG, DC 24 V/0.4 A, art. no. 693003. Power supply REG, DC 24 V/1.25 A, art. no. 693004. Power supply REG, AC 24 V / 1 A, art. no. 663529. Contents: With bus connecting terminal and cable cover.

Art. no. 644492 PU PG 1/30 9.3 Info
Version light grey

For connecting eight conventional push-buttons or floating contacts to the KNX. Internally generates a signal voltage SELV, electrically isolated from the bus. With integrated bus coupler and plug-in screw terminals. For installation on DIN rails EN 50022. The bus is connected using a bus connecting terminal; a data rail is not necessary. The input voltage level is displayed at each input with a yellow LED. A green LED indicates that the device is ready for operation once the application has been loaded. KNX software functions: Switching, dimming or blind control via 1 or 2 inputs. Positioning values for blind control (8-bit). Pulse edges with 1-, 2-, 4-, or 8-bit telegrams. Differentiation between short/long operation. Initialisation telegram. Cyclical sending. Pulse edges with 2-byte telegrams. 8-bit linear regulator. Disable function. Break/make contact. Debounce time. Inputs: 8 Contact voltage: max. 10 V, clocked Contact current: max. 2 mA, pulsing Cable length: max. 50 m Device width: 4 modules = approx. 70 mm
Version light grey
Art. no. 644892
PU PG 1/30 9.3
Info

For connecting 8 conventional devices with AC/ DC 24 V outputs to KNX. With integrated bus coupler and plug-in screw terminals. For installation on DIN rails EN 50022. The bus is connected using a bus connecting terminal; a data rail is not necessary. The input voltage level is displayed at each input with a yellow LED. A green LED indicates that the device is ready for operation once the application has been loaded. KNX software functions: Switching, dimming or blind control via 1 or 2 inputs. Positioning values for blind control (8-bit). Pulse edges with 1-, 2-, 4-, or 8-bit telegrams. Differentiation between short/long operation. Initialisation telegram. Cyclical sending. Pulse edges with 2-byte telegrams. 8-bit linear regulator. Disable function. Break/make contact. Debounce time. Input voltage: AC/DC 24V Inputs: 8 Input current: DC approx. 15 mA/AC approx. 6 mA Line length: max. 100 m Device width: 4 modules = approx. 72 mm Accessories: Power supply REG, DC 24 V/0.4 A, art. no. 693003. Power supply REG, DC 24 V/1.25 A, art. no. 693004. Power supply REG, AC 24 V / 1 A, art. no. 663529. Contents: With bus connecting terminal and cable cover.
KNX sensors
L
Version light grey

Art. no. 644592 PU PG 1/10 9.3 Info
www.merten.com
Version light grey
Art. no. 644792
PU PG 1/10 9.3
Info
464
KNX SENSORS | Binary inputs | 2010
KNX SENSORS
For connecting four conventional devices with AC 230 V outputs to the KNX. With integrated bus coupler and plug-in screw terminals. For installation on DIN rails EN 50022. The bus is connected using a bus connecting terminal; a data rail is not necessary. The input voltage level is displayed at each input with a yellow LED. A green LED indicates that the device is ready for operation once the application has been loaded. KNX software functions: Switching, dimming or blind control via 1 or 2 inputs. Positioning values for blind control (8-bit). Pulse edges with 1-, 2-, 4-, or 8-bit telegrams. Differentiation between short/long operation. Initialisation telegram. Cyclical sending. Pulse edges with 2-byte telegrams. 8-bit linear regulator. Disable function. Break/make contact. Debounce time. Input voltage: AC 230 V, 50-60Hz Inputs: 4 Input current: AC 12 mA 0 signal: 40 V 1 signal: 160 V Cable length: max. 100 m Device width: 2.5 modules = approx. 45 mm
Movement detectors The devices have protection type IP 20 and can only be used indoors. Devices with a different type of protection are labelled separately.

For System M. Movement detector for indoors. When a movement is detected, a data telegram defined by the programming is transmitted. With integrated bus coupling unit. KNX software functions: Five movement blocks: up to four functions can be triggered per block. Telegrams: 1 bit, 1 byte, 2 bytes. Normal operation, master, slave, safety pause, disable function. Sensitivity, brightness and staircase timer can be set using the ETS or the potentiometer. Self-adjusting staircase timer. Angle of detection: 180 Range: 8 m (for mounting height of 1.1 m) Number of levels: 1 Number of zones: 14 Sensitivity: infinitely adjustable (ETS or potentiometer) Light sensor: infinitely adjustable from approx. 10 to 2000 Lux (ETS or potentiometer) Time: adjustable in steps from 1 s to 8 min (potentiometer) or adjustable from 1 s to 255 hours (ETS) EC Directives: Low-voltage guideline 2006/95/ EC and EMC guideline 2004/108/EC

Art. no. 644992 PU PG 1/30 9.3 Info
Version light grey

For connecting eight conventional devices with AC 230 V outputs to the KNX. With integrated bus coupler and plug-in screw terminals. For installation on DIN rails EN 50022. The bus is connected using a bus connecting terminal; a data rail is not necessary. The input voltage level is displayed at each input with a yellow LED. A green LED indicates that the device is ready for operation once the application has been loaded. KNX software functions: Switching, dimming or blind control via 1 or 2 inputs. Positioning values for blind control (8-bit). Pulse edges with 1-, 2-, 4-, or 8-bit telegrams. Differentiation between short/long operation. Initialisation telegram. Cyclical sending. Pulse edges with 2-byte telegrams. 8-bit linear regulator. Disable function. Break/make contact. Debounce time. Input voltage: AC 230V, 50-60Hz Inputs: 8 Input current: AC approx. 7 mA Line length: max. 100 m Device width: 4 modules = approx. 72 mm

Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
631644 631619 631625 1/30 9 1/30 9 1/30 9

632644 632619 632614 632660 1/30 1/30 1/30 1/30 9 9 9 9
KNX sensors

Art. no. 644692 PU PG 1/10 9.3 Info
Version light grey
2010
| Movement detectors | KNX SENSORS
www.merten.com
465
KNX SENSORS
KNX ARGUS 180/2.20 m flushmounted
For System M. Indoor movement detector with anti-crawl protection. When a movement is detected, a data telegram defined by the programming is transmitted. With integrated bus coupling unit. For wall mounting in a size 60 mounting box, optimal installation at 2.2 m. KNX software functions: Five movement blocks: up to four functions can be triggered per block. Telegrams: 1 bit, 1 byte, 2 bytes. Normal operation, master, slave, safety pause, disable function. Sensitivity, brightness and staircase timer can be set using the ETS or the potentiometer. Two movement sensors: the sensitivity and range can be set separately for each sensor. Self-adjusting staircase timer. Angle of detection: 180 Range: 8 m right/left, 12 m to the front (for a mounting height of 2.20 m) Mounting height: 2.2 m or 1.1 m with half the range Number of levels: 6 Number of zones: 46 Number of movement sensors: 2, sector-orientated, adjustable Sensitivity: infinitely adjustable (ETS or potentiometer) Light sensor: infinitely adjustable from approx. 10 to 2000 Lux (ETS or potentiometer) Time: adjustable in steps from 1 s to 8 min (potentiometer) or adjustable from 1 s to 255 hours (ETS) EC Directives: Low-voltage guideline 2006/95/ EC and EMC guideline 2004/108/EC

For System Design. Movement detector for indoors. When a movement is detected, a data telegram defined by the programming is transmitted. With integrated bus coupling unit. KNX software functions: Five movement blocks: up to four functions can be triggered per block. Telegrams: 1 bit, 1 byte, 2 bytes. Normal operation, master, slave, safety pause, disable function. Sensitivity, brightness and staircase timer can be set using the ETS or the potentiometer. Self-adjusting staircase timer. Angle of detection: 180 Range: 8 m (for mounting height of 1.1 m) Number of levels: 1 Number of zones: 14 Sensitivity: infinitely adjustable (ETS or potentiometer) Light sensor: infinitely adjustable from approx. 10 to 2000 Lux (ETS or potentiometer) Time: adjustable in steps from 1 s to 8 min (potentiometer) or adjustable from 1 s to 255 hours (ETS) EC Directives: Low-voltage guideline 2006/95/ EC and EMC guideline 2004/108/EC

Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
631844 631819 631860 1/30 9 1/30 9 1/30 9
metallic
631846 1/30 9
Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
631744 631719 631725 1/30 9 1/30 9 1/30 9

632744 632719 632714 632760 1/30 1/30 1/30 1/30 9 9 9 9
KNX sensors
466
www.merten.com
KNX SENSORS | Movement detectors | 2010
KNX SENSORS
KNX ARGUS 220
KNX movement detector for outdoors. 220 surface monitoring for large house fronts and sections of the house. With integrated bus coupler. The physical address is programmed with a magnet. 360 short-range zone (approx. 4 m radius). Large wiring compartment and plug system. Looping is possible. LED function display for fast alignment at the installation site. Operating elements are protected under the easily accessible cover plate. Flexibly adjustable sensor head. Possible to blank out individual lens areas. Can be installed on walls and ceilings without additional accessories. Can be mounted on inner/outer corners and stationary pipes using a mounting bracket. KNX software functions: Five movement blocks: up to four functions can be triggered per block. Telegrams: 1 bit, 1 byte, 2 bytes. Normal operation, master, slave, safety pause, disable function. Sensitivity, brightness and staircase timer can be set using the ETS or the potentiometer. Self-adjusting staircase timer. Angle of detection: 220 Range: max. 16 m Number of levels: 7 Number of zones: 112 with 448 switching segments Light sensor: infinitely variable from approx. 3 1000 lux, lux (infinite: movement detection is independent of the position of the sensor head) Time: can be set externally from 1 s to approx. 8 min. in 6 levels or via ETS from approx. 3 s to approx. 152 hours Sensitivity: infinitely adjustable Possible settings for sensor head: Wall mounting: 9 up, 24 down, 12 left/right, 12 axial Ceiling mounting: 4 up, 29 down, 25 left/ right, 8.5 axial EC directives: Low-voltage guideline 2006/95/ EC and EMC directive 2004/108/EC Type of protection: IP 55 Accessories: Mounting bracket, art. no. 565291/92/93. Programming magnet for valve drive EMO, art. no. 639190. Contents: With cover plate and segments to limit the area of detection, screws and plugs.
Presence detector The devices have protection type IP 20 and can only be used indoors. Devices with a different type of protection are labelled separately.

For System M. Presence detection indoors. If KNX ARGUS Presence detects smaller movements in the room, data telegrams are transmitted via KNX to control the lighting, blind or heating at the same time. When the lighting is controlled by brightnessdependent movement detection, the device constantly monitors the brightness in the room. If sufficient natural light is at hand, the device switches the artificial light off even if a person is present. The overshoot time can be adjusted using the ETS. With integrated bus coupling unit. For wall mounting in a size 60 mounting box, optimal installation at 2.2 m. With anti-crawl protection. KNX software functions: Five movement/presence blocks: up to four functions can be triggered per block. Telegrams: 1 bit, 1 byte, 2 bytes. Normal operation, master, slave, monitoring, safety pause, disable function. Two movement sensors: the sensitivity and range can be set separately for each sensor. Self-adjusting staircase timer. Actual brightness value: can be detected via the internal and/or an external light sensor. Actual value correction. Angle of detection: 180 Range: 8 m right/left, 12 m to the front (for a mounting height of 2.20 m) Mounting height: 2.2 m or 1.1 m at half the range Time: adjustable in steps from 1 s to 8 min (potentiometer) or adjustable from 1 s to 255 hours (ETS) Number of levels: 6 Number of zones: 46 Number of movement sensors: 2, separately adjustable Light sensor: internal light sensor infinitely adjustable from approx. 10 to 2000 Lux (ETS); external light sensor via KNX EC Directives: Low-voltage guideline 2006/95/ EC and EMC guideline 2004/108/EC
Art. no. 632519 632515 632569
PU PG 1/12 9 1/6 9 1/6 9
Info
KNX sensors
Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
630444 630419 630425 1/30 9 1/30 9 1/30 9

630644 630619 630614 630660 1/30 1/30 1/30 1/30 9 9 9 9 www.merten.com
2010
| Presence detector | KNX SENSORS
467
KNX SENSORS
KNX ARGUS Presence Basic
Presence detection indoors. If KNX ARGUS Presence detects smaller movements in the room, data telegrams are transmitted via KNX to control the lighting, blind or heating at the same time. When the lighting is controlled by brightnessdependent movement detection, the device constantly monitors the brightness in the room. If sufficient natural light is at hand, the device switches the artificial light off even if a person is present. The overshoot time can be adjusted using the ETS. With integrated bus coupling unit. For ceiling mounting in a size 60 mounting box, optimal installation at 2.5 m. Can also be mounted to ceilings using the surface mounting housing for ARGUS Presence. KNX software functions: Two movement/presence blocks: up to four functions can be triggered per block. Telegrams: 1 bit, 1 byte, 2 bytes. Normal operation (no master/slave), safety pause, disable function. Self-adjusting staircase timer. Actual brightness value: can be specified via the internal and/or an external light sensor. Angle of detection: 360 Range: a radius of max. 7 m (at a mounting height of 2.50 m) Number of levels: 6 Number of zones: 136 with 544 switching segments Number of movement sensors: 4 Light sensor: internal light sensor infinitely adjustable from approx. 10 to 2000 Lux (ETS); external light sensor via KNX EC Directives: Low-voltage guideline 2006/95/ EC and EMC guideline 2004/108/EC Accessories: Surface-mounted housing for ARGUS Presence, art. no. 550619. Contents: With bus connecting terminal and supporting plate.
KNX ARGUS Presence

Presence detection indoors. If KNX ARGUS Presence detects smaller movements in the room, data telegrams are transmitted via KNX to control the lighting, blind or heating at the same time. When the lighting is controlled by brightnessdependent movement detection, the device constantly monitors the brightness in the room. If sufficient natural light is at hand, the device switches the artificial light off even if a person is present. The overshoot time can be adjusted using the ETS. With integrated bus coupling unit. For ceiling mounting in a size 60 mounting box, optimal installation at 2.5 m. Can also be mounted to ceilings using the surface mounting housing for ARGUS Presence. KNX software functions: Five movement/presence blocks: up to four functions can be triggered per block. Telegrams: 1 bit, 1 byte, 2 bytes. Normal operation, master, slave, monitoring, safety pause, disable function. Four movement sensors: the sensitivity and range can be set separately for each sensor. Self-adjusting staircase timer. Actual brightness value: can be detected via the internal and/or an external light sensor. Actual value correction. Angle of detection: 360 Range: a radius of max. 7 m (at a mounting height of 2.50 m) Number of levels: 6 Number of zones: 136 with 544 switching segments Number of movement sensors: 4, separately adjustable Light sensor: internal light sensor infinitely adjustable from approx. 10 to 2000 Lux (ETS); external light sensor via KNX EC Directives: Low-voltage guideline 2006/95/ EC and EMC guideline 2004/108/EC Accessories: Surface-mounted housing for ARGUS Presence, art. no. 550619. Contents: With bus connecting terminal and supporting plate.
Art. no. 630719 630760
PU PG 1/6 9 1/6 9
Info
Art. no. 630819 630860
PU PG 1/6 9 1/6 9
Info
KNX sensors
468
www.merten.com
KNX SENSORS | Presence detector | 2010
KNX SENSORS
KNX ARGUS Presence with light control and IR receiver
Presence detection indoors. If KNX ARGUS Presence detects smaller movements in the room, data telegrams are transmitted via KNX to control the lighting, blind or heating at the same time. When the lighting is controlled by brightnessdependent movement detection, the device constantly monitors the brightness in the room. If sufficient natural light is at hand, the device switches the artificial light off even if a person is present. The overshoot time can be adjusted using the ETS. Light control enables the required brightness in a room to be achieved permanently. Dimming and the optional use of a second lighting group maintains a constant brightness. Individual ARGUS Presence configurations can be changed or other KNX devices can be controlled remotely using the IR receiver. With integrated bus coupling unit. For ceiling mounting in a size 60 mounting box, optimal installation at 2.5 m. Can also be mounted to ceilings using the surface mounting housing for ARGUS Presence. KNX software functions: Five movement/presence blocks: up to four functions can be triggered per block. Telegrams: 1 bit, 1 byte, 2 bytes. An additional light control block: brightness can be maintained constant by dimming and an additional adjustable level. IR receiver function. IR configuration: setting the brightness threshold, staircase timer factors or range. Normal operation, master, slave, monitoring, safety pause, disable function. Four movement sensors: the sensitivity and range can be set separately for each sensor. Self-adjusting staircase timer. Actual brightness value: can be detected via the internal and/or an external light sensor. Actual value correction. Angle of detection: 360 Range: a radius of max. 7 m (at a mounting height of 2.50 m) Number of levels: 6 Number of zones: 136 with 544 switching segments Number of movement sensors: 4, separately adjustable Light sensor: internal light sensor infinitely adjustable from approx. 10 to 2000 Lux (ETS); external light sensor via KNX Number of IR channels: 10 for controlling KNX devices, 10 for configuration EC Directives: Low-voltage guideline 2006/95/ EC and EMC guideline 2004/108/EC Accessories: Surface-mounted housing for ARGUS Presence, art. no. 550619. Transmitter: IR remote control Distance, art. no. 570222. CONNECT radio universal remote control art. no. 506923. Contents: With bus connecting terminal and supporting plate.
Surface-mounted housing for ARGUS Presence

The surface-mounted housing for ARGUS Presence devices also allows them to be surface mounted. To be completed with: ARGUS Presence, art. no. 550590/91. KNX ARGUS Presence Basic art. no. 6307... KNX ARGUS Presence art. no. 6308... KNX ARGUS Presence with light control and IR receiver art. no. 6309... Technical Information
Version polar white
Art. no. 550619
PU PG 1/21 8.4
Info
Other sensors The devices have protection type IP 20 and can only be used indoors. Devices with a different type of protection are labelled separately.

Version black
Art. no. 570222
PU PG 1/48 8
Info
KNX sensors
Art. no. 630919 630960
PU PG 1/6 9 1/6 9
Info
2010
| Other sensors | KNX SENSORS
www.merten.com
469
KNX SENSORS

Analogue input REG-K 4-gang

The analogue input records and processes analogue sensor signals. Up to four analogue sensors can be connected in any combination. In connection with the analogue input module REG/ 4-gang, 8 analogue inputs are available, to which the connection is made using the sub-bus. For installation on DIN rails EN 50022. The bus is connected using a bus connecting terminal; a data rail is not necessary. Evaluation and limit value processing is performed in the analogue input. With continuity checking of the 4 ... 20 mA inputs. Auxiliary voltage: AC 24 V (+/-10 %) Analogue inputs: 4 Current interface: 0 ... 20 mA, 4 ... 20 mA Voltage interface: 0 ... 1 V, 0 ... 10 V Outputs: DC 24 V, 100 mA Continuity checking: 4 ... 20 mA Device width: 4 modules = approx. 72 mm In KNX, to be completed with: Power supply REG, AC 24 V / 1 A, art. no. 663529. Accessories: Analogue input module REG/4-gang, art. no. 682192. Wind sensor with 0-10 V interface, art. no. 663591. Wind sensor with 0-10 V interface and heating, art. no. 663592. Rain sensor, art. no. 663595. Brightness sensor, art. no. 663593: Twilight sensor, art. no. 663594: Temperature sensor, art. no. 663596. Contents: With bus connecting terminal and cable cover.
Version light grey
Art. no. 682191
PU PG 1/25 9.3
Info
Analogue input module REG/ 4-gang

Extension module to extend weather station REG-K/4-gang and analogue input REG-K/4-gang from 4 to 8 analogue outputs. Connections are made using the sub-bus. Up to four analogue sensors can be connected in any combination. For installation on DIN rails EN 50022. Evaluation and limit value processing is performed in the analogue input or weather station. With continuity checking of the 4 ... 20 mA inputs. Auxiliary voltage: AC 24 V (+/-10 %) Rating: max. 4 VA Analogue inputs: 4 Current interface: 0 ... 20 mA, 4 ... 20 mA Voltage interface: 0 ... 1 V, 0 ... 10 V (DC) A/D conversion: 14 bit Outputs: DC 24 V, 100 mA Continuity checking: 4 ... 20 mA Device width: 4 modules = approx. 72 mm In KNX, to be completed with: Weather station REG-K/4-gang, art. no. 682991. Analogue input REG-K/4-gang, art. no. 682191. Power supply REG, AC 24 V / 1 A, art. no. 663529. Accessories: Wind sensor with 0-10 V interface, art. no. 663591. Wind sensor with 0-10 V interface and heating, art. no. 663592. Rain sensor, art. no. 663595. Brightness sensor, art. no. 663593: Twilight sensor, art. no. 663594: Temperature sensor, art. no. 663596. Contents: With sub-bus jumper.
KNX sensors
Version light grey
Art. no. 682192
PU PG 1/25 9.3
Info
470
www.merten.com
KNX SENSORS | Other sensors | 2010
KNX SENSORS
KNX brightness and temperature sensor
The sensor records brightness and temperature and transmits these values to the bus. It has a temperature sensor and a brightness sensor. 3 universal channels for single tasks or logic operations. Temperature and brightness threshold in any combination. Sun protection channel for blinds/roller shutter control. Objects for: twilight threshold, brightness threshold, drive control, automatic sun function, teaching, security. Automatic sun protection. Controls the blinds automatically during the day. Teaching object. With this, every brightness threshold can be reset by the touch of a key. Suitable for mounting on an outside wall.With integrated bus coupler. The bus is connected using a bus connecting terminal. Power consumption: max. 150 mW Sensors: 2 Temperature measurement range: - 25 C to + 55 C (5 % or 1 degree) Brightness measurement range: 1 to 100,000 lux (20% or 5 lux) Type of protection: IP 54 according to DIN EN 60529 for vertical installation with cover Dimensions: 110 x 72 x 54 mm
Version light grey Art. no. 663991 PU PG 1/20 9 Info
KNX Basic weather station

The KNX Basic weather station records weather data, analyses these and can transmit them to the bus. The device has a wind sensor, precipitation sensor, temperature sensor and brightness sensor. Wind, brightness and temperature are each sent as a 2-byte value, rain as 1-byte. Wind can be sent either in m/s or km/h. 4 universal channels for single tasks or logic operations. Four logic functions per channel are possible. 3 sun protection channels for external blinds/ roller shutter control. For example, this makes sun protection for up to three facades possible. Objects for: twilight threshold, brightness threshold, drive control, automatic sun function, teaching, security. Automatic sun protection. Controls the blinds automatically during the day. Teaching object. With this, every brightness threshold can be reset by the touch of a key. Integrated heating for rain sensor. Suitable for mounting on an outside wall or with optional accessories on a corner or on a mast. With integrated bus coupler. The bus is connected using a bus connecting terminal.An additional AC 230 V power supply is required for the heating unit. Power supply: AC 230 V Power consumption: max. 10 mA with bus voltage Power consumption: 10 W with heating Sensors: 4 Measuring range: - 20 C to + 55 C Brightness range: 1 to 100,000 lux Angle of detection: 150 Type of protection: IP 44 per EN 60529 Dimensions: 280 x 160 x 135 mm
Accessories: Mast and corner fastening for KNX Basic weather station, art. no. 663992.
Version polar white
Mast and corner fastening for KNX Basic weather station
To be completed with: KNX Basic weather station, art. no. 663990.

Art. no. 663992 PU PG 1/24 9 Info
KNX sensors
Version
2010
www.merten.com
471
KNX SENSORS
Weather station REG-K/4-gang
The weather station records and processes analogue sensor signals such as wind speed, brightness, twilight, precipitation and a DCF-77 signal. Up to four analogue sensors and the DCF-77 weather combi-sensor can be connected in any combination. In connection with the 4-gang analogue input module, 8 analogue inputs are available, to which the connection is made using the sub-bus. For installation on DIN rails EN 50022. The bus is connected using a bus connecting terminal; a data rail is not necessary. If DCF-77 weather combi-sensors are used, it is possible to access a pre-configured setting in the software. The measured values are converted by the weather station into 1 byte / 2 byte telegrams (EIS 6/5 value). This enables bus devices (visualisation software, measured value displays) to access the control processes, generate signals or control weather-dependent processes. Programming is performed using the ETS tool for the weather station. Functions: Two limit values per sensor (not for rain) Connection of multiple wind sensors 14 signals can be evaluated Evaluation of DCF-77 time signal (date and time) Astro function Logic operation controller for application of limit-value-dependent actions (even external) Shading of individual faade segments Signal monitoring of the combi-sensors with object for the following protective measures Checking the wind signal for conclusiveness with object for the following protective measures Selective faade shading (for 4 faades) with adjustment of the basic brightness, faade alignment, angle of opening relative to the sun. External objects for intervention in basic brightness, angle of opening and limit values Alarm byte Continuity monitoring with report on the bus Auxiliary voltage: AC 24 V (+/-10 %) Analogue inputs: 4 Current interface: 0 ... 20 mA, 4 ... 20 mA Voltage interface: 0 ... 1 V, 0 ... 10 V Outputs: DC 24 V, 100 mA Device width: 4 modules = approx. 72 mm In KNX, to be completed with: Power supply REG, AC 24 V / 1 A, art. no. 663529. ETS tool for weather station, art. no. 615048. Accessories: Analogue input module REG/4-gang, art. no. 682192. Weather combi-sensor/DCF-77, art. no. 663692. Wind sensor with 0-10 V interface, art. no. 663591. Wind sensor with 010 V interface and heating, art. no. 663592. Rain sensor, art. no. 663595. Brightness sensor, art. no. 663593: Twilight sensor, art. no. 663594: Temperature sensor, art. no. 663596. Contents: With bus connecting terminal and cable cover.
KNX sensors
ETS tool for weather station

Programming software for the ETS for parameterising the weather station REG-K/4-gang.
In KNX, to be completed with: Weather station REG-K/4-gang, art. no. 682991. Note: The software is available on the Internet or on the Merten info CD.
Weather combi-sensor DCF-77

The weather combi-sensor includes a wind sensor, precipitation sensor, twilight sensor and three brightness sensors (East, South, West). With integral DCF77 receiver, antenna rotatable through 45 and integrated heater (protection against thawing and condensation). Suitable for external installation on a wall or a pole. The sensor is connected to an REG-K 4-gang weather station. The weather data is evaluated in the weather station. The necessary power supplies are provided by the weather station with connected power supply REG. Power supply: AC 24 V (+/- 15 %) Power consumption: max. 600 mA (with heating) Sensors: 6 Wind speed: 1 ... 40 m/s ( 0.5 m/s) Brightness: 0 ... 110 klux (+/- 10 %) Twilight 0 ... 250 lux Type of protection: IP 65 when installed Temperature range: - 40 C ... + 60 C (nonicing) Fixing method: Mounting bracket Dimensions: 130x200 mm (xH) In KNX, to be completed with: Weather station REG-K/4-gang, art. no. 682991. Note: If weather-dependent automatic functions are to be carried out, use the blind actuators art. no. 6498...
Version black
Art. no. 663692
PU PG 1/1 9
Info
Version light grey
Art. no. 682991
PU PG 1/25 9.3
Info
472
www.merten.com
KNX SENSORS | Other sensors | 2010
KNX SENSORS
Wind sensor with 0-10 V interface
The wind sensor evaluates the wind speed and converts it into an analogue 0-10 V output voltage. For external installation and connection to the weather station REG-K/4-gang or the analogue input REG-K/4-gang. These two devices provide the supply voltage necessary to operate the sensor. Measuring range: 0.7 ... 40 m/s, linear Output: 0 ... 10 V External power supply: Voltage: 24 V DC (18-32 V DC) Power consumption: approx. 12 mA General specifications: Type of protection: IP 65 Load: max. 60 m/s transient Incoming cable: 3 m, LiYY 6 x 0.25 mm2 Fixing method: Mounting bracket Mounting position: vertical In KNX, to be completed with: Weather station REG-K/4-gang, art. no. 682991. Analogue input REG-K/4-gang, art. no. 682191. Analogue input module REG/4-gang, art. no. 682192. Contents: With mounting bracket.
Rain sensor
The rain sensor is used to record and evaluate precipitation and is intended for external mounting. A sensor evaluates the conductivity of the rainwater. The heating is controlled by a microprocessor which supplies an output signal of 0 V or 10 V. The end of the rainfall can be recorded almost immediately with the help of an in-built heater. The heater requires an additional voltage of 24 V AC or DC. For external installation and connection to the weather station REG-K/4-gang or the analogue input REG-K/4-gang. These two devices provide the supply voltage necessary to operate the sensor. Output: 0 V dry, 10 V rain External power supply: Voltage: 24 V DC (15-30 V DC) Power consumption: approx. 10 mA (without heating) Heating: 24 V DC/AC max. 4.5 W General specifications: Type of protection: IP 65 Incoming cable: 3 m, UYY 5 x 0.25 mm2 Fixing method: Mounting bracket Mounting position: approx. 45 In KNX, to be completed with: Weather station REG-K/4-gang, art. no. 682991. Analogue input REG-K/4-gang, art. no. 682191. Analogue input module REG/4-gang, art. no. 682192. Accessories: Power supply REG, AC 24 V / 1 A, art. no. 663529. Contents: With holder for installing the sensor on walls and masts.
Version polar white
Art. no. 663591
PU PG 1/2 9
Info
Wind sensor with 0-10 V interface and heating

The wind sensor evaluates the wind speed and converts it into an analogue 0-10 V output voltage. The integrated heater can be operated via an external power supply of AC 24 V/500 mA for trouble-free operation in frosty weather. For external installation and connection to the weather station REG-K/4-gang or the analogue input REG-K/4-gang. These two devices provide the supply voltage necessary to operate the sensor. Measuring range: 0.7 ... 40 m/s, linear Output: 0 ... 10 V External power supply: Voltage: 24 V DC (18-32 V DC) Power consumption: approx. 12 mA Heating: 24 V DC/AC PTC element (80 C) General specifications: Type of protection: IP 65 Load: max. 60 m/s transient Incoming cable: 3 m, LiYY 6 x 0.25 mm2 Fixing method: Mounting bracket Mounting position: vertical In KNX, to be completed with: Weather station REG-K/4-gang, art. no. 682991. Analogue input REG-K/4-gang, art. no. 682191. Analogue input module REG/4-gang, art. no. 682192. Accessories: Power supply REG, AC 24 V / 1 A, art. no. 663529. Contents: With mounting bracket.
Version
Art. no. 663595
PU PG 1/16 9
Info
Brightness sensor
The brightness sensor is required for recording and evaluating brightness. Brightness is recorded via a photoelectric diode and electronically converted into an analogue output signal of 0 V - 10 V. For external installation and connection to the weather station REG-K/4-gang or the analogue input REG-K/4-gang. These two devices provide the supply voltage necessary to operate the sensor. Measuring range: 0 to 60,000 lux, linear Output: 0 ... 10 V short-circuit-proof External power supply: Voltage: 24 V DC (15-30 V DC) Power consumption: approx. 5 mA General specifications: Incoming cable: using PG7 screw fitting Recommended cable: 3 x 0.25 mm2 Type of protection: IP 65 Dimensions: 58 x 35 x 64 (W x H x D)
KNX sensors
Version polar white
Art. no. 663592
PU PG 1/2 9
Info
In KNX, to be completed with: Weather station REG-K/4-gang, art. no. 682991. Analogue input REG-K/4-gang, art. no. 682191. Analogue input module REG/4-gang, art. no. 682192.
Art. no. 663593 PU PG 1/80 9 Info
Version light grey
2010
www.merten.com
473
KNX SENSORS
Twilight sensor
The twilight sensor is required to record and evaluate brightness. Brightness is recorded via a photoelectric diode and electronically converted into an analogue output signal of 0 V - 10 V. For external installation and connection to the weather station REG-K/4-gang or the analogue input REG-K/4-gang. These two devices provide the supply voltage necessary to operate the sensor. Measuring range: 0 to 255 lux, linear Output: 0 ... 10 V short-circuit-proof External power supply: Voltage: 24 V DC (15-30 V DC) Power consumption: approx. 5 mA General specifications: Incoming cable: using PG7 screw fitting Recommended cable: 3 x 0.25 mm2 Type of protection: IP 65 Dimensions: 58 x 35 x 64 (W x H xD)
Time switch The devices have protection type IP 20 and can only be used indoors. Devices with a different type of protection are labelled separately.
KNX timer REG-K

The timer sends time and date to the bus and can be operated with or without a DCF77 antenna. Automatic changeover between summer and winter time (can be switched off) Own adjustable changeover rule The data can be sent periodically or on request Lithium cell: time stays the same in the event of loss of bus power Accuracy: 1 s/day, the application allows additional adjustment Reserve power: 10 years Antenna line length: max. 100 m Type of protection: IP 20 EC directives: Low-voltage guideline 2006/95/ EC and EMC directive 2004/108/EC Device width: 2 modules = approx. 36 mm
Art. no. 663594 PU PG 1/70 9 Info
Version light grey
Accessories: DCF77 antenna, art. no. 668091.

Art. no. 677290 PU PG 1/35 9.3 Info
Temperature sensor
The temperature is measured with the temperature sensor and converted into an analogue output signal of 0-10 V. For external installation and connection to the weather station REG-K/4-gang or the analogue input REG-K/4-gang. These two devices provide the supply voltage necessary to operate the sensor. Measuring range: -30 C to +70 C linear Output: 0 ... 10 V short-circuit-proof External power supply: Voltage: 24 V DC (15-30 V DC) Power consumption: approx. 3 mA General specifications: Incoming cable: using PG7 screw fitting Recommended cable: 3 x 0.25 mm2 Type of protection: IP 65 Dimensions: 58 x 35 x 64 (W x H x D)
Version light grey
DCF77 antenna
Antenna for receiving the time by radio signal. The antenna should be connected to a year time switch REG-K/4/324 DCF-77. Type of protection: IP 54
In KNX, to be completed with: Year time switch REG-K/4/324 DCF-77, art. no. 677029. KNX timer REG-K, art. no. 677290. Contents: With mounting bracket.
Version light grey
Art. no. 668091
PU PG 1/20 9
Info
Art. no. 663596 PU PG 1/70 9 Info
Version light grey

KNX sensors
474
www.merten.com
KNX SENSORS | Time switch | 2010
KNX SENSORS
Year time switch REG-K/4/324
Quartz-controlled four-channel year time switch. The device can be programmed manually on the device itself or on the PC using the software. With bus coupler. For installation on DIN rails EN 50022. The bus is connected using a bus connecting terminal; a data rail is not necessary. After programming on the PC, all switching times are exported to a memory chip available as an accessory, and transmitted from this into one or more time switches. Time functions: 324 non-volatile switching times for selectable daily, weekly and date commands, impulse commands 1x switching operation for holiday/public holidays 10 weekly programs for holidays and public holidays per channel Free formation of channel and weekday blocks Manual switching is possible via preselection and permanent switches Random program can be activated Operation with mains connection possible High reserve power Quarz-controlled Automatic changeover between summer and winter time KNX software functions: Switching. Dimming. Send time and date. Scene. Priority. Operating voltage: Bus, DC 24 V Accuracy: 1 s/day Reserve power: 1.5 years at full operability. Data backup in disconnected state approx. 40 years (EEPROM) Type of protection: IP 20 Device width: 6 modules = approx. 105 mm
Year time switch REG-K/4/324 DCF-77

4-channel year time switch with power supply unit and integrated DCF receiver. To be completed with the DCF-77 antenna for radio-controlled time synchronisation. Time and date can be issued on the bus. The device can be programmed manually on the device itself or on the PC using the software. With bus coupler. For installation on DIN rails EN 50022. The bus is connected using a bus connecting terminal; a data rail is not necessary. After programming on the PC, all switching times are exported to a memory chip available as an accessory, and transmitted from this into one or more time switches. Time functions: 324 non-volatile switching times for selectable daily, weekly and date commands, impulse commands 1x switching operation for holiday/public holidays 10 weekly programs for holidays and public holidays per channel Free formation of channel and weekday blocks Manual switching is possible via preselection and permanent switches Random program can be activated High reserve power Automatic changeover between summer and winter time Automatic time synchronisation with DCF possible KNX software functions: Switching. Dimming. Send time and date. Scene. Priority. Operating voltage: Bus, DC 24 V AC 230 V 10%, 50-60 Hz for antenna Accuracy: 1s/day Reserve power: 1.5 years at full operability. Data backup in disconnected state approx. 40 years (EEPROM) Type of protection: IP 20 Device width: 6 modules = approx. 105 mm
Accessories: CTS ChipTool software, art. no. 615034. Memory chip for year time switches, art. no. 668092.
Art. no. 677129 PU PG 1/10 9.3 Info
Version light grey
In KNX, to be completed with: DCF-77 antenna, art. no. 668091. Accessories: CTS ChipTool software, art. no. 615034. Memory chip for year time switches, art. no. 668092.
Art. no. 677029 PU PG 1/10 9.3 Info
Version light grey
Chip tool software CTS

Software for convenient entry of the switching times for the year time switches REG-K/4/324 on a PC. With adapter for the serial interface to load the program to the memory chip. System requirements: IBM-compatible, 386 or higher, Windows 95, 98 In KNX, to be completed with: Year time switch REG-K/4/324, art. no. 677129. Year time switch REG-K/4/324 DCF-77, art. no. 677029. Accessories: Memory chip for year time switches, art. no. 668092. Contents: With adapter and a memory chip.
KNX sensors
Version
Art. no. 615034
PU PG 1/4 9.1
Info www.merten.com
2010
| Time switch | KNX SENSORS
475
KNX SENSORS
Memory chip for year time switches
EEPROM memory chip for 324 switching times for programming the year time switch REG K/4/324. The program which is created with the software is loaded into the memory chip and can then be imported into one or several year time switches.
Devices for display and operation The devices have protection type IP 20 and can only be used indoors. Devices with a different type of protection are labelled separately.
In KNX, to be completed with: Year time switch REG-K/4/324, art. no. 677129. Year time switch REG-K/4/324 DCF-77, art. no. 677029. CTS ChipTool software, art. no. 615034.
Art. no. 668092 PU PG 1/80 9.1 Info
Touch panel 7"

The 7" touch panel is used for the visualisation and control of current building states and functions. The integrated visualisation software with the self-explanatory user interface offers a high level of operating convenience when operating the touch-sensitive TFT display. Windows CE.NET is installed as the operating system. Further functions: Real-time week time switch with internet time synchronisation Presence simulation (recording and play-back of switching habits) Alarm management Internet access Load a slide show Automatic standby switching Password protection Adjustable user interface The 7" touch panel has a LAN (10/100 Mbit/s), KNX and USB interface.. With integrated loudspeaker. Due to its flat design in a flush-mounted housing, its uses range from residential to commercial applications. It can be installed horizontally or vertically. KNX software functions: Switching, dimming, operation of sunshade systems such as roller shutters, awnings and blinds. Save and retrieve scenes Transmit values. Telegram status display. Temperature display. Logic functions. Disable module. Dynamic language selection via KNX object. Nominal voltage: AC 230 V, 50 Hz Power consumption: 2 W in energy-saving mode, 9 W when in operation Ambient operating temperature: -5C to 45 C Display size: 17.8 cm (7) Resolution: 800 x 480 pixels Display type: TFT Colours shown: 65.000 Hardware: 312 MHz Intel XScale PXA270 RAM: 64 MB Flash memory: 64 MB Type of protection: IP 20 Dimensions: 196x137x52 mm (HxWxD)
Version
KNX sensors
In KNX, to be completed with: Inner frame set for 7" touch panel, art. no. MEG6270-01... Frame for 7" touch panel, art. no. MEG6270-00.., MEG6270-36.., MEG6270-37... Accessories: Flush mounted box for 7" touch panel, art. no. MEG6270-0001. Cavity wall mounting box for 7" touch panel, art. no. MEG6270-0002.
Art. no. MEG6260-0007 PU PG 1/3 9 Info
Version
476
www.merten.com
KNX SENSORS | Devices for display and operation | 2010
KNX SENSORS
Inner frame set for 7" touch panel
The set consists of the inner frame and the USB cover. The design frames, which are available in various types of material, are attached to the touch panel using the inner frame. Dimensions: 208x145x7.3 mm (HxWxD)

Frame for 7" touch panel

Decorative frame for 7" touch panel.
In KNX, to be completed with: 7" touch panel, art. no. MEG62600007. Frame for 7" touch panel, art. no. MEG6270-00.., MEG627036.., MEG6270-37... Replacement part: USB cover for 7" touch panel, art. no. MEG6270-02...
Art. no. PU PG Info
In KNX, to be completed with: 7" touch panel, art. no. MEG62600007. Inner frame set for 7" touch panel, art. no. MEG6270-01...
Art. no. PU PG Info
Version

MEG6270-0019 MEG6270-0022 1/10 9 1/10 9
polar white black
Version

MEG6270-0119 MEG6270-0122 1/10 9 1/10 9
polar white black
Flush-mounted mounting box for IP touch panel 7"

For flush-mounted installation of the touch panel 7". Dimensions Outer dimensions: 193x138x66 mm (HxWxD)
Glass frame for 7" touch panel

Decorative glass frame for 7" touch panel.
In KNX, to be completed with: 7" touch panel, art. no. MEG62600007.

Art. no. PU PG Info
Version grey
Version
glass
MEG6270-3619 1/10 9
Brilliant white
Cavity wall mounting box for touch panel 7"

For installing the 7" touch panel into a cavity wall. Dimensions Outer dimensions: 201x142x56 mm (HxWxD) Opening: 188x133x56 mm (HxWxD)
Metal frame for 7" touch panel

Decorative solid metal frame for 7" touch panel.

Art. no. PU PG Info
Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
Version
metallic
MEG6270-0002 1/4 9
metallic
MEG6270-3714 MEG6270-3721 1/10 9 1/10 9
Steel polished brass
USB cover for 7" touch panel

For inserting into the intermediate frame. The USB cover is required as a spare part when damaged or lost.
Version
Aluminium frame for 7" touch panel

Decorative aluminium frame for 7" touch panel. In KNX, to be completed with: 7" touch panel, art. no. MEG62600007. Inner frame set for 7" touch panel, art. no. MEG6270-01...
Art. no. PU PG Info
Art. no.
PU PG
Info

MEG6270-0219 MEG6270-0222 10/60 9 10/60 9
KNX sensors
polar white black
Version
Aluminium
MEG6270-3760 MEG6270-3719 MEG6270-3722 1/10 9 1/10 9 1/10 9
aluminium Polar white Black
2010
| Devices for display and operation | KNX SENSORS
www.merten.com
477
KNX SENSORS
IP touch panel 10"
The IP touch panel 10" is used for the visualisation and control of current building statuses and functions. It is operated interactively on the touch-sensitive TFT display. Windows CE is installed as the operating system. With this standard, solutions such as data management, web functions and client/server and network functions can be configured quickly and easily. Via a browser, it is also possible, for example, to use Merten@home with the IC 1 EIB Internet Controller. Using the optional visualisation software, the IP touch panel 10" can be programmed for the visualised, interactive control of building functions. The IP touch panel 10" has LAN (10/100 Mbit/s), and a RS 232 and USB connection. The USB connection is in the front behind the frame. A plug-in INSTABUS module can be used to connect the IP touch panel 10" to the KNX. Due to its flat design in a flush-mounted housing, its uses range from home applications to purpose-built applications. KNX software functions: Configuration using the "TP VISU configuration tool". Display size: 10.4 (24.4 cm) Resolution: 800 x 600 pixels, SVGA Display type: TFT, resistive touch Colours shown: > 65000 Supply voltage: DC 24 V Power consumption: < 20 W RAM: 128 MB Flash memory: 64 MB Data buffering: via battery Ambient operating temperature: 5 C to 40 C Type of protection: IP 20 Frame dimensions: 224.7x277.5x12 mm (HxWxD) To be completed with: Power supply REG, DC 24 V/1 A, art. no. 693004. Accessories: INSTABUS EIB module for IP touch panel art. no. 683093. Design frame for IP touch panel 10" art. no. 489960. Flush-mounted mounting box for IP touch panel 10" art. no. 683091. Cavity wall mounting box for IP touch panel 10" art. no. 683092. Note: The TP VISU configuration tool is available on the Internet or on the Merten info CD. Contents: With Design M-Plan frames, aluminium.
Real glass frame for IP touch panel 10"

For M-PLAN. Decorative frame for the IP touch panel 10". Dimensions: 228.6x281.4x13.5 mm (HxWxD)
In KNX, to be completed with: IP touch panel 10" art. no. 683090.

Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
glass
489960 1/5 1.1
Diamond silver

For flush-mounted installation of the IP touch panel 10". Dimensions: 208x238x68 mm (HxWxD)

Version
Cavity wall mounting box for IP touch panel 10"

For installing the IP touch panel 10" into a cavity wall. Dimensions: 205x235x72 mm (HxWxD)

Version
Version
KNX sensors
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
683090 1/1 9
aluminium glossy
INSTABUS module for IP touch panel

Plug-in module for connecting the IP touch panel to the KNX. In KNX, to be completed with: IP touch panel 10" art. no. 683090.
Art. no. 683093 PU PG 1/52 9 Info
Version
478
www.merten.com
KNX SENSORS
LCD mini-panel MT 701 V2.0
Current building states can be centrally controlled and functions influenced via the LCD minipanel. The LCD mini-panel is ideal for private and office use thanks to its compact, flat design (213 mm x 125 mm) and functional scope. An LCD graphic display capable of displaying up to eight rows and 16 different states at the same time is used as the display medium. It is operated interactively via a touch-sensitive keyboard. The user menu is freely programmable, thus permitting the creation of function groups specifically adapted to the building and resulting in a clear display of the various applications. Detailed functions can be displayed and operated using the submenus. When planning the LCD minipanel, the menus and submenus are compiled in line with requirements and assigned to the various KNX functions. Standard functions can be planned, such as: switching, dimming, blind control and display of measured values. Limit values can also be created. Bus processes can be linked in order to group KNX actions and the result can be displayed. KNX software functions: Parameterisation using panel programming software EIB TAB 2 or ETS tool for MT 701 V2.0. Mains voltage: AC 230 V Dimensions: 125x213 mm (HxW) Opening: 121.5x209 mm (HxW) In KNX, to be completed with: Flush mounting box for mini-panel, art. no. 682591. Accessories: Design frame for mini-panel, art. no. 682592/93. Note: The panel programming software EIB TAB 2, art. no. 615901 and ETS tool for MT 701 V2.0, art. no. 615047 are available over the Internet or from the Merten info CD.
ETS tool for MT 701 V2.0

Programming software for the ETS for parameterising the LCD mini-panel MT 701 V2.0.
In KNX, to be completed with: Mini-panel MT 701, art. no. 682590. Note: The software is available on the Internet or on the Merten info CD.

For System M. LC display with max. 4 x 16 characters and acoustic signalling device. The info display is used to indicate freely-programmable texts and values and to control functions. Functions and texts can be allocated on up to 12 pages with a maximum of 4 lines. 12 lines of alarm signals can also be allocated. Automatic allocation of alarm signal priority which can be changed manually. Signals that are not shown are selected using two buttons on the display. The functions of two additional buttons are allocated to the display line. With integrated bus coupler. The bus is connected using a bus connecting terminal. KNX software functions: Switching, dimming, blind control, temperature control, continuous status control, ASCII text provision, 8-bit scene retrieval, priority control, display of texts, values, date, time, date+time Display: Illuminated LCD 4-line (16 characters) or 2-line (8 characters) or 1-line (4 characters) Operating elements: 4 buttons Signalling device: 2 signal tones Alarm signals: max. 12
Version MT 701 module
Art. no. 682590
PU PG 1/6 9
Info
Flush mounting box for mini-panel

For flush-mounted and cavity wall installation of the mini-panels MT 701 V2.0.
Art. no. PU PG Info
In KNX, to be completed with: Mini-panel MT 701, art. no. 682590.

Version
Version black

KNX sensors
Design frame for mini-panel

Decorative frame for the mini-panel MT 701 V2.0.

Art. no. 682592 682593 PU PG 1/10 9 1/10 9 Info
2010
www.merten.com
479
KNX SENSORS
For System Design. LC display with max. 4 x 16 characters and acoustic signalling device. The info display is used to indicate freely-programmable texts and values and to control functions. Functions and texts can be allocated on up to 12 pages with a maximum of 4 lines. 12 lines of alarm signals can also be allocated. Automatic allocation of alarm signal priority which can be changed manually. Signals that are not shown are selected using two buttons on the display. The functions of two additional buttons are allocated to the display line. With integrated bus coupler. The bus is connected using a bus connecting terminal. KNX software functions: Switching, dimming, blind control, temperature control, continuous status control, ASCII text provision, 8-bit scene retrieval, priority control, display of texts, values, date, time, date+time Display: Illuminated LCD 4-line (16 characters) or 2-line (8 characters) or 1-line (4 characters) Operating elements: 4 buttons Signalling device: 2 signal tones Alarm signals: max. 12
Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
metallic
MEG6250-4146 1/40 9 new
KNX sensors
480
www.merten.com
KNX SENSORS
KNX sensors
2010
www.merten.com
481
KNX ACTUATORS
EFFICIENT CONTROL
KNX system characteristics Equipped for the future with KNX: the data is recorded by sensors and sent via a twin-core bus device to the actuators to control their activity. Sensors record information. This information can include room temperature, movements, or manually entered instructions, which are transmitted as data across the KNX bus system. The actuators receive data that is then converted into actions, such as lowering or raising a blind, or dimming a light.
KNX actuators carry out the actions that the system has requested after the sensors have obtained the necessary data. The actuators thus carry out the raising or lowing of the blinds. The light is switched on or off, depending on the level of ambient light, and the heating units are controlled in an energy efcient manner.
KNX actuators
482
www.merten.de
KNX ACTUATORS | 2010
KNX ACTUATORS
COnTenTS
REG-K/4x230/250 W universal dimming actuator
KNX SWiTCH ACTUATORS WiTH MAnUAl MODe AnD CURRenT DeTeCTiOn: THe SOlUTiOn fOR All YOUR ReQUiReMenTS
REG-K/2x230/16
REG-K/4x230/16
KNX SYSTeM DeViCeS starting on page 430
REG-K/8x230/16
KNX SenSORS starting on page 442

KNX actuators
REG-K/12x230/16
KNX SWiTCH ACTUATORS WiTH MAnUAl MODe AnD CURRenT DeTeCTiOn
available in these versions: REG-K/2x230/16 REG-K/4x230/16 REG-K/8x230/16 REG-K/12x230/16 all with manual mode and current detection
KNX ACTUATORS starting on page 482

www.merten.de
Switch actuators Blind actuators Dimming actuators Room temperature control unit Devices for display and operation
2010
| KNX ACTUATORS
483
KNX ACTUATORS
KNX actuatorsKNX actuatorsKNX systemKNX actuatorsM

Switch actuator REG-K/8x230/6 Switch actuator REG-K/x230/10 with manual mode Switch actuator REG-K/x230/16 with manual mode Switch actuator REG-K/12x230/16 with manual mode and current detection
Article number Switch contacts Device width Manual mode Mechanical Electrical Reset of manual mode Connecting terminals Nominal voltage Nominal current Max. connected load, AC 230 V Incandescent lamps Halogen lamps Fluorescent lamps Capacitive load Software ON/OFF delay Staircase timer function Staircase timer with/without cancel Staircase timer variable Staircase timer adjustable Staircase timer adding Warning Flashing Make/break contact is adjustable Changeover contact is adjustable Status/status feedback Active Passive Delayed Behaviour upon bus voltage failure/ bus voltage recovery is adjustable Scenes Sending delay Disable function Priority operation Central function Time delay (optional) Logic function Logic operation Value comparison, logic, gate function, lter, time delay Safety function
KNX actuators
646808 8 4 TE plug-in screw terminals AC 230 V, 50-60 Hz 6 A, cos = 0.6 1380 W 1380 W 1000VA 105 F
649202 649204 649208 649212 647393 647593 647893 648493 647395 647595 647895 648495 2 2.5 TE 4 4 TE plug-in screw terminals AC 230 V, 50-60 Hz 10 A, cos = 1 / 10 A, cos = 0.6 2000 W 1700 W 1800 W, not compensated 1000 W with parallel compensation 105 F Screw terminals AC 230 V, 50-60 Hz 16 A, cos = 0.6 3600 W 2500 W 2500VA 200 F 8 4 TE 12 6 TE 2 2.5 TE 4 4 TE 8 8 TE 12 12 TE 2 2.5 TE 4 4 TE 8 8 TE 12 12 TE
Screw terminals AC 230 V, 50-60 Hz 16 A, cos = 0.6 3600 W 2500 W 2500VA 200 F
Line supervision (sends live signals) current detection AC/DC Energy consumption counter Limit value monitoring Switching counter Operating hours counter Combination counter (switching counter and operating hours counter with limit value monitoring) Heating function On/Off switching (2 step) Continuous (PWM) Valve protection Behaviour upon bus voltage failure Summer / winter operation Group signal "all valves closed"
KNX actuators
M
484
2010 KNX ACTUATORS ACTUATORS | | 2010
KNX ACTUATORS
KNX actuatorsKNX actuatorsKNX systemKNX actuatorsM
Switch actuators REG-K, 16 A with manual mode
Switch actuator REG-K, 16 A with manual mode

Switch actuators REG-K, 10 A with manual mode
Switch actuator REG-K, 10 A with manual mode

For independent switching of up to 12 loads via make contacts. The function of the switching channels is freely configurable. All switching outlets can be operated manually using push-button operation. With integrated bus coupler. For installation on DIN rails EN 50022. KNX software functions: Operation as break contact/make contact. Programmable behaviour for download. Delay functions for each channel. Staircase lighting function with/without manual OFF function. Cut-out warning for staircase lighting function. Scenes. Central function. Disable function. Logic operation or priority control. Status feedback function for each channel. Power supply: Nominal voltage: 230 V AC, 50-60 Hz External auxiliary voltage (optional): 110-240 V AC, 50-60 Hz, max. 2 VA For each switch output: Nominal current: 10 A, cos = 1; 10 A, cos = 0.6 Incandescent lamps: 230 V AC, max. 2000 W Halogen lamps: 230 V AC, max. 1700 W Fluorescent lamps: 230 V AC, max. 1800 W, uncompensated 230 V AC, max. 1000 W parallel-compensated Capacitive load: 230 V AC, max. 105 F Device width (649202): 2.5 HP = approx. 45 mm Device width (649204): 4 HP = approx. 72 mm Device width (649208): 4 HP = approx. 72 mm Device width (649212): 6 HP = approx. 108 mm
For independent switching of up to 12 loads via make contacts. All 230 V switch outputs can be operated with manual switches. With integrated bus coupler. KNX software functions: Operation as break or make contact, delay functions for each channel, staircase lighting function with/without manual OFF function, cut-out warning for staircase lighting function, blocking and additional logic operation or priority control, scenes, status feedback function per channel, central function, comprehensive parameterisation for bus voltage failure and recovery, parameterisable download behaviour. Nominal voltage: 230 V AC, 50-60 Hz Per switching contact: Nominal current: 16 A, cos = 0.6 Incandescent lamps: 230 V AC, max. 3600 W Halogen lamps: 230 V AC, max. 2500 W Fluorescent lamps: AC 230 V, max. 2500 VA Capacitive load: 230 V AC, 16 A, max. 200 F Device width (647393): 2.5 HP = approx. 45 mm Device width (647593): 4 HP = approx. 72 mm Device width (647893): 8 HP = approx. 144 mm Device width (648493): 12 HP = approx. 216 mm

Art. no. 647393 647593 647893 648493 PU PG 1/30 1/10 1/6 1/6 9.3 9.3 9.3 9.3 Info
Version 2 channels 4 channels 8 channels 12 channels

Art. no. 649202 649204 649208 649212 PU PG 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 9.3 9.3 9.3 9.3 Info
KNX actuators
M
www.merten.com
2010
| Switch actuators REG-K, 10 A with manual mode | KNX ACTUATORS
485
KNX ACTUATORS
Switch actuators REG-K, 16 A with manual mode and current detection Switch actuators REG-K The devices have protection type IP 20 and can only be used indoors. Devices with a different type of protection are labelled separately.
Switch actuator REG-K, 16 A with manual mode and current detection

For independent switching of up to 12 loads via make contacts. The actuator has integrated current detection that measures the load current on each channel. All 230 V switch outputs can be operated with manual switches. With integrated bus coupler. KNX software functions: Operation as break contact or make contact. Staircase lighting function with/without manual OFF function and switch-off warning. Delay functions. Scenes. Logic function. Blocking or priority control. Feedback function. Status. Central function with delay. Parameterisation for bus voltage failure and recovery. Behaviour for download. Current detection function: Behaviour when value exceeds/falls short of the threshold value. Energy, operating and switch on counter with limit value monitoring. Flash function. Nominal voltage: 230 V AC, 50-60 Hz Per switching contact: Nominal current: 16 A, cos = 0.6 Incandescent lamps: 230 V AC, max. 3600 W Halogen lamps: 230 V AC, max. 2500 W Fluorescent lamps: 230 V AC, max. 2500 VA, with parallel compensation Capacitive load: 230 V AC, 16 A, max. 200 F Motor load: 230 V AC, max. 1000 W Current detection load current: Detection range: 0.1 A to 16 A (sine effective value or DC) Sensing accuracy: +/- 8% of the current value at hand (sine) and +/- 100 mA Frequency: 50/60 Hz Display: 100 mA Device width (647395): 2.5 HP = approx. 45 mm Device width (647595): 4 HP = approx. 72 mm Device width (647895): 8 HP = approx. 144 mm Device width (648495): 12 HP = approx. 216 mm
Switch actuator REG-K/8x230/6

For independent switching of eight loads via make contacts. With integrated bus coupler and plug-in screw terminals. For installation on DIN rails EN 50022. The bus is connected using a bus connecting terminal; a data rail is not necessary. A green LED indicates readiness for operation after the application has been loaded. KNX software functions: Operation as break or make contact, delay functions for each channel, staircase lighting function with/without manual OFF function, cut-out warning for staircase lighting function, blocking and additional logic operation or priority control, scenes, status feedback function per channel, central function, comprehensive parameterisation for bus voltage failure and recovery, parameterisable download behaviour. Nominal voltage: AC 230 V, 50-60 Hz For each switching contact: Nominal current: 6 A, cos = 0.6 Incandescent lamps: AC 230 V, max. 1380 W Halogen lamps: AC 230 V, max. 1380 W Fluorescent lamps: AC 230 V, max. 1000 VA Capacitive load: AC 230 V, 6 A, max. 105 F Device width: 4 modules = approx. 72 mm

Art. no. 646808 PU PG 1/10 9.3 Info
Version light grey

Art. no. 647395 647595 647895 648495 PU PG 1/30 1/10 1/6 1/6 9.3 9.3 9.3 9.3 Info
KNX actuators
M
www.merten.com
486
KNX ACTUATORS | Switch actuators REG-K, 16 A with manual mode and current detection | 2010
KNX ACTUATORS
Flush-mounted switch actuators Blinds/switch actuators REG-K with manual mode The devices have protection type IP 20 and can only be used indoors. Devices with a different type of protection are labelled separately.
Switch actuator, flush-mounted/ 230/16

For switching a load via a make contact. With integrated bus coupler and screw terminals. The device is connected to the bus with a bus connecting terminal. The actuator can be built into a 47 mm ceiling socket with hook or a flushmounted switch box. KNX software functions: Operation as break or make contact, delay functions for each channel, staircase lighting function with/without manual OFF function, cut-out warning for staircase lighting function, blocking and additional logic operation or priority control, scenes, status feedback function per channel, central function, comprehensive parameterisation for bus voltage failure and recovery, parameterisable download behaviour. Nominal voltage: AC 230 V, 50-60 Hz Nominal current: 16 A, ohmic load 10 A, cos = 0.6 Nominal output Incandescent lamps: AC 230 V, max. 2700 W Halogen lamps: AC 230 V, max. 1700 W Fluorescent lamps: AC 230 V, max. 1000 VA with parallel compensation Capacitive load: AC 230 V, max. 105 F
Blind/switch actuator REG-K/8x/ 16x/10 with manual mode

For independent control of up to 8 blind/roller shutter drives or for switching up to 16 loads via make contacts. The function of the blind or switching channels is freely configurable. All blind/switch outputs can be operated manually using push-buttons. With integrated bus coupling unit. For installation on DIN rails EN 50022. The bus is connected using a bus connecting terminal; a data rail is not necessary. Channel status display via LEDs. A green LED indicates readiness for operation. KNX software functions: Blind functions: Blind type. Running time. Idle time. Step interval. Weather alarm. 8-bit positioning for height and slats. Scenes. Status and feedback function. Switch actuator functions: Operation as break contact/make contact. Programmable behaviour for download. Delay functions for each channel. Staircase lighting function with/without manual OFF function. Cut-out warning for staircase lighting function. Scenes. Central function. Disable function. Logic operation or priority control. Status feedback function for each channel. Power supply: Nominal voltage: AC 230 V, 50 - 60 Hz External auxiliary voltage (optional): AC 110 240 V, 50 - 60 Hz, max. 2 VA For each blind output: Nominal current: 10 A, cos = 0.6 Motor load: AC 230 V, max. 1000 W For each switch output: Nominal current: 10 A, cos = 1; 10 A, cos = 0.6 Incandescent lamps: AC 230 V, max. 2000 W Halogen lamps: AC 230 V, max. 1700 W Fluorescent lamps: AC 230 V, max. 1800 W, uncompensated AC 230 V, max. 1000 W parallel-compensated Capacitive load: AC 230 V, max. 105 F Device width: 8 modules = approx. 144 mm

Art. no. 629993 PU PG 1/100 9 Info
Version polar white
Note: The blind actuator/switch actuator cannot be used in conjunction with the weather-dependent automatic functions of the weather combi-sensor/DCF77 art. no. 663692. If you require these functions then use the blind actuators art. no. 6498... Contents: With bus connecting terminal and cable cover.
Art. no. 649908 PU PG 1/6 9.3 Info
KNX actuators
Version light grey
M
www.merten.com
2010
| Flush-mounted switch actuators | KNX ACTUATORS
487
KNX ACTUATORS
Blind / switch actuator REG-K/ 12x/24x/10 with manual mode
For independent control of up to 12 blind/roller shutter drives or for switching up to 24 loads via make contacts. The function of the blind or switching channels is freely configurable. All blind/switch outputs can be operated manually using push-buttons. With integrated bus coupler. For installation on DIN rails EN 50022. The bus is connected using a bus connecting terminal; a data rail is not necessary. Channel status display via LEDs. A green LED indicates readiness for operation. KNX software functions: Blind functions: Blind type. Running time. Idle time. Step interval. Weather alarm. 8-bit positioning for height and slats. Scenes. Status and feedback function. Switch actuator functions: Operation as break contact/make contact. Programmable behaviour for download. Delay functions for each channel. Staircase lighting function with/without manual OFF function. Cut-out warning for staircase lighting function. Scenes. Central function. Disable function. Logic operation or priority control. Status feedback function for each channel. Power supply: Nominal voltage: AC 230 V, 50 - 60 Hz External auxiliary voltage (optional): AC 110 240 V, 50 - 60 Hz, max. 2 VA For each blind output: Nominal current: 10 A, cos = 0.6 Motor load: AC 230 V, max. 1000 W For each switch output: Nominal current: 10 A, cos = 1; 10 A, cos = 0.6 Incandescent lamps: AC 230 V, max. 2000 W Halogen lamps: AC 230 V, max. 1700 W Fluorescent lamps: AC 230 V, max. 1800 W, uncompensated AC 230 V, max. 1000 W parallel-compensated Capacitive load: AC 230 V, max. 105 F Device width: 12 modules = approx. 216 mm

Blind actuators REG-K with manual mode
Blind actuator REG-K/2x/10 with manual mode

For independent control of 2 blind/roller shutter drives. The function of the blind channels is freely configurable. All blind outputs can be operated manually using push-button operation. With integrated bus coupling unit. For installation onto DIN rails EN 50022. The bus is connected using a bus connecting terminal; a data rail is not necessary. Channel status display via LEDs. A green LED indicates readiness for operation. KNX software functions: Blind functions: Blind type. Running time. Idle time. Step interval. Differentiated disable functions and weather alarms. 8-bit positioning for height and slat. Scenes. Manual/automatic mode. Differentiated status and status feedback functions. For each blind output: Nominal voltage: AC 230 V, 50-60 Hz Nominal current: 10 A, cos = 0.6 Motor load: AC 230 V, max. 1000 W Device width: 4 modules = approx. 72 mm Contents: With bus connecting terminal and cable cover.
Art. no. 649802 PU PG 1/10 9.3 Info
Version light grey

For independent control of 4 blind/roller shutter drives. The functions of the blind channels is freely configurable. All blind outputs can be operated manually using push-button operation. With integrated bus coupling unit. For installation onto DIN rails EN 50022. The bus is connected using a bus connecting terminal; a data rail is not necessary. Channel status display via LEDs. A green LED indicates readiness for operation. KNX software functions: Blind functions: Blind type. Running time. Idle time. Step interval. Differentiated disable functions and weather alarms. 8-bit positioning for height and slat. Scenes. Manual/automatic mode. Differentiated status and status feedback functions. For each blind output: Nominal voltage: AC 230 V, 50-60 Hz Nominal current: 10 A, cos = 0.6 Motor load: AC 230 V, max. 1000 W Device width: 4 modules = approx. 72 mm
Note: The blind actuator/switch actuator cannot be used in conjunction with the weather-dependent automatic functions of the weather combi-sensor/DCF77 art. no. 663692. If you require these functions then use the blind actuators art. no. 6498... Contents: With bus connecting terminal and cable cover.
Art. no. 649912 PU PG 1/6 9.3 Info
Version light grey
KNX actuators

Art. no. 649804 PU PG 1/10 9.3 Info
M
www.merten.com
Version light grey
488
KNX ACTUATORS | Blind actuators REG-K with manual mode | 2010
KNX ACTUATORS
For independent control of 8 blind/roller shutter drives. The functions of the blind channels is freely configurable. All blind outputs can be operated manually using push-buttons. With integrated bus coupler. For installation on DIN rails EN 50022. The bus is connected using a bus connecting terminal; a data rail is not necessary. Channel status display via LEDs. A green LED indicates readiness for operation. KNX software functions: Blind functions: Blind type. Running time. Idle time. Step interval. Differentiated disable functions and weather alarms. 8-bit positioning for height and slat. Scenes. Manual/automatic mode. Differentiated status and status feedback functions. For each blind output: Nominal voltage: AC 230 V, 50 - 60 Hz Nominal current:10 A, cos = 0.6 Motor load: AC 230 V, max. 1000 W External auxiliary voltage (optional): AC 110240 V, 50-60 Hz, max. 2 VA Device width: 8 modules = approx. 144 mm
Roller shutter actuator REG-K/ 4x/10 with manual mode

For independent control of 4 roller shutter drives. The function of the roller shutter channels is freely configurable. All roller shutter outputs can be operated manually using push-button operation. With integrated bus coupler. For installation onto DIN rails EN 50022. Bus connection is via bus terminals, a data rail is not necessary. Channel status display via LEDs. A green LED indicates readiness for operation. KNX software functions: Roller shutter functions: Running time. Idle time. Differentiated disable functions and weather alarms. 8-bit positioning for height. Scenes. Manual/automatic function. Differentiated status and status feedback functions. For each roller shutter output: Nominal voltage: AC 230 V, 50-60 Hz Nominal current: 10 A, cos = 0.6 Motor load: AC 230 V, max. 1000 W Device width: 4 modules = approx. 72 mm

Art. no. 649704 PU PG 1/10 9.3 Info
Version light grey

Art. no. 649808 PU PG 1/6 9.3 Info
Version light grey
Blind actuators and accessories
Blind actuator REG-K/4x24/6 with manual mode

For independent control of 4 blind/roller shutter drives. The function of the blind channels is freely configurable. All blind outputs can be operated manually using push-button operation. With integrated bus coupler. For installation onto DIN rails EN 50022. The bus is connected using a bus connecting terminal; a data rail is not necessary. Channel status display via LEDs. A green LED indicates readiness for operation. KNX software functions: Blind functions: Blind type. Running time. Idle time. Step interval. Differentiated disable functions and weather alarms. 8-bit positioning for height and slat. Scenes. Manual/automatic mode. Differentiated status and status feedback functions. For each blind output: Nominal voltage: DC 24 V 10 % Nominal current: 6 A Load types: 24 V direct current drives Device width: 4 modules = approx. 72 mm
The devices have protection type IP 20 and can only be used indoors. Devices with a different type of protection are labelled separately.
Blind actuator REG-K/4x/6

For independent control of 4 blind/roller shutter drives. With integrated bus coupler and plug-in screw terminals. For installation onto DIN rails EN 50022. The bus is connected using a bus connecting terminal; a data rail is not necessary. A green LED indicates readiness for operation after the application has been loaded. KNX software functions: Blind functions: Blind type. Running time. Idle time. Step interval. Weather alarms. 8-bit positioning for height and slats. Scenes. Automatic function. Differentiated status and feedback functions. For each blind output: Nominal voltage: AC 230 V, 50-60 Hz Nominal current: 6 A, cos = 0.6 Motor load: AC 230 V, max. 1000 W Device width: 4 modules = approx. 72 mm

Art. no. 648704 PU PG 1/10 9.3 Info
KNX actuators
Version light grey

Art. no. 646704 PU PG 1/10 9.3 Info
M
www.merten.com
Version light grey
2010
| Blind actuators and accessories | KNX ACTUATORS
489
KNX ACTUATORS
Multiple control relay for roller shutters REG

2 A, AC 250 V For installation on DIN rails. For controlling up to 2 roller shutter motors locally, in groups or centrally. With separation of load and control circuit, as well as forced locking in both directions of movement. Motors are controlled individually using a roller shutter rocker switch and centrally using the blind time switches or blind push-buttons of the Merten blind control system. Mains voltage: AC 230 V, 50 Hz 10 % Power consumption: 10 mA in relay operation Switching voltage: max. AC 250 V Switching current: max. 2 A Temperature range: 0 -60 C Terminals: max. 1.5 mm2 Device width: 2 modules = approx. 36 mm
Version
Art. no. 576399
PU PG 1/24 8
Info

Art. no. 576397 PU PG 1/40 8 Info
Version
Version
Art. no. 576398
PU PG 1/100 8
Info
KNX actuators
M
www.merten.com
490
KNX ACTUATORS | Blind actuators and accessories | 2010
KNX ACTUATORS
Dimming actuators The devices have protection type IP 20 and can only be used indoors. Devices with a different type of protection are labelled separately.
Universal dimming actuator REGK/4x230/250 W

AC 230 V, 50-60 Hz For switching and dimming incandescent lamps, HV halogen lamps and LV halogen lamps using dimmable wound transformers or electronic transformers (Automatic load detection). (Phase control and phase alignment) The connection of different outer conductors is allowed. With integral bus coupler, screw terminals, shortcircuit, open-circuit and excess temperature protection with soft start function. For installation onto DIN rails EN 50022. The dimming actuator automatically recognises the connected load. Combinations of ohmic and inductive, or ohmic and capacitive loads can also be connected. Combinations of inductive and capacitive loads must not be connected. Bus connection is via bus terminals; a data rail is not necessary. KNX software functions: Dimming operation via KNX, Dimming operation on the device, different dimming curves and dimming speeds, the same dimming time, memory function, ON/OFF delay, staircase time function with/without manual OFF function, scenes (up to eight stored brightness values can be retrieved), central function, logic operation or priority control, blocking function, status feedback. Nominal voltage: AC 220 - 230 V, 50/60 Hz Channels: 4 (different phases possible) Nominal power: 4 x 250 W/VA 3 channels: 1 x 500 W/VA and 2 x 250 W/VA 2 channels: 2 x 500 W/VA Minimum load/channel: 25 W (ohmic) 50 VA (ohmic-inductive/ohmic-capacitive) Device width: 8 HP = approx. 144 mm
Universal dimming actuator REG-K/4x230/150 W

AC 230 V, 50-60 Hz For switching and dimming incandescent lamps, HV halogen lamps and LV halogen lamps using dimmable wound transformers or electronic transformers. (Phase control and phase alignment) With integral bus coupler, screw terminals, shortcircuit, open-circuit and excess temperature protection with soft start function. For installation onto DIN rails EN 50022. The dimming actuator automatically recognises the connected load. Combinations of ohmic and inductive, or ohmic and capacitive loads can also be connected. Combinations of inductive and capacitive loads must not be connected. Bus connection is via bus terminals; a data rail is not necessary. KNX software functions: Dimming operation via KNX, extension units and on the device, different dimming curves and dimming speeds, the same dimming time, memory function, ON/OFF delay, staircase time function with/without manual OFF function, scenes (up to eight stored brightness values can be retrieved), central function, logic operation or priority control, blocking function, status feedback. Nominal voltage: AC 220 - 230 V, 50/60 Hz Nominal power/channel: max. 150 W/VA 25 W minimum load (ohmic) 50 VA minimum load (ohmic/inductive/capacitive) Input (extension unit operation): AC 230 V, 50/ 60 Hz (same phase as the dimming channels) Device width: 6 modules = approx. 105 mm Extension unit operation: With mechanical push-buttons (make contact). With extension insert, art. no. 573999, extension TELE insert, art. no. 573998. Contents: With bus connecting terminal and cable cover.

Art. no. 649325 PU PG 1/6 9.3 Info
Version
Version light grey
Art. no. 649315
PU PG 1/10 9.3
Info
KNX actuators
M
www.merten.com
2010
| Dimming actuators | KNX ACTUATORS
491
KNX ACTUATORS
Universal dimming actuator REG-K/2x230/300 W
AC 230 V, 50-60 Hz For switching and dimming incandescent lamps, HV halogen lamps and LV halogen lamps using dimmable wound transformers or electronic transformers. (Phase control and phase alignment) With integral bus coupler, screw terminals, shortcircuit, open-circuit and excess temperature protection with soft start function. For installation onto DIN rails EN 50022. The dimming actuator automatically recognises the connected load. Combinations of ohmic and inductive, or ohmic and capacitive loads can also be connected. Combinations of inductive and capacitive loads must not be connected. Bus connection is via bus terminals; a data rail is not necessary. KNX software functions: Dimming operation via KNX, extension units and on the device, different dimming curves and dimming speeds, the same dimming time, memory function, ON/OFF delay, staircase time function with/without manual OFF function, scenes (up to eight stored brightness values can be retrieved), central function, logic operation or priority control, blocking function, status feedback. Nominal voltage: AC 220 - 230 V, 50/60 Hz Nominal power/channel: max. 300 W/VA 25 W minimum load (ohmic) 50 W minimum load (ohmic/inductive/capacitive) Input (extension unit operation): AC 230 V, 50/ 60 Hz (same phase as the dimming channels) Device width: 4 modules = approx. 72 mm Extension unit operation: With mechanical push-buttons (make contact). With extension insert, art. no. 573999, extension TELE insert, art. no. 573998. Contents: With bus connecting terminal and cable cover.

Universal dimming actuator REG-K/230/500 W

AC 230 V, 50-60 Hz For switching and dimming incandescent lamps, HV halogen lamps and LV halogen lamps using dimmable wound transformers or electronic transformers. (Phase control and phase alignment) With integral bus coupler, screw terminals, shortcircuit, open-circuit and excess temperature protection with soft start function. For installation onto DIN rails EN 50022. The dimming actuator automatically recognises the connected load. Combinations of ohmic and inductive, or ohmic and capacitive loads can also be connected. Combinations of inductive and capacitive loads must not be connected. Bus connection is via bus terminals; a data rail is not necessary. KNX software functions: Dimming operation via KNX, extension units and on the device, different dimming curves and dimming speeds, the same dimming time, memory function, ON/OFF delay, staircase time function with/without manual OFF function, scenes (up to eight stored brightness values can be retrieved), central function, logic operation or priority control, blocking function, status feedback. Nominal voltage: AC 220 - 230 V, 50/60 Hz Nominal power/channel: max. 500 W/VA 25 W minimum load (ohmic) 50 VA minimum load (ohmic/inductive/capacitive) Input (extension unit operation): AC 230 V, 50/ 60 Hz (same phase as the dimming channel) Device width: 4 modules = approx. 72 mm Extension unit operation: With mechanical push-buttons (make contact). With extension insert, art. no. 573999, extension TELE insert, art. no. 573998. Contents: With bus connecting terminal and cable cover.
Version light grey
Art. no. 649330
PU PG 1/10 9.3
Info
KNX actuators
M
www.merten.com
492
KNX ACTUATORS | Dimming actuators | 2010
KNX ACTUATORS
Universal dimming actuator REG-K/230/1000 W
AC 230 V, 50-60 Hz For switching and dimming incandescent lamps, HV halogen lamps and LV halogen lamps using dimmable wound transformers or electronic transformers. (Phase control and phase alignment) With integral bus coupler, screw terminals, shortcircuit, open-circuit and excess temperature protection with soft start function. For installation onto DIN rails EN 50022. The dimming actuator automatically recognises the connected load. Combinations of ohmic and inductive, or ohmic and capacitive loads can also be connected. Combinations of inductive and capacitive loads must not be connected. Bus connection is via bus terminals; a data rail is not necessary. KNX software functions: Dimming operation via KNX, extension units and on the device, different dimming curves and dimming speeds, the same dimming time, memory function, ON/OFF delay, staircase time function with/without manual OFF function, scenes (up to eight stored brightness values can be retrieved), central function, logic operation or priority control, blocking function, status feedback. Nominal voltage: AC 220 - 230 V, 50/60 Hz Nominal power: max. 1000 W/VA 25 W minimum load (ohmic) 50 VA minimum load (ohmic/inductive/capacitive) Input (extension unit operation): AC 230 V, 50/ 60 Hz (same phase as the dimming channel) Device width: 4 modules = approx. 72 mm Extension unit operation: With mechanical push-buttons (make contact). With extension insert, art. no. 573999, extension TELE insert, art. no. 573998. Contents: With bus connecting terminal and cable cover.
Dimming actuator REG-K/2x230/ 300 W

AC 230 V, 50 Hz For switching and dimming incandescent lamps and dimmable, wound transformers (ohmic / inductive load). (Phase control) With integral bus coupler, plug-in screw terminals, short-circuit and overload protection and soft start function to protect the lamps. For installation onto DIN rails EN 50022. Bus connection is via bus terminals, a data rail is not necessary. Readiness for operation is indicated by a green LED after the application has been loaded, and an overload of one channel or both channels is indicated by a flashing light. KNX software functions: Starting behaviour, memory function, dimming speed, switching off by relative dimming, configurable minimum brightness and behaviour on bus voltage failure/recovery are programmable. Nominal voltage: AC 230 V, 50 Hz Nominal power/channel: max. 300 W/VA Minimum load: 25 W/VA Short-circuit protection: via fuse Device width: 6 modules = approx. 108 mm

Art. no. 646630 PU PG 1/10 9.3 Info
Version light grey
Version light grey
Art. no. 649310
PU PG 1/10 9.3
Info
KNX actuators
M
www.merten.com
2010
| Dimming actuators | KNX ACTUATORS
493
KNX ACTUATORS
Control units 0-10 V
Control unit 0-10 V REG-K/1-gang with manual mode

For connecting devices with 0-10 V interface to KNX. With integrated bus coupler and screw terminals (230 V) or plug-in screw terminals (0-10 V). The 230 V switch output can be operated with a manual switch. For installation onto DIN rails EN 50022. The bus is connected using a bus connecting terminal; a data rail is not necessary. KNX software functions: Different dimming curves and dimming speeds, the same dimming time, memory function, ON/ OFF delay, staircase time function with/without manual OFF function, scenes (up to eight stored brightness values can be retrieved), central function, logic operation or priority control, blocking function, status feedback, behaviour on bus voltage recovery. Switch contact: for switching the electronic ballasts/transformers Nominal voltage: AC 230 V, 50-60 Hz Nominal current: 16 A, cos = 0,6 Switching capacity: AC 230 V, 3600 W, cos = 1 Capacitive load: AC 230 V, 16 A, 200 F Incandescent lamps: AC 230 V, max. 3600 W Halogen lamps: AC 230 V, max. 2500 W Fluorescent lamps: AC 230 V, max. 3600 VA, uncompensated AC 230 V, max. 2500 VA, with parallel compensation LV- halogen lamps with wound transformer: max. 2000 VA 0-10 V interface: 0.12-100 mA Voltage range: DC 0-10 V Device width: 2.5 HP = approx. 45 mm
Control unit 0-10 V REG-K/3-gang with manual mode

For connecting devices with 0-10 V interface to KNX. With integrated bus coupler and screw terminals (230 V) or plug-in screw terminals (0-10 V). Each individual 230 V switch output can be operated manually with a manual switch. For installation onto DIN rails EN 50022. The bus is connected using a bus connecting terminal; a data rail is not necessary. KNX software functions: Different dimming curves and dimming speeds, the same dimming time, memory function, ON/ OFF delay, staircase time function with/without manual OFF function, scenes (up to eight stored brightness values can be retrieved), central function, logic operation or priority control, blocking function, status feedback, behaviour on bus voltage recovery. Switch contact: for switching the electronic ballasts/transformers Nominal voltage: AC 230 V, 50-60 Hz Nominal current: 16 A, cos = 0.6 Switching capacity: AC 230 V, 3600 W, cos = 1 Capacitive load: AC 230 V, 16 A, 200 F Incandescent lamps: AC 230 V, max. 3600 W Halogen lamps: AC 230 V, max. 2500 W Fluorescent lamps: AC 230 V, max. 3600 VA, uncompensated AC 230 V, max. 2500 VA, with parallel compensation LV- halogen lamps with wound transformer: max. 2000 VA 0-10 V interface: 0.12-100 mA Voltage range: DC 0-10 V Device width: 4 HP = ca. 72 mm

Art. no. 646991 PU PG 1/10 9.3 Info

Art. no. 647091 PU PG 1/10 9.3 Info
Version light grey
Version light grey
KNX actuators
M
www.merten.com
494
KNX ACTUATORS | Control units 0-10 V | 2010
KNX ACTUATORS
DALI gateways
INSTABUS DALI gateway REG-K/ 1/16/64

The DALI gateway connects the KNX with digital electronic ballasts, which are equipped with a DALI interface. The gateway is the DALI master and power supply for the electronic ballasts. It supports the switching and dimming of up to 64 electronic ballasts in 16 groups and the control of 16 lightscenes. Brightness values or error messages of individual groups can be transmitted to the KNX and visualised on display units. DALI commissioning and configuration, as well as group assignment and scene setting, can be carried out using: the device (display and operating buttons). a software tool (free of charge). The device has 2 inputs for connecting push-buttons (building site operation), for example. For installation on DIN rails EN 50022. The bus is connected using a bus connecting terminal; a data rail is not necessary. The network and the DALI cable as well as the switch inputs are connected via screw terminals on the device. Supply voltage: AC 110-240 V, 50-60 Hz Inputs: 2, passive DC 9-36 V or AC 9-24 V Outputs: DALI D+, D in line with DALI specification DC 16-18 V, 150 mA, short-circuit-proof Connecting cable: 1.5 - 2.5 mm Type of protection: IP 20 Device width: 6 modules = approx. 108 mm
KNX DALI gateway REG-K/1/ 16(64)/64

The DALI gateway connects the KNX with digital electronic ballasts equipped with a DALI interface. The gateway is the DALI master and power supply for the electronic ballasts. It supports the switching and dimming of up to 64 electronic ballasts in 16 groups and the control of 16 lightscenes. In addition, the 64 electronic ballasts can be individually activated via KNX or compiled via KNX group addresses. Error messages of individual electronic ballasts or each connected lamp can be transmitted to the KNX and visualised on display devices. DALI commissioning and configuration, as well as group assignment and scene setting can be carried out using: the device (display and operating buttons) a software tool (free of charge) the integrated Web server. The RH45 connection is used for connection to a PC (with standard browser). a portable Web panel or a PDA The device has 2 inputs for connecting push-buttons (building site operation), for example. For installation on DIN rails EN 50022. The bus is connected using a bus connecting terminal; a data rail is not necessary. The network and the DALI cable as well as the switch inputs are connected via screw terminals on the device. Supply voltage: AC 110 - 240 V, 50 - 60 Hz Inputs: 2, passive DC 9 - 36 V or AC 9 - 24 V Outputs: DALI D+, D- in line with DALI specification DC 16 - 18 V, 150 mA, short circuit-proof Interfaces: 1xRJ45 Connecting cable: 1.5 - 2.5 mm Type of protection: IP 20 Device width: 6 modules = approx. 108 mm

Art. no. 680129 PU PG 1/20 9.3 Info
Version light grey

Art. no. 680191 PU PG 1/20 9.3 Info
Version light grey
KNX actuators
M
www.merten.com
2010
| DALI gateways | KNX ACTUATORS
495
KNX ACTUATORS
Room temperature control unit The devices have protection type IP 20 and can only be used indoors. Devices with a different type of protection are labelled separately.
Programming magnet for EMO valve drive

Non-contact programming of the physical address of the EMO valve drive or INSTABUS ARGUS 220. In KNX, to be completed with: Valve drive EMO, art. no. 639119. Valve drive EMO, with 2 binary inputs, art. no. 639118. KNX ARGUS 220, art. no. 6325...
Art. no. 639190 PU PG 10/180 9.1 Info
EMO valve drive with 2 binary inputs

Electromotive proportional valve drive with integrated bus coupler and microprocessor control with automatic valve lift detection. With two integrated binary inputs. The valve drive can be connected directly to the KNX. A separate power supply is not required. KNX software functions: Control value. Actual position. Status. Forced position (window "Open" detection, lower and upper limit for basic temperature control of underfloor heating for example). Binary inputs. Limit value. Power consumption: typ. 10 mA (= 240 mW; approx. 2 BCU modules) Lift: min. 1.0 mm; max. 4.5 mm Running time: 25 s/mm Type of protection: IP 43 in line with EN 60529 (for vertical installation) Protection class: III in line with EN 60730 Connecting cable: 1 m fixed; J(E)YY 3x2x0.6 Connection to bus line: via bus connecting terminal Installation: suitable for all Heimeier thermostatic valve bodies and three-way changeover valves
Version
Heating actuator REG-K/6x230/ 0.05 A

For actuation of thermoelectric valve drives for heating or cooling ceilings. The heating actuator has 6 electronic outputs. Up to 4 valve drives can be connected to each output. The outputs are either switch activated (1 bit) or PWM signal (1 byte) activated. Each output is overload-protected and short-circuit-protected. For installation on DIN rails EN 50022. The bus is connected using a bus connecting terminal; a data rail is not necessary. KNX software functions: Cycle time, status feedback, summer and winter operation, cyclical monitoring of variables, locking each output in a forced position, behaviour on bus power failure and recovery, overload and short circuit status, mains power loss reporting, collective fault reporting connected to all valves, transmission of the largest 1 byte variable value. Nominal voltage: AC 230 V, 50-60 Hz Outputs: 6, electronic Nominal current: 0.05 A, ohmic Starting current: max. 1.5 A Minimum load per used output: 1 valve drive Number of valve drives max. 4 per output Device width: 4 modules = approx. 72 mm In KNX, to be completed with: PLANTEC multi-function push-button with room temperature control unit, art. no. 626008. Multifunction push-button, 2-gang, with room temperature control unit, art. no. System M 6232.., 6273, System Design 6287... Multi-function push-button, 2-gang, with room temperature control unit, art. no. System M 6274.., 6288, System Design 6236... Room temperature control unit, flush-mounted/PI, art. no. 6247.., 6249.., 6246.., 6248... Thermoelectric valve drive 230 V, art. no. 639125. Contents: With bus connecting terminal and cable cover.
Accessories: Programming magnet for valve drive EMO, art. no. 639190.
Art. no. 639118 PU PG 1/35 9 Info
Version polar white
EMO valve drive

Electromotive proportional valve drive with integrated bus coupler and microprocessor control with automatic valve lift detection. The valve drive can be connected directly to the KNX. A separate power supply is not required. KNX software functions: Setpoint position (control value). Actual position. Status signal. Forced position. Cyclical monitoring. Power consumption: max. 12 mA at 20 V (= 240 mW) Lift: max. 4.5 mm Running time: 25 s/mm Type of protection: IP 43 in line with EN 60529 (for vertical installation) Protection class: III in line with EN 60730 Connection cable: 1 m fixed; J-Y (St) Y 1 x 2 x 0.6 Connection to bus line: via bus connecting terminal Installation: Fits all Heimeier thermostat valve bases
Version light grey
Art. no. 645129
PU PG 1/10 9.3
Info
KNX actuators
M
www.merten.com Version polar white
Accessories: Programming magnet for valve drive EMO, art. no. 639190.
Art. no. 639119 PU PG 1/35 9 Info
496
KNX ACTUATORS | Room temperature control unit | 2010
KNX ACTUATORS
KNX fan coil actuator REG-K
For heating, ventilation and air conditioning control. For controlling fan convectors with up to three speeds, as well as for controlling three-step motor drives (continuous/pulse-width-modulated) or two-step thermal drives. The actuator supports 2-pipe and 4-pipe systems. Two floating binary inputs for window contact and level contact for condensed water container, for example. Connection of 1-speed to 3-speed fans. The multi-function push-button with room temperature control from version 3A can be used to activate the fan coil actuator. With integrated bus coupler. For installation on DIN rails EN 60715. The bus is connected using a bus connecting terminal; a data rail is not necessary. KNX software functions: Fan control: In automatic mode, the fan speeds are controlled dependently by the control value of the multifunction push-button. The three fan speeds and automatic mode can be switched via EIB telegram. The fan can be controlled either directly or via actuators / suitable dimming actuators. Fan speed feedback is possible via corresponding status feedback objects e.g. status LED of the push-button. The fan speed as well as the automatic status "(Auto)" can be displayed on the display of the multi-function push-button with TCU. Valve control: Type of controller: PI controller (PWM and continuous). Controller mode: Heating and/or cooling with common or separate valve outputs. Operating modes: The operating mode is selected in the multi-function push-button with TCU Power supply: AC 230 V 10 %, 50/60 Hz Power consumption: max. 3 VA Outputs: 3 floating contacts (fan coil), 2 semiconductor switches (valve connections) Switching capacity for valves: 0.5 A, AC 24V 230 V Additional relay switching capacity: 16 A Fan relay switching capacity: 8 A Inputs: 2, max. cable length 5 m Operation: Key for fan levels and heating/cooling mode Displays: 9 status LEDs Device width: 4 modules = approx. 72 mm
Thermoelectric valve drive 230 V

Thermoelectric valve drive for opening and closing valves. For 2-step or PWM control of heating, air conditioning and ventilation systems, individual room control of surface heaters, control of heating circuit distributors, radiators, convector heaters, cooling ceilings. Operation is carried out by the heating actuator REG-K/ 6x230/0.05 A or a room temperature control unit (230 V) with 2step or PWM output. Valve adapters permit compatibility with a variety of valve bodies and heating circuit distributors. Functions: First-open function: The drive is factory-set to de-energised open. This allows the heating to be operated during the building shell phase. De-energised closed Functional display (open, closed, intermediate settings) Adjustment control Protection against dismantling Plug-in connecting cable Plug-in assembly Supply voltage: AC 230 V, 50/60 Hz Starting current: max. 300 mA for max. 200 ms Operating current: 8 mA Power consumption: 1.8 W Lift: approx. 4 mm Running time: 45 s/mm Positioning force: 100 N Circulating medium temperature: 0-100C Type of protection: IP 54 / II, in all installation positions Connecting cable: 1 m, 2x0.75 mm PVC Dimensions: 60x44x61 mm (HxWxD)
To be completed with: Room temperature control insert with switch, art. no. 536302. Valve adapter VA10, art. no. 639110. Valve adapter VA50, art. no 639150. Valve adapter VA78, art. no. 639178. Valve adapter VA80, art. no. 639180. In KNX, to be completed with: Heating actuator REG-K/6x230/ 0.05 A, art. no. 645129.
Art. no. 639125 PU PG 1/50 9 Info
Version polar white
Accessories: Multi-function push-button with room temperature control unit, art. no. 6232.., 6273.. , 6236..,6274.., 6287.., 6288.., 626008. Thermoelectric valve drive 24 V art. no. 639126.
Art. no. 645094 PU PG 1/10 9.3 Info
Version light grey
KNX actuators
M
www.merten.com
2010
| Room temperature control unit | KNX ACTUATORS
497
KNX ACTUATORS
Thermoelectric valve drive 24 V
Thermoelectric valve drive for opening and closing valves. For 2-step or PWM control of heating, air conditioning and ventilation systems, individual room control of surface heaters, control of heating circuit distributors, radiators, convector heaters, cooling ceilings. Fan coil actuator REG-K or a room temperature control unit (24 V) with 2step or PWM output activates. Valve adapters permit compatibility with a variety of valve bodies and heating circuit distributors. Functions: First-open function: The drive is factory-set to de-energised open. This allows the heating to be operated during the building shell phase. De-energised closed Functional display (open, closed, intermediate settings) Adjustment control Protection against dismantling Plug-in connecting cable Plug-in assembly Supply voltage: AC/DC 24 V +20%/-10%, 060 Hz Starting current: max. 250 mA for max. 2 min Operating current: 75 mA Power consumption: 1.8 W Lift: approx. 4 mm Running time: 45 s/mm Positioning force: 100 N Medium temperature: 0-100C Type of protection/protection class: IP 54 / II, in all installation positions Connecting cable: 1 m, 2x0.75 mm PVC Dimensions: 60 x 44 x 61 mm (HxWxD) To be completed with: Room temperature control insert with switch, art. no. 536304. Power supply REG, AC 24 V / 1 A, art. no. 663529. Valve adapter VA10, art. no. 639110. Valve adapter VA50, art. no 639150. Valve adapter VA78, art. no. 639178. Valve adapter VA80, art. no. 639180. In KNX, to be completed with: Fan coil actuator REG-K, art. no. 645094. Power supply REG, AC 24 V / 1 A, art. no. 663529. Note: Protective cap AA SK 1000 (aluminium, white RAL 9016) available on request. To install the protective cap, a higher valve adapter must be used (available on request). Check compact radiators in advance to see if they are suitable.
Valve adapter VA50 for thermoelectric valve drive

For Honeywell+Braukmann, Reich, Landis+Gyr, MNG, Cazzagniga. Valve adapters permit compatibility with a variety of valve bodies and heating circuit distributors
To be completed with: Thermoelectric valve drive 230 V, art. no. 639125. Thermoelectric valve drive 24 V, art. no. 639124. Themoelectric valve drive 24 V art.-no. 639126.
Art. no. 639150 PU PG 5/400 9 Info
Version

For Danfoss RA. Valve adapters permit compatibility with a variety of valve bodies and heating circuit distributors
Art. no. 639178 PU PG 5/400 9 Info
Version

For Heimeier, Herb, Onda, Schlsser (from 1993), Oventrop M30x1.5, TeSa. Valve adapters permit compatibility with a variety of valve bodies and heating circuit distributors
Art. no. 639180 PU PG 5/400 9 Info
Version
Version polar white
Art. no. 639126
PU PG 1/50 9
Info

For Dumser, Vescal, Simplex. Valve adapters permit compatibility with a variety of valve bodies and heating circuit distributors
KNX actuators
Art. no. 639110 PU PG 5/400 9 Info
M
www.merten.com
Version
498
KNX ACTUATORS | Room temperature control unit | 2010
KNX ACTUATORS
Complete radio receiver units, switching and dimming The Radio receiver are not compatible with Merten CONNECT radio system.
Plug adapter with radio receiver, switch

AC 230 V, 50 Hz For switching external loads with SCHUKO plug. Can be manually operated and controlled remotely via the INSTABUS radio gateway UP and radio transmitter. Nominal voltage: AC 230 V, 50 Hz Nominal current: 16 A, cos = 1 Incandescent lamps: AC 230 V, max. 2000 W Halogen lamps: AC 230 V, max. 2000 W Capacitive load: max. 35 F Dimensions: 120x65x38 mm (HxWxD) Display elements: LED for status display Operating elements: Rotary coding switch Type of protection: IP 20 Transmitter: INSTABUS radio gateway, flush-mounted, art. no. 680999. Radio remote control Distance 5010, art. no. 590722. Radio push-button, 1-gang, art. no. System M MEG5091-03../ 5941.., System Design 5921... Radio push-button, 2-gang, art. no. System M MEG5092-03../5942.., System Design 5922... Universal radio transmitter, flush-mounted, 4-gang, art. no. 592599. Technical Information

Version polar white
Art. no. 591019
PU PG 1/16 8
Info
Plug adapter with radio receiver, universal dimmer

AC 230 V, 50 Hz For switching and dimming external loads with SCHUKO plug. For ohmic, inductive and capacitive loads, e.g. incandescent lamps, dimmable wound transformers and electronic transformers. (Phase control or phase alignment). Can be manually operated and controlled remotely via the INSTABUS radio gateway UP and radio transmitter. The integrated universal dimmer automatically recognises the connected load. Do not connect any mixed loads. With memory function, can be switched off. Nominal voltage: AC 230 V, 50 Hz Minimum load: 40 VA Maximum load: 350 VA Dimensions: 120x65x38 mm (HxWxD) Display elements: LED for status display Operating elements: Rotary coding switch Type of protection: IP 20 Transmitter: INSTABUS radio gateway, flush-mounted, art. no. 680999. Radio remote control Distance 5010, art. no. 590722. Radio push-button, 1-gang, art. no. System M MEG5091-03../ 5941.., System Design 5921... Radio push-button, 2-gang, art. no. System M MEG5092-03../5942.., System Design 5922... Universal radio transmitter, flush-mounted, 4-gang, art. no. 592599. Technical Information
Version
Art. no. 680999
PU PG 1/50 9
Info
KNX actuators
Version polar white
Art. no. 591519
PU PG 1/16 8
Info
M
www.merten.com
2010
| Complete radio receiver units, switching and dimming | KNX ACTUATORS
499
KNX ACTUATORS
Radio receiver, flush-mounted, 1-gang
For switching loads via a make contact. Can be remote controlled with the INSTABUS radio gateway UP and radio transmitter. Suitable for installation in a ceiling socket-outlet, in a flush-mounted box or on a ceiling hook. Nominal voltage: AC 230 V Nominal current: 10 A Connected loads: Incandescent lamps: 2000 W Halogen lamps: 1200 W Fluorescent lamps: 1200 W Capacitive load: 35 F Radio functions: Switch on, switch off, toggle, push-button operation Display elements: LED Transmitter: INSTABUS radio gateway, flush-mounted, art. no. 680999. Radio remote control Distance 5010, art. no. 590722. Radio push-button, 1-gang, art. no. System M MEG5091-03../ 5941.., System Design 5921... Radio push-button, 2-gang, art. no. System M MEG5092-03../5942.., System Design 5922... Universal radio transmitter, flush-mounted, 4-gang, art. no. 592599. Technical Information

Analogue actuator module REG/ 4-gang

Extension module to extend analogue actuator REG-K/4-gang from 4 to 8 analogue outputs. Connections are made using the sub-bus. The output channels can be independently parameterised for different current and voltage signals to control different control values (e.g. servomotors). For installation on DIN rails EN 50022. Auxiliary voltage: AC 24 V (+/-10 %) Analogue outputs: 4 Current signals: 0 ... 20 mA, 4 ... 20 mA Voltage signals: 0 ... 1 V, 0.. 10 V (DC) Continuity checking: 4 ... 20 mA Outputs: DC 24 V, 100 mA (total) Device width: 4 modules = approx. 72 mm In KNX, to be completed with: Analogue actuator REG-K/4-gang, art. no. 682291. Contents: With sub-bus jumper.
Version
Art. no. 592591
PU PG 1/60 8
Info
Other actuators The devices have protection type IP 20 and can only be used indoors. Devices with a different type of protection are labelled separately.
Analogue actuator REG-K/4-gang

The output channels can be parameterised for different current and voltage signals to control different analogue variables (e.g. servomotors). The actuator has four analogue outputs. For use in connection with the analogue actuator module REG/4-gang, 8 analogue outputs are provided. Connections are made using the sub-bus. For installation on DIN rails EN 50022. The bus is connected using a bus connecting terminal; a data rail is not necessary. With continuity checking of the current outputs. Auxiliary voltage: AC 24 V (+/-10 %) Analogue outputs: 4 Current signals: 0 ... 20 mA, 4 ... 20 mA Voltage signals: 0 ... 1 V, 0.. 10 V Continuity checking: 4 ... 20 mA Outputs: DC 24 V, 100 mA (total) Device width: 4 modules = approx. 72 mm In KNX, to be completed with: Power supply REG, AC 24 V / 1 A, art. no. 663529. Accessories: Analogue actuator module REG/4-gang, art. no. 682292. Contents: With bus connecting terminal and cable cover.
KNX actuators
M
www.merten.com
Version light grey
Art. no. 682291
PU PG 1/25 9.3
Info
500
KNX ACTUATORS | Other actuators | 2010
KNX ACTUATORS
Devices for display and operation The devices have protection type IP 20 and can only be used indoors. Devices with a different type of protection are labelled separately.
Inner frame set for 7" touch panel

The set consists of the inner frame and the USB cover. The design frames, which are available in various types of material, are attached to the touch panel using the inner frame. Dimensions: 208x145x7.3 mm (HxWxD) In KNX, to be completed with: 7" touch panel, art. no. MEG62600007. Frame for 7" touch panel, art. no. MEG6270-00.., MEG627036.., MEG6270-37... Replacement part: USB cover for 7" touch panel, art. no. MEG6270-02...
Art. no. PU PG Info
Touch panel 7"

The 7" touch panel is used for the visualisation and control of current building states and functions. The integrated visualisation software with the self-explanatory user interface offers a high level of operating convenience when operating the touch-sensitive TFT display. Windows CE.NET is installed as the operating system. Further functions: Real-time week time switch with internet time synchronisation Presence simulation (recording and play-back of switching habits) Alarm management Internet access Load a slide show Automatic standby switching Password protection Adjustable user interface The 7" touch panel has a LAN (10/100 Mbit/s), KNX and USB interface.. With integrated loudspeaker. Due to its flat design in a flush-mounted housing, its uses range from residential to commercial applications. It can be installed horizontally or vertically. KNX software functions: Switching, dimming, operation of sunshade systems such as roller shutters, awnings and blinds. Save and retrieve scenes Transmit values. Telegram status display. Temperature display. Logic functions. Disable module. Dynamic language selection via KNX object. Nominal voltage: AC 230 V, 50 Hz Power consumption: 2 W in energy-saving mode, 9 W when in operation Ambient operating temperature: -5C to 45 C Display size: 17.8 cm (7) Resolution: 800 x 480 pixels Display type: TFT Colours shown: 65.000 Hardware: 312 MHz Intel XScale PXA270 RAM: 64 MB Flash memory: 64 MB Type of protection: IP 20 Dimensions: 196x137x52 mm (HxWxD)
Version

MEG6270-0119 MEG6270-0122 1/10 9 1/10 9
polar white black
Glass frame for 7" touch panel

Decorative glass frame for 7" touch panel.
Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
glass
MEG6270-3619 1/10 9
Brilliant white
Metal frame for 7" touch panel

Decorative solid metal frame for 7" touch panel.
Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
metallic
MEG6270-3714 MEG6270-3721 1/10 9 1/10 9
Steel polished brass
Aluminium frame for 7" touch panel

Decorative aluminium frame for 7" touch panel. In KNX, to be completed with: 7" touch panel, art. no. MEG62600007. Inner frame set for 7" touch panel, art. no. MEG6270-01...
Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
In KNX, to be completed with: Inner frame set for 7" touch panel, art. no. MEG6270-01... Frame for 7" touch panel, art. no. MEG6270-00.., MEG6270-36.., MEG6270-37... Accessories: Flush mounted box for 7" touch panel, art. no. MEG6270-0001. Cavity wall mounting box for 7" touch panel, art. no. MEG6270-0002.
Aluminium
MEG6270-3760 MEG6270-3719 MEG6270-3722 1/10 9 1/10 9 1/10 9
KNX actuators
aluminium Polar white Black
M
www.merten.com
2010
Version
| Devices for display and operation | KNX ACTUATORS
501
KNX ACTUATORS
Frame for 7" touch panel
Decorative frame for 7" touch panel.
IP touch panel 10"

The IP touch panel 10" is used for the visualisation and control of current building statuses and functions. It is operated interactively on the touch-sensitive TFT display. Windows CE is installed as the operating system. With this standard, solutions such as data management, web functions and client/server and network functions can be configured quickly and easily. Via a browser, it is also possible, for example, to use Merten@home with the IC 1 EIB Internet Controller. Using the optional visualisation software, the IP touch panel 10" can be programmed for the visualised, interactive control of building functions. The IP touch panel 10" has LAN (10/100 Mbit/s), and a RS 232 and USB connection. The USB connection is in the front behind the frame. A plug-in INSTABUS module can be used to connect the IP touch panel 10" to the KNX. Due to its flat design in a flush-mounted housing, its uses range from home applications to purpose-built applications. KNX software functions: Configuration using the "TP VISU configuration tool". Display size: 10.4 (24.4 cm) Resolution: 800 x 600 pixels, SVGA Display type: TFT, resistive touch Colours shown: > 65000 Supply voltage: DC 24 V Power consumption: < 20 W RAM: 128 MB Flash memory: 64 MB Data buffering: via battery Ambient operating temperature: 5 C to 40 C Type of protection: IP 20 Frame dimensions: 224.7x277.5x12 mm (HxWxD) To be completed with: Power supply REG, DC 24 V/1 A, art. no. 693004. Accessories: INSTABUS EIB module for IP touch panel art. no. 683093. Design frame for IP touch panel 10" art. no. 489960. Flush-mounted mounting box for IP touch panel 10" art. no. 683091. Cavity wall mounting box for IP touch panel 10" art. no. 683092. Note: The TP VISU configuration tool is available on the Internet or on the Merten info CD. Contents: With Design M-Plan frames, aluminium.
Art. no. PU PG Info
Version

MEG6270-0019 MEG6270-0022 1/10 9 1/10 9
polar white black

For flush-mounted installation of the touch panel 7". Dimensions Outer dimensions: 193x138x66 mm (HxWxD)

Version grey
Cavity wall mounting box for touch panel 7"

For installing the 7" touch panel into a cavity wall. Dimensions Outer dimensions: 201x142x56 mm (HxWxD) Opening: 188x133x56 mm (HxWxD)

Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
metallic
MEG6270-0002 1/4 9
USB cover for 7" touch panel

For inserting into the intermediate frame. The USB cover is required as a spare part when damaged or lost.
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info

MEG6270-0219 MEG6270-0222 10/60 9 10/60 9
Version
Art. no.
PU PG
Info
polar white black
683090 1/1 9
aluminium glossy
INSTABUS module for IP touch panel

KNX actuators
Plug-in module for connecting the IP touch panel to the KNX.
M
www.merten.com

Art. no. 683093 PU PG 1/52 9 Info
Version
502
KNX ACTUATORS | Devices for display and operation | 2010
KNX ACTUATORS
Real glass frame for IP touch panel 10"
For M-PLAN. Decorative frame for the IP touch panel 10". Dimensions: 228.6x281.4x13.5 mm (HxWxD)
LCD mini-panel MT 701 V2.0

Current building states can be centrally controlled and functions influenced via the LCD minipanel. The LCD mini-panel is ideal for private and office use thanks to its compact, flat design (213 mm x 125 mm) and functional scope. An LCD graphic display capable of displaying up to eight rows and 16 different states at the same time is used as the display medium. It is operated interactively via a touch-sensitive keyboard. The user menu is freely programmable, thus permitting the creation of function groups specifically adapted to the building and resulting in a clear display of the various applications. Detailed functions can be displayed and operated using the submenus. When planning the LCD minipanel, the menus and submenus are compiled in line with requirements and assigned to the various KNX functions. Standard functions can be planned, such as: switching, dimming, blind control and display of measured values. Limit values can also be created. Bus processes can be linked in order to group KNX actions and the result can be displayed. KNX software functions: Parameterisation using panel programming software EIB TAB 2 or ETS tool for MT 701 V2.0. Mains voltage: AC 230 V Dimensions: 125x213 mm (HxW) Opening: 121.5x209 mm (HxW) In KNX, to be completed with: Flush mounting box for mini-panel, art. no. 682591. Accessories: Design frame for mini-panel, art. no. 682592/93. Note: The panel programming software EIB TAB 2, art. no. 615901 and ETS tool for MT 701 V2.0, art. no. 615047 are available over the Internet or from the Merten info CD.

Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
glass
489960 1/5 1.1
Diamond silver

For flush-mounted installation of the IP touch panel 10". Dimensions: 208x238x68 mm (HxWxD)

Version
Cavity wall mounting box for IP touch panel 10"

For installing the IP touch panel 10" into a cavity wall. Dimensions: 205x235x72 mm (HxWxD)

Version
Version MT 701 module
Art. no. 682590
PU PG 1/6 9
Info
Flush mounting box for mini-panel

For flush-mounted and cavity wall installation of the mini-panels MT 701 V2.0.

Version black
Design frame for mini-panel

Decorative frame for the mini-panel MT 701 V2.0.

Art. no. 682592 682593 PU PG 1/10 9 1/10 9 Info
KNX actuators
M
www.merten.com
2010
503
KNX ACTUATORS
ETS tool for MT 701 V2.0
Programming software for the ETS for parameterising the LCD mini-panel MT 701 V2.0.

For System Design. LC display with max. 4 x 16 characters and acoustic signalling device. The info display is used to indicate freely-programmable texts and values and to control functions. Functions and texts can be allocated on up to 12 pages with a maximum of 4 lines. 12 lines of alarm signals can also be allocated. Automatic allocation of alarm signal priority which can be changed manually. Signals that are not shown are selected using two buttons on the display. The functions of two additional buttons are allocated to the display line. With integrated bus coupler. The bus is connected using a bus connecting terminal. KNX software functions: Switching, dimming, blind control, temperature control, continuous status control, ASCII text provision, 8-bit scene retrieval, priority control, display of texts, values, date, time, date+time Display: Illuminated LCD 4-line (16 characters) or 2-line (8 characters) or 1-line (4 characters) Operating elements: 4 buttons Signalling device: 2 signal tones Alarm signals: max. 12
In KNX, to be completed with: Mini-panel MT 701, art. no. 682590. Note: The software is available on the Internet or on the Merten info CD.

For System M. LC display with max. 4 x 16 characters and acoustic signalling device. The info display is used to indicate freely-programmable texts and values and to control functions. Functions and texts can be allocated on up to 12 pages with a maximum of 4 lines. 12 lines of alarm signals can also be allocated. Automatic allocation of alarm signal priority which can be changed manually. Signals that are not shown are selected using two buttons on the display. The functions of two additional buttons are allocated to the display line. With integrated bus coupler. The bus is connected using a bus connecting terminal. KNX software functions: Switching, dimming, blind control, temperature control, continuous status control, ASCII text provision, 8-bit scene retrieval, priority control, display of texts, values, date, time, date+time Display: Illuminated LCD 4-line (16 characters) or 2-line (8 characters) or 1-line (4 characters) Operating elements: 4 buttons Signalling device: 2 signal tones Alarm signals: max. 12
Art. no. PU PG Info
Version
metallic
MEG6250-4146 1/40 9 new
Art. no. PU PG Info
Version

KNX actuators
M
www.merten.com
504
KNX ACTUATORS | Devices for display and operation | 2010
KNX ACTUATORS
KNX actuators
M
www.merten.com
2010
505
AppLIaNcE cONNEcTION BOXEs| PLUGs aNd cONNEcTORs
SIMPLE AND SOLID CONNECTIONS
Appliance connection boxes Whether surface- or ush-mounted with simple or multiple connection boxes: Merten provides a broad range of cooker and appliance connection boxes, which ensure maximum safety in the installation of electrical devices. Merten's connection boxes are made of shatter-proof material to provide an additional measure of safety.
SCHUKO rubberrubber plugs and connectors The perfect connection: SCHUKO rubber plugs by Merten are extremely robust and can withstand extreme external stress. For this reason, they are especially suited for daily use in the workshop and on construction sites. The modular system structure makes it easy to replace the snap collars, screwed joints, and hinged lids on all plugs and connectors. The rubber SCHUKO plugs and connectors bear the hammer symbol as well as many other recognised quality marks, and provide reliable safety for the electrician.
506
www.merten.de
CONNEcTION TEcHNOLOGY | Cooker and appliance connection boxes | Plugs and connectors | 2010
AppLIaNcE cONNEcTION BOXEs | PLUGs aNd cONNEcTORs
CONTENTs
Cooker connection box FM+SM Universal ush or surface-mounting
Rubber SCHUKO plugs and connectors
2010
| Plugs and connectors | Cooker and appliance connection boxes | CONNEcTION TEcHNOLOGY
www.merten.de
507
COOKER AND APPLIANCE CONNECTION BOXES

Connection technologyCooker and appliance connection boxesConnection technologyCooker and appliance connection boxesCooker and appliance connection boxesS
Technical Information: Cooker sockets
Cooker connection box, flushmounted, IP 21

Nominal cross-section 4 mm Terminal block with 5 double terminals. Gasket on the underside of the cover and on the cable outlet.
Cooker and appliance connection boxes
Cooker connection box, flushmounted

Nominal cross-section 2.5 mm Particularly flat design. With shatter-proof lid and snap lock, removable terminal block with 5 double terminals.
Version white
Art. no. 520327
PU PG 2/22 6
Info
Technical Information Note: If using extension claws art. no. 533591, also fits size 70 flush-mounted boxes.
Art. no. 520427 PU PG 5/60 6.1 Info
Cooker connection box, surfacemounted

Nominal cross-section 6 mm With 5-pole terminal block.
Version polar white
Cooker connection box, flush- and surface-mounted

Nominal cross-section 2.5 mm With shatter-proof lid and snap lock. Screw and claw fixing for size 60 and 70 flush-mounted boxes with removable claws. Large, clear wiring compartment. Dowel fixing and cable entry from above also possible. Strain relief.
Version white
Art. no. 520827
PU PG 5/30 6
Info
Three-section appliance connection box, flush- and surfacemounted

Nominal cross-section 2.5 mm 2 shatter-proof lids with snap lock, 3 removable terminal blocks with 12 double terminals. Large, clearly visible wiring compartments. Screw and claw fixing for size 60 and size 70 flush-mounted boxes (brick walls, cavity walls and concrete), with removable spreading claws. Dowel fixing also possible.
Art. no. 520619 PU PG 5/40 6.1 Info
Version polar white
Cooker connection box, flushmounted

Nominal cross-section 4 mm
Art. no. 521044 PU PG 5/20 6 Info
Version white
Contents: With plaster adjustment ring, insulating mounting box, protective cover for plaster.
Art. no. 520227 PU PG 2/22 6 Info
Three-section appliance connection box, flush-mounted

Nominal cross-section 2.5 mm 2 x 5 double terminals, removable, to connect electric storage heaters or 2 different electrical household appliances.
Version white
S
www.merten.com
508
COOKER AND APPLIANCE CONNECTION BOXES | Cooker and appliance connection boxes | 2010
COOKER AND APPLIANCE CONNECTION BOXES
Three-section appliance connection box, flush-mounted, large terminal compartment

Nominal cross-section 2.5 mm 3 x 5 double terminals, 3 separate connection chambers to connect electric storage heaters or to power 3 different electrical household appliances.
Terminal block
5-pole, for 2.5 mm2 Double terminals with hole diameter 3.8 mm. Very versatile.
Accessories from: Cooker connection box, art. no. 520427, 521044, 521427, 521927.
Art. no. 520900 PU PG 10/480 6 Info
Version white
Cable junction boxes Cable junction boxes allow cables of different cross-sections, from 3 x 1.5 mm2 to 5 x 6 mm2, to be connected safely and quickly.
Cable junction box

5 x 2.5 mm, 27.5 mm For fixed cabling. With strain relief. Certified in line with VDE 0606.
Version 5 x 2.5 mm, grey Art. no. 526129 PU PG 10/200 7 Info
Cable junction box

5 x 6 mm, 34.5 mm For fixed cabling. With strain relief. Certified in line with VDE 0606.
Version 5 x 6 mm, grey Art. no. 526229 PU PG 10/100 7 Info
S
www.merten.com
2010
| Cable junction boxes | COOKER AND APPLIANCE CONNECTION BOXES
509
RUBBER SCHUKO PLUGS AND CONNECTORS

Connection technologyRubber SCHUKO plugs and connectorsConnection technologyRubber SCHUKO plugs and connectorsRubber SCHUKO plugs and connectorsS
SCHUKO rubber plugs and connectors for wind and weather. According to the regulations regarding electrical power systems (VDE 0100 55e), the only connectors and plugs permissible on building sites are those that conform to DIN 49440 and 49441 and are approved "for harsh conditions". These plugs and connectors bear the hammer symbol. IP 44 splashwater protection is achieved in conjunction with a snap collar and hinged lid. Modular system for the extension of SCHUKO plugs and connectors with snap collar, hinged lid and screwed joint. Material: Natural rubber Uniform design Easy grip thanks to optimised shaping of the surface Simple and quick installation thanks to easily accessible screws The strain relief allows cables with different diameters to be used
Heavy-duty all-rubber SCHUKO connector with snap collar

16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49440 Robust design. Bend protection sleeve with membrane seal. Shatter-proof, corrosion-resistant. For cables up to 3 x 2.5 mm2 H 07 RN-F and NSSHu.
Accessories: Replacement hinged lid for all-rubber SCHUKO connector, art. no. 173097. Screwed joint, art. no. 535491. Replacement part: Snap collar for SCHUKO connector, art. no. 174196.
Art. no. 173092 PU PG 10/40 4 Info
Version black
Heavy-duty all-rubber plugs and connectors Extra large terminal compartment Rubber insert for use in extreme conditions Screws at the front for ultimate tensile strength Modular system for easy extension Smart design
Heavy-duty all-rubber SCHUKO connector with snap collar and hinged lid
16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49440 Splash-proof connector. Robust design. Bend protection sleeve with membrane seal. Shatterproof, corrosion-resistant. For cables up to 3 x 2.5 mm2 H 07 RN-F and NSSHu. Accessories: Screwed joint, art. no. 535491. Replacement part: Snap collar for SCHUKO connector, art. no. 174196. Replacement hinged lid for all-rubber SCHUKO connector, art. no. 173097.
Art. no. 173051 PU PG 10/60 4 Info
Heavy-duty all-rubber SCHUKO plug

16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49441 Splash-proof plug. Robust design. Bend protection sleeve with membrane seal. Shatter-proof, corrosion-resistant. For cables up to 3 x 2.5 mm2 H 07 RN-F and NSSHu.
Version black
Heavy-duty all-rubber SCHUKO plugs and connectors

16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49440/49441 Splash-proof, heavy-duty all-rubber plugs and connectors with snap collar, hinged lid and screwed joint. Robust design. Bend protection sleeve with membrane seal. Shatter-proof, corrosion-resistant. For cables up to 3 x 2.5 mm2 H 07 RN-F and NSSHu. Replacement part: Snap collar for SCHUKO connector, art. no. 174196. Replacement hinged lid for all-rubber SCHUKO connector, art. no. 173097. Screwed joint, art. no. 535491.
Art. no. 535593 PU PG 1/12 4 Info
Heavy-duty all-rubber SCHUKO connector

16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49440 Robust design. Bend protection sleeve with membrane seal. Shatter-proof, corrosion-resistant. For cables up to 3 x 2.5 mm2 H 07 RN-F and NSSHu.
Accessories: Snap collar for SCHUKO connector, art. no. 174196. Replacement hinged lid for all-rubber SCHUKO connector, art. no. 173097. Screwed joint, art. no. 535491.
Art. no. 173091 PU PG 10/60 4 Info
Version black/yellow
Version black
Screwed joint
For plugs and connectors with snap collars. Accessories from: SCHUKO plugs and connectors, art. no. 535451/93, 535593.
Art. no. 535491 PU PG 1/80 4 Info
Version
yellow
S
www.merten.com
510
RUBBER SCHUKO PLUGS AND CONNECTORS | Heavy-duty all-rubber plugs and connectors | 2010

Snap collar for SCHUKO connector
All-rubber SCHUKO connector with snap collar

16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49440 Robust design, corrosion-resistant. Highly shatter-resistant. For cables up to 3 x 2.5 mm2 H 07 RN-F and NSSHu.
Accessories from: Rubber SCHUKO connector, art. no. 1740.., 1741... All-rubber SCHUKO connector, art. no. 1729... Heavy-duty all-rubber SCHUKO connector, art. no. 1730...
Art. no. 174196 PU PG 10/120 4 Info
Version black
Replacement hinged lid for allrubber SCHUKO connector
Accessories: Replacement hinged lid for all-rubber SCHUKO connector, art. no. 173097. Screwed joint, art. no. 535491. Replacement part: Snap collar for SCHUKO connector, art. no. 174196.
Art. no. 172951 PU PG 10/80 4 Info
Version black
Accessories from: All-rubber SCHUKO connector, art. no. 1729... Heavy-duty all-rubber SCHUKO connector, art. no. 1730...
Art. no. 173097 PU PG 10/120 4 Info
All-rubber SCHUKO connector with snap collar and hinged lid

16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49440 Splash-proof connector. Robust design, corrosion-resistant. Highly shatter-resistant. For cables up to 3 x 2.5 mm2 H 07 RN-F and NSSHu.
Version black
All-rubber plugs and connectors Extra large terminal compartment Rubber insert for use in extreme conditions Screws at the front for ultimate tensile strength Modular system for easy extension Smart design
Accessories: Screwed joint, art. no. 535491. Replacement part: Snap collar for SCHUKO connector, art. no. 174196. Replacement hinged lid for all-rubber SCHUKO connector, art. no. 173097.
Art. no. 172993 PU PG 10/40 4 Info
Version black
All-rubber SCHUKO plug

16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49441 Splash-proof plug. Robust design, corrosion-resistant. Highly shatter-resistant. For cables up to 3 x 2.5 mm2 H 07 RN-F and NSSHu.
Version black Art. no. 122051 PU PG 10/80 4
All-rubber SCHUKO plugs and connectors

16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49440/49441 Splash-proof, all-rubber plugs and connectors with snap collar, hinged lid and screwed joint. Robust design, corrosion-resistant. Highly shatter-resistant. For cables up to 3 x 2.5 mm2 H 07 RN-F and NSSHu.
Info
All-rubber SCHUKO connector

16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49440 Robust design, corrosion-resistant. Highly shatter-resistant. For cables up to 3 x 2.5 mm2 H 07 RN-F and NSSHu.
Replacement part: Snap collar for SCHUKO connector, art. no. 174196. Replacement hinged lid for all-rubber SCHUKO connector, art. no. 173097. Screwed joint, art. no. 535491.
Art. no. 535493 PU PG 1/12 4 Info
Accessories: Snap collar for SCHUKO connector, art. no. 174196. Replacement hinged lid for all-rubber SCHUKO connector, art. no. 173097. Screwed joint, art. no. 535491.
Art. no. 172991 PU PG 10/80 4 Info
Screwed joint
Art. no. 535491 PU PG 1/80 4
Version black
Version yellow
Info
S
www.merten.com
2010
| All-rubber plugs and connectors | RUBBER SCHUKO PLUGS AND CONNECTORS
511

Rubber SCHUKO connector with snap collar

16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49440 With shatter-proof insert. For cables up to 3 x 2.5 mm2 H 07 RN-F and NSSHu.
Art. no. 174196 PU PG 10/120 4 Info
Version black
Accessories: Replacement hinged lid for all-rubber connector, art. no. 174197. Screwed joint, art. no. 535491. Replacement part: Snap collar for SCHUKO connector, art. no. 174196.
Art. no. 174051 PU PG 10/80 4 Info
Replacement hinged lid for allrubber SCHUKO connector
Version black
Accessories from: All-rubber SCHUKO connector, art. no. 1729... Heavy-duty all-rubber SCHUKO connector, art. no. 1730...
Art. no. 173097 PU PG 10/120 4 Info
Rubber SCHUKO connector with snap collar and hinged lid

16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49440 Splash-proof connector. With shatter-proof insert. Snap collar and hinged lid. For cables up to 3 x 2.5 mm2 H 07 RN-F and NSSHu.
Version black
Rubber plugs and connectors Modular system for easy extension Smart design
Accessories: Screwed joint, art. no. 535491. Replacement part: Snap collar for SCHUKO connector, art. no. 174196. Replacement hinged lid for all-rubber connector, art. no. 174197.
Art. no. 174151 PU PG 10/40 4 Info
Version black
Rubber SCHUKO plug

16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49441 Splash-proof plug. With shatter-proof insert. For cables up to 3 x 2.5 mm2 H 07 RN-F and NSSHu.

16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49440/49441 Splash-proof, all-rubber plugs and connectors with snap collar, hinged lid and screwed joint. Strain-resistant and shatter-proof plug-in connection.
Version black
Art. no. 122151
PU PG 10/80 4
Info
Rubber SCHUKO connector

16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49440 With shatter-proof insert. For cables up to 3 x 2.5 mm2 H 07 RN-F and NSSHu.
Replacement part: Snap collar for SCHUKO connector, art. no. 174196. Replacement hinged lid for all-rubber connector, art. no. 174197. Screwed joint, art. no. 535491.
Art. no. 535451 PU PG 1/12 4 Info
Accessories: Snap collar for SCHUKO connector, art. no. 174196. Replacement hinged lid for all-rubber connector, art. no. 174197. Screwed joint, art. no. 535491.
Art. no. 174091 PU PG 10/80 4
Screwed joint
Art. no. 535491 PU PG 1/80 4 Info
Version black
Info
Version yellow
S
www.merten.com
512
RUBBER SCHUKO PLUGS AND CONNECTORS | Rubber plugs and connectors | 2010

Replacement cover for all-rubber SCHUKO triple suspended connector

Accessories from: All-rubber SCHUKO triple suspended connector, art. no. 179851.
Art. no. 179891 PU PG 1/150 4 Info
Art. no. 174196 PU PG 10/120 4 Info
Version black
Version black
Replacement hinged lid for rubber connector
SCHUKO rubber socket-outlet, surface-mounted

16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49440 Made of thermostable rubber, with compressionmoulded base, corrosion-resistant, shatter-proof. With screw terminals.
Accessories from: Rubber SCHUKO connector, art. no. 1740.., 1741...

Art. no. 174197 PU PG 10/120 4 Info
Version black
Export versions Modular system for easy extension. Handy design.
Rubber SCHUKO plug (DE, FR, BE)

16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49441, CEE 7 Standard Sheet 7 With German and French earthing contact. Splash-proof plug. With shatter-proof insert. For cables up to 3 x 2.5 mm2 H 07 RN-F and NSSHu.
All-rubber SCHUKO triple suspended connector

16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49440 Made from thermostable rubber. With moulded hook and hinged lids, corrosion-resistant. For cables up to 3 x 2.5 mm2 H 07 RN-F. Replacement part: Replacement cover for all-rubber SCHUKO triple suspended connector, art. no. 179851. Note: The housing screws may only be tightened manually (tightening torque 0.8 Nm).
Version black
Art. no. 179851
PU PG 1/21 4
Info
S
www.merten.com
2010
| Export versions | RUBBER SCHUKO PLUGS AND CONNECTORS
513
SCHUKO PLUGS AND CONNECTORS

Connection technologySCHUKO plugs and connectorsConnection technologySCHUKO plugs and connectorsSCHUKO plugs and connectorsS
SCHUKO plugs and sockets
SCHUKO plug
16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49441 Small, shatter-proof quality plug with recessed grips.
Version white grey dark brazil Art. no. 122427 122463 122415 PU PG 30/240 3.1 30/180 3.1 30/180 3.1 Info
SCHUKO angled plug with toggle switch and control lamp

16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49441 With 2-pole toggle switch. Shatter-proof lid, control light.
SCHUKO angled plug with toggle switch (DE, FR, BE)

16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49441, CEE 7 Standard Sheet 7 With German and French earthing contact. With 2-pole toggle switch. Shatter-proof lid.
SCHUKO plug (DE, FR, BE)

16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49441, CEE 7 Standard Sheet 7 With German and French earthing contact. Small, shatter-proof quality plug with recessed grips.
Version grey Art. no. 123363 PU PG 30/180 3.1 Info
SCHUKO connector
16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49440 Small, easy-to-grip connector with shatter-proof housing.
Version white grey dark brazil Art. no. 172427 172463 172415 PU PG 15/120 3.1 15/90 3.1 15/90 3.1 Info Version white
SCHUKO angled plug with toggle switch, control lamp (DE, FR, BE)
16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49441, CEE 7 Standard Sheet 7 With German and French/Belgian earthing contact. With 2-pole toggle switch. Shock-proof lid, control light.
Art. no. 128574 PU PG 15/90 3 Info
Shatter-proof SCHUKO plug

16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49441 With lateral insertion and one-piece, shatterproof housing.
Version white dark brazil Art. no. 120927 120915 PU PG 25/200 3.1 25/150 3.1 Info
PVC SCHUKO plug

16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49441 Splash-proof plug. Large version, with bend protection sleeve.
Shock-proof SCHUKO plug with bend protection sleeve

16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49441 With lateral insertion, bend protection sleeve and one-piece, shatter-proof housing.
Version grey Art. no. 120963 PU PG 20/120 3.1 Info
Art. no. 125462 125463
PU PG 15/90 3.1 15/120 3.1
Info
PVC SCHUKO plug (DE, FR, BE)

16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49441, CEE 7 Standard Sheet 7 With German and French/Belgian earthing contact. Splash-proof. Large design, with bend protection sleeve.
SCHUKO angled plug with toggle switch

16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49441 With 2-pole toggle switch. Shatter-proof lid.
Version white
Version Info grey
Art. no. 123463
PU PG 15/90 3.1
Info
Art. no. 128427
PU PG 15/90 3
S
www.merten.com
514
SCHUKO PLUGS AND CONNECTORS | SCHUKO plugs and sockets | 2010
SCHUKO PLUGS AND CONNECTORS

PVC SCHUKO connector
16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49440 Large version, with bend protection sleeve.
Art. no. 173762 173763
PU PG 10/60 3.1 10/60 3.1
Info
S
www.merten.com
2010
| SCHUKO plugs and sockets | SCHUKO PLUGS AND CONNECTORS
515
ARTICLE NUMBERS
MERTEN IN NUMBERS
This section contains the Merten article numbers divided into two rubrics: Overview, article numbers Overview, follow-up products All numbers are listed in ascending order. Discontinued articles can be found on our homepage under www.merten.de/catalogue The current prices in a variety of currencies are available under www.merten.de/preise
516
www.merten.de
Article number overview
ARTICLE NUMBERS | 2010
All articles that match the frames 1-M, ATELIER-M, MSMART, M-ARC, M-STAR, M-PLAN glass, M-PLAN metal and M-PLAN / M-PLAN II can be found under "System M/ All articles that match the frames 1-M, ATELIER-M, MInserts". SMART, M-STAR, glass, M-PLAN Notes M-ARC, on materials: The M-PLAN articles in System M are metal available and / M-PLANAll II can be found under "System with M/ in M-PLAN various materials. versions are fully compatible Inserts". each other. Notes on materials: The articles in System M are available in various materials. All versions arematerial fully compatible with Thermoplastic brilliant: Shatter-proof with high each other. gloss finish. The version "active white glossy" also contains an antibacterial substance. brilliant: Shatter-proof material withwith highhigh Thermoplastic classy matt: Shatter-proof material gloss finish. version "active white glossy" also contains quality matt The finish. an antibacterial substance. Duroplastic, highly scratch-resistant: Highly scratch-resistTHE NEW MERTEN aRTICLE NUMBERS Thermoplastic classy matt: Shatter-proof material with highant material with glossy finish. Not all inserts are available in System M quality matt in finish. duroplastic, these cases you should use thermoplastic bril Duroplastic, highly scratch-resistant: Highly scratch-resistliant.number The new Merten article system ant material with glossy finish. Not all inserts are available in 1-M frames 92, ATELIER-M frames 98, M-SMART will make ordering even easier duroplastic, inin these cases you should use thermoplastic brilframes 104, M-ARC frames 116, M-STAR frames liant. future. Each article number consists of frames 130, M-PLAN metal 118, M-PLAN real glass articles that match the frames 1-M, ATELIER-M, M All 1-M frames 92, ATELIER-M frames M-PLAN 98, M-SMART frames 132, M-PLAN frames 122, II frames four logical number SMART, blocks with two M-ARC, M-STAR, M-PLAN glass, M-PLAN metal frames 104, M-ARC frames 116, M-STAR frames 126 M-PLAN / M-PLAN II can be under "System M/ 118, M-PLAN real glass frames 130, M-PLAN metal numbers each. The number blocks and Technical Information: System Mfound dimensions Inserts". frames 132, M-PLAN frames 122, M-PLAN II frames stand for functions, variants, design Notes 126 on materials: The articles in System M are available in various materials. versions are fully compatible with Technical Information: System M dimensions and colour code. This system lets you All each other. socket-outlets see whether a plan SCHUKO is consistent and with plug-in terminals
a a
System M
SYSTEM M / INSERTS

16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49440 With plug-in terminals. 16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49440 With plug-in terminals.
Version
ARTICLE NUMBERS
Art. no.
CONTENTS
PU PG Info 10/100 PU 1.8 PG 10/100 1.8 10/100 1 10/100 10/100 10/100 10/100 10/100 10/50 10/50 10/100 1.8 1.8 1.8 1 1.8 1.1 1.1 1.8 disc. Info disc. disc. disc. disc. disc. disc. disc. disc. disc. disc.
SYSTEM M / INSERTS
white, glossy 233444 Version Art. no. polar white, glossy 233419 active white, glossy brilliant 233425 Thermoplastic white, glossy 233444 Thermoplastic classy matt polar white, glossy 233419 white 237144 active white, glossy 233425 polar white 237119 anthracite 237114 Thermoplastic classy matt aluminium 237160 white 237144
polar white 237119 10/100 1.8 disc. Duroplastic, highly scratch-resistant anthracite 237114 10/50 1.1 disc. white 235144 1.8 disc. disc. aluminium 237160 10/100 10/50 1.1 SCHUKO socket-outlet insert polar white 235119 10/100 1.8 disc.
white polar white
Duroplastic, highly 16 scratch-resistant A, AC 250 V, DIN 49440
235144 10/100 1.8 disc. With plug-in terminals. 235119 10/100 1.8 disc. SCHUKO socket-outlet
Thermoplastic brilliant: correct in terms of design, surface and Shatter-proof material with high gloss finish. The version "active white glossy" also Socket-outlets with connecting terminals as per contains SCHUKO socket-outlets with plug-in terminals colour . All Merten article numbers anVDE antibacterial substance. 0620 part 1.will Thermoplastic matt: Shatter-proof material with highExplanation of classy symbols: in future be preceded by the identier Socket-outlets with connecting terminals as per quality matt finish. Integrated enhanced protection against accidental MEG. This system applies to every new VDE 0620 part 1. Duroplastic, highly scratch-resistant: Highly scratch-resistcontact as per VDE 0620 Part 1 (child protection). Explanation of symbols: ant material with glossy finish. Not all inserts are available in article Merten launches inIntegrated future. enhanced protection against accidental
duroplastic, in these cases you should use thermoplastic brilliant. contact as per VDE 0620 Part 1 (child protection). 1-M frames 92, ATELIER-M frames 98, M-SMART SCHUKO socket-outlet 16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49440 118, M-PLAN real glass frames 130, M-PLAN metal
All the advantages frames at a glance 104, M-ARC frames 116, M-STAR frames
Features: simple and quick checking of orders frames 132, M-PLAN frames 122, M-PLAN II frames SCHUKO socket-outlet Frontal retrofitting of QuickFlex addi 126 16tional A, 250 V, DIN 49440 concerning colour and consistency ofACmodules with no disassembling of Technical Information: System M dimensions Features: the socket-outlet. the articles Frontal retrofitting of QuickFlex addi-
www.merten.com www.merten.com
Quick-fastening screws for securing of tional modules with no disassembling of claws. the article's function is immediately the socket-outlet. Flush-mounted claws with return springs. Quick-fastening screws for securing SCHUKO socket-outlets with plug-in terminals High-gloss galvanised retaining ring of insurecognisable (is it a socket-outlet, claws. lated to the claw. a push-button etc.) Flush-mounted claws with return springs. claw and screw fixing. Socket-outlets With with connecting terminals as per High-gloss galvanised retaining ring insuVDE 0620 partWith 1. plug-in terminals. the type of material is immediately lated to the claw. symbols: Explanation Accessories:of Central plate with labelling field and surge proWith claw and screw fixing. Integrated enhanced protection against accidental evident (Duroplastic, Thermoplastic tection module for SCHUKO socket-outlet, MEG2335-03../With plug-in terminals. contact as per VDE 0620 Part outlet 1 (child protection). 04.., System M Central plate with light and LED lightetc.) Accessories: Central plate with labelling field and surge proing module for SCHUKO socket-outlet, MEG2334-03../-04.., tection module forplate SCHUKO System M Central withsocket-outlet, labelling field MEG2335-03../and control lamp colour and design number blocks are 04.., System M Central plate with light outlet and LED lightmodule for SCHUKO socket-outlet, MEG2333-03../-04.., Sysfor SCHUKO socket-outlet, MEG2334-03../-04.., temmodule M always identical ing SCHUKO socket-outlet System M Central plate with labelling field and control lamp Version no. PU PG Info 16 socket-outlet, A, ACArt. 250 V, DIN 49440 module for SCHUKO MEG2333-03../-04.., SysFeatures: tem M Thermoplastic brilliant Frontal retrofitting of QuickFlex addiwhite, glossy MEG2301-0344 10/60 new Version no. with PU PG Info tional Art. modules no 1.8 disassembling of polar white, glossy MEG2301-0319 10/60 1.8 new the socket-outlet. active white, glossy brilliant MEG2301-0325 10/60 1 new Thermoplastic Quick-fastening screws for securing of white, glossy MEG2301-0344 10/60 1.8 new THE NEW SYSTEM BaSED ON aN EXaMPLE Thermoplastic classy matt claws. polar white, glossy MEG2301-0319 10/60 1.8 new Flush-mounted claws white white, glossy MEG2301-0444 10/60with 1.8 return new springs. active MEG2301-0325 10/60 1 new polar white MEG2301-0419 10/60 retaining 1.8 new ring insu High-gloss galvanised anthracite MEG2301-0414 10/60 1.1 new Thermoplastic classy matt lated to the claw. aluminium MEG2301-0460 10/60 1.1 white MEG2301-0444 10/60 1.8 new new With claw and screw fixing. polar white MEG2301-0419 10/60 1.8 new With plug-in terminals. Duroplastic, highly scratch-resistant
16 A, AC 250 V, DIN 49440 Integrated protection against accidental SCHUKO socket-outlet contact as per VDE 0620 Part 1 (child proVersion no. PU PG Info 16 A, ACArt. 250 V, DIN 49440 tection). Integrated protection against accidental Features: Thermoplastic brilliant contact asretrofitting per VDE 0620 Part 1 (child Frontal of QuickFlex addi-prowhite, glossy 233444 10/100 1.8 disc. tection). tional233419 modules 10/100 with no 1.8 disassembling of polar white, glossy disc. the socket-outlet. active white, glossy Features: 233425 10/100 1 disc. Frontal retrofitting of QuickFlex addi-of Quick-fastening screws for securing Thermoplastic classy matt tional modules with no disassembling of claws. white 237144 10/100 1.8 disc. socket-outlet. the Flush-mounted claws with return springs. polar white 237119 10/100 1.8 disc. Quick-fastening screws for securing High-gloss galvanised retaining ring of insuanthracite 237114 10/50 1.1 disc. claws. lated to the claw. aluminium 237160 10/50 1.1 disc. Flush-mounted claws with return springs. With claw and screw fixing. Duroplastic, highly scratch-resistant High-gloss galvanised retaining ring insuWith plug-in terminals. white 10/100 1.8 disc. lated 235144 to the claw. Accessories: Central plate with labelling field surge propolar white 235119 10/100 1.8 and disc. With claw and screw fixing. tection module for SCHUKO socket-outlet, MEG2335-03../With plug-in terminals. 04.., System M Central plate with light outlet and LED light ing Accessories: Central plate with labelling field and surge promodule for SCHUKO socket-outlet, MEG2334-03../-04.., SCHUKO socket-outlet tection module forplate SCHUKO System M Central withsocket-outlet, labelling field MEG2335-03../and control lamp 16 socket-outlet, A, AC 250 V, light DIN 49440 04.., System M Central plate with outlet and LED lightmodule for SCHUKO MEG2333-03../-04.., SysIntegrated protection MEG2334-03../-04.., against accidental ing module for SCHUKO socket-outlet, tem M as per VDE 0620 Partcontrol 1 (child proSystem M Centralcontact plate with labelling field and lamp Version Art. no. MEG2333-03../-04.., PU PG Info tection). module for SCHUKO socket-outlet, SysFeatures: tem M Thermoplastic brilliant Frontal retrofitting of QuickFlex addiwhite, glossy MEG2300-0344 10/60 new Version no. with PU PG Info tional Art. modules no 1 disassembling of polar white, glossy MEG2300-0319 10/60 1 new the socket-outlet. active white, glossy brilliant MEG2300-0325 10/60 1 new Thermoplastic Quick-fastening screws for securing of white, glossy MEG2300-0344 10/60 1 new Thermoplastic classy matt claws. polar white, glossy MEG2300-0319 10/60 1 new Flush-mounted claws with return white MEG2300-0444 10/60 1 new active white, glossy MEG2300-0325 10/60 1 new springs. polar white MEG2300-0419 10/60 retaining 1 new ring insu High-gloss galvanised anthracite MEG2300-0414 10/60 1.1 new Thermoplastic classy matt lated to the claw. aluminium MEG2300-0460 10/60 1.1 new white MEG2300-0444 10/60 1 new With claw and screw fixing. polar white MEG2300-0419 10/60 1 new With plug-in terminals. Duroplastic, highly scratch-resistant: With this article, anthracite MEG2300-0414 10/60 1.1 new use thermoplastic brilliant Accessories: Central plate with labelling field surge proaluminium MEG2300-0460 10/60 1.1 and new
tection module for SCHUKO socket-outlet, MEG2335-03../Duroplastic, highly scratch-resistant: With this article, 04.., System M Central plate with light outlet and LED lightuse thermoplastic brilliant ing module for SCHUKO socket-outlet, MEG2334-03../-04.., System M Central plate with labelling field and control lamp module for SCHUKO socket-outlet, MEG2333-03../-04.., System M
Art. no. PU PG Info
MEG
Version
0 3 Thermoplastic brilliant
white, glossy
9
10/60 1 new
Merten
MEG2301-0344 MEG2301-0319 MEG2301-0325 MEG2301-0444 MEG2301-0419 10/60 1.8 10/60 1.8 10/60 1 new new new new new
www.merten.de
polar white, glossy MEG2300-0319 10/60 1 new MEG2301-0644 10/60 1.8 and new Central plate with labelling field surge proMEG2301-0460 10/60 1.1 new active white, glossy MEG2300-0325 10/60 1 new polar white MEG2301-0619 10/60 1.8 new tection module for SCHUKO socket-outlet, MEG2335-03../ Duroplastic, highly scratch-resistant 04.., System M Central plate with light outlet and LED light Thermoplastic classy matt Number block for variants, white MEG2301-0644 10/60 1.8 new ing module for SCHUKO socket-outlet, MEG2334-03../-04.., white block for surface MEG2300-0444 10/60 1 new Number e.g. SCHUKO socket-outlet Number polar blocks white for basic MEG2301-0619 10/60 1.8with new polar white e.g. SystemMEG2300-0419 10/60number 1 new System M Central plate with terminals, labelling push-button field and control lamp functions, e.g. SCHUKO plug-in and design, M Well-known colour block, anthracite 10/60 1.1 new module for SCHUKO MEG2333-03../-04.., socket-outlet, call Mediopt function brilliant MEG2300-0414 e.g. 19 for polar white 12 SYSTEM M / system INSERTS | socket-outlet, SCHUKO socket-outlets with plug-in SysterminalsThermoplastic | 2010 aluminium MEG2300-0460 10/60 1.1 new tem M Duroplastic, highly scratch-resistant: With this article, Art. no. PU PG Info 12 Version SYSTEM M / INSERTS | SCHUKO socket-outlets with plug-in terminals | 2010 use thermoplastic brilliant white Accessories: aluminium
anthracite
MEG2301-0414
10/60 1.1
new
MEG2300-0344

10/60 1.8 10/60 1.8
2010
white polar white
| ARTICLE NUMBERS
517
ARTICLE NUMBER OVERVIEW

Art. no.
120915 120927 120963 122051 122151 122415 122427 122463 123251 123363 123463 123551 125462 125463 128427 128474 128527 128574 172415 172427 172463 172951 172991 172993 173051 173091 173092 173097 173762 173763 174051 174091 174151 174196 174197 179851 179891 200919 200925 201219 201919 202053 202314 202319 202360 202419 202444 202446 203219 203919 203925 211118** 211124** 211194** 211199** 211419 211446 211460 212119 212129 212144 212146 212160 212169 213300 213419 213444 213446 213460 213514 213519 213544 213560 213619 213625 213644 214049** 214084** 214219**
PU
25/150 25/200 20/120 10/80 10/80 30/180 30/240 30/180 10/60 30/180 15/90 10/80 15/90 15/120 15/90 15/90 15/90 15/90 15/90 15/120 15/90 10/80 10/80 10/40 10/60 10/60 10/40 10/120 10/60 10/60 10/80 10/80 10/40 10/120 10/120 1/21 1/150 10/40 10/40 10/50 10/50 2/60 2/60 2/60 2/60 2/60 2/60 2/60 10/50 2/60 2/60 5/30 5/30 5/30 5/30 5/30 5/30 5/30 5/30 5/30 5/30 5/30 5/30 5/30 1/13 2/96 2/96 2/96 2/96 2/96 2/96 2/96 2/96 2/96 2/96 2/96 10/40 10/40 10/50
PG
3.1 3.1 3.1 4 4 3.1 3.1 3.1 4 3.1 3.1 4 3.1 3.1 3 3 3 3 3.1 3.1 3.1 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 3.1 3.1 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 1 1 1 1 1.4 1.1 1 1.1 1 1 1.2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1.1 1.1 1 1.2 1 1.2 1.2 1.2 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 1 1 1
Page
514 514 514 511 512 514 514 514 513 514 514 510 514 514 514 514 514 514 514 514 514 511 511 511 510 510 510 511, 512 515 515 512 512 512 511, 512, 513 513 513 513 35 35 35 151 151 35 35 35 151 151 151 211 35 35 294 294 297 297 193 193 193 192 192 192 192 192 192 36, 152 151 151 151 151 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 277 277 34
Art. no.
214225** 214244** 214349 214355 214356 214384 214414** 214419** 214444** 214460** 214515** 214519** 214529** 214543** 214546** 214560** 214569** 214594** 214599** 215219** 215225** 215244** 215414** 215419** 215444** 215460** 225251 227239 227319 227339 227875 229275 229286 229375 229377 229393 229395 229399 230119** 230144** 230205 230219 230242 230244 230418** 230419** 230424** 230474** 230519** 230544** 230660 230719 230744 230802** 230804** 230806** 230819** 230844** 230846** 230860** 230900 230914** 230919** 230944** 230960** 231018** 231024** 231094** 231099** 231114 231119 231144 231160 231319** 231344** 231418** 231424** 231519 231544
PU
10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/40 10/40 10/50 10/50 10/40 10/40 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/70 5/30 5/30 5/30 1/20 1/20 1/20 2/8 2/8 2/8 1/4 2/96 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/50 10/40 10/50 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/50 4/32 4/32 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/40 10/50 1/100 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 5/30 5/60 5/60 5/30 5/30 5/30 5/30 5/30 2/30 2/30 2/30 2/30 2/30 2/30
PG
1 1 1 1.2 1.2 1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1.2 1 1.2 1.4 1.2 1.2 1.2 1 1 1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.1 4 2.8 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1.8 1.8 1.2 1 1.2 1 1 1 1 1 1.8 1.8 1.7 1 1 1 1 1.2 1 1 1.2 1.2 1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Page
34 34 211 211 211 211 34 34 34 34 151 151 151 151 151 151 151 151 151 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 513 256 256 256 262 261 262 262 265 262 262 263 109 109 210 210 210 210 293 296 293 296 109 109 203 111 111 145 145 145 137 137 137 137 89 14 14 14 14 293 293 297 297 110 110 110 110 110 110 293 293 192 192
Art. no.
231719 231744 232115 232119 232129 232144 232146 232160 232169 232205 232219 232242 232244 232319 232519 232546 232560 232814 232819 232844 232860 233014** 233015** 233019** 233044** 233060** 233114** 233119** 233144** 233160** 233314** 233315** 233319** 233344** 233360** 233402** 233404** 233406** 233419** 233425** 233444** 233514** 233515** 233519** 233544** 233560** 233619** 233625** 233644** 233819 233825 233844 233905 233919 233942 233944 234005 234019 234042 234044 234105 234119 234142 234144 234219** 234274** 234319** 234374** 234419** 234474** 234619** 234674** 235019** 235025** 235044** 235119** 235144** 235214** 235219**
PU
4/32 4/32 5/30 5/30 5/30 5/30 5/30 5/30 5/30 10/40 10/50 10/40 10/50 5/30 5/30 5/30 5/30 1/24 1/24 1/24 1/24 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 1/30 1/30 1/30 1/30 1/30 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/100 10/100 10/100 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 2/30 2/30 2/30 1/24 1/24 1/24 10/40 10/50 10/40 10/50 10/50 10/100 10/100 10/100 10/40 10/50 10/40 10/50 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/100 10/100 10/40 10/40 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/100 10/100 10/20 10/20
PG
1 1 1.2 1 1.2 1 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1 1.2 1 1 1 1.1 1.1 8 8 8 8 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 1 1 1 1.8 1 1.8 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 1 1 1 8 8 8 1.2 1 1.2 1 1.2 1 1.2 1 1.2 1 1.2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1.8 1.8 2.1 2.1
Page
111 111 192 192 192 192 192 192 192 210 210 210 210 110 192 192 192 18 18 18 18 234 234 234 234 234 234 234 234 234 235 235 235 235 235 26 26 26 12 12 12 236 236 236 236 236 110 110 110 18 18 18 210 210 210 210 210 210 210 210 210 210 210 210 276 276 276 276 276 276 276 276 13 13 13 12 12 235 235
wwww.merten.com
* New articles ** Discontinued articles
518
ARTICLE NUMBER OVERVIEW |2010

Art. no. PU PG
2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 1 1 2 1.5 1.5 1.5 2 2 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2 2 2 2 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 1.1 1.8 1.8 1.1 1.2 1 1.2 1.4 1.2 1.2 1.2 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.2 1.2 1 1.2 1.4 1.2 1.2 1.2 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1.2 1 1.2 1.4 1 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1 1.2 1.4 1.2 1.2 1.2
Page
235 235 236 236 236 236 15 15 257 270 270 270 255 255 16 16 16 16 255 255 255 255 139, 156 139, 156 139, 156 139, 156 12 12 12 12 138 138 138 138 138 138 138 138 138 13 13 13 13 15 15 15 15 145 145 145 136 136 136 136 136 136 136 136 136 15 15 15 15 137 137 137 137 137 137 137 137 139 139 139 139 139 139 139 139
Art. no.
237894** 237915** 237919** 237929** 237943** 237946** 237960** 237969** 237994** 237999** 238039 238104 238105 238139 238219** 238225** 238244** 238319** 238325** 238344** 238419** 238425** 238444** 238919 238939 239039 239139 239219** 239225** 239244** 239319 239325 239344 239419 239425 239519 239539 239619 239639 239739 239819 239839 239902** 239904** 239906** 239919** 239925** 239944** 240760 240802** 240804** 240806** 240819** 240844** 240846** 240860** 240914** 240919** 240944** 240960** 246319** 246325** 246344** 246819** 246825** 246844** 247019** 247025** 247044** 247119** 247125** 247144** 247219** 247225** 247244** 247319** 247325** 247344** 247414**
PU
10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/40 10/40 10/50 10/50 10/40 10/40 10/60 1/30 1/18 1/30 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 10/60 10/60 5/30 5/30 10/40 10/40 10/40 5/30 5/30 5/30 5/30 5/30 5/30 5/30 5/30 5/30 1/14 1/14 1/14 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 1/30 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 2/30 2/30 2/30 2/30 2/30 2/30 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/50
PG
1 1.2 1 1.2 1.4 1.2 1.2 1.2 1 1 2.8 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2 2 2.8 2.8 1.8 1 1.8 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1.6 1 1 1.2 1 1 1.2 1.2 1.1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1.8 1 1.8 1 1 1 1.8 1 1.8 1 1 1 1.1
Page
139 137 137 137 137 137 137 137 137 137 254 254 254 254 15 15 15 15 15 15 16 16 16 254 254 255 255 109 109 109 110 110 110 110 110 255 255 255 255 255 256 256 27 27 27 14 14 14 246 146 146 146 138 138 138 138 14 14 14 14 96 96 96 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 95 95 95 95 95 95 17
Art. no.
247419** 247444** 247460** 247514** 247519** 247544** 247560** 247619** 247644** 247646** 247660** 247702** 247704** 247706** 247819** 247844** 247846** 247860** 247902** 247904** 247906** 247919** 247944** 247946** 247960** 248319** 248325** 248344** 248402** 248404** 248406** 248419** 248425** 248444** 248514** 248519** 248544** 248560** 249219** 249244** 249246** 249260** 249319** 249325** 249344** 249414** 249419** 249444** 249460** 249519** 249525** 249544** 249602** 249604** 249606** 249902** 249904** 249906** 249919** 249925** 249944** 265719** 265744** 265746** 265760** 265814** 265819** 265844** 265860** 266819** 266825** 266844** 270119** 270144** 270319** 270344** 270418** 270424** 270474**
PU
10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/40 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40
PG
1 1 1.1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.2 1.2 1 1 1.2 1 1 1.2 1.2 1 1 1.2 1 1 1.2 1.2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.2 1.2 1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1 1 1
Page
17 17 17 17 17 17 17 137 137 137 137 147 147 147 140 140 140 140 146 146 146 140 140 140 140 17 17 17 28 28 28 17 17 17 13 13 13 13 141 141 141 141 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 13 13 13 29 29 29 28 28 28 14 14 14 147 147 147 147 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 111 111 111 111 293 293 297
wwww.merten.com
235244** 10/20 235260** 10/20 235314** 1/15 235319** 1/15 235344** 1/15 235360** 1/15 235419** 10/40 235444** 10/40 235539 10/1000 236017 5/35 236019 5/35 236044 5/35 236519 1/30 236539 1/30 236614** 1/50 236619** 1/50 236644** 1/50 236660** 1/50 236819 1/30 236839 1/30 236919 1/18 236939 1/18 237019** 1/50 237046** 1/50 237060** 1/50 237094** 1/50 237114** 10/50 237119** 10/100 237144** 10/100 237160** 10/50 237215** 10/50 237219** 10/50 237229** 10/50 237243** 10/40 237246** 10/40 237260** 10/50 237269** 10/50 237294** 10/40 237299** 10/40 237314** 10/50 237319** 10/50 237344** 10/50 237360** 10/50 237414** 10/50 237419** 10/50 237444** 10/50 237460** 10/50 237502** 10/50 237504** 10/50 237506** 10/50 237515** 10/50 237519** 10/100 237529** 10/50 237543** 10/40 237546** 10/40 237560** 10/50 237569** 10/50 237594** 10/100 237599** 10/100 237614** 10/50 237619** 10/50 237644** 10/50 237660** 10/50 237715** 10/50 237719** 10/50 237729** 10/50 237743** 10/40 237744** 10/50 237746** 10/40 237760** 10/50 237769** 10/50 237806** 10/50 237815** 10/50 237819** 10/50 237829** 10/50 237843** 10/40 237846** 10/40 237860** 10/50 237869** 10/50
2010
| ARTICLE NUMBER OVERVIEW
519

Art. no.
270619** 270644** 270646** 270660** 270960 272068** 272419 272444 272518** 272524** 272574** 272619 272644 273419** 273425** 273444** 273519** 273574** 274419** 274464** 274468** 274474** 275017 275019 275044 275219** 275244** 275414** 275419** 275444** 275460** 275914** 275919** 275944** 275960** 276217 276219 276244 276254 277114** 277119** 277144** 277160** 277419** 277425** 277444** 277519** 277560** 277594** 277719** 277743** 277744** 277746** 277760** 278019 278039 278219 278244 278319 278344 278419** 278425** 278444** 278719** 278725** 278744** 278919** 278925** 278944** 279075 279077 279091 279175 279219** 279225** 279244** 281060 283114** 283115**
PU
10/50 10/50 10/40 10/50 1/30 2/36 10/50 10/50 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 1/50 1/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/70 10/70 10/70 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/20 10/20 10/20 10/20 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/40 10/50 10/60 10/60 10/30 10/30 10/30 10/30 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/50 10/50 10/50 1/30 1/30 1/30 1/30 10/40 10/40 10/40 1/30 10/40 10/40
PG
1 1 1.2 1.2 1.6 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1.5 1.5 1.5 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1 1 1.2 1 1 1.4 1 1.2 1.2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1.8 1 1.8 1.8 1 1.8 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 1.8 1 1.8 1.6 2.1 2.1
Page
143 143 143 143 246 295 141 141 293 293 297 211 211 22 22 22 276 276 276 295 295 276 270 270 270 22 22 23 23 23 23 23 23 23 23 270 270 270 270 22 22 22 22 23 23 23 142 142 142 143 143 143 143 143 254 254 111 111 111 111 101 101 101 96 96 96 23 23 23 261 265 261 261 111 111 111 246 237 237
Art. no.
283119** 283144** 283160** 284219** 284225** 284244** 284314** 284319** 284344** 284360** 284515** 284519** 284529** 284543** 284544** 284546** 284560** 284569** 284619** 284674** 284805 284819 284842 284844 287414** 287419** 287444** 287460** 287819** 287843** 287846** 287860** 287894** 287902** 287904** 287906** 288019 288039 288319** 288325** 288344** 288402** 288404** 288406** 289019 289039 289378 290019 290025 290119 290125 290144 290219 290319 290325 290344 290419 290425 290444 290519 290544 290719 290819 290914 290919 290944 290960 291019 291025 291044 291319 291329 291344 291346 291360 291369 291414 291419 291460
PU
10/40 10/40 10/40 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/40 10/50 10/40 10/50 10/50 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/50 10/40 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/40 10/40 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/60 10/60 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 5/30 5/30 1/30 1/60 1/60 5/150 5/150 5/150 10/40 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/40 10/40 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 10/180 10/180 10/180 10/180 10/180 10/180 1/60 1/60 1/60
PG
2.1 2.1 2.1 1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1.2 1 1.2 1.4 1 1.2 1.2 1.2 1 1 1.2 1 1.2 1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1 1.4 1.1 1.1 1 1 1 1.2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1.1 1 1.1
Page
237 237 237 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 149 149 149 149 149 149 149 149 277 277 211 211 211 211 32 32 32 32 149 149 149 149 149 150 150 150 256 256 32 32 32 33 33 33 256 256 262 73 73 79, 427 79, 427 79, 427 73 68 68 68 29, 36 29, 36 29, 36 68 68 176 73 73 73 73 73 73 73 73 176 176 176 176 176 176 73 73 73
Art. no.
291719** 291774** 291819 291844 291846 291860 292005 292019 292042 292044 292105 292119 292142 292144 292349 292355 292356 292384 292519 292544 292615 292619 292629 292643 292644 292646 292660 292669 292719** 292774** 292819** 292874** 292919** 292974** 293046** 293060** 293146 293153 293160 293705 293719 293742 293744 293805 293819 293842 293844 294115 294119 294129 294143 294144 294146 294160 294169 294305 294319 294342 294344 294660 294819** 294874** 294919** 294974** 294994** 295205 295219 295242 295244 295314 295319 295344 295360 295514 295519 295544 295560 295614 295619
PU
10/120 10/120 10/120 10/120 10/120 10/120 10/120 10/120 10/120 10/120 5/60 5/60 5/60 5/60 10/180 10/180 10/180 10/180 1/150 1/150 10/120 10/120 10/120 10/120 10/120 10/120 10/120 10/120 10/120 10/120 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 10/40 1/60 10/40 5/200 5/200 5/200 5/200 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 5/250 5/250 5/250 5/250 5/250 5/250 5/250 5/250 5/250 5/250 5/250 5/250 1/100 5/150 5/150 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/240 10/240 10/240 10/240 5/90 5/90 5/90 5/90 1/50 1/50
PG
1 1 1 1 1.1 1.1 1.2 1 1.2 1 1.2 1 1.2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1.2 1 1.2 1.4 1 1.2 1.2 1.2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1.2 1.2 1 1.4 1 1.2 1 1.2 1 1.2 1 1.2 1 1.2 1 1.2 1.4 1 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1 1.2 1 1.6 1 1 1 1 1 1.2 1 1.2 1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1.1 1
Page
286, 288 286, 288 176, 179, 423 176, 179, 423 176, 179, 423 176, 179, 423 223, 225, 424 223, 225, 424 223, 225, 424 223, 225, 424 223 223 223 223 223 223 223 223 223 223 177, 180, 424 177, 180, 424 177, 180, 424 177, 180, 424 177, 180, 424 177, 180, 424 177, 180, 424 177, 180, 424 288 288 286, 287, 288 286, 287, 288 288 288 178 178 176 176 176 224 224 224 224 222, 225, 227, 425 222, 225, 227, 425 222, 225, 227, 425 222, 225, 227, 425 181 181 181 181 181 181 181 181 226 226 226 226 248 288 288 288 288 283 227 227 227 227 81 81 81 81 75 75 75 75 69 69
wwww.merten.com
520

Art. no. PU PG
1 1.1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1.2 1.2 1.1 1 1 1.1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1.2 1 1.2 1.4 1 1.2 1.2 1.2 1 1.4 1 1.2 1.2 1.2 1 1.2 1.4 1 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.1 1 1 1.1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1
Page
Art. no.
298199** 298219 298244 298314 298319 298344 298360 299460 300217 300219 300244 300517 300519 300544 300617 300619 300644 300717 300719 300744 302217 302219 302244 302617 302619 302644 304817 304819 304844 306619 306644 306844 307001 308019 308044 310119** 310174** 310219** 310274** 310319** 310374** 310519** 310574** 310696** 310819** 310874** 310894** 310899** 311200** 311201 311300 311500** 311501** 311502** 311600** 311601** 311700** 311819** 311834** 311839** 311874** 313660 313760 314060 315000** 315119** 315174** 315319 315344 315346 315360 315414 315419 315444 315460 315500** 315519** 315574** 315619
PU
1/50 10/50 10/50 10/120 10/120 10/120 10/120 1/30 10/70 10/70 10/70 10/70 10/70 10/70 10/70 10/70 10/70 10/70 10/70 10/70 10/70 10/70 10/70 10/70 10/70 10/70 10/70 10/70 10/70 10/70 10/70 4/32 60/300 10/70 10/70 10/400 10/400 5/225 5/225 5/120 5/120 5/225 10/400 1/6 10/240 10/400 5/225 5/225 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/100 10/50 10/50 10/100 10/50 10/50 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 1/30 1/30 1/30 10/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 10/50 5/225 5/225 1/100
PG
1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1.6 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1 1.5 1.5 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1.8 1 1 1 1 1 1 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.8 1 1 1 1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1 1
Page
171, 283 29, 36 29, 36 74, 78, 423 74, 78, 423 74, 78, 423 74, 78, 423 248 268 268 268 268 268 268 268 268 268 268 268 268 268 268 268 268 268 268 268 268 268 268 268 268 35, 151, 211, 277 269 269 277 277 277 277 278 278 277 277 279, 296 278 278 278 278 304 304 304, 306 304 317 317 304 304 304 278 278 278 278 247 247 247 304 280 280 157 157 157 157 46 46 46 46 317 281 281 46
Art. no.
PU
PG
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1.2 8 8 8 8 8 1.2 1 1.2 1 1 1 1 1 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 1.6 1.6 8 8 8 8 8 8 1.6 1.6 8 1 1 1 1 1 1.2 1 1.2 1 1.2 1 1.2 1.4 1.2 1.2 1.2 1 1 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 1.6 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Page
46 46 305 304 304 304 304 157 157 157 157 157 157 216 216 216 216 310 318 281 281 214 214 310 279 279 46 46 46 46 248 248 318 310 157, 279 157, 279 157 157 247 248 318 326 326 326 326 326 219 219 219 219 163 163 163 163 163 163 163 163 163 53 53 53 53 53 53 53 46 46 46 247 304 304 304 278 278 213, 279 278 278 213, 279
wwww.merten.com
295644 1/50 295660 1/50 295714 5/150 295719 5/150 295744 5/150 295760 5/150 295919 10/50 295944 10/50 296019 5/150 296025 5/150 296044 5/150 296119 10/120 296125 10/120 296144 10/120 296219 10/120 296225 10/120 296244 10/120 296319 1/50 296325 1/50 296344 1/50 296419 10/50 296444 10/50 296519 10/240 296525 10/240 296544 10/240 296719 5/250 296725 5/250 296744 5/250 296819 5/90 296825 5/90 296844 5/90 296919 10/50 296925 10/50 296944 10/50 297019** 10/40 297074** 10/40 297190 10/500 297319 10/50 297344 10/50 297346 10/40 297360 10/50 297414 10/50 297419 10/50 297444 10/50 297460 10/50 297514 5/250 297519 5/250 297544 5/250 297560 5/250 297615 10/50 297619 10/50 297629 10/50 297643 10/40 297644 10/50 297646 10/40 297660 10/50 297669 10/50 297719 10/50 297743 10/40 297744 10/50 297746 10/40 297760 10/50 297815 1/150 297819 1/150 297829 1/150 297843 1/150 297844 1/150 297846 1/150 425297860 1/150 297869 1/150 297914 5/150 297919 5/150 297944 5/150 297960 5/150 298014 10/120 298019 10/120 298044 10/120 298060 10/120 298194** 1/50
69 69 79, 427 79, 427 79, 427 79, 427 82 82 72, 77, 81, 424, 438 72, 77, 81, 424, 438 72, 77, 81, 424, 438 74, 78, 424 74, 78, 424 74, 78, 424 74, 78, 423 74, 78, 423 74, 78, 423 69 69 69 68 68 81 81 81 80 80 80 75 75 75 82 82 82 277 277 29, 36, 152, 327 152 152 152 152 82 82 82 82 80 80 80 80 183 183 183 183 183 183 183 183 171 171 171 171 171 175, 179, 182, 425 175, 179, 182, 425, 175, 179, 182, 425 175, 179, 182, 425 175, 179, 182, 425 175, 179, 182, 175, 179, 182, 425 175, 179, 182, 425 72, 77, 81, 424, 438 72, 77, 81, 424, 438 72, 77, 81, 424, 438 72, 77, 81, 424, 438 74, 78, 424 74, 78, 424 74, 78, 424 74, 78, 424 171, 283
315625 1/100 315644 1/100 315800** 10/50 315900** 10/50 315901** 10/50 315902** 10/50 315903** 10/50 316546 1/100 316919 1/100 316943 1/100 316944 1/100 316946 1/100 316960 1/100 317005 1/100 317019 1/100 317042 1/100 317044 1/100 317100 1/40 317200 1/40 317234** 1/100 317239** 1/100 317319 1/100 317344 1/100 317400 1/40 317418** 1/100 317424** 1/100 318114 1/60 318119 1/60 318144 1/60 318160 1/60 318260 1/21 318460 1/21 318501 1/50 318601 1/50 318618** 1/60 318624** 1/60 318646** 1/60 318660** 1/60 318760 1/32 318860 1/32 318901 1/50 319011 1/250 319012 1/250 319013 1/250 319014 1/250 319016 10/50 319105 1/100 319119 1/100 319142 1/100 319144 1/100 319215 1/100 319219 1/100 319229 1/100 319243 1/100 319246 1/100 319260 1/100 319269 1/100 319294 1/100 319299 1/100 319314 1/60 319319 1/60 319344 1/60 319360 1/60 319419 1/60 319425 1/60 319444 1/60 319519 1/60 319525 1/60 319544 1/60 322660 1/30 325200** 10/50 325500** 10/50 325600** 10/100 330119** 5/225 330174** 5/225 330500 10/50 330519** 5/225 330574** 5/225 330600 10/50
2010
521

Art. no.
330700 330819** 330874** 331505 331519 331542 331544 331805 331819 331842 331844 331892 331894 331895 331899 332105 332119 332142 332144 332200 332205 332219 332242 332244 332305 332319 332342 332344 332505 332519 332542 332544 332600 332805 332819 332842 332844 333105 333119 333142 333144 333505 333519 333542 333544 333805 333819 333842 333844 334605 334619 334642 334644 334905 334919 334942 334944 336619 336644 340219 340239 340319 340339 340394 340519 340539 340619 340639 340719 340739 341519 341539 342219 342239 342294 342619 342639 342694 343019
PU
10/50 5/225 5/225 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 10/120 5/120 10/120 5/120 10/120 5/120 10/120 5/120 10/260 5/120 10/120 10/50 5/120 10/120 5/120 10/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 10/120 5/120 10/120 10/50 5/120 10/120 5/120 10/120 5/120 10/120 5/120 10/120 5/120 10/120 5/120 10/120 5/120 10/120 5/120 10/120 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 10/50 10/50 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/60 10/60 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 5/120
PG
1 1 1 1.2 1 1.2 1 1.2 1 1.2 1 1.2 1 1.2 1 1.2 1 1.2 1 1 1.2 1 1.2 1 1.2 1 1.2 1 1.2 1 1.2 1 1 1.2 1 1.2 1 1.2 1 1.2 1 1.2 1 1.2 1 1.2 1 1.2 1 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2.8 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2.1
Page
213, 279 278 278 215 215 215 215 213 213 213 213 213 213 213 213 212 212 212 212 213, 279 212 212 212 212 212 212 212 212 212 212 212 212 213, 279 212 212 212 212 212 212 212 212 213 213 213 213 213 213 213 213 214 214 214 214 216 216 216 216 213 213 252 252 252 252 253 252 252 252 252 252 252 253 253 252 252 253 252 252 253 238
Art. no.
343044 343114 343115 343119 343144 343160 343219 343319 343414 343415 343419 343444 343460 343514 343515 343519 343544 343560 343619 343814 343815 343819 343844 343860 343914 343915 343919 343944 343960 344019 344039 344819 344839 344919 344939 345519 345539 346629 347619 347639 347919 347939 348019 348039 348214 348215 348219 348244 348260 348314 348315 348319 348344 348360 370675 370677 370775 372275 372375 372675 372677 375975 375977 375997 375998 378075 380539 380554 380617 380619 380644 382539 382554 382617 382619 382644 385219 385225 385244
PU
5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 10/40 10/40 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 10/40 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 5/30 1/24 1/24 1/24 1/24 1/30 1/30 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 1/30 1/30 1/30 1/30 1/30 1/30 1/30 1/30 1/30 1/30 1/30 1/30 5/35 5/35 5/35 5/35 5/35 5/20 5/20 5/20 5/20 5/20 2/96 2/96 2/96
PG
2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2 2 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2 2.8 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 8 8 8 8 2 2 8 8 8 8 8 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1 1 1
Page
238 237 237 237 237 237 253 253 238 238 238 238 238 237 237 237 237 237 253 238 238 238 238 238 238 238 238 238 238 253 253 253 253 253 253 254 254 253 254 254 254 254 257 257 238 238 238 238 238 239 239 239 239 239 260 264 260 260 260 260 264 260 264 260 260 263 270 270 270 270 270 271 271 270 270 270 93 93 93
Art. no.
385319 385325 385344 385419 385425 385444 385519 385525 385544 387100* 387119 387125 387144 387219 387225 387244 387319 387325 387344 387419 387425 387444 387519 387525 387544 388119 388125 388144 388219 388225 388244 388319 388325 388344 388419 388425 388444 388519 388525 388544 388819 388825 388844 388919 388925 388944 389119 389125 389144 389219 389225 389244 389319 389325 389344 389419 389425 389444 389519 389525 389544 389819 389825 389844 389919 389925 389944 390199 391619 391625 391644 391719 391744 391814 391819 391844 391860 391915 391919
PU
2/64 2/64 2/64 2/44 2/44 2/44 1/38 1/38 1/38 1/100 2/176 2/176 2/176 2/96 2/96 2/96 2/64 2/64 2/64 2/44 2/44 2/44 1/38 1/38 1/38 10/300 10/300 10/300 10/160 10/160 10/160 10/100 10/100 10/100 2/44 2/44 2/44 1/38 1/38 1/38 10/90 10/90 10/90 2/64 2/64 2/64 10/300 10/300 10/300 10/160 10/160 10/160 10/100 10/100 10/100 2/44 2/44 2/44 1/38 1/38 1/38 10/90 10/90 10/90 2/64 2/64 2/64 1/600 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 1/100 1/100
PG
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1.8 1 1.8 1.8 1 1.8 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1.8 1 1.8 1.8 1 1.8 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1.6 1 1 1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1.2 1
Page
93 93 93 93 93 93 94 94 94 94 92 92 92 93 93 93 93 93 93 93 93 93 94 94 94 98 98 98 98 98 98 98 98 98 98 98 98 98 98 98 98 98 98 98 98 98 92 92 92 92 92 92 92 92 92 92 92 92 92 92 92 92 92 92 92 92 92 249 69 69 69 69 69 69 69 69 69 172 172
wwww.merten.com
522

Art. no. PU PG
1.2 1.4 1.2 1.2 1.2 1 1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.6 1 1 1.2 1 1.2 1 1.2 1 1.2 1 1.2 1 1.2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1
Page
172 172 172 172 172 172 172 284 284 171, 284 171, 283 171, 283 248 178, 286 178, 286 220 220 220 220 219 219 219 219 224 224 224 224 69 69 69 69 69 69 69 69 69 185 247, 261, 265, 269 247, 261, 265, 269 247, 261, 265, 326 247, 261, 265, 326 247, 261, 265, 326 247, 261, 265, 326 247, 261, 265, 269 247, 261, 265, 326 247, 261, 265, 326 247, 261, 265, 326 247, 261, 265, 326 256 269 269 89, 185, 241 228, 269, 289 256 228, 269, 289 89, 185, 241, 260 89, 185, 241 228, 269, 289 256 228, 269, 289 89, 185, 241, 260 89, 185, 241 228, 269, 289 256 228, 269, 289 89, 185, 241, 260 89, 185, 241 228, 269, 289 256 228, 269, 289 89, 185, 241, 260 89, 185, 241, 260 228, 269, 289 256 326 326 252, 261, 326 247, 260, 264, 325 247, 261, 264, 325
Art. no.
PU
PG
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1.2 1 1.2 1 1.2 1 1.2 1 1.2 1 1.2 1 1.2 1 1.2 1 1.2 1 1.2 1 1 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 2.1 2.1
Page
257, 263 257, 263 257, 263 257, 263 253 253 253 253 292 291 295 291 295 295 295 291 291 291 295 291 295 292 292 292 292 291 295 291 295 292 292 292 292 291 295 291 295 291 295 291 295 65 65 65 65 65 291, 292, 295 229 229 229 229 229 229 229 229 229 229 229 229 229 229 229 229 229 229 229 229 89, 186, 228 229 229 229 229 229 229 229 229 229 241 241
Art. no.
400119 400144 400160 400214 400215 400219 400244 400260 400314 400315 400319 400344 400360 400414 400415 400419 400444 400460 401114 401115 401119 401144 401160 401214 401215 401219 401244 401260 401314 401315 401319 401344 401360 401414 401415 401419 401444 401460 411515 411519 411529 411543 411546 411560 411569 411594 411599 411815 411819 411829 411843 411846 411860 411869 411894 411899 412019 412046 412060 412094 412115 412119 412129 412143 412146 412160 412169 412194 412199 412215 412219 412229 412246 412260 412269 412294 412299 412306 412315
PU
10/60 10/60 10/60 8/32 8/32 8/32 8/32 8/32 2/14 2/14 2/14 2/14 2/14 2/14 2/14 2/14 2/14 2/14 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 8/32 8/32 8/32 8/32 8/32 2/14 2/14 2/14 2/14 2/14 2/14 2/14 2/14 2/14 2/14 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 10/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 10/120 10/120 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 5/120 10/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 10/120 10/120 5/120 10/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 10/120 10/120 5/120 5/120
PG
2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 1.2 1 1.2 1.4 1.2 1.2 1.2 1 1 1.2 1 1.2 1.4 1.2 1.2 1.2 1 1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 1.2 1 1.2 1.4 1.2 1.2 1.2 1 1 1.2 1 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1 1 1.2 1.2
Page
241 241 241 241 241 241 241 241 241 241 241 241 241 242 242 242 242 242 242 242 242 242 242 242 242 242 242 242 242 242 242 242 242 242 242 242 242 242 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 154 154 154 154 154 154 154 154 154 153, 155 153, 155 153, 155 153, 155 153 153 153 153 153 153 153 153 153 153 153 153 153 153 153 153 153 153 153
wwww.merten.com
391929 1/100 391943 1/100 391946 1/100 391960 1/100 391969 1/100 391994 1/100 391999 1/100 392019** 5/120 392074** 5/120 392203** 5/120 392274** 5/120 392298** 5/120 392360 1/100 392519** 5/90 392574** 5/90 392605 1/100 392619 1/100 392642 1/100 392644 1/100 392705 1/50 392719 1/50 392742 1/50 392744 1/50 392795 1/100 392796 1/100 392797 1/100 392798 1/100 393803 5/120 393819 5/120 393825 5/120 393844 5/120 393903 5/120 393914 5/120 393919 5/120 393944 5/120 393960 5/120 395019 1/100 395100 20/4080 395120 20/240 395121 20/240 395122 20/240 395123 20/240 395124 20/240 395131 20/240 395132 20/240 395133 20/240 395134 20/240 395135 20/240 395339 1/1000 395412 10/500 395444 10/2040 395500 100/4000 395530 100/4000 395539 1/1000 395568 100/4000 395569 100/4000 395600 100/4000 395630 100/4000 395639 1/1000 395668 100/4000 395669 100/4000 395700 100/4000 395730 100/4000 395739 1/1000 395768 100/4000 395769 100/4000 395800 100/4000 395830 100/4000 395839 1/1000 395868 100/4000 395869 100/4000 395900 100/4000 395930 100/4000 395939 1/1000 396176** 1/150 396276** 1/150 396376 5/1020 396502 10/1000 396576 10/1000
396611 2/80 396612 2/80 396613 2/80 396676 5/1020 396772 5/300 396774 5/300 396776 10/1000 396876 5/300 397100** 1/100 397118** 10/220 397119** 10/220 397124** 10/220 397174** 10/220 397184** 5/150 397188** 5/150 397198** 10/180 397199** 10/180 397218** 10/120 397219** 10/120 397224** 10/120 397274** 10/120 397296** 10/100 397297** 10/100 397298** 10/100 397299** 10/100 397318** 10/80 397319** 10/80 397324** 10/80 397374** 10/130 397396** 10/60 397397** 10/60 397398** 10/60 397399** 10/60 397418** 10/60 397419** 10/60 397424** 10/60 397474** 10/60 397518** 1/38 397519** 1/38 397524** 1/38 397574** 1/38 397619 5/200 397625 5/200 397644 5/200 397819 5/200 397844 5/200 397998** 10/180 399105 2/180 399119 10/360 399142 2/270 399144 10/360 399205 2/100 399219 10/240 399242 2/100 399244 10/240 399305 2/68 399319 10/80 399342 2/68 399344 10/80 399405 2/44 399419 2/44 399442 2/44 399444 2/44 399505 1/38 399519 1/38 399542 1/38 399544 1/38 399898 10/1000 399911 10/300 399916 10/300 399919 10/300 399922 10/300 399939 10/600 399941 10/600 399944 10/300 399972 10/300 399979 10/300 400114 10/60 400115 10/60
2010
523

Art. no.
412319 412329 412343 412346 412360 412369 412394 412399 412515 412519 412529 412543 412546 412560 412569 412594 412599 412719 412746 412760 412794 413519 413543 413544 413546 413560 413619 413644 413646 413660 413915 413919 413929 413946 413960 413969 413994 413999 416619 416644 430714 430719 430744 430760 430814 430819 430844 430860 430914 430919 430944 430960 431014 431019 431044 431060 431619 431714 431719 431744 431760 431814 431819 431844 431860 432019 432025 432044 432119 432125 432144 432219 432225 432244 432319 432325 432344 432419 432425
PU
5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 10/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 10/120 10/120 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 10/50 10/50 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 1/10 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 1/60 1/60 1/60 10/400 10/400 10/400 5/225 5/225 5/225 10/240 10/240 10/240 5/225 5/225
PG
1 1.2 1.4 1.2 1.2 1.2 1 1 1.2 1 1.2 1.4 1.2 1.2 1.2 1 1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 1 1.4 1 1.2 1.2 1 1 1.2 1.2 1.2 1 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1 1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1.1 1 1 1.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 1.8 1 1.8 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Page
153 153 153 153 153 153 153 153 153 153 153 153 153 153 153 153 153 154, 156 154, 156 154, 156 154, 156 154 154 154 154 154 154 154 154 154 155 155 155 155 155 155 155 155 157 157 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 40 40 40 40 45 42 42 42 42 43 43 43 43 38, 43 38, 43 38, 43 38 38 38 39 39 39 38 38 38 52 52
Art. no.
PU
PG
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2.1 2.1 2.1 1.8 1 1.8 1 1 1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 1.1 1.8 1.8 1.1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 1.1 1.8 1.8 1.1 1 1 1.8 1.8 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1.8 1.8 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Page
52 38 38 38 40, 66 40, 66 40, 66 40, 44 40, 44 40, 44 40 40 40 43 43 43 38, 43 38, 43 38, 43 38, 43 38 38 38 38 39 39 39 39 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 45, 109 40, 44 40, 44 40, 44 40, 44 40 40 40 40 43 43 38 38 39 39 38 38 52 52 38 38 41 41 41 41 41 41 41 17, 28, 33, 39, 42 17, 28, 33, 39, 42 17, 28, 33, 39, 42 17, 28, 33, 39, 42 40 40 43 43 43 43 43 42 42 42 42
Art. no.
435325 435344 435514 435519 435544 435560 435614 435619 435644 435660 435819 435825 435844 435919 435925 435944 436019 436025 436044 436619** 436644** 436719** 436725** 436744** 437019 437043 437044 437046 437060 437119 437144 437219 437243 437244 437246 437260 437319 437344 437514 437519 437544 437560 437619 437643 437644 437646 437660 437719 437760 437819 437843 437844 437846 437860 437919 437943 437944 437946 437960 438019 438043 438044 438046 438060 438519 438525 438544 438719 438725 442519 442544 442619 442644 442719 442744 442819 442844 442919 442944
PU
5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 1/100 1/100 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 1/100 1/100 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 10/120 10/120 10/120 10/120 10/120 10/120 10/120 10/120 10/120 10/120
PG
1 1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1.1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1.4 1 1.2 1.2 1 1 1 1.4 1 1.2 1.2 8 8 1.1 1 1 1.1 1 1.4 1 1.2 1.2 1 1.1 1 1.4 1 1.2 1.2 1 1.4 1 1.2 1.2 1 1.4 1 1.2 1.2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Page
42 42 52 52 52 52 40, 66 40, 66 40, 66 40, 66 42 42 42 42 42 42 40 40 40 46 46 46 46 46 155 155 155 155 155 46 46 155 155 155 155 155 46 46 41 41 41 41 155 155 155 155 155 43, 67 43, 67 155 155 155 155 155 155 155 155 155 155 154 154 154 154 154 41 41 41 43, 67 43, 67 183 183 183 183 183 183 183 183 183 183
wwww.merten.com
432444 5/225 432519 10/240 432525 10/240 432544 10/240 432619 5/225 432625 5/225 432644 5/225 432719 1/60 432725 1/60 432744 1/60 432819 10/240 432825 10/240 432844 10/240 432919 5/225 432925 5/225 432944 5/225 433014 1/60 433019 1/60 433044 1/60 433060 1/60 433114 5/225 433119 10/400 433144 10/400 433160 5/225 433214 5/225 433219 5/225 433244 5/225 433260 5/225 433314 5/225 433319 10/240 433344 10/240 433360 5/225 433514 5/225 433519 10/240 433544 10/240 433560 5/225 433619** 1/6 433714 1/60 433719 1/60 433744 1/60 433760 1/60 433814 5/225 433819 10/240 433844 10/240 433860 5/225 433919 5/225 433944 5/225 434119 10/400 434144 10/400 434219 5/120 434244 5/120 434319 10/240 434344 10/240 434419 5/120 434444 5/120 434519 10/240 434544 10/240 434614 5/225 434619 5/225 434644 5/225 434660 5/225 434719 5/225 434725 5/225 434744 5/225 434791 10/1000 434792 10/1000 434793 10/1000 434794 10/1000 434819 10/240 434844 10/240 434919 5/120 434944 5/120 435119 5/225 435125 5/225 435144 5/225 435219 5/225 435225 5/225 435244 5/225 435319 5/225
524

Art. no.
443019 443044 443119 443144 443219 443244 443319 443344 443419 443444 443519 443544 443619 443644 443719 443744 443819 443844 443919 443944 444019 444044 444119 444144 444219 444244 444319 444344 444419 444444 444519 444544 444619 444644 444719 444744 444819 444844 447319 447325 447419 447425 447519 447525 447619 447625 447719 447725 447819 447825 447919 447925 450019 450025 450119 450125 450219 450225 450319 450325 450419 450425 450519 450525 450619 450625 450719 450725 450819 450825 450919 450925 451019 451025 451119 451125 451219 451225 451319
PU
10/120 10/120 10/120 10/120 10/120 10/120 10/120 10/120 10/120 10/120 10/120 10/120 10/120 10/120 10/120 10/120 10/120 10/120 10/120 10/120 10/120 10/120 10/120 10/120 10/120 10/120 10/120 10/120 10/120 10/120 10/120 10/120 10/120 10/120 10/120 10/120 10/120 10/120 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150
PG
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Page
183 183 183 183 183 183 184 184 184 184 184 184 184 184 184 184 184 184 184 184 184 184 184 184 185 185 184 184 185 185 185 185 185 185 185 185 185 185 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 86 86 86 86 86 86 86 86 86 86 86 86 86 86 86 86 87 87 87 87 87 87 87 87 87 87 87
Art. no.
451325 451419 451425 451519 451525 451619 451625 451719 451725 451819 451825 451919 451925 452019 452025 452119 452125 452219 452225 452319 452325 460019** 460074** 460119** 460174** 460219** 460274** 460319** 460374** 460419** 460474** 460519** 460574** 460619 460644 460719** 460774** 460819** 460860 460874** 460919** 460974** 461119** 461174** 461318** 461324** 461381** 461385** 461386** 461387** 461388** 461389** 461390** 461391** 461392** 461393** 461394** 461395** 461396** 461397** 461398** 461399** 461518** 461524** 461590 461591 461592 461593 461594 461619 461644 461646 461660 461714 461719 461744 461760 461819 461825
PU
5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 10/180 10/180 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 10/40 10/40 10/180 10/180 5/150 5/150 5/150 1/30 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 1/50 1/50 10/300 10/300 10/300 5/150 10/300 10/300 10/300 10/300 10/300 10/300 10/300 10/300 10/300 10/300 10/300 10/300 5/200 5/200 4/240 4/240 4/240 4/240 4/240 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/200 5/200 5/200 5/200 10/180 10/180
PG
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1.6 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1.2 1.2 1.1 1 1 1.1 1 1
Page
87 87 87 88 88 88 88 88 88 87 87 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 178, 287 178, 287 287 287 287 287 287 287 287 287 287, 289 287, 289 76 76 287 287 289 249 289 289 289 289 289 284 284 286 286 286 285 284 285 285 284 284 285 286 285 285 285 285 285 180, 288 180, 288 80, 181, 428 80, 181, 428 80, 181, 428 80, 181, 428 80, 181, 428 181 181 181 181 80, 427 80, 427 80, 427 80, 427 76 76
Art. no.
461844 461919 461925 461944 462119 462144 462219 462244 462319 462344 462419 462444 462519 462544 463305 463319 463342 463344 463386 463387 463388 463389 463390 463391 463392 463393 463395 463397 463398 463399 463919 463944 464019 464025 464044 464215 464219 464229 464244 464246 464260 464269 464315 464319 464329 464344 464346 464360 464369 464379 464380 464381 464383 464384 464386 464387 464389 464390 464391 464392 464393 464394 464395 464396 464397 464398 464399 464505 464519 464542 464544 464614 464619 464644 464660 464819** 464874** 464919 464925
PU
10/180 5/200 5/200 5/200 10/220 10/220 10/120 10/120 10/80 10/80 2/44 2/44 1/38 1/38 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 10/300 5/150 10/300 10/300 10/300 10/300 10/300 10/300 10/300 10/300 10/300 10/300 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 10/240 10/240 10/240 10/240 10/240 10/240 10/240 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 10/300 10/300 10/300 10/300 10/300 10/300 5/150 10/300 10/300 10/300 10/300 10/300 10/300 10/300 10/300 10/300 10/300 10/300 10/240 10/240 10/240 10/240 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 10/240 10/240 1/50 1/50
PG
1 1 1 1 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1 1 1 1 1 1 1.2 1 1.2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1.2 1 1.2 1 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1 1.2 1 1.2 1.2 1.2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1.2 1 1.2 1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1 1
Page
76 80, 427 80, 427 80, 427 104 104 104 104 104 104 105 105 105 105 220, 426 220, 426 220, 426 220, 426 221 221 220 221 221 220 220 221 221 221 221, 426 221, 426 80 80 80 80 80 182 182 182 182 182 182 182 172, 425 172, 240, 425 172, 425 172, 240, 425 172, 425 172, 240, 425 172, 425 71, 173 70, 173 71, 174 71, 174 72, 174, 240, 426 71, 174 71, 174 71, 173 71, 173 70, 173 70, 173 70, 173 71, 174, 426 70, 173 71, 174 70, 173 71, 173, 426 71, 173, 425 227 227 227 227 70, 425 70, 425 70, 425 70, 425 288 288 70, 425 70, 425
wwww.merten.com
2010
525

Art. no.
464944 465009 465010 465015 465025 465104 465108 465206 465226 465236 465304 465404 465408 465516 465518 465580 465581 465582 465583 465590 465591 465595 465701 465702 465703 465706 465707 465708 465709 465710 465711 465712 465713 465714 465720 465721 465760 465930 466097 466098 466099 466814 466819 466844 466914 466919 467014 467019 467114 467119 467144 467214 467219 467244 467314 467319 467344 467414 467419 467444 467514 467519 467544 467619 467625 467644 467719 467725 467744 467819 467825 467844 467919 467925 467944 468019 468025 468044 468114
PU
1/50 5/500 5/500 5/500 5/500 10/40 10/40 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/40 5/150 5/250 5/250 5/250 2/100 2/100 2/100 2/100 10/600 1/60 5/120 10/40 10/40 1/50 1/50 1/60 1/60 1/60 10/150 1/15 1/16 1/150 1/16 10/50 1/50 1/30 1/1 1/54 1/54 1/54 2/96 2/96 2/96 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 2/176 2/176 2/176 2/96 2/96 2/96 2/64 2/64 2/64 2/44 2/44 2/44 1/38 1/38 1/38 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150
PG
Page
Art. no.
468119 468144 468160 468214 468219 468244 468260 468314 468319 468344 468360 468419 468425 468444 468514 468519 468544 468560 468714 468719 468744 468760 468819 468825 468844 468914 468919 468944 468960 469019 469025 469044 469119 469125 469144 469214 469219 469244 469260 469314 469319 469344 469360 469414 469419 469444 469460 470119 470125 470144 470219 470225 470244 470319 470325 470344 470419 470425 470444 470519 470525 470544 470914 470919 470944 471219 471225 471244 471319 471325 471344 471419 471425 471444 471519 471525 471544 472214 472219
PU
5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/120 5/120 5/120 10/50 10/50 10/50 10/50 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 1/100 1/100 1/100 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 10/50 10/50 10/50 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 2/176 2/176 2/176 2/96 2/96 2/96 2/64 2/64 2/64 2/44 2/44 2/44 1/38 1/38 1/38 2/64 2/64 2/64 2/96 2/96 2/96 2/64 2/64 2/64 2/44 2/44 2/44 1/38 1/38 1/38 2/96 2/96
PG
1 1 1.1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1.1 1
Page
76 76 76 76 76 76 76 76 76 76 76 83 83 83 77, 83 77, 83 77, 83 77, 83 77 77 77 77 82 82 82 83 83 83 83 83 83 83 77, 83 77, 83 77, 83 83 83 83 83 82 82 82 82 83 83 83 83 105 105 105 106 106 106 106 106 106 107 107 107 107 107 107 119 119 119 105 105 105 106 106 106 106 106 106 107 107 107 123 123
Art. no.
472244 472260 472314 472319 472344 472360 473219 473244 473319 473344 473419 473444 473519 473544 474119 474144 474219 474244 474319 474344 474419 474444 474519 474544 475114 475139 475160 475214 475239 475260 475314 475339 475360 475414 475439 475460 475514 475539 475560 475814 475839 475860 475914 475939 475960 476114 476119 476144 476160 476214 476219 476244 476260 476314 476319 476344 476360 476814 476819 476844 476914 476919 476944 477114 477119 477144 477214 477219 477244 477314 477319 477344 477414 477419 477444 477514 477519 477544 477903
PU
2/96 2/96 2/64 2/64 2/64 2/64 2/96 2/96 2/64 2/64 2/44 2/44 1/38 1/38 2/176 2/176 2/96 2/96 2/64 2/64 2/44 2/44 1/38 1/38 1/88 1/88 1/88 1/48 1/48 1/48 1/32 1/32 1/32 1/22 1/22 1/22 1/22 1/22 1/22 1/48 1/48 1/48 1/32 1/32 1/32 2/176 2/176 2/176 2/176 2/96 2/96 2/96 2/96 2/64 2/64 2/64 2/64 2/96 2/96 2/96 2/64 2/64 2/64 2/176 2/176 2/176 2/96 2/96 2/96 2/64 2/64 2/64 2/44 2/44 2/44 1/38 1/38 1/38 1/32
PG
1 1.1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1
Page
123 123 123 123 123 123 105 105 106 106 106 106 107 107 105 105 106 106 106 106 107 107 107 107 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 123 123 123 123 123 123 123 123 124 124 124 124 118 118 118 119 119 119 118 118 118 118 118 118 119 119 119 119 119 119 119 119 119 130
wwww.merten.com
70, 425 1 76, 174, 221, 323 1 77, 83, 175, 222 1 76, 175, 222, 323 1 77, 175, 222, 323 1 178, 224, 323 1 178, 224, 323 1 72, 175, 222, 321 1 72, 175, 222, 321 1 72, 175, 222, 321 1 75, 178, 224, 323 1 178, 224, 323 1 178, 224, 323 1 80, 181, 226, 323 1 80, 181, 226, 323 1 72, 174, 240, 324 1 72, 174, 240, 324 1 72, 174, 240, 324 1 72, 174, 240, 324 1 240, 324 1 240, 324 1 80, 181, 226, 323 1 174, 78, 177, 180, 223, 175, 79, 177, 180, 223, 175, 79, 177, 180, 224, 1 75, 79, 177, 180, 224 1 73, 77, 176, 179, 222 1 74, 79, 177, 180, 223 1 73, 78, 176, 179, 223 423 1 422 1 422 1 422 1 422 1 74, 78, 177, 179, 1 74, 78, 177, 179, 1 249 1.6 73, 176, 222, 321 1 81, 182, 227, 324 1 81, 181, 226, 324 1 81, 182, 226, 324 1 118 1.1 118 1.1 118 1.1 82, 182, 227, 325 1 82, 182, 227, 325 1 82, 182, 227, 325 1 82, 182, 227, 325 1 118 1.1 118 1.1 118 1.1 118 1.1 118 1.1 118 1.1 119 1.1 119 1.1 119 1.1 119 1.1 119 1.1 119 1.1 119 1.1 119 1.1 119 1.1 76 1 76 1 76 1 76 1 76 1 76 1 76 1 76 1 76 1 77 1 77 1 77 1 83 1 83 1 83 1 76 1.1
526

Art. no.
477906 477915 477919 477960 477978 478014 478019 478025 478044 478060 478119 478125 478144 478219 478225 478244 478319 478325 478344 478419 478425 478444 478519 478525 478544 478819 478825 478844 478919 478925 478944 480160 480260 480360 481106 481115 481119 481129 481146 481160 481169 481194 481199 481215 481219 481229 481246 481260 481269 481294 481299 481315 481319 481329 481346 481360 481369 481394 481399 481415 481419 481429 481446 481460 481469 481494 481499 481515 481519 481529 481546 481560 481569 481594 481599 481819 481844 481846 481860
PU
1/32 1/32 1/32 1/32 1/32 5/40 5/40 5/40 5/40 5/40 10/300 10/300 10/300 10/200 10/200 10/200 10/60 10/60 10/60 2/44 2/44 2/44 1/38 1/38 1/38 10/200 10/200 10/200 2/64 2/64 2/64 1/100 1/75 1/58 2/196 2/196 10/300 2/196 2/196 2/196 2/196 10/220 10/220 2/100 10/200 2/100 2/100 2/100 2/100 10/120 10/120 2/68 10/60 2/68 2/68 2/68 2/68 10/80 10/80 2/44 2/44 2/44 2/44 2/44 2/44 10/60 10/60 1/38 1/38 1/38 1/38 1/38 1/38 1/38 1/38 10/200 10/200 2/96 2/96
PG
1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 1.8 1 1.8 1.8 1 1.8 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.2 1.2 1 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1 1 1.2 1 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1 1 1.2 1 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1 1 1.2 1 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1 1 1.2 1 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1 1 1 1 1.2 1.2
Page
130 130 130 130 130 112 112 112 112 112 104 104 104 104 104 104 104 104 104 105 105 105 105 105 105 104 104 104 104 104 104 249 249 249 190 190 190 190 190 190 190 190 190 190 190 190 190 190 190 190 190 190 190 190 190 190 190 190 190 191 191 191 191 191 191 191 191 191 191 191 191 191 191 191 191 190 190 190 190
Art. no.
481919 481944 481946 481960 482160 482260 482360 482460 482860 483115 483119 483121 483143 483144 483215 483219 483221 483243 483244 483315 483319 483321 483343 483344 483415 483419 483421 483443 483444 483515 483519 483521 483543 483544 483819 483821 483843 483844 484100 484119 484144 484219 484244 484319 484344 484419 484444 484519 484544 484819 484844 484919 484944 485114 485119 485144 485160 485170 485178 485214 485219 485244 485260 485270 485278 485314 485319 485344 485360 485370 485378 485414 485419 485444 485460 485470 485478 485514 485519
PU
2/100 2/100 2/100 2/100 2/176 2/102 2/60 2/42 2/102 2/160 2/160 2/160 2/160 2/160 2/90 2/90 2/90 2/90 2/90 2/72 2/72 2/72 2/72 2/72 2/44 2/44 2/44 2/44 2/44 1/38 1/38 1/38 1/38 1/38 2/90 2/90 2/90 2/90 1/100 10/300 10/300 10/200 10/200 10/60 10/60 2/44 2/44 1/38 1/38 10/200 10/200 2/64 2/64 2/176 10/300 10/300 2/176 2/176 2/176 2/96 10/160 10/160 2/96 2/96 2/96 2/64 10/60 10/60 2/64 2/64 2/64 2/44 2/44 2/44 2/44 2/44 2/44 1/38 1/38
PG
1 1 1.2 1.2 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1
Page
190 190 190 190 202 202 202 202 202 196 196 196 196 196 196 196 196 196 196 196 196 196 196 196 196 196 196 196 196 196 196 196 196 196 196 196 196 196 107 104 104 104 104 104 104 105 105 105 105 104 104 104 104 116 116 116 116 116 116 116 116 116 116 116 116 116 116 116 116 116 116 116 116 116 116 116 116 117 117
Art. no.
485544 485560 485570 485578 485814 485819 485844 485860 485870 485878 485914 485919 485944 485960 485970 485978 486100 486114 486119 486144 486160 486214 486219 486244 486260 486314 486319 486344 486360 486414 486419 486444 486460 486514 486519 486544 486560 486814 486819 486844 486914 486919 486944 487114 487119 487144 487214 487219 487244 487314 487319 487344 487414 487419 487444 487514 487519 487544 487803 487806 487815 487819 487860 487878 488114 488119 488160 488214 488219 488260 488314 488319 488360 488814 488819 488844 488860 488914 488919
PU
1/38 1/38 1/38 1/38 2/96 10/160 10/160 2/96 2/96 2/96 2/64 2/64 2/64 2/64 2/64 2/64 1/100 2/176 10/300 10/300 2/176 2/96 10/160 10/160 2/96 2/64 10/60 10/60 2/64 2/44 2/44 2/44 2/44 1/38 1/38 1/38 1/38 2/96 2/96 2/96 2/64 2/64 2/64 2/176 2/176 2/176 2/96 2/96 2/96 2/64 2/64 2/64 2/44 2/44 2/44 1/38 1/38 1/38 1/48 1/48 1/48 1/48 1/48 1/48 2/176 10/180 2/176 2/96 10/90 2/96 2/64 10/60 2/64 2/96 10/90 10/90 2/96 2/64 2/64
PG
1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1 1.1 1.1 1 1.1 1.1 1 1.1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1.1 1
Page
117 117 117 117 116 116 116 116 116 116 116 116 116 116 116 116 124 122 122 122 122 122 122 122 122 122 122 122 122 123 123 123 123 123 123 123 123 118 118 118 119 119 119 118 118 118 118 118 118 119 119 119 119 119 119 119 119 119 130 130 130 130 130 130 126 126 126 126 126 126 126 126 126 122 122 122 122 122 122
wwww.merten.com
2010
527

Art. no.
488944 488960 489103 489106 489115 489119 489160 489178 489203 489206 489215 489219 489260 489278 489303 489306 489315 489319 489360 489378 489403 489406 489415 489419 489460 489478 489503 489506 489515 489519 489560 489578 489960 500114 500119 500144 500160 501119 501125 501144 502414 502419 502444 502460 502514 502519 502544 502560 502614 502619 502644 502660 503119 503125 503219 503225 503319 503325 503419 503425 503444 503519 503525 503544 503619 503625 503644 504419 504444 504446 504460 504519 504544 504546 504560 504619 504644 504646 504660
PU
2/64 2/64 1/88 1/88 1/88 1/88 1/88 1/88 1/48 1/48 1/48 1/48 1/48 1/48 1/32 1/32 1/32 1/32 1/32 1/32 1/22 1/22 1/22 1/22 1/22 1/22 1/22 1/22 1/22 1/22 1/22 1/22 1/5 1/30 1/30 1/30 1/30 1/30 1/30 1/30 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 10/180 10/180 10/90 10/90 10/60 10/60 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100
PG
1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 1 1 1 1 1 1 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8
Page
122 122 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 131 131 131 131 131 131 478, 503 24, 48 24, 48 24, 48 24, 48 24, 48 24, 48 24, 48 49, 338, 359 49, 338, 359 49, 338, 359 49, 338, 359 54, 340, 374 54, 340, 374 54, 340, 374 54, 340, 374 49, 337, 358 49, 337, 358 49, 337, 358 49, 337, 358 126 126 126 126 126 126 49, 338, 359 49, 338, 359 49, 338, 359 54, 340, 374 54, 340, 374 54, 340, 374 49, 337, 358 49, 337, 358 49, 337, 358 160, 338, 359 160, 338, 359 160, 338, 359 160, 338, 359 164, 341, 375 164, 341, 375 164, 341, 375 164, 341, 375 160, 337, 358 160, 337, 358 160, 337, 358 160, 337, 358
Art. no.
PU
PG
8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8.4 8.4 8.4 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1 1 1 1
Page
50, 334 50, 334 50, 334 50, 334 51, 335 51, 335 51, 335 51, 335 333 332 332 336 50, 334 50, 334 50, 334 51, 335 51, 335 51, 335 333 321, 333, 363, 380 161, 336 161, 336 161, 336 161, 336 161, 336 161, 336 161, 336 161, 336 338 339 339 341 339 50, 334 50, 334 50, 334 50, 334 50, 334 50, 334 50, 334 160, 335 160, 335 160, 335 160, 335 339 340 342 341, 392 341, 392 342, 393 95, 99, 272 296 296 296 296 296 296 296 296 191, 230, 272 191, 272 108, 191, 230, 272 191, 272 108, 191, 230, 272 191, 272 191, 272 108, 191, 230, 272 191, 272 108, 191, 230, 272 191, 272 191, 273 108, 191, 230, 273 191, 273 108, 191, 230, 273 191, 273 127 126 127 126
Art. no.
512599 512603 512699 513219 513225 513244 513319 513325 513344 514119 514125 514144 514219 514225 514244 514319 514325 514344 514919 514925 514944 515119 515125 515144 515219 515225 515244 515319 515325 515344 515419 515425 515444 515519 515525 515544 515819 515825 515844 515990 516094 516099 516119 516144 516146 516160 516314 516315 516319 516344 516360 516419 516443 516444 516446 516460 516514 516515 516519 516544 516560 516614 516615 516619 516644 516660 516819 516844 516914 516915 516919 516944 516960 517005** 517042** 517094** 517099** 517119** 517174**
PU
10/90 1/30 10/60 2/96 2/96 2/96 2/64 2/64 2/64 2/176 2/176 2/176 2/96 2/96 2/96 2/64 2/64 2/64 2/64 2/64 2/64 10/300 10/300 10/300 10/160 10/160 10/160 10/60 10/60 10/60 2/44 2/44 2/44 1/38 1/38 1/38 2/96 2/96 2/96 1/150 5/300 5/300 5/75 5/75 5/75 5/75 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/500 5/500 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 10/300 10/300 10/300 10/300 5/300 5/300
PG
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2.1 1 1 1 1 1.2 1.2 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 1 1.4 1 1.2 1.2 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 1 1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 1.2 1.2 1 1 1 1
Page
127 126 127 123 123 123 124 124 124 123 123 123 123 123 123 123 123 123 122 122 122 122 122 122 122 122 122 122 122 122 123 123 123 123 123 123 122 122 122 142, 144, 148, 153 172 172 172 172 172 172 241 241 241 241 241 89, 186 89, 186 89, 186 89, 186 89, 186 240 240 240 240 240 241 241 241 241 241 220 220 240 240 240 240 240 228, 289 228, 289 228, 289 228, 289 284 284
wwww.merten.com
505114 1/40 505119 1/40 505144 1/40 505160 1/40 505214 1/40 505219 1/40 505244 1/40 505260 1/40 505599 1/70 505919 1/6 505960 1/6 506004 1/100 506119 1/40 506125 1/40 506144 1/40 506219 1/40 506225 1/40 506244 1/40 506801 1/12 506923 1/6 507119 1/40 507144 1/40 507146 1/40 507160 1/40 507219 1/40 507244 1/40 507246 1/40 507260 1/40 507501 1/100 507502 1/100 507601 1/100 507801 1/100 507900 1/100 508014 1/40 508019 1/40 508044 1/40 508060 1/40 508119 1/40 508125 1/40 508144 1/40 508219 1/40 508244 1/40 508246 1/40 508260 1/40 508519 1/16 508619 1/16 509201** 1/10 509519 1/12 509560 1/12 509590 1/48 510501 5/300 511019** 1/40 511074** 1/40 511119** 1/40 511174** 1/40 511219** 1/20 511274** 1/20 511319** 1/15 511374** 1/15 512106 1/40 512115 1/40 512119 1/40 512129 1/40 512144 1/40 512169 1/40 512215 1/20 512219 1/20 512229 1/20 512244 1/20 512269 1/20 512315 1/15 512319 1/15 512329 1/15 512344 1/15 512369 1/15 512400 1/160 512403 1/56 512499 10/180 512503 1/45
528

Art. no.
517405** 517453 517474** 517497** 517498** 517617 517619 517644 517717 517719 517744 517817 517819 517844 517917 517919 517944 518015** 518019** 518029** 518044** 518046** 518060** 518069** 518114 518119 518144 518160 518214 518219 518244 518260 518314 518319 518344 518360 518415 518419 518429 518444 518446 518460 518469 518519 518525 518544 518619 518625 518644 519119 519125 519144 519219 519225 519244 519319 519325 519344 520227 520327 520427 520619 520827 520900 521044 521427 521927 522175 523017 523019 523044 526129 526229 528068 533497 533498 533591 533963 534062
PU
5/75 5/60 5/75 5/75 5/75 10/300 10/300 10/300 10/210 10/210 10/210 10/240 10/240 10/240 10/200 10/200 10/200 10/300 10/300 10/300 10/300 10/300 10/300 10/300 5/300 5/300 5/300 5/300 5/75 5/75 5/75 5/75 10/240 10/240 10/240 10/240 10/300 10/300 10/300 10/300 10/300 10/300 10/300 5/300 5/300 5/300 5/75 5/75 5/75 1/40 1/40 1/40 1/20 1/20 1/20 1/15 1/15 1/15 2/22 2/22 5/60 5/40 5/30 10/480 5/20 5/10 1/12 1/30 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/200 10/100 10/40 1/100 1/50 50/900 10/180 10/240
PG
Page
Art. no.
PU
PG
2 2 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 4 4 4 2 4 8 8 8 8 2 2 2 2 2 2 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8.5 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8
Page
257 257 56 56 56 56 56 56 57 57 57 95, 99, 108, 192, 95, 99, 108, 192, 192, 273 95, 99, 108, 192, 95, 99, 108, 192, 192, 273 512 510, 511, 512 511 257 510 57 57 57 57 257 263, 265 257 257 263, 265 257 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56, 166, 218, 319 56, 166, 218, 319 57, 166, 219, 320 57, 166, 219, 320 219 219 219 219 283 283 57, 166, 219, 320 283 283 219 219 219 219 166 166 166 166 166 166 166 166 166 166 166 166 166 166 166 166 310 280 280 214 214 214
Art. no.
538144 538200 538234** 538239** 538315 538319 538329 538343 538346 538360 538369 538394 538399 538415 538419 538429 538443 538446 538460 538469 538494 538499 538519** 538574** 538719 538744 538819 538844 538905 538919 538942 538944 539014 539019 539044 539060 539105 539119 539142 539144 539214 539219 539244 539260 539319 539344 539419 539444 539591 539654 539656 539715 539719 539729 539743 539744 539746 539760 539769 539819 539844 539919** 539944** 542894** 542895 544529 544819 544829 544890 544894 545715 545719 547000 547019 547119 547519 547560 548001 548019
PU
1/100 1/40 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/150 1/150 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 14/224 1/1000 1/1000 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/100 1/100 5/120 5/120 1/48 10/450 1/45 1/35 1/35 1/35 1/35 1/20 1/20 1/50 1/23 1/23 1/10 1/10 1/60 1/10
PG
8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 1 1 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 1 1 1 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8.4 8.4 8.4 8.4 8.4 8.4 8.4 8.3 8.3 8.3 8.3 8.3 8.3 8.3
Page
214 310 280 280 158 158 158 158 158 158 158 158 158 158 158 158 158 158 158 158 158 158 283 283 52 52 46 46 214 214 214 214 47 47 47 47 218 218 218 218 47 47 47 47 47 47 47 47 326 30, 148, 210 30, 148, 210 166 166 166 166 166 166 166 166 52 52 51, 352 51, 352 316, 327, 351, 365 327, 395, 413 412 412 413 412 413 388 388 418 418 418 417 417 418 416
wwww.merten.com
220 1.1 172 1.4 172, 220, 284 1 220 1.1 172, 220, 284 1 271 1.5 271 1.5 271 1.5 271 1.5 271 1.5 271 1.5 271 1.5 271 1.5 271 1.5 271 1.5 271 1.5 271 1.5 186, 193, 289 1.2 186, 193, 289 1 186, 193, 289 1.2 186, 193, 289 1 186, 193, 289 1.2 186, 193, 289 1.2 186, 193, 289 1.2 69 1.1 69 1 69 1 69 1.1 70 1.1 70 1 70 1 70 1.1 241 2.1 241 2.1 241 2.1 241 2.1 89, 186 1.2 89, 186 1 89, 186 1.2 89, 186 1 89, 186 1.2 89, 186 1.2 89, 186 1.2 69 1 69 1 69 1 70 1 70 1 70 1 94, 99, 272 1.5 94, 99, 272 1.5 94, 99, 272 1.5 94, 99, 272 1.5 94, 99, 272 1.5 94, 99, 272 1.5 94, 99, 272 1.5 94, 99, 272 1.5 94, 99, 272 1.5 508 6 508 6 508 6.1 508 6.1 508 6 509 6 508 6 508 6 509 6 263 2 271 1.5 271 1.5 271 1.5 509 7 509 7 241, 249 1.6 327 8 8 22, 26, 30, 142, 144 326 1 263, 265 2 257 2
534119 10/240 534162 10/240 534719 1/150 534725 1/150 534744 1/150 534819 1/150 534825 1/150 534844 1/150 534919 1/150 534925 1/150 534944 1/150 535060 10/1000 535062 10/1000 535063 10/1000 535160 20/2000 535162 20/2000 535163 20/2000 535451 1/12 535491 1/80 535493 1/12 535563 10/300 535593 1/12 535814 1/150 535819 1/150 535844 1/150 535860 1/150 535919 10/500 535960 10/1000 535962 10/500 536019 10/1000 536061 10/1000 536062 10/1000 536114 1/150 536119 1/150 536144 1/150 536160 1/150 536214 1/150 536219 1/150 536244 1/150 536260 1/150 536302 1/50 536304 1/50 536400 1/50 536401 1/50 536492 1/150 536494 1/150 536495 1/150 536499 1/150 536518** 1/150 536524** 1/150 537100 1/12 537119** 1/150 537174** 1/150 537292 1/150 537294 1/150 537295 1/150 537299 1/150 537415 1/150 537419 1/150 537429 1/150 537443 1/150 537444 1/150 537446 1/150 537460 1/150 537469 1/150 537515 1/150 537519 1/150 537529 1/150 537543 1/150 537544 1/150 537546 1/150 537560 1/150 537569 1/150 538000 1/40 538034** 1/100 538039** 1/100 538105 1/100 538119 1/100 538142 1/100
2010
529

Art. no. PU PG
8.3 8.3 8.3 8.4 8.4 8.4 8.4 8.4 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8.4 8.4 8 8 8 8 8 8 8.4 8.4 8.4 8.4 8.4 8.4 8.4 8.4 8.4 8.4 8.4 8.4 8.4 8.4 8.4 8.4 8.4 8.4 8.4 8.4 8 8 8 1 1 1 8 8 8 1 1 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 8 8 8
Page
416 417 417 404 404 405 405 408, 469 327 327 327 327 327 365 327, 365 394 394 68 68 68 68 68 68 391 391 391 391 388 389 394 394 394 389 389 390 389 394 392 392 395 390 390 390 51, 352 51, 352 51, 352 52 52 52 46 46 46 46 46 47 47 47 47 47 47 52 52 52 52, 348 52, 348 52, 348 52, 348 52, 348 52, 348 52, 348 311, 353 159, 353 203 203 204 204 49, 353 55, 398 55, 398
Art. no.
PU
PG
8 8 8 8 8 1.7 8 8 8 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 8 8 8 8 1.1 1 1 1.1 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8
Page
55, 398 55, 398 55, 398 55, 398 55, 398 207 204 206 207 202 202 204 203 203 204 203 203 204 203 203 204 204 52 52 52 52 52 52 52 52 51, 352 51, 352 51, 352 51, 352 48, 357 48, 357 48, 357 48, 357 320, 362, 380, 469 48, 357 48, 357 48, 357 48, 357 48, 357 48, 357 159, 358 159, 358 159, 358 159, 358 159, 358 159, 358 159, 358 159, 358 48, 357 48, 357 215, 353 215, 353 269, 360 269, 360 269, 360 162, 353 162, 353 162, 353 162, 353 162, 353 162, 353 162, 353 162, 353 360 361 361 361 162, 352 162, 352 162, 352 162, 352 162, 352 162, 352 162, 352
Art. no.
572094** 572099** 572199** 572299** 572319** 572374** 572499** 572529 572599** 572605 572619 572642 572644 572799** 572819 572825 572844 572999** 573299** 573399 573417** 573419** 573444** 573529 573599 573715 573719 573729 573743 573744 573746 573760 573769 573814 573815 573819 573844 573860 573998 573999 574029 574099 574174** 574198** 574205 574219 574242 574244 574697 574819** 574874** 574905 574919 574942 574944 575305 575319 575342 575344 575519 575525 575544 575605 575619 575642 575644 575799 575897 576101 576102 576397 576398 576399 576499 576799 576897 577099 577129 577199**
PU
5/120 5/120 1/50 1/72 5/120 5/120 1/72 1/72 1/72 5/120 10/120 5/120 10/120 1/30 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/50 1/50 1/60 1/72 1/72 1/72 1/50 1/60 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/60 1/60 1/50 1/60 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/60 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/50 1/50 10/300 10/300 1/40 1/100 1/24 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50
PG
8 8 8.5 8.5 8 8 8 8 8.5 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8.5
Page
162, 352 162, 352 315, 351 315, 351 281 281 315, 351 360 316, 351 215, 350, 352 215, 350, 352 215, 350, 352 215, 350, 352 315, 352 55, 399 55, 399 55, 399 316, 351, 360 316, 351 206, 311, 354 269, 360 269, 360 269, 360 362 206, 312, 354 159, 357 159, 357 159, 357 159, 357 159, 357 159, 357 159, 357 159, 357 238, 357 238, 357 238, 357 238, 357 238, 357 204, 314, 356, 365 314, 356, 365 359 320, 359 280 280 215, 357 215, 357 215, 357 215, 357 205, 312, 355 281 281 215, 358 215, 358 215, 358 215, 358 217, 399 217, 399 217, 399 217, 399 55, 398 55, 398 55, 398 218, 400 218, 400 218, 400 218, 400 205, 312, 355 205, 313, 355 327 327 370, 490 319, 369, 490 319, 369, 490 206, 207, 313, 318 56, 165, 218, 239 56, 165, 218, 239 205, 311, 337, 348 361 316, 351
wwww.merten.com
548060 1/10 548519 1/10 548560 1/10 550419 1/6 550499 1/6 550590 1/6 550591 1/6 550619 1/21 550892 20/4080 550992 20/4080 551092 20/4080 551192 20/4080 551292 20/4080 552019 1/60 552119 1/150 554395 1/40 554399 1/40 561119 1/60 561160 1/60 561219 1/60 561260 1/60 561319 1/40 561360 1/40 564315 1/3 564319 1/3 564415 1/6 564419 1/6 565119 1/6 565219 1/12 565291 1/21 565292 1/21 565293 1/21 565415 1/6 565419 1/12 565426 1/6 565469 1/6 565495 1/24 565519 1/12 565560 1/12 565590 1/100 565615 1/6 565619 1/6 565669 1/6 567019** 5/120 567025** 5/120 567044** 5/120 567119 1/100 567125 1/100 567144 1/100 567219 1/100 567225 1/100 567244 1/100 567319 1/100 567325 1/100 567419 1/100 567425 1/100 567444 1/100 567519 1/100 567525 1/100 567544 1/100 567619 1/100 567625 1/100 567644 1/100 567714 1/60 567719 1/60 567744 1/60 567760 1/60 567819 1/60 567825 1/60 567844 1/60 568099 1/50 568199 1/100 568200 1/15 568201 1/15 568300 1/15 568301 1/15 568499 1/100 568714 1/40 568719 1/40
568744 1/40 568760 1/40 568819 1/40 568825 1/40 568844 1/40 569000 1/100 569090 1/100 569091 1/100 569092 1/100 569100 1/15 569101 1/15 569190 1/100 569200 1/15 569201 1/15 569290 1/100 569300 1/15 569301 1/15 569390 1/100 569400 1/15 569401 1/15 569500 1/15 569501 1/15 569614 1/100 569619 1/100 569644 1/100 569660 1/100 569814 1/100 569819 1/100 569844 1/100 569860 1/100 569914** 5/120 569919** 5/120 569944** 5/120 569960** 5/120 570114 1/100 570119 1/100 570144 1/100 570160 1/100 570222 1/48 570314 1/100 570319 1/100 570344 1/100 570360 1/100 570419 1/100 570444 1/100 570915 1/100 570919 1/100 570929 1/100 570943 1/100 570944 1/100 570946 1/100 570960 1/100 570969 1/100 571119 1/100 571144 1/100 571519** 1/100 571544** 1/100 571617** 1/72 571619** 1/72 571644** 1/72 571715** 1/100 571719** 1/100 571729** 1/100 571743** 1/100 571744** 1/100 571746** 1/100 571760** 1/100 571769** 1/100 571829 1/72 571915 1/10 571930 1/10 571950 1/10 572015** 5/120 572019** 10/120 572029** 5/120 572043** 5/120 572046** 5/120 572060** 5/120 572069** 5/120
530

Art. no.
577299 577399 577619 577625 577644 577791 577794 577796 577797 577798 577829 577899 577919 577925 577944 578114 578115 578119 578144 578160 578219** 578274** 578319** 578374** 578414 578419 578444 578460 578514 578519 578544 578560 578615 578619 578629 578644 578646 578660 578669 579515 579519 579529 579544 579546 579560 579569 580019** 580074** 580119** 580174** 580219** 580274** 580319** 580374** 580419** 580474** 580519** 580574** 580690 580691 580692 580693 580698 580699 580919** 580974** 581119** 581174** 581219 581225 581244 581419 581425 581444 581519 581525 581544 581619 581625
PU
1/60 1/60 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/24 1/40 1/40 1/40 1/40 1/50 1/60 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/2 1/54 1/2 1/25 1/50 1/50 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10
PG
8 8 8 8 8 8.1 8.1 8.1 8.1 8.1 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8
Page
206, 311, 354 320, 359 48, 357 48, 357 48, 357 363 360 363 364 364 362 206, 312, 355 48, 357 48, 357 48, 357 239, 400 239, 400 239, 400 239, 400 239, 400 282 282 283 283 55, 398 55, 398 55, 398 55, 398 55, 399 55, 399 55, 399 55, 399 165, 399 165, 399 165, 399 165, 399 165, 399 165, 399 165, 399 165, 399 165, 399 165, 399 165, 399 165, 399 165, 399 165, 399 280 280 282 282 281 281 282 282 282 282 281 281 379 379 379 380 318, 340, 369 319, 340, 369 282 282 282 282 47 47 47 54, 375 54, 375 54, 375 54, 377 54, 377 54, 377 55, 378 55, 378
Art. no.
581644 581914* 581919 581944 581960* 582005 582019 582042 582044 582105 582119 582142 582144 582205 582219 582242 582244 582305 582319 582342 582344 582405 582419 582442 582444 582505 582519 582542 582544 583105 583119 583142 583144 583619** 583674** 583699 583905 583919 583942 583944 584015 584019 584029 584043 584044 584046 584060 584069 584115 584119 584129 584143 584144 584146 584160 584169 584215 584219 584229 584243 584244 584246 584260 584269 584315 584319 584329 584343 584344 584346 584360 584369 584415 584419 584429 584443 584444 584446 584460
PU
1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 5/120 5/120 1/50 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/60 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60
PG
8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8
Page
55, 378 54, 375 54, 375 54, 375 54, 375 214 214 214 214 217, 377 217, 377 217, 377 217, 377 216, 370 216, 370 216, 370 216, 370 216, 373 216, 373 216, 373 216, 373 217, 374 217, 374 217, 374 217, 374 216, 371 216, 371 216, 371 216, 371 217, 379 217, 379 217, 379 217, 379 279 279 317 217, 376 217, 376 217, 376 217, 376 158 158 158 158 158 158 158 158 164, 377 164, 377 164, 377 164, 377 164, 377 164, 377 164, 377 164, 377 163, 370 163, 370 163, 370 163, 370 163, 370 163, 370 163, 370 163, 370 163, 372 163, 372 163, 372 163, 372 163, 372 163, 372 163, 372 163, 372 164, 374 164, 374 164, 374 164, 374 164, 374 164, 374 164, 374
Art. no.
584469 584515 584519 584529 584543 584544 584546 584560 584569 585115 585119 585129 585143 585144 585146 585160 585169 585919 585944 585946 585960 586014 586019 586044 586060 586114 586119 586144 586160 586214 586219 586244 586260 586314 586319 586344 586360 586414 586419 586444 586460 586514 586519 586544 586560 586714 586719 586744 586760 587014 587019 587044 587060 587090 587091 587092 587093 587094 587095 587096 587419 587425 587444 587514 587519 587544 587560 587614 587619 587644 587660 587719 587725 587744 587819 587825 587844 587919 587925
PU
1/60 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/60 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/150 1/150 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100
PG
8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8
Page
164, 374 163, 371 163, 371 163, 371 163, 371 163, 371 163, 371 163, 371 163, 371 164, 378 164, 378 164, 378 164, 378 164, 378 164, 378 164, 378 164, 378 164, 376 164, 376 164, 376 164, 376 47 47 47 47 54, 377 54, 377 54, 377 54, 377 53, 370 53, 370 53, 370 53, 370 53, 372 53, 372 53, 372 53, 372 54, 373 54, 373 54, 373 54, 373 53, 371 53, 371 53, 371 53, 371 55, 378 55, 378 55, 378 55, 378 66 66 66 66 66 66 66 66 66 66 66 66 66 66 68 68 68 68 67 67 67 67 53, 370 53, 370 53, 370 53, 371 53, 371 53, 371 53, 372 53, 372
wwww.merten.com
2010
531

Art. no.
587944 588019 588025 588044 590722 591019 591519 592119 592144 592146 592160 592219 592244 592246 592260 592290 592591 592599 594114 594119 594144 594160 594214 594219 594244 594260 615014 615022 615034 616002 616719 616725 616744 616790 616814 616819 616844 616860 616919 616944 616946 616960 617119 617125 617144 617219 617225 617244 617419 617425 617444 617519 617525 617544 617819 618319 618320 618419 618420 619119 619125 619144 619219 619225 619244 619319 619325 619344 619419 619425 619444 619519 619525 619544 619619 619625 619644 619719 619725
PU
1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/12 1/16 1/16 1/40 1/40 1/40 1/40 1/40 1/40 1/40 1/40 1/40 1/60 1/100 1/40 1/40 1/40 1/40 1/40 1/40 1/40 1/40 1/1 1/20 1/4 1/1 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/48 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150
PG
8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9
Page
53, 372 54, 373 54, 373 54, 373 461 499 499 462 462 462 462 462 462 462 462 394 500 462 461 461 461 461 462 462 462 462 437 327, 447, 453 475 440 63, 458 63, 458 63, 458 458, 461 63, 458 63, 458 63, 458 63, 458 171, 460 171, 460 171, 460 171, 460 57, 444 57, 444 57, 444 57, 444 57, 444 57, 444 58, 445 58, 445 58, 445 58, 446 58, 446 58, 446 168, 453 59, 447 59, 447 59, 447 59, 447 59, 447 59, 447 59, 447 49, 60, 353, 448 49, 60, 353, 448 49, 60, 353, 448 60, 448 60, 448 60, 448 60, 448 60, 448 60, 448 60, 449 60, 449 60, 449 61, 449 61, 449 61, 449 61, 449 61, 449
Art. no.
619744 625114 625119 625144 625160 625199 625214 625219 625244 625260 625299 625414 625419 625444 625460 625514 625519 625544 625560 625614 625619 625644 625660 625714 625719 625744 625760 625814 625819 625844 625860 626119 626144 626146 626160 626199 626219 626244 626246 626260 626299 626419 626444 626446 626460 626519 626544 626546 626560 626619 626644 626646 626660 626719 626744 626746 626760 626819 626844 626846 626860 627514 627519 627544 627560 627591 627614 627619 627644 627660 627814 627819 627844 627860 627914 627919 627944 627960 628019
PU
1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/60 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/60 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/60 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/60 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 10/160 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60
PG
9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9
Page
61, 449 59, 447 59, 447 59, 447 59, 447 59, 447 49, 60, 353, 448 49, 60, 353, 448 49, 60, 353, 448 49, 60, 353, 448 60, 448 60, 448 60, 448 60, 448 60, 448 60, 448 60, 448 60, 448 60, 448 60, 449 60, 449 60, 449 60, 449 61, 449 61, 449 61, 449 61, 449 61, 449 61, 449 61, 449 61, 449 169, 453 169, 453 169, 453 169, 453 169, 453 159, 169, 354, 454 159, 169, 354, 454 159, 169, 354, 454 159, 169, 354, 454 169, 454 169, 453 169, 453 169, 453 169, 453 169, 453 169, 453 169, 453 169, 453 170, 454 170, 454 170, 454 170, 454 170, 454 170, 454 170, 454 170, 454 170, 454 170, 454 170, 454 170, 454 57, 444 57, 444 57, 444 57, 444 59, 447 57, 444 57, 444 57, 444 57, 444 58, 445 58, 445 58, 445 58, 445 58, 446 58, 446 58, 446 58, 446 167, 450
Art. no.
628044 628046 628060 628091 628119 628144 628146 628160 628219 628244 628246 628260 628319 628344 628346 628360 628419 628444 628446 628460 629993 630419 630425 630444 630614 630619 630644 630660 630719 630760 630819 630860 630919 630960 631619 631625 631644 631719 631725 631744 631819 631844 631846 631860 632515 632519 632569 632614 632619 632644 632660 632714 632719 632744 632760 639110 639118 639119 639125 639126 639150 639178 639180 639190 639898 644492 644592 644692 644792 644892 644992 645094 645129 646630 646704 646808 646991 647091 647393
PU
1/60 1/60 1/60 10/160 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/100 1/30 1/30 1/30 1/30 1/30 1/30 1/30 1/6 1/6 1/6 1/6 1/6 1/6 1/30 1/30 1/30 1/30 1/30 1/30 1/30 1/30 1/30 1/30 1/6 1/12 1/6 1/30 1/30 1/30 1/30 1/30 1/30 1/30 1/30 5/400 1/35 1/35 1/50 1/50 5/400 5/400 5/400 10/180 1/50 1/30 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/30 1/30 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/30
PG
9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9.1 9 9.3 9.3 9.3 9.3 9.3 9.3 9.3 9.3 9.3 9.3 9.3 9.3 9.3 9.3
Page
167, 450 167, 450 167, 450 168, 453 167, 450 167, 450 167, 450 167, 450 167, 451 167, 451 167, 451 167, 451 168, 451 168, 451 168, 451 168, 451 168, 452 168, 452 168, 452 168, 452 487 62, 407, 467 62, 407, 467 62, 407, 467 62, 407, 467 62, 407, 467 62, 407, 467 62, 407, 467 406, 468 406, 468 406, 468 406, 468 407, 469 407, 469 61, 400, 465 61, 400, 465 61, 400, 465 62, 401, 466 62, 401, 466 62, 401, 466 170, 401, 466 170, 401, 466 170, 401, 466 170, 401, 466 393, 467 393, 467 393, 467 61, 400, 465 61, 400, 465 61, 400, 465 61, 400, 465 62, 401, 466 62, 401, 466 62, 401, 466 62, 401, 466 498 496 496 497 498 498 498 498 496 463 464 464 465 464 464 465 497 496 493 489 486 494 494 485
wwww.merten.com
532

Art. no.
647395 647593 647595 647893 647895 648493 648495 648704 649202 649204 649208 649212 649310 649315 649325 649330 649350 649704 649802 649804 649808 649908 649912 660790 662114 662119 662144 662160 662219 662244 662246 662260 662319 662325 662344 662929 663529 663591 663592 663593 663594 663595 663596 663692 663990 663991 663992 668091 668092 668990 668991 670802 670804 671198 671199 671298 671299 676029 676090 676099 677029 677129 677290 680129 680191 680204 680329 680602 680790 680999 681799 681829 682191 682192 682291 682292 682590 682591 682592
PU
1/30 1/10 1/10 1/6 1/6 1/6 1/6 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/6 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/6 1/6 1/6 1/8 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 5/500 1/15 1/2 1/2 1/80 1/70 1/16 1/70 1/1 1/1 1/20 1/24 1/20 1/80 1/2 1/1 1/150 1/150 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/30 1/30 1/30 1/10 1/10 1/35 1/20 1/20 1/35 1/70 2/140 1/6 1/50 1/50 1/35 1/25 1/25 1/25 1/25 1/6 1/6 1/10
PG
9.3 9.3 9.3 9.3 9.3 9.3 9.3 9.3 9.3 9.3 9.3 9.3 9.3 9.3 9.3 9.3 9.3 9.3 9.3 9.3 9.3 9.3 9.3 9.1 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9.3 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9.1 8.2 8.2 9 9 9 9 9 9 9.3 9.3 9.3 9.3 9.3 9.3 9.3 9.3 9.3 9.3 9.3 9.3 9 9 9.3 9.3 9.3 9.3 9.3 9 9 9
Page
486 485 486 485 486 485 486 489 485 485 485 485 493 491 491 492 492 489 488 488 489 487 488 439 61, 435 61, 435 61, 435 61, 435 170, 435 170, 435 170, 435 170, 435 61, 435 61, 435 61, 435 435 434 473 473 473 474 473 474 472 471 471 471 474 476 433 433 463 463 455 455 455 455 437 436 436 475 475 474 495 495 433 434 434 439 438, 461, 499 437 438 470 470 500 500 479, 503 479, 503 479, 503
Art. no.
682593 682991 683090 683091 683092 683093 683816 683832 683890 683901 684016 684032 684064 689701 689702 689801 689901 690098 693003 693004 695190 695191 695192 700119 700125 700144 700219 700225 700244 700519 700525 700544 701114 701119 701144 701160 701214 701219 701244 701260 701514 701519 701544 701560
PU
1/10 1/25 1/1 1/8 1/8 1/52 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 50/2500 50/2500 5/50 5/500 10/300 1/60 1/15 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/12 1/12 1/12 1/12 1/12 1/12 1/12 1/12 1/12 1/12 1/12 1/12 1/12 1/12 1/12 1/12 1/12 1/12 1/12 1/12 1/12
PG
9 9.3 9 9 9 9 9.3 9.3 9.3 9.3 9.3 9.3 9.3 9 9 9 9 9 9.3 9.3 9.3 9.3 9.3 8.9 8.9 8.9 8.8 8.8 8.8 8.8 8.8 8.8 8.9 8.9 8.9 8.9 8.8 8.8 8.8 8.8 8.8 8.8 8.8 8.8
Page
479, 503 472 478, 502 478, 503 478, 503 478, 502 432 432 433 433 432 432 432 435 435 435 434 435 434 434 439 439 439 63, 384 63, 384 63, 384 64, 384 64, 384 64, 384 64, 385 64, 385 64, 385 63, 384 63, 384 63, 384 63, 384 64, 384 64, 384 64, 384 64, 384 64, 385 64, 385 64, 385 64, 385
Art. no.
PU
PG
Page
wwww.merten.com
2010
533

Art. no.
MEG2000-0319* MEG2000-0325* MEG2000-0344* MEG2000-0414* MEG2000-0419* MEG2000-0444* MEG2000-0460* MEG2000-4019* MEG2000-4044* MEG2000-4060* MEG2000-4143* MEG2000-4146* MEG2001-0319* MEG2001-0325* MEG2001-0344* MEG2001-0414* MEG2001-0419* MEG2001-0444* MEG2001-0460* MEG2003-0004* MEG2005-0004* MEG2100-0414* MEG2100-0460* MEG2151-0319* MEG2151-0325* MEG2151-0344* MEG2151-0414* MEG2151-0419* MEG2151-0444* MEG2151-0460* MEG2156-0319* MEG2156-0325* MEG2156-0344* MEG2156-0414* MEG2156-0419* MEG2156-0444* MEG2156-0460* MEG2300-0302* MEG2300-0304* MEG2300-0306* MEG2300-0319* MEG2300-0325* MEG2300-0344* MEG2300-0414* MEG2300-0419* MEG2300-0444* MEG2300-0460* MEG2300-1019* MEG2300-1025* MEG2300-1044* MEG2300-1219* MEG2300-1225* MEG2300-1244* MEG2300-1419* MEG2300-1425* MEG2300-1444* MEG2300-1519* MEG2300-1544* MEG2300-4002* MEG2300-4004* MEG2300-4006* MEG2300-4015* MEG2300-4019* MEG2300-4029* MEG2300-4044* MEG2300-4060* MEG2300-4069* MEG2300-4143* MEG2300-4146* MEG2300-7214* MEG2300-7215* MEG2300-7219* MEG2300-7244* MEG2300-7260* MEG2301-0319* MEG2301-0325* MEG2301-0344* MEG2301-0414* MEG2301-0419*
PU
10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 1/150 1/150 10/50 10/50 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60
PG
Page
Art. no.
PU
10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/40 10/60 10/60 10/40 10/60 10/40 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 10/60
PG
1.8 1.1 1.8 1.8 1.8 1 1.8 1.8 1 1.8 1.8 1 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1 1.2 1.4 1.2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1 1 1 1.2 1.2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1 1 1 1.2 1.2 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 1
Page
12 12 12 12 95 95 95 99 99 99 109 109 109 109 109 109 109 136 136 136 136 136 136 27 27 27 27 14 14 27 14 27 14 14 14 14 145 145 145 137 137 137 137 27 27 27 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 146 146 146 138 138 138 138 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 141 141 141 141 15
wwww.merten.com
34 1 34 1 34 1 34 1.1 34 1 34 1 34 1.1 151 1 151 1 151 1.2 151 1.4 151 1.2 34 1 34 1 34 1 34 1.1 34 1 34 1 34 1.1 1 22, 26, 30, 38, 142, 144, 148, 152 8 21, 25, 29, 37, 141, 144, 147, 152 29, 36 1.1 29, 36 1.1 33 1 33 1 33 1 33 1.1 33 1 33 1 33 1.1 34 1 34 1 34 1 34 1.1 34 1 34 1 34 1.1 26 1 26 1 26 1 12 1 12 1 12 1 12 1.1 12 1 12 1 12 1.1 95 1 95 1 95 1 100 1 100 1 100 1 109 1 109 1 109 1 109 1 109 1 145 1 145 1 145 1 136 1.2 136 1 136 1.2 136 1 136 1.2 136 1.2 136 1.4 136 1.2 236 2.1 236 2.1 236 2.1 236 2.1 236 2.1 12 1.8 12 1 12 1.8 12 1.1 12 1.8
534

Art. no.
PU
10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/40
PG
1 1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.2 1 1.2 1 1.2 1.2 1.4 1.2 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1 1.2 1.4 1.2 1 1 1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.2 1.2 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1 1 1 1.2 1.2 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 1
Page
15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 139 139 139 139 139 139 139 139 234 234 234 234 234 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 138 138 138 138 138 138 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 140 140 140 140 234 234 234 234 234 28 28 28 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 146 146 146 140 140 140 140 16, 44 16, 44 16, 44 16, 44 16, 44 16, 44 16, 44 139, 156 139, 156 139, 156 139, 156 16
Art. no.
PU
1/40 1/40 1/40 1/40 1/40 1/40 1/30 1/30 1/30 1/30 1/30 1/30 1/30 1/30 1/30 1/30 1/15 1/15 1/15 1/15 1/15 2/30 2/30 2/30 2/30 2/30 2/30 2/30 2/30 2/30 2/30 2/30 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40
PG
1 1 1.1 1 1 1.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.1 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.2 1.2 1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1
Page
16 16 16 16 16 16 235 235 235 235 235 235 235 235 235 235 236 236 236 236 236 96 96 96 100 100 100 110 110 110 110 110 21, 25 21, 25 21, 25 21, 25 21, 25 21, 25 21, 25 21, 25 21, 25 21, 25 21, 25 21, 25 21, 25 21, 25 21, 25 21, 25 21, 25 21, 25 21, 25 21, 25 21, 25 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 141 141 141 141 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 20
wwww.merten.com
2010
535

Art. no.
PU
10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/40 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60
PG
1 1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.2 1.2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.2 1.4 1.2 1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.8 1 1.8 1.8 1 1.8 1.8 1 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1
Page
20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 137 137 137 137 29 29 29 147 147 147 23 23 23 23 23 23 23 143 143 143 143 143 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 96 96 96 101 101 101 111 111 111 111 111 111 111 142
Art. no.
PU
10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60
PG
1.2 1.4 1.2 1 1 1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.2 1.2 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.2 1.4 1.2 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.2 1.4 1.2 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.1 8 8 8
Page
142 142 142 142 142 23 23 23 23 23 23 23 143 143 143 143 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 144, 156 144, 156 144, 156 144, 156 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 148 148 148 148 148 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 149 149 149 149 149 32, 44 32, 44 32, 44 32, 44 32, 44 32, 44 32, 44 150 150 150 150 37 37 37 37 37 37 37 37 37 37
wwww.merten.com
536

Art. no.
MEG2534-0414* MEG2534-0419* MEG2534-0444* MEG2534-0460* MEG2535-0319* MEG2535-0325* MEG2535-0344* MEG2535-0414* MEG2535-0419* MEG2535-0444* MEG2535-0460* MEG2600-0319* MEG2600-0325* MEG2600-0344* MEG2600-0414* MEG2600-0419* MEG2600-0444* MEG2600-0460* MEG2600-4015* MEG2600-4019* MEG2600-4029* MEG2600-4044* MEG2600-4060* MEG2600-4069* MEG2600-4143* MEG2600-4146* MEG2610-0319* MEG2610-0325* MEG2610-0344* MEG2610-0414* MEG2610-0419* MEG2610-0444* MEG2610-0460* MEG2610-4019* MEG2610-4044* MEG2610-4060* MEG2610-4143* MEG2610-4146* MEG2612-0302* MEG2612-0304* MEG2612-0306* MEG2612-4002* MEG2612-4004* MEG2612-4006* MEG2612-7214* MEG2612-7215* MEG2612-7219* MEG2612-7244* MEG2612-7260* MEG2614-0319* MEG2614-0325* MEG2614-0344* MEG2614-0414* MEG2614-0419* MEG2614-0444* MEG2614-0460* MEG2614-4019* MEG2614-4044* MEG2614-4060* MEG2614-4146* MEG3050-0000* MEG3055-0000* MEG3056-0000* MEG3059-0000* MEG3101-0000 MEG3102-0000* MEG3105-0000* MEG3106-0000* MEG3111-0000 MEG3112-0000* MEG3114-0000 MEG3115-0000* MEG3116-0000* MEG3117-0000* MEG3125-0000* MEG3126-0000* MEG3128-0000* MEG3135-0000* MEG3136-0000*
PU
1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60
PG
8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1.2 1 1.2 1 1.2 1.2 1.4 1.2 1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.2 1.4 1.2 1 1 1 1 1 1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1.8 1 1 1 1 1 1
Page
37 37 37 37 37 37 37 37 37 37 37 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 148 148 148 148 148 148 148 148 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 149 149 149 149 149 33 33 33 150 150 150 237 237 237 237 237 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 150, 157 150, 157 150, 157 150, 157 308, 364 308 308, 364 308, 364 307 307 307 306 305 306 307 305 305 305 306 306 306, 309 307 306
Art. no.
PU
10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/240 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 10/240 10/240 10/240 10/240 10/240 10/240 10/240 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 1/6 1/6 10/240 10/240 10/240 10/240 10/240 10/240 10/240 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 5/120
PG
1 1.8 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1 1 1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1
Page
307 308, 364 309 308 308 308 308, 364 308, 364 309 309 310 310 309 38 39 39 39 39 39 39 39 39 39 39 39 39 39 39 39 39 39 39 39 39 39 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 43 43 45, 108 45, 108 39 39 39 39 39 39 39 41 41 41 41 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 41 41 41 41 41 41 41 41, 44 41, 44 41, 44 41, 44 41, 44 41, 44 41, 44 43, 67
wwww.merten.com
2010
537

Art. no.
MEG3429-0325* MEG3429-0344* MEG3429-0414* MEG3429-0419* MEG3429-0444* MEG3429-0460* MEG3456-0319* MEG3456-0325* MEG3456-0344* MEG3456-0414* MEG3456-0419* MEG3456-0444* MEG3456-0460* MEG3501-0000 MEG3502-0000* MEG3506-0000* MEG3515-0000* MEG3516-0000* MEG3517-0000* MEG3526-0000* MEG3535-0000* MEG3536-0000* MEG3560-0000* MEG3601-0000 MEG3602-0000* MEG3605-0000* MEG3606-0000* MEG3612-0000* MEG3615-0000* MEG3616-0000* MEG3617-0000* MEG3626-0000* MEG3635-0000* MEG3636-0000* MEG3637-0000* MEG3714-0000* MEG3715-0000* MEG3754-0000* MEG3755-0000* MEG3760-0000* MEG3900-0000* MEG3901-0000* MEG3901-0006* MEG3902-0000* MEG3921-0000* MEG3922-0000* MEG3942-0000* MEG3985-0001* MEG3985-0003* MEG4010-2844* MEG4010-2944* MEG4014-1425* MEG4020-2844* MEG4020-2944* MEG4024-1425* MEG4030-2844* MEG4030-2944* MEG4034-1425* MEG4122-0319* MEG4122-0325* MEG4122-0344* MEG4122-0414* MEG4122-0419* MEG4122-0444* MEG4122-0460* MEG4211-0319* MEG4211-0325* MEG4211-0344* MEG4211-0414* MEG4211-0419* MEG4211-0444* MEG4211-0460* MEG4214-0000* MEG4216-0000* MEG4350-0319* MEG4350-0325* MEG4350-0344* MEG4350-0414* MEG4350-0419*
PU
5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 1/60 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/48 1/48 10/180 10/180 1/40 10/90 10/90 1/20 10/60 10/60 1/15 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/225 5/120 5/120 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60
PG
1 1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 8 8 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1 1 1 1.1 1
Page
43, 67 43, 67 43, 67 43, 67 43, 67 43, 67 41 41 41 41 41 41 41 307 307 306 305 305 305 306 307 306 309 307 307 307 306 306 305 305 305 306 307 306 307 317 317 309 317 309 327 325 325 325 325 325 325 248, 310, 318 248, 310, 318 126 126 108, 272 126 126 108, 272 126 126 108, 273 81 81 81 81 81 81 81 75 75 75 75 75 75 75 75 75 82 82 82 82 82
Art. no.
MEG4350-0444* MEG4350-0460* MEG4351-0319* MEG4351-0325* MEG4351-0344* MEG4351-0414* MEG4351-0419* MEG4351-0444* MEG4351-0460* MEG4353-0319* MEG4353-0325* MEG4353-0344* MEG4353-0414* MEG4353-0419* MEG4353-0444* MEG4353-0460* MEG4420-0000* MEG4420-0319* MEG4420-0325* MEG4420-0344* MEG4420-0414* MEG4420-0419* MEG4420-0444* MEG4420-0460* MEG4449-0319* MEG4449-0325* MEG4449-0344* MEG4450-0000* MEG4450-0319* MEG4450-0325* MEG4450-0344* MEG4450-0414* MEG4450-0419* MEG4450-0444* MEG4450-0460* MEG4451-0000* MEG4528-0414* MEG4528-0460* MEG4541-0319* MEG4541-0325* MEG4541-0344* MEG4541-0414* MEG4541-0419* MEG4541-0444* MEG4541-0460* MEG4542-0319* MEG4542-0325* MEG4542-0344* MEG4542-0414* MEG4542-0419* MEG4542-0444* MEG4542-0460* MEG4840-0319 MEG4840-0325 MEG4841-0319 MEG4841-0325 MEG4842-0319 MEG4842-0325 MEG4843-0319 MEG4843-0325 MEG4844-0319 MEG4844-0325 MEG4846-0319 MEG4846-0325 MEG4847-0319 MEG4847-0325 MEG5091-0319 MEG5091-0325 MEG5091-0344 MEG5092-0319 MEG5092-0325 MEG5092-0344 MEG5131-0000* MEG5132-0000* MEG5133-0000* MEG5135-0000* MEG5136-0000* MEG5137-0000* MEG5138-0000*
PU
1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/60 1/50 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/50 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/50 5/225 5/225 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 5/150 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/100 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/150 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/40 1/40 1/40 1/40 1/40 1/40 1/72 1/72 1/72 1/72 1/72 1/72 1/72
PG
1 1.1 1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.1 8 1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1 8 1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.1 8 1.1 1.1 1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8
Page
82 82 82 82 82 82 82 82 82 83 83 83 83 83 83 83 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 68 68 68 65 64 64 64 64 64 64 64 65 80 80 79, 427 79, 427 79, 427 79, 427 79, 427 79, 427 79, 427 79, 427 79, 427 79, 427 79, 427 79, 427 79, 427 79, 427 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 461 461 461 462 462 462 314, 349 315, 349 315, 349 315, 349 316, 349 316, 349 314, 348
wwww.merten.com
538

Art. no.
MEG5139-0000* MEG5142-0000* MEG5209-0319* MEG5209-0325* MEG5209-0344* MEG5250-0319* MEG5250-0325* MEG5250-0344* MEG5250-0414* MEG5250-0419* MEG5250-0444* MEG5250-0460* MEG5250-0619* MEG5250-0644* MEG5250-4015* MEG5250-4019* MEG5250-4029* MEG5250-4060* MEG5250-4069* MEG5250-4143* MEG5250-4146* MEG5250-4219* MEG5250-4244* MEG6164-4600* MEG6212-0319* MEG6212-0325* MEG6212-0344* MEG6212-0414* MEG6212-0419* MEG6212-0444* MEG6212-0460* MEG6212-4019* MEG6212-4044* MEG6212-4060* MEG6212-4146* MEG6214-0319* MEG6214-0325* MEG6214-0344* MEG6214-0414* MEG6214-0419* MEG6214-0444* MEG6214-0460* MEG6214-4019* MEG6214-4044* MEG6214-4060* MEG6214-4146* MEG6221-0319 MEG6221-0325 MEG6221-0344 MEG6221-0414 MEG6221-0419 MEG6221-0444 MEG6221-0460 MEG6241-0319 MEG6241-0325 MEG6241-0344 MEG6241-0414 MEG6241-0419 MEG6241-0444 MEG6241-0460 MEG6241-4019 MEG6241-4044 MEG6241-4060 MEG6241-4146 MEG6250-0319* MEG6250-0325* MEG6250-0344* MEG6250-0414* MEG6250-0419* MEG6250-0444* MEG6250-0460* MEG6250-4019* MEG6250-4044* MEG6250-4060* MEG6250-4146* MEG6260-0007 MEG6270-0001 MEG6270-0002 MEG6270-0019
PU
1/72 1/72 1/100 1/100 1/100 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 10/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 5/120 1/40 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/35 1/35 1/35 1/35 1/35 1/35 1/35 1/35 1/35 1/35 1/35 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/40 1/40 1/40 1/40 1/40 1/40 1/40 1/40 1/40 1/40 1/40 1/3 1/4 1/4 1/10
PG
8 8 1 1 1 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9
Page
314, 348 316, 350 67 67 67 51, 350 51, 350 51, 350 51, 350 51, 350 51, 350 51, 350 51, 350 51, 350 162, 350 162, 350 162, 350 162, 350 162, 350 162, 350 162, 350 162, 350 162, 350 207, 455 58, 445, 456 58, 445, 456 58, 445, 456 58, 445, 456 58, 445, 456 58, 445, 456 58, 445, 456 167, 451, 459 167, 451, 459 167, 451, 459 167, 451, 459 59, 446, 456 59, 446, 456 59, 446, 456 59, 446, 456 59, 446, 456 59, 446, 456 59, 446, 456 168, 452, 459 168, 452, 459 168, 452, 459 168, 452, 459 63, 457 63, 457 63, 457 63, 457 63, 457 63, 457 63, 457 62, 457 62, 457 62, 457 62, 457 62, 457 62, 457 62, 457 171, 460 171, 460 171, 460 171, 460 62, 479, 504 62, 479, 504 62, 479, 504 62, 479, 504 62, 479, 504 62, 479, 504 62, 479, 504 170, 480, 504 170, 480, 504 170, 480, 504 170, 480, 504 476, 501 477, 502 477, 502 477, 502
Art. no.
MEG6270-0022 MEG6270-0119 MEG6270-0122 MEG6270-0219 MEG6270-0222 MEG6270-3619 MEG6270-3714 MEG6270-3719 MEG6270-3721 MEG6270-3722 MEG6270-3760
PU
1/10 1/10 1/10 10/60 10/60 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10 1/10
PG
9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9
Page
477, 502 477, 501 477, 501 477, 502 477, 502 477, 501 477, 501 477, 501 477, 501 477, 501 477, 501
wwww.merten.com
2010
539
OVERVIEW OF REPLACEMENTARTICLES
Discontinue
discontinue ?214219 214225 214244 214414 214419 214444 214460 214519 214543 214546 214560 214594 214599 215219 215225 215244 215414 215419 215444 215460 230119 230144 230519 230544 230802 230804 230806 230819 230844 230846 230860 230914 230919 230944 230960 231319 231344 233014 233015 233019 233044 233060 233114 233119 233144 233160 233314 233315 233319 233344 233360 233402 233404 233406 233419 233425 233444 233514 233515 233519 233544 233560 233619 233625 233644 235019 235025 235044 235119 235144 235214 235219 235244 235260 235314 235319 235344 235360
Replacement Description
replacement MEG2001-0319 MEG2001-0325 MEG2001-0344 MEG2001-0414 MEG2001-0419 MEG2001-0444 MEG2001-0460 MEG2000-4019 MEG2000-4143 MEG2000-4146 MEG2000-4060 MEG2000-4044 MEG2000-4019 MEG2000-0319 MEG2000-0325 MEG2000-0344 MEG2000-0414 MEG2000-0419 MEG2000-0444 MEG2000-0460 MEG2301-1519 MEG2301-1544 MEG2301-1619 MEG2301-1644 MEG2302-4002 MEG2302-4004 MEG2302-4006 MEG2302-4019 MEG2302-4044 MEG2302-4146 MEG2302-4060 MEG2302-0414 MEG2302-0419 MEG2302-0444 MEG2302-0460 MEG2328-1519 MEG2328-1544 MEG2310-7214 MEG2310-7215 MEG2310-7219 MEG2310-7244 MEG2310-7260 MEG2312-7214 MEG2312-7219 MEG2312-7244 MEG2312-7260 MEG2316-7214 MEG2316-7215 MEG2316-7219 MEG2316-7244 MEG2316-7260 MEG2300-0302 MEG2300-0304 MEG2300-0306 MEG2301-0319 MEG2301-0325 MEG2301-0344 MEG2300-7214 MEG2300-7215 MEG2300-7219 MEG2300-7244 MEG2300-7260 MEG2328-1419 MEG2328-1425 MEG2328-1444 MEG2300-0319 MEG2300-0325 MEG2300-0344 MEG2301-0619 MEG2301-0644 MEG2317-7214 MEG2317-7219 MEG2317-7244 MEG2317-7260 MEG2318-7214 MEG2318-7219 MEG2318-7244 MEG2318-7260
PU
PG
PG 1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1 1.4 1.2 1.2 1 1 1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1 1 1 1 1 1.2 1.2 1.1 1 1 1.1 1 1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 1 1 1 1.8 1 1.8 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1.8 1.8 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1
Page
Page 34 34 34 34 34 34 34 151 151 151 151 151 151 34 34 34 34 34 34 34 109 109 109 109 145 145 145 137 137 137 137 14 14 14 14 110 110 234 234 234 234 234 234 234 234 234 235 235 235 235 235 26 26 26 12 12 12 236 236 236 236 236 110 110 110 12 12 12 12 12 235 235 235 235 236 236 236 236
540
www.merten.com
description PU Socket-outlet without earthing contact, polar white, glossy, System M 10/60 Socket-outlet without earthing contact, active white, glossy, System M 10/60 Socket-outlet without earthing contact, white, glossy, System M 10/60 Socket-outlet without earthing contact, anthracite, System M 10/60 Socket-outlet without earthing contact, polar white, System M 10/60 Socket-outlet without earthing contact, white, System M 10/60 Socket-outlet without earthing contact, aluminium, System M 10/60 Socket-outlet without earthing contact, polar white, System Design 10/60 Socket-outlet without earthing contact, antique brass, System Design 10/60 Socket-outlet without earthing contact, stainless steel, System Design 10/60 Socket-outlet without earthing contact, aluminium, System Design 10/60 Socket-outlet without earthing contact, white, System Design 10/60 Socket-outlet without earthing contact, polar white, System Design 10/60 Socket-outlet without earthing contact, polar white, glossy, System M 10/60 Socket-outlet without earthing contact, active white, glossy, System M 10/60 Socket-outlet without earthing contact, white, glossy, System M 10/60 Socket-outlet without earthing contact, anthracite, System M 10/60 Socket-outlet without earthing contact, polar white, System M 10/60 Socket-outlet without earthing contact, white, System M 10/60 Socket-outlet without earthing contact, aluminium, System M 10/60 SCHUKO socket-outlet with complete cover plate, polar white, M-SMART 10/60 SCHUKO socket-outlet with complete cover plate, white, M-SMART 10/60 SCHUKO socket-outlet with complete cover plate, polar white, M-SMART 10/60 SCHUKO socket-outlet with complete cover plate, white, M-SMART 10/60 SCHUKO sckt-outlts f.spec.circ. w.label.field, or, Sys.Des. 10/60 SCHUKO sckt-outlts f.spec.circ. w.label.field, green, Sys.Des. 10/60 SCHUKO sckt-outlts for special circuits with labelling field, rby rd, Sys.Des. 10/60 SCHUKO socket-outlet with labelling field, polar white, System Design 10/60 SCHUKO socket-outlet with labelling field, white, System Design 10/60 SCHUKO socket-outlet with labelling field, stainless steel, System Design 10/60 SCHUKO socket-outlet with labelling field, aluminium, System Design 10/60 SCHUKO socket-outlet with labelling field, anthracite, System M 10/60 SCHUKO socket-outlet with labelling field, polar white, System M 10/60 SCHUKO socket-outlet with labelling field, white, System M 10/60 SCHUKO socket-outlet with labelling field, aluminium, System M 10/60 SCHUKO double socket-outlet, polar white, M-SMART 2/30 SCHUKO double socket-outlet, white, M-SMART 2/30 SCHUKO socket-outlet with hinged lid, anthracite, AQUADESIGN 10/60 SCHUKO socket-outlet with hinged lid, dark brazil, AQUADESIGN 10/60 SCHUKO socket-outlet with hinged lid, polar white, AQUADESIGN 10/60 SCHUKO socket-outlet with hinged lid, white, AQUADESIGN 10/60 SCHUKO socket-outlet with hinged lid, aluminium, AQUADESIGN 10/60 SCHUKO socket-outlet with hinged lid and labelling field, anthracite, AQUADESIGN 10/60 SCHUKO socket-outlet with hngd lid and labelling field, polar white, AQUADESIGN 10/60 SCHUKO socket-outlet with hinged lid and labelling field, white, AQUADESIGN 10/60 SCHUKO socket-outlet with hinged lid and labelling field, aluminium, AQUADESIGN 10/60 SCHUKO sckt-outlt with hngd lid& label.field,lockable with various locks,anthr. AQ.DES. 1/30 SCHUKO sckt-outlt with hngd lid& label.field,lockable with various locks, dk brazil, AQ.DES. 1/30 SCHUKO sckt-outlt with hngd lid& label.field,lockable with various locks,pol.wht. AQ.DES. 1/30 SCHUKO sckt-outlt with hngd lid& label.field,lockable with various locks,wht, AQ.DES. 1/30 SCHUKO sckt-outlt with hngd lid& label.field,lockable with various locks,alum. AQ.DES. 1/30 SCHUKO sckt-outlts f. spec.circ. With addit. safety pow.supply marking, or,Sys.M 10/60 SCHUKO sckt-outlts for special circuits, With power supply marking, green, Sys.M 10/60 SCHUKO socket-outlets for special circuits, ruby red, System M 10/60 SCHUKO socket-outlet, polar white, glossy, System M 10/60 SCHUKO socket-outlet, active white, glossy, System M 10/60 SCHUKO socket-outlet, white, glossy, System M 10/60 SCHUKO socket-outlet, anthracite, AQUADESIGN 10/60 SCHUKO socket-outlet, dark brazil, AQUADESIGN 10/60 SCHUKO socket-outlet, polar white, AQUADESIGN 10/60 SCHUKO socket-outlet, white, AQUADESIGN 10/60 SCHUKO socket-outlet, aluminium, AQUADESIGN 10/60 SCHUKO double socket-outlet, polar white, glossy, M-SMART 2/30 SCHUKO double socket-outlet, active white, glossy, M-SMART 2/30 SCHUKO double socket-outlet, white, glossy, M-SMART 2/30 SCHUKO socket-outlet, polar white, glossy, System M 10/60 SCHUKO socket-outlet, active white, glossy, System M 10/60 SCHUKO socket-outlet, white, glossy, System M 10/60 SCHUKO socket-outlet, polar white, System M 10/60 SCHUKO socket-outlet, white, System M 10/60 SCHUKO sckt-outlt with hngd lid& label.field,lockable w. identical locks,anthr. AQ.DES. 1/30 SCHUKO sckt-outlt with hngd lid& label.field,lockable w. identical locks,pol.wht. AQ.DES. 1/30 SCHUKO sckt-outlt with hngd lid& label.field,lockable w. identical locks,wht, AQ.DES. 1/30 SCHUKO sckt-outlt with hngd lid& label.field,lockable w. identical locks,alum. AQ.DES. 1/30 SCHUKO sckt-outlt with hngd lid& label.field,lockable w. two identical locks,anthr. AQ.DES. 1/15 SCHUKO sckt-outlt with hngd lid& label.field,lockable w. two identical locks,pol.wht. AQ.DES.1/15 SCHUKO sckt-outlt with hngd lid& label.field,lockable w. two identical locks,wht, AQ.DES. 1/15 SCHUKO sckt-outlt with hngd lid& label.field,lockable w. two identical locks,alum. AQ.DES. 1/15
OVERVIEW OF REPLACEMENTARTICLES |2010
Discontinue
235419 235444 236614 236619 236644 236660 237019 237046 237060 237094 237114 237119 237144 237160 237219 237243 237246 237260 237294 237299 237314 237319 237344 237360 237414 237419 237444 237460 237502 237504 237506 237519 237543 237546 237560 237594 237599 237614 237619 237644 237660 237715 237719 237729 237743 237744 237746 237760 237769 237815 237819 237829 237843 237846 237860 237869 237894 238219 238225 238244 238319 238325 238344 238419 238425 238444 239219 239225 239244 239902 239904 239906 239919 239925 239944 240802 240804 240806 240819
MEG2310-0619 MEG2310-0644 MEG2314-0414 MEG2314-0419 MEG2314-0444 MEG2314-0460 MEG2314-4019 MEG2314-4146 MEG2314-4060 MEG2314-4044 MEG2301-0414 MEG2301-0419 MEG2301-0444 MEG2301-0460 MEG2311-4019 MEG2311-4143 MEG2311-4146 MEG2311-4060 MEG2311-4244 MEG2311-4219 MEG2300-0414 MEG2300-0419 MEG2300-0444 MEG2300-0460 MEG2310-0414 MEG2310-0419 MEG2310-0444 MEG2310-0460 MEG2300-4002 MEG2300-4004 MEG2300-4006 MEG2301-4019 MEG2301-4143 MEG2301-4146 MEG2301-4060 MEG2301-4244 MEG2301-4219 MEG2311-0414 MEG2311-0419 MEG2311-0444 MEG2311-0460 MEG2300-4015 MEG2300-4019 MEG2300-4029 MEG2300-4143 MEG2300-4044 MEG2300-4146 MEG2300-4060 MEG2300-4069 MEG2310-4015 MEG2310-4019 MEG2310-4029 MEG2310-4143 MEG2310-4146 MEG2310-4060 MEG2310-4069 MEG2310-4044 MEG2311-0319 MEG2311-0325 MEG2311-0344 MEG2310-0319 MEG2310-0325 MEG2310-0344 MEG2314-0319 MEG2314-0325 MEG2314-0344 MEG2301-1419 MEG2301-1425 MEG2301-1444 MEG2302-0302 MEG2302-0304 MEG2302-0306 MEG2302-0319 MEG2302-0325 MEG2302-0344 MEG2303-4002 MEG2303-4004 MEG2303-4006 MEG2303-4019 SCHUKO socket-outlet with hinged lid, polar white, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet with hinged lid, white, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet with hinged lid, IP44, anthracite, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet with hinged lid, IP44, polar white, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet with hinged lid, IP44, white, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet with hinged lid, IP44, aluminium, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet with hinged lid, IP44, polar white, System Design SCHUKO socket-outlet with hinged lid, IP44, stainless steel, System Design SCHUKO socket-outlet with hinged lid, IP44, aluminium, System Design SCHUKO socket-outlet with hinged lid, IP44, white, System Design SCHUKO socket-outlet, anthracite, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet, polar white, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet, white, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet, aluminium, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet with hinged lid, polar white, System Design SCHUKO socket-outlet with hinged lid, antique brass, System Design SCHUKO socket-outlet with hinged lid, stainless steel, System Design SCHUKO socket-outlet with hinged lid, aluminium, System Design SCHUKO socket-outlet with hinged lid, white, System Design SCHUKO socket-outlet with hinged lid, polar white, System Design SCHUKO socket-outlet, anthracite, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet, polar white, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet, white, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet, aluminium, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet with hinged lid, anthracite, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet with hinged lid, polar white, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet with hinged lid, white, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet with hinged lid, aluminium, System M SCHUKO sckt-outlts f.spec.circ. With addit.safety pow.supply marking, or,Sys.Des. SCHUKO sckt-outlts f. spec. circ., With power supply marking, green, Sys.Des. SCHUKO socket-outlets for special circuits, ruby red, System Design SCHUKO socket-outlet, polar white, System Design SCHUKO socket-outlet, antique brass, System Design SCHUKO socket-outlet, stainless steel, System Design SCHUKO socket-outlet, aluminium, System Design SCHUKO socket-outlet, white, System Design SCHUKO socket-outlet, polar white, System Design SCHUKO socket-outlet with hinged lid, anthracite, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet with hinged lid, polar white, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet with hinged lid, white, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet with hinged lid, aluminium, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet, dark brazil, System Design SCHUKO socket-outlet, polar white, System Design SCHUKO socket-outlet, light grey, System Design SCHUKO socket-outlet, antique brass, System Design SCHUKO socket-outlet, white, System Design SCHUKO socket-outlet, stainless steel, System Design SCHUKO socket-outlet, aluminium, System Design SCHUKO socket-outlet, black grey, System Design SCHUKO socket-outlet with hinged lid, dark brazil, System Design SCHUKO socket-outlet with hinged lid, polar white, System Design SCHUKO socket-outlet with hinged lid, light grey, System Design SCHUKO socket-outlet with hinged lid, antique brass, System Design SCHUKO socket-outlet with hinged lid, stainless steel, System Design SCHUKO socket-outlet with hinged lid, aluminium, System Design SCHUKO socket-outlet with hinged lid, black grey, System Design SCHUKO socket-outlet with hinged lid, white, System Design SCHUKO socket-outlet with hinged lid, polar white, glossy, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet with hinged lid, active white, glossy, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet with hinged lid, white, glossy, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet with hinged lid, polar white, glossy, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet with hinged lid, active white, glossy, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet with hinged lid, white, glossy, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet with hinged lid, IP44, polar white, glossy, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet with hinged lid, IP44, active white, glossy, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet with hinged lid, IP44, white, glossy, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet with complete cover plate, polar white, glossy, M-SMART SCHUKO socket-outlet with complete cover plate, active white, glossy, M-SMART SCHUKO socket-outlet with complete cover plate, white, glossy, M-SMART SCHUKO sckt-outlts f.spec.circ. w.label.field, or, Sys.M SCHUKO sckt-outlts f.spec.circ. w.label.field, green, Sys.M SCHUKO socket-outlets for special circuits with labelling field, rby rd, Sys. M SCHUKO socket-outlet with labelling field, polar white, glossy, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet with labelling field, active white, glossy, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet with labelling field, white, glossy, System M SCHUKO sckt-outlts f.spec.circ. with ctrl lamp& label.field, or, Sys.Des. SCHUKO sckt-outlts f.spec.circ. with ctrl lamp& label.field, green, Sys.Des. SCHUKO sckt-outlts f. spec.circ. with ctrl lamp& label.field, rby rd,Sys.Des. SCHUKO socket-outlet with ctrl lamp & labelling field, polar white, Sys. Design
PU
10/60 10/60 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 1/50 1/50 1/50 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50
PG
1 1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 1.1 1.8 1.8 1.1 1 1.4 1.2 1.2 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1 1 1.4 1.2 1.2 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1.2 1 1.2 1.4 1 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1 1.2 1.4 1.2 1.2 1.2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2.1 2.1 2.1 1.8 1 1.8 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Page
15 15 16,44 16,44 16,44 16,44 139,156 139,156 139,156 139,156 12 12 12 12 138 138 138 138 138 138 12 12 12 12 15 15 15 15 145 145 145 136 136 136 136 136 136 15 15 15 15 136 136 136 136 136 136 136 136 139 139 139 139 139 139 139 139 15 15 15 15 15 15 16,44 16,44 16,44 109 109 109 27 27 27 14 14 14 146 146 146 138
www.merten.com
2010
| OVERVIEW OF REPLACEMENTARTICLES
541
Discontinue
240844 240846 240860 240914 240919 240944 240960 246319 246325 246344 246819 246825 246844 247019 247025 247044 247119 247125 247144 247219 247225 247244 247319 247325 247344 247414 247419 247444 247460 247514 247519 247544 247560 247619 247644 247646 247660 247702 247704 247706 247819 247844 247846 247860 247902 247904 247906 247919 247944 247946 247960 248319 248325 248344 248402 248404 248406 248419 248425 248444 248514 248519 248544 248560 249219 249244 249246 249260 249319 249325 249344 249414 249419 249444 249460 249519 249525 249544 249602
MEG2303-4044 MEG2303-4146 MEG2303-4060 MEG2303-0414 MEG2303-0419 MEG2303-0444 MEG2303-0460 MEG2328-1019 MEG2328-1025 MEG2328-1044 MEG2328-1219 MEG2328-1225 MEG2328-1244 MEG2301-1219 MEG2301-1225 MEG2301-1244 MEG2300-1219 MEG2300-1225 MEG2300-1244 MEG2301-1019 MEG2301-1025 MEG2301-1044 MEG2300-1019 MEG2300-1025 MEG2300-1044 MEG2312-0414 MEG2312-0419 MEG2312-0444 MEG2312-0460 MEG2313-0414 MEG2313-0419 MEG2313-0444 MEG2313-0460 MEG2370-4019 MEG2370-4044 MEG2370-4146 MEG2370-4060 MEG2372-4002 MEG2372-4004 MEG2372-4006 MEG2312-4019 MEG2312-4044 MEG2312-4146 MEG2312-4060 MEG2313-4002 MEG2313-4004 MEG2313-4006 MEG2313-4019 MEG2313-4044 MEG2313-4146 MEG2313-4060 MEG2312-0319 MEG2312-0325 MEG2312-0344 MEG2313-0302 MEG2313-0304 MEG2313-0306 MEG2313-0319 MEG2313-0325 MEG2313-0344 MEG2370-0414 MEG2370-0419 MEG2370-0444 MEG2370-0460 MEG2350-4019 MEG2350-4044 MEG2350-4146 MEG2350-4060 MEG2350-0319 MEG2350-0325 MEG2350-0344 MEG2350-0414 MEG2350-0419 MEG2350-0444 MEG2350-0460 MEG2370-0319 MEG2370-0325 MEG2370-0344 MEG2372-0302 SCHUKO socket-outlet with control lamp and labelling field, white, System Design SCHUKO socket-outlet with ctrl lamp & labelling field, stainless steel, Sys.Des. SCHUKO socket-outlet with ctrl lamp & labelling field, aluminium, System Design SCHUKO socket-outlet with control lamp and labelling field, anthracite, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet with control lamp & labelling field, polar white, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet with control lamp and labelling field, white, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet with control lamp and labelling field, aluminium, System M SCHUKO double socket-outlet, polar white, glossy, 1-M SCHUKO double socket-outlet, active white, glossy, 1-M SCHUKO double socket-outlet, white, glossy, 1-M SCHUKO double socket-outlet, polar white, glossy, ATELIER-M SCHUKO double socket-outlet, active white, glossy, ATELIER-M SCHUKO double socket-outlet, white, glossy, ATELIER-M SCHUKO socket-outlet with complete cover plate, polar white, glossy, ATELIER-M SCHUKO socket-outlet with complete cover plate, active white, glossy, ATELIER-M SCHUKO socket-outlet with complete cover plate, white, glossy, ATELIER-M SCHUKO socket-outlet with complete cover plate, polar white, glossy, ATELIER-M SCHUKO socket-outlet with complete cover plate, active white, glossy, ATELIER-M SCHUKO socket-outlet with complete cover plate, white, glossy, ATELIER-M SCHUKO socket-outlet with complete cover plate, polar white, glossy, 1-M SCHUKO socket-outlet with complete cover plate, active white, glossy, 1-M SCHUKO socket-outlet with complete cover plate, white, glossy, 1-M SCHUKO socket-outlet with complete cover plate, polar white, glossy, 1-M SCHUKO socket-outlet with complete cover plate, active white, glossy, 1-M SCHUKO socket-outlet with complete cover plate, white, glossy, 1-M SCHUKO socket-outlet with hinged lid and labelling field, anthracite, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet with hinged lid and labelling field, polar white, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet with hinged lid and labelling field, white, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet with hinged lid and labelling field, aluminium, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet with hngd lid, ctrl lamp & labelling field, anthr., Sys. M SCHUKO sckt-outlt with hngd lid, ctrl lamp & labelling field, pol.wht., Sys. M SCHUKO socket-outlet with hngd lid, ctrl lamp & labelling field, white, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet with hngd lid, ctrl lamp & labelling field, alum., Sys. M SCHUKO socket-outlet 45, polar white, System Design SCHUKO socket-outlet 45, white, System Design SCHUKO socket-outlet 45, stainless steel, System Design SCHUKO socket-outlet 45, aluminium, System Design SCHUKO sckt-outlts f.spec.circ. 45 w.label.field, or, Sys.Des. SCHUKO sckt-outlts f.spec.circ. 45 w.label.field, green, Sys.Des. SCHUKO sckt-outlts f. spec. circ. 45 with labelling field, rby rd, Sys.Des. SCHUKO socket-outlet with hngd lid & labelling field, polar white, System Design SCHUKO socket-outlet with hinged lid and labelling field, white, System Design SCHUKO socket-outlet with hngd lid & labelling field, stainless steel, Sys. Des. SCHUKO socket-outlet with hngd lid and labelling field, aluminium, System Design SCHUKO sckt-outlts f.spec.circ. with hngd lid, ctrl lamp& label.field, or, Sys.Des. SCHUKO sckt-outlts f.spec.circ. with hngd lid, ctrl lamp& label.field, green, Sys.Des. SCHUKO sckt-outlts f.spec.circ. with hngd lid, ctrl lamp& label.field, rby rd, Sys.Des. SCHUKO sckt-outlt with hngd lid, ctrl lamp & labelling field, pol.wht., Sys.Des. SCHUKO socket-outlet with hngd lid, ctrl lamp & labelling field, white, Sys.Des. SCHUKO socket-outlet with hngd lid, ctrl lamp & labelling field, ss., Sys.Des. SCHUKO socket-outlet with hngd lid, ctrl lamp & labelling field, alum., Sys.Des. SCHUKO socket-outlet with hngd lid & labelling field, pol. wht., glossy, Sys. M SCHUKO socket-outlet with hngd lid & labelling field, active wht, glossy, Sys. M SCHUKO socket-outlet with hngd lid and labelling field, white, glossy, System M SCHUKO sckt-outlts f.spec.circ. with hngd lid, ctrl lamp& label.field, or, Sys.M SCHUKO sckt-outlts f.spec.circ. with hngd lid, ctrl lamp& label.field, green, Sys.M SCHUKO sckt-outlts f.spec.circ. with hngd lid, ctrl lamp& label.field, rby rd,Sys.M SCHUKO sckt-outlt with hngd lid, ctrl lamp& labelling field,pol.wht.,glos.,Sys.M SCHUKO sckt-outlt with hngd lid, ctrl lamp& labelling field, act.wht,glos.,Sys.M SCHUKO sckt-outlt with hngd lid, ctrl lamp & labelling field, wht, glossy, Sys.M SCHUKO socket-outlet 45, anthracite, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet 45, polar white, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet 45, white, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet 45, aluminium, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet with computer marking, polar white, System Design SCHUKO socket-outlet with computer marking, white, System Design SCHUKO socket-outlet with computer marking, stainless steel, System Design SCHUKO socket-outlet with computer marking, aluminium, System Design SCHUKO socket-outlet with computer marking, polar white, glossy, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet with computer marking, active white, glossy, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet with computer marking, white, glossy, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet with computer marking, anthracite, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet with computer marking, polar white, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet with computer marking, white, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet with computer marking, aluminium, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet 45, polar white, glossy, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet 45, active white, glossy, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet 45, white, glossy, System M SCHUKO sckt-outlts f.spec.circ. 45 w.label.field, or, Sys.M
PU
1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 2/30 2/30 2/30 2/30 2/30 2/30 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 10/60 10/60 10/60 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60
PG
1 1.2 1.2 1.1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1.8 1 1.8 1 1 1 1.8 1 1.8 1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.2 1.2 1 1 1 1 1 1.2 1.2 1 1 1 1 1 1.2 1.2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.2 1.2 1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1 1
Page
138 138 138 14 14 14 14 96 96 96 100 100 100 99 99 99 100 100 100 95 95 95 95 95 95 16 16 16 16 17 17 17 17 137 137 137 137 147 147 147 140 140 140 140 146 146 146 140 140 140 140 16 16 16 28 28 28 17 17 17 13 13 13 13 141 141 141 141 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 13 13 13 29
542
www.merten.com
Discontinue
249604 249606 249902 249904 249906 249919 249925 249944 265719 265744 265746 265760 265814 265819 265844 265860 266819 266825 266844 270119 270144 270319 270344 270619 270644 270646 270660 273419 273425 273444 275219 275244 275414 275419 275444 275460 275914 275919 275944 275960 277114 277119 277144 277160 277419 277425 277444 277519 277560 277594 277719 277743 277744 277746 277760 278419 278425 278444 278719 278725 278744 278919 278925 278944 279219 279225 279244 283114 283115 283119 283144 283160 284219 284225 284244 284314 284319 284344 284360
MEG2372-0304 MEG2372-0306 MEG2303-0302 MEG2303-0304 MEG2303-0306 MEG2303-0319 MEG2303-0325 MEG2303-0344 MEG2305-4019 MEG2305-4044 MEG2305-4146 MEG2305-4060 MEG2305-0414 MEG2305-0419 MEG2305-0444 MEG2305-0460 MEG2305-0319 MEG2305-0325 MEG2305-0344 MEG2401-1519 MEG2401-1544 MEG2401-1619 MEG2401-1644 MEG2402-4019 MEG2402-4044 MEG2402-4146 MEG2402-4060 MEG2401-0319 MEG2401-0325 MEG2401-0344 MEG2401-0619 MEG2401-0644 MEG2400-0414 MEG2400-0419 MEG2400-0444 MEG2400-0460 MEG2402-0414 MEG2402-0419 MEG2402-0444 MEG2402-0460 MEG2401-0414 MEG2401-0419 MEG2401-0444 MEG2401-0460 MEG2400-0319 MEG2400-0325 MEG2400-0344 MEG2401-4019 MEG2401-4060 MEG2401-4244 MEG2400-4019 MEG2400-4143 MEG2400-4044 MEG2400-4146 MEG2400-4060 MEG2401-1219 MEG2401-1225 MEG2401-1244 MEG2401-1019 MEG2401-1025 MEG2401-1044 MEG2402-0319 MEG2402-0325 MEG2402-0344 MEG2401-1419 MEG2401-1425 MEG2401-1444 MEG2612-7214 MEG2612-7215 MEG2612-7219 MEG2612-7244 MEG2612-7260 MEG2600-0319 MEG2600-0325 MEG2600-0344 MEG2600-0414 MEG2600-0419 MEG2600-0444 MEG2600-0460 SCHUKO sckt-outlts f.spec.circ. 45 w.label.field, green,Sys.M SCHUKO sckt-outlts for special circuits 45 with labelling field, rby rd, Sys. M SCHUKO sckt-outlts f.spec.circ. with ctrl lamp& label.field, or,Sys.M SCHUKO sckt-outlts f.spec.circ. with ctrl lamp& label.field, green,Sys.M SCHUKO sckt-outlts f. spec. circ. with ctrl lamp & labelling field, rby rd,Sys.M SCHUKO socket-outlet with ctrl lamp & labelling field, pol. wht., glossy, Sys. M SCHUKO sckt-outlt with ctrl lamp & labelling field, active wht, glossy, Sys. M SCHUKO socket-outlet with ctrl lamp & labelling field, white, glossy, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet with surge protection & labelling field, pol.wht., Sys.Des. SCHUKO socket-outlet with surge protection & labelling field, white, Sys. Design SCHUKO socket-outlet with surge protection & labelling field, ss., Sys.Des. SCHUKO socket-outlet with surge protection & labelling field, alum., Sys.Des. SCHUKO socket-outlet with surge protection & labelling field, anthracite, Sys. M SCHUKO socket-outlet with surge protection & labelling field, pol. wht., Sys. M SCHUKO socket-outlet with surge protection and labelling field, white, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet with surge protection & labelling field, aluminium, Sys. M SCHUKO sckt-outlt with surge protection & labelling field, pol.wht.,glos., Sys.M SCHUKO sckt-outlt with surge protection & labelling field, act. wht,glos., Sys.M SCHUKO sckt-outlt with surge protection & labelling field, wht, glossy, Sys. M SCHUKO socket-outlet with complete cover plate, polar white, M-SMART SCHUKO socket-outlet with complete cover plate, white, M-SMART SCHUKO socket-outlet with complete cover plate, polar white, M-SMART SCHUKO socket-outlet with complete cover plate, white, M-SMART SCHUKO socket-outlet with labelling field, polar white, System Design SCHUKO socket-outlet with labelling field, white, System Design SCHUKO socket-outlet with labelling field, stainless steel, System Design SCHUKO socket-outlet with labelling field, aluminium, System Design SCHUKO socket-outlet, polar white, glossy, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet, active white, glossy, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet, white, glossy, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet, polar white, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet, white, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet, anthracite, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet, polar white, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet, white, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet, aluminium, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet with labelling field, anthracite, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet with labelling field, polar white, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet with labelling field, white, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet with labelling field, aluminium, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet, anthracite, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet, polar white, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet, white, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet, aluminium, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet, polar white, glossy, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet, active white, glossy, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet, white, glossy, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet, polar white, System Design SCHUKO socket-outlet, aluminium, System Design SCHUKO socket-outlet, white, System Design SCHUKO socket-outlet, polar white, System Design SCHUKO socket-outlet, antique brass, System Design SCHUKO socket-outlet, white, System Design SCHUKO socket-outlet, stainless steel, System Design SCHUKO socket-outlet, aluminium, System Design SCHUKO socket-outlet with complete cover plate, polar white, glossy, ATELIER-M SCHUKO socket-outlet with complete cover plate, active white, glossy, ATELIER-M SCHUKO socket-outlet with complete cover plate, white, glossy, ATELIER-M SCHUKO socket-outlet with complete cover plate, polar white, glossy, 1-M SCHUKO socket-outlet with complete cover plate, active white, glossy, 1-M SCHUKO socket-outlet with complete cover plate, white, glossy, 1-M SCHUKO socket-outlet with labelling field, polar white, glossy, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet with labelling field, active white, glossy, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet with labelling field, white, glossy, System M SCHUKO socket-outlet with complete cover plate, polar white, glossy, M-SMART SCHUKO socket-outlet with complete cover plate, active white, glossy, M-SMART SCHUKO socket-outlet with complete cover plate, white, glossy, M-SMART Socket-outlet with earth. pin, hngd lid & labelling field, anthracite, AQ.DES. Socket-outlet with earth. pin, hngd lid & labelling field, dark brazil, AQ.DES. Socket-outlet with earth. pin, hngd lid & labelling field, polar white, AQ.DES. Socket-outlet with earthing pin, hngd lid and labelling field, white, AQUADESIGN Socket-outlet with earth. pin, hngd lid & labelling field, aluminium, AQUADESIGN Socket-outlet with earthing pin, polar white, glossy, System M Socket-outlet with earthing pin, active white, glossy, System M Socket-outlet with earthing pin, white, glossy, System M Socket-outlet with earthing pin, anthracite, System M Socket-outlet with earthing pin, polar white, System M Socket-outlet with earthing pin, white, System M Socket-outlet with earthing pin, aluminium, System M
PU
10/60 10/60 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 1/50 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60
PG
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1 1 1.2 1.2 1 1 1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1 1 1.2 1 1 1.4 1 1.2 1.2 1.8 1 1.8 1.8 1 1.8 1 1 1 1.8 1 1.8 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 1 1 1 1.1 1 1 1.1
Page
29 29 27 27 27 14 14 14 141 141 141 141 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 111 111 111 111 143 143 143 143 22 22 22 22 22 23 23 23 23 23 23 23 23 22 22 22 22 23 23 23 142 142 142 143 143 143 143 143 101 101 101 96 96 96 23 23 23 111 111 111 237 237 237 237 237 31 31 31 31 31 31 31
www.merten.com
2010
543
Discontinue
284515 284519 284529 284543 284544 284546 284560 284569 287414 287419 287444 287460 287819 287843 287846 287860 287894 287902 287904 287906 288319 288325 288344 288402 288404 288406 311200 311500 311501 311502 311600 311601 311700 315000 315500 315800 315900 315901 315902 315903 325200 325500 325600 396176 396276 572199 572299 572499 572599 572799 572999 573299 577199
MEG2600-4015 MEG2600-4019 MEG2600-4029 MEG2600-4143 MEG2600-4044 MEG2600-4146 MEG2600-4060 MEG2600-4069 MEG2610-0414 MEG2610-0419 MEG2610-0444 MEG2610-0460 MEG2610-4019 MEG2610-4143 MEG2610-4146 MEG2610-4060 MEG2610-4044 MEG2612-4002 MEG2612-4004 MEG2612-4006 MEG2610-0319 MEG2610-0325 MEG2610-0344 MEG2612-0302 MEG2612-0304 MEG2612-0306 MEG3112-0000 MEG3115-0000 MEG3715-0000 MEG3714-0000 MEG3116-0000 MEG3126-0000 MEG3117-0000 MEG3150-0000 MEG3755-0000 MEG3754-0000 MEG3154-0000 MEG3156-0000 MEG3155-0000 MEG3153-0000 MEG3102-0000 MEG3125-0000 MEG3106-0000 MEG3902-0000 MEG3942-0000 MEG5131-0000 MEG5133-0000 MEG5132-0000 MEG5133-0000 MEG5135-0000 MEG5142-0000 MEG5135-0000 MEG5136-0000 Socket-outlet with earthing pin, dark brazil, System Design Socket-outlet with earthing pin, polar white, System Design Socket-outlet with earthing pin, light grey, System Design Socket-outlet with earthing pin, antique brass, System Design Socket-outlet with earthing pin, white, System Design Socket-outlet with earthing pin, stainless steel, System Design Socket-outlet with earthing pin, aluminium, System Design Socket-outlet with earthing pin, black grey, System Design Socket-outlet with earthing pin and hinged lid, anthracite, System M Socket-outlet with earthing pin and hinged lid, polar white, System M Socket-outlet with earthing pin and hinged lid, white, System M Socket-outlet with earthing pin and hinged lid, aluminium, System M Socket-outlet with earthing pin and hinged lid, polar white, System Design Socket-outlet with earthing pin and hinged lid, antique brass, System Design Socket-outlet with earthing pin and hinged lid, stainless steel, System Design Socket-outlet with earthing pin and hinged lid, aluminium, System Design Socket-outlet with earthing pin and hinged lid, white, System Design Socket-outlet with earth. pin, hngd lid& label.field f.spec.circ., or, Sys.Des. Socket-outlet with earth. pin, hngd lid& label.field f.spec.circ., green, Sys.Des. Socket-outlet with earth. pin, hngd lid& label.field f.spec.circ. rby rd,Sys.Des. Socket-outlet with earthing pin and hinged lid, polar white, glossy, System M Socket-outlet with earthing pin and hinged lid, active white, glossy, System M Socket-outlet with earthing pin and hinged lid, white, glossy, System M Socket-outlet with earth. pin, hngd lid& label.field f.spec.circ., or, Sys.M Socket-outlet with earth. pin, hngd lid& label.field f.spec.circ.,Sys.M Socket-outlet with earth. pin, hngd lid& label.field f. spec.circ., rby rd,Sys.M One-way switch insert 2 pole, flush-mounted, 10 AX, AC 250 V, plug-in terminals Two-circuit switch insert 1 pole, flush-mntd, 10 AX, AC 250 V, plug-in terminals Roller shutter swit. insrt 1 pole, flush-mntd, 10 A, AC 250 V, plug-in terminals Roller shutter swit.insrt with additional cont. 1 pole,10 A, AC 250 V,plug-in terminals Two-way switch insert 1 pole, flush-mounted, 10 AX, AC 250 V, plug-in terminals Double two-way swit. insrt 1 pole, flush-mntd,10 AX, AC 250 V, plug-in terminals Intermediate switch insrt 1 pole, flush-mntd, 10 AX, AC 250 V, plug-in terminals Push-btn insrt make cont. 1 pole, flush-mntd, 10 A, AC 250 V, plug-in terminals Roller shutter pbtn insrt 1 pole, flush-mntd, 10 A, AC 250 V, plug-in terminals Push-btn insrt make cont. 1 pole for hotelcard holder,10 A,250 V AC,plug-in terminals Push-btn insrt make cont. 1 pole,10 A, AC 250 V,plug-in terminals Push-button insert two-way 1 pole, flush-mntd, 10 A, AC 250 V, plug-in terminals Double pbtn insrt make cont. 1 pole, flush-mntd,10 A, AC 250 V,plug-in terminals Double pbtn insrt 1 make cont. 1 p.+ 1 break cont. 1 p.,10 A, AC 250 V,plug-in terminals One-way swit.insrt 2 p. with indicator light,flush-mntd,10 AX, AC 250 V,plug-in terminals Two-circuit swit.insrt 1 p. with N terminal,flush-mntd,10 AX,250 V AC,plug-in terminals Two-way swit.insrt 1 p. with indicator light,flush-mntd,10 AX, AC 250 V,plug-in terminals LED lighting module for double switch/pbtn as ctrl lamp, 100-230 V,multicoloured LED lighting module for double swit.es/pbtns as orient. light,100-230 V,multicoloured Rotary dimmer insrt for ohm. load with pressure-operated on/off switch, 40-400 W Rotary dimmer insert for inductive load, 40-600 W/VA Rotary dimm. insrt for ohm. load with pressure-operated two-way switch, 40-400 W Rotary dimmer insert for inductive load, 40-600 W/VA Rotary dimmer insert for inductive load, 60-1000 VA Electronic potentiometer insert 1-10 V Rotary dimmer insert for inductive load, 60-1000 VA Rotary dimmer insert for capacitive load, 20-315 W
PU
10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 10/60 1/150 1/150 1/72 1/72 1/72 1/72 1/72 1/72 1/72 1/72
PG
1.2 1 1.2 1.4 1 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.1 1 1 1.1 1 1.4 1.2 1.2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1.8 1 1 1.8 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8
Page
148 148 148 148 148 148 148 148 32 32 32 32 149 149 149 149 149 150 150 150 32 32 32 33 33 33 306 305 317 317 305 306 305 308,364 317 309 308 308,364 308 308 307 306 306 325 325 314,349 315,349 315,349 315,349 315,349 316,350 315,349 316,349
544
www.merten.com
Discontinue Replacement Description PU PG Page
www.merten.com
2010
545
TERMS AND CONDItIONS OF SALE AND SUPPLY
I. General provisions 1) The written agreements signed by the two parties shall determine the scope of the deliveries or services (hereinafter: deliveries). The General Terms and Conditions of Business of the customer will only apply when they conform with these sales and supply conditions or when we have expressly approved the same in writing. 2) We shall unrestrictedly reserve our exploitation rights under proprietary right and copyright law to cost estimates, drawings and other documents (hereinafter: documents). Such documents may only be rendered accessible to third parties with our prior consent and in the event that we are not awarded the order must be returned to us without delay should we so request. Articles 1 and 2 shall apply mutatis mutandis to the customer's submissions, though such submissions may be rendered accessible to third parties to whom we have assigned responsibility for supplies. 3) Partial supplies shall be admissible insofar as the customer may be reasonably expected to accept the same. II. 1) Prices and conditions of payment Prices shall be understood to be ex-works excluding packaging and plus the statutory sales tax applicable at the time. Given the complete acceptance of goods involving a net amount of Euro 500.00, delivery shall be effected to the point of receipt on the basis of carriage-paid goods, excluding packaging; orders involving net amounts of less than Euro 250.00 shall be subject to a surcharge for administrative costs of Euro 15.00. Given the complete acceptance of goods involving a net amount of Euro 1000.00, delivery shall be effected to the point of receipt on the basis of carriagepaid goods, including packaging. Sales shall only be effected against invoices. Special terms and conditions, which we shall conrm in individual cases, shall apply to exports. Packaging will be invoiced at the lowest possible prices and will not be taken back. Insofar as nothing is agreed to the contrary, payment shall, irrespective of the receipt of the goods involved, be made to us net within thirty days of the invoice date or within eight days with a 2 % discount. Should the payment deadline be exceeded, interest will, without a reminder being required, be calculated at 9 % over the base rate. Payments shall be made to our payment agent. The customer may only offset receivables which are undisputed or have been established on a legally binding basis.
2)
3)
4)
www.merten.de
5)
III. Retention of title Goods shall be supplied subject to reservation of title involving the following extensions: 1) All supplied goods shall remain our property until such time as our claims against the customer, including any such claims which may arise from the business connection in the future, are paid in full and for such time as the account, including the bill and cheque commitments, has not been settled. This will also apply in the event that the purchase price for certain deliveries of goods specied by the customer is to be paid. In the case of a current account, the reserved title shall constitute security for our balance claim. 2) The customer shall have a revocable right and, as long as he fulls his obligations to ourselves and, taking the following provisions into account, shall be entitled to sell on or process during the normal course of business goods which are encumbered with reservation of title. However, the customer shall be forbidden from pledging or assigning as security goods supplied or processed subject to reservation of title. The customer shall, insofar as this is compatible with commercial practices, likewise undertake only to resell reserved goods which we have supplied in conjunction with va tion of title. Upon justied reser request and in the case of default, the customer shall be obliged to apprise us of the name of the third party customer. 3) Insofar as goods encumbered with reservation of title are processed, such processing shall, though without any guarantee on our part, be effected for us. In the event of processing by the customer in conjunction with goods which are not our property, we shall be entitled to co-ownership of the new item in proportion to the value of the reserved goods to the other processed goods at the time of processing. 4) In the event that goods which we have supplied are combined with other goods, we shall acquire coownership of the amount in proportion to the value of the reserved goods at the point of combination. 5) Should the customer sell reserved goods which we have supplied or should such goods be supplied to a third party irrespective of the value or condition or should such goods be installed within the framework of a contract of manufacture, supply or construction, the customer shall, until such time as the claims stipulated in sub-section 1) are settled in full, hereby assign to us, up to the amount of the invoice value of our deliveries, the claim, together with all ancillary rights, including the compensation claims accruing to them from the legal transaction involving the re-
6)
7)
8)
9)
sale or installation, accruing to them vis--vis their customer or buyer from such sale, delivery or installation. In the event of an assignment ban in such contract of manufacture, supply or construction and in the event of payment default, the customer shall undertake to apprise their third party customers of the advance assignment. In the event that reserved goods which we have supplied should be sold to third parties in conjunction with other goods, we shall be assigned that proportion of the total asking price corresponding to the invoice value of our deliveries. The reservation of title with the extensions pursuant to the above provisions shall also remain in force in the event of individual claims against customers on the part of our customer being included in the current account. In this case, the customer shall, at this early juncture, assign to us the balance pertaining to his credit. The customer shall, upon request and particularly in the event of payment default on the part of the purchaser, be obliged to facilitate the direct assertion of the claims involved and apprise the third party debtor of the assignment. We must be apprised without delay of any attachments and every kind of restriction which pertain in respect of our property. In the event that the value of the overall collateral stemming from the business connection with which we have been furnished should exceed our delivery claims by more than 20%, we shall, at the request of the customer, be obliged to reassign the assigned claims to this extent. In the event of any incidence of damage or other impairment to the equipment supplied on the basis of our terms and conditions, the customer shall, at this early juncture, assign to us in advance the compensation claim accruing to him from his insurance to the amount of the incidence of damage relating to our reserved property.
IV. Deadline for deliveries; default 1) The deadline for deliveries or services shall commence on the day on which written agreement is presented pertaining to the order in question between the customer and ourselves. The observance of such deadline presupposes the prompt receipt of all the documents, requisite licences and releases to be furnished by the customer, the prompt clarication and approval of the plans and the observance of the agreed Terms and Conditions of Payment and other obligations. Should these requirements not be fullled on time, the delivery deadline shall be extended by an adequate period of time; this shall not apply if we are responsible for the delay.
2) Should the non-observance of deadlines be attributable to force majeure, such as mobilisation, war, civil commotion or similar occurrences, e.g. strike or lockout, delivery deadlines shall be extended by adequate periods of time. 3) In the event of default, the customer may, insofar as he can plausibly establish that he has been prejudiced by the delay in question, request default compensation for every completed week of such delay of 0.5% up to a total amount of 5% of the value of that component of the deliveries or services which it has not been possible to put into appropriate operation due to the late completion of individual accompanying items. 4) Both compensation claims on the part of the customer for delivery default and compensation claims in lieu of performance which exceed the limits stipulated in para. 3 shall, in all instances of delayed delivery, including following the expiry of any delivery deadline which we may have set, be excluded. This shall not apply in cases of wilful intent or gross negligence or injury to life, body or health, where compulsory liability applies. The customer may withdraw from the contract within the framework of the prevailing statutory provisions only insofar as we are responsible for a delay in delivery. The above stipulations shall not entail a change in the burden of proof to the detriment of the customer. 5) The customer shall, at our request, undertake to declare within a reasonable period of time whether he is withdrawing from the contract due to a delay in delivery or is insisting upon delivery. 6) In the event that dispatch or delivery should, at the behest of the customer, be delayed by more than one month following notication of readiness for dispatch, the customer may, for every month commenced, be invoiced storage costs to the amount of 0.5% of the price of the delivery items, though no more than a total of 5%. The contracting parties shall be at liberty to prove that lower or higher storage costs have accrued. If the customer is delayed in accepting the goods, the legal consequences for the delay in acceptance of goods will remain unaffected.
546
TERMS AND CONDItIONS OF SALE AND SUPPLY | 2010
TERMS AND CONDItIONS OF SALE AND SUPPLY
V.
Transfer of risk Risk is transferred to the customer upon transfer to a transport carrier, and at the latest at the point when the delivery leaves our works or warehouse, even if delivery on a carriage paid basis has been agreed. Deliveries are shipped at the customer's expense only insofar as not otherwise specied under Section II, para. 2 of our conditions. In the absence of a written arrangement to the contrary, dispatch shall always be effected according to our best judgement. We cannot assume any responsibility for transporting by the cheapest method available. We shall only arrange transport insurance policies when their cost is borne by the purchaser and when there is express, written agreement.
VI. Acceptance The customer may not refuse to accept deliveries on the grounds of minor defects. VII. Material defects 1) The prerequisite for the assertion of material defects liability shall be the submission to us or our authorised representative of proof of acquisition (delivery note, invoice, etc.). The warranty entitlement may not be transferred to third parties without our consent. 2) We do not assume any guarantees for the quality of the services. Our statements regarding the quality of specic features or characteristics of services are intended only to dene the agreed quality of services as dened by Article 434 of the German Civil Code. All those components or services which exhibit a material defect within the limitation period irrespective of operating life shall, as we see t, be repaired, resupplied or refurnished insofar as the cause of the same occurred at the time of transfer of risk. 3) Material defects claims shall lapse after twelve months. This will not apply when legislation as per Articles 438 Para. 1.2 (Structures and items for structures), 479 Para. 479 1 (Claim under a right of recourse) and 643a Para. 1.2 (Construction defects) of the German Civil Code makes provision for longer periods of time, in instances of injury to life, body or health, in the event of a wilful or grossly negligent breach of duty on our part and in the event of the malicious non-disclosure of a defect. The statutory provisions pertaining to the suspension of expiration, suspension and recommencement of periods shall remain unaffected.
www.merten.de
4) The customer shall submit complaints pertaining to material defects to us in writing without delay. 5) In the event of notication of defects, payments on the part of the customer may be withheld on a scale which is in a reasonable ratio to the material defects which have occurred. The customer may only withhold payments should a complaint be asserted whose justication is beyond doubt. Should a complaint have been submitted without justication, we shall be entitled to request that the customer reimburse the costs which we have incurred. 6) In the rst instance, we shall be granted the opportunity to effect subsequent fullment within a reasonable period of time. We may elect to effect subsequent fullment by remedying the defect or by providing a defect-free service. 7) Should such subsequent fullment be unsuccessful, the customer any compensation claims pursuant to Section IX notwithstanding may withdraw from the contract or reduce the amount of payment. The customer may not rescind the contract when a service has not been performed in accordance with the contract when the customer's right to subsequent fullment in accordance with Section VII, para. 3 of our conditions has become subject to the statute of limitations and we invoke this stipulation. 8) Claims arising from defects shall not prevail in respect of a minor deviation from an agreed quality level, a minor impairment to usability, natural wear and tear or incidences of prejudice which arise subsequent to the risk transfer due to faulty or negligent handling, excessive strain, unsuitable operating facilities, faulty construction operations, unsuitable subsoil and, in particular, any external inuences which are not presupposed by the contract, as well as non-reproducible software defects. In the event that modications or maintenance operations should be improperly performed by the customer or any third parties, it shall likewise be the case that no claims arising from defects shall prevail for such modications and maintenance operations or any resulting consequences. 9) Any claims on the part of the customer for expenditure which it is necessary to incur for subsequent fullment purposes, particularly transport, travelling, labour and material costs, shall be excluded insofar as such expenditure increases due to the fact that a delivery item has been subsequently transported to a location other than the customer's business premises unless such transportation is in line with the normal use of such item.
10) Claims under rights of recourse against ourselves on the part of the customer pursuant to Article 478 of the German Civil Code (Contractor's recourse) shall only persist insofar as the customer has not agreed any arrangements with his customer exceeding the scope of the statutory claims arising from defects. Section 7, para. 9 of our conditions shall also apply mutatis mutandis to the scope of the customer's claim under a right of recourse against ourselves pursuant to Article 478 Para. 2 of the German Civil Code. 11) It should be noted that Section IX (Other compensation claims) shall apply to compensation claims. Any further claims for a material defect against us and our agents on the part of the customer and any claims for a material defect against us and our agents on the part of the customer other than those stipulated in Section VII shall be excluded. VIII. Impossibility, Contract amendment 1) Insofar as a delivery is impossible, the customer shall be entitled to claim compensation unless we are not responsible for such impossibility. However, the customer's entitlement to compensation shall be restricted to 10% of the value of that component of the delivery which cannot be put into appropriate operation as a result. This entitlement shall not apply in cases of wilful intent, gross negligence or injury to life, body or health where compulsory liability prevails; this shall not entail a change in the burden of proof to the detriment of the customer. The right of the customer to withdraw from the contract shall remain unaffected. 2) Insofar as any unforeseeable occurrences within the purport of Section IV, Para. 2 considerably alter the economic importance of the item of delivery or exercise a major inuence on our operations, the contract shall be suitably revised in compliance with the principle of good faith. Insofar as this is not economically justiable, we shall be entitled to withdraw from the contract. In the event that we should wish to exercise this right of withdrawal, we shall apprise the customer accordingly without delay upon becoming aware of the implications of this occurrence, also in the event that an extension of the delivery period should initially have been agreed with the customer. IX. Other claims for damages 1) Claims for compensation and claims for the compensation of expenses (hereinafter: compensation claims) on the part of the customer, irrespective of the legal grounds, particularly for a breach of the duties arising from the contractual obligation and for tortious acts, shall be excluded.
2) This shall not apply insofar as compulsory liability prevails, e.g. pursuant to the Product Liability Act, in cases of wilful intent, gross negligence, injury to life, body or health and a breach of major contractual obligations. However, a claim for compensation with regard to a breach of major contractual obligations shall be restricted to the contractually typical, foreseeable prejudice insofar as wilful intent or gross negligence do not exist or liability exists due to injury to life, body or health. The above stipulations shall not entail a change in the burden of proof to the detriment of the customer. 3) Insofar as the customer is entitled to compensation claims pursuant to Section IX, such claims shall lapse upon the expiry of the limitation period pursuant to Section VII, Para. 3 applying to claims for material defects. In the case of compensation claims pursuant to the Product Liability Act, the prevailing statutory limitation provisions shall apply. X. Depictions, dimensions and weights shall always be regarded as approximate. XI. Place of contract fullment, place of jurisdiction and applicable law 1) Insofar as nothing to the contrary is agreed, the place of contract fullment shall be Gummersbach, Germany. 2) In the event of the customer being a businessman, the sole place of jurisdiction for all disputes arising directly or indirectly from the contractual relationship shall be Gummersbach, Germany. However, we also have the right to le suit against the customer at his legal place of venue. 3) German substantive law shall, to the exclusion of the UN Convention on Contracts pertaining to the International Sale of Goods (CISG), apply to the legal relations in connection with this contract. XII. In the event that one or several of the stipulations of the above terms and conditions of sale and supply are or become invalid, the validity of the remaining stipulations as well as of these the terms and conditions of sale and supply are not affected. Sentence 1 also applies to all additional contractual agreements between the parties, as long as adhering to the contract would not constitute an undue hardship for one of the parties.
(c)2010
| TERMS AND CONDItIONS OF SALE AND SUPPLY
547
0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
System M/Einstze
Vorschaltseite Vorschaltseite Vorschaltseite Vorschaltseite Vorschaltseite Vorschaltseite Vorschaltseite Vorschaltseite Vorschaltseite Vorschaltseite Vorschaltseite Vorschaltseite
90
90 91
1-M/Rahmen
Artikelbersicht Artikelbersicht
92
92 92 94 95 96
1-M/frame
1-M/frame 1-M frame with labelling bracket Surface-mounted housing for 1-M, ATELIERM SCHUKO socket-outlets with plug-in terminals SCHUKO socket-outlets with screw terminals
12
12 22 26 30 38 40 43 45 45 45 47 48 51 52 53 55 56 57 63 64 68 70 72 76 80 84 85 86 89
System M / Inserts
SCHUKO socket-outlets with plug-in terminals SCHUKO socket-outlets with screw terminals SCHUKO socket-outlets for special circuits Socket-outlets (international) Switch rockers Rocker switches (illuminated) Splash-proof - IP 44 The round switch JUMBO, the big switch Special switch functions Time switch insert Touch sensor surfaces (switching/ dimming) Covers for rotary dimmers Roller shutter switches Blind control system Movement detectors Room temperature control units KNX Components for Ritto TwinBus Signal and info covers Central plates for communications technology Communications inserts Telecommunications Data technology TV/audio ELSO MEDIOPT care Visual call systems Visual call systems Accessories
98
98 99 99 101
ATELIER-M/frames
ATELIER-M/frames Surface-mounted housing for 1-M, ATELIERM SCHUKO socket-outlets with plug-in terminals SCHUKO socket-outlets with screw terminals
102
102 103
M-SMART/Rahmen
104
104 105 108 108 109 111 112
M-SMART/Frames
M-SMART frames M-SMART frames with labelling bracket Surface-mounted housing for M-SMART, ARTEC, OCTOCOLOR JUMBO, the big switch SCHUKO socket-outlets with plug-in terminals SCHUKO socket-outlets with screw terminals Splash-proof - IP 44
114
114 115
M-ARC/Rahmen
116
116
M-ARC/Frames
M-ARC frames
| | 2010
118
118
M-STAR/Frames
M-STAR frames
162 163 165 166 167 171 172 175 178 181 183 185
Roller shutter switches Blind control system Movement detectors Room temperature control units KNX Central plates for communications technology Communications inserts Telecommunications Data technology TV/audio Visual call systems Accessories
120
120 121
M-PLAN/Rahmen
122
122 123
M-PLAN/Frames
M-PLAN frames M-PLAN frames, with labelling option
126
126
M-PLAN II/Frames
M-PLAN II frames, flush-mounted
188
188 189
ARTEC/Rahmen
128
128 129
M-PLAN-Echtglasrahmen
190
190 191 192 192 193
ARTEC/Frames
ARTEC frames Surface-mounted housing for M-SMART, ARTEC, OCTOCOLOR SCHUKO socket-outlets Socket-outlets Accessories
130
130
M-PLAN real glass frames

M-PLAN real glass frames
132
132
M-PLAN metal frames

M-PLAN metal frames
194
194 195
ANTIK/Rahmen
134
134 135
System Flche/Einstze
196
196
ANTIK/Frames
ANTIK frames
136
136 142 145 148 153 154 155 157 158 159 162
System Design/Inserts
SCHUKO socket-outlets with plug-in terminals SCHUKO socket-outlets with screw terminals SCHUKO socket-outlets for special circuits Socket-outlets (international) Switch rockers Rocker switches (illuminated) Splash-proof - IP 44 Special switch functions Time switch insert Touch sensor surfaces (switching/ dimming) Covers for rotary dimmers
198
198 199
TRANCENT/Rahmen
200 202
202 202 203 204 204
TRANCENT/Frames TRANCENT/Frames
TRANCENT frames TRANCENT glass sensor covers TRANCENT socket-outlets TRANCENT cover foils TRANCENT control electronics, 1-gang and
2010
| |
inserts 206 207 207 207 TRANCENT two-circuit control electronics with insert TRANCENT roller shutter control electronics and insert KNX Signal and info covers
234
234 237 237 238 238 239 239 239 241 241
AQUADESIGN
SCHUKO socket-outlets with plug-in terminals Socket-outlets (international) Switch rockers Touch sensor surfaces (switching/ dimming) Roller shutter switches Waterproof movement detectors KNX Communications technology Accessories AQUADESIGN frames
208
208 209
OCTOCOLOR/Einstze
210
210 211 211 212 212 212 213 214 215 215 215 216 217 218 219 220 222 225 226 228
OCTOCOLOR/Inserts
SCHUKO socket-outlets with plug-in terminals SCHUKO socket-outlets with screw terminals Socket-outlets (international) Switch rockers Rocker switches (illuminated) Push-down buttons Special switch functions Time switch insert Touch sensor surfaces (switching/ dimming) Covers for rotary dimmers Roller shutter switches Blind control system Movement detectors Room temperature control units Central plates for communications technology Communications inserts Telecommunications Data technology TV/audio Accessories
244
244 245
PANZER
246
246 246 246 247 247 248 248 249
ANTI-VANDALISM
SCHUKO socket-outlets with plug-in terminals SCHUKO socket-outlets with screw terminals Socket-outlets (international) Switches and push-buttons, without frames Roller shutter switches KNX Communications inserts and accessories ANTI-VANDALISM frames
250
250 251
AQUASTAR
252
252 253 254 256 256
AQUASTAR
Switches, push-buttons and accessories Roller shutter switches SCHUKO socket-outlets Socket-outlets (international) Accessories
229
229 230
OCTOCOLOR/Frames
OCTOCOLOR frames Surface-mounted housing for M-SMART, ARTEC, OCTOCOLOR
232
232 233
AQUADESIGN
258
258 259
SCHLAGFEST
| | 2010
260
260 261 262 263
IMPACT-RESISTANT
Switches, push-buttons and accessories SCHUKO socket-outlets with screw terminals Socket-outlets (international) Accessories
283 283 284 286 287 288 289
Room temperature control units Central plates for communications technology Communications inserts Telecommunications Data technology TV/audio Accessories
264
264 265 265
AGRAR
Switches, push-buttons and accessories SCHUKO socket-outlets with screw terminals Accessories
291
291 291 292 293 294
M1/Frames
M1 frames M1 frames, with labelling option Surface-mounted housing for M-SMART, ARTEC, OCTOCOLOR SCHUKO socket-outlets and accessories Socket-outlets
266
266 267
AUFPUTZ
295
295 296 296 296 297
ATELIER/Frames
ATELIER frames Surface-mounted housing for ATELIER JUMBO, the big switch SCHUKO socket-outlets Socket-outlets
268
268 270 271 272 272 273
SURFACE-MOUNTED
Switches, push-buttons and accessories SCHUKO socket-outlets Accessories for surface-mounted socketoutlets and combinations Surface-mounted housing for 1-M, ATELIERM Surface-mounted housing for M-SMART, ARTEC, OCTOCOLOR Accessories for surface-mounted housing
298
298 299 300 301 302 303
Unterputzeinstze/Zubehr
Artikelbersicht Artikelbersicht Artikelbersicht Artikelbersicht Artikelbersicht Artikelbersicht
274
274 275
System Basis/Einstze
276
276 277 277 278 279 279 280 280 281 281 281 282
System Basis/Inserts
SCHUKO socket-outlets and accessories Socket-outlets and accessories Switch rockers Push-down buttons JUMBO, the big switch Special switch functions Time switch insert Touch sensor surfaces (switching/ dimming) Covers for rotary dimmers Roller shutter switches Blind control system Movement detectors
304
304 305 307 309 311 312 314 314 317 318 319 320 320
Flush-mounted inserts/ accessories

Switch and push-button inserts Rocker switch inserts Rocker button inserts Special switch functions Button dimmer Contact switch Extension inserts Rotary dimmers Roller shutter switch inserts Blind control system Room temperature control inserts Power boosters Remote controls
2010
| |
321 324 325
Communications inserts and accessories TV/audio Accessories for universal inserts
364 364 365
Electronic transformers/low voltage halogen systems MET D Control inserts for MET D Accessories
328
328 329
Funk-System CONNECT
366
366 367
Jalousiesteuerungssystem
330 332
332 333 333 337 340 341 342
CONNECT radio system CONNECT radio system

CONNECT radio system, central unit CONNECT radio system, configurator CONNECT radio system, push-button CONNECT radio system, switching/dimming CONNECT radio system, roller shutter CONNECT radio system, ARGUS movement detector CONNECT radio system, heating
368 369
369 370 371 372 373 374 375 377 379 380
Blind control system Blind control system

Inserts Blind push-button Blind push-button with sensor connection Blind push-button with memory function and sensor connection Blind push-button with IR receiver and sensor connection CONNECT roller shutter push-button with sensor connection Standard blind time switch Comfort blind time switch Sensors Remote controls
344
344 345
Dimmersystem / Trafos
346 348
348 348 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 359 360 360 360 361 362 362 363
Dimmer system/transformers Dimmer system/transformers

Comfort rotary dimmer Rotary dimmers Rotary dimmer inserts for 600 VA Rotary dimmer up to 900 VA Double touch dimmer Button dimmer Contact switch Extension inserts Touch sensor surfaces (switching/ dimming) Power boosters Control units 1-10 V Rotary dimmers DIN rail mounted rotary dimmers DIN rail mounted dimmers DIN rail mounted memory super dimmers Remote controls Electronic transformers/low voltage halogen systems MET B
382
382 383
Gebudekommunikation / Ritto Twinbus

384
384
Building communications / Ritto Twinbus

386
386 387
ARGUS Bewegungsmelder Aufputz

388
388 392 392
ARGUS surface-mounted movement detector

ARGUS movement detector, standard ARGUS movement detector, remote control ARGUS movement detector, CONNECT
| | 2010
radio system 393 394 ARGUS movement detector, KNX Accessories
416 418
ARGUS smoke detector Accessories
396
396 397
ARGUS Prsenzmelder
420
420 421
Netzwerktechnik
398
398 398 399 400 400
ARGUS flush-mounted movement detector

Flush-mounted inserts for ARGUS movement detectors ARGUS flush-mounted movement detectors ARGUS flush-mounted movement detector with switch ARGUS flush-mounted movement detectors, waterproof ARGUS movement detector, KNX
422
422 422 423 425 427
Network technology
Line 21 Network components Communications inserts and accessories Communications inserts Communications technology
430
430 431
KNX Systemgerte / Zubehr

402
402 403
ARGUS Prsenzmelder
432
432 433 434 436 437 440
KNX system devices/accessories

Bus voltage supply System components System accessories Function module Interfaces/gateways Teaching aids
404
404 405 406 408
ARGUS presence detectors

ARGUS Presence system ARGUS Presence KNX ARGUS Presence Accessories
442
442 443
KNX Sensoren
410
410 411
ARGUS Dmmerungsschalter
444
444 450 455 455 456 459 461 463 465 467 469 474
KNX sensors
Push-buttons System M System Design push-button TRANCENT push-button Bus coupling unit for switch rockers Room temperature control unit System M Room temperature control unit System Design Radio transmitters Binary inputs Movement detectors Presence detector Other sensors Time switch
2010
412
412 412 413
ARGUS light-sensitive switches

ARGUS light-sensitive time switch ARGUS light-sensitive switches Accessories
414
414 415
ARGUS Rauchmelder
416
ARGUS smoke detectors
| |
476
Devices for display and operation
513
482
482 483
KNX Systemgerte / Zubehr

514
514
SCHUKO plugs and connectors

SCHUKO plugs and sockets
484 485
485 485 486 486 487 487 488 489 491 494 495 496 499 500 501
KNX actuators KNX actuators

Switch actuators REG-K, 10 A with manual mode Switch actuators REG-K, 16 A with manual mode Switch actuators REG-K, 16 A with manual mode and current detection Switch actuators REG-K Flush-mounted switch actuators Blinds/switch actuators REG-K with manual mode Blind actuators REG-K with manual mode Blind actuators and accessories Dimming actuators Control units 0-10 V DALI gateways Room temperature control unit Complete radio receiver units, switching and dimming Other actuators Devices for display and operation
516
516 517
Informationen
546
546 547
Herd- und Gerteanschlussdosen

506
506 507
Herd- und Gerteanschlussdosen

508
508 509
Cooker and appliance connection boxes

Cooker and appliance connection boxes Cable junction boxes
510
510 511 512 513
7 | | 2010

Heavy-duty all-rubber plugs and connectors All-rubber plugs and connectors Rubber plugs and connectors Export versions
2010
| |

Merten-Catalogue 2010 en Web 01

Transféré par

Informations du document

Description originale:

Copyright

Formats disponibles

Partager ce document

Partager ou intégrer le document

Options de partage

Avez-vous trouvé ce document utile ?

Ce contenu est-il inapproprié ?

Droits d'auteur :

Formats disponibles

Merten-Catalogue 2010 en Web 01

Transféré par

Droits d'auteur :

Formats disponibles

SoLUtionS foR inteLLigent BUiLDingS

FASt AnD SAfe ALignMent

FASt AnD SAfe ALignMent

MeRten geneRAL | 2010

NEW: Flush-mounted inserts

Blind control system

M-PLAN real glass/M-PLAN metal

Movement detectors surface-mounted

Movement detectors ush-mounted

KNX system devices

Terms and conditions of sale and supply

ScoPe foR inDiViDUAL cReAtiVitY

M-SMART starting on page 102

M-SMART starting on page 102

M-SMART starting on page 102

* ATELIER-M also available in white

MeRten geneRAL | Colour variants | 2010

ScoPe foR inDiViDUAL cReAtiVitY

SWitcH RAnge coLoUR VARiAtionS

M-PLAN real glass frame

M-PLAN metal frame

Polished brass/polar white

Polar white, glossy

Brilliant white/polar white glossy

Ruby red/polar white

Rhodium grey/polar white glossy

Onyx black/polar white glossy

Chrome/polar white glossy

Sapphire blue/polar white

Diamond silver/polar white glossy

Sapphire blue/white, glossy

Mahogany brown/polar white

| Colour variants | MeRten geneRAL

SWitcH RAnge coLoUR VARiAtionS

SYSteM DeSign AQUADESIGN

Polished brass/polar white

| Colour variants | 2010

ScoPe foR inDiViDUAL cReAtiVitY

SWitcH RAnge coLoUR VARiAtionS

starting on page 208

| Colour variants | MeRten geneRAL

InteLLigent PUSH-BUttonS AnD contRoL inteRfAceS

StAte-of-tHe-ARt fUnctionS At tHe PUSH of A BUtton

1-gang, polar white

2-gang with room temperature control unit, polar white

1-gang, polar white

2-gang, polar white

1-gang with 1/0 imprint, polar white

4-gang with room temperature control unit, polar white

3-gang, polar white

2-gang, polar white

2-gang with room temperature control unit, aluminium

4-gang with IR receiver, polar white

4-gang with IR receiver, aluminium

4-gang with room temperature control unit, aluminium

2-gang with up/down arrow imprint, polar white

MeRten geneRAL | Colour variants | 2010

StAte-of-tHe-ARt fUnctionS At tHe PUSH of A BUtton

InteLLigent PUSH-BUttonS AnD contRoL inteRfAceS

CONNECT RADio SYSteM

Radio central unit

1-gang, polar white

TwinBus staircase-door station, aluminium Polar white